— -feiStfettjit,,; 


I 


HISTORY 


OP 


The  GClorld's  pair 

BEING 

R  Complete  and  Authentic  Desefiption 

OF   THE 

COliUmBlflfl    EXPOSITION 

ppom  Its  Inception 

BY 
MflJOf^    BEN.     C.     Tt^UmAN,    -^  O  WITH  SPECIAL  ARTICLES  BY 

DepaPtment  o*  Flopieultufe.  flO]Sl'     GEO.     t^.     DAVIS, 

Huthof  of  "Campaigning    in  Tennessee,"  "Semi-  DiPeetOP    GenePal' 

Tropical  CalifofniQ,"  ete.  * 

THOS.   Ol.    PALiJWEt^, 

Ppesident  ; 

f/lHS.  POTTEfJ  PAliMEJ^,  JVIAJOH  MOSES   P.   HANDV, 

Ppes.  BoaPd   of   Liady   (VlanagcPs  ;  Chief  Bureau  Publicity; 

D.   H.   BUPNHAM, 

DireetoP  of  Works  ; 

JOHN  THOpPE,  THOJVLAS   B.   BpYAN, 

Chief  of  plopieultupe  ;  Commissionep-^at-1-iapge  ; 

And  Numerous  Other  People  Prominently  Connected  with  the  Exposition. 


PROpUSEliY   UlUUSTRHTED   WITH   EJMGRaVIflGS    JVlflDE     FROm    PHOTOGl?fl.PJ4S    RflD    DHRWIJ^GS 
OF    EXHIBITS    11*1    THE    VnHIOUS    DlEPRI^TMElMTS. 


»,STO»  COLWGE  LWWJ'^ 
CBKSIXUT  BILL,  WAI.8. 


Entered  according  to  Act  ot  Congress  in  tlie  year  1893, 
By   ben   C.   TRUMAN. 


All  Rights  Reserved. 


CONTKNTS. 


PAGB. 

Introductory         . ,       .       .    19 


PART  I. 

Origin  of  the  Exposition. 


CHAPTER  I. 

HOW  CHICAGO  SBCURED  THE  CELEBRATION. 

How  and  when  the  Columbian  Exposition  was  conceived — ^The  idea  of  a  celebration  of  the  four  hundredth 
anniversary  of  the  discovery  of  America  by  Christopher  Columbus  originated  with  T.  W.  Zaremba — His 
first  desire  was  to  have  it  in  Mexico — How  this  indefatigable  gentleman  pursued  the  object  of  his  thought 
— How  Chicago  took  hold  of  the  enterprise — Other  metropolitan  cities  take  a  hand — Splendid  work  of 
leading  Chicago  men  in  Washington — Persistency  of  all  parties  interested — The  real  contest  between  Chi- 
cago and  New  York — Chicago  successful— Congress  votes  in  its  favor — Preliminary  action — Subscription 
of  stock — Board  of  Directors  and  other  officers  elected — Lyman  J.  Gage  the  first  president  of  the  Chicago 
directory — Congressional  provisions  for  commissioners — Raising  of  money — Appointment  of  commission- 
ers—Zaremba's  active  life — Appointment  of  Hon.  Thomas  B.  Bryan  commissioner-at-large — Mr.  Bryan's 
splendid  work  in  Europe — A  gentleman  and  a  scholar — Few  men  living  with  such  rare  attainments        .    ai 

Commissioner- At-Large  Thoc.  B.  Bryan's  opinion  of  the  lasting  benefits  of  the  Fair    ....  -39 

CHAPTER  II. 

THE  PILLARS  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 

The  men  to  whose  charge  the  construction  of  the  great  work  has  been  intrusted  from  its  conception — Officials 
of  the  directory— Standing  committees — Council  of  Administration  and  Board  of  Control — Forty-five  big, 
earnest  men  of  Chicago      ...  .        .        , _ 31 


PART  II. 

The  National  Commission. 

CHAPTER  I. 

FIRST  MEETING  OF  THE  NATIONAL  COMMISSION. 

Appointment  01  commissioners  by  President  Harrison — First  meeting  convened  by  Secretary  Blaine — Hon.  A. 
T.  Ewing,  of  Illinois,  calls  the  commission  to  order  in  the  parlor  of  the  Grand  Pacific  hotel  in  Chicago — 
Rev.  John  Barrows  makes  a  prayer — John  T.  Harris,  of  Virginia,  temporary  chairman — ^Thomas  W.Palmer, 
of  Michigan,  unanimously  selected  as  pei^manent  president — JohnT.  Dickinson,  of  Texas,  made  permanent 
secretary  in  the  same  way— Sketches  of  the  lives  of  these  two  gentlemen — Selection  of  vice-president* — 
Adjournment .  39 

CHAPTER  II. 

MEMBERS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  COMMISSION. 

Complete  roster  of  the  men  who  speak  for  the  Nation  and  the  states  and  territories  they  represent,  and  the 
places  of  their  residence — Complete  list  of  officers— Members  of  the  National  Executive  Committee  and 
Board  of  Reference  and  Control 47 


t  \ 


6  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  III. 

GEORGE  R.  DAVIS  ELECTED  DIRECTOR-GENERAI,.  i-iOB. 

Some  of  the  remarks  made  upon  the  occasion — Davis  has  a  majority  on  the  first  ballot — His  address  to  the 
commission — Interesting  sketch  of  the  life  and  service  of  Colonel  Davis — A  brave  soldier,  a  man  of  honor 
and  a  renowned  party  leader- — He  is  endowed  with  splendid  qualities  of  mind  and  heart — The  standing 
committees — Creation  of  the  great  departments — The  commissioners  wrestle  with  the  Sunday  opening 
question.  53 


PART  III. 

Commencement  and  Progress  of  Work. 
CHAPTER  I. 

A  WONDERFUI,  METAMORPHOSIS. 

Jackson  Park  in  1891 — An  uninviting  strip  of  sand,  swamp  and  scrub  oaks — No  redeeming  feature  except  area 
and  location — The  most  magnificent  transformation  scene  ever  presented  to  mankind — Twenty-five  mill- 
ions of  dollars  expended  on  buildings  and  improvements — Director  of  Works  Daniel  H.  Bumham  and  his 
engineers,  architects,  sculptors,  painters  and  landscape  designers,  transform  a  spot  of  swamp  and  sand  into 
a  white  city  of  palaces  and  collonades — Terraces,  towers,  turrets  and  statuary  on  every  hand — Plantations 
of  massive  foliage  and  flowering  plants— Beautiful  fountains  and  picturesque  water  ways — Artificial  canals 
that  put  to  blush  shores  of  the  bride  of  the  sea — Bumham  and  his  staff       .        .  ....    63 

CHAPTER  II. 

EARLY  PREPARATION   OP   FLOWERS. 

^hn  Thorpe  sent  to  the  front — The  erection  of  greenhouses  and  other  floricultural  structures — Loans  of  palms 
and  ferns  by  wealthy  owners  of  conservatories  in  Philadelphia  and  New  York — Millions  of  plants  under 
way — A  mountain  of  palms  and  ferns — A  winter  exhibition — Magnificent  tribute  paid  the  great  florist  by 
the  brilliant  John  McGovem — Press  and  people  filled  with  admiration  and  praise — A  flowery  article  from 
"Uncle  John" 69 

CHAPTER  III. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLICITY  AND  PROMOTION. 

The  object  of  its  organization — A  unique  and  highly  advantageous  system  of  free  advertising — How  the  world 
has  been  informed  of  all  the  details  of  the  commencement,  progress  and  completion  of  the  gigantic  work 
— A  perfect  system  of  distribution  of  information  of  daily  happenings  conceived  and  matchlessly  executed 
— Quarter  of  a  million  documents  mailed  in  a  single  week — Thirty  thousand  electrotypes  of  buildings  sent 
out — Ninety  thousand  lithographs  judiciously  given  away — More  than  a  hundred  thousand  dollars  worth 
of  postage  stamps  used — Stupendous  advantages  derived  therefrom — Graphic  sketch  of  the  distinguished 
department  commander     .       ■ 73 

CHAPTER  IV. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  FOREIGN  AFFAIRS. 

The  selection  of  Hon.  Walter  Feam  as  chief— A  difficult  task  at  first — Mr.  Feam's  own  conceptions  of  the  duties 
imposed  upon  him — None  doubted  that  the  gallant  diplomatist  was  equal  to  the  task — His  brilliant 
achievements  are  reflected  in  every  portion  of  Jackson  Park — Sketch  of  Walter  Feam — Soldier,  scholar, 
traveler,  and  gentleman — One  of  the  most  elegant  and  fascinating  Americans  at  home  and  abroad     .        .    77 


CONTENTS.  T 

CHAPTER  V. 

THE   PRESS  AND   THE   COLUMBIAN   GUARD.  PAGE. 

Splendid  service  of  the  Columbian  guard — Cursed,  reviled  and  knocked  down  and  otherwise  abused,  they 
faithfully  perform  their  multiform  duties  of  fireman  and  police — They  extinguish  284  fires  and  save  Ma- 
chinery Building  from  total  destruction — The  thanks  of  the  Exposition  are  due  to  Colonel  Edmund  Rice 
and  the  Columbian  guard — Also  to  John  Bonfield  and  his  secret  service  police — The  Fair  indebted  to  the 
Chicago  press  more  than  to  all  other  things  combined     .         .         .         .         , 79 


PART  IV. 

The  Dedicatory  Exercises. 
CHAPTER  I. 

ARRIVAIv  OF  DISTINGUISHED   PEOPLE. 

Vice-President  Morton  acts  for  President  Harrison — General  Schofield  and  his  staff,  the  Cabinet  Ministers, 
Justices  of  the  Supreme  Court,  and  many  foreign  ambassadors  come  to  Chicago — The  city  filled  vfith 
soldiers,  Senators  and  Congressmen — Nearly  all  the  Governors  of  the  States  and  Territories  arrive  accom- 
panied by  their  military  staffs — Texas  sends  thirteen  handsome  young  women  as  representatives  of  the 
original  thirteen  states — Bishop  Fowler  and  Cardinal  Gibbons  received  by  other  church  dignitaries — Grand 
dedication  ball  at  the  Auditoriam — Brilliant  appearance  of  State  street — Hotels  and  boulevards  jammed 
with  strangers — Gorgeous  uniforms  everywhere 83 

CHAPTER  II. 

GREAT  PARADE  OF  TRADESMEN. 

Eighty  thousand  men  in  line — More  than  one  hundred  bands  of  music — Half  a  million  persons  witness  the 
grandest  civic  parade  ever  seen  in  any  country — Vice-President  Morton  reviews  the  moving  masses— Great 
gatherings  of  distinguished  people— Men  of  peace  resplendent  in  habiliments  of  war — Flashing  uniforms 
and  eloquent  medals  of  honor — All  professions  and  all  trades  represented — Fifteen  hundred  American  ban- 
ners borne  proudly  by  naturalized  citizens  of  all  nations — Generals  Miles  and  Schofield  consider  the  parade 
a  wonderful  success — Masses  of  school  children  attired  in  the  National  colors  portray  a  beautiful  design — 
Great  deference  paid  to  the  representative  of  the  Nation 87 

CHAPTER  III. 

GRAND   MILITARY   PROCESSION   AND   REVIEW. 

The  2ist  of  October,  1892,  a  day  long  to  be  remembered — Grand  review  at  Washington  Park  in  the  presence 
of  two  hundred  thousand  people — The  Marine  Band  of  Washington  and  the  Mexican  Band  of  the  City  of 
Mexico  make  music — Thirty-eight  other  bands  and  fifteen  thousand  soldiers  in  the  procession — Vice-Pres- 
ident Morton,  Director-General  Davis,  Presidents  Palmer  and  Higinbotham,  Ex- President  Hayes,  the  Jus. 
tices  of  the  United  States  Supreine  Court,  General  Schofield  and  staff  and  governors  of  thirty-one  states  in 
carriages — Carriages  also  contained  Henry  Watterson,  Chauncey  M.  Depew,  Cardinal  Gibbons,  Bishop 
Fowler,  National  Commissioners,  I,ady  Managers,  Foreign  Commissioners,  Directois,  Chiefs  of  Depart- 
ments, members  of  City  Council  and  others — Tremendous  enthusiasm  all  along  the  line  from  Washington 
Park  to  the  Manufactures  Building — All  the  governors  and  all  the  soldier  boys  cheered — Flower,  Russell, 
Boies  and  McKinley  vociferously  saluted — The  jolly  author  of  Peck's  Bad  Boy  an  especial  favorite    .         .     91 

CHAPTER  IV. 

COMMENCEMENT  OF  THE  EXERCISES. 

One  hundred  thousand  people  in  attendance — Grand  orchestra  of  two  hundred  pieces  and  a  chorus  of  five  thou- 
sand voices  under  Theodore  Thomas — Bishop  Fowler's  prayer  and  the  opening  address  of  the  Director- 
General — Hempstead  Washburne's  brilliant  remarks — Reading  and  singing  the  Dedicatory  Ode        .         .     95 


8  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  V. 

DEDICATION   OF  THE   BUII,DINGS.  PAGB. 

President  Higinbotham  bestows  tbe  cc  nmemoratory  medals — The  President  of  the  Commission  receives  the 
buildings  from  the  President  of  tl  ;  Exposition  and  the  latter  presents  them  to  the  Vice-President  of  the 
United  States  for  dedication — Mr.  Morton  dedicates  them  to  the  World's  Progress  in  Art,  Science,  Agri- 
culture and  Manufactures — "  God  Save  the  United  States  of  America  "...,...  loi 

CHAPTER  VI. 

MRS.    POTTER  PAI^MER'S  BRILLIANT  ADDRESS. 

The  liberation  of -women — They  now  have  time  to  think,  to  be  educated,  to  plan  and  puisue  careers  of  their 
own  choosing — The  application  of  machinery  to  the  performance  of  many  heretofore  laborious  occupations 
of  women  relieves  them  of  much  oppression — Public  sentiment  will  yet  favor  woman's  industrial  equality 
and  just  compensation  for  services  rendered — She  now  drinks  deeply  of  the  long-denied  fountain  of  knowl- 
edge— Is  the  world  ready  to  give  her  industrial  aud  intellectual  independence,  and  to  open  all  doors  before 
her Ill 

CHAPTER  VII. 

THE   DEDICATORY   ORATION. 

Magnificent  effort  of  Henry  Watterson  —Grand  and  patriotic  throughout — The  earnest  Kentuckian  touches 
brilliantly  upon  many  of  the  salient  points  from  1492  to  the  present  day — From  the  hillside  of  Santa  Rabida 
to  the  present  hour  of  celebration — No  geography  in  American  manhood — No  sections  to  American  frater- 
nity— The  rise  of  the  young  republic — The  drum  taps  of  the  Revolution — The  tramp  of  the  minute  men — 
The  curse  of  slavery  gone — The  mirage  of  separation  vanished — A  great  and  undivided  country        .        .   115 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

THE   GLOWING  TRIBUTE  OE  CHAUNCEY   M.    DEPEW. 

An  oration  so  brilliant  as  to  hold  every  listener  spell-bound — Columbus,  the  discoverer,  Washington,  the 
founder,  Lincoln,  the  savior — God  always  has  in  training  some  commanding  genius  for  the  control  of  great 
crises  in  the  aflFairs  of  nations  and  people — Neither  realism  nor  romance  furnishes  a  more  striking  and 
picturesque  picture  than  that  of  Christopher  Columbus-  The  magician  of  the  compass  belonged  to  that 
high  order  of  "  cranks  "  who  confidently  walk  where  "augels  fear  to  tread  " — Continents  are  his  monu- 
ments— Prayer  by  Cardinal  Gibbons  and  benediction  by  Rev.  H.  C.  McGosh,  of  Philadelphia — Grand  dis- 
play of  fireworks  closed  the  dedication  festivities 125 


PART  V. 

Ofiicial  Opening  of  the  Exposition, 
CHAPTER  I. 

THE   GREAT   REVIEW   ON   THE   HUDSON   RIVER. 

Rendezvous  of  war  vessels  of  many  nations  at  Fortress  Monroe — The  Caravels  and  the  Infanta  Isabella — The 
fleet  at  Sandy  Hook — Review  on  the  Hudson  River — The  most  spectacular  and  impressive  marine  event 
of  any  age — A  million  of  people  present — Mrs.  Cleveland  on  the  Dolphin — Description  of  the  Caravels — 
The  strength  of  the  United  States  Navy  never  shown  to  better  advantage — The  British  cruisers  represented 
the  best  attainments  in  marine  construction^ — How  France  and  Germany  engaged  in  friendly  salutations — 
Vessels  from  the  Baltic,  the  Mediterranean  and  South  American  waters 137 

CHAPTER  II. 

ARRIVAL   OF  MR.    CLEVELAND   AND  THE   DUKE   OF  VERAGUA. 

The  President  of  the  United  States  and  the  Duke  of  Veragua  come  to  Chicago  to  be  present  at  the  opening  of 
the  Exposition — They  are  met  at  the  depot  by  distinguished  people  and  escorted  to  their  hotels  by  military 


CONTENTS.  9 

PAGE. 

—Great  turnouts  all  along  the  line — How  Mr.  Cleveland  spent  Sunday  in  Chicago — He  attends  church  in 
the  morning  and  christens  a  grandchild  of  Secretary  Gresham  in  the  afternoon- -The  Duke  attends  mass 
jnd  receives  calls 147 

CHAPTER  III. 

ANOTHER   DISTINGUISHED   ARRIVAL. 

Independence  Bell — Its  progress  from  Philadelphia  to  Chicago— It  receives  an  ovation  all  the  vpay — Cannons 
and  speeches  by  day  and  bonfires  and  red  lights  by  night — The  venerable  relic  seen  by  great  crowds  of 
people — It  shares  the  honorable  welcome  paid  to  President  Cleveland  and  the  Duke  of.  Veragua  upon  its 
arrival  in  Chicago — Received  by  military  and  music  and  escorted  to  Jackson  Park  by  a  procession  two 
miles  long — George  Lippard's  vivid  picture  of  the  revolutionary  tones  whose  echoes  have  never  died 
away — Its  sounds  still  listened  to  by  the  American  people 15I 

CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  FORMAL   OPENING  OE  THE  EXPOSITION. 

Nearly  a  quarter  of  a  million  people  present — President  Cleveland  presses  the  magic  electric  button  at  noon, 
May  1,  1893,  and  the  monster  Allis  Engine  in  Machinery  Hall  is  set  in  motion  amidst  the  booming  of  can- 
non, the  blowing  of  trumpets,  the  ringing  of  bells,  the  unfurling  of  flags  and  the  vociferations  of  the  mul- 
titude— The  white  palaces  abloom  and  ablaze  with  color — ^Twenty  thousand  flags  are  unfurled — Half  a 
hundred  foreign  emblems  cheered  by  the  people  who  live  under  them — The  orchestra  play  the  national 
hymn  and  thousands  of  patriotic  men  and  women  join  in  the  chorus — The  spectacle  as  seen  from  the  Ad- 
minifitration  Building — President  Cleveland's  address tjg 


PART  VI. 

The  Women  of  the  Kxposition  and  Woman's  Work, 
CHAPTER  I. 

The  WOMAN'S   BUII,DING  AND   ITS   PURPOSES. 

New  methods  of  usefulness  created — The  "Woman's  Building  an  additional  agency  for  the  exposition  of 
woman's  work—  Misconception  concerning  woman's  skill  and  inventiveness  cleared  away — Women  the 
originators  of  most  of  the  industrial  arts — The  Woman's  Building  an  inspiration  of  woman's  genius — Some 
of  the  exhibits — Mrs.  Palmer's  curious  office  room — The  fish  women  of  New  Jersey        ....  163 

CHAPTER  II. 

THE  WOMEN  WHO   CONTROI,. 

Generally  known  as  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition — A  large  nmnber  of 
prominent  women  among  the  members — Names  and  residences  and  official  positions        ....  167 

CHAPTER  HI. 

FORMAI<  OPENING  OE  THE  WOMAN'S  BTJII/DING. 

Mrs.  Potter  Palmer's  address — Driving  of  the  last  nail- — A  woman's  hand  drives  the  golden  nail  with  a  silver 
hammer — A  beautiful  structure,  the  completion  of  which  signified  an  accomplishment  in  which  the  united 
womanhood  of  the  world  has  had  a  part — Large  number  of  distinguished  women  present — A  grand  march 
composed  by  a  German  woman,  Frau  Ingeborg  von  Bronsart  of  Weimar — Prayer  by  Miss  Ida  Hutton — 
Overture  by  Miss  Frances  Elliott,  of  London,  England — Reading  of  a  poem  by  Miss  Flora  Wilkinson — 
Remarks  by  Lady  Aberdeen,  the  Duchess  of  Veragua,  Mrs.  Bedford  Fenwick,  Mrs.  Kaselowsky  and  the 
Princess  Schachofisky 173 


lo  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  IV. 
OTHER  FEATURES  OE  THE  WOMAN'S  BUII<BING.  paok. 
Illustrated  English  hospital  methods — Costumes  of  the  nurses  displayed  to  advantage — Even  the  demonstration 
of  intense  suffering  proves  of  great  interest — Surgical  instruments  used  by  nurses — Opal  glasses  used  for 
measuring  medicines — Display  of  infants'  hygienic  clothing — Models  of  nurses — The  dainty  dietary  section 
— Gowns  and  caps  of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Thomas — Egyptian  and  Arabian  nurses  in  nursing  and  holiday 
attire — Miss  Marsden's  model  Siberian  leper  village — What  a  Denver  woman  would  do  illustrated — Work 
of  Navajoe  Indian  women — Work  of  East  Indian  women — Rare  specimens  of  needlework — Mrs.  Rogers' 
culinary  lectures  and  examples  in  cooking 187 

CHAPTER  V. 

THE  CHILDREN'S  BUILDING. 

The  prettiest  playhouse  and  nursery  ever  constructed — Panels  containing  the  "  Sleeping  Beauty  in  the  Wood  " 
— "  SUverhair  and  the  Bears  " — Rosy  cherubs  and  opalescent  clouds — Sweet  and  wise  sayings  on  the  wall» 
— "  Come,  let  us  with  our  children  live  " — What  a  Columbian  guard  found  in  the  Manufactures  Building — 
A  little  girl  baby  in  the  comer 193 

Mrs.  Ormiston  Chant's  plea  for  the  children  and  the  Children's  Building  .  197 

The  ■world  and  the  World's  Fair,  by  Director  General  Davis .    ''99 

PART  VII. 

The  Main  Buildings  and  their  Exhibits. 
CHAPTER  I. 

THE  ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 

A  marvel  of  exquisite  architectural  handiwork — Were  it  stone  instead  of  imitation  it  would  have  no  equal- 
Irresistible  color  scheme  and  effect — Beautiful  blending  of  pale  blue,  terra  cotta,  bright  yellow  and  pale 
cream — Unsurpassed  decorative  delineations — Matchless  fusion  of  harmonious  tints — Impressive  ensemble 
of  rotunda,  colonnade,  mezzanine  and  dome — Dedicatory  tablets  to  Gutenberg,  Copernicus,  James  Watti 
and  Morse — The  most  beautifully  lighted  structure  in  the  world 203 

CHAPTER  II. 

THE  MAMMOTH  MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 

The  greatest  exposition  structure  ever  known — It  covers  nearly  forty  acres  of  ground  and  contains  forty-four 
acres  of  exhibits,  valued  at  fifty  milhons  of  dollars — Three  million  feet  of  lumber  and  five  carloads  of  nails 
in  the  main  floor — It  is  1,687  feet  long  and  7S7  feet  wide — Many  of  the  foreign  pavilions  built  after  designs 
of  famous  palaces — Rare  and  costly  wares,  fabrics,  watches,  jewehy,  musical  and  mechanical  instruments 
and  professional  implements  amaze  the  beholder  on  every  hand — ^The  great  central  landmark  an  alabaster 
clock  tower  135  feet  high,  erected  by  the  American  Clock  Co. — A  chime  of  nine  bells — When  they  ring  it 
sounds  like  the  music  of  heaven  reverberating  through  the  immense  space — Pantheon-like  pavilion  of  the 
Meridian-Britannia  Ware — ^Tiffany's  costly  structtue — A  dazzling  aggregation  of  gems — Splendid  display  ot 
watches  and  jewelry — Elegant  and  spacious  booth  of  the  Waltham  Watch  Company — Stem-winders  by  the 
ton — Palaces  and  temples  filled  ^with  laces,  rich  chinaware,  porcelain,  statuary,  silverware,  textile  fabrics, 
etc. — Silver  statue  of  Colrunbus  at  the  Gorham  pa\dlion — Dolls  that  talk  and  walk — Petrified  wonders 
from  Arizona — Dazzling  displays  by  forty  foreign  countries — Reproduction  of  Hatfield  House — Concen- 
trated splendor  of  the  Siam  exhibit — Magnificent  displays  by  all  the  leading  European  countries — Sketch 
of  James  Allison,  Chief  of  Department  of  Manufactures 209 

CHAPTER  III. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS. 

The  most  important  educational  feature  of  the  Exposition — Wonderful  and  complete  in  every  detail — Tremen- 
dous advantages  to  be  derived  from  this  matchless  exhibition — Every  state  in  the  Union  and  nearly  every 
country  in  the  world  represented — Splendid  exhibits  from  Montreal  and  Quebec — An  interesting  display  by 
the  American  Bible  Society — ^The  Lincoln  manuscripts — The  only  letter  that  Jefferson  Davis  wrote  to 
Abraham  Lincoln — ^Tens  of  thousands  of  unique  and  charming  features — Sketch  of  Professor  Peabody — 
"  Trip  around  the  world  " 239 


CONTENTS.  II 

CHAPTER  IV. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ETHNOLOGY.         '  PAG«. 

Anthropology:  "  Man  and  His  Works  " — What  maj-  be  seen  at  the  Ethnological  Building — The  Mound  Builders 
of  Ohio — Splendid  collection  from  Mexico,  Costa  Rica  and  New  South  Wales — Views  of  plans  and  models 
of  prehistoric  men — Prehistoric  architectural  monuments  and  habitations^Natural  and  artificial  cave 
dwellings — Lacustrine  dwellings — Sweat  houses,  totem  poles  cliflF  dwellings  and  skin  lodges — Implements 
of  war  and  the  chase — Furniture  and  clothing  of  aboriginal,  unciviUzed  and  partly  civilized  races — Obiects 
of  spiritual  significance  and  veneration — Representation  of  dieties — Appliances  of  worship — Historic 
archaeology — Objects  illustrating  the  progress  of  nations — Models  and  representations  of  ancient  vessels 
— Clothing  and  adornment — Apparatus  for  making  clothing  and  ornaments — Articles  used  in  cooking  and 
eating — Models  and  representation  of  ancient  buildings — Cities  and  monuments  of  the  historic  period 
anterior  to  the  discovery  of  America — Objects  illustrating  generally  the  progress  of  the  amelioration  of  the 
conditions  of  life  and  labor — The  evolution  of  labor-saving  machines  and  implements — Portraits,  busts  and 
statues  of  great  inventors  and  others  who  have  contributed  largely  to  the  progress  of  ci^dlization  and  the 
well-being  of  man — Eulalia  entertained  by  the  Quackahl  Indians — Sketch  of  Professor  Putnam  .         .  255 

CHAPTER  V. 

AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 

The  great  resort  of  farmers — A  beautiful  structure — The  spirit  of  agriculture  grandly  personified — Blandish- 
ments of  field  and  farm — Bewildering  avenues  of  extremely  unique  and  ornamental  pavilions — ^AU  the 
industries  picturesquely  shown — Nineteen  acres  of  exhibits — Novel  exhibit  of  the  Association  of  American 
Experimental  Stations  and  Agricultural  Colleges — All  the  essential  products  derived  from  agricultmre  are 
attractively  shown  in  the  galleries — Grasses  and  grains  varied  in  colors  and  beautifully  blended — The  ex- 
hibit of  Ontario — ^The  monster  cheese  weighs  eleven  tons — It  i_s  the  largest  ever  made — Little  cheeses  that 
only  weigh  one  thousand  pounds  each — Elaborate  state  exhibits — Bm-dett-Coutts'  stable  exhibits — Many 
things  from  foreign  lands — Mowers,  harvesters,  thrashers  and  plows  by  the  acre — Sketch  of  Chief  Buchanan 
— Live  stock  exhibit — Dog  shows  and  carrier  pigeon  flights — Bovine  blue  bloods 265 

CHAPTER  VI. 

AMONG  THE  TREES  OF  THE  WORLD. 

Big  trees  and  little  trees  from  all  over  the  world — ^The  Forestry  Building  one  of  the  most  unique  and  interesting 
of  all — Nature  versus  staff — Magnificent  specimens  of  characteristic  timber  growths — Paraguay  alone  sends 
321  varieties — California  sends  redwoods  and  sequoias — Medicinal  trees,  lichens  and  mosses — Methods  of 
seed  testing,  transplanting  and  measuring — ^The  protection  of  young  trees  against  insects — Logging  and 
lumbering — A  saw  mill  in  operation — A  most  entertaining  and  instructive  exhibit  throughout      .         .        .  281 

CHAPTER  VII. 

HORTICULTURAL  BUILDING. 

The  grandest  and  completest  structure  ever  erected  for  a  horticultural  exhibit — It  contains  89,000  square  feet  of 
space  more  than  the  combined  areas  of  the  buildings  used  for  a  similar  piurpose  at  Paris,  the  Centennial 
and  New  Orleans — Sketch  of  J.  M.  Samuels,  Chief  of  the  Department  of  Horticulture         ....  291 

CHAPTER  VIII. 
IN  THE  REALM  OF  RARE  FLOWERS  AND  PLANTS. 
A  ramble  among  rare  and  aristocratic  plants — More  than  half  a  million  dollars'  worth  from  Greenland's  icy 
mountain  to  India's  coral  strand — North  and  South  America,  Mexico,  Cuba,  Europe,  Central  America, 
China,  Japan,  Australia,  and  the  Hawaiian  and  South  Sea  Islands  represented — Enchantresses  from  the 
Amazon  and  the  Nile — Modest  inhabitants  from  the  Alps,  the  Appenines,  the  Sierra  Nevada,  and  the 
Mountains  of  the  Moon — Wonderful  ferns  and  palms  from  New  South  Wales  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 
— Tens  of  thousands  of  miscellaneous  herbaceous  flowers  and  flowering  shrubs — More  than  a  half-million 
orchids,  roses,  carnations,  lilies,  pansies,  cannas,  fuschias  and  petunias — Magnificent  exhibits  by  Australia, 
Canada,  Trinidad,  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Germany,  Belgium,  Mexico  and  Japan — Australian  tree  ferns 
six  hundred  years  old — Staghom  and  bird's  nest  ferns  of  wonderful  size  and  beauty — Splendid  collections 
of  the  cereus  gigantea — Great  displaj'  of  rhododendrons — Splendid  collections  of  ferns  and  palms  from 
Toronto  conservatories — Dwarf  trees  in  the  Japanese  garden  over  a  hundred  years  old — Pitcher  &  Manda's 
wonderful  'iisplay  of  seven  thousand  costly  plants — Enormous  bamboos  from  Trinidad — Two  centiuy 
plants  in  bloom — The  atmosphere  of  the  Horticultural  Building  freighted  with  aromatic  sweets  .         .  293 


12  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  IX. 
THE  FRENCH  FLORICDLTURAI,  EXHIBIT.  PAGE. 

Many  new  and  rare  flowering  and  foliage  plants — The  finest  azaleas  and  rhododendrons  ever  seen  in  America— 
M.  Jules  Lemoine,  principal  gardener  of  the  city  of  Paris,  introduces  many  lovely  and  bewitching  members 
of  the  realm  of  Flora  and  encircles  the  Woman's  Biulding  in  bloom — He  also  enlivens  other  stretches 
of  sward 303 

CHAPTER  X. 

A  RAMBI,B  AMONG   FRUITS  AND  WINES. 

Other  exhibits  in  the  Horticultural  Building — Side  by  side  with  the  celebrated  and  world-renowned  vintages  of 
Europe  are  shown  the  products  of  American  vineyards — Unique  features  of  some  of  the  foreign  displays — 
Missouri,  Ohio,  New  York  and  California  are  well  represented — Fruits  from  nearly  every  state  in  the  Union 
— Enormous  apples,  pears,  peaches,  plums,  cherries  and  prunes  from  Idaho,  Colorado,  Or^on  and  "Wash- 
ington— Unsurpassed  displays  of  thirty  kinds  of  fruits  by  California's  great  citrus  fruit  exhibit  by  the  state 
— Towers  and  pagodas  of  oranges  and  lemons  from  southern  Califomia  attract  great  attention — Many  fine 
displays  of  preserved,  dried,  canned  and  crystalized  fruits  and  raisins  from  southern  Califomia — Big  display 
of  seeds  by  Peter  Henderson,  of  New  York — Great  array  of  garden  implements,  tents,  greenhouses,  lawn 
mowers,  fences,  statuary,  etc 307 

CHAPTER  XI. 

PAX.ACE  OF  MECHANIC  ARTS 

A  remarkaibiy  beautiful  structure — It  is  850x500  feet,  and  cost  |i, 200,000 — The  Allis  engine  the  largest  in  the 
world — An  aggregated  24,000  horse  power — 17,000  horse  power  required  to  provide  electricity — Two  dyna- 
mos each  with  a  capacity  of  10,000  lights — Ten  engines  averaging  2,000  horse  power  each — A  flywheel 
thirty  feet  in  diameter — An  engine  whose  combination  of  iron  and  steel  weighs  225  tons — Its  wheel  and 
shaft  alone  weigh  100  tons — Machinery  of  every  description  in  operation — Manufacturing  devices  and 
machine  tools  by  thousands — A  highly  interesting  description  of  all  the  engines  and  boilers — How  many 
things  are  manufactm-ed  right  before  one's  eyes — Grier's  ingrain  lumber  machine — An  interesting  relic — ^A 
striking  contrast — Sketch  of  Chief  Robinson 313 

CHAPTER  XII. 

TRANSPORTATION   BUILDING. 

Wonders  in  the  way  of  railway  trains — An  object  lesson  for  railroad  operatives — ^The  mahogany  train  of  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway — The  most  costly  and  magnificent  in  the  world — Its  engine  can  haul  ten  full 
passenger  cars  sixty  miles  an  hour — A  tremendous  engine  from  the  London  &  Northwestern  Railway,  of 
England,  and  a  handsome  train — This  locomotive  can  haul  thirty  of  its  coaches,  each  containing  six  pas- 
sengers, seventy-five  miles  an  hoiu- — Its  average  time,  including  stops,  fifty-three  miles  an  hour — Steven- 
son's Rocket  on  exhibit — Also  the  Albion  and  Samson,  built  in  1838 — Also  the  two  first  engines  run  over 
the  Old  Colony  road,  in  the  thirties — Another  old-timer,  bnilt  in  England  in  1831,  and  last  in  service  in 
Mississippi  in  1890 — It  puffed  and  whistled  sixty  years,  and  once  fell  overboard  and  staid  under  water  from 
1868  until  1870 — More  than  fifty  locomotives  on  exhibition,  representing  the  Baldwin  and  other  works — 
Three  from  England,  three  from  Germany  and  four  from  France — The  Baldwin  has  an  engine  that  has 
made  a  mile  in  39X  seconds,  or  92  miles  an  hour— All  of  the  Baldwin  locomotives  are  jacked  up  so  that 
their  engines  may  be  seen  in  motion — Nicaragua  canal  relief  map — Graphic  illustration  of  that  enterprise 
— Not  more  than  floo,ooo,ooo  required  to  construct  it — Excavation  already  in  progress  on  the  Atlantic  end 
— Great  exhibit  of  bicycles — Pneumatics  of  all  sizes,  degrees  and  conditions—  The  old-time  bicycle  prac- 
tically unexhibited — Safeties  all  the  go — Pennsylvania  and  New  York  Central  exhibit — Coaches,  buggies  and 
babj'  carriages — Sledges,  carretas  and  volantes — Marine  architecture — Sedans,  palenquins  and  cateches — 
The  Transportation  Building  and  the  Department  Chief  .        .        .        • 329 


CONTENTS.  13 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

MINES  AND   MINING  BUII<DING.  PAGE. 

The  Department  of  Mines  excels  all  former  exMbits  of  its  kind — Included  in  this  display  is  every  kind  of  ma- 
terial from  the  rough,  state  to  the  finished  product — Artistic  and  instructive  grouping — Striking  exhibit 
from  New  South  Wales — Michigan  makes  a  fine  display  of  copper  in  various  shapes — Missouri  shows 
zinc,  lead,  iron  and  other  minerals — Canada  contributes  nickel,  silver  and  gold— Montana's  pavilion  a 
centre  of  attraction — The  silver  statue  of  Ada  Rehan — Colorado  makes  a  magnificent  and  dazzling  display 
— California  shows  gold,  silver,  copper,  tin,  borax,  quicksilver,  and  many  other  minerals — Its  marble  and 
onyx  exhibit  challengesgeneral  admiration — Ponderous  mining  machinery  in  operation — Miniature  mining 
plants,  with  devices  for  boring,  lighting,  hoisting  and  pulverizing — Methods  of  separating  ores — Old  style 
rockers  and  Long  Toms — All  the  new  implements — Magnificent  exhibits  of  coal  and  iron  by  Ohio  and 
Pennsylvania — The  wonderful  German  exhibit— The  finest  ever  made  before  in  any  country — Sketch  of 
ChiefSkiff 345 

CHAPTER  XIV. 
DEPARTMENT  OF  ELECTRICITY  AND  ITS  BUII,DING. 
Wonders  of  electricity— The  building  devoted  to  this  science — Undreamed  of  revelations  and  effects — Franklin 
and  his  kite — The  man  who  first  harnessed  lightning — Temple  of  the  Western  Electric  Company — The 
grandeur  and  brilliancy  of  the  exhibit — Thousands  of  concealed  incandesceuts — Mingling  of  rainbow  tones 
— Prismatic  colors  that  awe  the  spectator — An  electric  theatre — Cascades  of  fantastic  lights — Magnificent 
exhibit  of  Thomas  A.  Edison,  the  Wizard  of  Menlo  Park — Startling  and  beautiful  efiects — Obelisks  of 
light  and  color — Spirals  of  radiance  and  fountains  of  incandesceuts — Corinthian  columns  ablaze  with  imi- 
tation sunbeams — Five  thousand  witching  lamps  glitter  in  pillars  of  glass — Eighteen  thousand  lights  in 
the  Edison  tower — Chief  Barrett 355 

CHAPTER  XV. 

FISH  AND  FISHERIES  BUILDING. 

One  of  the  greatest  of  all  the  resorts — Magnificent  display  of  many  kinds  of  fresh  and  salt  water  fish — Min- 
nows and  alligators  under  the  same  roof — Some  of  the  best  known  denizens  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
oceans  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  are  in  the  swim — Speckled  trout  from  New  England  rivers  and  Dolly 
Vardens  from  the  streams  of  Califomia^Carp  and  suckers  move  lazily  about — Perch,  pike  and  pickerel 
in  the  same  tank — Bass,  flounders  and  salmon  turn  up  their  aristocratic  smellers — Gold  fish  and  other 
gaudy  species  splash  merrily  around — The  sturgeon  and  showbill  are  spaciously  quartered — Sketch  of 

Chief  Collins 365 

CHAPTER  XVI. 

THE  PALACE  OF  FINE  ARTS. 

A  magnificent  building  throughout — Paintings  and  statuary  from  all  parts  of  the  world — Private  collection  of 
paintings  from  many  homes — Pictures  of  every  phase  of  life  and  nature — Animal  and  portrait  paintings 
from  all  lands — Hundreds  of  beautiful  marine  and  landscape  sketches — ^Allegory  and  mythology  from 
imperial  galleries — Schnidler's  "  Market  Scene  in  Cairo  " — Canon's  "  Hunting  Master  " — The  American 
Loan  Association — Joe  Jefierson,  "The  Mauve" — Hovendin's  "Breaking  Home  Ties" — The  Emperor 
Francis  Joseph's  loan — England  surprises  with  her  beautiful  paintings,  and  Prance  maintains  her  fame  as 
an  art  center — Sketch  of  Chief  Ives 379 

CHAPTER  XVIL 

THE  GOVERNMENT  BUILDING. 

Marvelous  collection  of  exhibits  made  by  ' '  Uncle  Sam  ' ' — Three  thousand  models  from  the  patent  oflice — 
Progress  of  American  invention  elaborately  presented — The  Smithsonian  display  alone  a  wonderful  edu- 
cator— Bird  and  beast  mounted  amid  the  same  surroundings  as  in  life — Each  specimen  so  labeled  that  no 
observer  can  make  a  mistake — A  first-class  postoffice  in  operation — Dead  letter  curiosities — Tarantulas, 
horned  toads.  Human  skulls,  axes,  dolls,  molasses  candy,  stuffed  owls,  alligators,  ostrich  eggs,  and  thous- 
ands of  other  things  that  never  reached  their  destination — War  Department  novelties — Great  guns  and 
little  ones — Cannons  and  torpedoes — Historic  documents  from  the  Department  of  Justice — Documents 
connected  with  the  Dred  Scott  Decision — Great  exhibit  by  the  Agricultural  Department — Horticulture, 
pomology  and  forestry — Special  Alaskan  exhibit — Quaint,  curious  and  interesting  objects  of  ethnological 
research — Peculiarities  of  many  birds  and  beasts 397 


14  CONTENTS. 

PART  VIII. 


Other  Main  Features 
CHAPTER  I. 

THE  SHRINE   OF  THE  WHITE   CITY.  P4.3B. 

Reproduction  of  the  convent  where  Columbus  and  his  son  once  took  refuge — Court,  cloister  and  corridor — The 
first  Cross  erected  in  America — Coins  made  from  the  first  gold  found  in  America — Letters  patent  and  auto- 
graphs from  Ferdinand  and  Isabella — Collection  of  paintings  on  wood  and  rare  Mosaics  loaned  by  the 
Vatican — Two  bells  with  a  history — One  of  the  cannons  of  the  Santa  Maria — More  than  a  thousand  paint- 
ings in  all — Model  of  the  Norse  Ship — Books  written  by  Marco  Polo  and  Americus  Vespucci — The  sepul- 
cherroom — ^Many  pictures  and  relics  of  the  last  days  of  Columbus — La  Rabida,  the  mecca  of  many  pil- 
grims— The  remains  of  the  great  navigator — The  Battle  Ship  Illinois — A  superb  counterfeit  man-of-war — 
A  vessel  that  has  never  tossed  on  billows — The  lighthouse  and  life-saving  station — Hospital  service    .        .  409 

CHAPTER  IL 

THE  WHITE  HORSE    INN   AND    KRUPP'S  GUN. 

Reproductionof  a  famous  English  hostlery — -Coffee  and  cakes  a  la  Francaise — Great  guns  as  peacemakers — 
A  gun  weighing  121  tons  that  will  send  a  shell  fifteen  miles — Opinions  of  M?jor-General  Schofield — Shoe 
and  Leather  Building — Merchant  Tailor's  Building — Choral  Hall — ^The  Terminal  Station — Intramural 
Railroad — Service  Building — Bureau  of  Admissions — Puck  Building— White  Star  Line  Pavilion — Wind- 
mills, hospitals,  restaurants  and  New  England  Clam  Bakes    .        .        , 417 

CHAPTER  IIL 
ONE  OF  THE  GEMS  OF  THE  FAIR. 

The  Wooded  Island  —More  than  a  million  trees  and  plants — Fifty  thousand  roses — Hardy  herbaceous  plants 
from  all  over  the  world — The  hunter's  cabin  and  Japanese  building — Timothy  Hopkin's  sweet  peas — ^John 
Thorpe's  c^'urch — A  spot  blessed  by  heaven  and  rivaling  the  rainbow 427 

CHAPTER    IV. 
FIFTY  CENTS  FOR  A  CUP  OF  TEA. 

Maria  and  ^^cr  mother  on  a  stroll — Tea  from  ten  cents  to  fifty  cents  a  cup— And  tea  for  nothing — Bread  known 
as  the  light  of  Asia — Where  one  may  feel  at  home — ^That  which  stimulates  but  does  not  intoxicate  —Few 
persons  missed  the  tea  gardens 435 

CHAPTER  V. 

THE  PERISTYLE  AND   COURT  OF   HONOR. 

Columned  splendor  indeed — The  impressive  beauties  of  the  Greek  peristyle — Nothing  like  it  has  ever  been 
seen  or  attempted — Music  Hall  and  Casino — The  pier  and  movable  sidewalk — The  Court  of  Honor  by  day 
and  by  night — Statue  of  the  Republic  and  MacMonnies' Ship  of  State— The  illuminated  fountains    .         .  439 

CHAPTER  VL 

THE  EXPOSITION  STATUARY. 

All  is  not  gold  that  glitters — Venice  in  the  zenith  of  her  achievements  was  never  so  statuesque — Neither  Rome 
nor  Athens  could  point  to  so  many  inspiring  efl&gies — A  wonderful  thing  is  '  'staff" — "  Distance  lends  en- 
chantment to  the  view  " — Massive  statues  that  resemble  marble  made  from  scantling  and  plaster      .         .  451 


CONTENTS.  IS 


PART  IX. 

Among  the  State  BuildingSr 

CHAPTER  I. 

ILLINOIS  BUILDING  FIRST  AND  FOREMOST. 

It  cost  $230,000  and  is  the  largest  state  structure  on  the  grounds — Its  admirable  and  commandirg  site — Its  ex- 
hibits tell  the  story  of  the  history  of  Ulinois  in  a  pictorial  way — All  the  departments  of  the  state  repre- 
sented— Reception  and  office  rooms  for  the  Governor — Work  rooms  of  the  agricultural  and  horticultural 
departments — Functions  of  state  government  admirably  shown — Kindergarten  interests  liberally  provided 
for — Bureau  of  information — Two  large  exhibition  rooms — Archaeology  and  geographical  survey — Grain 
commission,  forestry  and  fish  commission — Laboratory  of  natural  history — One-tenth  of  the  building  occu- 
pied by  the  Illinois  Woman's  Exposition  Board 455 

CHAPTER  II. 

AWAY  DOWN  EAST. 

Tbe  good  old  state  of  Maine — Its  latchstrLng  always  out — The  Granite  State  modestly  on  top — Old  John  Hutch- 
inson still  sings — The  commonwealth  that  gave  us  the  hero  ofTiconderoga — Massachusetts  and  its  colonial 
structure — Many  historic  treasures — Relics  innumerable — Littie  Rhody  to  the  front — Clams,  spindles,  prints 
and  Corliss  engines  represented — ^The  Connecticut  state  building — Dutch  mantels,  colonial  architecture 
and  dormer  windows — An  abundance  of  pretty  girls  but  no  wooden  nutmegs        ......  459 

CHAPTER  III. 

A  GALAXY  OF  STATES. 

New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware^-Stateliness  of  the  building  of  the  Empire  State — Money 
liberally  expended  on  wall,  ceiling,  floor,  vestibule,  arch,  column  and  balustrade — The  Pennsylvania 
Building — Many  prefer  it  to  any  in  the  group — ^A  very  beautiful  structure  throughout — New  Jersey  repro- 
duces the  Washington  Headquarters  at  Morristown — A  revolutionary  flavor  and  no  mistake — Delaware, 
which  raised  the  first  money  for  the  Exposition,  has  a  picturesque  btulding 465 

CHAPTER  IV. 

VIRGINIA,  THE  MOTHER  OF  PRESIDENTS. 

Motmt  Vemon  reproduced — One  of  the  most  interesting  collections  of  choice  relics  on  the  grounds — West 
Virginia  and  Maryland  near  by — Much  that  is  colonial  seen  in  these  buildings — Old  portraits,  flint  guns, 
cockades  and  continentals — ^West  Virginia 473 

CHAPTER  V. 

WAY  DOWN  SOXJF  'MONG  DE  FIELDS  OF  COTTON. 

The  governors  of  North  and  South  Carolina  are  not  in  it — Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi  and  Tennessee  also 
have  no  State  buildings — Florida  reproduces  Fort  Marion — Louisiana  has  a  beautiful  btiilding — ^All  its 
governors  for  one  hundred  years  present — The  Woman's  World's  Fair  Exhibit  Association  of  Texas  erect 
a  handsome  building  for  the  Lone  Star  State 479 

CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  NOTED  BLUE  GRASS  STATE. 

A  glance  at  its  pretty  women — Fleet  horses  and  fine  grasses  of  Kentucky — Kentuckians  are  boastful,  but  they 
never  "  talk  through  their  hats  " — Arkansas  and  its  building — A  fountain  of  Hot  Springs  crystal  illumi- 
nated by  incandescents — ^The  forty-five  thousand  dollar  building  of  Missouri — A  territorial  trio        .        .  483 

CHAPTER  VII. 

THE  STATES  BY  THE  LAKES. 

The  beautiful  building  of  Ohio — A  great  resort  afternoons — Indiana's  superb  sixty-five  thousand  dollar  edifice 
—Michigan's  attractive  building — Nothing  to  excel  it  in  all  round  beauties — ^The  Wolverines  in  their 
glory— The  Badger  State  spends  $30,000  to  make  its  denizens  comfortable    ......         .  487 


i6  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

WHEAT  AND  CORN  PRODUCING  STATES.  paob. 

Four  great  States — How  they  ■were  represented  in  Congress  thirty  years  ago— Unsurpassed  display  of  Iowa 

Grandeur  of  Minnesota — Minnehaha  and  Hiawatha — ^What  the  women  of  Minnesota  have  done  for  their 
State — Bleeding  Kansas  and  its  inviting  display — The  twenty  thousand  dollar  building  of  Nebraska    .         .  493 

CHAPTER  IX. 

BUILDINGS  OF  THE  STATES  OP  -THE  GREAT  INTERIOR. 
Horace  Greeley's  advice  abundantly  taken — Many  millions  go  West — ^The  noble  structure  of  the  Centennial 
State — The  Wyoming  and  Montana  buildings — Headquarters  of  the  young  State  of  Idaho— The  two  Dakotas 
pretentiously  represented — ^Utah  takes  a  place  among  its  full-grown  sisters 407 

CHAPTER  X. 

A  PEEP  AT  THE  PACIFIC  SLOPE. 
California's  reproduction  of  some  of  its  old  Mission  churches — ^A  unique  blending  of  San  Antonio,  of  Padua, 
San  Juan,  Capistrano,  Saa  Diego  and  Santa  Barbara — 100,000  square  feet  of  space  occupied  by  266  exhib- 
itors from  the  Golden  State — Great  columns  and  pyramids  of  fruits — Pavilion  of  redwood  and  laurel 

Samples  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  tin,  quicksilver,  iron,  coal,  borax  and  many  other  minerals — Orange, 
lemon,  pomegranate,  fig,  lime  and  apricot  trees  in  bearing — ^Towers  of  walnuts  and  almonds — Masses  of 
dried,  preserved  and  crystalized  fruits — A  live  palm  tree  from  San  Diego  County  127  years  old,  50  feet  in 
height,  and  weighing  47,000  pounds — ^Beautiful  display  of  Spanish  silk  and  silver  work — ^The  State  of 
Washington — A  wonderful  exhibit — ^Woods,  metals,  cereals,  and  fruits  in  amazing  abundance — A  great 
display  of  taxidermy — The  biggest  flagstaff  in  the  world goj 


PART  X. 

Among  the  Foreign  Buildings. 

CHAPTER  I. 

GERMANY,  NORWAY  AND  SWEDEN. 

The  German  Building — A  combination  of  numerous  styles  of  architecture — Nearly  a  quarter  of  a  million  ex- 
pended— A  home  of  many  gables,  balconies  and  towers — Reproduction  of  a  rural  chapel — Collection  of 
Bismarck  souvenirs — Historical  documents  and  copies  of  treaties — ^Tapestry,  furniture,  bronze,  statuary  and 
paintings  from  German  factories  and  studios— Some  beautiful  work  in  carved  oak — Handsome  carpets  and 
rugs — The  pavilion  of  the  Norwegians — A  type  of  architecture  which  originated  eight  hundred  years  ago— 
Timbers  from  Christiana — The  Swedish  Building — Modern  brick  and  terra  cotta  from  prominent  manu- 
facturers of  Sweden — The  "Venice  of  the  North" — Many  of  the  products  ofSweden  represented — Exquis- 
ite embroideries  and  needle  work — Panorama  of  Swedish  landscape gog 

CHAPTER  II. 

GREAT  BRITAIN'S  VICTORIA  HOUSE. 
The  more  you  see  it  the  more  you  like  it — A  majestic  but  not  gaudy  interior — Double  sweeps  of  staircases — 
A  fine  but  subdued  collection  of  furniture — Carved  oak  that  reminds  one  of  the  times  of  Good  Queen 
Bess — Associations  that  are  halos — ^The  East  Indian  Building — ^Tantalizing  shawls  and  carpets— Brocades 
from  Madras  and  Benares — ^Agreat  collection  of  tapestries  and  embroideries 519 

CHAPTER  III. 

PAVILIONS   OF  FRANCE  AND  SPAIN. 

The  sword  of  Lafayette — A  reproduction  of  the  room  in  the  Palace  at  Versailles  in  which  Franklin  was  re- 
ceived— A  large  number  of  contributions  from  the  Duke  ofVeragua — Letters  patent  to  Colvunbns  from 
Isabella — Commission  from  the  King  and  Queen — Many  interesting  state  papers 523 

CHAPTER  IV. 

CANADA  AND  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

The  provinces  of  Ontario  and  Quebec  handsomely  represented — Native  Canadian  shrubbery  abundant — Highly 
polished  Canadian  woods — Various  commercial,  scientific,  agricultural  and  educational  articles  shown — 
The  classical  pavilion  of  New  South  Wales — A  credit  to  that  far-off  country 529 


CONTENTS.  17 


CHAPTER  V. 
THE  ATTRACTIVE  CEYLON  BUttDING. 
I  mixed  architecture  of  many  native  -woods — Designs  from  ancient  buildings — Figures  of  sacred  birds  and 
animals — Ornamental  facades  and  pillars — Fancy  designs  in  ceilings  and  walls— Carvings  that  take  one 

back  543  years  B.  C.-^The  sacred  tooth  of  Buddha — Sun  and  moon  symbols 533 

CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  OTTOMAN   PAVILION. 

The  resources  of  Turkey  shown  in  twelve  sections — Textile  fabrics — Gold  and  silver  and  other  minerals — 

Munitions  of  war,  electrical  appliances  and  many  antiquities — Agricultural  products — Silks  and  dye  stuflFs 

-An  imitation  of  the  Hunkhar  Casque  — Damascian  carved  woods— The  Ottoman  coat  of  arms — Damascus 

rugs  and  other  oriental  manufactures 537 

CHAPTER  VII. 
The  two  central  AMERICAN  REPUBLICS. 
The  pavilion  of  Costa  Rica — A  modest  but  pretty  building  —Diminutive  monkeys  with  lots  of  hair — Silks  and 
fibres  that  fairly  dazzle  the  eye — Coffee  and  waffles — A  glance  at  Guatemala — Gardens  that  represent 

coffee  plantations      ..., 539 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

BRAZIL  AND  VENEZUELA. 

Tte  beautiful  buildings  of  the  two  South  American  republics — Brazil  has  one  of  the  most  attractive  pavilions 
on  the  grounds —  Coffee  served  to  thousands  daily  — Venezuelans  do  their  level  best  with  coffee  and 
beans — They  show  many  swords  and  other  trophies  of  General  Simon  Bolivar ,  543 


PART  XI. 

The  Midway  Plaisance. 
CHAPTER  I. 
CAIRO  STREET  AND  TURKISH  VILLAGE. 
A  general  combination  of  the  a-chitectural  features  of  the  city  of  Cairo — Mosques,  minarets,  dancing  girls, 
shopkeepers,  musicians,  camels,   donkeys  and  dogs — ^The  temple  of  Luxor  reproduced — Tomb  of  the 
sacred  bull — Nubians  and  Soudanese — Reproduction  of  temples  four  thousand  years  old — A  room  full  cS 
mmnmies — Egyptian  shops  and  shopkeepers — No  such  sight  ever  seen  before  in  Europe  or  America — Lap- 
landers and  their  reindeers — Wonders  of  the  Turkish  village — Counterparts  of  objects  in  Constantinople 
— Turkish  theatres  and  bazaars — ^The  five  million  dollar  tent  of  the  Shah  of  Persia,  which  took  one  hun- 
dred years  to  make — Marvels  of  oriental  tapestry  and  embroidery — Sword  and  handkerchief  dances         .  549 

CHAPTER  II. 
THE  TWO  IRISH  VILLAGES. 
Iiady  Aberdeen's  work — Blarney  Castle  and  the  village  of  Irish  industries — A  piece  of  the  genidne  Blarney 
stone — Carter  Harrison's  speech  to  the  girls  of  Belfast  and  Cork — Lace-makers  and  weavers  and  butter  and 
cheese  makers  from  the  land  of  no  snakes — Mrs.  Peter  White — ^Mrs.  Ernest  Hart  and  her  village — A  re- 
production of  Donegal  Castle — Eighteen  Celtic  lasses — Good  Irish  buttermilk — Irish  airs  on  Irish  pipes    .  561 

CHAPTER  III. 

THE  JAVANESE  AND  SOUTH  SEA  ISLANDERS. 

The  quaint  buildings  of  the  Javanese  a  great  resort — Everything  as  neat  as  a  pin — More  than  one  hundred 

people — And  such  tea  and  coffee — Personal  appearance  of  the  Javanese — Their  bamboo  dwellmgs — The 

Javanese  theatre  and  orchestra — ^Ten  attractive  dancing  girls  from  Solo — "  Klass  "  and  his  peculiarities — 

The  South  Sea  Islanders — A  great  exhibit — Cannibal  and  war  dances 565 

CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  GERMANS  AND  AUSTRIANS. 

Cottages  from  the  Black  Forest — The  Town  Hall  of  Hesse — Westphalia  and  the  banks  of  the  Rhine — Glimpses 
of  Berlin  and  Bavaria — ^A  reproduction  of  one  of  the  streets  of  Old  Vienna — Forty-eight  stores — The  Em- 
peror's own  band — Thecost  of  the  village  nearly  $130,000 — It  opened  with  a  banquet        .        .        .        .575 

CHAPTER  V. 

AMONG  OTHER  NATIONS. 

The  village  of  the  alm>,jd-eyed  Mongolian — ^The  electric  theater — ^The  Libbey  Glass  Works — ^The  Ferris 
Wheel  the  greatest  piece  of  machinery  in  the  world — Pretty  imitation  of  La  Tour  Eiffel — Carl  Hagenback's 
menagerie — The  big,  black  Dahomeyans  and  many  other  attractions         .         .  .  ....  579 

Live  Stock  Exhibit -59^ 

World's  Congress  Auxiliary .  ....  59* 


i8  CONTENTS. 

PAGE. 

Live  Stock  Exhibit 590 

World's  Congress  Auxiliary     .....  . 592 

Chicago's  Own  Day  at  the  Fair 595 

Red  Letter  Days 599 

CHAPTER  VI. 

END   OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 

Official  closing  day  of  the  Great  Fair — Impressive  termination  of  the  most  magnificent  creation  of  any 
age— A  vast  throng  present — The  illuminated  fountains  play  for  the  last  time — The  great  search  lights 
blaze  out  the  close — Electric  switches  turn  off  their  tens  of  thousands  of  arcs  and  incandescents  forever — 
The  terrible  death  of  Carter  H.  Harrison,  the  World's  Fair  Mayor,  by  the  bullet  of  an  assassin,  precludes 
the  possibility  of  carrying  out  a  program  of  or.;tory,  music  and  pyrotechnics— The  Mayor's  Day — Mayor 
Harrison's  last  speech — His  last  signature  was  at  the  Tiffany  pavilion — Symposium  of  reports  and  Ad- 
dresses in  the  Woman's  Building — Lady  managers  kiss  and  say  good  bye — Destruction  of  the  Exposition 
commences  on  Wooded  Island — Some  interesting  facts  and  figures-  Paid  admissions  reach  nearly 
22,000,000— The  Exposition  pays  all  its  bills  and  has  nearly  S3, 000,000  in  bank 601 


1 NTRODUCTORY. 


PRESIDENT  THOS.  W.  PALMER. 


OU  want  me  to  express  my  opinion  in  regard  to  the  Fair. 
I  cannot  talk  to  you  about  it  from  an  artistic  standpoint,  for 
I  know  very  little  about  art.  I  can  only  tell  its  effect  upon 
me  and,  inferentially,  what  it  will  be  upon  10,000,000  of 
people.  1  think  it  will  astound  every  one  who  visits  it,  both 
on  account  of  its  magnitude  and  what  they  will  consider  its 
artistic  merits.  It  would  be  fairy-like  if  it  were  not  so  co- 
lossal. It  is  a  vision  snatched  from  dreams  whose  lines 
have  been  brought  out  and  well  defined  by  the  iodine  of  art. 
As  an  educational  force  and  inspiration  I  believe  the  build- 
ings, their  grouping,  and  laying  out  of  the  grounds  will  in 
themselves  do  more  good  in  a  general  way  than  the  exhibits 
themselves,  by  the  exaltation  that  it  will  inspire  in  every 
man,  woman,  and  child  who  may  have  any  emotions,  and  who  has  none,  that  may 
come  to  view  it.  I  think  that  the  prospect  from  Lake  Michigan  will  impress  every 
one  who  approaches  it  from  that  side  by  the  tout  ensemble  which  will  be  pre- 
sented. I  never  looked  at  it  without  thinking  of  Claude  Melnotte's  description  to 
Pauline  of  his  palace  by  the  Lake  of  Como. 

I  was  at  Nice  some  years  ago,  and  one  morning  in  November  I  looked  from 
my  balcony  up  the  distant  mountain  side  and  saw  the  cataract  going  over  the  dam, 
the  Alps  in  the  background,  with  the  olive  groves  and  the  blue  Mediterranean  far 
above  ground,  and  I  said  to  my  wife:  "Every  one  who  can  should  come  to  Nice  to 
put  in  a  stock  of  material  for  dreams."  I  think  the  Exposition  furnishes  a  maga- 
zine for  dreams  equally  as  grand  and  more  attractive. 

I  have  no  doubt  that,  notwithstanding  the  vast  amount  of  literature  and 
illustrations  which  has  been  issued  describing  the  Fair,  the  expectations  of  our 
people  and  those  from  abroad  will  be  more  than  realized.  I  never  go  down  to  it 
but  what  I  am  lifted  up  to  a  higher  plane,  and  feel  more  enthusiasm  in  regard  to 
its  real  magnitude  and  merit.  If  it  was  within  the  range  of  constitutional  legisla-- 
tion  it  would  pay  the  Government  of  the  United  States  to  bring  free  of  expense  ten 
millions  of  our  people  who  will  not  have  the  money  to  come. 

You  have  seen  Kiralfy's  "Around  the  World  in  Eighty  Days"  and  read  Jules 
Verne's  "Around  the  World,"  wherein  Mr.  Fogg  gained  a  day  and  saved  his 
fortune  by  going  to  the  west,  so  will  all  people  and  races  here  gain  more  than  a  day 


20  INTRODUCTORY. 

and  more  than  a  fortune  in  getting  a  more  thorough  idea  of  the  habitable  globe 
by  coming  west  to  Chicago. 

I  regard  the  street  of  all  nations  on  the  Midway  Plaisance,  although  thought 
by  some  to  be  beneath  the  aim  of  the  great  Exposition,  as  one  of  its  most  valuable 
adjuncts.  To  the  specialist,  the  scientist,  and  the  artist  the  Exposition  furnishes  all 
that  may  be  desired,  but  to  the  vast  mass  of  humanity  the  attractions  of  the  Mid- 
way Plaisance  will  give  the  first  impulse  to  inquiry,  and  the  statuary  outside  of 
buildings  constructed  on  harmonious  lines  will  remain  a  vital  force  to  the  majority 
of  people  long  after  details  are  forgotten. 

The  Art  Building  is  a  classic  and  the  Fisheries  Building  a  study.  In  looking 
at  the  first  a  man  can  feel  that  he  is  in  Athens  during  the  age  of  Pericles.  The 
whole  thing  if  viewed  by  that  worthy  would  make  Haroun  al  Raschid  go  wild  with 
despair  and  Scheherezade  go  mad  with  envy  because  Aladdin  and  his  lamp,  her 
greatest  achievement,  was  surpassed  from  the  shores  of  an  inland  lake  on  the 
margin  of  the  prairie. 


of^cfcO.:;;^ 


PART  I. 


ORIGIN  OF  THE  EXPOSITION, 


CHAPTER  I. 
HOW  CHICAGO  SECURED  THE  CELEBRATION. 

How  and  When  the  Columbian  Exposition  was  Conceived — The  Idea  of  a  Celebration  of  the  Four 
Hundredth  Anniversary  of  the  Discovery  of  America  by  Christopher  Columbus  Originated  with 
T.  W.  Zaremba — -His  First  Desire  was  to  Have  it  in  Mexico — How  this  Indefatigable  Gentleman 
Pursued  the  Object  of  His  Thought — How  Chicago  Took  Hold  of  the  Enterprise — Other 
Metropolitan  Cities  Take  a  Hand — Splendid  Work  of  Leading  Chicago  Men  in  Washington — 
Persistency  of  all  Parties  Interested — The  Real  Contest  Between  Chicago  and  New  York — Chicago 
Successful — Congress  Votes  in  its  Favor — Preliminary  Action — Subscription  of  Stock — Board  of 
Directors  and  Other  Officers  Elected — Lyman  J.  Gage  the  First  President  of  the  Chicago  Directory 
— Congressional  Provisions  for  Commissioners — Raising  of  Money — Appointment  of  Commis- 
sioners— Zaremba's  Active  Life — Appointment  of  Hon.  Thomas  B.  Bryan  Commissioner'at-Large 
—Mr.  Bryan's  Splendid  Work  in  Europe — A  Gentleman  and  a  Scholar — Few  Men  Living  With 
Such  Rare  Attainments. 


T  IS  admitted  that,  during  the  past  twelve  or  fifteen  years, 
there  has  not  been  an  insignificant  number  w^ho  have  pro- 
posed and  even  agitated  a  World's  Columbian  Exposition — 
that  is,  a  world's  celebration  of  the  four  hundredth  anniversary 
of  the  discovery  of  America  by  Christopher  Columbus.  But 
it  seems  to  be  conceded  that  I?r.  T.  W.  Zaremba,  a  well-known 
German-American,  is  the  person  to  whom  the  distinguished 
honor  most  properly  belongs,  as  abundant  proofs  are  accessible 
that  this  gentleman,  impressed  with  the  grandeur  and  benefits 
of  the  Centennial,  in  a  few  years  afterward  imparted  to  Gen. 
John  C.  Fremont,  Peter  Cooper  and  Charles  A.  Lamont, 
whom  he  met  in  New  York  at  the  Cooper  Institute  in  1882,  his  views  regarding 
his  new  scheme. 

It  was  not  until  June  11,  1884,  however,  that  Dr.  Zaremba  made  any  pro- 
nounced movement,  upon  which  day  he  sent  to  the  diplomatic  representatives  of 
foreign  powers  at  Washington  an  invitation  to  a  conference  to  consider  the  celebra- 
tion of  the  fourth  centenary  of  America's  discovery  by  Columbus  by  a  World's 
Fair  in  Mexico.     Sixteen  days  thereafter  he  confided  his  plan  to  George  R.  Davis 


WELCOME. 

1  interior  view  of  the  parlor  of  a  resident  of  Chicago  as  it  ajjpears  after  he  has  completed  arrangements  for  the  reception  of  friends 
who  have  signified  their  intention  of  visiting  him  during  the  World's  Fair. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  23 

and  P.  V,  Duester,  at  that  time  members  of  Congress,  and  a  day  or  two  later  to 
William  F.  Poole  of  Chicago,  whom  he  met  on  Broadway  in  New  York.  July  11, 
1884,  he  wrote  concerning  it  to  Benson  Lossing,  the  historian. 

In  the  summer  of  1885  Dr.  Zaremba  was  in  Chicago.  Still  enthusiastic  over 
his  plan  for  the  celebration  he  conferred  with  Levi  Leiter,  John  P.  Reynolds,  Edwin 
Lee  Brown  and  John  B.  Drake  on  the  subject.  In  Wisconsin,  in  the  fall  of  the 
same  year,  he  chanced  to  see  an  article  in  a  Chicago  newspaper  suggesting  that  a 
World's  Fair  be  held  to  celebrate  Columbus'  discovery,  and  that  Chicago  be  the 
site.  Dr.  Zaremba  immediately  returned  to  Chicago  and  began  to  work  on  his  own 
proposition  with  not  altogether  encouraging  results.  November  24,  1885,  he  re- 
ceived from  Secretary  of  State  Dement  license  to  organize  "The  Chicago  Columbian 
Centenary  World's  Fair  and  Exposition  Company."  He  immediately  called  a 
meeting,  which  was  held  in  club  room  4  of  the  Grand  Pacific  Hotel,  Chicago. 

Among  the  men  who  responded  to  his  invitation  were  A.  C.  and  Washington 
Hesing,  A.  B.  Pullman,  John  A.  Sexton,  W.  K.  Sullivan,  and  several  newspaper 
reporters.  The  meeting  resulted  only  in  a  general  talk,  but  the  lukewarm  interest 
evinced  by  the  public  in  his  pet  project  did  not  check  the  ardor  of  Dr.  Zaremba. 

In  1886,  while  the  American  Historical  Society  was  in  session  in  Washing- 
ton, Dr.  Zaremba  brought  his  Columbus  monument  and  attendant  propositions  to 
the  notice  of  that  body.  A  committee  to  confer  with  the  President  of  the  United 
States  was  appointed  by  the  Historical  Society  with  the  hope  that  the  chief  magis- 
trate would  call  the  attention  of  Congress  to  the  question  and  thereby  obtain  an 
expression  of  opinion  as  to  the  best  manner  of  celebrating  the  fourth  centenary  of 
America's  discovery.  Philadelphia,  which  had  kept  its  eye  on  the  movement,  imme- 
diately sent  a  committee  to  Washington  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  an  appro- 
priation for  such  a  celebration  to  be  held  in  that  city.  Thus  for  the  first  time  the 
dim  possibility  of  a  World's  Fair  in  this  country  to  celebrate  Columbus'  feat  took  on 
an  aspect  of  probability.  In  February,  1882,  the  year  that  the  indefatigable  Dr. 
Zaremba  was  impressing  the  advisability  of  his  scheme  on  the  minds  of  Peter  Cooper 
and  other  New  York  men,  there  was  printed  in  a  Chicago  newspaper  a  letter  from 
Dr.  Harlan,  a  Chicago  dentist,  in  which  he  suggested  Chicago  as  the  proper  place 
for  a  World's  Fair.  In  1885  Dr.  Harlan's  suggestion  was  revived,  and  a  joint  com- 
mittee was  appointed  from  the  Chicago,  Commercial,  Union  League  and  Iroquois 
clubs  to  take  action  on  the  matter  and  report. 

Early  in  1886  a  Board  of  Promotion  was  organized  in  New  England  to 
secure  congressional  action  in  the  direction  of  a  centenary  celebration.  Ex-Governor 
Claflin,  of  Massachusetts,  acted  as  president  of  this  board.  Following  closely  upon 
its  organization,  July  31st,  a  resolution  was  introduced  by  Senator  Hoar,  of  Mas- 
sachusetts, for  the  appointment  of  a  joint  congressional  committee  of  fourteen  to  con- 
sider the  advisability  of  holding  a  Fair.  Senator  Hoar's  proposition  was  to  have 
temporary  and  permanent  buildings  for  such  a  Fair  erected  in  Washington,  D.  C. 

As  soon  as  it  became  evident  that  the  World's  Fair  would  be  a  coveted 
honor  and  that  the  rivalry  among  the  leading  cities  of  America  for  the  distinction  of 
holding  it  would  be  keen,  Chicago  prepared  to  get  it.     The  City  Council  passed  a 


24  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

resolution  July  22,  1889,  instructing  the  mayor  to  appoint  a  committee  of  one  hun- 
dred to  induce  Congress  to  locate  the  Fair  in  Chicago.  A  few  days  later  Thomas 
B.  Bryan  was  requested  by  several  prominent  men  to  write  a  resolution  favoring  the 
location  of  the  Fair  at  Chicago.  This  Mr.  Bryan  did,  and  at  a  meeting  held  in  the 
council  chamber  the  resolution  was  adopted  after  a  thorough  discussion  of  the  sub- 
ject in  all  its  phases. 

August  15,  1889,  the  Secretary  of  State  at  Springfield,  111.,  granted  a  license 
to  De  Witt  C.  Cregier,  Ferdinand  W.  Peck,  George  Schneider,  Anthony  F. 
Seeberger,  William  C.  Seipp,  John  R.  Walsh  and  E.  Nelson  Blake  to  open  sub- 
scription  books  for  the  proposed  corporation  entitled  "The  World's  Exposition  of 
1892,  the  object  of  which  is  the  holding  of  an  international  exhibition  or  World's 
Fair  in  the  City  of  Chicago  and  State  of  Illinois  to  commemorate  on  its  four  hun- 
dredth anniversary  the  discovery  of  America." 

The  first  World's  Fair  bill  was  introduced  in  the  United  States  Senate  by 
Senator  Cullom,  of  Illinois,  December  19,  1889.  January  11,  1890,  De  Witt  C. 
Cregier,  then  mayor  of  Chicago,  Thomas  B.  Bryan  and  Edward  T.  Jeffery  appeared 
before  a  special  committee  of  the  United  States  Senate  and  addressed  the  same  in 
support  of  Chicago's  application.  It  was  at  that  meeting  that  Mr.  Bryan  experienced 
the  satisfaction  of  defeating  Chauncey  M.  Depew,  who  led  the  New  York  delega- 
tion. For  this  victory  Mr.  Bryan  was  complimented  by  the  entire  press  of  the 
country  outside  of  New  York. 

How  bitterly  the  battle  was  waged  between  east  and  west  all  the  world 
knows.  Nothing  that  could  influence  the  decision  of  Congress  was  left  undone. 
Nothing  that  the  press  could  contribute  toward  the  settlement  of  the  problem  was 
left  unwritten.  It  was,  therefore,  a  signal  indorsement  of  Chicago's  persistency  and 
pluck,  when  in  the  face  of  the  opposition  of  the  representatives  of  the  Eastern 
interests  Congress  voted,  February  24,  1890,  to  have  the  Exposition  in  Chicago. 

Then  began  on  the  part  of  the  citizens  of  Chicago  that  united  effort  for  the 
carrying  out  of  the  project  which  has  resulted  in  success  so  complete  and  so  mag- 
nificent as  to  break  down  all  prejudices,  and  to  compel  the  admiration  of  the  civil- 
ized world.  Capital  for  the  organization  of  the  World's  Fair  was  subscribed  March 
23,  1890.  A  meeting  of  subscribers  to  the  capital  stock  was  held  in  Battery  D, 
April  4,  i8go,  and  a  full  Board  of  Directors  was  elected,  which,  in  turn,  April  30th, 
elected  Lyman  J.  Gage,  president;  Thomas  B.  Bryan  and  Potter  Palmer,  vice- 
presidents;  Anthony  F.  Seeberger,  treasurer;  Benjamin  Butterworth,  secretary,  and 
William  K.  Ackerman,  auditor.  The  first  meeting  of  the  new  directory  was  held 
April  i2th.  President  Harrison  signed  the  measure,  locating  the  Exposition  in 
Chicago.  This  provided  for  the  creation  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition 
Board,  to  consist  of  two  commissioners  appointed  by  the  President  for  each  state 
and  territory,  of  eight  commissioners-at-large,  and  two  from  the  District  of  Col- 
umbia, each  with  alternates. 

The  question  of  funds  was  met  promptly  by  the  Illinois  Legislature,  which, 
in  a  special  session  held  June  12,  1890,  authorized  the  city  of  Chicago  to  increase  its 
bonded  indebtedness  $5,000,000  in  aid  of  the  Exposition.     The  name  was  changed 


DIRBGTORS  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


1.  LiiMAN  J.  Gage. 

4.  Ferdinand  W.  Peck. 

7.  Thomas  B.  Be^an. 

10.  William  T.  Bakek. 

13.  BoBEKT  A.  Waller. 


2.  Harlow  N.  Higinbotham. 

5.  George  R.  Davis. 

8.  Edward  B.  Butler. 

11.  George  Schneider. 

14.  Alexander  H.  Bevell. 


3.  Frederick  S.  Winston. 

6.  Charles  H.  Wackee. 

9.  John  J.  P.  Odbll. 

12.  Charles  Henrotin, 

15.  Edwin  Walker. 


26  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

to  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition,  with  the  capital  increased  to  $10,000,000. 
While  this  action  of  the  State  Legislature  by  no  means  solved  the  financial  problems 
with  which  the  Fair  had  to  contend,  it  went  a  long  way  toward  inspiring  confidence 
in  the  movement,  and  placed  the  Exposition  on  a  sound  basis. 

Dr.  Zaremba  was  born  July  29,  1842,  at  Koenigsburg,  Prussia,  where  his 
father  was  a  petty  officer  in  the  Third  Regiment  of  Cuirassiers,  and  afterward  an 
internal  revenue  officer  at  the  city  of  Memel,  where  Zaremba  attended  the  primary 
school  until  1854,  when  in  October  of  that  year  he  entered  the  military  school  at 
Potsdam.  In  1857,  being  transferred  to  the  Military  Academy,  he  studied  the 
higher  branches  in  connection  with  military  education  and  tactics,  becoming  at  the 
same  time  personally  acquainted  with  the  late  Emperor  Frederick  of  Germany.  In 
1859,  he  entered  the  service  of  the  Royal  Guard  Artillery  at  Berlin,  and  within  ten 
months  was  transferred  to  the  staff  of  Prince  Wilhelm  of  Baden,  who  took  special 
interest  in  him,  and  secured  a  special  permit  for  Zaremba  to  attend  the  lectures  of 
the  Berlin  University.  In  1862,  he  went  to  Moscow,  Russia,  and  while  finishing  his 
studies  in  medicine  and  philosophy  he  wrote  a  manual  of  military  gymnastics  for 
the  Russian  army.  In  September,  1865,  Zaremba  coming  with  his  mother  to 
Chicago  went  to  St.  Joseph,  Mich.  He  soon  returned  to  Chicago,  however,  and 
practiced  his  profession  as  a  physician  until  the  great  fire.  In  1871,  he  became  one 
of  the  founders  of  the  Chicago  Athenaeum;  Dr.  Zaremba  was  one  of  the  prime 
movers  in  the  Interstate  and  Industrial  Exposition  in  1872  and  T873.  ^^  November, 
1878,  when  the  International  Commercial  Convention  assembled  at  Farwell  Hall, 
Dr.  Zaremba  was  appointed  a  city  delegate  by  Mayor  Heath.  In  January,  1879, 
he  started  with  the  first  Industrial  Excursion  from  Chicago  to  Mexico,  which  formed 
the  entering  wedge  for  American  trade  in  that  country. 

In  the  fall  of  1891,  the  Exposition  company  sent  a  commission  (presided 
over  Dy  the  commissioner-at-large,  Thomas  B.  Bryan) ,  to  southern  Europe.  Up  to 
that  time  neither  the  people  nor  the  rulers  in  that  region  of  the  world  had  mani- 
fested the  slightest  interest  in  the  Exposition,  but  the  commissioners  appealed  to 
both  the  potentates  and  the  people,  informing  them  fully  of  the  stupendous  under- 
taking in  which  this  nation  had  embarked,  and  after  some  five  months  so  spent  in 
industriously  disseminating  all  the  information  available,  the  most  gratifying 
change  of  sentiment  occurred  and  the  liveliest  interest  was  inspired.  Not  only  did 
kings  and  queens  respond  most  encouragingly  (speaking  alternately  in  French  and 
German,  as  they  had  been  addressed) ,  but  the  Pope  also  acknowledging  that  he 
was  surprised  to  learn  of  the  grand  scale  of  the  international  Exposition,  promised 
to  contribute  generously  to  its  success,  and  did  so  first  by  his  cordial  letter  to  Com- 
missioner-at-large Bryan  (translated  and  circulated  in  many  lands) ,  and  next  by 
contributing  treasures  never  before  permitted  to  leave  the  Vatican.  The  commis- 
sioner-at-large has,  since  that  European  mission,  been  incessantly  occupied  in  con- 
ducting correspondence,  and  in  multifold  office  work,  delivering  lectures  and  other- 
wise advancing  the  interests  of  the  Exposition. 

Thomas  B.  Bryan  was  born  December  22,  1828,  in  Alexandria,  Va.  His 
father,  Hon.  Daniel  Bryan,  was  a  prominent  man  in  Virginia.     He  represented  his 


HON.  THOMAS  B.  BRYAN, 

COMMISSIONER-AT-LARGE,   WORLD'S   COLUMBIAN   COMMISSION. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  27 

district  in  the  State  Senate,  besides  holding  other  important  positions.  James  and 
Philip  Barbour,  his  mother's  brothers,  served  in  the  highest  ofifices  of  the  State,  in 
the  United  States  Senate,  United  States  Supreme  Court,  and  in  the  Cabinet  as 
Secretary  of  War.  Mr.  Bryan  was  graduated  at  Harvard  University  in  1848. 
While  pursuing  his  college  studies  he  wrote  a  book  in  the  German  language,  the 
aim  of  which  Ivas  to  make  it  easy  for  Germans  to  acquire  the  English  language. 
Many  editions  have  been  sold,  it  being  pronounced  an  excellent  work.  He  is  also 
familiar  with  the  French,  conversing  quite  fluently  in  that  tongue.  Mr.  Bryan 
married  early  in  life  Miss  Jennie  B.  Page,  daughter  of  an  Episcopal  clergyman. 
She  is  spoken  of  as  a  most  gentle,  accomplished  and  excellent  lady.  Their  wedded 
life,  which  has  already  passed  the  fortieth  anniversary,  is  very  harmonious.  After 
several  years'  successful  practice  of  his  profession  in  Cincinnati,  in  partnership  with 
Judge  Hart,  Mr.  Bryan  came  to  Chicago  in  1852,  where  he  has  been  engaged  in 
business  up  to  the  present  time,  with  the  exception  of  three  years  in  Colorado,  and 
during  his  governorship  of  the  district  of  Columbia.  Although  Mr.  Bryan  is  a  very 
energetic  man  he  is  not  ambitious.  He  has  occupied  many  prominent  positions 
with  great  credit  to  himself,  and  if  he  had  been  more  eager  for  fame  or  political 
power,  he  might  have  been  a  leading  orator,  statesman  or  diplomat.  After  the 
death  of  Bayard  Taylor,  Mr.  Bryan  was  strongly  recommended  for  his  successor  as 
ambassador  to  Germany,  the  leading  newspapers  of  the  United  States  uniting  in 
the  recommendation.  But,  when  Andrew  D.  White,  of  Cornell  University,  was 
mentioned  for  the  position,  Mr.  Bryan  encouraged  the  appointment,  gracefully 
retiring  from  the  field.  Mr.  Bryan,  as  vice-president  of  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition,  addressed  conventions  in  many  of  the  States,  besides  visiting  Europe, 
where  he  succeeded  in  overcoming  strong  prejudices  against  the  Exposition,  and 
in  arousing  latent  forces  in  its  behalf.  After  his  successful  efforts  at  Washington 
he  gained  another  great  victory  in  the  effort  to  get  the  consent  of  the  Legislature 
of  the  State  of  Illinois  to  authorize  the  city  of  Chicago  to  issue  $5,000,000  in  bonds 
for  the  benefit  of  the  Fair.  He  was  afterward  appointed  commissioner-at-large. 
Mr.  Bryan  is  a  sound  lawyer,  being  a  close  student  in  his  profession,  and,  as  a  con- 
vincing speaker,  unusually  gifted. 


'^•^"-'%^^li^^4 


z 

Q 

K 
(5 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR 


29 


COMMISSIONER-AT-LARGE  THOS.  B.  BRYAN' S  OPINION  OF  THE 
LASTING  BENEFITS  OF  THE  FAIR. 

HE  mammoth  temples  now  dedicated  to  industry  and  the  arts 
will  survive  that  dedication  but   a  few  months  and  then  be 
demolished.    But  there  will  be  some  salvage.    Much  of  their 
material  will  enter  into  other  structures  of  a  more  enduring 
character,  if  not  of  equal  renown.      And  so  from  the  Expo- 
sition itself  there  will  be  great  salvage — much,  indeed,  that 
will  escape  identification  with  its  origin,  but  much  directly 
traceable  to  the  great  Fair.      This  fruitage  is  too  prolific  a 
theme  for  skilful  handing  in  so  narrow  a  compass  as  this,  but  a 
glance  may  be  had  at  a  choice  specimen  of  the  fruit,  here 
and  there,  just  as  one  might  stop  to  pluck  an  orange  or  a 
star-apple  in  some  inter-tropical  region. 
One  resulting  benefit,  and  perhaps  that  of  widest  reach  and  greatest  value,  will 
be  the  largely  increased  acquaintance  we  may  thenceforth  enjoy  with  other  peoples, 
and  their  better  knowledge  of  Americans.      It  is  not  less  true  than  amazing  that 
millions  upon  millions  of  otherwise  enlightened  people  scattered  over  the  Eastern 
Continent  know  but  little  more  of  America  than  did  its  discoverer  when  the  float- 
ing thorn  branch  with  its  flowers  and  scarlet  berries  gave  promise  of  the  coveted 
land  on  the  morrow.  The  Indians,  of  whom  he  wrote  so  often  and  so  graphically,  are 
supposed  by  many  people  in  the  Old  World  to  still  constitute  a  very  considerable  if 
not  dangerous  part  of  our  population.     Those  millions  abroad  seem  never  to  have 
heard  of  the  touchingly  pathetic  lament  of  Red  Jacket    (and  which  at  the  close  of 
another  year  we  hope  may  not  be  echoed  by  our  Exposition):    "We  stood,  a  small 
island  in  the  bosom  of  great  waters.     They  rose;  they  pressed  upon  us,  and  the 
waves  once  settled  over  us;  we  are  gone  forever!      Who  now  lives  to  mourn  us? 
None!     What  marks  our  resting-place?     Nothing!" 

The  Ethnological  Department  of  the  Fair  will  greatly  extend  our  general 
knowledge  of  those  aborigines,  as  well  as  of  the  prehistoric  races  that  inhabited 
this  land.  Although  at  first  blush  we  are  apt  to  regard  the  discovery  of  America 
as  of  a  very  remote  period  in  the  past,  yet,  in  fact,  why  should  four  centuries  be 
considered  more  than  a  mere  break  of  old  Father  Time,  but  four  links  in  his  end- 
less chain,  a  single  arch  in  the  bridge  of  history  and  tradition?  Science  and  re- 
search are  now  spanning  that  arch  to  bring  all  mankind  into  the  immediate 
presence,  of  the  great  event  that  we  are  now  celebrating. 

Ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand  benefits  of  a  practical  nature  must 
assuredly  result  from  the  exhibits  in  all  departments  of  human  industry  and  skill. 
The  ingenuity  of  man,  already  exercised  to  its  utmost  capacity  for  impressive  dis- 


3,0  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

play  at  the  Fair,  will  be  stimulated  in  numberless  directions  by  observation  at  the 
Exposition  and  by  the  suggestions  to  which  it  may  give  birth.  This  expansion  and 
improvement  or  beneficial  development  of  the  inventive  faculties  and  of  skill  will 
extend  in  some  measure  to  the  fine  arts,  here  comparatively  in  their  infancy. 
From  the  fact  of  that  infancy  America  may  at  least  derive  one  consolation — that  it 
is  not  included  in  the  sad  lament  that  "the  names  of  great  painters  are  like  passing 
bells;  in  the  name  of  Valesquez  you  hear  sounded  the  fall  of  Spain;  in  the  name  of 
Titian  that  of  Venice;  in  the  name  of  Leonardo  that  of  Milan;  in  the  name  of 
Raphael  that  of  Rome." 

Of  the  general  educational  advantages  to  flow  from  our  grand  Ex- 
position it  is  impracticable  here  to  treat  further  than  in  the  most  casual  mention. 
Then  the  great  Krupp  gun,  to  transport  which  special  derricks,  a  special  ship,  and 
special  cars  were  provided,  can  give  an  instructive  idea  of  the  formidable  energy 
of  modern  warfare  as  compared  with  the  primitive  cannon  introduced  but  shortly 
before  the  birth  of  Columbus.  But  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  peace  congresses  may  ad- 
vance the  cause  they  champion,  teaching  the  world  to  speed  the  time  when  "nation 
shall  not  lift  up  sword  against  nation,  neither  shall  they  learn  war  any  more."  In 
America,  above  all  lands,  should  be  heard  and  heeded  the  lessons  from  the  mouth 
of  the  schoolmaster  rather  than  those  from  the  mouth  of  cannon. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


31 


and 


CHAPTER  II. 
THE  PILLARS  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 

The  Men  to  Whose  Charge  the  Construction  of  the  Great  Work  Has  Been  Intrusted  From  Its 
Conception — Officials  of  the  Directory— Standing  Committees — Council  of  Administration  and 
Board  of  Control — Forty-Five  Big  Earnest  Men  of  Chicago. 

N  THE  2ist  of  December.  1890,  the  President  of  the  United 
States  issued  a  proclamation  extending  an  invitation  to  the 
nations  of  the  earth  to  participate  in  the  Columbian  Ex- 
position to  be  held  in  Chicago.  On  the  14th  of  April,  1891, 
William  T.  Baker  was  elected  President  of  the  Local 
Board  to  succeed  Lyman  J.  Gage,  who  had  declined  re- 
election and  refused  his  salary  of  $6,000,  which  was  to  his 
credit  on  the  books.  Mr.  Baker  was  re-elected  one  year 
afterward,  but  soon  after  resigned  on  account  of  ill  health, 
Mr.  Harlow  N.  Higinbothom  was  unanimously  elected 
V  to  serve  the  unexpired   term  of   Mr.    Baker.     At  the  annual 

meeting  of  directors  in  April,  1893,  Mr.  Higinbotham  was  again  unanimously  chosen 
President,  and  the  following  is  the  roster  of  the  Board  at  the  present  time: 
President — Harlow  N.  Higinbotham. 

Vice-President — ist,  Ferdinand  W.  Peck;  2d,  Robert  A.  Waller. 
Secretary — Howard  O.  Edmonds;  Assistant  Secretary,  Samuel  A.  Crawford. 
Treasurer — Anthony  F.  Seeberger. 

Auditor — William  K.  Ackerman;  Assistant  Auditor,  Charles  V.  Barrington. 
Solicitor  General — Edwin    Walker*  Assistant  Attorneys,   George   Packar, 
Charles  H.  Baldwin,  Joseph  Cummins. 

The  following  is  the  Board  of  Directors: — William  T.  Baker,  The  Temple. 
C.  K.  G.  Billings,  2  Madison  St.  Thomas  B.  Bryan,  401  Rand-McNally  Building. 
Edward  B.  Butler,  Franklin  and  Congress  Streets.  Isaac  N.  Camp,  State  and 
Jackson  Streets.  William  J.  Chalmers,  Fulton  and  Union  Streets.  Charles  H. 
Chappell,  Chicago  &  Alton  R.  R.  Robert  C.  Clowry,  150  Washington  Street. 
Mark  L.  Crawford,  House  of  Correction.  George  R.Davis,  Jackson  Park.  Arthur 
Dixon,  299  Fifth  Avenue.  James  W.  Ellsworth,  Phenix  Building.  Lyman  J.  Gage, 
First  National  Bank.  Charles  Henrotin,  169  Dearborn  Street.  H.  N.  Higinbotham, 
441  Rand-McNally  Building.  Charles  L.  Hutchinson,  Corn  Exchange  Bank. 
Eldridge  G.  Keith,  Metropolitan  National  Bank.  William  D.  Kerfoot,  85  Wash- 
ington Street.  William  P.  Ketcham,  Hoyne  and  Blue  Island  Avenues.  Milton  W. 
Kirk,  Care  James  S.  Kirk  &   Co.     Hon.  Carter   H.   Harrison,   Mayor,  City  Hall. 


HARLOW  N.  HIGINBOTHAM, 

PRESIDENT   WORLD'S   COLUMBIAN   EXPOSITION. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  3.1 

Edward  F.  Lawrence,  First  National  Bank.  Victor  F".  Lawson,  Daily  News. 
Thies  J.  Lefens,  Room  i,  89  LaSalle  Street.  Andrew  McNally,  Rand-McNally 
Building.  Adolph  Nathan,  Franklin  and  Jackson  Streets.  John  J.  P.  Odell,  Union 
National  Bank.  Ferdinand  W.  Peck,  no  Auditorium  Building.  Erskine  M.  Phelps, 
Fifth  Avenue  and  Adams  Street.  Washington  Porter,  Room  7,  108  Dearborn 
Street.  Alexander  H.  Revell,  Wabash  Avenue  and  Adams  Street.  Edward  P. 
Ripley,  207  Rand-McNally  Building.  A.  M.  Rothschild,  203  Monroe  Street.  George 
Schneider,  115  Dearborn  Street.  Charles  H.  Schwab,  Foreman  Bros.,  128  Wash- 
ington Street.  James  W.  Scott,  Herald.  Henry  B.  Stone,  203  Washington  Street. 
Charles  H.  Wacker,  171  North  Desplaines  Street.  Edwin  Walker,  616  Rookery 
Building.  Robert  A.  Waller,  164  La  Salle  Street.  John  C.  Welling,  78  Michigan 
Avenue.  G.  H.  Wheeler,  2020  State  Street.  Frederick  S.  Winston,  Monadnock 
Building.     Charles  T.  Yerkes,  444  North  Clark  Street.     Otto  Young,  the  Fair. 

The  president  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  is  Mr.  Harlow  N.  Hig- 
inbotham,  one  of  the  members  of  the  firm  of  Marshall  Field  &  Co.  He  is  the 
executive  officer  of  the  corporation  and  the  active  agent  for  the  accomplishment  of 
the  purposes  for  which  it  was  formed.  All  contracts  binding  upon  the  corporation 
and  upon  which  money  is  expended  from  the  treasury  are  executed  by  him.  He  is 
ex-officio  a  member  of  all  committees  of  the  Board  and  is  chairman  of  its  Executive 
Committee,  which  exercises  all  the  functions  of  the  Board  when  the  latter  is  not  in 
session.  Mr.  Higinbotham  is  also  chairman  of  the  Council  of  Administration,  a  body 
composed  of  two  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  two  members  of  the  World's 
Columbian  Commission  organized  for  the  purpose  of  concentrating  the  jurisdiction 
of  both  bodies  in  order  to  more  effectively  administer  the  affairs  of  the  enterprise. 

Harlow  Niles  Higinbotham  was  bornin  Joliet,  111.,  Oct  10,  1838.  He  attended 
school  in  a  little  log  cabin  until  he  began  business  for  himself  at  the  age  of  twenty^ 
in  the  crockery  line.  He  came  to  Chicago  in  i860,  and  entered  the  employ  of 
Cooley,  Farwell  &  Co.,  where  he  remained  for  a  short  time.  He  enlisted  in  the 
Morgan  Guards  at  the  beginning  of  the  late  war,  and  went  through  the  campaigns 
in  Virginia  and  Tennessee.  Returning  after  the  close  of  the  war  he  again  entered 
the  firm  of  Cooley  &  Leiter,  which  was  afterward  Field,  Leiter  &  Co.,  and  now 
Marshall  Field  &  Co.,  where  he  has  been  ever  since,  having  been  admitted  to  the 
firm  in  1880.  Mr.  Higinbotham,  from  the  inception  of  the  enterprise  has  been  a 
working  member  of  the  two  most  important  committees  of  the  corporation,  those 
on  Finance,  and  Ways  and  Means.  He  contributed  without  stint  his  time  and 
services  when  the  fortunes  of  the  Exposition  were  so  critical  that  the  committees 
were  required  to  be  in  almost  continuous  session.  Mr.  Higinbotham's  unanimous 
election  as  president  was  followed  by  his  appointment  to  membership  and  the 
chairmanship  of  the  Council  of  Administration,  a  body  created  to  be  representative 
of  the  supreme  power  vested  in  both  the  national  commission  and  the  directory  of 
the  corporation.  The  duties  of  these  combined  stations  demand  the  constant 
attention  of  their  incumbent,  and  that  Mr.  Higinbotham  should  give  this  is  a  contri- 
bution whose  value  can  not  be  overestimated.  His  characteristics  are  clearness  of 
perception,  directness  of  method,  steadiness  of  application,  and  promptitude  in 


DIRECTORS  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


1.  Isaac  N.  Camp. 

6.  Elbkidge  G.  Keith. 

7.  Wm.  D.  Kekfoot. 

12.  Washington  Poeteb. 
U.  Edwakd  p.  Eiplet. 


2.  Wm.  J.  Chalmers. 

5.  Abthue  Dixon. 

8.  Wm.  p.  Ketcham. 
U.  Adolph  Nathan. 
14.  A.  M.  Rothschilds. 


3.  R.  C.  Clowey. 

4.  C  H.  Chappell. 
9.  Milton  W.  Kiek. 

10.  Edwaed  F.  Lawrence. 
15.  Chaeles  H.  Schwab. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  35 

decision.  These  form  an  equipment  which  constitute  a  model  man  of  affairs,  and 
such  is  Mr,  Higinbotham.  His  success  in  life  has  been  the  outcome  of  work  and 
thought,  not  speculative  fortune.  The  destinies  of  the  Exposition  could  not  be 
entrusted  to  a  more  capable  and  trustworthy  guardian. 

The  following  is  the  standing  committees  of  the  Directory: — [The  President 
and  Director  General  are  ex-officio  members  of  all  standing  committees]. 

Executive  Committee — Harlow  N.  Higinbotham,  Ferdinand  W.  Peck, 
Robert  A.  Waller,  George  R.  Davis,  Henry  B.  Stone,  James  W.  Ellsworth,  Edwin 
Walker,  Robert  C.  Clowry,  Wm.  D.  Kerfoot,  John  J.  P.  Odell,  Chas.  H.  Schwab, 
Edward  B.  Butler,  Alexander  H.  Revell,  Thies  J.  Lefens,  Edward  P.  Ripley,  Lyman 
J.  Gage,  Charles  L.  Hutchinson,  Wm.  T.  Baker. 

(Regular  meeting  of  the  Executive  Committee  Wednesday  of  each  week  at 
3  o'clock  p.  m.     Office,  507  Rand-McNally  Building,  Adams  street.) 

Finance — Ferdinand  W.  Peck,  Chairman;  Elbridge  G.Keith,  John  J.  P.  Odell, 
Lyman  J.  Gage,  James  W.  Ellsworth. 

Grounds  and  Buildings — Henry  B.  Stone,  Chairman;  Lyman  J.  Gage,  William 
P.  Ketcham,  Charles  H.  Schwab,  Robert  C.  Clowry,  Edward  F.  Lawrence,  Erskine 
M.  Phelps. 

Legislation — Edwin  Walker,  Chairman;  Fred.  S.  Winston,  Fred.  W.  Peck, 
Arthur  Dixon. 

Agriculture — William  D.  Kerfoot,  Chairman;  Thies  J.  Lefens,  Isaac  N.  Camp, 
George  Schneider,  Washington  Porter. 

Mines,  Mining  and  Fish — Charles  H.  Schwab,  Chairman;  William  J.  Chal- 
mers, Mark  L.  Crawford,  John  C.  Welling,  George  H.  Wheeler. 

Press  and  Printing — Alexander  H.  Revell,  Chairman;  James  W.  Scott,  Victor 

F.  Lawson,  Milton  W.  Kirk,  George  Schneider.     R.  J.  Murphy,  Secretary. 

Transportation — Edward  P.  Ripley,  Chairman;  Henry  B.  Stone,  Charles  H. 
Chappell,  John  C.  Welling,  Arthur  Dixon. 

Fine  Arts — Charles  L.  Hutchinson,  Chairman;  James  W.  Ellsworth,  Elbridge 

G.  Keith,  Charles  T.  Yerkes,  Thomas  B.  Bryan. 

Liberal  Arts — James  W.  Ellsworth,  Chairman;  Robert  A.  Waller,  Isaac  N. 
Camp,  Alexander  H.  Revell,  William  T.  Baker. 

Electricity.  Electrical  and  Pneumatical  Appliances — Robert  C.  Clowry, 
Chairman;  Charles  H.  Wacker,  C.  K.  G.  Billings,  Mark  L.  Crawford,  Charles  L. 
Hutchinson. 

Manufactures  and  Machinery — John  J.  P.  Odell,  Chairman;  Adolph  Nathan, 
A.  M.  Rothschild,  Andrew  McNally,  Erskine  M.  Phelps. 

Ways  and  Means — Edward  B.  Butler,  Chairman;  Adolph  Nathan,  George 
Schneider,  Edward  F.  Lawrence,  Edward  P.  Ripley,  Charles  H.  Wacker,  Milton 
W.  Kirk,  Wm.  J.  Chalmers,  Washington  Porter,  Robert  A.  Waller,  Wm.  D.  Kerfoot, 
Otto  Young,  Andrew  McNally.     Samuel  A.  Crawford,  Secretary. 

Foreign  Exhibits— Thies  J.  Lefens,  Chairman;  James  W.  Ellsworth,  Charles 
H.  Wacker,  Wm.  T.  Baker,  Charles  Henrotin,  Thomas  B.  Bryan. 

Special  Committee  on  Ceremonies — Edward  F.  Lawrence,  Chairman;  James 


OFFICERS  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


I.    Anthony  F.  Seeberger,  Treasurer. 
2.    Ferdinand  W.  Peck,  ist  Vice-Presideitt.  3.    Robert  A.  Waller,  2d  Vice-President. 

4.    Harlow  N.  Higinbotham,  President. 

5.    Howard  O.  Edmonds,  Secretary.  6.    Samuel  A.  Crawford,  Assistant  Secretary. 

7.    William  K.  Ackerman.  Auditor.  8.  -Charles  V.  Barrington,  Assistant  Auditor. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  yj 

W.  Ellsworth,  Chas.  T.  Yerkes,  William  D.  Kerfoot,  James  W.  Scott,  Charles  Hen- 
rotin,  Alexander  H.  Revell,  William  P  Ketcham,  Thomas  B.  Bryan.  Col.  E.  C. 
Culp,  Secretary. 

The  Council  or  Administration  has  the  chief  direction  and  management  of 
the  Exposition,  subject  only  to  action  of  Congress.  It  was  created  by  agreement 
between  the  National  Commission  and  the  Exposition  Directory,  or  local  organiza- 
tion, its  membership  embracing  two  representatives  from  each  body  as  follows:  H. 
N.  Higinbotham,  President  of  the  Exposition  and  Chairman.  George  V.  Massey, 
Commissioner  from  Delaware.  Charles  H.  Schwab,  Director  of  the  Exposition. 
J.  W.  St.  Clair,  Commissioner  from  West  Virginia.     Secretary,  A.  W.  Sawyer. 

The  Board  of  Reference  and  Control  is  composed  of  eight  National  Com- 
missioners with  alternates,  and  eight  Exposition  directors.  To  it  are  referred  for 
settlement  questions  upon  which  the  Commission  and  Directory  fail  to  agree  sever- 
ally. On  the  part  of  the  Exposition  Co.  they  are  as  follows:  H.  N.  Higinbotham, 
President;  Ferdinand  W.  Peck,  R.  A.  Waller,  L.  J.  Gage,  H.  B.  Stone,  Edwin 
Walker,  E.  P.  Ripley,  J.  J.  P.  Odell.    Secretary,  H.  O.  Edwards. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  COMMISSION. 


2.  Thomas  M.  Waller, 

1st  Vice-Prts. 
5.  Gorton  W.  Allen, 

ith  Vice-Pres. 
8.  H.  P.  Platt, 

Vice-Chairman  Executive  Com. 


1.  Thomas  W.  Palmee, 

PresidenU 

4.  Davidson  R.  Penn, 

3d  Vice-Pres, 

7.  John  T.  Dickinson, 

Secretary. 


3.  M.  H.  DsYonNG, 

2d  Vice-Pres, 
6.  Alex.  B.  Andrews, 

rith  Vice-Pres. 
9.  Geoege  n.  Davis, 

Director-General. 


PART  II. 

THE  NATIONAL  COMMISSION. 

CHAPTER  I. 
FIRST  MEETING  OF  THE  NATIONAL  COMMISSION. 

Appointment  of  Commissioners  by  President  Harrison — First  Meeting  Convened  by  Secretary  Blame — 
Hon.  A.  T.  Ewing  of  Illinois  Calls  the  Commission  to  Order  in  the  Parlor  of  the  Grand  Pacific 
Hotel  in  Chicago — Rev.  John  Barrows  Makes  a  Prayer — John  T.  Harris  of  Virginia,  Temporary 
Chairman — Thomas  W.  Palmer  of  Michigan  Unanimously  Selected  as  Permanent  President — John 
T.  Dickinson  of  Texas  Made  Permanent  Secretary  in  the  Same  Way — Sketches  of  the  Lives  of 
These  Two  Gentlemen — Selection  of  Vice-Presidents— Adjournment. 

N  a  reasonably  short  time  after  the  World's  Fair  bill  received 
the  Executive  signature  President  Harrison  appointed 
members  of  the  National  Commission,  tv/o  each. from  the 
several  States  and  Territories— one  Republican  and  one 
Democrat — on  nominations  made  by  the  Governors  of  said 
States  and  Territories,  and  also  eight  commissioners-at- 
large,  vi^hich  had  also  been  provided  for  by  the  act  of  Con- 
gress creating  the  Commission;  and  on  the  5th  of  June,  1890, 
Secretary  of  State  Blaine,  issued  an  official  letter  conven- 
ing the  first  session  of  the  National  Commission  at  the  Grand 
Pacific  Hotel  in  Chicago  on  the  25th  of  the  same  month; 
and  on  the  26th  the  Commission  met  and  Hon.  A.  T. 
Ewing,  of  Illinois,  took  the  chair  reserved  for  the  Presiding 
Officer,  called  the  assemblage  to  order  and  said: 

Gentlemen  op  the  Commission: — I  am  directed  by  the  Department  of  State  to  call  this 
meeting  to  order,  which  I  now  do  in  the  name  of  the  United  States.  I  bid  you  welcome  to  Chicago, 
and  am  sure  that  wisdom  and  unity  of  purpose  will  mark  your  deliberations. 

This  was  followed  by  prayer  by  the  Rev.  John  Barrows,  and  then  Hon.  John  T. 
Harris,  of  Virginia,  was  elected  Temporary  Chairman. 

On  motion  of  Commissioner  McKenzie,  of  Kentucky,  amended  by  Mr.Waller,  of 
Connecticut,  a  committee  of  twelve  was  ordered  to  be  appointed  by  the  chairman, 
to  report  the  offices  necessary  to  be  filled  to  constitute  a  permanent  organization. 
During  a  lull  in  the  proceedings,  but  while  the  subject  of  an  election  of  officers  was 
under  informal  discussion,  Mr.  Thatcher,  of  New  York,  read  a  telegram  from  the 
Hon.  C.  M.  Depew,  in  which  that  gentleman  requested  that  "his  name  should  not 


COMMISSIONERS  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  COMMISSION. 


1.  Patrick  H,  Lannan, 
Utah. 

6.  Chaeles  H.  Deere, 

Illinois. 

7.  Adlai  T.  Ewing, 

Chicago. 
12.  Lyman  B.  Goff, 

Rhode  7.s?an<i. 
IS,  Gardiner  (".  Sims, 

Rhode  island. 


2.  J.  T.  W.  Tiller. 

Arkansas. 
5.  Albert  A.  Wilson, 

District  Columbia. 
8.  Thos.  E.  Garvin, 

Indiana. 
11.  Chas.  D.  McDuefee, 

Keir  H'lnuishire. 
14.  Phillip  Allen,  Jr., 
IViscotisin, 


S.  J.  H.  Clendening, 
Arkansas. 
4.  A.  T.  Britton, 

District  Columbia. 
9.  Elijah  B.  Martindale, 

Indiana. 
10.  Walter  Aiken, 

iVei"  Hampshire. 
15.  John  N.  Coburn, 

IVisconsin. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  41 

be  used  in  connection  with  the  presidency  of  the  Commission,  as  he  was  about  to 
undertake  an  extended  trip  to  Europe,  etc."  Pending  a  report  from  the  Committee 
on  Permanent  Organization,  the  meeting  adjourned  until  the  following  day. 

When  the  commissioners  re-assembled,  pursuant  to  adjournment,  on  June  27th, 
Mr.  McKenzie  from  the  Committee  on  Permanent  Organization,  submitted  a  par- 
tial report,  which  was  unanimously  adopted,  and  which  provided  for  the  election  of 
a  president,  five  vice-presidents,  and  a  secretary;  the  first  vice-president  to  be  of 
opposite  politics  to  the  president,  and  the  other  four  to  be  equally  divided  in  poli- 
tics. Nominations  being  called  for,  the  office  of  president  was  filled  by  the  unanim- 
ous election  of  Hon.  Thos.W.  Palmer,  of  Michigan,  who  was  escorted  to  the  chair  and 
accepted  his  high  duties  in  the  following  language: 

Genti<emen  op  the;  Commission: — I  am  profoundly  grateful  for  the  compliment  that  you 
have  paid  me;  and  yet,  in  accepting  the  compliment,  I  am  infused  with  a  feeling  of  trepidation  as 
to  what  it  involves.  Men,  as  a  rule,  shrink  from  the  trials  of  the  unknown,  and  that  general 
clause  in  the  definition  of  the  duties  of  the  president,  seems  to  me  to  involve  much  more  than  we 
would  suppose  at  a  first  glance.  It  places  a  great  deal  upon  the  president;  and  it  may  take  a 
great  deal  away  from  him.  In  either  case,  he  proposes  not  to  complain.  I  have  heard  it  said  that 
when  the  throes  of  birth  were  not  severe  in  the  delivery  of  a  child,  the  child  was  liable  to  be  of 
little  worth  thereafter.  On  that  account  I  regard  my  election  by  acclamation  as  a  poor  augury 
for  my  future.  If  there  had  been  a  little  more  of  a  struggle,  it  might  have  given  me  a  greater 
experience  of  the  peril,  of  the  hardship  of  my  next  few  years.  In  regard  to  that  distinguished 
man  whose  name  has  been  proposed  in  connection  with  the  president — that  admirable  Crichton  of 
America,  that  man  who  is  always  first  in  finance,  at  the  social  board,  on  the  rostrum,  or  in  busi- 
ness life — I  would  say  that  if  he  could  have  been  induced  to  accept  the  position,  I  believe  it  would 
have  given  us  greater  prestige  abroad  and  at  home.  I  telegraphed  to  him  that  it  had  been  sug- 
gested to  me  that  if  he  were  willing  to  become  a  candidate,  I  would  decline  to  have  my  name 
presented;  but  the  circumstances  were  such  that  Mr.  Depew  felt  that  he  could  not  give  it  the 
time,  and,  therefore,  I  became  a  willing  sacrifice.  The  Chair  now  awaits  the  pleasure  of  the 
Commission. 

Mr.  Massey,  of  Delaware,  offered  the  following  resolution,  which  was  unani- 
mously adopted: 

Resolved,  That  the  Committee  on  Permanent  Organization  be  instructed  and  directed  to 
consider  the  matter  of  the  several  vice-presidents  and  other  officers  designated  by  their  report  just 
presented,  and  make  recommendation  to  the  Commission  of  suitable  nominees  for  the  same;  and 
before  determining  upon  their  recommendation,  that  they  shall  sit  for  two  hours  to  hear  the  indi- 
vidual views  and  preferences  of  such  members  of  the  Commission  as  may  desire  to  address  them 
in  that  behalf. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Kerens,  of  Missouri,  the  Commission  proceeded  to  the  elec- 
tion of  a  permanent  Secretary. 

Mr.  Skiff,  of  Colorado,  presentea  tne  nameof  Dr.  John  T.Dickinson,  of  Texas, 
which  was  seconded  by  Mr.  Rucker^  of  North  Dakota. 

Mr.  Dickinson  was  unanimously  elected  secretary;  and  on  taking  his  place 
at  the  secretary's  desk,  made  the  following  remarks: 

Gentlemen  of  the  World's  Columbian  Commission: — Permit  me  to  express  to  you 
my  sincere  gratitude  for  the  high  compliment  you  have  paid  me,   and  through  me  the  State  of 


42  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Texas,  which  I  have  the  honor,  in  part,  to  represent  in  this  Commission,  by  electing  me  as  your 
secretary.  I  fully  realize  the  magnitude  of  the  enterprise  which  we  are  about  to  inaugurate,  and 
if  I  did  not  conscientiously  believe  that  I  could  successfully  perform  the  duties  of  secretary  of 
the  World's  Columbian  Commission,  with  credit  to  myself  and  to  my  State,  and  ultimately,  I 
trust,  to  the  satisfaction  of  this  Commission,  I  would  not  have  been  a  candidate  for  the  honor. 
Having  had  considerable  practical  experience  as  secretary  and  general  manager  ot  fairs  and 
expositions,  I  shall  enter  upon  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  this  important  office,  feeling  always 
the  responsibility  of  the  position,  and  with  the  assurance  of  your  confidence  and  support,  I  will 
endeavor  to  bring  all  the  fidelity,  intelligence,  zeal  and  industry  I  may  possess  toward  the  satis- 
tactory  performance  of  the  varied  and  exacting  duties  that  belong,  both  directly  and  indirectly, 
to  the  office  of  the  secretary  of  the  World's  Columbian  Commission.  Again  thanking  you  for  the 
honor  conferred  upon  me,  I  will  now  proceed  to  enter  upon  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of 
the  office. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Widener  the  following  resolution  was  adopted: 
Resolved,  That  a  committee  of  seven  be  appointed  to  communicate  with  the  local  directors 
of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  of  Chicago,  and  notify  them  that  this  Commission  is  now 
permanently  organized  and  prepared  to  receive  any  communications  they  may  have  to  submit. 

The  nextday,June  28th,  the  organization  was  further  perfected  by  election  of 
the  following  vice-presidents,  from  first  to  fifth,  in  the  order  in  which  they  are 
named:  Thomas  M.  Waller,  Connecticut;  M.  H.  De  Young,  California;  Davidson 
B.  Penn,  Louisiana;  G.  W.  Allen,  New  York;  Alex.  B.  Andrews,  North  Carolina. 
The  next  step  taken  was  to  appoint  a  committee,  consisting  of  Commissioners 
Smalley,  Kerens,  Bromberg,  Thacher,  Widener  and  Sewell,  instructed  by  resolu- 
tion to  investigate  and  report  upon  the  following  lines  of  inquiry:  Whether  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition  had  secured  the  legally  prescribed  amount  of  sub- 
scriptions to  the  capital  stock;  whether,  in  fact  the  tenth  part,  or  10  per  centum  of 
such  subscription  had  been  paid  in  by  the  shareholders;  and  whether  the  corpora- 
tion had  instituted  proper  measures  to  obtain  subscriptions  to  an  additional  amount 
of  five  millions  as  contemplated  by  the  Act  of  Congress. 

After  this  the  Commission  met  daily  and  was  engaged  in  mapping  out  the 
details  of  a  complete  legislative  and  executive  organization.  During  these  sittings 
the  following  resolution  was  adopted: 

Resolved,  That  this  Commission  is  satisfied  that  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  of 
Chicago  has  an  actual,  bona  fide  and  valid  subscription  to  its  capital  stock  which  will  secure  thi 
payment  of  at  least  five  million  dollars,  of  which  not  less  than  five  hundred  thousand  dollars  has 
been  paid  in,  and  that  the  further  sum  of  five  million  dollars,  making  in  all  ten  million  dollars 
will  be  provided  by  said  corporation  in  ample  time  for  its  needful  use  during  the  prosecution  of 
the  work  for  the  complete  preparation  of  said  Exposition. 

On  the  3rd  of  July  an  adjournment  was  had  to  October  8,  1890,  unless  sooner 
called  together  by  the  president. 

Thomas  Wetherill  Palmer,  President  of  the  Commission,  comes  of  a  sturdy 
stock,  his  ancestors  on  both  sides  having  been  among  the  early  settlers  of  the  con- 
tinent which  Columbus  opened  up  to  civilization.  His  mother's  people  were  Rhode 
Islanders,  in  direct  d  ascent  from  Roger  Williams;  and  her  father,  a  native  of  Mas- 
sachusetts, and  one  of  those  who  fought  with  Warren  at  Bunker  Hill,  was  after  the 


~!r;T»7'X'"r^**^  "VJ 


"iiTiT^/r 


WILLIAM  T.  BAKER, 

SECOND  PEESIDENT  OF   THE    WORLD'S    COLUMBIAN    EXPOSITION, 


44  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Revolution  appointed  by  President  Jefferson  to  a  Federal  judgeship  in  the  Terri- 
tory of  Michigan,  and  held  court  in  the  wilderness  while  yetTecumseh  was  a  living 
terror  to  the  land.  Thomas,  the  father  of  President  Palmer,  had  birth  in  the  State 
of  Connecticut,  but  was  a  pioneer  in  the  settlement  of  the  Northwest,  and  the  year 
1809  found  him  already  on  the  frontier  line,  conducting  a  lucrative  trade  with  the 
Indians  at  the  post  of  Detroit,  where,  twenty-one  years  later,  June  25,  1830,  the 
subject  of  our  sketch  was  born.  The  younger  Palmer  literally  grew  with  the  coun- 
try, and  by  the  time  that  his  manhood  approached,  Territories  had  become  States, 
forests  had  given  way  to  cities,  society  had  taken  root  in  the  land  of  the  savage, 
and  the  spire  of  the  church  and  belfry  of  the  school  were  rising  from  the  bosom  of 
the  prairies.  He  enjoyed  the  benefit  of  an  excellent  scholastic  education,  was 
assiduous  in  his  studies,  passed  through  the  course  at  St.  Clair  College,  and  took  his 
degree  of  graduation  at  the  University  of  Michigan.  Some  months  were  then 
passed  in  foreign  travel,  and  while  abroad  he  made  a  pedestrian  tour  of  Spain  and 
acquired  such  familiarity  with  the  language  and  the  people  of  the  country  as  was 
afterward  to  serve  a  valuable  purpose  to  his  own  government.  Returning  to  this 
country,  Mr.  Palmer  entered  upon  mercantile  pursuits,  was  for  some  time  engaged 
in  business  in  Wisconsin,  and  subsequently  conducted  large  enterprises  in  Detroit, 
where  he  now  resides.  His  success  as  a  merchant  was  the  result  of  diligence  and 
probity,  which  also  secured  the  esteem  of  his  fellow  citizens.  Later  on  in  life  Mr. 
Palmer  became  an  active  participant  in  politics,  acquiring  large  influence,  and  hlling 
many  positions  of  trust  with  honor  to  himself,  and  to  the  satisfaction  of  his  constit- 
uents. He  was  a  m.ember  of  the  Board  of  Estimates  of  the  State  of  Michigan,  and 
later  served  in  the  Legislature  for  several  terms  as  a  member  of  the  Upper  House. 
Bringing  to  each  and  every  station  an  enlightened  intelligence  and  strong  sense  of 
duty,  he  was  now  chosen  as  one  of  Michigan's  representatives  in  the  Senate  of  the 
United  States,  occupying  this  high  position  for  the  full  term  of  six  years.  In  1887 
Senator  Palmer  was  chosen  President  of  the  Water-ways  Convention,  held  in  Sault 
Saint  Marie  under  the  auspices  of  the  Duluth  Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  in  that 
relation  rendered  valuable  assistance  to  the  cause  of  inter-lake  navigation.  In  1889 
he  was  appointed  by  President  Harrison  minister  plenipotentiary  and  envoy  extra- 
ordinary to  the  court  of  Spain. 

Mr.  Palmer  has  fulfilled  all  that  was  expected  of  him.  He  early  made  known 
that  he  would  accept  no  salary,  and  in  many  noble  and  elegant  ways  he  has  given 
proofs  of  his  high  honor,  superior  administrative  ability  and  excellent  parliament- 
ary tactics,  graciousness  of  personality  and  exceeding  liberality.  His  entertain- 
ments of  Eulalia,  the  Duke  of  Veragua  and  other  distinguished  personages  as  well 
as  his  unostentatious  dinner  to  officers  of  the  Commission  will  live  long  in  many 
memories. 

John  Thilman  Dickinson,  Secretary  of  the  Commission,  was  born  in  Hous- 
ton, Texas,  June  18,  1858,  descended  from  a  sturdy  line  of  ancestors,  who,  on  many 
a  hard  fought  field  poured  out  their  lives  amid  the  fires  of  martyrdom.  Scotch  his- 
tory is  permeated  with  the  name  of  Dickinson,  and  always  in  connection  with  deeds 
of  valor   and  honor.     Early  an  orphan.  Col.  Dickinson  was  educated  liberally  at 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  45 

home  and  abroad,  and  graduating  in  several  of  the  Academic  schools  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Virginia,  in  June,  1879,  received  the  diploma  of  Bachelor-of-Law  from 
that  venerable  institution.  Returning  to  Texas  he  became  one  of  the  owners  and 
the  editor  of  the  Houston  Telegraph,  and  entered  at  once  and  actively  upon  public 
life.  In  January,  1881,  while  on  a  visit  to  Austin,  the  capital  of  the  State,  he  was 
elected  secretary  of  the  House  of  Representatives  of  the  Texas  Legislature,  and 
in  May,  1882,  was  elected  secretary  of  the  Texas  State  Capital  Board  for  supervis- 
ing the  construction  of  the  largest  State  House  in  the  Union  and  probably  the 
largest  red  granite  building  in  the  world.  During  this  time  he  was  also  elected 
secretary  of  the  State  Penitentiary  Board,  and  several  other  State  boards,  and  filled 
these  positions  under  three  governors,  Hon.  O.  M.  Roberts,  Hon.  John  Ireland  and 
Hon.  L.  S.  Ross,  and  also  served  on  the  staff  of  Governor  Ireland  with  the  rank  of 
colonel.  In  1888  Col.  Dicl<;inson  was  elected  general  manager  of  the  International 
Fair  Association  of  San  Antonio,  and  conducted  the  organization  and  preparation 
of  the  Texas-Mexican  Exposition,  which  was  successfully  held  in  that  city  in  No- 
vember of  the  same  year.  This  was  regarded  by  the  people  as  the  best  arranged 
and  most  attractive  exposition  of  the  products  and  resources  of  Texas  and  Mexico 
that  had  ever  been  held  in  the  State.  He  remained  at  San  Antonio  as  secretary 
and  general  manager  of  this  Exposition  Association  until  he  visited  Chicago  at  the 
time  that  city  entered  the  contest  for  the  location  of  the  World's  Fair.  His  services 
were  immediately  engaged  and  he  was  sent  to  interview  members  of  Congress  in 
several  States  in  behalf  of  Chicago;  he  met  the  Chicago  committee  in  Washington 
in  December,  1889,  and  remained  with  them  until  Chicago  was  victorious  in  the 
contest.  When  the  bill  had  passed,  creating  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition, 
and  providing  for  two  commissioners  from  each  State,  Colonel  Dickinson  was  ap- 
pointed by  General  L.  S.  Ross,  Governor  of  Texas,  as  the  Democratic  commissioner 
to  represent  that  State. 

Mr.  Dickinson  has  been  with  the  Commission  from  beginning  to  end;  and 
for  his  painstaking  methods  and  remarkable  urbanity,  he  has  earned  for  himself  a 
degree  of  admiration  and  popularity  that  will  encompass  him  so  long  as  he  lives. 
"I  have  never  met  a  man  so  agreeable  and  so  prompt  in  an  official  way,"  has  been 
said  of  Secretary  Dickinson  not  hundreds,  but  thousands  of  times. 


COMMISSIONERS  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  COMMISSION. 


1.  Fbedekick  G.  Beombebg, 

Alabama. 

6.  ElCHAED  TUBNBULL, 

Florida. 

7.  Geoege  a.  Manning, 

Idaho. 

12.  Jas.  a.  McKenzib, 

Kentucky. 

13.  Davidson  B.  Penn, 

Louisiana. 


2.   OSCAE  R.  HUNDLEr, 

Alabama. 

5.  C.  P.  A.  BlELBY, 

Florida, 
8.  John  E.  Steaens, 
Idaho. 
11.  Jno.  Bennett, 

Kentucky, 

14.  ThOS.  J.  WOODWAED, 

Louisiana. 


3.  Michael  H.  de  Young, 

California. 

4.  Wm.  Foesyth, 

California, 
9.  Joseph  Eiboece, 
Iowa, 
10.  Wm.  F.  King, 

Iowa, 
15.  AuGnsTDS  E.  BixBi, 
Maine. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


47 


CHAPTER  11. 
MEMBERS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  COMMISSION. 

Complete  Roster  of  the  Men  Who  Speak  for  the  Nation  and  the  States  and  Territories  They  Represent 
and  the  Places  of  Their  Residence — Complete  List  of  Officers— Members  of  the  National  Executive 
Committee  and  Board  of  Reference  and  Control. 


HE  following  is  a  complete  list  of  the  names  of  the  National 
t— ?P"3     'SMm'y^>i^.'9       Commissioners  and  their  places  of  residence  as  at  present 

constituted.  It  will  be  seen  that  every  State  and  Territory 
/  ^WSJg  injurs  ^^  represented,  including  far-off  Alaska  and  the  District  of 
■••i-4^'%^HLJl^  Columbia.     There  is  also  presented  the  names  of  alternates 

r (^  wPSi&J  WJifll  y  and  the  places  of  their   residence.     Many  of    these   have 

served  at  one  time  or  another  during  the  many  meetings 
*^     ^K^'^  that  have  taken  place.     Also  names  of  otificers  of  the  Com- 

Q|1r  mission,  otificers  of  the   Executive  Committee,  and  of  the 

i^«wj'^ — =^  Board  of  Reference  and  Control. 

President HON. THOMAS  W.  PALMER,of  Michigan. 

First  Vice-President Hon.  Thomas  M.  Waller,  of  Connecticut. 

Second  Vice-President M.  H.  De  Young  ,of  California. 

Third  Vice-President , . . . .  Davidson  B.  Penn,  of  Louisiana. 

Fourth  Vice-President Gorton  W.  Allen,  of  New  York. 

Fifth  Vice-President Alexander  B.  Andrews,  of  North  Carolina. 

Secretary Hon.  John  T.  Dickinson,  of  Texas. 

Vice -Chairman  Executive  Committee.  Harvey  P.  Platt,  Toledo,  Ohio. 

COMMISSIONERS-AT- large. 

Commissioners. — Augustus  G.  Bullock,  Worcester,  Mass.;  Gorton  W.  Allen, 
Auburn,  N.  Y.;  Peter  A.  B.  Widener,  Philadelphia.  Pa.;  Thomas  W.  Palmer, 
Detroit,  Mich.;  R.  W.  Furnas,  Brownville,  Neb.;  Patrick  P.  Walsh,  Augusta,  Ga.; 
Henry  Exall,  Dallas,  Tex.;  Mark  L.  McDonald,  Santa  Rosa,  Cal. 

Alternates. — Henry  Ingalls,  Wiscasset,  Me.;  Louis  Fitzgerald,  New  York, 
N.  Y.;  John  W.  Chalfant,  Pittsburg,  Pa.;  James  Oliver,  South  Bend,  Ind.;  Hale  G, 
Parker,  St.  Louis,  Mo.;  John  B.  Castleman,  Louisville,  Ky.;  H.  C.  King,  San 
Antonio,  Tex.;  Thomas  Burke,  Seattle,  Wash. 

commissioners    of   district   of   COLUMBIA. 

Commissioners. — Alexander  T.  Britton,  Washington;  Albert  A.  Wilson. 
Washington. 

Alternates. — E.  Kurtz  Johnson,  Washington;  Dorsey  Clagett,  Washington 


48  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

COMMISSIONERS    OF   THE    STATES. 

Alabama. — Commissioners — Fred'kG.  Bromberg,  Mobile;  Oscar  R.  Hundley, 
Huntsville.  Alternates — Gotthold  L.  Werth,  Montgomery;  William  S.  Hull, 
Sheffield. 

Arkansas. — Commissioners — J.  T.  W.  Tillar,  Little  Rock;  J.  H.  Clendening, 
Fort  Smith.  Alternates — James  T.  Mitchell,  Little  Rock;  Thomas  H.  Leslie. 
Stuttgart. 

California. — Commissioners — Michel  H.  De  Young,  San  Francisco;  William 
Forsyth,  Fresno.  Alternates — George  Hazleton, San  Francisco;  Russ  D.Stephens, 
Sacramento. 

Colorado.  —  Commissioners  —  Roswell  E.  Goodell,  Leadville;  Joseph  H. 
Smith,  Denver.  Alternates — Henry  B.  Gillespie,  Aspen;  O.  C.  French,  New 
Windsor. 

Connecticut. — Commissioners — Leverett  Brainard,  Hartford;  Thomas  M. 
Waller,  New  London.  Alternates — Charles  F.  Brooker,  Torrington;  Charles  R. 
Baldwin,  Waterbury. 

Delaware. — Commissioners — George  V.  Massey,  Dover;  Willard  Hall  Porter, 
Wilmington.  Alternates — Charles  F.  Richards,  Georgetown;  William  Salisbury, 
Dover. 

Florida. — Commissioners — C.  F.  A.  Bielly,  De  Land;  Richard  Turnbull, 
Monticello. — Alternates — Dudley  W.  Adams,  Tangerine;  Jesse  T.  Bernard,  Talla- 
hassee. 

Georgia. — Commissioners — Lafayette  McLaws,  Savannah;  Charlton  H.  Way, 
Savannah.     Alternates — James  Longstreet,  Gainesville;  John  W.  Clark,  Augusta. 

Idaho. — Commissioners — George  A.  Manning,  Post  Falls;  John  E.  Stearns, 
Nampa.     Alternates — A.  J.  Crook,  Hailey;  John  M.  Burke,  Wardner. 

Illinois. — Commissioners — Charles  H.  Deere,  Moline;  Adlai  T.  Ewing,  38 
Montauk  Block,  Chicago.  Alternates — La  Fayette  Funk,  Shirley;  De  Witt  Smith, 
Springfield. 

Indiana. — Commissioners — Thomas  E.Garvin,  Evansville;  Elijah  B.  Martin- 
dale,  Indianapolis.  Alternates — William  E.  McLean,  Terre  Haute;  Charles  M. 
Travis,  Crawfordsville. 

Iowa. — Commissioners — Joseph  Eiboeck,  Des  Moines  ;  William  F.  King, 
Mount  Vernon.  Alternates — Charles  E.  Whiting,  Whiting;  John  Hayes,  Red 
Oak. 

Kansas. — Commissioners — Charles  K.  Holliday,  Jr.,  Topeka;  J.  R.  Burton. 
Abilene.     Alternates — M.  D.  Henry,  Independence;  S.  H.  Lanyon,  Pittsburg. 

Kentucky. — Commissioners — John  Bennett,  Richmond;  James  A.  McKenzie, 
Oak  Grove.  Alternates — David  H.  Commingore,  Covington  ;  John  S.  Morris, 
Louisville. 

Louisiana. — Commissioners— Davidson  B.  Penn,  Newellton ;  Thomas  J. 
Woodward,  New  Orleans.  Alternates — Alphonse  Le  Due,  New  Orleans;  P.  J. 
McMahon,  Tangipahoa. 

Maine. — ^^  Commissioners— Augustus   R.   Bixby,   Skowhegan;    William    G. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  49 

Davis,  Portland.  Alternates — James  A.  Boardman,  Bangor;  Clark  S.  Edwards, 
Bethel. 

Maryland. — Commissioners — James  Hodges,  Baltimore;  Lloyd  Lowndes; 
Cumberland.  Alternates — George  M.  Upshur,  Snow  Hill;  Daniel  E.  Conkling, 
Baltimore. 

Massachusetts.  —  Commissioners  —  Francis  W.  Breed,  Lynn;  Thomas  E. 
Proctor,  Boston.  Alternates — George  P.  Ladd,  Spencer ;  Charles  E.  Adams, 
Lowell. 

Michigan. — ^Commissioners — M.  Henry  Lane,  Kalamazoo;  George  H.  Bar- 
bour, Detroit.  Alternates — Ernest  B.  Fisher,  Grand  Rapids;  Lyman  D.  Norris, 
Grand  Rapids. 

Minnesota. — Commissioners — H.  B.  More,  Duluth;  Orson  V.Tousley,  Minne- 
apolis.    Alternates — Thomas  C-  Kurtz,  Moorehead;  Muret  N.  Leland,  Wells. 

Mississippi.' — Commissioners — Joseph  M.  Bynum,  Rienzi;  Robert  L.  Saun- 
ders, Jackson.  Alternates — Fred  W.  Collins,  Summit;  Joseph  H.  Brinker,  West 
Point. 

Missouri. — Commissioners — Thomas  B.  Bullene,  Kansas  City;  Charles  H. 
Jones,  St.  Louis.     Alternates — O.  H.  Picher,  Joplin;  R.  L.  McDonald,  St.  Joseph. 

Montana. — Commissioners — Lewis  H.  Hershfield,  Helena;  Armistead  H. 
Mitchell,  Deer  Lodge  City.  Alternates — Benjamin  F.  White,  Dillon;  Timothy  E. 
Collins,  Great  Falls. 

Nebraska. — Commissioners — Euclid  Martin,  Omaha;  Albert  G.  Scott,  Kear- 
ney.    Alternates — William  L.  May,  Omaha;  John  Lauterbach,  Fairbury. 

Nevada. — Commissioners — James  W.  Haines,  Genoa;  George  Russell,  Elko, 
Alternates — Enoch  Strother,  Virginia  City.  Richard  Ryland,  Reno. 

New  Hampshire. — Commissioners — Walter  Aiken,  Franklin;  Charles  D. 
McDuffie,  Manchester.  Alternates — George  Van  Dyke,  Lancaster;  Frank  E. 
Kaley,  Milford. 

New  Jersey.— Commissioners — William  J.  Sewell,  Camden;  Thomas  Smith 
Newark.     Alternates — Frederick  S.  Fish,  Newark;  Edwin  A.  Stevens,  Hoboken. 

New  York, — Commissioners — Chauncey  M.  Depew,  New  York;  John  Boyd 
Thatcher,  Albany.  Alternates — James  H.  Breslin,  New  York;  James  Roosevelt, 
Hyde  Park. 

North  Carolina. — Commissioners — Alex.  B.  Andrews,  Raleigh;  Thomas  B. 
Keogh, Greensboro.     Alternates — H.  C.Carter,  Fairfield;  G.  A.  Bingham,  Salisbury 

North  Dakota. — Commissioners — H.  P.  Rucker,  Grand  Forks;  Martin  Ryan, 
Fargo.     Alternates— Charles  H.  Stanley,  Steele;  Peter  Cameron,  Tyner. 

Ohio. — Commissioners — Harvey  P.  Piatt,  Toledo;  William  Ritchie,  Hamil- 
ton.    Alternates — Lucius  C.  Cron,  Piqua;  Adolph  Pluemer,  Cincinnati. 

Oregon.— Commissioners— Henry  Klippel,  Jacksonville;  Martin  Wilkins, 
Eugene  City.     Alternates— J.  L.  Morrow,  Heppner;  W.  T.  Wright,  Union. 

Pennsylvania. — Commissioners — R.  Bruce  Ricketts,  Wilkes  Barre;  John  W. 
Woodside,  Philadelphia.  Alternates— George  A.  Macbeth,  Pittsburg;  John  K. 
Hallock,  Erie.  .       ,  , 


50  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Rhode  Island. — Commissioners — Lyman  P.  Goff,  Pawtucket;  Gardiner  C. 
Sims,  Providence.  Alternates — Jeffrey  Hazard,  Providence:  Lorillard  Spencer, 
Newport. 

South  Carolina. — Commissioners — A.  P.  Butler,  Columbia;  John  R.  Cochran, 
Walhalla.     Alternates — E.  L.  Roche,  Charleston;  J.  M.  Tindal,  Sumter. 

South  Dakota. — Commissioners — Merritt  H.  Day,  Rapid  City;  William  Mc- 
Intyre,  Watertown.     Alternates — S.  A.Ramsey,  Woonsocket;  L.  S.  Bullard,  Pierre. 

Tennessee. — Commissioners — Lewis  T.  Baxter,  Nashville;  Thomas  L. 
Williams,  Knoxville.  Alternates — Rush  Strong,  Knoxville;  A.  B.  Hurt,  Chatta- 
nooga. 

Texas. — Commissioners — Archelaus  M.  Cochran,  Dallas;  John  T.  Dickinson, 
Austin.     Alternates — Lock  McDaniel,  Anderson;  Henry  B.  Andrews,  San  Antonio. 

Vermont. — Commissioners — Henry  H.  Mclntyre,  West  Randolph;  Bradley 
B.  Smalley,  Burlington.  Alternates — Aldace  F.  Walker,  Rutland;  A.  S.  Sibley, 
Montpelier. 

Virginia. — Commissioners — Virginius  D.  Groner,  Norfolk;  John  T.  Harris, 
Harrisonburg.  Alternates — Charles  A.  Heermans,  Christiansburg;  Alexander  Mc- 
Donald, Lynchburg. 

Washington. — Commissioners — Henry  Drum,  Tacoma;  Charles  B.  Hopkins, 
Spokane  Falls.  Alternates — George  F.  Cummin,  Cheney;  Clarence  B.  Bagley, 
Seattle. 

West  Virginia. — Commissioners — James  D.  Butte,  Harper's  Ferry;  J.  W.  St. 
Clair,  Fayetteville.  Alternates — Wellington  Vrooman,  Parkersburg;  John  Cor- 
coran, Wheeling. 

Wisconsin.— Commissioners — Phil  Allen,  Jr.,  Mineral  Point;  John  M.  Co- 
burn,  West  Salem.  Alternates — David  W.  Curtis,  Fort  Atkinson;  Myron  Reed, 
Superior. 

Wyoming. — Commissioners — Asahel  C.  Beckwith,  Evanston;  Henry  G.  Hay^ 
Cheyenne.     Alternates — Asa  S.  Mercer,  Cheyenne;  John  J.   McCormick,  Sheridan. 

TERRITORIES. 

Alaska — Commissioners — Edward  de  Groff,  Sitka;  Louis  L.Williams,  Juneau. 
Alternates — Carl  Spuhn,  Killisno;  N.  A.  Fuller,  Juneau. 

Arizona. — Commissioners — George  F.  Coats,  Phoenix;  W.  K.  Meade,  Tomb- 
stone.    Alternates — W.  L.  Van  Horn,  Flagstaff;  Herbert  H.  Logan,  Phcenix. 

New  Mexico. — Commissioners — Thomas  C  Gutierres,  Albuquerque;  Richard 
M.  White,  Hermosa.  Alternates — L.  C.  Tetard,  East  Las  Vegas;  Charles  B.  Eddy, 
Eddy. 

Oklahoma. — Commissioners — Othniel  Beeson,  El  Reno;  Frank  R.  Gammon, 
Guthrie.  Alternates — John  Wallace,  Oklahoma  City;  Joseph  W.  McNeal,  Guthrie. 

Utah — Commissioners — Frederick  J.  Kiesel,  Ogden;  Patrick  H.  Lannan, 
Salt  Lake  City.  Alternates — William  M.  Ferry,  Park  City;  Charles  Crane,  Kanosh. 

EXECUTIVE   COMMITTEE. 

President  T.  W.  Palmer,  Michigan,  Chairman;  Harvey  P.  Piatt,  Toledo, 
Ohio,  Vice-Chairman;   John   T.    Dickinson,   Texas,   Secretary;  M.  L.  McDonald, 


LYMAN  J.  GAGE, 


FIRST    PRESIDENT,   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


51 


Commissioner-at-Large;  R.  W.  Furnas,  Commissioner-at-Large;  Henry  Exall, 
Commissioner-at-Large;  P.  A.  B.  Widener,  Commissioner-at-Large;  John  T.  Harris, 
Virginia;  William  J.  Sewell,  New  Jersey;  B.  B.  Smalley,  Vermont;  E.  B.  Martin- 
dale,  Indiana;  John  Boyd  Thacher,  New  York;  Francis  W.  Breed,  Massachusetts; 
Euclid  Martin,  Nebraska;  James  D.  Butt,  West  Virginia;  Adlai  T.  Ewing,  Illinois; 
William  F.  King,  Iowa;  H.  P.  Piatt,  Ohio;  L.  McLaws,  Georgia;  T.  L.  Williams, 
Tennessee;  C.  F.  A.  Bielby,  Florida;  R.  L.  Saunders,  Mississippi;  L. H.  Hershfield, 
Montana;  R.  E.  Goodell,  Colorado;  A.  T.  Britton,  F/istrict  of  Columbia. 

BOARD    OF    REFERENCE   AND   CONTROL. 

Members. — Thomas  W.  Palmer,  of  Michigan,  President;  Harvey  P.  Piatt,  of 
Ohio;  George  V.  Massey,  of  Delaware;  William  Lindsay,  of  Kentucky;  Michael  H. 
de  Young,  of  California;  Thomas  M.  Waller,  of  Connecticut;  Elijah  B.  Martindale, 
of  Indiana;  J.  W.  St.  Clair,  of  West  Virginia;  John  T.  Dickinson,  of  Texas,  Secre- 
tary. Alternates — M.  H.  Lane,  of  Michigan;  W.  D.  Groner,  of  Virginia;  R.  L. 
Saunders,  of  Mississippi;  P.  H.  Lannan,  of  Utah;  Thomas  Smith,  of  New  Jersey; 
O.  V.  Tousley,  of  Minnesota;  Euclid  Martin,  of  Nebraska. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  53 


CHAPTER  III. 
GEORGE  R.  DAVIS  ELECTED  DIRECTOR-GENERAL 

Some  of  the  Remarks  Made  Upon  the  Occasion — Davis  Has  a  Majority  on  the  First  Ballot — His  Address 
to  the  Commission— Interesting  Sketch  of  the  Life  and  Service  of  Colonel  Davis — A  Brave 
Soldier,  a  Man  of  Honor  and  a  Renowned  Party  Leader— He  is  Endowed  With  Splendid  Qualities 
of  Mind  and  Heart — The  Standing  Committees — Creation  of  the  Great  Departments — The  Com- 
missioners Wrestle  With  the  Sunday  Opening  Question. 

HE  second  session  of  the  Commission  convened  September  15, 
1890,  in  answrer  to  the  call  of  President  Palmer.  Reports 
were  received  from  the  various  committees  appointed  at  the 
July  session,  and  v^rere  ordered  to  be  printed  for  future  consid- 
eration, 

In  the  discussion  of  a  site  for  the  Exposition,  the  Lake 
Front  figured  prominently  as  one  of  the  projects,  and  foir 
a  while  its  acceptance  seemed  probable,  but  July  2,  1890,  tht 
Commission  formally  accepted  Jackson  Park  and  Midway 
Plaisance  as  the  site,  the  Committee  on  Titles  and  Facilities 
of  Transportation  having  given  the  matter  careful  attention. 
That  committee  reported  that  "  so  far  as  the  title  to  Jackson  Park  and  the  Midway 
Plaisance  (embracing  633  acres)  is  concerned,  they  believe  it  is  vested  in  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition,  by  the  Act  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State  of 
Illinois  passed  at  its  recent  session,  and  by  ordinance  of  the  South  Park  Commis- 
sioners, and  is  such  a  title  as  confers  the  right  to  use  these  parks  as  a  site  for  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition  during  the  period  required." 

Early  in  the  first  session  the  Commission  had  decided  to  elect  the  director- 
general  upon  nomination  of  the  directors  of  the  Exposition,  and  during  successive 
meetings  up  to  September  19th,  the  duties  aud  powers  of  that  office  were  the  sub- 
ject of  legislation.  On  that  day  President  Palmer,  as  chairman  of  the  Executive 
Committee,  presented  the  recommendation  by  the  latter  body,  for  the  selection  of 
Colonel  George  R.  Davis;  and  therewith  forwarded  communications  from  the 
Executive  Committee  of  the  directory: 

Chicago,  September  i8,  1S90. 
Hon.  Thos.  W.  Palmer,  Chairman  Executive  Committee,  World's  Columbian  Commission: 

Dear  Sir:  Acting  under  the  courteous  invitation  extended  by  your  committee  to  this 
board  to  express  its  peference  in  favor  of  one  of  the  several  candidates  whose  names  are  before 
you  for  appointment  as  director-general  of  your  commission,  the  subject-matter  of  your  invitation 
"Was  submitted  to  our  Board  of  Directors  at  a  meeting  held  this  evening 


54  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

After  some  discussion  a  vote  was  taken,  resulting  in  a  majority  of  the  board  in  favor  of 
Colonel  George  R.  Davis. 

This  may  therefore  be  received  as  an  expression  of  the  preference  of  this  board  upon  the 
question. 

Thanking  you  and  your  committee  for  their  courtesy  in  this  matter, 

I  am,  very  respectfully  yours, 

Lyman  J.  Gage, 
President  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition. 
And  Mr.  Sewell,  of  New  Jersey,  submitted  the  following  form  of  minority  of 
the  same  committee; 

The  undersigned  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  respectfully  dissent  from  the  above 
report,  and  present  for  the  position  of  director-general,  the  name  of  General  Daniel  H.  Hastings, 
of  Pennsylvania.  We  believe  that  he  possesses  every  qualification  for  this  responsible  position, 
and  most  earnestly  urge  that  his  election  will  meet  the  best  thoughts  of  the  land,  that  the  Colum- 
bian Exposition  is  in  no  sense  local,  and  in  every  sense  national. 

W.  J.  Sewell, 

E.  KoNTZ  Johnson, 

A.  T.  EwiNG, 

L,  H.  Hershfield, 

E.  W.  Breed. 

The  discussion  that  followed  was  animated  and  interesting.  Hon.  Adlai  T. 
Ewing,  the  Illinois  commissioner,  arose  to  say  that  he  was  a  dissenter  merely 
because  he  was  not  inclined  to  favor  a  specifk:  recommendation.  "  I  do  not  wish 
to  be  understood  as  indorsing  General  Hastings,"  he  declared.  President  Palmer 
beat  the  sounding  board  with  his  gavel.  "We  are  now  ready  to  ballot  for  direc- 
tor-general." The  house  and  galleries  hummed  and  trembled  with  the  moment's 
sensation.  Mr.  Hershfield  expressed  similar  sentiments  to  those  enunciated  by  Mr. 
Ewing,  and  both  reports  were  tabled  for  the  time.  The  long  communication  from 
the  local  board  was  read  at  this  juncture,  stating  the  preference  of  that  body  for 
Colonel  Davis,  and  then  the  speeches  began.  Seator  Sewell,  of  New  Jersey,  was 
the  first  to  speak.  To  select  a  director-general  from  precincts  outside  Chicago 
was  the  declaration  of  Senator  Sewell.  "  We  must  secure  a  man  of  national  repu- 
tation," he  said.  "This  fair  must  be  nationalized.  Colonel  Davis  is  an  able  man, 
but  he  is  connected  with  the  local  board  and  as  such  will  naturally  have  his  mind 
biased  toward  local  affairs.  He  is  concerned  too  much  in  local  affairs  and  local 
institutions.  He  will  not  be  under  our  control,  but  under  that  of  the  local  board. 
Therefore,  I  beg  to  present  for  your  consideration  the  name  of  a  Pennsylvanian,  a 
man  who  in  a  great  calamity  demonstrated  the  greatest  degree  of  executive  ability 
ever  displayed  in  his  state."  Senator  Sewell  was  talking  for  General  D.  H.  Hast- 
ings and  he  was  applauded.  President  Palmer,  indeed,  was  busy  all  day  protesting 
against  applause.  Colonel  James  A.  McKenzie,  the  distinguished  Kentucky  con- 
gressman, whose  tongue  is  hung  on  threads  of  silver,  said:  "I  rise  to  nominate  a 
man  who  can  fill  this  position  with  distinguished  ability.  I  knew  him  in  Congress; 
side  by  side  we  worked  to  secure  the  fair  for  Chicago.  He  differs  from  me  polit- 
ically, but  he  can  administer  the  affairs  of  the  office  with  as  little  partisanship  as 


HON.    GEORGE  R.  DAVIS, 


DIRECTOR-GENERAL  WORLD'S   COLUMBIAN   EXPOSITION. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  55 

any  man  anywhere."  Colonel  McKenzie  made  a  masterly  speech  for  Colonel 
Davis,  and  won  the  votes  and  influence  of  many  commissioners.  "  Nominate  him 
in  the  interest  of  fairness  and  prevent  friction,"  said  the  tall  Kentuckian,  "We 
want  no  differences  at  this  time.  He  has  received  the  indorsement  of  the  local 
body  of  the  Chicago  press,  and  I  take  it  that  is  a  fair  reflex  of  the  best  judgment  of 
all.  He  is  young  in  years,  big  in  development.  Without  the  hearty  support  of  the 
local  board  and  the  Chicago  press  we  can  hope  for  no  success.  I  once  more  pre- 
sent the  name  of  Colonel  George  R.  Davis." 

Mark  L.  McDonald,  of  California,  seconded  Colonel  Davis'  nomination.  "I 
bespeak-  the  approval  of  the  magnificent  state  of  California,"  said  he.  P.  A.  B. 
Widener  also  favored  Colonel  Davis,  but  at  the  same  time  complimented  General 
Hastings.  E.  Kurtz  Johnson,  of  Washington,  was  the  first  to  disagree.  He  wanted 
the  East  recognized,  he  wanted  the  fair  internationalized,  he  wanted  General  Hast- 
ings. "For  the  Empire  State,"  said  G.  W.  Allen,  of  New  York,  "I  want  to  second 
the  nomination  of  Colonel  Davis,  I  feel  proud  of  Chicago.  We  indorse  her  and 
Colonel  Davis.  Any  city  that  can  put  up  $13,250,000  is  beyond  reproach.  Chicago 
has  done  this,  and  I  am  tired  of  hearing  commissioners  speak  of  this  fair  as  a  'local' 
one."  Richard  Mansfield  White,  of  New  Mexico,  seconded  the  nomination  of  Gen- 
eral Hastings,  and  Mr.  Holliday,  of  Kansas,  that  of  Colonel  Davis.  General  Gro- 
ner,  of  Virginia,  congratulated  in  advance  the  commission  on  the  choice  it  would 
make,  but  he  favored  General  Hastings.  "Those  who  know  me,"  said  Judge  Har- 
ris, of  Virginia,"  know  that  I  am  under  my  colleague's  control  and  do  as  he  directs. 
But  I  want  to  second  the  nomination  of  Colonel  Davis." 

"The  gentleman  from  Connecticut,"  said  President  Palmer,  pointing  his 
gavel  at  Governor  Waller.  "  Mr.  President,"  said  the  classical  Mr.  Waller,  "  early 
in  our  first  session  I  introduced  a  resolution  that  the  executive  committee  of  this 
body  and  that  of  the  local  board  should  confer  together  and  then  report  a  man  for 
director  general,  foreseeing  such  difficulties  as  these.  I  regret  that  these  distin- 
guished gentlemen  of  Chicago  were  not  able  to  come  to  some  unanimous  con- 
clusion. If  such  wisdom  had  guided  them  as  I  think  this  commission  has  displayed, 
no  nomination  would  have  been  made  except  the  one  indicated  by  the  Chicago 
board.  Two  nominations  have  been  made,  one  from  the  executive  committee  and 
one  by  the  gentleman  from  New  Jersey.  It  has  been  charged  that  this  exposition 
was  running  into  the  grooves  of  partisanship;  that  it  was  an  administration  expos- 
ition. There  has  been  no  democrat  suggested  for  director  general,  and  I  mention 
with  pride  the  fact  that  the  political  organization  to  which  I  belong  has  suppressed 
all  partisan  feelings  in  this  matter."  From  house  and  gallery  came  applause.  "I 
always  go  for  a  democrat,"  Governor  Waller  said,  "everything  else  being  equal.  I 
can't  help  it;  I  was  born  that  way.  I  should  have  been  glad  if  a  democrat  had  been 
a  candidate  for  this  position.  Our  judiciary  committee  has  decided  that  we  have 
all  the  powers;  Chicago  has  nothing.  Therefore,  I  shall  vote  for  Colonel  Davis. 
If  he  isn't  good  enough  and  fit  for  the  place,  Chicago  will  be  the  sufferer." 

Then  the  ballot  came.     The  president  pounded  the  commission  to  order  and 
the  clerk  began  to  call  the  roll.     As  each  commissioner  was  called  he  responded  by 


56  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

dropping  his  ballot  in  the  hats  the  tellers,  Dr.  Cochran  of  Texas  and  Mr.  Bullock 
of  Massachusetts,  held.  This  ballot  the  president  announced  when  all  had  voted. 
Ninety-two  had  voted;  forty-seven  were  necessary  to  a  choice,  and  the  result  was: 

Davis 50 

Hastings 32 

McKenzie 6 

Stevenson 3 

Price I 

Mr,  McClelland,  of  Pennsylvania,  moved  that  the  ballot  be  declared  regular, 
although  Colonel  Davis  had  not  been  the  choice  of  the  Keystone  State,  and  that 
the  president  be  directed  to  cast  the  ballot  for  Colonel  George  R.  Davis,  of  Illinois. 
President  Palmer  put  the  motion,  which  carried.  President  Palmer  bent  over  his 
desk  to  write  the  ballot  and  observe  the  formalities  of  the  occasion,  and  then  the 
applause  which  he  had  been  so  long  combatting  broke  out  wildly.  When  it  had 
subsided  Commissioner  Hirst,  of  Florida,  moved  that  a  committee  of  six  be  ap- 
pointed  to  inform  Colonel  Davis  of  his  election. 

"  It  is  moved  that  a  committee  of  six  be  appointed,"  said  the  chair,  "  to  wait 
on  Colonel  Davis  and  inform  him  of  his  election." 

"  And  bring  him  in! "  cried  a  commissioner. 

"  And  bring  him  in,"  repeated  President  Palmer,  "  that  he  be  put  en  rapport 
with  the  commission  and  nationalized." 

The  motion  was  carried,  and  Commissioners  Hirst,  McClelland,  Groner,  St. 
Clair,  Sewell  and  McKenzie  were  appointed  as  the  committee.  While  the  com- 
mitteemen were  after  Colonel  Davis,  Governor  Waller  introduced  a  resolution 
pledging  the  commission  to  adjourn  sine  die  to-day.  This  was  lost.  Then  Mr. 
Hirst  and  Colonel  Davis  came,  arm  in  arm,  down  the  aisle,  and  the  chamber  rang 
with  applause.  When  they  reached  the  desk  Mr.  Hirst  said:  "Mr.  President,  your 
committee  appointed  to  notify  Colonel  George  R.  Davis  of  his  election  as  director 
general  and  bring  him  in  here  have  performed  their  duty  and  now  present  him  to 
you,"  Once  more  the  chamber  applauded,  and  President  Palmer  said:  "  The  chair 
will  give  his  right  hand  of  fellowship  to  Colonel  Davis,"  As  he  said  this,  and  the 
fury  of  the  storm  of  applause  broke  forth,  Mr,  Palmer  descended  from  the  desk 
and  conducted  Colonel  Davis  up  to  the  platform,  saying  as  he  did  so:  'T  suppose 
it  is  no  breach  of  decorum  to  applaud  for  an  occasion  like  this  for  two  reasons, 
that  we  have  gotten  through  with  a  very  difficult  task,  and  we  have  gotten  a  man 
who  has  not  been  assailed  either  in  the  public  print,  by  individuals  or  by  any  one 
this  commission,"     Then,  bowing,  the  president  said: 

"  I  take  pleasure  in  introducing  to  you  our  new  director  general.  Colonel 
George  R.  Davis.  And  may  God  help  him  to  hold  up  his  hands.  Gentlemen, 
Colonel  Davis." 

When  the  ringing  shouts  ceased  Colonel  Davis  advanced  and,  throwing  back 
his  long  white  locks,  said: 

"  Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  of  the  National  Commission:  Your  com- 
mittee has  just  notified  me  of  the  distinguished  honor  that  you  have  conferred  upon 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  57 

me  this  morning.  The  selection  made  from  Illinois  and  Chicago  is  complimentary 
to  the  city  and  State,  and  for  the  Local  Board  of  Directors,  for  my  city,  my  State, 
and  myself  I  sincerely  thank  you.  The  selection  of  the  director-general  from 
untried  men — men  who  have  not  had  great  experience — was  a  task  for  you  to  per- 
form in  which  I  most  heartily  sympathize  with  you.  It  is  necessary  in  selecting  a 
man  for  this  position  that  you  take  much  for  granted,  for  an  exhibition  of  an  anni- 
versary that  com.es  only  once  in  a  hundred  years  leaves  you  but  few  men  to  select 
from  who  have  had  great  experience. 

"In  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  this  great  office  I  will  bring  it  all  the  physical 
and  mental  forces  that  I  command.  The  conduct  of  the  office  shall  be  of  high 
grade,  and  it  shall  be  my  duty  to  conform  strictly  and  in  every  detail  to  the  wish 
of  this  distinguished  body.  Politics  have  been  referred  to,  and  as  I  understand  the 
position  I  desire  to  say  one  word  in  regard  to  that-  and  that  is  that  I  cannot 
recognize  that  the  constituency  that  elects  me  here  to-day  consists  of  one-half 
Republicans  and  one-half  Democrats.  It  will  be  the  duty  of  an  honorable  man  to 
so  conduct  his  office  in  his  intercourse  with  all  who  come  in  connection  with  him — 
in  the  appointments  that  he  has  to  make — to  recognize  the  fact;  and  from  the  fact 
that  it  was  a  suggestion  of  my  own,  formulated  by  myself,  and  favored  by  myself 
when  it  was  put  in  the  Act  of  Congress,  recognized  as  '  the  spirit  of  the  Act  of 
Congress,'  I  will  not,  as  your  director-general,  in  any  way  fail  to  observe  it  in 
every  particular. 

"The  office  will  be  conducted  strictly  upon  business  principles.  I  recognize 
that  you  require  in  all  such  officers  as  may  be  placed  undermy  command  the  highest 
talent,  the  best  ability,  and  the  greatest  capacity  that  we  can  command;  that  it  is  a 
National  Exposition  and  an  International  Exposition  and  not  a  Local  Exposition; 
that  we  will  draw  our  forces  from  the  country,  draw  our  forces  from  wheresoever 
they  may  come,  provided  they  are  equal  to  the  emergency. 

The  administration  of  my  office  will  be  an  example,  so  far  as  it  is  possible  for 
me  to  make  it  such,  of  the  application  of  legal  principles  to  business  methods  with 
military  discipline.  I  thank  you,  gentlemen,  for  the  compliment,  and  am  prepared 
to  enter  upon  the  duty." 

Col.  George  R.  Davis  was  born  in  the  town  of  Palmer,  Mass.,  in  the  year 
1840,  the  son  of  Benjamin  and  Cordelia  (Buffington)  Davis,  the  former  a  native  of 
Ware,  Mass.,  and  the  latter  a  member  of  a  well  known  Quaker  family  of  Connecti- 
cut. George  attended  the  public  schools,  and  in  other  respects  passed  his  boyhood 
after  the  manner  of  New  England  boys,  and  later  prepared  for  college,  graduating 
from  Williston  Seminary  at  Easthampton.  This  was  just  prior  to  the  opening  of 
the  War  of  the  Rebellion,  so  that  instead  of  entering  college,  as  he  had  anticipated, 
he,  at  the  age  of  twenty-two,  responded  to  the  call  for  volunteers,  and  enlisted  in. 
the  army  as  a  private  in  Company  H,  Eighth  Regiment  Massachusetts  Infantry, 
By  gradual  promotion  he  rose  to  the  rank  of  captain,  and  in  that  capacity  served 
with  the  Eighteenth  Army  Corps  in  the  North  Carolina  campaign  until  August, 
1863.  Resigning  his  commission,  he  now  returned  to  Massachusetts,  clothed  with 
proper  authority,  and  recruited  and  organized  a  battery  of  light  artillery.     From 


58  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

this  he  was  soon  transferred  to  the  Third  Regiment  Rhode  Island  Volunteer 
Cavalry,  with  the  rank  of  major,  and  commanded  it  until  the  close  of  the  war  in 
1865.  After  the  war  was  over^  Col.  Davis  received  an  appointment  in  the  civil 
department  of  the  regular  army,  and  was  attached  to  the  Department  of  the  Mis- 
souri, of  which  General  Sheridan  was  then  in  command.  He  served  in  the  West 
with  General  Sheridan  in  the  Indian  campaign  of  1868  and  1869,  of  which  the  en- 
gagement at  the  headquarters  of  the  Washita  was  the  most  decisive,  resulting  in  ^ 
the  defeat  and  routing  of  the  famous  chief  "  Black  Kettle  "  and  his  band. 

Col.  Davis  was  on  duty  at  the  headquarters  of  General  Sheridan  when  that 
commander  was  stationed  in  Chicago  in  1869,  and  continued  his  connection  with 
the  army  until  May  i,  1881,  when  he  resigned  and  took  up  his  residence  in  Chicago, 
where  he  has  made  his  home  ever  since.  Col.  Davis  has  always  been  a  staunch 
Republican,  and  since  his  residence  in  Chicago  has  held  a  conspicuous  place  in  the 
councils  of  his  party  as  a  recognized  leader.  He  was  elected  to  the  United  States 
Congress  from  the  Second  District  of  Illinois  in  1878,  and  re-elected  for  the  two 
succeeding  terms.  As  a  congressman  Col.  Davis  naturally  took  a  prominent  and 
leading  place,  and  was  one  of  the  few  of  Chicago's  representatives  to  that  body 
whose  efforts  in  behalf  of  their  constituents  were  crowned  with  success.  Among 
the  important  acts  of  legislation  in  which  he  took  a  prominent  part,  it  is  but  just  to 
say  that  securing  a  large  appropriation  for  improving  the  Chicago  harbor  was 
chiefly  due  to  his  efficient  and  faithful  work.  In  1886  he  was  elected  county 
treasurer  of  Cook  County,  Illinois,  for  a  term  of  four  years.  When  it  was  decided 
by  Congress  to  celebrate  the  four  hundredth  anniversary  of  the  landing  of  Columbus 
on  American  soil  by  a  World's  Exposition  Col.  Davis  was  one  of  the  foremost  in 
the  promotion  of  the  enterprise.  A  man  of  fixed  opinions,  iron  will,  unfaltering 
perseverance  and  unusual  executive  ability,  he  at  the  same  time  possesses  a  tireless 
energy,  and  whatever  he  attempts  stops  at  nothing  short  of  its  attainment.  He  is  a 
man  of  great  personal  magnetism,  courteous  yet  dignified  in  manners,  generous, 
kind-hearted  and  genial,  and  has  always  attracted  to  himself  many  warm  friends. 
With  his  splendid  qualities  of  mind  and  heart  he  combines  a  finel}^  proportioned 
physique,  being  strong  in  structure  and  of  robust  constitution.  He  is  a  handsome 
man  in  both  form  and  feature,  and  a  mass  of  iron-gray  hair  gives  a  distinguished 
air  to  an  otherwise  striking  personality.  Col.  Davis  was  married  in  1867,  to  Miss 
Gertrude  Schulin,  of  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  by  whom  he  has  two  sons  and  four 
daughters. 

When  the  new  Director-General  had  concluded  his  speech,  and  the  hilarity 
of  the  occasion  had  become  subdued.   President    Palmer  announced    the   standing 
•  committees  as  follows,  in  which  there  have  been  no  material  changes: 

Committee  on  Judiciary,  Rules  and  By-Laws — William  Lindsay,  Commis- 
sioner-at-large.  Chairman;  G.  V.  Massey,  Delaware;  J.  W.  St.  Clair,  West  Virginia; 
William  J.  Sewell,  New  Jersey;  B.  B.  Smalley,  Vermont;  L.  Gregg,  Arkansas; 
O.  R.  Hundley,  Alabama;  P.  Allen,  Jr.,  Wisconsin. 

Committee  on  Tariffs  and  Transportation — V.  D.  Groner,  Virginia,  Chair- 
man;   W.  Aiken,  New   Hampshire;    C.  M.  Depew,   New  York;   W.  McClelland, 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  59 

Pennsylvania;  M.  H.  Lane,  Michigan;  J.  D.  Adams,  Arkansas:  L.  Brainard,  Con- 
necticut; A.  B.  Andrews,  North  Carolina;  L.  Lowndes,  Maryland;  O.  R.  Hundley, 
Alabama;  J.  W.  Haines,  Nevada;  G.  C.  Sims,  Rhode  Island;  H.  H.  Mclntyre,  Ver- 
mont; T.  C.  Gutierres,  New  Mexico;  H.  P.  Rucker,  North  Dakota;  E.  Martin, 
Nebraska. 

Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs — C.  M.  Depew,  New  York,  Chairman; 
Thomas  M.  Waller,  Connecticut;  G.  V.  Massey,  Delaware;  A.  A.  Wilson,  District  of 
Columbia;  R.  C.  Kerens,  Commissioner-at-large;  C.  H.  Way,  Georgia;  M.  H.  Lane, 
Michigan;  D.  B.  Penn,  Louisiana. 

Committee  on  Fine  Arts — A.  G.  Bullock,  Commissioner-at-large,  Chairman; 
C.  M.  Depew,  New  York;  A.  A.  Wilson,  District  of  Columbia;  O.  V.  Tousley, 
Minnesota;  W.  I.  Buchanan,  Iowa;  M.  H.  De  Young,  California;  James  Hodges, 
Maryland;  T.  J.  Woodward,  Louisiana. 

Committee  on  Science,  History,  Literature  and  Education — O.  V.  Tousley, 
Minnesota,  Chairman;  A.  C.  Beckwith,  Wyoming;  F.  G.  Bromberg,  Alabama; 
C.  H.  Jones,  Missouri;  T.  J.  Woodward,  Louisiana;  A.  G.  Bullock,  Commissioner 
at-large;  W.  F.  King,  Iowa;  J.  A.  McKenzie,  Kentucky. 

Committee  on  Agriculture — W.  I.  Buchanan,  Iowa,  Chairman;  L.  T.  Baxter, 
Tennessee;  R.Turnbull,  Florida;  A.  M.  Cochran,  Texas;  J.  L.  Mitchell,  Wisconsin; 
J.  W.  Haines,  Nevada;  D.  B.  Penn,  Louisiana;  J.  M.  Bynum,  Mississippi;  A.  P. 
Butler,  South  Carolina;  A.  G.  Scott,  Nebraska;  O.  Beeson,  Oklahoma;  H.  H. 
Mclntyre,  Vermont;  J.  D.  Adams,  Arkansas;  M.  Wilkins,  Oregon;  William  For- 
syth, California;  F.  J.  V.  Skiff,  Colorado. 

Committee  on  Live  Stock — ^J.  L.  Mitchell,  Wisconsin,  Chairman;  John 
Bennett,  Kentucky;  T.  E.  Proctor,  Massachusetts;,  G.  A.  Manning,  Idaho;  G. 
Russell,  Nevada;  E.  B.  Martindale,  Indiana;  H.  Drum,  Washington;  J.  D.  Miles, 
Oklahoma;  T.  C.  Gutierres,  New  Mexico;  H.  P.  Rucker,  North  Dakota;  H.  Exall, 
Commissioner-at-large;  L.  T.  Baxter,  Tennessee;  A.  H.  Mitchell,  Montana;  W. 
Mclntyre,  South  Dakota;  A.  T.  Ewing,  Illinois;  H.  G.  Hay,  Wyoming. 

Committee  on  Horticulture  and  Floriculture — W.  Forsyth,  California,  Chair- 
man; G.  A.  Manning,  Idaho;  W.  H.  Porter,  Delaware;  C.  D.  McDuffie,  New 
Hampshire;  T.  E.  Garvin,  Indiana;  F.  J.  V.  Skiff,  Colorado;  W.  Zeckendorf, 
Arizona;  A.  R.  Bixby,  Maine;  R.  Turnbull,  Florida;  J.  W.  Woodside,  Pennsylvania; 
C.  H.  Richmond,  Michigan;  J.  R.  Cochran,  South  Carolina;  J.  Hodges,  Maryland; 
C.  H.  Deere,  Illinois;  F.  J.  Kiesel,  Utah;  P.  Allen,  Jr.,  Wisconsin. 

Committee  on  Finance — Charles  H.  Jones,  Missouri,  Chairman;  L.  H, 
Hershfield,  Montana:  James  Hodges,  Maryland;  H.  H.  Mclntyre,  Vermont;  A.  B 
Andrews,  North  Carolina;  A.  R.  Bixby,  Maine;  J.  T.  Harris,  Virginia;  P.  H.  Lan- 
non,  Utah. 

Committee  on  Auditing — T.  E.  Garvin,  Indiana,  Chairman;  P.  Allen,  Jr.., 
V/isconsin;  C.  K.  HoUiday,  Jr.,  Kansas;  J.  D.  Butt,  West  Virginia. 

Committee  on  Ceremonies — J.  D.  Adams,  Arkansas,  Chairman;  P.  A.  B, 
Widener,  Commissioner-at-large;  William  Lindsay,  Commissioner-at-large;  V.  D 


6o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Groner,  Virginia;    C.  H.  Richmond,  Michigan;    G.  W.   Allen,    Commissioner-at- 
large;  M.  B.  Harrison,  Minnesota;  R.  C.  Kerens,  Commissioner-at-large. 

Committee  on  Classification — C  H.  Deere,  Illinois,  Chairman;  W.  McClel- 
land, Pennsylvania;  L.  B.  Goff,  Rhode  Island;  M.  Ryan,  North  Dakota;  M.  H. 
de  Young,  California;  T.  L.Williams,  Tennessee;  A.  M.  Cochran,  Texas;  T.Smith, 
New  Jersey;  T.  B.  Keogh,  North  Carolina;  C.  H.  Way,  Georgia;  J.  D.  Miles,  Okla- 
homa; H.  P.  Piatt,  Ohio;  G.  F.  Coats,  Arizona;  A.  C  Beckwith,  Wyoming;  J. 
Hirst,  Florida;  T.  E.  Garvin,  Indiana. 

Committee  on  Manufactures — L.  Brainard,  Connecticut,  Chairman;  T.  E. 
Proctor,  Massachusetts;  T.  B.  BuUene,  Missouri;  W.  McClelland,  Pennsylvania; 
R.  M.  White,  New  Mexico;  W.  H.  Porter,  Delaware;  C.  H.  Deere,  Illinois;  T. 
Smith,  New  Jersey;  W.  Ritchie,  Ohio;  G.  C.  Sims,  Rhode  Island;  L.  McLaws, 
W.  Aiken,  New  Hampshire;  J.  M.  Bynum,  Mississippi;  F.  J.  Kiesel,  Utah;  William 
Mclntyre,  South  Dakota;  W.  Zeckendorf,  Arizona. 

Committee  on  Commerce — L.  Lowndes,  Maryland,  Chairman;  J.  B.  Thacher, 
New  York;  J.  M.  Bynum,  Mississippi;  T,  M.  Waller,  Connecticut;  L.  B.  Goff, 
Rhode  Island;  T.  E.  Proctor,  Massachusetts;  M.  Wilkins,  Oregon;  R.  Turnbull, 
Florida;  George  V.  Massey,  Delaware;  H.  Exall,  Commissioner-at-large;  J.  R. 
Cochran,  South  Carolina;  H.  P.  Piatt,  Ohio;  T.  J.Woodward,  Louisiana;  H.  Drum, 
Washington;  C.  D.  McDuffie,  New  Hampshire;  C.  H.  Way,  Georgia. 

Commitee  on  Mines  and  Mining — F.  J.  V.  Skiff,  Colorado,  chairman;  M.  H. 
Day,  South  Dakota;  L.  T.  Baxter,  Tennessee;  J.  W.  St.  Clair,  West  Virginia;  J.  W. 
Woodside,  Pennsylvania;  A.  H.  Mitchell,  Montana;  L.  Lowndes,  Maryland;  G. 
Russell,  Nevada;  F.  G.  Bromberg,  Alabama;  J.  E.  Stearns,  Idaho;  G.  F.  Coats, 
Arizona;  C.  H.  Richmond.  Michigan;  P.  H.  Lannan,  Utah;  H.  Drum,  Washington; 
R.  M.  White,  New  Mexico;  M.  L.  McDonald,  Commissioner-at-large. 

Committee  on  Fisheries  and  Fish  Culture — A.  R.Bixby,  Maine,  Chairman;  A. 
P.  Butler,  South  Carolina;  W.  J.  Sewell,  New  Jersey;  R.E.  Goodell,  Colorado;  C.  B. 
Hopkins,  Washington;  R.  L.Saunders,  Mississippi;  Michigan;  H.  Kippell,  Oregon. 

Committee  on  Electricity  and  Electrical  Appliances — G.  C.  Sims,  Rhode 
Island,  Chairman;  C.  B.  Hopkins,  Washington;  M.  Ryan,  North  Dakota;  G.  W. 
Allen,  Commissioner-at-large;  W.  G.  Davis,  Maine;  F.  W.  Breed,  Massachusetts; 
O.  R.  Hundley,  Alabama;  R.  R.  Price,  Kansas. 

Committee  on  Forestry  and  Lumber — ^J.  W.  St.  Clair,  West  Virginia,  Chair- 
man; R.  M.  White,  New  Mexico;  W.  G.  Davis,  Maine;  A.  G.  Scott,  Nebraska;  H. 
Kippell,  Oregon;  L.  Gregg,  Arkansas;  R.  L.  Saunders,  Mississippi;  H.  G.  Hay, 
Wyoming. 

Committee  on  Machmery — William  Ritchie,  Ohio,  Chairman,  W.  H.  Porter, 
Delaware;  John  Bennett,  Kentucky;  W.  Forsyth,  California;  L.  B.  Goff,  Rhode 
Island;  M.  H.  Day,  South  Dakota;  T.  B.  BuUene,  Missouri;  O.  Beeson,  Oklahoma. 

Committee  on  World's  Congressess — J.  W.  Woodside,  Pennsylvania,  Chair- 
man; C.  H.  Jones,  Missouri;  John  Bennett,  Kentucky;  A.  A.  Wilson, District  of  Col- 
umbia; F.  G.  Bromberg,  Alabama;  J.  B.  Thacher,  New  York;  O.  V.  Tousley, 
Minnesota;  B.  B.  Smalley,  Vermont. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  6i 

Committee  on  Printing — C.  K.  Holliday,  Jr.,  Kansas,  Chairman;  T.  B.  Keogh, 
North  Carolina;  J.  T.  Harris,  Virginia;  P.  H.  Lannan,  Utah;  J.  E.  Stearns,  Idaho; 
T.  B.  Bullene,  Missouri.  *^ 

Before  adjourning  the  National  Commission  created  the  great  departments 
into  which  the  fair  has  been  divided,  as  follows: 

A — Agriculture.  Fruits,  Plants,  Food  and  Food  Products,  Farming  Machinery 
and  appliances.  B — Horticulture.  Seeds,  Wines,  Nursery  Trees,  Garden  Imple- 
ments. C — Live  Stock.  Domestic  and  Wild  Animals.  D — Fish,  Fisheries. 
Fish  Products  and  Apparatus  of  Fishing.  E — Mines,  Mining  and  Metallurgy.  F 
— Machinery.  G — Transportation  Exhibits.  Railways.  H — Manufactures.  J — 
Electricity  and  Electrical  Appliances.  K — Fine  Arts.  L — Liberal  Arts.  M — Eth- 
nology.    G — Publicity  and  Promotion.     P — Foreign  Affairs. 

The  Commission  devoted  much  time  to  other  objects  of  more  or  less  inter- 
est to  the  fair,  and  then  adjourned. 

It  has  met  a  number  of  times  since,  and  has  wrestled  with  the  liquor  and 
Sunday  opening  questions  each  meeting,  and  once  voted  in  favor  of  Sunday 
opening  and  in  favor  of  leaving  the  matter  of  selling  light  wines  and  malt  liquors 
with  the  directors.  Subsequently  the  Commission  put  itself  on  record  by  voting  in 
favor  of  Sunday  closing,  54  to  6.  There  are  those  who  believe  the  National  Com- 
mission a  costly  and  unnecessary  adjunct.  On  the  whole  however,  it  has  stood  up 
nobly  and  steadfastly  for  Jackson  Park  and  voted  down  all  dual  and  other  sites. 
It  has  also  maintained  the  dignity  of  the  Government  throughout,  and  often 
checked  the  directory  when  the  latter  betrayed  an  occasional  inclination  to  run 
things  irrespective  of  all  other  organizations. 


SITE  OF  WOMAN'S  AND  FISHERIES  BUILDINGS  BEFORE  GROUND  WAS  BROKEN. 


PART  III. 

COMMENCEMENT  AND  PROGRESS 

OF  WORK. 

CHAPTER  I. 
A  WONDERFUL  METAMORPHOSIS. 

Jackson  Park  in  I891 — An  Uninviting  Strip  of  Sand,  Swamp  and  Scrub  Oaks— No  Redeeming  feature 
Except  Area  and  Location — The  Most  Magnificent  Transformation  Scene  Ever  Presented  to  Man- 
kind— Twenty-five  Millions  of  Dollars  Expended  on  Buildings  and  Improvements — Director  of 
Works  Daniel  H.  Burnham  and  His  Engineers,  Architects,  Sculptors,  Painters  and  Landscape 
Designers,  Transform  a  Spot  of  Swamp  and  Sand  into  a  White  City  of  Palaces  and  Collonades — 
Terraces,  Towers,  Turrets  and  Statuary  on  Every  Hand — Plantations  of  Massive  Foliage  and 
Flowering  Plants — Beautiful  Fountains  and  Picturesque  Water  Ways — Artificial  Canals  That  Put 
to  Blush  those  of  Venice,  the  Bride  of  the  Sea — Burnham  and  His  Staflf. 

T  was  many  months  before  those  authorized  to  select  a  site  for 
the  Exposition  buildings  arrived  at  a  generally  harmonious 
and  satisfactory  decision.  Chicago  is  topographically 
divided  into  three  populous  sections:  the  North  Side,  the 
West  Side  and  the  South  Side.  But  vi^hile  the  tw^o  former 
■  had  active  and  influential  adherents,  it  was  early  demon- 
strated that  a  large  majority  of  the  Directors  and  Commis- 
sioners had  concluded  in  favor  of  the  latter.  How  and 
where  to  locate  on  the  South  Side,  however,  provoked 
extended  and  animated  discussion  between  the  Directors 
and  Commissioners  until  at  last  It  was  unanimously  agreed 
to  accept  from  the  South  Park  managers  those  portions  of 
their  territory  known  as  Jackson  Park  and  Midway  Plaisance. 
The  Jackson  Park  of  1891  and  the  Jackson  Park  of  1893  present  a  system  of 
transformation  that  cannot  be  adequately  described.  Sutifice  it  to  say  that  the 
Jackson  Park  of  1891  was  about  as  uninviting  a  strip  of  sand  ridges  and  scrub  oaks 
as  fringes  Lake  Michigan  at  any  point.  Two  years  ago  this  unsightly  strip  did  not 
possess  one  redeeming  feature  except  area  and  location — to-day  it  is  not  only  the 
most  beautiful  and  spectacular  spot  in  the  world,  but  It  Is  the  grandest  and  most 
georgeous  transformation  scene  ever  presented  to  mankind. 

In  January  1891  there  were  556  acres  of  swampy,  ridgey,  sandy  ground,  with 
here  and  there  clumps  of  scrubby  trees   and  some  herbage.      In  May  1893,  there 

63 


64  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

were  $25,000,000  worth  of  buildings  and  other  improvements,  containing  exhibits 
valued  at  $100,000,000. 

In  October,  i8go,  the  Committee  on  Grounds  and  Buildings  appointed  Mr. 
D.  H.  Burnham  as  chief  of  construction,  and  on  December  8,  1890,  the  consulting 
architects,  the  consulting  landscape  architects  and  the  consulting  engineer  formed 
a  consulting  board  under  the  chairmanship  of  the  chief  of  construction.  Late  in 
November,  1890,  the  consulting  board,  under  its  instructions,  entered  upon  the  duty 
of  devising  a  general  plan  for  the  Exposition,  taking  as  a  basis  for  the  study  of  the 
problem  the  classified  list  of  exhibits  which  had  been  prepared  by  a  committee 
charged  with  that  duty.  The  list,  together  with  such  advice  received  directly  from 
the  committee,  dictated  the  number  and  the  size  of  the  buildings  which  would  be 
required  to  meet  the  intention  of  the  Act  of  Congress.  The  larger  part  of  the  site 
to  be  dealt  with  was  a  swampy,  sandy  flat,  liable  at  times  to  be  submerged  by 
the  lake.  Other  parts  were  low  ridges,  which  had  originally  been  sand  bars 
thrown  up  by  the  lake.  Upon  some  of  these  ridges  there  were  trees,  most  of  them 
oaks,  of  stunted  habit  because  of  the  sterile  and  water-soaked  soil  in  which  they 
had  grown,  and  the  extreme  exposure  to  frigid  winds  from  the  lake,  to  which  they 
had  been  subject  to  a  late  period  every  spring.  The  idea  was  that  there  should  be 
a  system  of  navigable  water-ways,  to  be  made  by  dredging-boats  working  inward 
from  the  lake  through  the  lowest  parts  of  the  site,  the  earth  lifted  by  the  boats  to 
"be  so  deposited  as  to  add  to  the  area,  and  increase  the  elevation  of  the  higher  parts, 
which  would  thus  become  better  adapted  to  pleasure-ground  purposes,  and  to  be 
used  as  the  sites  for  the  buildings  of  the  Exposition. 

The  plat  contemplated  the  following  as  leading  features  of  design:  That 
there  should  be  a  great  architectural  court  with  a  body  of  water  therein;  that  this 
court  should  serve  as  a  suitably  dignified  and  impressive  entrance  hall  to  the  Ex- 
position, and  that  visitors  arriving  by  train  or  by  boat  should  all  pass  through  it; 
that  there  should  be  a  formal  canal  leading  northward  from  this  court  to  a  series 
of  broader  waters  of  a  lagoon  character,  by  which  nearly  the  entire  site  would  be 
penetrated,  so  that  the  principal  Exposition  buildings  would  each  have  a  water,  as 
well  as  a  land  frontage,  and  would  be  approachable  by  boats;  that  near  the  middle 
of  this  lagoon  system  there  should  be  an  island,  about  fifteen  acres  in  area,  in  which 
there  would  be  abounding  clusters  of  the  largest  trees  growing  upon  the  site;  that 
this  island  should  be  free  from  conspicuous  buildings  and  that  it  should  have  a 
generally  secluded,  natural,  sylvan  aspect,  the  existing  clusters  of  trees  serving  as 
centers  for  such  broad  and  simple  larger  masses  of  foliage  as  it  would  be  practicable 
to  establish  in  a  year's  time  by  plantations  of  young  trees  and  bushes.  Because  the 
water  in  the  lagoons  would  be  subject  to  considerable  fluctuations,  it  was  proposed 
that  its  shores  should  be  occupied  by  a  selection  of  such  aquatic  plants  as  would  en- 
dure occasional  submergence  and  yet  survive  an  occasional  withdrawal  of  water 
from  their  roots. 

Time  pressing,  the  plat,  with  a  brief  written  specification,  was  submitted  to 
the  corporation,  and,  after  due  consideration,  on  the  ist  of  December,  1890,  was 
adopted  as  the  plan  of  the  Exposition.      Shortly  afterwards  this  action  was  ap- 


D.  H.  BURNHAM, 

DIRECTOR    OF   WORKS,  WORLD'S   COLUMBIAN   EXPCSITION. 


66  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

proved  by  the  World's  Columbian  Commission,  and  an  order  given  to  proceed  with 
the  execution  of  the  design.  The  plat  presented  no  studies  of  buildings  other  than 
the  outlines  of  the  space  to  be  occupied  by  those,  ten  in  number,  which  had  been 
contemplated  in  the  instructions  received  by  the  Consulting  Board  from  the  Com- 
mittee on  Classifications.  The  next  step  was  the  selection  of  architects  to  design 
the  buildings,  and  the  committee  authorized  Mr.  Burnham  to  select  five  architects 
outside  of  the  city  of  Chicago  to  design  the  five  principal  buildings  around  the 
court.  Later  Mr.  Burnham  was  authorized  to  appoint  five  architects  from  Chicago 
to  design  the  remaining  buildings  which  had  been  determined  on.  The  committee 
determined,  however,  to  select  an  architect  for  the  Woman's  Building  by  compe- 
tition, to  be  confined  strictly  to  women.  By  March  i,  1891,  the  chief  of  construction 
having  apportioned  the  work  among  the  architects,  was  enabled  to  form  an  esti- 
mate of  the  work  to  be  done  by  his  department.  Roughly  speaking,  it  consisted  of 
reclaiming  nearly  seven  hundred  acres  of  ground,  only  a  small  portion  of  which  was 
improved,  the  remainder  being  in  a  state  of  nature,  and  covered  with  water  and 
wild-oak  ridges,  and  in  twenty  months  converting  it  from  a  sedgy  waste  by  the 
borders  of  an  inland  sea,  into  a  site  suitable  in  substance  and  decoration  for  an  ex- 
position of  the  industries  and  the  entertainment  by  the  republic  of  representatives 
of  all  the  nations  of  the  world.  On  its  stately  terraces  a  dozen  palaces  were  to  be 
built — all  of  great  extent  and  highest  architectural  importance — these  to  be  supple- 
mented by  hundreds  of  other  structures,  some  of  which  were  to  be  almost  the  size 
of  the  Exposition  buildings  themselves;  great  canals,  basins,  lagoons,  and  islands 
were  to  be  formed;  extensive  docks,  bridges,  and  towers  to  be  constructed.  The 
standard  of  the  entire  work  was  to  be  kept  up  to  a  degree  of  excellence  which 
should  place  it  upon  a  level  with  the  monuments  of  other  ages.  It  meant,  in  short, 
that  an  organization  must  be  quickly  formed  which  should  associate  the  ablest 
architects,  landscape  designers,  painters,  sculptors,  and  engineers  of  the  country. 
By  the  summer,  all  of  the  ten  buildings  first  designed  were  under  contract.  From 
that  time  on,  the  work  of  designing  and  of  construction  was  carried  forward  most 
urgently  by  day  and  by  night,  and  all  arrangements  of  the  construction  department 
were  completed  and  in  readiness  for  the  opening. 

In  October,  1892,  the  title  of  Director  of  Works  was  conferred  on  Mr.  Burn- 
ham with  enlarged  duties  and  powers  added  to  those  already  exercised  by  the  chief 
of  construction. 

The  first  shovelful  of  soil  was  removed  in  February,  1891,  and  in 
six  months  twelve  hundred  thousand  cubic  yards  of  earth  had  been 
handled,  costing  within  five  thousand  dollars  of  half  a  million.  Ground  was 
broken  for  the  first  building — that  of  Mines  and  Mining — on  the  2d  of  July, 
1891.  Landscape  gardening  and  construction  had  now  commenced  in  earnest;  and 
under  the  supervision  of  Daniel  H.  Burnham,  the  work  was  kept  up  until  its  comple- 
tion in  May,  1893.  Throughout  the  entire  work  Mr.  Burnham  has  sacrificed  to  the 
Exposition  his  own  personal  interest  and  given  his  time  almost  unreservedly  to  this 
work.  Making  his  headquarters  at  Jackson  Park  in  the  very  heart  of  the  activity, 
he  has  been  most  intimately  and  directly  associated  with  each  of  the  many  prob- 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  67 

lems  arising  and  necessary  of  solution  before  the  completion  of  the  work  was 
assured.  He  has  had  from  the  beginning  general  charge  of  the  construction  of 
buildings  and  supervision  of  the  business  thereof,  the  preparation  of  the  grounds 
and  engineering  incident  to  a  proper  prosecution  of  the  entire  work.  He  has  had 
the  supervision  of  the  buildings  erected  by  outside  parties  and  the  maintenance  of 
all  buildings  belonging  to  the  Exposition.  He  has  been  required  to  examine  all 
bids  and  propositions  for  work  under  his  control,  and  to  organize  bureaus  of  archi- 
tecture, engineering,  landscape  gardening,  sanitation;  to  hire  and  dismiss  all  em- 
ployes in  his  department,  and  fix,  subject  to  approval,  the  compensation  for  their 
services.  He  has  the  employment  (subject  to  the  approval  or  confirmation  of  the 
Council  of  Administration)  and  general  charge  of  all  the  working  forces  within  the 
grounds  of  the  Exposition  necessary  to  the  maintenance  of  order,  the  protection  of 
property  from  fire  or  other  destructive  elements,  to  supply  heat,  power,  light,  water 
and  disposal  of  sewerage,  the  care  of  the  grounds  and  all  service  necessary  to  the 
practical  administration  of  the  Exposition  inside  the  grounds. 

Mr.  Burnham  was  born  in  Henderson,  N.Y.,  1854.  -In  1855  his  parents 
moved  to  Chicago,  where  Mr.  Burnham,  has  sinced  lived,  with  the  exception  of  two 
years  spent  in  study  in  the  East,  and  one  year  which,  as  a  young  man,  he  spent  in 
the  activity  of  camp  and  mining  life  in  Nevada.  Upon  his  return  to  Chicago,  he  at 
once  resumed  his  architectural  studies,  forming  a  partnership  with  the  late  John  W. 
Root  in  1873,  since  which  time  he  has  been  continuously  engaged  in  the  practice  of 
his  profession.  Mr.  Burnham's  connection  with  the  Exposition  commenced  shortly 
after  Chicago  had  been  selected  as  its  site,  he  and  Mr.  Root  working  up  numerous 
preliminary  plans  in  the  early  summer  of  1890. 

The  following  are  the  names  of  the  efficient  gentxemen  who  compose  the 
staff  of  Director  of  Works  Burnham  and  the  designation  of  their  positions:  E.  R. 
Graham,  Assistant  Director  of  Works:  M.  B.  Pickett,  Secretary  of  Works;  F.  L. 
Olmsted  &  Co.,  Landscape  Architects;  R.  Ulrich,  Superintendent  of  Landscape; 
Charles  B.  Atwood,  Designer-in-chief;  F.  D.  Millet,  Director  of  Decoration;  C.  Y. 
Turner,  Assistant  Director  of  Decoration;  E.  D.  Allen,  Superintendent  of 
Painting;  W.  H.  Holcomb,  General  Manager  of  Transportation;  E.  G.  Nourse, 
Assistant  General  Manager  Transportation;  E.  C.  Shankland,  Chief  Engineer; 
William  S.  McHarg,  Engineer  of  Water  Supply  and  Sewerage;  C.  M.  Wilkes, 
Assistant  Engineer  Water  Department;  John  E.  Owens,  M.D.,  Medical  Director; 
R.  H.  Pierce,  Electrical  Engineer;  W.  E.  Brown,  B.  B.  Cheeseman,  J.  K.  Freitag, 
H.  S.  Hibbard,  C.  A.  Jordan,  J.  H.  Murphy,  A.  C.  Speed,  F.  W.  Watts,  M.  Young, 
Building  Superintendents;  C.  D.  Arnold,  Chief  Department  of  Photography;  C.  F. 
Foster,  Mechanical  Engineer;  J.  W.  Alvord,  Engineer,  Grades  and  Surveys;  G.  H. 
Binkley,  Assistant  Engineer,  Grades  and  Surveys;  Edward  W.  Murphy,  Fire  Mar- 
shal, 14th  Batt.  Chicago  Fire  Department;  F.  J.  Mulcahy,  Purchasing  Agent;  F. 
O.  Cloyes,  Chief  Draftsman;  W.  D.  Richardson,  General  Superintendent  of  Build- 
ings; D.  A.  Collins.  Superintendent  of  Interior  Docking;  E.  R.  Loring,  Superinten- 
dent of  plumbing;  A.  A.  Clark,  Superintendent  of  Midway  Plaisance;  J.  Worcester, 
Superintendent  of  Elevated  Railway. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


69 


CHAPTER  II. 
EARLY  PREPARATION  OF  FLOWERS. 

John  Thorpe  Sent  to  the  Front — The  Erection  of  Greenhouses  and  other  Floricultural  Structures— Loans 
of  Palms  and  Ferns  By  Wealthy  Owners  of  Conservatories  in  Philadelphia  and  New  York — 
Millions  of  Plants  Under  Way — A  Mountain  of  Palms  and  Ferns — A  Winter  Exhibition — Mag- 
nificent Tribute  Paid  the  Great  Florist  by  the  Brilliant  John  McGovern — Press  and  People  Filled 
With  Admiration  and  Praise — A  Flowery  Article  from  "Uncle  John." 

HERE  are  four  men  connected  with  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition  whose  names  will  live  long  after  many  others  of 
prominence  and  worth  have  been  partly  or  wholly  forgotten. 
These  are  Davis,  Burnham,  Handy  and  Thorpe,  whose  ident- 
ification with  the  commencement,  progress  and  completion 
of  the  great  Fair  has  been  brilliant,  impressive  and  eminently 
satisfactory.  It  is  underrating  none  of  the  other  earnest  and 
competent  chiefs  of  departments  and  hundreds  of  others  who 
by  their  energy,  wisdom  and  ability  contributed  vastly  toward 
the  sublime  creation  to  make  especial  mention  of  this  quar- 
tette of  masters. 

Early  in  the  day  of  construction  it  was  apparent  that  the  work  in  floriculture 
must  be  commenced  as  soon  as  possible;  and  John  Thorpe,  the  most  eminent 
floriculturist  of  any  age,  who  had  already  been  appointed  chief  of  floriculture,  was 
instructed  to  proceed  at  once  to  Jackson  Park  and  make  preparations  for  what  has 
proven  to  be  the  greatest  assemblage  of  plants  that  has  ever  been  seen. 

It  was  not  many  months,  therefore,  after  the  first  spadeful  of  earth  had 
been  turned,  before  long  rows  of  greenhouses  and  a  system  of  heating  for  the 
propagation  of  various  plants  had  been  erected; — and  more  than  a  year  before  the 
opening  of  the  Exposition  "  Uncle  John,"  as  Mr.  Thorpe  is  best  known,  was  patiently 
nursing  hundreds  of  thousands  of  plants  that  to-day  bewilder  the  observer  in  the 
rotunda  and  eastern  curtains  of  the  Horticultural  Building  and  which  have  at  times 
ornamented  and  enlivened  every  structure  at  Jackson  Park.  So  intelligently  and 
so  satisfactorily  did  the  great  florist  proceed  with  his  work  that  a  fall  and  winter 
exhibit  was  given  prior  to  the  spring  opening  which  alone  attracted  nearly  half  a 
million  people  and  earned  over  a  hundred  thousand  dollars.  A  mountain  of  choice 
palms  and  ferns  and  cactseceous  plants  which  "Uncle  John  "  had  secured  as  loans 
from  owners  of  conservatories  in  New  York  and  Philadelphia  excited  praise 
i  and  admiration  from  all  beholders  and  Mr.  Thorpe  became  a  favorite  not  only 
■with  the  press  and  the  public,  but  with  all  the  officers  interested  in  the  administra- 


70  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

tion  of  affairs.  Mr.  John  McGovern,  the  brilliant  and  distinguished  editor  of  the 
Illustrated  World's  Fair,  has  truly  said  of  him:  "In  the  huge  volume  of  his  knowl- 
edge, each  page  is  a  flower,  the  tenderest,  sweetest,  lovliest  thing  that  man  touches 
with  his  five  rude  senses.  By  common  fame,  no  other  man  known  to  the  western 
hemisphere  has  come  upon  such  a  height  of  experience,  instinct  and  devotion. 
John  Thorpe  was  born  in  England.  Three  generations  before  him  worked  in  the 
gardens  along  the  Thames  and  elsewhere  in  England.  He  commenced  at  the  age 
of  seven,  and  has  been  among  plants  and  flowers  for  nearly  fifty  years,  laboring  at 
Stratford-on-Avon  fourteen  years.  His  patrons  and  admirers  are  innumerable, 
conspicuous  among  whom  are  the  Goulds,  Vanderbilts,  Lorillards,  Childs,  Drexek 
and  others.  He  has  been  in  this  country  about  eighteen  years,  owns  extensive 
gardens  and  greenhouses  in  New  York,  and  was  for  several  years  president  of  the 
Society  of  American  Florists.  He  is  probably  the  best  known  floriculturist  in 
America,  and  is  the  presiding  spirit  over  the  floral   exhibit  at  Jackson  Park." 

The  author  has  been  permitted  by  the  editor  of  the  Illustrated  World s  Fair 
to  publish  the  following  special  article  by  Mr.  Thorpe: 

Ever  since  God  commanded  "  Let  there  be  light!"  all  human  kind  has  lived 
among  plants  and  flowers^  and  from  the  earliest  period  down  to  the  present  day  a  love 
and  respect  for  these  beautiful  gifts  of  nature  has  been  manifested  in  every  hab- 
itable part  of  the  globe. 

The  Bible  contains  many  allusions  to  others  than  the  Rose  of  Sharon  and! 
the  lilies  of  the  field,  while  Solomon,  according  to  the  book  of  Ecclesiastes,  gave 
much  of  his  time  and  wisdom  to  the  care  and  collection  of  the  many  varieties 
within  his  reach,  and  tradition  transmits  the  delightful  legendary  information 
that  the  Arutn  Sanctum,  was  taken  from  Egypt  to  Jerusalem  to  adorn  the  gardens 
of  the  voluptuous  king.  The  monarch  upon  his  throne  rejoices  in  the  possession 
of  rare  and  beautiful  flowers,  while  the  untutored  savage  betrays  a  reverence  for 
his  native  plants;  and  all  ancient  and  modern  languages  are  full  of  eloquent  pas- 
sages where  flowers  are  used  as  a  figure  of  speech  to  express  a  sense  of  beauty  and 
loveliness.  The  bards  of  all  times  have  dedicated  stanzas  to  these  silent  inhabitants 
of  hillside  and  dale,  and  given  sentiment  and  tongue  to  blossom,  bud  and  leaf. 

There  is  no  land  and  no  clime  where  flowers  are  not  found  in  greater  or  lesser 
varietiesand  abundance.  "  From  Greenland's  icy  mountains  to  India's  coral  strand," 
and  from  the  Azores  to  antipodal  isles,  the  earth  is  promiscuously  strewn  with  millions 
upon  millions  of  varieties  of  plant  life,  many  of  the  blossomo  of  which  exhale  distilla- 
tions of  delicious  scent.  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa  are  the  homes  of  innumerable 
varieties,  and  America  is  even  richer  in  the  abundance  and  diversity  of  her  floricult- 
ural  treasures.  Mexico  is  bespangled  with  brilliant  specimens,  and  so  also  is  Cuba, 
Florida  and  Arizona.  China,  Japan  and  the  Hawaiian  islands  may  be  called  lands 
of  flowers.  The  Pacific  Coast,  from  the  Cascade  mountains  to  the  Cordilleras,  is 
carpeted  with  wild  flowers  of  amazing  variety,  beauty  and  odor  for  a  number  of 
months  during  the  year,  from  December  to  May,  while  the  uncultivated  portions  of 
the  great  valleys  of  the  Sacramento  and  the  San  Joaquin,  from  Mount  Shasta  to- 
Tehachepi,  abound  in  vast  sweeps  of  named  and  unnamed  flowers,  reveling  in  alL 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


71 


the  colors  of  an  axminster  and  perfuminor  the  air  with  intermingled  spices  and 
sweets.  The  Alps,  the  Appenines,  the  Andes,  the  Sierra  Nevada  and  the  Moun- 
tains of  the  Moon  are  the  habitats  of  flowers  only  surpassed  in  gorgeousness  and 
circumference  by  the  enchantresses  of  the  Amazon  and  the  Nile. 

The  symbolism  of  flowers  is  probably  as  old  as  the  utterances  of  the  first  poet, 
but  the  first  recorded  traces  of  it  are  found  in  the  land  where  poetry  had  its  birth. 
It  was  the  graceful  fancj^  of  the  Greek  which,  uniting  flowers  with  the  events  of 
every-day  lite,  blended  sentiment  with  the  beauty  of  the  flower  world.  The 
Romans  also  used  flower  symbols,  though  in  a  less  degree.  The  red  and  white 
roses  mark  a  bloody  era  in  the  history  of  England,  as  do  the  lily  of  the  Bourbons 
and  the  violet  of  the  greatest  military  genius  of  modern  times. 


xMmzin 


MOSES  P.  HANDY, 

CHIEF  DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLICITY  AND  PROMOTION. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


73 


CHAPTER  III. 
DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLICITY  AND  PROMOTION. 

The  Object  of  Its  Organization— A  Unique  and  Highly  Advantageous  System  of  Free  Advertisings 
How  the  World  Has  Been  Informed  of  All  the  Details  of  the  Commencement,  Progress  and  Com- 
pletion of  the  Gigantic  Work— A  Perfect  System  of  Distribution  of  Information  of  Daily 
Happenings  Conceived  and  Matchlessly  Executed— Quarter  of  a  Million  Documents  Mailed  in  a 
Single  Week— Thirty  Thousand  Electrotypes  of  Buildings  Sent  Out— Ninety  Thousand  Litho- 
graphs Judiciously  given  Away— More  than  a  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  Worth  of  Postage 
Stamps  Used— Stupendous  Advantages  Derived  Therefrom— Graphic  Sketch  of  the  Distinguished 
Department  Commander. 

S  HAS  been  conceded  by  the  management  and  all  others — and 
particularly  during  the  early   days   and    leading   up   to   the 
opening  of  the  Fair — no  work  connected  with  the  Exposition 
has  been  more  thoroughly  done  than  the  work  assigned   to 
the  Department  of  Publicity  and  Promotion,  and  no  effort 
made  by  any  other  department  of  the  Fair  is  now  bringing 
to  the  Exposition  such  great  results.     The  name  of  the  de- 
partment indicates  the  object  of  its  organization.     It  was  to 
advertise  the  Fair  and  Maj.  Moses  P.  Handy,  the  department 
chief,  has  done  his  work  so  thoroughly  that  there  is  not  a  civilized 
section  of  organized  society  in  the  v/orld  that  has  not  learned  of  the 
Exposition  and  its  purposes. 

Since  the  organization  of  the  department  in  December,  1890,  there 
has  been  a  constant  and  systematic  effort  to  disseminate  information  concerning 
the  Fair,  and  every  avenue  for  spreading  knowledge  that  presented  itself  has  been 
utilized.  Realizing  the  importance  of  having  it  thoroughly  understood  by  the 
people  of  this  country  as  well  as  the  other  nations  of  the  globe  just  what  the  Fair 
was  to  accomplish,  Director-General  Davis  was  quick  in  seeing  that  some  educa- 
tional steps  must  be  taken,  and  he  suggested  the  organization  of  the  Department 
of  Publicity  and  Promotion,  and  aked  that  a  practical  newspaper  man  be  placed  in 
command.  This  idea  received  the  approval  of  both  the  National  Commission  and 
the  Chicago  directors,  and  Maj.  Handy  was  selected  as  the  man  to  assume  the  re- 
sponsible position.  One  thing  that  probably  led  Director-General  Davis  to  pro- 
pose the  organization  of  this  department  was  the  unfriendly  attitude  of  a  portion  of 
the  foreign  press,  and  another  no  doubt  that  the  portion  of  the  press  that  was 
friendly  might  be  supplied  with  accurate  information  regarding  the  progress  of  the 
work. 

This  department  is  located  on  the  second  floor  of  the  northwest  pavilion  of 
the  Administration  building.     It  is  organized  and  managed  on  much  the  same  prin- 


74  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

ciple  as  a  large  daily  paper — Maj.  Handy's  position  corresponding  to  that  of  an 
editor-in-chief.  He  has  a  general  supervision  of  the  department  and  molds  the 
policy  to  be  followed. 

The  next  man  in  authority  is  J.  P.  Holland,  the  chief  clerk  in  the  department. 
He  is  also  chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Information.  This  bureau  supplies  the  demand 
for  printed  information  and  has  received  as  many  as  i,ooo  letters  daily. 

The  editorial  division  is  in  charge  of  William  M.  Knox,  an  experienced  news- 
paper man.  He  has  the  supervision  of  the  preparation  of  all  editorial  matter  sent 
out.  He  has  two  assistants.  Col.  Louis  Ayme,  who  looks  after  the  preparation  of 
the  matter  for  the  French,  Spanish,  and  Portugese  publications,  while  Victor 
Sarner  takes  care  of  the  German  press.  Mrs.  Nancy  H.  Banks,  who  is  a  member 
of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers,  has  charge  of  the  correspondence  and  prepares  the 
special  letters  concerning  the  Exposition  that  are  sent  out  by  the  department  and 
also  prepares  the  editorial  news  notes  that  have  been  largely  used  by  the  country 
press.  The  letters  of  Mrs.  Banks  has  proven  of  great  advantage  in  advertising 
the  Fair. 

The  mailing  division,  which  is  in  charge  of  Frank  Rigler,  is  one  of  the  most 
important  features  of  the  department.  The  division  is  practically  the  same  as  the 
mailing  department  of  a  newspaper  and  has  an  exceedingly  large  list.  The  list  con- 
tains, aside  from  a  vast  number  of  periodicals  and  newspapers,  all  the  foreign 
Ministers  and  Commissioners,  and  a  great  number  of  persons  who  are  even  con- 
stantly writing  for  inform.ation  about  the  Exposition  now.  In  addition  to  this  Mr. 
Rigler  has  furnished  the  press  of  the  world  with  electrotype  cuts  of  the  principal 
buildings  of  the  Fair.  The  advantage  derived  from  this  branch  of  the  work  has 
been  great,  as  it  enabled  many  newspapers  to  present  to  their  readers  pictures  of 
the  artistic  and  imposing  structures  that  would  not  otherwise  have  been  able 
to  do  so. 

It  is  estimated  that  of  the  matter  prepared  by  the  department  for  the  news- 
papers an  average  of  2,500  columns  a  month  has  been  printed.  The  marked  copies 
of  publications  received  would  indicate  this.  About  as  much  again  was  used  in  the 
preparation  of  original  matter.  The  greatest  number  of  documents  mailed  any 
one  week  was  249,000,  while  the  average  number  was  60,000.  The  number  of 
electrotypes  of  buildings  sent  out  each  month  was  about  1,000,  and  they  were  ac- 
companied with  descriptions  of  the  structures.  There  were  also  85,000  lithographs 
giving  bird's-eye  views  of  Machinery  and  Horticultural  Halls  sent  out,  and 
$20,000  was  spent  for  a  lithographed  bird's-eye  view  of  the  grounds  and  buildings. 
The  postage  alone  on  these  reviews  at  times  amounted  to  $1,000  a  day. 

How  Major  Handy  arranged  for  accommodations  for  the  press  during  the 
Fair  is  best  told  by  himself,  as  follows: 

Another  work  engaging  the  attention  of  the  department  of  publicity  and 
promotion  at  this  time  is  the  perfecting  of  arrangements  for  the  accommodation 
and  courteous  treatment  of  representatives  of  the  press  during  the  exposition 
period.  Our  success  in  handling  during  the  dedication  week  2,500  newspaper  men, 
the  largest  number  ever  assembled  at  one  time,  without  any  complaint  from  any 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  75 

quarter,  encourages  us  to  believe  that  with  the  indorsement  by  the  management  of 
the  department's  policy,  the  great  problem  now  before  us  will  be  solved  with  equal 
satisfaction  alike  to  the  exposition  authorities  and  to  the  press.  Newspaper  head- 
quarters will  be  in  the  administration  building,  at  the  very  nerve  center  of  the  ex- 
position. Three  floors  of  the  northwest  pavilion  have  been  reserved  for  this  pur- 
pose. One  for  the  department  office,  one  for  the  local  press,  and  one  for  press 
associations,  foreign  newspapers,  and  file  rooms.  It  will  be  impossible  to  give 
separate  rooms  even  to  the  leading  newspapers  of  the  country,  but  desk  room  will 
be  abundant,  typewriting  machines  will  be  at  hand,  and  there  will  be  separate 
rooms  for  those  great  newspapers  of  Chicago  and  other  cities  which  have  regular 
staffs  on  duty  throughout  the  period  of  the  exposition.  In  regard  to  the  extension 
of  courtesies  to  newspaper  men,  the  department  has  recommended  that  a  most 
liberal  policy  be  adopted.  This  contemplates  the  issue  of  three  kinds  of  tickets  of 
free  admission  on  account  of  the  press;  first  a  complimentary  engraved  invitation 
for  journalists  of  distinction,  and  the  editors  of  the  great  newspapers  of  the  world; 
second,  season  or  term  tickets  for  men  who  come  here  to  work;  and  third, 
single  admissions  for  transient  visitors.  It  is  as  much  to  the  interest  of  the  press 
as  of  the  exposition  that  these  privileges  shall  not  be  abused,  and  care  therefore 
will  be  taken  not  to  extend  such  courtesies  to  any  persons  not  fully  accredited  and 
identified.  Applications  are  now  coming  in  in  great  quantities  by  every  mail,  and 
it  is  no  small  work  to  classify  and  arrange  them,  and  decide  upon  the  merits  of  each 
individual  application. 


[Moses  Purnell  Handy  was  born  in  the  State  of  Missouri,  but  is  virtually  a 
Virginian,  his  father,  a  Presbyterian  minister,  having  removed  to  the  old  Dominion 
while  the  son  was  yet  an  infant;  and  it  was  in  the  traditions  of  that  State  that  the 
latter  was  reared  and  educated,  and  to  her  service  that  he  gave  his  allegiance  when 
the  contest  between  the  sections  culminated  in  an  appeal  to  arms.  The  horrors  of 
conflict  fell  first  upon  the  border  states,  particularly  uoon  that  portion  of  Virginia 
contiguous  to  the  Potomac,  in  which  the  Handys  were  living;  the  father  although  a 
minister  of  the  gospel  and  a  man  of  peace,  was  an  early  victim  to  the  ardor  of  his 
convictions  and  the  ill-considered  severity  of  an  inexoerienced  Federal  ofiicer.  He 
was  arrested,  thrown  into  a  military  prison;  the  home  was  wrecked;  the  family 
scattered;  and  at  an  early  age  young  Moses  was  cast  upon  his  own  resources.  At 
the  age  of  seventeen  he  entered  the  Confederate  army,  was  assigned  to  the  staff  of 
General  Stevens  with  the  rank  of  lieutenant,  and  served  until  the  surrender  of  Lee 
put  an  end  to  the  struggle.  Out  of  the  adventures  which  befell  the  youthful  soldier 
during  those  years  of  exciting  experience  grew  the  first  achievement  in  that  line 
which  was  to  become  his  profession.  His  first  literary  venture,  consisting  of  a  series 
of  articles  descriptive  of  incidents  of  foray  and  battle,  appeared  in  the  Watchman, 
then  conducted  by  Dr.  Deems.  Having  thus  "seen  himself  in  print,"  the  path  of 
future  effort  was  irrevocably  determined.     The  journalistic  instinct  was  in  full  pulse 


76  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

and  vigor,  only  seeking  a  channel  in  which  to  vent  itself.  The  boy  now  called  on 
Dr.  Converse,  editor  of  the  Christian  Observe}',  then  published  at  Richmond,  and 
said  he  must  have  work.  The  field  was  not  promising,  but  with  characteristic  per- 
severance he  held  on  until  at  last  (as  to  such  resolute  spirits  it  always  does)  the 
opportunity  came.  In  the  summer  of  1867  Mr.  Wilson,  candidate  for  vice-president, 
made  a  canvass  in  Virginia  and  was  announced  to  speak  near  Richmond.  Young 
Handy  went  to  the  Richmond  Dispatch  with  an  offer  to  report  the  meeting  "for  five 
dollars  and  a  railroad  ticket."  The  offer  was  accepted,  and  the  result  was  a  report 
so  superior  to  the  usual  work  in  that  line  as  at  once  to  fix  the  status  of  the  writer. 
He  was  tendered  and  accepted  a  permanent  situation  on  the  Dispatch,  learning  the 
detail  of  the  craft  while  engaged  in  the  "all  round"  work  which  is  the  best  educa- 
tion for  a  journalist,  and  was  not  long  in  mounting  the  higher  rungs  of  the  ladder. 
A  little  later  Mr.  Handy  in  connection  with  the  exciting  and  tragic  affair  of  the 
'Virginius,"  which  so  nearly  led  to  a  war  between  this  country  and  Spain,  displayed 
an  enterprise  in  obtaining  intelligence  and  a  brilliancy  of  method  in  transmitting  it 
which  elicited  flattering  comments.  This  episode  led  directly  to  his  establishment 
with  the  then  brilliant  staff  of  the  New  York  Tribrme,  and  his  career  since  has  been 
one  of  unbroken  success.  He  was  subsequently,  for  a  time,  editor-in-chief  of  the 
once  famous  Richmond  Enquirer,  and  imparted  to  that  staid  journal  a  vigor  and 
spice  which  astonished  the  natives.  In  1876  he  was  commissioner  from  Virginia  to 
the  Centennial  Commission,  and  becoming  attached  to  the  "Quaker  City"  remained 
_  there  during  several  years  in  which  he  managed  the  Times,  and  afterward  held  a 
prominent  position  on  the  Press,  engaging  at  the  same  time  in  other  and  successful 
literary  undertakings.  As  chief  of  Department  of  Publicity  and  Promotion,  Major 
Handy  has  been  urbanely  accessible  to  all,  and  is  to-day  quite  as  energetic  in  attend- 
ing to  the  wants  of  newspaper  people  and  supplying  them  abundantly  with  passes 
as  during  the  past  thirty  months  he  has  been  tireless  in  imposing  upon  them  his 
millions  of  "reading  matter,"  advertisements  and  pictures  of  the  great  Fair.  The 
name  of  Moses  P.  Handy  will  long  be  known  as  that  of  the  most  distinguished 
promoter  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


17 


CHAPTER  IV. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  FOREIGN  AFFAIRS. 

The  Selection  of  Hon.  Walter  Fearn  as  Chief — A  Difficult  Task  at  First — Mr.  Fearn's  Own  Conceptions 
of  the  Duties  Imposed  Upon  Him — None  Doubted  Thr.t  the  Gallant  Diplomatist  Was  Equal  to 
the  Taslc — His  Brilliant  Achievements  are  Reflected  in  Every  Portion  of  Jackson  Park — Sketch 
of  Walter  Fearn— Soldier,  Scholar,  Traveler  and  Gentleman — One  of  the  Most  Elegant  and  Fas- 
cinating Americans  at  Home  and  Abroad. 

•c^  ,       ^ 

'ERHAPS  the  most  unpromising  affiliation  at  first  was  from 
distant  countries,  especially  from  a  number  whose  govern- 
ments have  experienced  occasional  strained  relations  not 
long  before.     It  was,  therefore,  and  for  other  reasons,  that 
Hon.  Walter  Fearn  was  selected  as  chief  of  the  Department 
of  Foreign  Affairs,  and  much  of  the  success  that  has  resulted 
from  the  assemblage  of  more  than  half  a  hundred  nations  and 
exhibits  of  the  mechanism  and  other  handiwork  must  be  at- 
tributed to  the  diplomatic  knowledge  and  statesmanship  of 
Walker  Fearn.    There  is  no  more  polished  gentleman  in  the 
United  States  and  few  men  of  more  rare  attainments.     Mr. 
Fearn's  own  conception  of  the    demands  upon  him  is  best 
reflected  in  the  following  contribution: 
The  purpose  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  affairs  of  the  Columbian  Expo- 
sition has  been,  and  is,  to  encourage  and  stimulate  by  the  best  and  most  effective 
methods  the  participation  of  foreign  nations  in  the  great  international  episode 
which  is  to  mark  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

To  accomplish  this  a  regular  and  systematic  correspondence  has  been  estab- 
lished, which  now  extends  throughout  the  habitable  globe,  and  embraces  names 
distinguished  in  science,  literature,  art  and  commerce. 

From  the  very  first  it  was  felt  that  the  most  difficult  task  was  the  removal 
of  the  strSng  and  universal  prejudice,  often  amounting  to  positive  resentment, 
caused  by  our  own  exclusve  fiscal  policy.  However  opinions  may  honestly  differ  as 
to  the  practical  wisdom  of  protection  or  free  trade,  there  can  be  but  one  touching 
the  effect  of  a  prohibitive  policy  upon  a  great  international  assemblage  of  artists 
and  handicraftsmen,  whose  logical  condition  is  an  appeal,  consciously  or  uncon- 
sciously, to  what  has  been  termed  the  inalienable  right  of  every  human  being  to  buy 
and  sell  in  the  best  market. 

How  far  this  cause  has  operated  unfavorably  it  is  of  course  impossible  to  say» 
but  we  may  confidently  predict,  even  now,  a  more  complete,  brilliant  and  instruct- 


78  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

ive  display  of  the  world's  work  than  has  ever  before  been  gathered  together — a 
display  which  may  teach  us  how  much  we  have  to  learn  from  the  highly  culti- 
vated nations  of  the  Old  World,  notwithstanding  our  own  unrivaled  progress  in  the 
acquisition  of  wealth  and  power. 

While  it  has  been  our  duty  to  lighten  the  labors  of  the  Director  General  and 
assist  our  co-workers  of  the  various  departments  in  everything  connected  with  the 
representation  of  foreign  countries,  it  has  also  been  our  pleasing  task  to  minister  to 
the  wants  of  the  foreign  ministers  themselves,  furnishing  them  with  all  requisite 
information  and  welcoming  them  with  the  cordiality  shared  by  our  whole  commu- 
nity. Walker  Fearn. 

Walker  Fearn  was  born  in  Huntsville,  Ala.,  descending  from  a  long  line  of 
Virginian  ancestors.  His  grandfather,  John  W.  Walker,  for  whom  he  was  named, 
was  president  of  the  convention  which  framed  the  constitution  preceding  Ala- 
bama's admission  as  a  State  of  the  Union.  Walker  Fearn  entered  Yale  College  in 
1849  and  graduated  with  honor  three  years  later.  Having  read  law  with  the  late 
Justice  Campbell,  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar  on  his  twenty-fifth  birthday  and  soon 
■entered  into  active  practice,  but  in  1S53  began  his  varied  experience  in  foreign 
lands  by  accepting  a  post  of  secretary  of  legation  at  Brussels,  subsequently  occupy- 
ing the  same  position  in  Mexico.  In  1861  he  was  one  of  the  Confederate  commis- 
sioners to  the  European  powers,  and  returned  to  Charleston  under  the  fire  of  the 
blockading  fleet. 

Entering  the  Southern  army,  Mr.  Fearn  was  at  first  assigned  to  the  staff  of 
General  Joseph  E.  Johnson,  then  commanding  in  Virginia.      In  1863  he  was  again 
employed  in  the  diplomatic  service,  first  in  Europe  with  Colonel  L.  O.  C.  Lamar, 
afterward  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  and  then  to  Mexico 
with  General  William  Preston.     His  final  military  service  was  as  Adjutant  General, 
of  the  trans-Mississippi  department  under  General  Kirby  Smith,  and  here  the  close 
of  hostilities  found  him.     After  his  marriage  with  Miss  Hewitt,  of  Kentucky,  in  1866, 
Mr.  Fearn  devoted  himself  to  the  practice  of  law  in  New  Orleans,  and  held  the 
professorship  of  modern  languages  in  the  University  of  Louisiana  until  1884,  when 
he  visited  Europe  as  Commissioner  of  the  New  Orleans  exposition.     He  was  ap- 
pointed by  President  Cleveland  Minister  to  Greece,  Roumania  and  Servia  and  dis- 
charged the  duties    of  his  office  with  marked  ability.     By  his  experience  and  ac- 
quaintance abroad  he  was  pre-eminently  fitted  for  the  management  of  the  department 
which  the  Director  General  invited  him,  and  his  administration  of  the  office  has 
added  to  his  already  high  reputation  as  a  scholar  and  diplomat. 

All  the  other  chiefs  at  times  during  the  progress  of  the  work  were  more  or 
less  engaged  in  planning — to  the  best  of  their  knowledge  and  ability — for  those  suc- 
cesses that  crowned  their  efforts,  descriptions  of  which  will  appear  in  other  chap" 
ters. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORDL'S  FAIR. 


79 


CHAPTER  V. 
THE  PRESS  AND  THE  COLUMBIAN  GUARD; 

Splendid  Service  of  the  Columbian  Guard— Cursed,  Reviled  and  Knocked  Down  and  Otherwise  Abused, 
They  Faithfully  Perform  Their  Multiform  Duties  of  Firemen  a  nd  Police— They  Extinguish  284 
Fires  and  Save  Machinery  Building  from  Total  Destruction— The  Thanks  of  the  Exposition  are 
Due  to  Colonel  Edmund  Rice  and  the  Columbian  Guard— Also  to  John  Bonfield  and  His  Secret 
Service  Police— The  Fair  Indebted  to  the  Chicago  Press  More  Than  to  All  Other  Things  Com- 
bined. 


NE  day  in  December,  1892,  a  small  explosion  took  place 
somewhere  on  the  grounds,  and  many  cried,  "What's 
that?"  And  the  response  came,  "The  Columbian  Guard 
is  making  an  arrest."  At  another  time  some  scantling  fell 
from  the  dome  of  the  Administration  Building  and  a  man 
wsiS  killed — "but  it  was  only  a  Columbian  Guard,"  added 
the  cold-blooded  bearer  of  news.  These  anecdotes  might 
be  multiplied  by  a  hundred,  with  the  joke  on  the  Colum- 
bian guard  each  time-  But  these  same  Columbian  guards 
and  their  commander  may  exult,  generally,  over  the 
character  of  their  work.  To  be  sure  these  guards  have  been 
abused  and  caricatured  for  the  severe  performance  of  their 
duty.  They  have  been  sworn  at,  reviled,  and  knocked  down.  They  have  not 
only  arrested  disreputable  and  suspicious  persons,  but  they  have  even  placed  de- 
partment chiefs,  directors  and  commissioners  under 
arrest  and  trotted  off  their  own  commandant  to  head- 
quarters for  attempting  to  do  what  he,  himself,  had 
forbidden. 

The  Columbian  Guard  is  a  military  organization, 
under  the  control  and  direction  of  the  Exposition 
company,  having  no  connection  with  the  Chicago  police 
department.  The  Guard  is  under  command  of  Col. 
Edmund  Rice,  U.  S.  Army,  whose  title  in  the  Guard  is 
commandant.  The  guards  perform  police  and  assist  at 
fire-patrol  duty  inside  the  grounds,  and,  up  to  May  i, 
1893,  3-t  the  gates,  and  at  one  time    numbered   2,500  col.  edmund  rice. 


8o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

men.  The  secret  service  part  of  the  command  is  under  charge  of  John  Bonfield. 
Colonel  Rices  started  out  with  the  idea  of  making  the  Columbian  Guard  a  model 
organization  of  selected  men,  physically,  mentally  and  morally  qualified  for  the 
work  required  of  them.  The  following  officers  of  the  regular  army  were  de- 
tailed to  assist  Colonel  Rice  in  his  duties,  and  were  assigned  as  follows:  Cap- 
tain Fred  A.  Smith,  Twelfth  United  States  Infantry,  as  adjutant  of  the  guard 
and  commanding  Company  E  and  patrol  system;  First  Lieutenant  C.  B.  Hop- 
pin,  Second  United  States  Cavalry,  as  quartermaster,  and.  First  Lieutenant  R. 
J.  C.  Irvine,  Eleventh  United  States  Infantry,  commanding  Company  B.  Each 
member  of  the  Guard  performs  his  eight  hours  of  duty  during  the  twenty-four.  The 
two  reliefs  which  do  the  work  during  the  day  have  four  hours  on,  then  four  hours 
off.  The  night  relief  has  a  continuous  tour  of  eight  hours.  It  is  all  so  arranged  that 
no  two  companies  or  reliefs  are  changing  at  the  same  hour,  day  or  night.  The  uni- 
form consists  of  a  light  blue  cloth  sack  coat,  ornamented  with  five  rows  of  black  braid 
across  the  front,  each  row  terminating  in  a  clover-leaf  knot;  black  braid  on  the  cuffs 
of  the  sleeves,  with  three  small  brass  buttons  on  each  cuff  and  five  large  ones  down 
the  front  of  the  coat.  The  trousers  are  of  a  lighter  blue  than  the  coat  and  trimmed 
with  two  rows  of  flat  black  braid  down  each  outside  seam  with  a  narrow  red  stripe  be- 
tween. The  fatigue  cap  is  made  high  for  the  addition  of  a  black  pompon  on  occa- 
sions of  ceremony,  which,  together  with  the  black  braid  shoulder  knots  andaiguilet- 
tes  with  belt  and  short  sword,  constitutes  the  full  dress.  The  ornaments  are  a 
blazing  sun,  from  the  centre  of  which  an  eagle's  head  appears,  worn  on  the  left 
breast;  a  whistle  for  the  purposes  of  signal  and  alarm;  on  the  right  breast  a  cross- 
bow after  the  pattern  of  1492,  on  which  is  the  Guard's  number,  and  on  the  cap  a 
crossed  gun  and  sword  in  the  center  of  which  is  a  miniature  morion,  or  leather 
helmet,  such  as  was  in  vogue  during  the  time  of  Columbus. 

Up  to  the  opening  day  the  Columbian  Guard  had  extinguished  or  helped  to 
extinguish  284  fires,  and  on  one  occasion  saved  Machinery  Building  from  complete 
destruction — while  the  splendid  conduct  of  the  guards  on  the  day  of  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  Cold  Storage  Building  elicited  general  commendation.  It  is  not 
improbable  that  the  Guards  performed  their  duties  in  a  too  severely  civil  way  to 
suit  many  not  at  all  acquainted  with  or  used  to  military  discipline,  and  feigned  in- 
sensibility of  discriminating  powers.  But,  all  the  same  they  have  been  faithful  and 
vigilant  from  first  to  last,  and  the  Exposition  Co.  has  been  greatly  the  gainer  by 
their  effective  patrol  ambulance  and  fire  department  work. 

The  Cold  Storage  Building  was  erected  for  the  sole  purpose  of  the  manu- 
facture of  ice  and  for  the  preservation  of  fruits,  etc.,  and  was  a  very  handsome 
building.  This  caught  fire  in  the  upper  part  of  its  central  dome,  about  2  o'clock 
on  July  10,  and  was  completely  destroyed,  during  which  fifteen  brave  firemen  and 
one  unknown  person  perished.  The  names  of  the  brave  firemen  who  were  killed 
were  Captain  James  A.  Garvey,  Captain  Burton  Edgar  Page,  Lieutenant  Charles 
W.  Purves,  John  Artemus  Smith,  Louis  Z.  Frank,  Ralph  A.  Drummond,  Norman 
H.  Hartman,  Bernard   Murphy,  Captain  James   Fitzpatrick,  Lieutenant  John  H. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  8i 

F"reeman,  John  C.  McBride,  John  Cahill,  Paul  W.  F.  Schroeder,  PhiHp  Breen, 
and  WilHam  Henry  Denning.  Before  the  smoke  had  cleared  away  subscription 
papers  had  been  started  in  all  the  departments  and  among  all  exhibitors,  and  in 
less  than  two  weeks  more  than  $150,000  had  been  raised,  which  was  afterwards  so 
invested  that  the  families  of  the  firemen  lost  receive  substantial  payments  there- 
from. 

Ample  preparations  were  early  made  for  music,  and  such  well-known  bands  as 
Souza's  Marine,  Theodore  Thomas,  the  Mexican  and  Iowa  bands,  and  many  others 
made  music  at  various  times,  and  at  various  places  during  the  Exposition.  There 
were  also  ample  preparations  made  for  restaurants  and  other  eating  places,  and 
the  prices  were  generally  satisfactory,  and  the  service  and  cooking  good.  Arrange- 
ments were  made  long  before  the  opening  for  a  Bureau  of  Admissions,  and  Horace 
Tucker,  who  had  the  bureau  In  charge,  conducted  it  with  marked  ability  from  the 
commencement  to  the  end.  The  fire  department,  ambulance  corps  and  the  Emerg- 
ency Hospital,  which  took  care  of  nearly  20,000  cases — serious  and  trivial — without 
cost  of  medical  or  surgical  service  or  medicines,  were  all  provided  for  at  the  com- 
mencement of  work  and  kept  up  until  the  close. 

And  last,  but  really  first  in  importance,  has  been  the  general  attitude  of  the 
Chicago  press  to\^ard  the  Exposition.  And,  while,  at  times,  the  home  papers  have 
deemed  it  not  improper  to  censure  as  well  as  to  praise,  they  have  never  permitted 
an  outsider  to  scorn  or  misrepresent  without  reprimand  or  rebuke.  The  Chicago 
press  could  have  killed  the  Fair  had  it  so  determined.  On  the  contrary,  the 
Chicago  papers,  to  a  great  extent,  have  made  it.  It  is  this  press  that  has  portrayed 
regularly  by  picture  and  text  the  commencement,  progress  and  completion  of  the 
wonderful  undertaking,  and  it  is  this  press  that  all  the  historians  of  the  Fair  depend 
upon,  just  as  all  the  historians  of  the  civil  war  depended  upon  the  accounts  of  the 
newspaper  correspondents  sent  from  the  seat  of  war.  Therefore,  the  author  de- 
clares himself  indebted  to  the  Tribune,  Herald,  Inter-Ocean,  Times,  Record,  News, 
Journal,  Post,  Mail,  and  Other  dailies,  and  to  the  illustrated  papers,  for  much  that  is 
best  in  this  book. 

The  New  York  Times,  San  Francisco  Call,  Chronicle  and  Btilletin,  the  Los 
Angeles  Herald,  Times  and  Express,  and  all  the  magazines  and  illustrated  papers 
in  the  country  have  been  conspicuous  in  their  aid  and  devotion  to  the  Fair.  Indeed 
the  whole  press  of  the  country,  with  very  few  exceptions,  have  been  kind  and  lib- 
eral from  first  to  last. 


BENJAMIN  HARRISON, 

EX-PRESIDENT     OF    THE  UNITED     STATES 


PART  IV. 

THE  DEDICATORY  EXERCISES. 

CHAPTER  I. 
ARRIVAL  OF  DISTINGUISHED  PEOPLE. 

Vice-President  Morton  Acts  for  President  Harrison — General  Schofield  and  His  Staff,  the  Cabinet 
Ministers,  Justices  of  the  Supreme  Court,  and  Many  Foreign  Ambassadors  come  to  Chicago — 
The  City  Filled  with  Soldiers,  Senators  and  Congressmen — Nearly  All  the  Governors  of  the  States 
and  Territories  Arrive  Accompanied  by  Their  Military  Staffs — Texas  Sends  Thirteen  Handsome 
Young  Women  as  Representatives  of  the  Original  Thirteen  States — Bishop  Fowler  and  Cardinal 
Gibbons  Received  by  Other  Church  Dignitaries — Grand  Dedication  Ball  at  the  Auditorium — 
Brilliant  Appearance  of  State  Street — Hotels  and  Boulevards  Jammed  with  Strangers— Gorgeous 
Uniforms  Everywhere. 

EDNESDAY,  Thursday  and  Friday,  October  19,  20 
and  21,  1892,  constituted  a  gala  period  for  the  inhabit- 
ants of  Chicago  and  the  strangers  within  her  gates. 
The  latter  had  come  to  participate  in  the  Dedicatory 
Exercises,  which  was  to  take  place  on  the  21st,  and 
not  a  small  number  had  commenced  to  arrive  even 
some  days  before  the  19th.  By  the  latter  day  great 
crowds  of  men  in  military  uniform  filled  all  the  lead- 
ing  hotels,  the  admired  of  all  admirers  to  an  extent  that 
even  caused  jealousy  in  the  souls  of  groups  of  Gov- 
ernors who  stood  about  and  chatted  among  themselves 
on  subjects  political  and  otherwise.  There  was  a 
military  feeling  in  the  air,  particularly  along  Michigan 
Boulevard,  which,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  hotels,  was  be- 
sprinkled with  Majors  and  Colonels,  foot  privates, 
troopers,  color-bearers,  and  Uncle  Sam's  marines  and  sailors. 

The  boulevard  was  crowded  with  passing  throngs  all  day.  Fully  half  of  the 
pedestrians  were  lugging  gripsacks,  seeking  in  vain  for  rooms  in  the  hotels.  It  was 
the  same  way  in  every  locality  that  boasted  a  hotel.  Hundreds  of  trains  were  run 
into  the  city,  groaning  under  the  weight  of  thousands  of  men  and  women  who  were 
bound  to  be  in  at  the  dedication,  to  see  the  great  parades,  and  to  take  part  in  the 
approaching  festivities. 

The  rush  at  the  principal  hotels  was  something  awful.  Men  stood  four  to 
five  deep  at  the  counters  waiting  an  opportunity  to  inscribe  their  names  on  the 


84  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Registers.  The  distinguished  parties  that  arrived  were  numerous.  They  were 
'attractive,  too,  for  they  contained  men  whose  names  are  known  throughout  all  the 
troad  land.  The  arrival  of  Gov.  Boies  was  a  great  feature  of  the  day,  and  Iowa 
was  credited  with  putting  on  more  airs  than  any  other  State  until  Gov.  Bulkeley 
came  in  with  his  magnificent  retinue  from  Connecticut.  Among  other  prominent 
people  who  came  in  were  Senators  F.  B.  Stockbridge,  John  Sherman,  and  Calvin 
S.  Brice.  Then  there  were  the  diplomats  and  Cabinet  officers  and  members  of  the 
Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  and  the  Governor  of  nearly  every  State  and 
Territory  in  the  Union. 

Late  in  the  afternoon  Maj.-Gen.  Schofield,  Commander  of  the  United  States 
army,  accompanied  by  Gen.  John  R.  Brooke,  Gen.  Frank  Wheaton,  and  Capt.  A. 
G.  C.  Quay,  came  in  and  registered  at  the  Leland,  after  a  delay  of  seven  hours  on 
the  train.  Gov.  Pattison  came  in  with  a  big  following  early  in  the  morning  and  went 
to  the  Victoria.  Representatives  of  the  Interior  Parliament  of  Ontario  were  Nich- 
olis  Avery,  John  Dryden,  G.  H.  Bigelow,  and  H.  R.  O'Connor. 

M.  Camille  Krantz,  the  French  Commissioner-General  arrived  early  in  the 
morning  and  went  to  the  Palmer  House,  where  he  was  shortly  followed  by  Fred- 
erick Douglass,  United  States  Judge  W.  A.  Woods  of  Indianapolis,  Senator  Cullom, 
and  Green  B.  Raum.  Then  there  were  great  parties  of  leading  society  people  and 
business  men  from  Detroit,  Duluth,  the  Twin  Cities,  St.  Louis,  New  Orleans,  Balti- 
more, New  York,  Boston,  and  great  cities  from  all  over  the  country.  Mrs.  Adlai  E. 
Stevenson  and  daughter  arrived  at  the  Palmer  House  in  the  afternoon,  and  Con' 
gressmen  and  Senators  pulled  into  town  all  day. 

Texas  sent  thirteen  handsome  young  women  to  represent  the  original  States. 
They  were  accompanied  by  four  married  couples  in  the  capacity  of  chaperons,  and 
Avere  given  excellent  quarters  at  the  Palmer.  They  were  selected  by  ballot  by 
citizens  of  Texas  at  the  instance  of  the  Fort  Worth  Gazette,  which  offered  to  send 
the  thirteen  most  popular  daughters  of  the  State  to  the  dedicatory  exercises.  It 
was  a  newspaper  balloting  enterprise,  and  naturally  enough  the  majority  of  the 
thirteen  fairest  daughters  of  Texas  were  selected  from  the  belles  of  Fort  Worth. 

Vice-President  Morton,  who  attended  in  place  of  President  Harrison  (the 
latter  having  been  summoned  to  the  bed-side  of  his  invalid  wife) ,  was  the  observed 
of  all  observers,  and  was  the  recipient  of  marked  courtesies  from  many  sources. 

Bishop  Fowler,  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  and  one  of  the  most 
delightful  men  in  the  country,  was  met  at  the  depot  b}^  a  host  of  friends. 

Cardinal  Gibbons,  of  Baltimore,  Archbishop  SatoUi,  of  Rome,  the  Papal 
Envoy  to  the  Columbian  Exposition;  Mgr.  O'Connell,  the  President  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  at  Rome;  Bishop  John  J.  Kean,  Archbishop  Ireland,  Bishop  Kain, 
and  a  number  of  other  high  churchmen  were  met  at  South  Chicago  by  representa- 
tives of  the  World's  Fair  and  Columbus  Club. 

Not  every  one  had  an  invitation  to  attend  the  grand  Dedication  Ball  at  the 
Auditorium  that  night,  but  no  one  needed  an  invitation  to  witness  the  splendors  of 
State  street.  The  concourse  of  people  that  turned  out  on  the  great  thoroughfare 
was  unprecedented. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  85 

To  say  that  State  street  was  thronged  does  not  convey  an  idea  of  the  situa- 
tion. On  State  and  Madison  streets,  on  all  four  corners,  there  was  such  a  mass  of 
people  standing  that  a  person  could  scarcely  get  through.  From  South  Water  to 
Polk  street  it  was  one  dense  throng  of  people.  Laboring  men  with  their  wives  and 
little  children  availed  themselves  of  the  evening  time  to  see  the  decorations.  Young 
women  who  could  not  find  escorts  did  not  sta}'  at  home  on  that  account.  They 
came  in  trios  and  quartets,  and  every  young  man  who  had  any  public  spirit  took 
his  best  girl  for  a  walk  down  State  street. 

All  classes  of  Chicagoans  were  represented.  One  could  hear  expressions  of 
admiration  for  the  decorations  in  all  the  languages  of  Europe  and  the  Orient,  from 
Norwegian  to  Chinese.  The  cosmopolitian  aspect  of  the  city  was  as  prominent  as 
the  Stars  and  Stripes  in  the  decorations. 

There  were  soldier  boys  in  the  streets  representing  dozens  of  regiments  and 
various  military  organizations.  Their  uniforms  galore  lent  a  picturesqueness  to  the 
crowds.  "  Regulars,"  Cleveland  Grays,  Continental  National  Guardsmen,  from 
Hartford,  Conn.;  cadets  in  gray;  New  York  cavalrymen;  marines  and  guardsmen 
from  nearly  every  state  were  as  thick  as  hucksters  at  a  county  fair. 

The  street  had  all  the  brilliancy  of  a  scene  from  the  Arabian  Nights.  Elec- 
tric lights  of  every  color  lent  a  rainbow  line  to  the  fronts  of  the  business  buildings. 
The  decorations  in  the  glare  of  the  lights  were  almost  bewildering  in  their  gayety. 
Little  children  in  large  numbers  clapped  their  hands  and  cried  out  in  delight,  "O! 
my!"  No  one  minded  the  density  of  the  crowd  or  failed  to  enjoy  the  sights,  for 
there  was  something  to  see  on  every  hand.  Every  shop  window  had  its  attrac- 
tions and  every  shopkeeper  vied  with  his  neighbor  in  a  lavish  display  of  incandes- 
cent electric  lights. 


LEVI  P.  MORTON, 

EX-VICE-PRESIDENT    OF    THE  UNITEB    STATES. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  87 


CHAPTER  II. 
GREAT  PARADE  OF  TRADESMEN. 

Eighty-Thousand  Men  in  Line — More  than  One  Hundred  Bands  of  Music — Half  a  Million  Persons 
Witness  the  Grandest  Civic  Parade  Ever  Seen  in  any  Country — Vice-President  Morton  Reviews 
the  Moving  Masses — Great  Gatherings  of  Distinguished  People — Men  of  Peace  resplendent  in 
Habiliments  of  War — Flashing  uniforms  and  Eloquent  Medals  of  Honor — All  Professions  and  All 
Trades  Represented — Fifteen  Hundred  American  Banners  Borne  Proudly  by  Naturalized  Citizens 
of  All  Nationalities — Generals  Miles  and  Schofield  Consider  the  Parade  a  Wonderful  Success — 
Masses  of  School  Children  Attired  in  the  National  Colors  Portray  a  Beautiful  Design — Great 
Deference  Paid  to  the  Representative  of  the  Nation. 

VERY  ONE  hoped  for  a  pleasant  day  for  the  great  civic 
parade  on  Thursday,  the  20th,  and  none  were  disappointed. 
Immense  preparations  had  been  made  by  the  80,000 
marchers  and  the  500,000  other  participants.  The  city  of 
Chicago  had  been  decked  out  as  never  before,  as  scarcely  a 
house  could  be  seen  that  had  not  been  elaborately  or  other- 
wise decorated.  Flags,  bunting  and  transparencies  were 
to  be  seen  by  the  hundreds  of  thousands.  A  platform  had 
been  erected  over  the  northern  steps  of  the  post-office,  and 
here  Vice-President  Morton,  in  the  presence  of  more  than 
a  thousand  dignitaries,  including  cabinet  ministers.  Justices  of 
the  Supreme  Court,  Senators  and  Members  of  Congress,  Gov- 
ernors of  States,  Foreign  Ambassadors  and  other  distinguished 
persons,  reviewed  the  great  parade.  On  the  eastern  and  western  steps  more  than 
two  thousand  little  girls  represented  the  States,  and  so  arranged  themselves  as  to 
look  at  either  place  like  a  great  American  flag,  which  was  novel,  beautiful,  artistic 
and  inspiriting. 

The  procession  will  always  be  remembered  by  those  who  saw  it  as  the 
greatest  of  its  kind  ever  seen,  and  all  will  remember  that  it  passed  off  in  perfect  and 
satisfactory  order.  There  were  116  bands  in  line  by  actual  count,  and  every  trade 
and  calling  in  the  land  was  represented.  As  some  one  has  written:  "Great  and 
cosmopolitan  Chicago  accomplished  its  greatest  feat  in  the  way  of  celebration  when 
an  army  of  80,000  men  passed  a  given  point  in  two  hours  and  forty-five  minutes 
which  was  the  exact  time  taken  by  the  civic  parade  in  passing  in  review  before  the 
Vice-President  of  the  United  States.  Half  a  million  of  people  witnessed  this  grand, 
record-breaking  event,  and  every  one  of  the  number  seemed  ambitious  to  view  it 
from  some  point  on  Adams  Street  close  to  the  reviewing  stand  at  the  north  end  of 
the  Government  Building  until  they  were  scattered  by  the  well-organized  efforts 


88  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

of  the  city  police  all  along  the  line  over  which  the  great  procession  marched.'* 
The  people  ventured  out  in  the  cold,  frosty  morning  early  as  the  milkmen  and 
wended  their  way  down-town  to  points  of  vantage,  and  most  of  them  sought  posi- 
tions near  the  reviewing  stand,  which  by  nine  o'clock  was  already  half  filled  with 
the  fortunate  holders  of  tickets  of  admission  thereto.  The  several  school  children 
who,  attired  in  red,  white,  and  blue,  formed  a  living  picture  of  "Old  Glory,"  were 
escorted  to  their  positions  on  the  grand  stand  at  the  east  and  west  sides  of  the 
Government  Building,  where,  as  living  stars  and  stripes,  they  sang  the  Nation's 
song  in  sweet,  young  voices.  There  was  music  in  the  air  from  bands  leading  par- 
ticipants m  the  parade  to  the  places  of  formation.  There  were  exciting  incidents 
enough  in  the  great  crowd  that  blockaded  Adams,  Dearborn  and  Clark  Streets,  to 
relieve  the  waiting  reviewers  of  any  impatience.     They  had  a  long  wait,  indeed. 

Vice-President  Morton  was  the  first  of  the  official  party  to  arrive.  He  was 
immediately  escorted  to  the  middle  of  the  reviewing  stand.  He  was  recognized  at 
once,  and  the  people  on  the  reviewing  stand  arose  and  paid  him  deference  heartily, 
while  the  crowd  on  the  streets  for  the  only  time  during  the  day  got  beyond  the 
restraint  of  the  police,  and  made  a  rush  to  pay  obeisance  and  respect  to  the  second 
man  of  the  land,  appearing  as  the  chief  official  representative  of  the  government 
on  account  of  the  affliction  which  detained  President  Harrison  in  Washington. 
In  the  great  procession,  which  was  soon  afterward  in  motion,  were  Teutons 
and  Sclavs  and  Frenchmen,  and  their  hearts  and  their  feet  beat  time  to  the  same 
music — that  of  "  The  Star-Spangled  Banner."  Orangemen  walked  in  that  proces- 
sion, and  for  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  300  years  che  Irish  Celts  walked  with 
them  in  a  common  cause.  Hereditary  foes  were  brothers,  and  for  once  the  de- 
scendants of  warring  European  clans  marched  under  the  same  flag.  All  were 
Americans,  all  were  freemen,  and  in  the  pride  of  sovereignty  as  freemen  the  old 
hatreds  of  the  old  days  were  cast  out  of  their  hearts. 

It  was  not  strange  that  many  eyes  that  saw  the  light  under  different  heavens 
were  suffused  in  watching  the  bright  flag  which  multiplied  itself  in  a  million  forms 
around  and  above  them.  Few  colors  were  displayed  to  remind  that  host  of  natural- 
ized citizens — who,  it  is  fair  to  presume,  were  in  the  majority — of  the  countries 
they  had  left  to  find  a  refuge  and  a  home  in  the  prairie  of  the  West. 

All  the  participants  in  the  parade  marched  proudly  and  cheerfully.  Not  aU 
by  any  means  had  flashing  uniforms;  not  all  wore  medals  eloquent  of  their  valor; 
nor  did  the  habiliments  of  all  betoken  the  possession  of  luxury  in  a  material  sense; 
but  all  looked  happy  in  being  permitted  to  profess  in  the  most  public  manner  their 
American  citizenship.  There  were  societies,  the  professed  object  of  which  is  to 
'  oppose  other  organizations  of  alien  connections,  but  they  did  not  fall  on  one 
another. 

The  municipal  colors  were  displayed  next  to  the  national  ones,  for  next  to 
the  Union  the  object  dearest  to  that  great  army  of  marchers  was  the  city  of  their 
residence.  All  professions,  all  trades,  all  occupations  were  represented  in  an 
American  parade. 

After  the  parade  had  passed  the  populace  immediately  took  possession  of 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  8g 

Adams  street,  crowding,  in  fact  almost  fighting,  to  get  near  the  Vice-President  and 
other  National  officials.  On  the  occasion  of  the  unveiling  of  the  Grant  Monument 
at  Lincoln  Park  a  year  before,  Gen.  Horace  Porter,  of  New  York,  who  was  on  Gen. 
Grant's  staff,  said  that  the  crowd  that  was  gathered  in  Lincoln  Park  that  day  was 
the  largest  he  had  ever  seen.  But  the  Columbian  parade  and  the  crowd  on  Adams 
street  was  a  mass-meeting  compared  with  the  crowd  of  a  year  before.  Adams 
street  from  the  bridge  to  the  lake  was  absolutely  packed  with  humanity.  It  was  a 
congested  sea  of  faces,  and  the  crowding  was  as  heavy  on  the  side  streets  leading 
from  Adams,  but  after  the  reviewing  party  left  the  stand  the  crowd  dispersed  in 
good  order,  considering  all  things. 

The  parade  meant  a  great  deal  to  the  intelligent  people  who  witnessed  it 
from  the  reviewing  stand  and  other  points.  It  was  a  union  of  men  adverse  in  opin- 
ion, in  politics,  religion  and  all  other  sentiments  or  opinions  other  than  those  of 
patriotism.  Citizens  of  foreign  birth  contributed  greatly  to  its  success.  They  car- 
ried more  red,  white  and  blue  flags,  and  their  bands  played  only  the  songs  of  loyalty. 
The  greatest  deference  received  by  the  man  representing  the  Nation  was  paid  by 
these  men.  They  dipped  their  colors  lowest  and  observed  the  Vice-President  most 
attentively.  Indeed,  the  members  of  the  best  disciplined  of  their  societies  forgot 
their  drilling  and  turned  their  heads  and  kept  their  eyes  on  the  Vice-President 
until  they  were  able  to  see  him  no  longer.  Altogether  they  gave  a  marvelous  exhi- 
bition of  their  loyalty  to  the  country  which  they  had  sought  for  their  own  better- 
ment.   That  was  one  of  the  lessons  of  the  day. 

Another  thing  wonderful  about  the  parade  was  the  rapidity  with  which  it 
moved.  Gen.  Miles  said  it  broke  all  records,  and  Maj.-Gen.  Schofield,  command- 
ing the  United  States  forces,  said  that  the  passage  of  an  army  of  80,000  men  in  re- 
view was  a  wonder  when  it  was  considered  that  it  was  all  done  in  less  than  three 
hours  and  in  the  face  of  some  unavoidable  delays.  The  bearing  of  every  man  in 
line  was  soldierly,  although  all  moved  in  columns  of  twenty.  Nothing  was  lacking. 
Everyone  of  the  more  than  150  musical  organizations  in  line  played  good  music. 
Every  one  of  the  1,500  banners  was  borne  proudly,  and  in  point  of  numbers  the 
parade  exceeded  any  parade  intended  to  be  of  a  civic  nature  ever  held  in  America. 


1 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


Qi 


CHAPTER  III. 


GRAND  MILITARY  PROCESSION  AND  REVIEW. 

The  21st  of  October,  1892,  a  Day  Long  to  be  Remembered — Grand  Review  at  Washington  Park  in  the 
Presence  of  Two  Hundred  Thousand  People — The  Marine  Band  of  Washington  and  the  Mexican 
Band  of  the  City  of  Mexico  Maice  Music — Thirty-eight  other  Bands  and  Fifteen  Thousand  Sol- 
diers in  the  Procession — Vice-President  Morton,  Director-General  Davis,  Presidents  Palmer  and 
Higinbotham,  Ex-President  Hayes,  the  Justices  of  the  United  States  Supreme  Court.  General 
Schofield  and  Staff  and  Governors  of  Thirty-one  States  in  Carriages — Carriages  also  Contained 
Henry  Watterson,  Chauncey  M.  Depew,  Cardinal  Gibbons,  Bishop  Fowler,  National  Commis- 
sioners, Lady  Managers,  Foreign  Commissioners,  Director,  Chiefs  of  Departments — Members  of 
City  Council  and  Others — Tremendous  Enthusiasm  all  along  the  Line  from  Washington  Park  to 
the  Manufactures  Building— All  the  Governors  and  All  the  Soldier  Boys  Cheered— Flower,  Russell, 
Boies  and  McKinley  Vociferously  Saluted— The  Jolly  Author  of  Peck's  Bad  Boy  an  Especial 
Favorite. 

RIDAY,  the  21st  October,  1892,  the  day  upon  which  the  grand 
military  procession  and  review  took  place,  and  also  the  dedi- 
catory exercises  at  Jackson  Park,  will  never  be  forgotten  by 
any  participant.  The  weather  was  simply  superb.  It  was 
sunshiny  and  cripsy  and  brought  out  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  people.  There  were  15,000  soldiers  in  line  and  dis- 
tinguished men  and  women  from  all  parts  of  the  Union. 
Perhaps  the  stands  overlooking  the  Midway  Plaisance  were 
the  best  points  of  observation.  The  grand  review  had  been 
i  ^^Bff'  tf^"  carried   out   according  to  program,  and  at  11:15  3-  cavalry 

Y      ^^5*F^  1/^  troop    turned   from  the  green  of  Washington  Park  to  the 

\  N^  gray  of   Midway  Plaisance.     It  was  the  advance    guard   for  the 

^  great   procession  toward  the  Manufactures  Building.      On  both 

sides  of  the  Midway  Plaisance  there  was  a  wall  of  humanity  so  deep  that  many 
who  stood  at  the  outer  edge  could  see  nothing  but  the  banners  and  the  flags 
waving  above  the  marching  men,  and  get  an  occasional  glimpse 
of  a  drum  major  as  it  whirled  through  the  air  glistening  under 
noonday  sun.  Double  lines  of  soldiers  kept  the  spectators  back, 
column  passed  on  without  hindrance,  and  crossing  the  viaduct  thrown  across  the 
tracks  of  the  Illinois  Central  railroad  coming  down  the  incline  at  an  easy  canter, 
crossed  the  dividing  line  and  entered  the  grounds  to  be  dedicated  to  the  World's 
Columbian  Exposition. 

As  the  horses'  hoofs  beat  a  tattoo  on  the  wooden  pavement  at  the  entrance 
of  the  park  a  shout  went  up  that  echoed  from  the  Woman's  Building  to  the  Manu- 


of  the  baton 
the  rays  of  a 
The  advance 


Q2  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

factnres,  and  the  waiting  multitude  inside  the  latter  building  knew  the  parade  was 
entering  the  grounds. 

Every  step  to  the  Woman's  Building  was  filled  with  crowds  waiting  to  see 
the  procession  pass.  The  line  of  march  inside  the  grounds  was  lined  with  a  good 
natured  crowd,  kept  in  easy  check  by  the  Columbian  Guards.  From  the  top  of 
the  Woman's  Building  many  friends  of  lady  managers  viewed  the  procession  and 
waved  handkerchiefs  to  those  who  passed  in  review. 

Gen.  Nelson  A.  Miles,  in  the  brilliant  uniform  of  his  rank,  rode  by  on  a  big 
black  charger,  followed  by  his  full  staff;  then  a  detachment  of  cavalry,  then  one  of 
infantry,  and  from  that  time  on  until  the  carriages  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Cere- 
monies came  in  sight  there  passed  company  after  company  of  state  troops,  punctuated 
by  regimental  bands  playing  lively  airs.  An  exceptionally  well  drilled  company  of 
militia  or  a  drum  major  in  bearskin  was  enough  to  set  the  crowd  cheering. 

The  5th  Regiment  Missouri  National  Guard,  from  Kansas  City,  received 
liberal  applause,  and  the  members  of  the  bicycle  corps,  No.  21,  mounted  on  new 
pneumatic  safeties,  were  received  with  noisy  approbation.  Jerry  Rusk's  Own,  the 
Rusk  Guards,  were  vociferously  cheered. 

Director-General  Davis  was  the  recipient  of  a  tremendous  round  of  applause, 
but  when  Vice-President  Morton's  carriage  reached  the  top  of  the  viaduct  and 
started  on  the  descent  a  cheer  when  up  that  grew  and  broadened  to  a  storm  as  he 
entered  the  gates  of  the  Exposition  grounds.  His  hat  was  in  his  hand  all  the  time, 
and  as  the  carriage  turned  the  corner  of  the  Woman's  Building  the  cheering  fol- 
lowed him  in  an  unbroken  line. 

Chief  Justice  Fuller,  dignified  and  gray,  met  with  a  warm  reception  from  his 
fellow-townsmen.  Carter  Harrison,  looking  pale  from  the  confinement  of  the  sick- 
room, with  his  broken  arm  in  a  red,  white  and  blue  sling,  was  driven  through  the 
grounds  by  his  daughter  sitting  in  the  high  front  seat  of  a  dog  cart. 

Mrs.  Palmer  was  received  like  a  princess,  and  smiled  and  bowed  to  right  and 
left  as  her  carriage  passed.  Chauncey  M.  Depew,  Harry  Watterson  and  the  other 
orators  were  recognized  at  the  top  of  the  viaduct,  and  were  cheered  continuously 
as  they  passed. 

The  first  of  the  procession  passed  inside  the  grounds  at  11:15  o'clock;  when 
the  last  carriage  and  last  soldier  had  passed  by  it  was  2:35  o'clock.  It  was  3  o'clock 
when  the  last  carriage  had  discharged  its  load  at  the  east  door  of  the  Manufact- 
ures Building. 

Gov.  Fifer,  with  the  twenty-one  members  of  his  state,  was  greeted  with  up- 
roarious applause.  Gov.  McKinley  was  received  by  cheers  and  the  crowed  called 
out  "Buckeyes."  As  Gen.  Bulkley  rode  past,  the  boys  recognizing  the  Connecticut 
derivation,  shouted  "Nutmegs,  nutmegs."  The  Wisconsins  were  called  "Bad- 
gers," and  the  old-time  names  for  the  various  states  were  applied  in  a  laughable 
manner.  Gov.  Russell,  of  Massachusetts,  mounted  on  a  prancing  charger,  his 
smoothly  shaven  face  looking  unusually  young  to  be  traveling  with  such  an  illustri- 
ous company  of  eminent  men,  was  greeted  by  thunders  of  applause,  a  tribute  alike 
to  his  youth  and  his  ability. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  93 

Whitelaw  Reid,  who  rode  in  a  carriage  with  Gov.  Fifer,  as  his  guest,  was 
given  a  pleasant  informal  reception  all  along  the  line,  and  during  a  brief  stoppage 
in  the  march  Congressman  Durborow,  who  was  in  charge  of  the  party  of  Congres- 
sional visitors,  brought  the  Congressmen  together  in  a  sort  of  chatty  exchange  of 
gossip.  Among  those  who  were  under  his  chaperonage  were  Congressmen  Houk 
of  Ohio,  Greenleaf  of  New  York,  Neal  of  Ohio,  Outhwaite  of  Ohio,  Haynes  of 
Ohio,  Hayes  of  Iowa,  Wilson  of  Missouri,  O'Neilof  Missouri,  Huff  of  Pennsylvania, 
Riffe  of  Pennsylvania,  Lane  of  Illinois,  Scott  of  Illinois,  Hitt  of  Illinois,  Llopkins  of 
Illinois,  Dingley  of  Maine,  McClennan  of  Indiana,  Stewart  of  Illinois,  andPaysonof 
Illinois.  There  were  also  Senators  Sherman,  Brice,  Washburne,  Cullom  and 
Sawyer. 

Delegations  from  the  Southern  States  were  uproariously  cheered  and  they 
responded  to  tributes  by  dipping  flags  and  doffing  hats.  When  California's  beauti- 
ful banner  moved  between  the  crowded  lines  it  was  hailed  with  loud  acclaim.  The 
Californians,  appreciating  the  honor,  responded  with  waving  flags.  Govs.  Flower  of 
New  York  and  Pattison  of  Pennsylvania  were  roundly  applauded.  This  applause 
was  not  by  Illinoisans;  it  was  an  outburst  of  national  enthusiasm,  for  the  crowd  was 
a  national  one.  The  cheers  came  from  the  lungs  of  Californians,  Texans,  Louis- 
ianians,  and  visitors  from  all  other  states. 

At  this  point  there  blossomed  into  view  a  pretty  little  episode.  Thirty  little 
eight-year-old  girls,  dressed  in  white,  had  in  some  manner  fallen  into  the  line  of 
march  and  came  stepping  proudly  down  between  the  great  banks  of  the  populace, 
carrying  at  their  head  a  huge  pansy,  six  feet  across,  on  whieh  was  inscribed:  "The 
Chicago  Pansy  society.  Union,  Culture  and  Peace."  They  carried  American  flags- 
They  were  cheered  on  all  sides  and  had  kisses  thrown  them  from  appreciative  lips. 
They  were  quickly,  however,  led  out  of  the  line  of  march. 

As  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  of  the  World's  Fair  came  in  sight  handker- 
chiefs fluttered  and  hats  were  swung  and  a  continuous  roll  of  cheers  greeted  them- 
Gov.  Boies,  of  Iowa,  was  heartily  cheered,  and  as  the  Iowa  Governor's  guard  came 
swinging  along  with  measured  tread  the  crowd  started  "Tramp,  Tramp,  Tramp,  the 
Boys  are  Marching,"  and  the  grand  old  melody  rang  out  from  a  hundred  thousand 
voices.  Gov.  Peck,  of  Wisconsin,  was  a  great  favorite  with  the  crowd.  The  boys 
cheered  him  for  the  funny  things  he  has  written,  the  Democrats  because  they  liked 
him,  and  everybody  else  because  he  was  a  sunshinemaker.  The  thirteen  women 
who  represented  the  thirteen  original  states  were  vociferously  cheered. 
The  Connecticut  Footguards,  with  their  gorgeous  continental  uniforms  of  red  coats, 
yellow  trousers  and  black  buskins,  were  applauded  till  the  trees  shook.  There  were 
four  regiments  from  Indiana,  three  from  Illinois,  two  from  Ohio,  one  from  Missouri^ 
one  each  from  Michigan,  Iowa,  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota. 

The  United  States  Marine  band  of  Washington  was  a  favorite  with  the  multi- 
tude. The  Mexican  band  was  greeted  by  repeated  cheers.  The  beautiful  marching 
by  Troop  K  of  the  Fifth  Cavalry  was  loudly  applauded.  The  Ninth  Colored 
Cavalry,  which  passed  on  a  gallop,  was  also  loudly  cheered.  The  hrst  and  second 
Regiments  of  the  Illinois  guardsmen  were  tumultuously  greeted.     As  the  Indiana 


v4 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


and  Wisconsin  soldiers  swept  along  the  wake  of  the  Illinois  boys  their  marching 
was  much  admired.  An  officer  of  the  reviewing  party  said:  "The  earth  resounds 
to  the  measured  tread  of  our  citizen  soldiery;  the  country  has  reason  to  be  proud  of 
them;  they  are  the  bulwark  of  the  nation."  The  martial  bearing  of  the  Minne- 
sota troops  was  such  that  Adj.-Gen.  Reece  of  Illinois,  said  as  they  passed  the  re- 
viewing stand:  "They  are  a  magnificent  body  of  soldiers.  Minnesota  can  well 
be  proud  of  them."     On  the  whole,  it  was  a  grand  affair  throughout. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  95 


CHAPTER  IV, 
COMMENCEMENT  OF  THE  EXERCISES. 

One  Hundred  Thousand  People  in  Attendance — Grand  Orchestra  of  Two  Hundred  Pieces  and  a  Chorus 
of  Five  Thousand  Voices  under  Theodore  Thomas— Bishop  Fowler's  Prayer  and  the  Opening 
Address  of  the  Director-General — Hempstead  Washburne's  Brilliant  Remarks — Reading  and 
Singing  the  Dedicatory  Ode. 

N  the  afternoon  of  the  21st  of  October,  1892,  where  only  a 
few  years  before  a  solitary  Indian  was  monarch  of  all  he 
surveyed,  there   transpired  an  event  which  will  forever 
perpetuate  the  name  and  fame  of  Columbus.     This  event 
will  always  be  known  as  the  Dedicatory  Exercises  of  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition,  and  took  place  in  the  un- 
finished Manufactures  Building  in  the  presence  of  one 
hundred    thousand    people.     There   were   exercises,  or 
there  had  been  for  a  week  or  more  before,  in  various 
portions  of  the  globe,  all  in  honor  of  the  man  who  discov- 
ered America,  conspicuously  in  Italy  and  Spain,  and  at  va- 
rious points  throughout  our  own  country. 

When  Vice-President  Morton,  representing  the  dignity  of  the  United  States, 
supported  on  his  right  and  left,  respectively,  by  President  Palmer  and  Director 
General  Davis,  marched  down  the  center  aisle,  between  the  long  columns  of  dis- 
tinguished men  on  the  speakers'  stand,  to  take  his  position  facing  that  immense 
audience,  the  great  iron  girders  supporting  the  roof  of  the  Manufactures  building 
were  made  to  tremble  by  the  cheer  that  met  him.  Instantly  100,000  handkerchiefs 
were  in  the  air,  waving  such  a  salute  as  no  man  ever  received  before. 

After  the  Vice-President  had  bowed  his  acknowledgements  of  the  demon- 
stration the  Director  General,  at  exactly  1 :30  o'clock,  touched  the  electric  signal, 
Professor  Thomas  waved  his  baton,  and  with  one  burst  of  melody  the  orchestra 
sounded  the  opening  strain  of  the  "  Columbian  March."  The  effect  was  instanta- 
neous and  wonderful.  A  hush  fell  upon  the  multitude,  and  all  through  the  great 
auditorium  penetrated  the  harmony  of  Professor  Paine's  composition. 

Then  5,000  voices  in  one  tremendous  chorus  swelled  the  volume  of  the 
music.  For  five  minutes  the  audience  sat  as  though  entranced.  And  many 
seconds  had  elapsed  after  the  baton  had  been  given  its  final  wave  before  the  burst 
of  applause  came. 

It  had  been  useless  to  attempt  to  quiet  that  throng  until  it  had  worked  off 


96 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


the  enthusiasm  acquired  while  the  "  Columbian  March  "  was  being  produced.  But 
there  is  an  end  to  all  things,  and  so  when  Bishop  Charles  H.  Fowler  stood  forth 
and  waved  his  hands  in  an  appeal  for  peace  the  hush  that  fell  was  as  impressive  as 
had  been  the  applause.  And  then  the  eloquent  divine  with  head  bowed,  his  voice 
wonderfully  loud  and  clear,  uttered  a  fervent  prayer. 

Upon  the  conclusion  of  Bishop  Fowler's  nrayer,  Director-General  Davis  read 
the  opening  address  as  follows: 

Ladies  and  Gentlemen:  By  virtue  of  my  ofTicial  position  it  is  my  pleasurable 
duty  to  present  the  noted  personages  who,  at  this  hour,  in  their  several  functions. 
are  to  contribute  to  the  exercises  with  which  we  here  dedicate  the  grounds  and 
buildings  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition. 

In  a  presence  so  vast,  on  an  occasion  so  pre-eminent  in  the  progress  of  uni- 
versal affairs,  I  am  moved  by  emotions 
that  can  sweep  a  human  heart  but  once 
in  life.  Awe  overmasters  inspiration,  and 
both  are  lost  in  gratitude  that  I  am  per- 
mitted to  inaugurate  these  ceremonies. 
The  citizens  of  our  common  country  may 
be  pardoned  the  pride  and  satisfaction 
with  which  we  study  the  historic  steps  by 
which  our  people  have  been  led  to  their 
present  exalted  position.  Of  the  great 
nations  of  the  world,  the  United  States  is 
the  youngest;  our  resources  are  equal  to 
those  of  any  other  nation.  Our  sixty  mill- 
ions of  people  are  among  the  most  intel- 
ligent, cultured,  happy  and  prosperous  of 
mankind.  But  what  we  are  and  what  we 
possess  as  a  nation  is  not  ours  by  pur- 
chase nor  by  conquest,  but  by  virtue  of 
the  rich  heritage  that  was  spread  out  be- 
neath the  sun  and  stars,  beneath  the 
storms  and  rains  and  dews,  beneath  the 
frosts  and  snows,  ages  before  a  David,  a 


INVITATION  TO  THE  DEDICATORY  CEREMONIES. 


Homer,  or  a  Virgil  sang,  or  before  Italy's 
humble  and  immortal  son  had  dreamed 
his  dream  of  discovery.  This  rich  heritage  is  ours,  not  by  our  own  might,  not 
even  by  our  own  discovery,  but  ours  by  the  gift  of  the  Infinite.  It  is  fitting  that, 
on  the  threshold  of  another  century,  we  reverently  pause  in  the  presence  of  the 
world,  and  with  confession  and  supplication,  with  thanksgiving  and  devotedness, 
with  praise  and  adoration  acknowledge  our  dependence  on  the  Creator  of  the  uni- 
verse, the  God  of  nations,  the  Father  of  mankind. 

Nature  has  given  us  a  virgin  soil  of  incomparable  richness  and  variety.     Our 
climate  is  so  diversified  that  all  the  fruits  of  tree  and  vine  ripen  under  our  autumnal 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  q? 

skies,  llie  great  seas  that  form  our  boundaries,  and  with  their  ebb  and  flow  bathe 
our  shores,  are  rich  with  all  the  treasures  of  the  deep.  The  granite  vaults  of  our 
mountain  chains  are  stored  with  untold  mineral  wealth.  In  the  prodigality  of 
nature,  bountiful  provision  has  been  made  for  our  multiplying  people,  and  in  times 
of  emergency,  from  our  great  abundance  we  may  succor  and  comfort  the  distressed 
and  afflicted  of  other  lands.  A  single  century  has  placed  this  people  side  by  side 
Avith  the  oldest  and  most  advanced  nations  of  the  world — nations  with  a  history  of  a 
thousand  years. 

But  in  the  midst  of  our  rejoicing  no  American  citizen  should  forget  our 
national  starting  point,  and  the  quality  of  the  manhood  on  which  was  laid  the  very 
foundation  of  our  government.  Our  fathers  were  born  under  foreign  flags.  The 
very  best  brain  and  nerve,  and  muscle,  and  conscience  of  the  older  governments 
found  their  way  to  this  western  continent.  Our  ancestors  had  the  map  of  the  world 
before  them;  what  wonder  that  they  chose  this  land  for  their  descendants!  Over 
the  very  cradle  of  our  national  infancy  stood  the  spirit  and  form  of  the  completed 
■civilization  of  other  lands,  and  the  birth-cries  of  the  Republic  rang  out  over  the 
world  with  a  voice  as  strong  as  a  giant  of  a  thousand  years.  From  the  morning  of 
our  history  the  subjects  of  all  nations  have  flocked  to  our  shores  and  have  entered 
into  our  national  life  and  joined  in  the  upbuilding  of  our  institutions.  They  have 
spaded  and  planted,  they  have  sown  and  gathered,  they  have  wrought  and  builded, 
and  to-day,  everywhere  over  all  this  land,  may  be  seen  the  products  and  results  of 
this  toil,  constituting  our  national  prosperity,  promoting  our  national  growth.  To 
all  such  the  doors  of  the  nation  are  ever  open. 

The  World's  Columbian  Exposition  is  the  natural  outgrowth  of  this  nation's 
place  in  history.  Our  continent,  discovered  by  Christopher  Columbus,  whose  spirits 
were  revived  as  his  cause  was  espoused  by  the  generous-hearted  Queen  of  Spain, 
has  throughout  all  the  years  from  that  time  to  this,  been  a  haven  to  all  who  saw 
here  the  promise  of  requited  toil,  of  liberty  and  of  peace. 

The  ceaseless,  resistless  march  of  civilization,  westward,  ever  westward,  has 
reached  and  passed  the  great  lakes  of  North  America,  and  has  founded  on  their 
farthest  shore  the  greatest  city  of  modern  times.  Chicago,  the  peerless,  has  been 
selected  for  the  great  celebration  which  to-day  gives  new  fire  to  progress,  and  sheds 
its  light  upon  ages  yet  to  come.  Established  in  the  heart  of  this  continent,  her 
pulse  throbs  with  the  quickening  current  of  our  national  life.  And  that  this  city 
was  selected  as  the  scene  of  this  great  commemorative  festival  was  the  natural  out- 
growth of  predestined  events.  Here  all  nations  are  to  meet  in  peaceful,  laudable 
emulation  on  the  fields  of  art,  science  and  industry,  on  the  fields  of  research,  inven- 
tion, and  scholarship,  and  to  learn  the  universal  value  of  the  discovery  we  com- 
memorate; to  learn,  as  could  be  learned  in  no  other  way,  the  nearness  of  man  to 
man,  the  Fatherhood  of  God  and  the  brotherhood  of  the  human  race. 

This,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  is  the  exalted  purpose  of  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition.  May  it  be  fruitful  of  its  aim,  and  of  peace  forever  to  all  the  nations  of 
the  earth. 


98  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLDS  FAIR. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  address  of  the  Director-General  Hempstead  Wash- 
burne,  then  Mayor  of  Chicago,  made  the  following  brilliant  remarks: 

Mr.  President,  Representatives  of  Foreign  Governments,  Ladies  and 
Gentlemen:  This  day  is  dedicated  by  the  American  people  to  one  whose  name  is 
indissolubly  linked  with  that  of  our  continent.  This  day  shall  add  new  glories  to 
him  whose  prophetic  vision  beheld  in  the  stars  which  guided  his  audacious  voyage 
a  new  world  and  a  new  hope  for  the  peoples  of  the  earth. 

The  four  centuries  passing  in  review  have  witnessed  the  settlement  of  a 
newly-discovered  continent,  the  founding  of  many  nations,  and  the  establishment  in 
this  country  of  more  than  sixty  millios  of  people  whose  wonderful  material  pros- 
perity, high  intelligence,  political  institutions  and  glorious  history  have  excited  the 
interest  and  compelled  the  admiration  of  the  civilized  world. 

These  centuries  have  evolved  the  liberty  loving  American  people  who  are 
gathered  here  to-day.  We  have  with  us  the  pioneer  bearing  in  his  person  the  free- 
dom of  his  western  home — the  aging  veteran,  whom  all  nations  honor,  without 
whose  valor  government,  liberty  and  patriotism  would  be  but  idle  words.  We  have 
with  us  builders  of  cities,  founders  of  states,  dwellers  in  the  forests,  tillers  of  the 
soil,  the  mechanic  and  the  artisan,  and  noble  women,  daughters  of  the  republic,  not 
less  in  patriotism  and  deserved  esteem  than  those  who  seem  to  play  the  larger  part 
in  building  up  a  state. 

There  are  gathered  here  our  President  and  stately  Senate,  our  grave  and 
learned  Judges,  our  Congress  and  our  States,  that  all  mankind  may  know  this  is  a 
nation's  holiday  and  a  people's  tribute  to  him  whose  dauntless  courage  and  un- 
wavering faith  impelled  him  to  traverse  undismayed  the  unsailed  waste  of  waters, 
and  whose  first  prayer  upon  a  waiting  continent  was  saluted  on  its  course  by  that 
banner  which  knows  no  creed,  no  faith,  no  nation — that  ensign  which  has  repre- 
sented peace,  progress  and  humanity  for  nineteen  hundred  years — the  holy  banner 
of  the  cross. 

Those  foreign  nations  which  have  contributed  so  much  to  our  growth  will  here 
learn  wherein  our  strength  lies — that  it  is  not  in  standing  armies — not  in  heredity 
or  birth — not  even  in  our  fertile  valleys — not  in  our  commerce  nor  our  wealth — but 
that  we  have  built  and  are  building  upon  the  everlasting  rock  of  individual  character 
and  intelligence,  seeking  to  secure  an  education  for  every  man,  woman  and  child 
over  whom  floats  the  stars  and  stripes,  that  emblem  which  signifies  our  government 
and  our  people. 

That  flag  guards  to-day  21,500,000  school  children  of  a  country  not  yet  four 
centuries  old  and  who  outnumber  nearly  four  times  the  population  of  Spain  in  1492. 

This  is  our  hope  in  the  future — the  anchor  of  the  Republic — and  a  rainbow 
of  promise  for  the  centuries  yet  to  come. 

As  a  mark  of  public  gratitude  it  was  decided  to  carry  down  into  history 
through  this  celebration  the  appreciation  of  this  people  for  him  before  whose  name 
we  all  bow  to-day. 

You,  sirs,  who  are  the  chosen  representatives  of  our  people — you  into  whose 
Icieping  we  entrust  our  property  and  our  rights — you  whose  every  act  becomes  a 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  ^      99 

link  in  that  long  chain  of  history  which  spans  four  hundred  years  without  a  break 
and  whose  every  Unk  signifies  a  struggle  and  victory  for  man — you  who  present  that 
last  and  most  perfect  experiment  of  human  government  have  by  your  official  acts 
honored  this  young  city  with  your  choice  as  the  most  fitting  place  to  mark  this 
country's  dawn. 

She  accepts  the  sacred  trust  with  rivalry  toward  none  and  fellowship  for  all. 
She  stands  ready  to  fulfill  tjie  pledges  she  has  made.  She  needs  no  orator  to  speak 
her  merits,  no  poet  to  sing  her  glories.  She  typifies  the  civilization  of  this  continent 
and  this  age;  she  has  no  hoary  locks,  no  crumbling  ruins;  the  gray-haired  sire  who 
saw  her  birth  to-day  holds  on  high  his  prattling  grandchild  to  see  the  nations  of  the 
earth  within  her  gates. 

Over  the  very  spot  whereon  we  stand,  within  the  memory  of  men  still  young, 
the  wild  fowl  winged  their  migratory  flight. 

Less  than  a  century  ago  the  site  of  this  young  city  was  unknown;  to-day  a 
million  and  a  half  people  support  her  honor,  enterprise  and  thrift.  Her  annual 
commerce  of  one  billion  and  a  half  tells  the  eloquent  story  of  her  material  great- 
ness. Her  liberty  to  all  nations  and  all  creeds  is  boundless,  broad  as  humanity  and 
high  as  the  dome  of  heaven.  "Rule  Britannia,"  the  "Marseillaise,"  "Die  Wacht  am 
Rhein,"  and  every  folksong  of  the  older  world  has  drifted  over  the  Atlantic's  stormy 
waves,  and  as  each  echo,  growing  fainter  with  advancing  leagues,  has  reached  this 
spot  it  has  been  merged  into  that  one  grand  chorus,  "My  Country,  'tis  of  Thee, 
Sweet  Land  of  Liberty,  of  Thee  I  Sing." 

This,  sirs,  is  the  American  city  of  your  choice;  her  gates  are  open, her  people  at 
your  service.     To  you  and  those  you  represent  we  offer  greeting,  hospitality  and  love. 

To  the  Old  World,  whose  representatives  grace  this  occasion,  whose  govern- 
ments are  in  full  accord  with  this  enterprise  so  full  of  meaning  to  them  and  to  us, 
to  that  old  world  whose  children  braved  unruly  seas  and  treacherous  storms  to 
found  a  new  state  in  an  unknown  land,  we  greeting,  too,  as  children  greet  a  parent 
in  some  new  home. 

We  are  proud  of  its  ancestry,  for  it  is  our  own.  We  glory  in  its  history,  for 
it  was  our  ancestral  blood  which  inscribed  its  rolls  of  honor;  and  if  to-day  these  dis- 
tinguished men  of  more  distinguished  lands  behold  any  spirit,  thing  or  ambition 
which  excites  their  praise,  it  is  but  the  outcropping  of  the  Roman  courage  on  a  new 
continent,  in  a  later  age. 

Welcome  to  you  men  of  older  civilizations  to  this  young  city  whose  most 
ancient  landmark  was  built  within  the  span  of  a  present  life.  Our  hospitalities  and 
our  welcome  we  now  extend  without  reserve,  without  regard  to  nationality,  creed 
or  race. 

Then  was  read  and  sung  the  dedicatory  ode,  written  at  the  order  of  the  Ex- 
position managers  by  Miss  Harriet  Stone  Monroe,  of  Chicago. 


FLOOR  OF  MANUFACTURES  AND  LIBERAL  ARTS  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR, 


lOI 


CHAPTER  V. 
DEDICATION  OF  THE  BUILDINGS. 

President  Higinbotham  Bestows  the  Commemoratory  Medals — The  President  of  the  Commission  Receives 
the  Buildings  from  the  President  of  the  Exposition  and  the  Latter  Presents  Them  to  the  Vice- 
President  of  the  United  States  for  Dedication— Mr.  Morton  Dedicates  Them  to  the  World's 
Progress  in  Art,  Science,  Agriculture  and  Manufactures — "  God  Save  the  United  States  of 
America." 


T  the    sixth    number   in   the   Dedicatory   Programme,   Pres- 
ident Higinbotham,  calHng  the  Director  of  Works   and  the 
artists  of  the    Exposition  into  a  conspicuous  position,  made 
to  them  the  following  address,  at  the   same  time  bestovvring 
the  commemoratory   medals:     Mr.   Burnham  and   Gentle- 
men:    It  becomes  my  agreeable  duty  on  behalf  of  the  Board 
of  Directors  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition,  to  receive 
from   you   these  buildings,  which    represent  your   thought^ 
skill  and  labor  as  master  artists  of  construction.     It  is  difificult   to 
command  language  fully  adequate  to  express  our  satisfaction  with 
your  achievements.     We  have  observed  with  admiration  the  rapid  devel- 
opment of  your  plans,  until  there  stand  before  us  today  structures  that 
represent  the  ripest  wisdom  of  the  ages. 

Never  before  have  men  brought  to  their  task  greater  knowledge,  higher  aims 
or  more  resolute  purpose.  Never  before  have  such  magnificent  fruits  been  the 
result  of  thought  and  toil.  The  earth  and  all  it  contains  have  been  subservient  to 
your  will.  You  have  pursued  your  work  loyally,  heroically  and  with  an  unselfish 
devotion  that  commands  the  applause  of  the  world.  Your  country  and  the  nations 
of  the  earth  will  join  us  in  congratulating  you  upon  the  splendid  issue  of  your  plans 
and  undertakings. 

We  accept  these  buildings  from  you,  exulting  in  the  belief  that  these  beau- 
ful  structures  furnish  proof  to  the  world  that,  with  all  our  material  growth  and 
prosperity  since  the  Columbian  discovery  of  America,  we  have  not  neglected 
those  civilizing  arts  which  minister  to  a  people's  refinement,  and  become  the  chief 

glory  of  a  nation. 

"  Peace  hath  her  victories, 
No  less  renowned  than  war." 

In  this  Exposition,  one  of  the  adorning  victories  of  our  age  of  peace,  you  take 


I02  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

conspicuous   part,  and  the  work  accomplished  reflects,  and  will  continue  to  reflect, 
honor  alike  upon  yourselves  and  upon  your  country. 

In   recognition   of  your   faithful   and  efficient  services,  and  in  order  to  note 
more  substantially  than  by  mere  words  the  successful  progress  of  your  great  work  as 
master  artists  of  construction,  the  Board  of  Directors  have  issued  this  medal,  which 
I  have  the  honor  to  present  to  you.     A  simple  token  it  is,  which  finds  its  real  and 
abiding  value,  not  in  its  intrinsic  worth,  but  rather  in  the  high  merit  which  receives 
and  the  grateful  appreciation  which  bestows  it. 

Turning  from  the  Director  of  Works  and  the  artists,  with  President  Palmer 
rising,  the  President  of  the  Exposition  continued  as  follows: 

But  yesterday  these  surrounding  acres  composed  a  dismal  morass — a  resting 
place  for  the  wild  fowls  in  their  migratory  flight.  Today  they  stand  transformed 
by  art  and  science  into  a  beauty  and  grandeur  unrivaled  by  any  other  spot  on  earth. 

Herein  we  behold  a  miniature  representation  of  that  marvelous  development 
and  that  unprecedented  growth  of  national  greatness,  which,  since  the  day  of 
Columbus,  have  characterized  the  history  of  this  New  World. 

The  idle  boy,  strolling  along  the  shore  of  this  inland  sea,  carelessly  threw  a 
pebble  into  the  blue  waters.  From  that  center  of  agitation  there  spread  the  circling" 
wave,  which  fainter  and  still  fainter  grew,  until  lost  at  last  in  the  far  distant  calm. 
Not  so  did  the  great  thought  come  and  vanish  which  has  culminated  in  these 
preparations  for  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition.  It  was  not  the  suggestive  im- 
pulse of  any  single  brain  or  locality  that  originated  this  noble  enterprise.  From 
many  minds  and  many  localities  there  seemed  to  come,  spontaneously  and  in  unison, 
the  suggestions  for  a  Columbian  celebration.  Those  individual  and  local  senti-- 
ments  did  not  die  out  like  the  waves,  but  in  an  inverse  ratio  grew  more  and  more 
powerful,  until  they  mingled  and  culminated  in  the  grand  and  universal  resolve  of 
the  American  people,  "  It  shall  be  done." 

Today,  sir,  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  representing  the  citizens  of 
Chicago,  to  me  has  been  assigned  the  pleasant  duty  of  presenting  to  the  World's 
Columbian  Commission  these  buildings,  for  dedication  to  the  uses  of  the  World's 
Columbiam  Exposition,  in  celebration  of  the  four  hundredth  anniversary  of  the 
discovery  of  America. 

In  viewing  the  work  thus  far  accomplished,  we  gladly  acknowledge  our- 
selves debtors  to  the  patriotic  pride  of  our  fellow  citizens  throughout  the  land;  to  the 
kindly'interest  manifested  by  the  President  of  the  United  States;  to  the  generosity 
of  the  Congress;  to  the  hearty  sympaty  of  the  civilized  nations  of  the  earth  and  to 
the  efficient  co-operation  of  the  honorable  commission  which  you  represent. 

The  citizens  of  Chicago  have  cherished  the  ambition  to  furnish  the  facilities- 
for  the  Exposition,  which,  in  character,  should  assume  a  national  and  international 
importance.  They  entertain  the  pleasing  hope  that  they  have  not  come  short 
of  the  nation's  demand  and  of  the  world's  expectation.  Permit  us,  sir,  to  believe- 
that  it  was  not  a  narrow  ambition,  born  of  local  pride  and  selfishness,  that  asked 
for  the  location  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  at  Chicago.  Rather  let  it 
justly  be  said  that  it  was  in  view  of  the  fact  that  25,000,000  of  people  live  within  a 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  103 

radius  of  500  miles  of  Chicago,  and  that  standing  here,  so  near  the  center  of  popu- 
lation, Chicago  would  be  accessible  to  a  larger  number  of  American  people,  who 
are  the  creators  of  our  wealth  and  prosperity,  than  would  any  other  city  on  the 
continent.  The  citizens  of  Chicago  have  been  actuated  by  the  most  patriotic  sen- 
timents in  asking  for  the  location  of  the  Exposition  at  this  place.  Animated  by  the 
most  public  spirited  motives  they  have  made  such  preparations  for  the  Exposition 
as  we  trust  you  cannot  but  look  upon  with  satisfaction. 

The  fidelity  and  remarkable  skill  of  the  master  artists  of  construction  must 
be  a  justification  for  the  pride  with  which  we  point  to  the  structures  which  rise 
about  us  in  such  graceful  and  magnificent  proportions.  In  furnishing  grounds  and 
buildings  which  should  meet  the  modern  demand  for  utility  and  scientific  adapta- 
tion, we  have  not  done  violence,  let  us  hope,  to  that  growing  love  for  the  beautiful 
which  gratifies  the  eye  and  educates  the  taste.  Nature,  science  and  art  have  been 
called  upon  to  contribute  their  richest  gifts  to  make  these  grounds  and  buildings 
worthy  of  your  acceptance. 

The  Board  of  Directors  now  beg  leave  to  tender  to  the  World's  Columbian 
Commission  and  to  the  nation  these  buildings,  in  fulfillment  of  Chicago's  pledge 
and  in  honor  of  the  great  event  we  celebrate." 

The  President  of  the  Columbian  Commission,  on  receiving  the  Exposition 
from  the  Board  of  Directors,  thus  presented  it  to  the  Vice-President  of  the  United 
States,  Levi  P.  Morton,  for  dedication: 

When  a  structure  designed  for  a  beneficient  purpose  has  reached  completion 
and  is  about  to  be  devoted  to  its  object,  it  is  deemed  fitting,  in  accordance  with  a 
custom  which  sprang  from  the  aspirations  of  man,  and  which  has  received  the 
sanction  of  successive  generations,  that  its  intent  and  aim  shall  be  declared  amid 
imposing  ceremonies,  and  the  good  will  of  the  present  and  the  blessing  of  the  future 
invoked  upon  it. 

If  this  occasion  shall  have  as  one  of  its  results  the  inauguration  of  another 
festal  day  to  enlarge  the  too  meager  calendar  of  our  people,  the  world  will  be 
richer  thereby,  and  a  name  which  has  been  hitherto  held  in  vague  and  careless 
remembrance  will  be  made  a  vital  and  elevating  force  to  mankind. 

Anniversaries  are  the  punctuations  of  history.  They  are  the  emphasis  given 
to  events,  not  by  the  song  of  the  poet,  or  the  pen  of  the  rhetorician,  but  by  the 
common  acclaim  of  mankind.  They  are  the  monuments  of  the  heroes  and  the 
saviors  of  the  race.  They  are  the  Memnons  which  fill  the  heart  with  promise,  the 
eye  with  gladness  and  the  ear  with  song. 

The  teacher  of  Socrates,  when  dying  was  asked  what  he  wished  for  a  monu- 
ment.    He  answered:  "  Give  the  boys  a  holiday." 

It  was  a  happy  thought  to  have  linked  with  the  achievements  of  Columbus 
and  Pinzon,  which  doubled  the  area  of  the  habitable  globe,  an  undertaking  whereby 
we  hope  to  illustrate  the  fact  that  they  also  made  possible  more  than  a  duplication 
of  blessings  to  mankind. 

As  these  great  men  died  ignorant  of  the  magnitude  of  their  work,  may  we 
not  hope  that  this  Exposition  will  accomplish  greater  good  than  will  be  revealed  to 


I04  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

us  of  today,  be  its  outcome  never  so  brilliant?  May  we  not  hope  that  lessons  here 
learned,  transmitted  to  the  future,  will  be  potent  forces  long  after  the  multitudes 
that  throng  these  aisles  shall  have  measured  their  span  and  faded  away? 

Four  hundred  years  ago  today,  Rodrigo  de  Triana,  from  the  prow  of  the 
"  Pinta  "  cried,  "  Land."  That  cry  marked  the  commencement  of  an  era  wherein 
has  been  condensed  more  of  good  import  to  the  race  than  in  any  other.  Today,  at 
the  floodtime  of  that  era  we  are  reminded  of  what  that  cry  involved,  and  of  how 
much  there  is  yet  to  do  to  give  it  its  fullest  significance. 

There  are  no  more  continents  to  discover,  but  there  is  much  to  do  to  make 
both  hemispheres  the  home  of  intelligence,  virtue  and  consequent  happiness.  To 
that  end  no  one  material  thing  can  contribute  more  than  expositions  to  which  are 
invited,  in  a  fraternal  spirit,  all  nations,  tribes  and  peoples,  where  each  shall  give 
and  receive  according  to  their  respective  capacities. 

The  foundations  of  civilization  have  been  laid.  Universal  enlightment,  now 
acknowledged  as  the  safe  substructure  of  every  state,  receives  an  added  impulse 
from  the  commingling  of  peoples  and  the  fraternization  of  races  such  as  are  ushered 
in  by  the  pageant  of  today. 

Hitherto  the  work  of  the  National  Commission  and  of  the  Exposition  Com- 
pany has  been  on  different  but  convergent  lines;  today  the  roads  unite,  and  it  may 
not  be  amiss  at  this  time  to  speak  of  the  work  already  done.  Two  years  ago  the 
ground  on  which  we  stand  was  a  dreary  waste  of  sand-dunes  and  quagmires,  a  home 
for  wild  fowl  and  aquatic  plants.  Under  skilled  artists,  supplemented  by  intelli- 
gence, force,  industry  and  money,  this  waste  has  been  changed  by  the  magic  hand 
of  labor  to  its  present  attractive  proportions.  I  do  not  speak  of  this  work  as  an 
artist,  but  as  one  of  the  great  body  of  laymen  whom  it  is  the  high  calling  of  art  to 
uplift.  To  me  it  seems  that,  if  these  buildings  should  never  be  occupied,  if  the 
exhibits  should  never  come  to  attract  and  educate,  if  our  people  could  only  look 
upon  these  walls,  towers,  avenues  and  lagoons,  a  resul'  would  be  accomplished  by 
the  influence  diffused  well  worth  all  the  cost. 

It  was  an  act  of  high  intelligence  which,  in  the  beginning,  called  a  congress 
of  the  most  eminent  of  our  architects  for  consultation  and  concerted  action.  No 
one  brain  could  have  conceived  the  dream  of  beauty,  or  lured  from  fancy  and 
crystallized  in  form  these  habitations  where  art  will  love  to  linger  and  science, 
Cornelia-like,  shall  expose  here  children  to  those  who  ask  to  see  her  jewels. 

Of  the  Commission  and  its  agencies,  its  Director  General  and  the  heads  of 
its  departments,  its  agents  and  envoys,  I,  although  a  part  of  that  national  organiz- 
ation, may  be  permitted  to  speak.  Called  together  by  the  President  two  years  ago 
its  organic  law  difficult  of  construction,  with  room  for  honest  and  yet  contradic- 
tory opinions,  it  has  striven  honestly,  patriotically  and  dilligently  to  do  its  whole 
duty.  Through  its  agencies  it  has  reached  to  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  earth  to 
gather  in  all  that  could  contribute  to  make  this  not  only  the  museum  of  the  savant 
and  the  well  read  but  the  kindergarten  of  the  child  and  sage. 

The  National  Commission  will,  in  due  time,  take  appropriate  action  touching 
the  formal  acceptance  of  the  buildings  provided  under  their  direction  by  the  World's 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  105 

Columbian  Exposition  Company  for  this  National  and  International  Fair,  and  to 
you,  Mr.  President,  as  the  highest  representative  of  the  Nation,  is  assigned  the 
honor  of  dedicating  them  to  the  purposes  determined  and  declared  by  the  Congress 
of  the  United  States. 

In  behalf  of  the  men  and  women  who  have  devoted  themselves  to  this  great 
work,  of  the  rich  who  have  given  of  their  abundance  and  the  poor  who  have  given 
of  their  necessities;  in  behalf  of  the  architects  who  have  given  to  their  ideals  a  local 
habitation  and  a  name,  and  the  artists  who  have  brought  hither  the  three  graces  of 
modern  life,  form,  color,  and  melody,  to  decorate  and  inspire;  of  the  workmen  who 
have  prepared  the  grounds  and  reared  the  walls;  in  behalf  of  the  chiefs  who  have 
organized  the  work  of  the  exhibitors;  in  behalf  of  the  city  of  Chicago,  which  has 
munificently  voted  aid,  of  the  Congress  which  has  generously  given  of  the  National 
moneys:  in  behalf  of  the  World's  Columbian  Commission,  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition  Company,  and  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers,  I  ask  you  to  dedicate  these 
buildings  and  grounds  to  humanity,  to  the  end  that  all  men  and  women  of  every 
climate  may  feel  that  the  evidence  of  material  progress  which  may  here  meet  the 
eye  is  good  only  so  far  as  it  may  promote  that  higher  life  which  is  the  true  aim  of 
civilization — that  the  evidences  of  wealth  here  exhibited  and  the  stimulus  herein 
given  to  industry  are  good  only  so  far  as  they  may  extend  the  area  of  human 
happiness." 

At  4  o'clock,  in  the  presence  of  a  vast  audience  which  rose  at  the  moment, 
but  could,  as  a  rule,  hear  no  word  of  the  speaker,  the  Vice-President  of  the  United 
States,  acting  by  courtesy  for  the  President  of  the  United  States,  and  addressing 
President  Palmer,  of  the  National  Commission,  read  the  following  oration: 

Mr.  President:  Deep,  indeed,  must  be  the  sorrow  which  prohibits  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  from  being  the  central  figure  in  these  ceremonials. 
Realizing  from  these  sumptuous  surroundings,  the  extent  of  design,  the  adequacy 
of  execution,  and  the  vastness  of  results,  we  may  well  imagine  how  ardently  he  has 
aspired  to  be  officially  and  personally  connected  with  this  great  work,  so  linked  to 
the  past  and  to  the  present  of  America.  With  what  eloquent  words  he  would  have 
spoken  of  the  heroic  achievements  and  radiant  future  of  his  beloved  country.  While 
profoundly  anguished  in  his  most  tender  earthly  affection,  he  would  not  have  us 
delay  or  falter  in  these  dedicatory  services,  and  we  can  only  offer  to  support  his 
courage  by  a  profound  and  universal  sympathy. 

The  attention  of  our  whole  country,  and  of  all  the  people  elsewhere  con- 
cerned in  industrial  progress,  is  to-day  fixed  upon  the  city  of  Chicago.  The  name 
of  Chicago  has  become  familiar  with  the  speech  of  all  civilized  communities; 
bureaus  are  established  at  many  points  in  Europe  for  the  purpose  of  providing 
transportation  hither;  and  during  the  coming  year  the  first  place  suggested  to  the 
mind,  when  men  talk  of  America,  will  be  the  city  of  Chicago.  This  is  due  not  only 
to  the  Columbian  Exposition  which  marks  an  epoch,  but  to  the  marvelous  growth 
and  energy  of  the  second  commercial  city  of  the  Union. 

I  am  not  here  to  recount  the  wonderful  story  of  this  city's  rise  and  advance- 
ment, of  the  matchless  courage  of  her  people,  of  her  second  birth  out  of  the  ashes 


io6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

of  the  most  notable  conflagration  of  modern  times,  nor  of  the  eminent  position  she 
has  conquered  in  commerce,  in  manufactures,  in  science  and  in  the  arts. 

These  are  known  of  all  men  who  keep  pace  with  the  world's  progress. 

I  am  here  in  behalf  of  the  government  of  the  United  States,  in  behalf  of  all 
the  people,  to  bid  all  hail  to  Chicago,  all  hail  to  the  Columbian  Exposition. 

From  the  St.  Lawrence  to  the  Gulf,  and  from  the  peerless  cosmopolitan  cap- 
ital by  the  sea  to  the  Golden  Gate  of  California,  there  is  no  longer  a  rival  city  to 
Chicago,  except  to  emulate  her  in  promoting  the  success  of  this  work. 

New  York  has  signalized  the  opening  of  the  new  era  by  a  commemorative 
function,  instructive  to  the  student,  encouraging  to  the  philanthropist,  and  admoni- 
tory to  the  forces  arrayed  against  liberty. 

Her  houses  of  worship,  without  distinction  of  creed,  have  voiced  their  thanks 
to  Almighty  God  for  religious  freedom;  her  children  to  the  amount  of  five  and 
twenty  thousand  have  marched  under  the  inspiration  of  a  light  far  broader  than 
Columbus,  with  all  his  thirst  for  knowledge,  enjoyed  at  the  University  of  Pavia; 
and  for  three  successive  days  and  nights  processional  progresses  on  land  and  water, 
aided  by  Spain,  and  Italy,  and  France,  saluted  the  memory  of  the  great  pilot  with 
the  fruits  of  the  great  discovery  in  a  pageant  more  brilliant  than  that  at  Barcelona, 
when  upon  a  throne  of  Persian  fabrics,  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  disregarded  the 
etiquette  of  Castile  and  Aragon,  received  him  standing,  attended  by  the  most 
splendid  court  of  Christendom. 

And  what  a  spectacle  is  presented  to  us  here.  As  we  gaze  upon  these  mun- 
ificent erections,  with  their  columns  and  arches,  their  entablatures  and  adornments, 
when  we  consider  their  beauty  and  rapidity  of  realization,  they  would  seem  to  be 
evoked  at  a  wizard's  touch  of  Aladdin's  lamp. 

Praise  for  the  organization  and  accomplishment,  for  the  architect  and  builder, 
for  the  artist  and  artisan,  may  not  now  detain  me,  for  in  the  year  to  come,  in  the 
mouths  of  all  men  it  will  be  unstinted. 

These  are  worthy  shrines  to  record  the  achievements  of  the  two  Americas, 
and  to  place  them  side  by  side  with  the  arts  and  industries  of  the  elder  world,  to 
the  end  that  we  may  be  stimulated  and  encouraged  to  new  endeavors.  Columbus 
is  not  in  chains,  nor  are  Columbian  ideas  in  fetters.  I  see  him,  as  in  the  great 
picture  under  the  dome  of  the  Capitol  with  kneeling  figures  about  him,  betokening 
no  longer  the  contrition  of  his  followers,  but  the  homage  of  mankind,  with  erect 
form  and  lofty  mien  animating  these  children  of  a  new  world  to  higher  facts  and 
bolder  theories. 

We  may  not  now  anticipate  the  character  and  value  of  our  national  exhibit. 
Rather  may  we  modestly  anticipate  that  a  conservative  award  will  be  made  by  the 
world's  criticism  to  a  young  nation  eagerly  listening  to  the  beckoning  future,  within 
whose  limits  the  lightning  was  first  plucked  from  heaven  at  the  will  of  man,  where 
the  expansive  power  of  steam  was  first  compelled  to  transport  mankind  and 
merchandise  over  the  water-ways  of  the  world,  where  the  implements  of  agriculture 
and  handicraft  have  been  so  perfected  as  to  lighten  the  burdens  of  toil,  and  where 
the  subtle  forces  of  nature,  acting  through  the  telegraph  and  telephone,  are  daily 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  107 

startling  the  world  by  victories  over  matter,  which  in  the  days  of  Columbus  might 
have  been  reckoned  among  the  miracles. 

We  can  safely  predict,  however,  those  who  will  come  from  the  near  and  dis- 
tant regions  of  our  country,  and  who  will  themselves  make  part  of  the  National 
exhibit.  We  shall  see  the  descendants  of  the  loyal  cavaliers  of  Virginia,  of  the 
Pilgrim  Fathers  of  New  England,  of  the  sturdy  Hollanders  who  in  1624  bought  the 
twenty-two  thousand  acres  of  the  Island  of  Manhattan  for  the  sum  of  $24,  of  the 
adherents  of  the  old  Christian  faith  who  found  a  resting-place  in  Baltimore,  of  the 
Quakers  and  Palatine  Germans  who  settled  in  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey,  of  the 
Huguenots  who  fled  from  the  revocation  of  the  edict  of  Nantes  to  the  banks  of  the 
Hudson  in  the  North  and  those  of  the  Cooper  and  Ashley  rivers  in  the  South,  of 
the  refugees  from  Salzburg  in  Georgia,  and  of  Charles  Edward's  Highlanders  in 
North  Carolina.  With  them  also  we  shall  have  in  person,  or  in  their  sons, 
the  thousands  of  others  from  many  climes  who,  with  moderate  fortunes,  have 
joined  their  future  to  that  of  the  great  Republic,  or  who  with  sinewy  arms  have 
opened  our  waterways  and  builded  our  ironways. 

We  trust  that  from  the  lands  beyond  the  seas  many  will  come  to  engage  in 
fraternal  competition,  or  to  point  us  to  more  excellent  standards.  If  they  shall 
find  little  in  our  product  to  excite  their  admiration,  we  shall  welcome  them  to  the 
atmosphere  of  the  new  world,  where  some  of  the  best  efforts  have  been  made  in 
the  cause  of  freedom  and  progress  by  Washington  and  Franklin  and  Lafayette;  by 
Agassiz  and  Lincoln  and  Grant;  by  Bolivar  and  Juarez  and  Toussaint  L'Ouverture; 
by  Fulton  and  Morse  and  Edison. 

Columbus  lived  in  the  age  of  great  events.  When  he  was  a  child  in  1440 
printing  was  first  done  by  movable  types;  seven  years  later,  the  Vatican  library, 
the  great  fountain  of  learning,  was  founded  by  Nicholas  the  Fifth;  and  1455  is 
given  as  the  probable  date  of  the  Mazarine  Bible,  the  earliest  printed  book  known. 
It  was  not  until  a  hundred  years  after  the  discovery,  that  Galileo,  pointing  his  little 
telescope  to  the  sky,  found  the  satelites  of  Jupiter,  and  was  hailed  as  the  Columbus 
of  the  heavens. 

His  character  was  complex,  as  was  that  of  many  of  the  men  of  his  time  who 
made  their  mark  in  history.  But  his  character  and  attainments  are  to  be  estimated 
by  those  of  his  contemporaries,  and  not  by  other  standards.  Deeply  read  in 
mathematical  science,  he  was  certainly  the  best  geographer  of  his  time.  I  believe, 
with  Castelar,  that  he  was  sincerely  religious,  but  his  sincerity  did  not  prevent  his 
indulging  in  dreams.  He  projected,  as  the  eloquent  Spanish  orator  says,  the  pur- 
chase of  the  holy  places  of  Jerusalem,  in  the  event  of  his  finding  seas  of  pearls, 
cities  of  gold,  streets  paved  with  sapphires,  mountains  of  emeralds,  and  rivers  of 
diamonds.  How  remote,  and  yet  how  marvelous,  has  been  the  realization!  Two 
products  of  the  southern  continent  which  he  touched  and  brought  into  the  world's 
economy  have  proved  of  inestimable  value  to  the  race,  far  beyond  what  the  im- 
agined wealth  of  the  Indies  could  buy. 

The  potato,  brought  by  the  Spaniards  from  what  is  now  the   Republic  of 


io8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Ecuador,  in  the  beginning  of  the  century  following  the  discovery,  has  proved,  next 
to  the  principal  cereals,  to  be  the  most  valuable  of  all  plants  for  human  food.  It 
has  sensibly  increased  the  wealth  of  nations  and  added  immeasurably  to  the  welfare 
of  the  people.  More  certain  than  other  crops,  and  having  little  to  fear  from  storm 
or  drouth,  it  is  hailed  as  an  effectual  barrier  against  the  recurrence  of  famines. 

Nor  was  the  other  product  of  less  importance  to  mankind.  Peruvian  bark 
comes  from  a  tree  of  spontaneous  growth  in  Peru,  and  many  other  parts  of  South 
America.  It  received  its  botanical  name  from  the  wife  of  a  Spanish  viceroy,  liber-  ■ 
ated  from  an  intermittent  fever  by  its  use.  Its  most  important  base,  quinine,  has 
come  to  be  regarded,  as  nearly  as  may  be,  as  a  specific  for  that  disease  and  also  for 
the  preservation  of  health  in  certain  latitudes,  so  that  no  vessel  would  dare  to  ap- 
proach the  east  or  west  coast  of  Africa  without  a  supply,  and  parts  of  our  own  land 
would  be  made  partially  desolate  by  its  disappearance.  No  words  that  I  could  use 
could  magnify  the  blessings  brought  to  mankind  by  these  two  individuals  of  the 
vegetable  kingdom  from  the  shores  of  the  New  World. 

Limited  time  for  preparation  does  not  permit  me  to  speak  authoritatively  of 
the  progress  and  proud  position  of  our  sister  republics  and  of  the  Dominion  of 
Canada  to  demonstrate  the  moral  and  material  fruits  of  the  great  discovery.  Con- 
cerning ourselves  the  statistics  are  familiar  and  constitute  a  marvel.  One  of  the 
states  recently  admitted,  the  state  of  Montana,  is  larger  than  the  empire  of 
Turkey. 

We  are  near  the  beginning  of  another  century,  and  if  no  serious  change 
occurs  in  our  present  growth,  in  the  year  1935,  in  the  lifetime  of  many  now  in  man- 
hood, the  English-speaking  republicans  of  America  will  number  more  than 
180,000,000.  And  for  them,  John  Bright  in  a  burst  of  impassioned  eloquence  pre- 
dicts one  people,  one  language,  one  law,  and  one  faith;  and  all  over  the  wide  con- 
tinent, the  home  of  freedom  and  a  refuge  for  the  oppressed  of  every  race  and 
every  clime. 

The  transcendent  feature  in  the  character  of  Columbus  was  his  faith.  That 
sustained  him  in  days  of  trial  and  darkness,  and  finally  gave  him  the  great  dis- 
covery. Like  him,  let  us  have  faith  in  our  future.  To  insure  that  future,  the 
fountains  must  be  kept  pure,  public  integrity  must  be  preserved.  While  we  rever- 
ence what  Garibaldi  and  Victor  Emmanuel  fought  for,  the  union  of  peoples,  we 
must  secure  above  all  else  what  Steuben  and  Kosciusko  aided  our  fathers  to 
establish — liberty  regulated  by  law. 

If  the  time  should  ever  come  when  men  trifle  with  the  public  conscience,  let 
me  predict  the  patriotic  action  of  the  Republic  in  the  language  of  Milton: 

"  Methinks  I  see  in  my  mind  a  noble  and  puissant  nation  rousing  herself  like 
a  strong  man  after  sleep,  and  shaking  her  invincible  locks;  methinks  I  see  her  as 
an  eagle  mewing  her  mighty  youth,  and  kindling  her  undazzled  eyes  at  the  full 
mid-day  beam;  purging  and  unsealing  her  long  abused  sight  at  the  fountain  itself 
of  heiavenly  radiance;  while  the  whole  noise  of  timorous  and  flocking  birds,  with 
those  also  that  love  the  twilight  flutter  about,  amazed  at  what  she  means." 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


109 


Mr.  President,  in  the  name  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  I  hereby 
dedicate  these  buildings  and  their  appurtenances,  intended  by  the  Congress  of  the 
United  States  for  the  use  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition,  to  the  world's  pro- 
gress in  art,  in  science,  in  agriculture  and  in  manufactures. 

I  dedicate  them  to  humanity. 
God  save  the  United  States  of  America. 


GROUP  DIRECTORS  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 

1.  Victor  Lawson.  2.  Andrew  McNally. 

3.  OiTO  YonNG.  4.  C.  L.  Hutchinson.  5.  J.  W.  Scott. 

6   Cha9   T   Yeekes. 
7.  G.  H.  Wheeler.  s.  John  C.  Welling.  9.  Mark  L.  Crawford, 

10.  C.  H.  G.  Billings.  11.  J.  W.  Ellsworth. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR,  iii 


CHAPTER  VI. 
MRS.  POTTER  PALMER'S  BRILLIANT  ADDRESS. 

The  Liberation  of  Women — They  Now  Have  Time  to  Think,  to  be  Educated,  to  Plan  and  Pursue  Careers 
of  Their  Own  Choosing — The  AppHcation  of  Machinery  to  the  Performance  of  Many  Heretofore 
Laborious  Occupations  of  Women  Relieves  Them  of  Much  Oppression— Public  Sentiment  will 
Yet  Favor  Woman's  Industrial  Equality  and  Just  Compensation  for  Services  Rendered — She  Now 
Drinks  Deeply  of  the  Long-Denied  Fountain  of  Knowledge— Is  the  World  Ready  to  Give  Her 
Industrial  and  Intellectual  Independence,  and  to  Open  All  Doors  Before  Her  ? 

IRECTOR  GENERAL  DAVIS  announced  that  Haydn's 
chorus,  "The  Heavens  Are  Telling,"  vi^hich  was  No.  7  on  the 
program,  would  be  omitted,  and  then  he  introduced  Mrs. 
Potter  Palmer,  President  of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers, 
Mrs.  Palmer's  appearance  called  forth  enthusiastic  applause. 
Handkerchiefs  waved  from  all  parts  of  the  building,  and 
from  the  chorus  stand  came  the  shrill  voices  of  hundreds  of 
school  children,  joining  in  the  sound  of  greeting.  Mrs. 
Palmer  read  the  following  address:  Official  representation 
for  women,  upon  so  important  an  occasion  as  the  present,  is 
unprecedented.  It  seems  peculiarly  appropriate  that  this 
honor  should  have  been  accorded  our  sex  when  celebrating 
the  great  deeds  of  Columbus,  who,  inspired  though  his  vis- 
ions may  have  been,  yet  required  the  aid  of  an  Isabella  to  transform  them  into 
realities. 

The  visible  evidences  of  the  progress  made  since  the  discovery  of  this  great 
continent  will  be  collected  six  months  hence  in  these  stately  buildings  now  to  be 
dedicated. 

The  magnificent  material  exhibit,  the  import  of  which  will  presently  be 
eloquently  described  by  our  orators,  will  not,  however,  so  vividly  represent  the 
great  advance  of  modern  thought  as  does  the  fact  that  man's  "silent  partner"  has 
been  invited  by  the  Government  to  leave  her  retirement  to  assist  in  conducting  a 
great  national  enterprise.  The  provision  of  the  Act  of  Congress  that  the  Board 
of  Lady  Managers  appoint  a  jury  of  her  peers  to  pass  judgment  upon  woman's 
work,  adds  to  the  significance  of  the  innovation,  for  never  before  was  it  thought 
necessary  to  apply  this  fundamental  principle  of  justice  to  our  sex. 

Realizing  the  seriousness  of  the  responsibilities  devolving  upon  it,  and  in- 
spired by  a  sense  of  the  nobility  of  its  mission,  the  Board  has,  from  the  time  of  its 
organization,  atternpted  most  thoroughly  and  most  conscientiously  to  carry  out  the 
intentions  of  Congress. 


112  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

It  has  been  able  to  broaden  the  scope  of  its  work  and  extend  its  influence 
through  the  co-operation  and  assistance  so  generously  furnished  by  the  Columbian 
Commission  and  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Exposition.  The  latter  took  the 
initiative  in  making  an  appropriation  for  the  Woman's  Building,  and  in  allowing 
the  Board  to  call  attention  to  the  recent  work  of  women  in  new  fields  by  selecting 
from  their  own  sex  the  architect,  decorators,  sculptors  and  painters  to  create  both 
the  building  and  its  adornments. 

Rivaling  the  generosity  of  the  Directors,  the  National  Commission  has 
hobored  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  by  putting  into  its  hands  all  of  the  interests 
of  women  in  connection  with  the  Exposition,  as  well  as  the  entire  control  of  the 
Woman's  Building. 

In  order  the  more  efficiently  to  perform  the  important  functions  assigned  it, 
the  Board  hastened  to  secure  necessary  co-operation.  At  its  request  women  were 
made  members  of  the  World's  Fair  Boards  of  almost  every  state  and  territory  of 
the  Union.  Inspired  by  this  success  at  home,  it  had  the  courage  to  attempt  to  ex- 
tend the  benefits  it  had  received  to  the  women  of  other  countries.  It  officially  in- 
vitied  all  foreign  governments,  which  had  decided  to  participate  in  the  Exposition, 
td^appoint  committees  of  women,  to  co-operate  with  it.  The  active  help  given  by 
the  Department  of  State  was  invaluable  in  promoting  this  plan,  the  success  of 
which  has  been  notable,  for  we  now  have  under  the  patronage  of  royalty,  or  the 
heads  of  government,  committees  composed  of  the  most  influential,  intellectual  and 
practical  women  in  France,  England,  Germany,  Austria,  Russia,  Italy,  Holland, 
Belgium,  Sweden,  Norway,  Portugal,  Japan,  Siam,  Algeria,  Cape  Colony,  Ceylon, 
Brazil,  the  Argentine  Republic,  Cuba,  Mexico  and  Nicaragua,  and  although  com- 
mittees have  not  yet  been  announced,  favorable  responses  have  been  received  from 
Spain,  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Venezuela,  Panama  and  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

No  organization  comparable  to  this  has  ever  before  existed  among  women. 
It  is  official,  acting  under  government  authority  and  sustained  by  government  funds. 
It  is  so  far-reaching  that  it  encircles  the  globe. 

Without  touching  upon  politics,  suffrage,  or  other  irrelevant  issues,  this 
unique  organization  of  women  for  women  will  devote  itself  to  the  promotion  of 
their  industrial  interests.  It  will  address  itself  to  the  formation  of  a  public  senti- 
ment which  will  favor  woman's  industrial  equality,  and  her  receiving  just  compen- 
sation for  services  rendered.  It  will  try  to  secure  for  her  work  the  consideration 
and  respect  which  it  deserves,  and  establish  her  importance  as  an  economic  factor. 
To  this  end  it  will  endeavor  to  obtain  and  install  in  these  buildings  exhibits  show- 
ing the  value  of  her  contributions  to  the  industries,  sciences  and  arts,  as  well  as 
statistics  giving  the  proportionate  amount  of  her  work  in  every  country. 

Of  all  the  changes  that  have  resulted  from  the  great  ingenuity  and  inventive- 
ness of  the  race,  there  is  none  that  equals  in  importance  to  woman  the  application  of 
machinery  to  the  performance  of  the  never-ending  tasks  that  have  previously  been 
hers.  The  removal  from  the  household  to  the  various  factories  where  such  work  is 
now  done  of  spinning,  carding,  dyeing,  knitting,  the  weaving  of  textile  fabrics,  sew- 
ing, the  cutting  and  making  of  garments  and  many  other  laborious  occupations  has 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  113 

enabled  her  to  lift  her  eyes  from  the  drudgery  that  has  oppressed  her  since  prehis- 
toric days. 

The  result  is  that  women  as  a  sex  have  been  liberated.  They  now  have  time 
to  think,  to  be  educated,  to  plan  and  pursue  careers  of  their  own  choosing.  Con- 
sider the  value  to  the  race  of  one-half  of  its  members  being  enabled  to  throw  aside 
the  intolerable  bondage  of  ignorance  that  has  always  weighed  them  down!  See  the 
innumerable  technical,  professional,  and  art  schools,  academies  and  colleges  that 
have  been  suddenly  called  into  existence  by  the  unwonted  demand!  It  is  only  about 
one  hundred  years  since  girls  were  first  permitted  to  attend  the  free  schools  of 
Boston.  They  were  then  allowed  to  take  the  places  of  boys  for  whom  the  schools 
were  instituted,  during  the  season  when  the  latter  were  helping  to  gather  in  the 

harvest. 

It  is  not  strange  that  woman  is  drinking  deeply  of  the  long-denied  fountain  of 
knowledge.  She  had  been  told,  until  she  almost  believed  it,  by  her  physician,  that 
she  was  of  too  delicate  and  nervous  an  organization  to  endure  the  application  and 
mental  strain  of  the  schoolroom— by  the  scientist  that  the  quality  of  the  gray  matter 
of  her  brain  would  not  enable  her  to  grasp  the  exact  sciences,  and  that  its  peculiar 
convolutions  made  it  impossible  for  her  to  follow  a  logical  proposition  from  premise 
to  conclusion — by  her  anxious  parents  that  there  was  nothing  that  a  man  so  abomi- 
nated as  a  learned  wom.an,  nothing  so  unlovely  as  a  blue  stocking,  and  yet  she  comes, 
smiling  from  her  curriculum  with  her  honors  fresh  upon  her,  healthy  and  wise,  forc- 
ing us  to  acknowledge  that  she  is  more  than  ever  attractive,  companionable,  and 
useful. 

What  is  to  be  done  with  this  strong,  self-poised  creature  of  glowing  imagina- 
tion and  high  ideals,  who  evidently  intends,  as  a  natural  and  inherent  right,  to  pur- 
sue her  self-development  in  her  chosen  line  of  work?  Is  the  world  ready  to  give 
her  industrial  and  intellectual  independence,  and  to  open  all  doors  before  her?  The 
human  race  is  not  so  rich  in  talent,  genius  and  useful  creative  energy  that  it  can 
afford  to  allow  any  considerable  proportion  of  these  valuable  attributes  to  be  wasted 
or  unproductive,  even  though  they  be  possessed  by  women. 

The  sex  which  numbers  more  than  one-half  the  population  of  the  world  is 
forced  to  enter  the  keen  competition  of  life  with  many  disadvantages,  both  real  and 
factitious.  Are  the  legitimate  compensation  and  honors  that  should  come  as  the 
result  of  ability  and  merit  to  be  denied  on  the  untenable  ground  of  sex  aristocracy? 
We  are  told  by  scientists  that  the  educated  eye  and  ear  of  today  are  capable 
of  detecting  subtle  harmonies  and  delicate  gradations  of  sound  and  color  that  were 
imperceptible  to  our  ancestors;  that  artists  and  musicians  will  consequently  never 
reach  the  last  possible  combination  of  tones,  or  of  tints,  because  their  fields  will 
widen  before  them,  disclosing,  constantly,  new  beauties  and  attractions.  We  cannot 
doubt  that  human  intelligence  will  gain  as  much  by  development;  that  it  will 
vibrate  with  new  power  because  of  the  uplifting  of  one-half  of  its  members — and 
of  that  half,  which  is,  perhaps,  conceded  to  be  the  more  moral,  sympathetic,  and 
imaginative — from  darkness  into  light. 

As  a  result  of  the  freedom  and  training  now  granted   them,  we  may  confi- 


114  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

dently  await,  not  a  renaissance, but  the  first  blooming  of  the  perfect  flower  of  woman- 
hood. After  centuries  of  careful  pruning  into  convential  shapes,  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements of  an  artificial  standard,  the  shears  and  props  have  been  thrown  away. 
We  shall  learn  by  watching  the  beauty  and  the  vigor  of  the  natural  growth  in  the 
open  air  and  sunshine,  how  artificial  and  false  was  the  ideal  we  had  previously 
cherished.  Our  efforts  to  frustrate  nature  will  seem  grotesque,  for  she  may  always 
be  trusted  to  preserve  her  types.  Our  utmost  hope  is,  that  woman  may  become  a 
more  congenial  companion  and  fit  partner  for  her  illustrious  mate,  whose  destiny 
she  has  shared  during  the  centuries. 

We  are  proud  that  the  statesmen  of  our  own  great  country  have  been  the 
first  to  see  beneath  the  surface  and  to  understand  that  the  old  order  of  things  has 
passed  awa3^  and  that  new  methods  must  be  inaugurated.  We  wish  to  express 
our  thanks  to  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  for  having  made  this  great 
step  forward,  and  also  for  having  subsequently  approved  and  indorsed  the  plans  of 
the  Board  of  Lady  Managers,  as  was  manifested  by  their  liberal  appropriation  for 
carrying  them  out. 

We  most  heartily  appreciate  the  assistance  given  us  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States,  the  Department  of  State,  and  our  foreign  ministers.  We  hope  to 
have  occasion  to  thank  all  of  the  other  great  departments  of  the  government  before 
we  finish  our  work. 

Even  more  important  than  the  discovery  of  Columbus,  which  we  are  gathered 
together  to  celebrate,  is  the  fact  that  the  general  government  has  just  discovered 
woman.  It  has  sent  out  a  flash-light  from  its  heights,  so  inaccessible  to  us,  which 
we  shall  answer  by  a  return  signal  when  the  Exposition  is  opened.  What  will  be 
its  next  message  to  us? 


LORD  SALSBURY'S  BANQUET  HALL.  HATFIELD  HOUSE,  ENGLAND.     MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


"5 


CHAPTER  VII. 
THE  DEDICATORY  ORATION. 

Magnificent  Effort  of  Henry  Watterson— Grand  and  Patriotic  Throughout— The  Earnest  Kentuckiau 
Touches  Brilliantly  Upon  Many  of  the  Salient  Points  from  1492  to  the  Present  Day— From  the 
Hillside  of  Santa  Rabida  to  the  Present  Hour  of  Celebration— No  Geography  in  American 
Manhood— No  Sections  to  American  Fraternity— The  Rise  of  the  Young  Republic— The  Drum 
Taps  of  the  Revolution — The  Tramp  of  the  Minute  Men— The  Curse  of  Slavery  Gone— The 
Mirage  of  Separation  Vanished— A  Great  and  Undivided  Country. 

ITH  darkness  settling  fast,  the  dedication  service  had 
only  reached  its  main  event,  the  Dedicatory  Oration^ 
by  Henry  Watterson.  This  effort  had  been  prepared 
at  almost  a  moment's  call,  on  the  declination  of  Mr. 
Breckinridge.  In  its  delivery,  too,  the  great  journal- 
ist exhibited  that  strong  good  sense  which,  together 
with  his  genius,  has  ensconsed  him  so  securely  in  the 
hearts  of  Americans.  No  orator  was  ever  given  a 
more  hearty  reception  than  was  accorded  Henry  Wat- 
terson when  he  was  introduced  by  Director-General 
Davis.  And  Mr.  Watterson  entered  into  the  spirit  of 
the  occasion,  delivering  his  address  in  his  own 
peculiarly  effective  style.  Just  before  he  concluded, 
a  ray  of  sunlight  entered  one  of  the  western  windows^ 
and  falling  upon  his  gray  locks  seemed  to  crown 
him.  The  great  Kentuckian  accepted  the  gift,  and  throwing  his  face  into  the 
strong  light  delivered  his  final  sentiment  so  as  to  impress  each  individual  of  that 
throng.     His  speech  was  as  follows: 

Among  the  wonders  of  creative  and  constructive  genius  in  the  course  of  pre- 
paration for  this  festival  of  the  nations,  whose  formal  and  official  inauguration  has 
brought  us  together,  will  presently  be  witnessed  upon  the  margin  of  the  inter- 
ocean  which  gives  to  this  noble  and  beautiful  city  the  character  and  rank  of  a  mari- 
time metropolis,  a  spectatorium,  wherein  the  Columbian  epic  will  be  told  with  realistic 
effects  surpassing  the  most  splendid  and  impressive  achievements  of  the  modern 
stage.  No  one  who  has  had  the  good  fortune  to  see  the  models  of  this  extra- 
ordinary work  of  art  can  have  failed  to  be  moved  by  the  union  which  it  embodies, 
of  the  antique  in  history  and  the  current  in  life  and  thought,  as,  beginning  with  the 
weird  mendicant  fainting  upon  the  hillside  of  Santa  Rabida  it  traces  the  strange 
adventures  of  the  Genoese  seer  from  the  royal  camp  of  Santa  Fe  to  the  sunny 
coasts  of  the  Isles  of  Inde;  through  the  weary  watches  of  the  endless  night,  whose 


ii6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

sentinel  stars  seemed  set  to  mock  but  not  to  guide;  through  the  trackless  and  shore- 
less wastes  of  the  mystic  sea,  spread  day  by  day  to  bear  upon  every  rise  and  fall  of 
its  heaving  bosom  the  death  of  fair,  fond  hopes,  the  birth  of  fantastic  fears;  the 
peerless  and  thrilling  revelation,  and  all  that  has  followed  to  the  very  moment  that 
beholds  us  here,  citizens,  freemen,  equal  shareholders  in  the  miracle  of  American 
civilization  and  development.  Is  there  one  among  us  who  does  not  thank  his 
Maker  that  he  has  lived  to  join  in  this  universal  celebration,  this  jubilee  of  mankind? 
I  am  appalled  when  I  reflect  upon  the  portent  and  meaning  of  the  proclama- 
tion which  has  been  delivered  in  our  presence.  The  painter  employed  by  the  king  s 
command  to  render  to  the  eye  some  particular  exploit  of  the  people,  or  the  throne, 
knows  in  advance  precisely  what  he  has  to  do;  there  is  a  limit  set  upon  his  purpose; 
his  canvas  is  measured;  his  colors  are  blended,  and,  with  the  steady  and  sure  hand 
of  the  master,  he  proceeds,  touch  upon  touch,  to  body  forth  the  forms  of  things 
known  and  visible.  Who  shall  measure  the  canvas  or  blend  the  colors  that  are  to 
the  mind's  eye  of  the  present  the  scenes  of  the  past  in  American  glory?  Who  shall 
dare  attempt  to  summon  the  dead  to  life,  and  out  of  the  tomb  of  the  ages  recall  the 
tones  of  the  martyrs  and  heroes  whose  voices,  though  silent  forever,  still  speak  to 
us  in  all  that  we  are  as  a  nation,  in  all  that  we  do  as  men  and  women? 

We  look  before  and  after,  and  we  see  through  the  half-drawn  folds  of  Time 
as  through  the  solemn  archways  of  some  grand  cathedral  the  long  procession  pass, 
as  silent  and  as  real  as  a  dream;  the  caravels,  tossing  upon  Atlantic  billows,  have 
their  sails  refilled  from  the  east  and  bear  away  to  the  west;  the  land  is  reached,  and 
fulfilled  is  the  vision  whose  actualities  are  to  be  gathered  by  other  hands  than  his 
who  planned  the  voyage  and  steered  the  bark  of  discovery;  the  long  sought,  golden 
day  has  come  to  Spain  at  last,  and  Castilian  conquests  tread  one  upon  another  fast 
enough  to  pile  up  perpetual  power  and  riches. 

But  even  as  simple  justice  was  denied  Columbus  was  lasting  tenure  denied 
the  Spaniard. 

We  look  again  and-we  see  in  the  far  northeast  the  Old  World  struggle  be- 
tween the  French  and  English  transferred  to  the  New,  ending  in  the  tragedy  upon 
the  heights  above  Quebec;  we  see  the  sturdy  Puritans  in  bell-crowned  hats  and 
sable  garments  assail  in  unequal  battle  the  savage  and  the  elements,  overcoming 
both  to  rise  against  a  mightier  foe;  we  see  the  gay  but  dauntless  cavaliers,  to  the 
southward,  join  hands  with  the  Roundheads  in  holy  rebellion.  And,  lo,  down  from 
the  green-walled  hills  of  New  England,  out  of  the  swamps  of  the  Carolinas,  came 
faintly  to  the  ear  like  far-away  forest  leaves  stirred  to  music  by  autumn  winds,  the 
drum-taps  of  the  Revolution;  the  tramp  of  the  minute-men,  Israel  Putnam  riding 
before;  the  hoof-beats  of  Sumter's  horse  galloping  to  the  front;  the  thunder  of 
Stark's  guns  in  spirit-battle;  the  gleam  of  Marion's  watch-fires  in  ghostly  bivouac; 
and  there,  there    in  serried,  saint-like  ranks  on  fame's   eternal   camping-ground 

stand — 

"  The  old  Continentals, 
In  their  ragged  regimentals, 
Yielding  not," 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  117 

as  amid  the  singing  of  angels  in  heaven,  the  scene  is  shut  out  from  our  mortal  vision 
by  proud  and  happy  tears. 

We  see  the  rise  of  the  young  republic;  and  the  gentlemen  in  knee-breeches 
and  powdered  wigs  who  signed  the  Declaration  and  the  gentlemen  in  knee-breeches 
and  powdered  wigs  who  made  the  Constitution.  We  see  the  little  Nation  menaced 
from,  without.  We  see  the  riflemen  in  hunting-shirt  and  buckskin  swarm  from  the 
cabin  in  the  wilderness  to  the  rescue  of  country  and  home;  and  our  hearts  swell  to 
a  second  and  final  decree  of  independence  won  by  the  powers  and  valor  of  Ameri- 
can arms  upon  the  land  and  sea. 

And  then,  and  then — since  there  is  no  life  of  nations  or  of  men  without  its 
shadow  and  its  sorrow — there  comes  a  day  when  the  spirits  of  the  fathers  no  longer 
walk  upon  the  battlements  of  freedom;  and  all  is  dark;  and  all  seems  lost  save 
liberty  and  honor,  and,  praise  God,  our  blessed  Union.  With  these  surviving,  who 
shall  maryel  at  what  we  see  to-day;  this  land  filled  with  the  treasures  of  earth;  this 
city,  snatched  from  the  ashes,  to  rise  in  splendor  and  renown  passing  the  mind  to 
preconceive. 

Truly,  out  of  trial  comes  the  strength  of  man,  out  of  disaster  comes  the  glory 
of  the  State! 

We  are  met  this  day  to  honor  the  memory  of  Christopher  Columbus,  to  cele- 
brate the  four-hundredth  annual  return  of  the  year  of  his  transcendent  achievement, 
and  with  fitting  rites,  to  dedicate  to  America  and  the  universe  a  concrete  exposition 
of  the  world's  progress  between  1492  and  1892.  No  twenty  centuries  can  be  com- 
pared with  those  four  centuries,  either  in  importance  or  in  interest,  as  no  previous 
ceremonial  can  be  compared  with  this  in  its  wide  significance  and  reach;  because, 
since  the  advent  of  the  Son  of  God,  no  event  has  had  so  great  an  influence  upon 
human  affairs  as  the  discovery  of  the  western  hemisphere.  Each  of  the  centuries 
that  have  intervened  marks  many  revolutions.  .  The  merest  catalogue  would  crowd 
a  thousand  pages.  The  story  of  the  least  of  the  nations  would  fill  a  volume.  In 
what  I  have  to  say  upon  this  occasion,  therefore,  I  shall  confine  myself  to  our  own; 
and,  in  speaking  of  the  United  States  of  America,  I  propose  rather  to  dwell  upon 
our  character  as  a  people,  and  our  reciprocal  obligations  and  duties  as  an  aggrega- 
tion of  communities,  held  together  by  a  fixed  constitution,  and  charged  with  the 
custody  of  a  union  upon  whose  preservation  and  perpetuation  in  its  original  spirit 
and  purpose  the  future  of  free  popular  government  depends,  than  to  enter  into  a 
dissertation  upon  abstract  principles,  or  to  undertake  an  historic  essay.  We  are  a 
plain,  practical  people.  We  are  a  race  of  inventors  and  workers,  not  of  poets  and 
artists.  We  have  led  the  world's  movement,  not  its  thought.  Our  deeds  are  to  be 
found  not  upon  frescoed  walls,  or  in  ample  libraries,  but  in  the  machine  shop,  where 
the  spindles  sing  and  the  looms  thunder;  on  the  open  plain,  where  the  steam  plow, 
the  reaper  and  the  mower  contend  with  one  another  in  friendly  war  against  the 
obduracies  of  nature;  in  the  magic  of  electricity  as  it  penetrates  the  darkest  caverns 
with  its  irresistible  power  and  light.  Let  us  consider  ourselves  and  our  conditions, 
as  far  as  we  are  able,  with  a  candor  Mntinged  by  cynicism  and  a  confidence  having 
no  air  of  assurance. 


ii8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

A  better  oportunity  could  not  be  desired  for  a  study  of  our  peculiarities  than 
is  furnished  by  the  present  moment. 

We  are  in  the  midst  of  the  quadrennial  period  established  for  the  selection 
of  a  Chief  Magistrate.  Each  citizen  has  his  right  of  choice,  each  has  his  right  to 
vote  and  to  have  his  vote  freely  cast  and  fairly  counted.  Whenever  this  right  is 
assailed  for  any  cause  wrong  is  done  and  evil  must  follow,  first  to  the  whole  country, 
which  has  an  interest  in  all  its  parts,  but  most  to  the  community  immediately  in- 
volved, which  must  actually  drink  of  the  cup  that  has  contained  the  poison  and  can- 
not escape  its  infection. 

The  abridgement  of  the  right  of  suffrage,  however,  is  very  nearly  propor- 
tioned to  the  ignorance  or  indifference  of  the  parties  concerned  in  it,  and  there  is 
good  reason  to  hope  that  with  the  expanding  intelligence  of  the  masses  and  the 
growing  enlightenment  of  the  times,  this  particular  form  of  corruption  in  elections 
will  be  reduced  below  the  danger  line. 

To  that  end,  as  to  all  other  good  ends,  the  moderation  of  public  sentiment 
must  ever  be  our  chief  reliance,  for  when  men  are  forced  by  the  general  desire  for 
truth,  and  the  light  which  our  modern  vehicles  of  information  thrown  upon  truth, 
to  discuss  public  questions  for  truth's  sake,  when  it  becomes  the  plain  interest  of 
public  men,  as  it  is  their  plain  duty,  to  do  this,  and  when,  above  all,  friends  and 
neighbors  cease  to  love  one  another  less  because  of  individual  differences  of  opinion 
about  public  affairs,  the  struggle  for  unfair  advantage  will  be  relegated  to  those 
who  have  either  no  character  to  lose  or  none  to  seek. 

It  is  admitted  on  all  sides  that  the  current  Presidential  campaign  is  freer 
from  excitement  and  tumult  than  was  ever  known  before,  and  it  is  argued  from  this 
circumstance  that  we  are  traversing  the  epoch  of  the  commonplace.  If  this  be  so, 
thank  God  for  it!  We  have  had  full  enough  of  the  dramatic  andi  sensational  and 
need  a  season  of  mediocrity  and  repose.  But  may  we  not  ascribe  the  rational  way 
in  which  the  people  are  going  about  their  business  to  larger  knowledge  and  experi- 
ence, and  a  fairer  spirit  than  have  hitherto  marked  our  party  contentions? 

Parties  are  as  essential  to  free  government  as  oxygen  to  the  atmosphere,  or 
sunshine  to  vegetation.  And  party  spirit  is  inseparable  from  party  organism.  To 
the  extent  that  it  is  tempered  by  good  sense  and  good  feeling,  by  love  of  country 
and  integrity  of  purpose,  it  is  a  supreme  virtue;  and  there  should  be  no  gag  short 
of  a  decent  regard  for  the  sensibilities  of  others  put  upon  its  freedom  and  plainness 
of  utterance.  Otherwise  the  limpid  pool  of  democracy  would  stagnate,  and  we 
would  have  a  republic  only  in  name.  But  we  should  never  cease  to  be  admonished 
by  the  warning  words  of  the  Father  of  his  Country  against  the  excess  of  party 
spirit,  reenforced  as  they  are  by  the  experience  of  half  a  century  of  party  warfare; 
happily  culminating  in  the  complete  triumph  of  American  principles,  but  brought 
many  times  dangerously  near  to  the  annihilation  of  all  that  was  great  and  noble  in 
the  national  life. 

Sursum  Corda.  We  have  in  our  own  time  seen  the  Republic  survive  an  irre- 
pressible conflict  sown  in  the  blood  and  marrow  of  the  social  order.  We  have  seen 
the  Federal  Union,  not  too  strongly  put  together  in  the  first  place,  come  out  of  a 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  IW 

great  war  of  sections  stronger  than  when  it  went  into  it,  its  faith  renewed,  its  credit 
rehabilitated,  and  its  flag  saluted  with  love  and  homage  by  60,000,000  of  God-fearing 
men  and  women,  thoroughly  reconciled  and  homogeneous.  We  have  seen  the 
Federal  Constitution  outlast  the  strain,  not  merely  of  a  reconstructory  ordeal  and 
a  presidential  impeachment,  but  a  disputed  count  of  the  electoral  vote,  a  congres- 
sional deadlock,  and  an  extra  constitutional  tribunal,  yet  standing  firm  against  the 
assaults  of  its  enemies,  whilst  yielding  itself  with  admirable  flexibility  to  the  needs 
of  the  country  and  the  time.  And  finally  we  saw  the  gigantic  fabric  of  the  Federal 
Government  transferred  from  hands  that  had  held  it  a  quarter  of  a  century  to  other 
hands  without  a  protest,  although  so  close  was  the  poll  in  the  final  count  that  a 
single  blanket  might  have  covered  both  contestants  for  the  chief  magisterial  office. 
With  such  a  record  behind  us,  who  shall  be  afraid  of  the  future? 

The  young  manhood  of  the  country  may  take  this  lesson  from  those  of  us 
-who  lived  through  times  that  did  indeed  try  men's  souls — when,  pressed  down  from 
day  to  day  by  awful  responsibilities  and  suspense,  each  night  brought  a  terror  with 
every  thought  of  the  morrow,  and,  when  look  where  we  would,  there  were  light 
and  hope  nowhere — that  God  reigns  and  wills,  and  that  this  fair  land  is  and  has 
always  been  in  his  own  keeping. 

The  curse  of  slavery  is  gone.  It  was  a  joint  heritage  of  woe  to  be  wiped  out 
and  expiated  in  blood  and  flame.  The  mirage  of  the  Confederacy  has  vanished. 
It  was  essentially  bucolic,  a  vision  of  A,rcadia,  the  dream  of  a  most  attractive  econ- 
omic fallacy.  The  Constitution  is  no  longer  a  rope  of  sand.  The  exact  relations  of 
the  states  to  the  Federal  Government,  left  open  to  double  construction  by  the  au- 
thors of  our  organic  being  because  they  could  not  agree  among  themselves  and 
union  was  the  paramount  object,  has  been  clearly  and  definitely  fixed  by  the  last 
three  amendments  to  the  original  chart,  which  constitute  the  real  treaty  of  peace 
between  the  No/th  and  South,  and  seal  our  bonds  as  a  nation  forever. 

The  Republic  represents  at  last  the  letter  and  the  spirit  of  the  sublime  declara- 
tion. The  fetters  that  bound  her  to  the  earth  are  burst  asunder.  The  rags  that 
degraded  her  beauty  are  cast  aside.  Like  the  enchanted  princess  in  the  legend, 
clad  in  spotless  raiment  and  wearing  a  crown  of  living  light,  she  steps  in  the  perfec- 
tion of  her  maturity  upon  the  scene  of  this,  the  latest  and  proudest  of  her  victories, 
to  bid  a  welcome  to  the  world! 

Need  I  pursue  the  theme?  This  vast  assemblage  speaks  with  a  resonance 
and  meaning  which  words  can  never  reach.  It  speaks  from  the  fields  that  are 
"blessed  by  the  never-failing  waters  of  the  Kennebec  and  from  the  farms  that  sprinkle 
the  Valley  of  the  Connecticut  with  mimic  principalities  more  potent  and  lasting  than 
the  real;  it  speaks  in  the  whirr  of  the  mills  of  Pennsylvania  and  in  the  ring  of  the 
-wood-cutter's  axe  from  the  forests  of  the  lake  peninsulas;  it  speaks  from  the  great 
plantations  of  the  South  and  West,  teeming  with  staples  that  insure  us  wealth  and 
power  and  stability;  yea,  and  from  the  mines,  forests  and  quarries  of  Michigan  and 
Wisconsin,  of  Alabama  and  Georgia,  of  Tennessee  and  Kentucky,  far  away  to  the 
regions  of  silver  and  gold,  that  have  linked  the  Colorado  and  Rio  Grande  in  close 
embrace,  and  annihilated  time  and  space  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific;  it  speaks 


I20  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

in  one  word  from  the  hearthstone  in  Iowa  and  Illinois,  from  the  home  in  Misblssippi 
and  Arkansas,  from  the  hearts  of  70,000,000  of  fearless,  free-born  men  and  women, 
and  that  one  word  is  "  Union!" 

There  is  no  geography  in  American  manhood.  There  are  no  sections  to 
American  fraternity.  It  needs  but  six  weeks  to  change  a  Vermonter  into  a  Texan, 
and  there  has  been  a  time  when  upon  the  battlefield,  or  the  frontier,  Puritan  and 
Cavalier  were  not  convertible  terms,  having  in  the  beginning  a  common  origin,  and 
so  diffused  and  diluted  on  American  soil  as  no  longer  to  possess  a  local  habitation, 
or  a  nativity,  except  in  the  national  unit. 

The  men  who  planted  the  signals  of  American  civilization  upon  that  sacred 
rock  by  Plymouth  Bay  were  Englishmen,  and  so  were  the  men  who  struck  the  coast 
a  little  lower  down,  calling  their  haven  of  rest  after  the  great  republican  commoner, 
and  founding  by  Hampton  Roads  a  race  of  heroes  and  statesmen,  the  mention  of 
whose  names  brings  a  thrill  to  every  heart.  The  South  claims  Lincoln,  the  immor- 
tal, for  its  own;  the  North  has  no  right  to  reject  Stonewall  Jackson,  the  one  typical 
Puritan  soldier  of  the  war,  for  its  own!  Nor  will  it!  The  time  is  coming,  is  almost 
here,  when  hanging  above  many  a  mantel-board  in  fair  New  England — glorifying 
many  a  cottage  in  the  Sunny  South — shall  be  seen  bound  together,  in  everlasting 
love  and  honor,  two  cross-swords  carried  to  battle  respectively  by  the  grandfather 
who  wore  the  blue  and  the  grandfather  who  wore  the  gray. 

I  cannot  trust  myself  to  proceed.  We  have  come  here  not  so  much  to  recall 
bygone  sorrows  and  glories  as  to  bask  in  the  sunshine  of  present  prosperity  and 
happiness,  to  interchange  patriotic  greetings  and  indulge  good  auguries,  and,  above 
all,  to  meet  upon  the  threshold  the  stranger  within  our  gate,  not  as  a  foreigner,  but 
as  a  guest  and  friend,  for  whom  nothing  that  we  have  is  too  good. 

From  wheresoever  he  cometh  we  welcome  him  with  all  our  hearts;  the  son 
of  the  Rhone  and  the  Garonne,  our  godmother,  France,  to  whom  we  owe  so  much, 
he  shall  be  our  Lafayette;  the  son  of  the  Rhine  and  the  Mozelle,  he  shall  be  our 
Goethe  and  Wagner;  the  son  of  the  Campagna  and  the  Vesuvian  Bay,  he  shall  be 
our  Michael  Angelo  and  our  Garibaldi;  the  son  of  Arragon  and  the  Indies,  he 
shall  be  our  Christopher  Columbus,  fitly  honored  at  last  throughout  the  world. 

Our  good  cousin  of  England  needs  no  words  of  special  civility  and  courtesy 
from  us.  For  him  the  latchstring  is  ever  on  the,  outer  side;  though,  whether  it  be 
or  not,  we  are  sure  that  he  will  enter  and  make  himself  at  home.  A  common  lan- 
guage enables  us  to  do  full  justice  to  one  another  at  the  festive  board  or  in  the 
arena  of  debate,  warning  both  of  us  in  equal  tones  against  further  parley  on  the 
field  of  arms. 

All  nations  and  all  creeds  be  welcome  here;  from  the  Bosphorous  and  the 
Black  sea,  the  Viennese  woods  and  the  Danubian  plains;  from  Holland  dike  to 
Alpine  crag;  from  Belgrade  and  Calcutta  and  round  to  China  seas  and  the  busy 
marts  of  Japan,  the  isles  of  the  Pacific  and  the  far-away  capes  of  Africa^Armenian, 
Christian,  and  Jew — the  American,  loving  no  country  except  his  own,  but  loving 
all  mankind  as  his  brother,  bids  you  partake  with  us  of  these  fruits  of  400  years  of 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  121 

American  civilization  and  development  and  behold  these  trophies  of   100  years  of 

American  independence  and  freedom! 

At  this  moment  in  every  part  of  the  American  Union  the  children  are  taking 

up  the  wondrous  tale  of  the  discovery,  and  from  Boston  to  Galveston,  from  the  little 

log  schoolhouse  in  the  wilderness  to  the  towering  academy  in  the  city  and  the  town, 

may  be  witnessed  the  unprecedented  spectacle  of  a  powerful  nation  captured  by  an 

arm ;  of  Lilliputians,  of  embryo  men  and  women,  of  toppling  boys  and  girls,  and  tiny 

elves    carce  big  enough  to  lisp  the  numbers  of  the  national  anthem,  scarce  strong 

enough  to  lift  the  miniature  flags  that  make  of  arid  street  and  autumn  wood  an 

emblematic  garden  to  gladden  the  sight  and  to  glorify  the  red,  white  and  blue. 

See 

"Our  young  barbarians  all  at  play," 

for  better  than  these  we  have  nothing  to  exhibit.  They,  indeed,  are  our  crown 
jewels:  the  truest,  though  the  inevitable,  offspring  of  our  civilization  and  develop- 
ment; the  representatives  of  a  manhood  vitalized  and  invigorated  by  toil  and  care, 
of  a  womanhood  elevated  and  inspired  by  liberty  and  education.  God  bless  the 
children  and  their  mothers!  God  bless  our  country's  flag!  And  God  be  with  us 
now  and  .ever,  God  in  the  roof-tree's  shade  and  God  on  the  highway,  God  in  the 
winds  and  waves,  and  God  in  all  our  hearts! 


CHAUNCEY  M.  DEPEW. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


123 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
THE  GLOWING  TRIBUTE  OF  CHAUNCEY  M.  DEPEW. 

An  Oration  So  Brillant  As  To  Hold  Every  Listener  SpellrBound— Columbus,  the  Discoverer,  Washington, 
the  Founder,  Lincoln,  the  Savior — God  Always  Has  in  Training  Some  Commanding  Genius  for 
the  Control  of  Great  Crises  in  the  Affairs  of  Nations  and  People — Neither  Realism  nor  Romance 
Furnishes  a  More  Striking  and  Picturesque  Picture  than  that  of  Christopher  Columbus— The 
Magician  of  the  Compass  Belonged  to  that  High  Order  of  "  Cranks "  who  Confidently  Walk 
Where  "Angels  Fear  to  Tread  "—Continents  Are  His  Monuments — Prayer  by  Cardinal  Gibbons 
and  Benediction  by  Rev.  H.  C.  McCosh,  of  Philadelphia— Grand  Display  of  Fireworks  Closed 
the  Dedication  Festivities. 

FTER  Mr.  Watterson  had  concluded  and  the  applause  had 
died    away,   Director-General  Davis  stepped   forward  and 
said:  "The  chorus  will  now  sing  'The  Star  Spangled  Ban- 
ner,' and  everybody  is  invited  to  join  in  the  chorus."     The 
audience  rose  and   as  the  strains  of  the  grand  old  anthem 
floated  out  over  the  immense  assemblage  they  lent  the  in- 
spiration and  the  music  of  their  voices  to  the  great  volume 
of  harmony.    Chauncey  Depew  had  been  on  his  feet  during 
the   singing  of  the   anthem,  and  at  its  conclusion  stepped 
quickly  to  the  front  and  launched  into  his  address.     He  was  forced 
to  halt,  however,  as  his  voice  was  drowned   by  the  cheers  of  the 
audience.     For  nearly  five  minutes  the  gifted  orator  stood  awaiting  the 
applause  to  die  out.     Finally  he  was  allowed  to  proceed,  but  was  inter- 
rupted at  frequent  intervals  by  bursts  of  enthusiasm  from  his  hearers. 
He  said: 

This  day  belongs  not  to  America,  but  to  the  world.  The  results  of  the  event 
it  commemorates  are  the  heritage  of  the  peoples  of  every  race  and  clime.  We 
celebrate  the  emancipation  of  man.  The  preparation  was  the  work  of  almost 
countless  centuries,  the  realization  was  the  revelation  of  one.  The  Cross  on  Cal- 
vary was  hope;  the  cross  raised  on  San  Salvador  was  opportunity.  But  for  the 
first,  Columbus  would  never  have  sailed;  but  for  the  second,  there  would  have  been 
no  place  for  the  planting,  the  nurture  and  the  expansion  of  civil  and  religious  liberty. 
Ancient  history  is  a  dreary  record  of  unstable  civilizations.  Each  reached  its  zenith 
of  material  splendor  and  perished.  The  Assyrian,  Persian,  Egyptian,  Grecian  and 
Roman  empires  were  proofs  of  the  possibilities  and  limitations  of  man  for  conquest 
and  intellectual  development.  Their  destruction  involved  a  sum  of  misery  and  re- 
lapse which  made  their  creation  rather  a  curse  than  a  blessing.  Force  was  the 
factor  in  the  government  of  the  world  when  Christ  was  born,  and  force  was  the 


T24  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

sole  source  and  exercise  of  authority,  both  by  church  and  state  when  Columbus 
sailed  from  Palos.  The  wise  men  traveled  from  the  East  toward  the  West  under 
the  guidance  of  the  Star  of  Bethlehem.  The  spirit  of  the  equality  of  all  men  before 
God  and  the  law  moved  westward  frorn  Calvary  with  its  revolutionary  influence 
upon  old  institutions,  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Columbus  carried  it  westward  across 
the  seas.  The  immigrants  from  England,  Ireland,  Scotland  and  Wales,  from  Ger- 
many and  Holland,  from  Sweden  and  Denmark,  from  France  and  Italy,  have,  under 
its  guidance  and  inspiration,  moved  west  and  again  west,  building  states  and  found- 
ing cities  until  the  Pacific  limited  their  march.  The  exhibition  of  arts  and  sciences, 
of  industries  and  inventions,  of  education  and  civilization,  which  the  Republic  of 
the  United  States  will  here  present,  and  to  which,  through  its  Chief  Magistrate,  it 
invites  all  nations,  condenses  and  displays  the  flower  and  fruitage  of  this  trans- 
cendent miracle. 

The  anarchy  and  chaos  which  followed  the  breaking  up  of  the  Roman  em- 
pire necessarily  produced  the  feudal  system.  The  people  preferring  slavery  to 
annihilation  by  robber  chiefs,  became  the  vassals  of  territorial  lords.  The  reign  of 
physical  force  is  one  of  perpetual  struggle  for  the  mastery.  Power  which  rests  upon 
the  sword  neither  shares  nor  limits  its  authority.  The  king  destroyed  the  lords, 
and  the  monarchy  succeeded  feudalism.  Neither  of  these  institutions  considered 
or  consulted  the  people.  They  had  no  part,  but  to  suffer  or  die  in  this  mighty 
strife  of  masters  for  the  mastery.  But  the  throne,  by  its  broader  view  and  greater 
resources,  made  possible  the  construction  of  the  highways  of  freedom.  Under  its 
banner  races  could  unite,  and  petty  principalities  be  merged,  law  substituted  for 
brute  force,  and  right  for  might.  It  founded  and  endowed  universities,  and  encour- 
aged commerce.  It  conceded  no  political  privileges,  but  unconsciously  prepared  its 
subjects  to  demand  them. 

Absolutism  in  the  state,  and  bigoted  intolerance  in  the  church,  shackled 
popular  unrest,  and  imprisoned  thought  and  enterprise  in  the  fifteenth  century. 
The  divine  right  of  kings  stamped  out  the  faintest  glimmer  of  revolt  against 
tyranny;  and  the  problems  of  science,  whether  of  the  skies  or  of  the  earth,  whether 
of  astronomy  or  geography,  were  solved  or  submerged  by  ecclesiastical  decrees. 
The  dungeon  was  ready  for  the  philosopher  who  proclaimed  the  truths  of  the  solar 
system,  or  the  navigator  who  would  prove  the  sphericity  of  the  earth.  An  English 
Gladstone,  or  a  French  Gambetta,  or  a  German  Bismarck,  or  an  Italian  Garibaldi, 
or  a  Spanish  Castelar,  would  have  been  thought  monsters,  and  their  deaths  at  the 
stake,  or  on  the  scaffold,  and  under  the  anathemas  of  the  Church,  would  have  re- 
ceived the  praise  and  approval  of  kings  and  nobles,  of  priests  and  peoples.  Reason 
had  no  seat  in  spiritual  or  temporal  realms.  Punishment  was  the  incentive  to 
patriotism,  and  piety  was  held  possible  by  torture.  Confessions  of  faith  ex- 
torted from  the  writhing  victim  on  the  rack,  were  believed  efficacious  in  saving 
his  soul  from  fires  eternal  beyond  the  grave.  For  all  that  humanity  to-day  cherishes 
as  its  best  heritage  and  choicest  gifts,  there  was  neither  thought  nor  hope. 

Fifty  years  before  Columbus  sailed  from  Palos,  Gutenberg  and  Faust  had 
forged  the  hammer  which  was  to  break   the  bonds  of  superstition,  and  open  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  125 

prison  doors  of  the  mind.  They  had  invented  the  printing  press  and  movable  types. 
The  prior  adoption  of  a  cheap  process  for  the  manufacture  of  paper,  at  once  utilized 
the  press.  Its  first  service,  like  all  its  succeeding  efforts,  was  for  the  people.  The 
universities  and  the  schoolmen,  the  privileged  and  learned  few  of  that  age,  were 
longing  for  the  revelation  and  preservation  of  the  classic  treasures  of  antiquity, 
hidden,  and  yet  insecure  in  monastic  cells  and  libraries.  But  the  firstborn  of  the 
marvelous  creation  of  these  primitive  printers  of  Mayence  was  the  printed  Bible. 
The  priceless  contributions  of  Greece  and  Rome  to  the  intellectual  training  and 
development  of  the  modern  world  came  afterward,  through  the  same  wondrous 
machine.  The  force,  however,  which  made  possible  America,  and  its  reflex  influ- 
ence upon  Europe,  was  the  open  Bible  by  the  family  fireside.  And  yet  neither  the 
enlightenment  of  the  new  learning,  nor  the  dynamic  power  of  the  spiritual  awaken- 
ing, could  break  through  the  crust  of  caste  which  had  been  forming  for  centuries. 
Church  and  state  had  so  firmly  and  dexterously  interwoven  the  bars  of  privilege 
and  authority  that  liberty  was  impossible  from  within.  Its  piercing  light  and  fervent 
heat  must  penetrate  from  without. 

Civil  and  religious  freedom  are  founded  upon  the  individual  and  his  inde- 
pendence, his  worth,  his  rights  and  his  equal  status  and  opportunity.  For  his 
planting  and  developement,  a  new  land  must  be  found,  where,  with  limitless  areas  for 
expansion,  the  avenues  of  progress  would  have  no  bars  of  custom  or  heredity,  of 
social  orders,  or  privileged  classes.  The  time  had  come  for  the  emancipation  of  the 
mind  and  soul  of  humanity.  The  factors  wanting  for  its  fulfillment  were  the  new 
world  and  its  discoverer. 

God  always  has  in  training  some  commanding  genius  for  the  control  of  great 
crises  in  the  affairs  of  nations  and  peoples.  The  number  of  these  leaders  are  less 
than  the  centuries,  but  their  lives  are  the  history  of  human  progress.  Though 
Caesar  and  Charlemagne,  and  Hildebrand,  and  Luther, and  William  the  Conqueror, 
and  Oliver  Cromwell,  and  all  the  epoch  makers  prepared  Europe  for  the  event,  and 
contributed  to  the  result,  the  lights  which  illumine  our  firmament  to-day  are  Colum- 
bus the  discoverer,  Washington  the  founder,  and  Lincoln  the  savior. 

Neither  realism  nor  romance  furnishes  a  more  striking  and  picturesque 
figure  than  that  of  Christopher  Columbus.  The  mystery  about  his  origin  heightens 
the  charm  of  his  story.  That  he  came  from  among  the  toilers  of  his  time  is  in  har- 
mony with  the  struggles  of  our  period.  Forty-four  authentic  portraits  of  him  have 
descended  to  us,  and  no  two  of  them  are  the  counterfeits  of  the  same  person.  Each, 
represents  a  character  as  distinct  as  its  canvas.  Strength  and  weakness,  intel- 
lectuality and  stupidity,  high  moral  purpose  and  brutal  ferocity,  purity  and  licentious- 
ness, the  dreamer  and  the  miser,  the  pirate  and  the  puritan,  are  the  types  from 
which  we  may  select  our  hero.  We  dismiss  the  painter,  and  piercing  with  the  clari- 
fied vision  of  the  dawn  of  the  twentieth  century  the  veil  of  four  hundred  years,  wf 
construct  our  Columbus. 

The  perils  of  the  sea  in  his  youth  upon  the  rich  argosies  of  Genoa,  or  in  the 
service  of  the  licensed  rovers  who  made  them  their  prey,  had  developed  a  skillful 
navigator  and  intrepid  mariner.     They  had  given  him  a  glimpse  of  the  possibilities 


Jl 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  127 

of  the  unknown,  beyond  the  highways  of  travel,  which  roused  an  unquenchable 
thirst  for  adventure  and  research.  The  study  of  the  narratives  of  previous  ex- 
plorers, and  diligent  questionings  of  the  daring  spirits  who  have  ventured  far  to- 
ward the  fabled  West,  gradually  evolved  a  theory,  which  became  in  his  mind  so 
fixed  a  fact,  that  he  could  inspire  others  with  his  own  passionate  beliefs.  The 
words,  "that  is  a  lie,"  written  by  him  on  the  margin  of  nearly  every  page  of  a 
volume  of  the  travels  of  Marco  Polo,  which  is  still  to  be  found  in  a  Genoese  library, 
illustrated  the  scepticism  of  his  beginning,  and  the  first  vision  of  the  new  world  the 
fulfillment  of  his  faith. 

To  secure  the  means  to  test  the  truth  of  his  speculations,  this  poor  and  un- 
known dreamer  must  win  the  support  of  kings  and  overcome  the  hostility  of  the 
church.  He  never  doubted  his  ability  to  do  both,  though  he  knew  of  no  man  living 
who  was  so  great  in  power,  or  lineage,  or  learning  that  he  could  accomplish  either. 
Unaided  and  alone  he  succeeded  in  arousing  the  jealousies  of  the  sovereigns  and 
dividing  the  councils  of  the  ecclesiastics.  "I  will  command  your  fleet  and  discover 
for  you  new  realms,  but  only  on  condition  that  you  confer  on  me  hereditary  nobility, 
the  Admiralty  of  the  Ocean,  and  the  vice-royalty  and  one-tenth  the  revenues  of 
the  New  World,"  were  his  haughty  terms  to  King  John  of  Portugal.  After  ten 
years  of  disappointment  and  poverty,  subsisting  most  of  the  time  upon  the  charity 
of  the  enlightened  monk  of  the  Convent  of  Rabida,  who  was  his  unfaltering  friend, 
he  stood  before  the  throne  of  Ferdinand  and  Isabella,  and  rising  to  imperial  dignity 
in  his  rags,  embodied  the  same  royal  conditions  in  his  petition.  The  capture  of 
Grenada,  the  expulsion  of  Islam  from  Europe  and  the  triumph  of  the  Cross  aroused 
the  admiration  and  devotion  of  Christendom.  But  this  proud  beggar,  holding  in 
his  grasp  the  potential  promise  and  dominion  of  Eldorado  and  Cathay,  divided  with 
the  Moslem  surrender  the  attention  of  sovereigns  and  bishops.  France  and  Eng- 
land indicated  a  desire  to  hear  his  theories  and  see  his  maps,  while  he  was  still  a 
suppliant  at  the  gates  of  the  camp  of  Castile  and  Aragon,  the  sport  of  its  courtiers 
and  the  scoff  of  its  confessors.  His  unshakable  faith  that  Christopher  Columbus 
was  commissioned  from  Heaven,  both  by  his  name  and  by  Divine  command,  to 
carry  "Christ  across  the  sea"  to  new  continents  and  pagan  peoples,  lifted  him  so  far 
above  the  discouragements  of  an  empty  purse  and  a  contemptuous  court  that  he 
was  proof  against  the  rebuffs  of  fortune  or  of  friends.  To  conquer  the  prejudices 
of  the  clergy,  to  win  the  approval  and  financial  support  of  the  state,  to  venture 
upon  that  unknown  ocean,  which,  according  to  the  beliefs  of  the  age  was  peopled 
with  demons  and  savage  beasts  of  frightful  shape,  and  from  which  there  was  no 
possibility  of  return,  required  the  zeal  of  Peter  the  Hermit,  the  Chivalric  courage 
of  the  Cid  and  the  imagination  of  Dante.  Columbus  belonged  to  that  high  order 
of  Cranks  who  confidently  walk  where  "angels  fear  to  tread,"  and  often  become  the 
benefactors  of  their  country,  or  their  kind. 

It  was  a  happy  omen  of  the  position  which  woman  was  to  hold  in  America, 
that  the  only  person  who  comprehended  the  majestic  scope  of  his  plans,  and  the 
invincible  qualities  of  his  genius,  was  the  able  and  gracious  Queen  of  Castile.  Is- 
abella alone  of  all  the  dignitaries  of  that  age,  shares  with  Columbus  the  honors  of 


128  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

his  great  achievement.  She  arrayed  her  kingdom  and  her  private  fortune  behind 
the  enthusiasm  of  this  mystic  mariner,  and  posterity  pays  homage  to  her  wisdom 
and  faith. 

The  overthrow  of  the  Mahommedan  power  in  Spain  would  have  been  a  for- 
gotten scene,  in  one  of  the  innumerable  acts  in  the  grand  drama  of  history,  had 
not  Isabella  conferred  immortality  upon  herself,  her  husband  and  her  dual  crown 
by  her  recognition  of  Colurnbus.  The  devout  spirit  of  the  Queen,  and  the  high 
purpose  of  the  explorer  inspired  the  voyage,  subdued  the  mutinous  crew,  and  pre- 
vailed over  the  raging  storms.  They  covered  with  the  divine  radiance  of  religion 
and  humanity,  the  degrading  search  for  gold  and  the  horrors  of  its  quest,  which 
filled  the  first  century  of  conquest  with  every  form  of  lust  and  greed. 

The  mighty  soul  of  the  great  Admiral  was  undaunted  by  the  ingratitude  of 
Princes,  and  the  hostility  of  the  people,  by  imprisonment  and  neglect.  He  died  as 
he  was  securing  the  means,  and  preparing  a  campaign  for  the  rescue  of  the  Holy 
Sepulchre  at  Jerusalem  from  the  infidel.  He  did  not  know  what  time  has  revealed, 
that  while  the  misson  of  the  crusades,  of  Godfrey  of  Bouillon  and  Richard  of  the 
Lion  Heart,  was  a  bloody  and  fruitless  romance,  the  discovery  of  America  was  the 
salvation  of  the  world.  The  one  was  the  symbol,  the  other  the  spirit;  the  one  death, 
the  other  life.  The  tomb  of  the  Savior  was  a  narrow  and  empty  vault,  precious 
only  for  its  memories  of  the  supreme  tragedy  of  the  centuries,  but  the  new  conti- 
nent was  to  be  the  home  and  temple  of  the  living  God. 

The  rulers  of  the  Old  World  began  with  partitioning  the  new.  To  them  the 
discovery  was  expansion  of  empire  and  grandeur  to  the  throne.  Vast  territories, 
whose  properties  and  possibilities  were  little  understood,  and  whose  extent  was 
greater  than  the  kingdoms  of  the  sovereigns,  were  the  gifts  to  court  favorites,  and 
the  prizes  of  royal  approval.  But  individual  intelligence  and  independent  con- 
science found  here  haven  and  refuge.  They  were  the  passengers  upon  the  cara- 
vels of  Columbus,  and  he  was  unconsciously  making  for  the  port  of  civil  and  religious 
liberty.  Thinkers,  who  believed  men  capable  of  higher  destinies  and  larger  respon- 
sibilities, and  pious  people  who  preferred  the  Bible  to  that  union  of  church  and  state 
where  each  serves  the  other  for  the  temporal  benefit  of  both,  fled  to  these  distant 
and  hospitable  lands  from  intolerable  and  hopeless  oppression  at  home.  It  required 
three  hundred  years,  for  the  people  thus  happily  situated,  to  understand  their  own 
powers  and  resources,  and  to  break  bonds  which  were  still  reverenced,  or  loved  no 
matter  how  deeply  they  wounded,  or  how  hard  thej^  galled. 

The  nations  of  Europe  were  so  completely  absorbed  in  dynastic  difficulties, 
and  devastating  wars,  with  diplomacy  and  ambitions,  that  they  neither  heeded  nor 
heard  of  the  growing  democratic  spirit,  and  intelligence  in  their  American  colonies. 
To  them,  these  colonies  were  sources  of  revenue,  and  they  never  dreamed  that  they 
were  also  schools  of  liberty.  That  it  exhausted  three  centuries  under  the  most 
favorable  conditions  for  the  evolution  of  freedom  on  this  continent,  demonstrates 
the  tremendous  strength  of  custom  and  heredity  when  sanctioned  and  sanctified 
by  religion.  The  very  chains  which  fettered  became  inextricably  interwoven  with 
the  habits  of  life,  the  associations  of  childhood,  the  tenderest  ties  of  the  family,  and 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  i2g 

the  sacred  offices  of  the  Church  from  the  cradle  to  the  grave.  It  clearly  proves 
that  if  the  people  of  the  Old  World  and  their  descendants  had  not  possessed  the 
oportunities  afforded  by  the  New  for  their  emancipation,  and  mankind  had  never 
experienced  and  learned  the  American  example,  instead  of  lu'ing  in  the  light  and 
glory  of  nineteenth  century  conditions,  they  would  still  be  struggling  with  mediaeval 
problems. 

The  northern  continent  was  divided  between  England,  France  and  Spain, 
and  the  southern  between  Spain  and  Portugal.  France  wanting  the  capacity  for 
colonization,  which  still  characterizes  her,  gave  up  her  western  possessions  and  left 
the  English,  who  have  the  genius  of  universal  empire,  masters  of  North  America. 
The  development  of  the  experiment  in  the  English  makes  this  day  memorable.  It 
is  due  to  the  wisdom  and  courage,  the  faith  and  virtue  of  the  inhabitants  of  this 
territory  that  government  of  the  people,  for  the  people  and  by  the  people  was  in- 
augurated, and  has  become  a  triumphant  success.  The  Puritan  settled  in  New 
England  and  the  Cavalier  in  the  South.  They  represent  the  opposites  of  spiritual 
and  temporal  life  and  opinions.  The  process  of  liberty  liberalized  the  one  and  ele- 
vated the  other.  Washington  and  Adams  were  the  new  types.  There  union  in  a 
common  cause  gave  the  world  a  Republic  both  stable  and  free.  It  possessed  con- 
servatism without  bigotry,  and  liberty  without  license.  It  founded  institutions 
strong  enough  to  resist  revolution,  and  elastic  enough  for  indefinite  extension  to 
meet  the  requirements  in  government  of  ever  enlarging  areas  of  population,  and 
the  needs  of  progress  and  growth. 

The  Mayflower  with  the  Pilgrims,  and  a  Dutch  ship  laden  with  African 
slaves,  were  on  the  ocean  at  the  same  time,  the  one  sailing  for  Massachusetts,  and 
the  other  for  Virginia.  This  company  of  saints,  and  first  cargo  of  slaves,  repre- 
sented the  forces  which  were  to  peril  and  rescue  free  government.  The  slaver  was 
the  product  of  commercial  spirit  of  Great  Britain,  and  the  greed  of  the  times  to 
stimulate  production  in  the  colonies.  The  men  who  wrote  in  the  cabin  of  the  May- 
flower the  first  charter  of  freedom,  a  government  of  just  and  equal  laws,  were  a 
little  band  of  protestants  against  every  form  of  injustice  and  tyranny.  The  leaven 
of  their  principles  made  possible  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  liberated  the 
slaves,  and  founded  the  free  commonwealths  which  form  the  Republic  of  the 
United  States. 

Platforms  of  principles,  by  petition,  or  protest,  or  statement,  have  been  as 
frequent  as  revolts  against  established  authority.  They  are  part  of  the  political 
literature  of  all  nations.  The  Declaration  of  Independence  proclaimed  at  Phila- 
delphia, July  4,  1776,  is  the  only  one  of  them  which  arrested  the  attention  of  the 
world  when  it  was  published,  and  has  held  its  undivided  interest  ever  since.  The 
vocabulary  of  the  equality  of  man  had  been  in  familiar  use  by  philosophers  and 
statesmen  for  ages.  It  expressed  noble  sentiments,  but  their  application  was  lim- 
ited to  classes  or  conditions.  The  masses  care  little  for  them  nor  remembered  them 
long.  Jefferson's  superb  crystallization  of  the  popular  opinion,  "  all  men  are  created 
equal,  that  they  are  endowed  by  their  Creator  with  certain  inalienable  rights,  that 
among  these  are  life,  liberty  and  the  pursuit  of  happiness,"  had  its  force  and  effect 


I30  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

of  being  the  deliberate  utterance  of  jhe  people.  It  swept  away  in  a  single  sentence 
kings  and  nobles,  poets  and  prelates.  It  was  Magna  Charta,  and  the  Petition 
of  Rights  planted  in  the  virgin  soil  of  the  American  wilderness,  and  bearing  richer 
and  riper  fruit.  Under  its  vitalizing  influence  upon  the  individual,  the  farmer  left 
his  plow  in  the  furrow,  the  lawyer  his  bench,  to  enlist  in  the  patriotic  army.  They 
were  fighting  for  themselves  and  their  children.  They  embodied  the  idea  in  their 
constitution,  in  the  immortal  words  with  which  that  great  instrument  of  liberty  and 
order  began:  "  We,  the  people  of  the  United  States,  do  ordain." 

The  scope  and  limitations  of  this  idea  of  freedom  have  neither  been  misin- 
terpreted nor  misunderstood.  The  laws  of  nature  in  their  application  to  the  rise 
and  recognition  of  men  according  to  their  mental,  moral,  spiritual  and  physical  en- 
dowments are  left  undisturbed.  But  the  accident  of  birth  gives  no  rank  and  con- 
fers no  privilege.  Equal  rights  and  common  opportunity  for  all  have  been  the 
spurs  of  ambition,  and  the  motors  of  progress.  They  have  established  the  common 
schools,  and  built  the  public  libraries.  A  sovereign  people  have  learned  and  en- 
forced the  lesson  of  free  education.  The  practice  of  government  is  itself  a  liberal 
education.  People  who  make  their  own  laws  need  no  law-givers.  After  a  century 
of  successful  trial,  the  system  has  passed  the  period  of  experiment,  and  its  dem- 
onstrated permanency  and  power  are  revolutionizing  the  governments  of  the  world. 
It  has  raised  the  largest  armies  of  modern  times  for  self  preservation,  and  at  the 
successful  termination  of  the  war  returned  the  soldiers  to  the  pursuits  of  peace.  It 
has  so  adjusted  itself  to  the  pride  and  patriotism  of  the  defeated,  that  they  vie  with 
the  victors  in  their  support  and  enthusiasm  for  the  old  flag  and  our  common  coun- 
try Imported  anarchists  have  preached  their  baleful  doctrines,  but  have  made  no 
converts.  They  have  tried  to  inaugurate  a  reign  of  terror  under  the  banner  of  the 
violent  seizure  and  distribution  of  property,  onlyto  be  defeated,  imprisoned  and  exe- 
cuted by  the  law  made  by  the  people  and  enforced  by  juries  selected  from  the 
people,  and  judges  and  prosecuting  officers  elected  by  the  people.  Socialism  finds 
disciples  only  among  those  who  were  its  votaries  before  they  were  forced  to  fly  from 
their  native  land,  but  it  does  not  take  root  upon  American  soil.  The  State  neither 
supports  nor  permits  taxation  to  maintam  the  Church.  The  citizen  can  worship 
God  according  to  his  belief  and  conscience,  or  he  may  neither  reverence  nor  rec- 
ognize the  Almighty.  And  yet  religion  has  flourished,  churches  abound,  the  min- 
istry is  sustained,  and  millions  of  dollars  are  contributed  annually  for  the  evan- 
gelization of  the  world.  The  United  States  is  a  Christian  country  a  living  and 
practical  Christianity  is  the  characteristic  of  the  people. 

Benjamin  Franklin,  philosopher  and  patriot,  amused  the  jaded  courtiers  of 
Louis  XIV.  by  his  talks  about  liberty,  and  entertained  the  scientists  of  France  by 
bringing  lightning  from  the  clouds.  In  the  reckoning  of  time,  the  period  from 
Franklin  to  Morse,  and  from  Morse  to  Edison,  is  but  a  span,  and  yet  it  makes  a 
material  development  as  marvelous  as  it  has  been  beneficient.  The  world  has  been 
brought  into  contact  and  sympathy.  The  electric  current  thrills  and  unifies  the 
people  of  the  globe.  Power  and  production,  highways  and  transports  have  been  so 
multiplied  and  improved  by  inventive  genius,  that  within  the  century  of  our  inde- 


CARDINAL  GIBBONS 


132  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

pendence  sixty-four  millions  of  people  have  happy  homes  and  improved  conditions 
within  our  borders.  We  have  accumulated  wealth  far  beyond  the  visions  of  the 
Cathay  of  Columbus,  or  the  El  Dorado  of  De  Sota.  But  the  farmers  and  free- 
holders, the  savings  banks  and  shops  illustrate  its  universal  distribution.  The  ma- 
jority are  its  possessors  and  administrators.  In  housing  and  living,  in  the  elements 
which  make  the  toiler  a  self-respecting  and  respected  citizen,  in  avenues  of 
hope  and  ambition  for  children,  in  all  that  gives  broader  scope  and  keener  pleasure 
to  existence,  the  people  of  this  republic  enjoy  advantages  far  beyond  those  of  other 
lands.  The  unequaled  and  phenomenal  progress  of  the  country  has  opened  won- 
derful opportunities  for  making  fortunes,  and  stimulated  to  madness  the  desire  and 
rush  for  the  accumulation  of  money.  Material  prosperity  has  not  debased  litera- 
ture nor  debauched  the  press;  it  has  neither  paralyzed  nor  repressed  intellectual 
activity.  American  science  and  letters  have  received  rank  and  recognition  in  the 
older  centers  of  learning.  The  demand  for  higher  education  has  so  taxed  the  re- 
sources of  the  ancient  universities,  as  to  compel  the  foundation  and  liberal  endow- 
ment of  colleges  all  over  the  union.  Journals  remarkable  for  their  ability,  inde- 
pendenc2  and  power,  find  their  strength,  not  in  the  patronage  of  government,  or 
the  subsides  of  wealth,  but  in  the  support  of  a  nation  of  newspaper  readers.  The 
humblest  and  poorest  person,  has  in  periodicals  whose  price  is  counted  in  pennies,  a 
library  larger,  fuller  and  more  varied,  than  was  within  reach  of  the  rich  in  the  time 
of  Columbus. 

The  sum  of  human  happiness  has  been  infinitely  increased  by  the  millions 
from  the  Old  World  who  have  improved  their  conditions  in  the  New,  and  the 
returning  tide  of  lesson  and  experience  has  incalculably  enriched  the  Fatherlands. 
The  divine  right  of  kings  has  taken  its  place  with  the  instruments  of  medieval  tor- 
ture among  the  curiosities  of  the  antiquary.  Only  the  shadow  of  kingly  authority 
stands  between  the  government  of  themselves  by  themselves  and  the  people  of 
Norway  and  Sweden.  The  union  in  one  empire  of  states  of  Germany  is  the  symbol 
of  Teutonic  power,  and  the  hope  of  German  liberalism.  The  petty  despotisms  of 
Italy  have  been  merged  into  a  nationality  which  has  centralized  its  authority  in  its 
ancient  capitol  on  the  hills  of  Rome.  France  was  rudely  roused  from  the  sullen 
submission  of  centuries  to  intolerable  tyranny  by  her  soldiers  returning  from  service 
in  the  American  Revolution.  The  wild  orgies  of  the  reign  of  terror  were  the  reven- 
ges and  excesses  of  a  people  who  had  discovered  their  power  but  were  not  pre- 
pared for  its  beneficient  use.  She  fled  from  herself  into  the  arms  of  Napoleon. 
He,  too,  was  a  product  of  the  American  experiment.  He  played  with  kings  as  with 
toys,  and  educated  France  for  liberty.  In  the  process  of  her  evolution  from  dark- 
ness to  light  she  tried  Bourbon,  and  Orleanist  and  the  third  Napoleon,  and  cast 
them  aside.  Now  in  the  fullness  of  time,  and  through  the  training  in  the  school 
of  hardest  experience,  the  French  people  have  reared  and  enjoy  a  permanent 
republic.  England  of  the  Mayflower  and  of  James  the  Second,  England  of  George 
the  Third  and  of  Lord  North,  has  enlarged  suffrage  and  is  to-day  animated  and 
governed  by  the  democratic  spirit.  She  has  her  throne,  admirably  occupied  by  one 
of  the  wisest  of  sovereigns  and  best  of  women,  but  it  would  not  survive  one  dissolute 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  133 

and  unworthy  successor.    She  has  her  hereditary  peers,  but  the   House  of   Lords 
will  be  brushed  aside  the  moment  it  resists  the  will  of  the  people. 

The  time  has  arrived  for  both  a  closer  union,  and  greater  distance  between 
the  Old  World  and  the  New.  The  former  indiscriminate  welcome  to  our  prairies^ 
and  the  present  invitation  to  these  palaces  of  art  and  industry,  mark  the  passing 
period.  Unwatched  and  unhealthy  immigration  can  no  longer  be  permitted  to  our 
shores.  We  must  have  a  national  quarantine  against  disease,  pauperism  and  crime. 
We  do  not  want  candidates  for  our  hospitals,  our  poorhouses  or  our  jails.  We  can- 
not admit  those  who  come  to  undermine  our  institutions  and  subvert  our  laws. 
But  we  will  gladly  throw  wide  our  gate  for,  and  receive  with  open  arms,  those  who 
by  intelligence  and  virtue,  by  thrift  and  loyalty,  are  worthy  of  receiving  the  equal 
advantages  of  the  priceless  gift  of  American  citizenship.  The  spirit  and  object  of 
this  exhibition  are  peace  and  kinship. 

Three  millions  of  Germans,  who  are  among  the  best  citizens  of  the  Republic, 
send  greeting  to  the  Fatherland  their  pride  in  its  glorious  history,  its  ripe  literature 
its  traditions  and  associations.     Irish,  equal  in  number  to  those  who  still  remain 
upon  the  Emerald  Isle,  who  have  illustrated  their  devotion  to  their  adopted  country 
on  many  a  battlefield  fighting  for  the  Union  and  its  perpetuity,  have  rather  intensi- 
fied than  diminished  their  love  for  the  land  of  the  shamrock,  and  their  sympathy 
with  the  aspirations  of  their  brethren  at  home.     The  Italian,  the  Spaniard,  and  the 
Frenchman,  the  Norwegian,  the  Swede,  and  the  Dane,  the   English,  the  Scotch, 
and  the  Welsh,  are  none  the  less  loyal  and  devoted  Americans,  because  in  this  con- 
gress of  their  kin,  the  tendrils  of  affection  draw  them  closer  to  the  hills  and  valleys, 
the  legends  and  the  loves  associated  with  their  youth. 

Edmund  Burke,  speaking  in  the  British  Parliment  with  prophetic  voice,  said: 
"A  great  revolution  has  happened — a  revolution  made,  not  by  chopping  and  chang- 
ing of  power  in  any  of  the  existing  States,  but  by  the  appearance  of  a  new  State,  of 
a  new  species,  in  a  new  part  of  the  globe.  It  has  made  as  great  a  change  in  all  the 
relations  and  balances  and  gravitations  of  power  as  the  appearance  of  a  new  planet 
would  in  the  system  of  the  solar  world."  Thus  was  the  humiliation  of  our  suc- 
cessful revolt  tempered  to  the  motherland  by  pride  in  the  State  created  by  her 
children.  If  we  claim  heritage  in  Bacon,  Shakespeare  and  Milton,  we  also  acknow- 
ledge that  it  was  for  liberties  guaranteed  Englishmen  by  sacred  charters  our 
fathers  triumphantly  fought.  While  wisely  rejecting  throne  and  caste  and  privilege 
and  an  established  church  in  their  new-born  state,  they  adopted  the  substance  of 
English  liberty  and  the  body  of  English  law.  Closer  relations  than  with  other 
lands,  and  a  common  language  rendering  easy  interchanges  of  criticisms  and 
epithet,  sometimes  irritate  and  offend,  but  the  heart  of  Republican  America  beats 
with  responsive  pulsations  to  the  hopes  and  aspirations  of  the  people  of  Great 
Britain. 

The  grandeur  and  beauty  of  this  spectacle  are  the  eloquent  witnesses  of 
peace  and  progress.  The  Parthenon  and  the  cathedral  exhausted  the  genius  of 
the  ancient,  and  the  skill  of  the  mediaeval  architects,  in  housing  the  statue  or  spirit 
of  Deity.     In   their  ruins  or  their  antiquity  they  are  mute  protests  against   the 


134  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

merciless  enmity  of  nations,  which  forced  art  to  flee  to  the  altar  for  protection 
The  United  States  welcomes  the  sister  republics  of  the  southern  and  northern  con- 
tinents, and  the  nations  and  peoples  of  Europe  and  Asia,  of  Africa  and  Australia, 
with  the  products  of  their  lands,  of  their  skill  and  of  their  industry  to  this  city  of 
yesterday,  yet  clothed  with  loyal  splendor  as  the  Queen  of  the  Great  Lakes.  The 
artists  and  architects  of  the  country  have  been  bidden  to  design  and  erect  the 
buildings  which  shall  fitly  illustrate  the  height  of  our  civilization  and  the  breadth  of 
our  hospitality.  The  peace  of  the  world  permits  and  protects  their  efforts  in  util- 
izing their  powers  for  man's  temporal  welfare.  The  result  is  this  Park  of  Palaces. 
The  originality  and  boldness  of  their  conceptions  and  the  magnitude  and  harmony 
of  their  creations  are  the  contributions  of  America  to  the  oldest  of  the  arts  and  the 
cordial  bidding  of  America  to  the  peoples  of  the  earth  to  come  and  bring  the 
fruitage  of  their  age  to  the  boundless  opportunities  of  this  unparalled  exhibition. 

If  interest  in  the  affairs  of  this  world  are  vouchsafed  to  those  who  have  gone 
before,  the  spirit  of  Columbus  hovers  over  us  to-day.  Only  by  celestial  Intelligence 
can  it  grasp  the  full  significance  of  this  spectacle  and  ceremonial. 

From  the  first  century  to  the  fifteentn  counts  for  little  in  the  history  of  pro- 
gress, but  in  the  period  between  the  fifteenth  and  twentieth  is  crowded  the  romance 
and  reality  of  human  development.  Life  has  been  prolonged  and  its  enjoyment 
intensified.  The  powers  of  the  air  and  water,  the  resistless  forces  of  the  elements, 
which  in  the  time  of  the  discoverer  were  the  visible  terrors  of  the  wrath  of  God,, 
have  been  subdued  to  the  service  of  man.  Art  and  luxuries  which  could  be  pos- 
sessed and  enjoyed  only  by  the  rich  and  noble,  the  works  of  genius  which  were  read, 
and  understood  by  the  learned  few,  domestic  comforts  and  surroundings  beyond  the 
reach  of  lord  or  bishop  now  adorn  and  illumine  the  homes  of  our  citizens.  Serfs  are 
sovereigns  and  the  people  are  kings.  The  trophies  and  splendors  of  their  reign- 
are  commonwealths,  rich  in  every  attribute  of  great  states,  and  united  in  a  republic 
whose  power  and  prosperity,  and  liberty  and  enlightenment  are  the  wonder  and 
admiration  of  the  world. 

All  hail  Columbus,  discoverer,  dreamer,  hero  and  apostle.  We,  here,  of  every 
race  and  country,  recognize  the  horizon  which  bounded  his  vision  and  the  infinite 
scope  of  his  genius.  The  voice  of  gratitude  and  praise  for  all  the  blessings  which  have 
showered  upon  mankind  by  his  adventure  is  limited  to  no  language,  but  is  uttered 
in  every  tongue.  Neither  marble  nor  brass  can  fitly  form  his  statue.  Continents 
are  his  monuments,  and  unnumbered  millions,  past,  present  and  to  come,  who  en- 
joy in  their  liberty  and  their  happiness  the  fruits  of  his  faith,  will  reverently  guard 
and  preserve  from  century  to  century  his  name  and  fame. 

Great  applause  followed  the  sublime  effort,  at  the  cessation  of  which  Car- 
dinal Gibbons  invoked  the  divine  blessing.  Then  Rev.  H.  C.  McCosh,  of  Phila- 
delphia, delivered  the  benediction,  and  a  national  salute  closed  the  dedicatory  cer- 
emonies. 

That  night  there  were  three  sets  of  fireworks  on  the  north,  south  and  west 
sides,  which  were  seen  and  enjoyed  by  half  a  million  or  more  people.     Chicago 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


135 


never  before   witnessed   such   pyrotechnical    displays.     The  upward  rays  of    the 
search-Hghts  at  Jackson  Park  were  also  visible  all  over  the  city. 

On  the  night  of  October  25t'h,  President  Palmer's  banquet  at  Chicago  prac- 
tically closed  the  festivities  of  Dedication.  The  guests  included  national  commis- 
sioners, local  directors,  officers  of  the  Fair,  military  men,  foreign  commissioners  and 
professional  entertainers,  whose  presence  lent  enjoyment  to  the  occasion. 


CULUMBIAN  ARCH,  FIFTH  AVENUE,  NEW  YORK,  OCTOBER  22,  1892. 


PART  V. 


OFFICIAL  OPENING  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 

CHAPTER  I. 
THE  GREAT  REVIEW  ON  THE  HUDSON  RIVER. 

Rendezvous  of  War  Vessels  of  Many  Nations  at  Fortress  Monroe — The  Caravels  and  the  Infanta 
Isabella — The  Fleet  at  Sandy  Hook — Review  on  the  Hudson  River— The  Most  Spectacular  and 
Impressive  Marine  Event  of  Any  Age — A  Million  of  People  Present — Mrs.  Cleveland  on  the 
Dolphin — Description  of  the  Caravels — The  Strength  of  the  United  States  Navy  Never  Shown  to 
Better  Advantage — The  British  Cruisers  Represented  the  Best  Attainments  in  Marine  Construction 
— How  France  and  Germany  Engaged  in  Friendly  Salutations — Vessels  from  the  Baltic,  the 
Mediterranean  and  South  American  Waters.  ^ 

REFACING  the  official  opening  of  the  Exposition,  and 
leading  straight  up  to  that  auspicious  occasion,  was  the  ar- 
rival off  Fortress  Monroe,  during  the  month  of  April,  1893, 
of  the  crack  warships  of  many  nations  (along  with  the 
caravels  in  the  wake  of  the  Spanish  warship  "Infanta 
Isabella"),  and  the  subsequent  review  on  the  Hudson  River, 
.  which  took  place  on  Thursday,  the  28th,  and  which  will 
long  rank  as  the  grandest  and  most  imposing  marine  event 
of  any  day,  defining,  as  it  did,  an  epoch  in  the  wondrous 
story  of  humanity,  and  which  was  speedily  followed  by  a 
marvelous  succession  of  gigantic  pictures  at  Jackson  Park — 
themselves  no  insignificant  tribute  to  the  memory  that  called 
forth  the  Exposition. 
The  fleet  left  Fortress  Monroe  on  Monday,  the  24th,  and  arrived  in  the 
lower  bay  of  New  York  on  the  Tuesday  following.  The  United  States  steamship 
Dolphin,  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  on  board,  was  the  first  of  the  reviewing 
fleet  to  arrive.  In  an  hour  afterward  fortress  and  vessel  thundered  out  the  an- 
nouncement of  the  arrival  of  the  peaceful  fleet  that  a  million  Americans  were 
awaiting,  and  in  a  short  time  the  great  naval  procession  passed  Sandy  Hook  in  the 
presence  of  a  vast  multitude,  the  flagship  of  Admiral  Gberardi  in  the  lead  and  fol- 
lowed by  the  Atlanta,  Bancroft,  Bennington,  Baltimore,  Chicago,  Yorktown, 
Charleston,  Vesuvius  and  Concord;  the  Dutch  ship  Vanspey  K.;  the  German 
Kaiserin  Augusta  and  See  Adler;  the  English  flagship  Blake,  with  the  Magicienne, 
Tartar  asd  Australia;  the  Russian  cruiser  General  Admiral  and  Rynda;  the 
French  Arethuse,  Jean  Bart  and  Hussard;  and  the  Italian  Etna  and  Giovanna 
Bausin. 

137 


138  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

The  fleet  when  first  sighted  was  moving  along  at  the  rate  of  fully  ten  knots 
an  hour  in  double  column  and  perfect  alignment.  The  distances  were  marked,  300 
yards  between  each  ship,  with  600  yards  between  each  squadron.  The  big  white 
flagship  Admiral  Gherardi,  the  Philadelphia,  headed  the  port  column;  the  huge 
black  British  cruiser  Blake,  Admiral  Hopkins'  flagship,  led  the  starboard  column,  in 
accordance  with  the  program.  As  the  Philadelphia  in  the  lead  neared  the  Sandy 
Hook  lightship,  at  1 150  p.  m.,  the  fog  whistle  of  the  latter  gave  a  series  of 
welcoming  screams,  but  the  monster  white  flagship  swung  around  in  majestic  silence, 
and  crossing  the  bar  and  entering  Gedney's  Channel  set  the  pace  at  a  good  ten  and 
a  half  knots  an  hour.  The  Philadelphia  then  signaled  the  fleet  to  proceed  without 
reference  to  formation.  The  vessels  of  the  starboard  column  slowed  down  and 
allowed  all  the  American  fleet  to  round  the  lightship  first.  Then  the  Blake  and 
the  other  Britishers  followed,  the  squadrons  of  each  column  alternating  until  all  had 
safely  rounded  and  entered  the  channel.  The  big  guns  of  the  Miantonomah  boomed 
a  welcome,  but  the  Hook  was  passed  in  silence.  The  leading  vessels  of  the  fleet 
turned  to  the  southwest  and  entered  the  main  ship  channel. 

In  the  channel  the  Philadelphia  slackened  speed  so  as  to  allow  the  other  ves- 
sels to  catch  up,  and  the  entire  fleet  proceeded  in  single  file  and  impressive  silence 
up  the  bay  to  the  anchorage  grounds,  which  Capt.  Rogers  and  his  aides  had  selected. 
Gravesend  Bay  was  reached  at  3:30,  and  the  Philadelphia  opened  the  salutes  by 
firing  fifteen  guns  in  honor  of  the  Russian  Admiral  and  his  flagship,  the  Dimitri 
Donskoi,  the  band  on  board  the  Philadelphia  playing  the  Russian  national  air.  The 
Russian  promptly  acknowleged  the  salute.  At  3:35  the  Philadelphia  fired  one  gun 
as  a  signal  to  come  to  anchor,  and  the  Newark  passed  the  signal  to  the  other  vessels. 

The  voyage  of  270  miles  from  Fortress  Monroe  to  the  anchorage  had  been  a 
most  delightful  but  uneventful  one.  When  the  fleet  sailed  out  of  Hampton  Roads 
it  consisted  of  twenty-seven  ships  formed  in  two  columns.  In  this  position  and  with 
the  dark  bottle  green  torpedo  Gushing,  tossing  like  a  cork  under  the  port  quarter 
of  the  Philadelphia,  the  combined  fleet  passed  out  to  sea.  The  United  States  ves- 
sels kept  in  excellent  line  and  position.  Admiral  Hopkins  signaled  his  compliments 
to  Admiral  Gherardi.  The  vessels  kept  steadily  out  to  sea  until  Cape  Henry  light- 
house was  some  distance  astern,  and  then  the  Philadelphia  flew  combinations  of 
signals.  "Prepare  to  change  your  course,"  said  the  silent  flags,  and  a  few  minutes 
later  the  bows  of  the  Philadelphia  and  the  Blake,  instead  of  being  headed  straight 
across  the  Atlantic,  were  turned  northwester^  in  the  direction  of  New  York  harbor. 
Like  sheep  in  a  pasture  all  the  other  vessels,  as  soon  as  they  reached  the  place 
where  the  leaders  had  turned,  also  swung  around. 

The  starboard  column  became  demoralized  soon  after  the  long,  low  sand 
hills  of  Cape  Henry  had  disappeared  from  sight.  The  Brazilians  were  speedily  left 
in  the  rear.  The  Italians  were  also  mere  specks  upon  the  horizon,  but  a  thickness 
of  smoke  above  their  dark  hulls  told  how  gallantly  they  were  striving  to  keep  in 
the  long  procession.  Shortly  after  2  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  the  Jean  Bart, 
evidently  weary  of  following  the  Hussard  at  a  snail's  pace,  sheered  off  to  the  right 


a. 


a 
O 

•a 


o 

CO 

01 

■4-> 

ti 
Ifi 

•a 

u 

-4-* 

'3 

D 


140  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

and  then  ran  ahead  of  the  little  gunboat,  taking  a  position  directly  astern  of  the 
Arethuse. 

All  this  time  the  Blake  kept  abreast  of  the  Philadelphia  and  the  Australia; 
the  Magicienne  and  Tartar  followed  so  evenly  and  steadily  that  an  iron  bar  con- 
necting them  could  not  have  secured  greater  precision  of  movement. 

The  fleet  sailed  in  double  column  during  the  afternoon  and  until  evening 
quarters  were  sounded.  Signals  were  then  made  for  each  column  to  double.  The 
Chicago,  with  the  ships  astern,  moved  up  abreast  of  the  Philadelphia.  The  Rus- 
sian, French  and  Italian  ships  went  around  to  the  right  of  the  English  squadron 
until  they  were  parallel  with  it,  and  then,  four  columns  abreast,  the  ships  settled 
down  for  an  all-night  run. 

There  was  a  premonition  of  rain  when  morning  dawned,  the  sky  was  over- 
cast with  dull  clouds,  and  there  was  a  thickness  along  the  horizon  which  sailors 
would  call  a  streak  of  dirty  weather.  The  ships  of  the  United  States  were  well  in 
line,  the  Kaiserin  Augusta  and  the  See  Adler  were  close  up,  and  the  Dutchman 
was  on  the  extreme  left.  On  the  right  the  Englishmen  were  trailing  along  one 
after  the  other,  as  precise  and  regular  as  ever.  The  two  Russians  were  far  on  the 
outside,  as  if  they  were  starting  on  a  cruise  for  the  missing  admiral.  The  Italians 
were  a  squadron  to  themselves,  and  the  French  were  bunched  together  close  by. 
The  Hussard  had  used  sail  during  the  night  and  had  fallen  in  behind  the  Jean  Bart. 

At  lo  o'clock  Tuesday  morning  the  American  and  foreign  vessels  were 
signaled  from  the  Philadelphia  to  fall  into  line  similar  to  that  which  they  presented 
on  leaving  Hampton  Roads.  This  evolution  was  accomplished  most  creditably  not 
only  by  the  United  States  vessels,  which  might  have  been  expected  to  act  well  to- 
gether, but  also  by  the  foreign  men-of-war.  The  Italians  did  not  fall  in  behind  the 
Frenchmen,  but  remained  off  to  one  side.  In  this  formation  the  procession  of  ships 
headed  for  Sandy  Hook.  Just  outside  the  lightship  and  when  Admiral  Gherardi 
was  discussing  his  noonday  breakfast  the  Argentine  cruiser  Nueve  de  Julio  ap- 
peared in  sight  and  made  its  presence  known  by  a  salute  of  fifteen  guns  to  the 
admiral's  flag.  As  soon  as  the  salute  had  been  returned  the  fleet  was  signaled  to 
push  into  the  bay  in  single  column.  The  flagship  and  Admiral  Benham's  squadron 
steamed  ahead,  then  the  Englishmen  fell  in;  then  followed  Admiral  Walker's 
squadron,  the  Russians,  the  Hollander,  the  Frenchmen,  the  Germans  and  the  Italians 
in  the  order  named.  The  Brazilian  fleet  arrived  in  the  bay  at  5  o'clock  and  took  its 
place  at  the  foot  of  the  starboard  column. 

Thursday  was  a  thunderous  day  on  the  Hudson.  A  million  of  people,  includ- 
ing the  President  of  the  United  States,  saw  the  most  amazing  collection  of  modem 
war  vessels  ever  witnessed  in  any  harbor.  The  day  was  less  radiant  than  the  multi- 
tude. Fog  and  rain  conspired  to  play  mischief  with  ship  and  spectator.  Grover 
Cleveland  looked  out  of  his  window  at  the  Victoria  and  remarked  to  Lamont,  his 
War  Secretary,  that  there  was  no  scarcity  of  water.  This  was  interpreted  as  a  ref- 
erence to  the  remarks  of  the  two  southern  governors.  Presently  the  fog  lifted,  but 
no  sunshine  came  to  embellish  the  scene.  But  it  was  a  grand  sight,  nevertheless. 
Stretching  north  and  south  was  the   restless  sheet  of  water  reaching  in  from  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  141 

ocean.     Holding  the  center  of  this  great  body  were  two  Hnes  of  war  vessels  stand- 
ing as  regular  as  soldiers. 

To  the  west  of  the  lines  a  thousand  boats  of  all  descriptions  jostled  and 
pushed  each  other,  and  filled  the  air  with  discordant  sounds.  The  shore  lines,  the 
jumble  of  buildings,  the  uplifts  of  the  Jersey  coast  were  spotted  and  specked,  and 
browned  with  shifting  masses  of  people.  From  boats  and  shore  and  ragged  wharf- 
lines,  confusion  of  colors  rose  and  fell  with  the  puffing  winds. 

Down  the  center  of  the  mighty  aisle  made  by  the  anchored  warships  moved 
three  vessels,  great  because  of  their  cargoes.  On  the  first  Avas  the  President  of  the 
United  States  and  Mrs.  Cleveland,  on  the  second  were  the  diplomats  representing 
all  the  powers  of  earth,  and  on  the  third  were  many  of  the  senators  and  representa- 
tives of  the  United  states.  As  the  snow-white  yacht  floating  at  its  fore  the  eagle 
flag  of  the  president  passed  each  warship,  long  arms  of  yellow  fire  reached  out  and 
deafening  sounds  went  echoing  and  rumbling  against  the  highlands  to  the  west. 
The  yard  arms  of  the  old-fashioned  vessels  were  filled  with  sailors,  who  stood  in 
silent  rows  up  in  the  dizzy  heights  like  so  many  carved  figures.  As  the  smoke  puffs 
were  caught  by  the  wind  and  lifted  away,  as  the  bellowing  of  the  guns  made  the 
whole  picture  tremble,  a  riot  of  steam  whistling  broke  loose,  and  from  every  point 
on  shore  and  in  the  scramble  of  boats  to  the  west  there  could  be  seen  waving  hats 
and  tossing  handkerchiefs. 

Even  in  the  noise  and  fury  of  it  all  the  meaning  was  apparent.  In  these  two- 
lines  were  English,  Russian,  German,  French,  Spanish,  Italian,  Brazilian,  Hollander, 
Argentine  and  American  warships  gathered  in  friendly  jubilee,  and  each  carried 
the  American  flag  at  its  fore. 

Immediately  after  the  review  President  Cleveland  gave  a  reception,  which 
was  largely  attended  and  was  a  brilliant  affair  and  lasted  until  4:40  p.  m.  Then 
his  flag  was  hauled  down  on  the  Dolphin  and  he  went  ashore  at  Ninety-sixth  street,, 
and  at  a  signal  from  the  Philadelphia  the  guns  of  the  entire  fleet  belched  forth, 
simultaneously.  Each  vessel  fired  twenty-one  shots,  and  the  roar  that  ensued  was 
deafening.  When  it  subsided  smoke  hung  in  heavy  clouds  over  the  river,  and  the 
Jersey  shore  was  invisible  for  some  minutes.  The  Admirals  turned  to  their  ships, 
the  steamboats  which  still  lingered  with  passengers  desirous  of  seeing  all  of  the 
great  noval  pageant  went  to  their  piers,  and  the  ceremonies  were  over. 

The  caravels  which  participated  in  the  pageant  shared  evenly  in  the  honor 
accorded  the  great  thunderers.  They  are  almost  exact  imitations  of  the  craft  com- 
posing the  original  fleet  of  discovery.  The  largest,  the  Santa  Maria,  commanded 
by  the  great  Columbus  himself,  is  75  feet  long.  She  has  a  beam  of  27  feet  and  a 
depth  of  about  13  feet  amidship,  and  is  much  smaller  than  a  great  many  pleasure 
yachts  to  be  found  in  our  waters.  Her  hull  is  short,  wide  and  very  high  as  com- 
pared with  the  ships  of  to-day,  very  full  below,  with  short  runs,  convex  knees  and 
flat  bottom.  The  ends  overhang  considerably,  being  sufficiently  broad  to  have 
large  displacement,  thus  enabling  them  to  bear  the  great  weight  of  the  castles. 
The  castles  in  fact  look  as  though  they  made  up  the  greater  part  of  the  127.57  tons. 
The  sides  of  the  boat  have  quite  a  bulge.      The  gunwale  is  high,  broad  and  thicks 


REAR  ADMIRAL  BANCROFT  GHERARDl,  COMMANDER  OF  THE  "PHILADELPHIA." 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


H3 


Sti-akes  run  from  stem  to  stern,  securing  the  frame  with  the  side  bracers  called 
"riders."  For  the  purpose  of  strengthing  it  vertically  the  bows  are  full  and  round. 
The  stern  is  entirely  flat  in  the  shape  of  a  shield,  as  it  was  formerly  called,  with  a 
large  hole,  called  the  helm  port,  above  the  first  transom,  through  which  the  tiller 
passes.  The  rudder  is  a  broad  blade.  The  boat  has  only  one  deck.  Her  rigging 
consists  of  three  masts,  main,  fore  and  mizzen.  She  is  painted  black  with  white 
trimmings. 

The  Pinta  and  Nina  are  smaller  than  the  Santa  Maria,  but  of  the  same  style 
of  architecture  and  altogether  very  ridiculous  looking  to  folks  who  are  used  to  see- 
ing modern  boats.  The  Pinta  is  about  ten  tons  heavier  than  the  Nina.  The  Pinta 
is  52  feet  long  on  her  keel,  65  feet  long  on  her  main  deck  and  has  23  feet  breadth 
of  beam.  The  Nina  is  46  feet  long  on  her  keel,  50  feet  long  on  her  main  deck  and 
has  18  feet  breadth  of  beam.  They  arrived  off  the  Exposition  grounds  early  in 
July,  and  have  been  one  of  the  main  attractions.  The  Viking  ship  arrived  and 
took  its  place  near  the  caravels  on  the  12th  of  July,  amidst  a  vast  concourse  of  peo- 
ple, and  Captain  Anderssen  was  given  an  ovation. 


REAR  ADMIRAL  WALKER,  COMMANDER  OF  THE  '■CHICAGO." 


144 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


DIRECTOR  OF  WORKS  D.  H.  BURNHAM  ON  THE  EARLY  WORK. 


FTER  the  selection  of   Chicago  by  the  act  of  Congress,  in 
April,  1890,  as  the  place  for  holding  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition,  one  of  the  first  steps  taken  was  the  selection  of 
Messrs.  F.  L.  Olmsted  &  Co.,  as  consulting  landscape  archi- 
tects, in  August,  1890.     In  the  following  September,  Messrs. 
Burnham  &  Root  were  appointed  consulting  architects  and 
Mr.  A.  Gottlieb  consulting  engineer.     Messrs.  Burnham  & 
Root  resigned  in  November,  Mr.  Burnham  being  appointed 
Chief  of  Construction  and  Mr.  Root  Consulting  Architect. 
The  necessity  for  early  determination  as  to  the  methods  by  which  the 
great  buildings  should  be  designed  immediately  after  the  designation 
of  Jackson  Park  as  the  site  for  the  Exposition  was  apparent.    The  Chief 
of  Construction  then  recommended  the  direct  appointment  of  architects 
rather  than  that  the  designs  be  secured  by  competition.     This  method 
was  finally  agreed  upon  and  the  following  gentlemen  were  appointed  by  the  Chief 
of  Construction: 

Mr.  Richard  M.  Hunt,  of  New  York,  as  architect  of  the  Administration  Build- 
ing; Messrs  Adler  &  Sullivan,  of  Chicago,  Transportation  Building;  Messrs. 
McKim,  Mead  &  White,  of  New  York,  Agricultural  Building;  Mr.  W.  L.  V.  Jenney, 
of  Chicago,  Horticultural  Building;  Mr.  George  B.  Post,  of  New  York,  Manufact- 
ures and  Liberal  Arts  Building;  Mr.  Henry  Ives  Cobb,  of  Chicago,  Fisheries  Build- 
ing; Messrs.  Peabody  &  Stearns,  of  Boston,  Machinery  Hall;  Messrs.  Burling  & 
Whitehouse  of  Chicago,  Venetian  Village;  Messrs.  Van  Brunt  &  Howe,  of  Kansas 
City,  Electrical  Building;  Messrs.  Holabird  &  Roche,  of  Chicago,  Stock  Ring  and 
Pavilion;  Mr.  S.  S.  Beman,  of  Chicago,  Mines  and  Mining  Building.  The  Venetian 
Village  was  abandoned,  and  Mr.  Whitehouse  (whose  partnership  with  Mr.  Burling 
liad  been  dissolved  by  death)  was  selected  as  the  architect  of  the  Choral  Building. 
Mr.  Augustus  St.  Gaudens  has  acted  in  an  advisory  capacity  on  sculpture,  fountains, 
etc.  Mr.  Charles  B.  Atwood  was  made  Designer-in-Chief,  and  is  the  architect  of 
the  following  buildings:  Galleries  of  Fine  Arts.  Peristyle  Music  Hall  and  Casino, 
Railway  Terminal  Station,  guard  stations,  fire  stations,  balustrades,  bridges,  rostral 
columns,  and  many  other  important  works.  In  addition  to  this  his  duties  have 
included  the  examination  of  each  of  the  plans  submitted  for  foreign  and  State 
buildings. 

Pursuant  to  the  call  issued,  the  gentlemen  first  selected  met  at  Chicago  in 
January,  1891.  Mr.  Root  was  at  that  time  absent  from  the  city  attending  a  meeting 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  of  which  he  was  secretary.  He  returned 
to  Chicago  upon  Saturday,  January  10,  and  was  present  for  an  hour  or  two  at  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  145 

conference  then  in  session.  Upon  the  following  Monday  he  was  stricken  down 
with  pneumonia  and  died  upon  the  succeeding  Thursday,  while  only  upon  the 
threshold  of  the  great  work  which  he  had  undertaken.  The  duties  of  Consulting 
Architect  then  fell  upon  the  Chief  of  Construction,  as  did  those  of  Chief  Engineer, 
upon  the  resignation  of  the  latter  in  August,  1891.  The  sketches  which  had  been 
prepared  by  the  various  architects,  being  in  due  course  accepted  by  the  World's 
Columbian  Exposition  and  the  World's  Columbian  Commission,  in  March,  1891. 
the  permanent  organization  of  the  working  forces  was  vigorously  prosecuted.  Mr. 
Ernest  R.  Graham  was  appointed  Assistant  Chief  of  Construction;  Mr.  William 
Prettyman,  Director  of  Color;  Mr.  Frederick  Sargent,  Electrical  Engineer;  Mr. 
J.  C.  Slocum,  Mechanical  Engineer;  Mr.  E.  G.  Nourse,  Engineer  of  Railroads;  Mr. 
William  S.  MacHarg,  Engineer  of  Water  Supply,  Sanitation,  and  Fire  Protection; 
Mr.  J.  W.  Alvord,  Engineer  of  Grades  and  Surveys;  and  Mr.  Dion  Geraldine, 
General  Superintendent.  Mr.  Slocum  resigned  as  Mechanical  Engineer  in  the 
■early  spring  of  1891,  and  Mr.  Frederick  Sargent  then  assumed  charge  of  the 
mechanical  as  well  as  the  electrical  plants.  Mr.  Prettyman  resigned  in  May,  1891, 
and  was  succeeded  by  Mr.  Francis  D.  Millet  as  Director  of  Decoration.  In  com- 
petition restricted  to  women  alone  Miss  Sophia  G.  Haydenwas  chosen  as  the  archi- 
tect of  the  Woman's  Building  and  has  executed  the  design  and  supervised  the 
preparation  of  plans  for  this  structure.  Col.  Edmund  Rice,  United  States  army, 
was,  in  the  spring  of  1892,  appointed  Commandant,  and  has  organized  the 
Columbian  Guard.  Mrs.  M.  H.  Holcomb  is  Master  of  Transportation,  in  charge  of 
the  important  duties  indicated  by  his  title. 

At  the  time  of  this  organization,  Jackson  Park  was,  with  the  exception  of  a 
small  portion  which  had  been  improved  by  the  South  Park  Commission,  covered 
-with  marshes  and  wild  oak  ridges.  It  was  necessary  that  this  vast  area  be  re- 
claimed, and  in  twenty  months  transformed  from  a  desolate  waste  into  a  park 
highly  improved  and  embellished  with  all  that  skilled  designers  could  suggest; 
that  upon  the  stately  terraces  a  dozen  or  more  palaces  of  great  extent  be  con- 
structed, and  that  they  be  supplemented  by  over  200  other  buildings,  some  of  which 
are  almost  of  the  importance  and  size  of  the  main  structures;  that  great  canals, 
tasins,  lagoons,  and  islands  be  formed;  that  extensive  docks,  bridges  and  towers 
he  constructed.  It  was  necessary  that  a  standard  of  excellence  be  attained  which 
would  place  the  work  upon  an  equality  with  the  monuments  of  other  ages — it  meant, 
in  short,  that  an  organization  be  quickly  formed  which  would  associate  together 
the  ablest  architects,  painters  and  sculptors  of  the  world.  Many  of  the  great  prob- 
lems to  be  solved  were  new,  no  precedent  having  been  established  for  the  guidance 
of  those  assuming  this  great  responsibility. 

For  the  preparation  of  the  grounds  alone  it  was  necessary  to  handle  about 
1,500,000  cubic  yards  of  material.  This  was  secured  by  the  cutting  of  canals, 
lagoons  and  other  waterways,  the  earth  taken  therefrom  being  utilized  in  elevating 
the  grounds  and  establishing  the  proper  grades.  The  main  buildings  of  the  Fair 
cover  a  ground  area  of  5,382,000  square  feet,  or  over  123  acres;  other  buildings, 
1,155,000  square  feet,  or  about  26  acres;  the  State  buildings,  420,000  square  feet; 


146 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


foreign  buildings,  about  290,000  square  feet;  concession  buildings,  about  1,050,000, 
making  a  grand  total  area  of  the  buildings  of  the  Fair  of  about  190  acres. 

To  mention,  even  in  the  briefest  manner,  the  principal  details  of  operation, 
both  in  matters  artistic  and  mechanical,  would  consume  greater  space  and  time 
than  I  have  at  my  command.  I  can  only  add  that  our  work  of  construction,  which 
but  two  years  ago  had  not  been  organized,  is  now  completed. 


AUTUMN  TWILIGHT. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  147 


CHAPTER  II. 
ARRIVAL  OF  MR.  CLEVELAND  AND  THE  DUKE  OF  VERAGUA. 

The  President  of  the  United  States  and  the  Duke  of  Veragua  Come  to  Chicago  to  be  Present  at  the 
Opening  of  the  Exposition — They  Are  Met  at  the  Depot  by  Distinguished  People  and  Escorted 
to  their  Hotels  by  Military — Great  Turnouts  All  Along  the  Line — How  Mr.  Cleveland  Spent 
Sunday  in  Chicago— He  Attends  Church  in  the  Morning  and  Christens  a  Grandchild  of  Secretary 
Gresham  in  the  Afternoon — The  Duke  Attends  Mass  and  Receives  Calls, 

N^  UNDAY,  the  30th  of  April,  1893,  the  threshold  of  the  Open- 
ing Day  of  the  Exposition,  was  itself  a  happy  interlude 
between  the  International  Naval  Review  and  the  premier 
exercises  and  attractions  at  Jackson  Park  on  the  Monday 
following.  President  Cleveland  had  arrived  at  Chicago 
on  the  29th  and  had  been  received  in  a  manner  befitting 
his  high  station,  and  escorted  to  the  Lexington  hotel  and 
shown  to  luxurious  apartments  prepared  v/ith  great  care 
and  artistic  taste.  Costly  tapestries  adorned  the  walls. 
Flowers  were  everywhere— furnished  and  arranged  by 
"Uncle  John"  Thorpe,  except  one  jardinierre  of  La 
(tf^  1  v*  France  roses,  which   had  been  sent  by  Mrs.  Cleveland. 

There  were  other  roses,  and  there  were  lilies  of  the  valley,  and  hundreds  of  pan- 
sies,  Mr.  Cleveland's  favorite  flower. 

At  8  o'clock  Sunday  morning  the  President,  in  company  with  a  number  of  his 
Cabinet  ministers  and  a  few  other  friends,  breakfasted  in  a  private  dining  room  at 
his  hotel.  "  I  feel  very  friendly  with  everybody,"  said  Mr.  Cleveland,  after  rising, 
"  and  I  think  I  shall  go  to  church,  as  I  have  had  several  invitations." 

It  had  commenced  to  rain  forty-eight  hours  before,  and  had  never  ceased 
long  enough  to  force  a  smile  from  the  face  of  a  World's  Fair  director.  It  rained 
so  violently  and  blew  so  furiously  when  the  President  started  for  the  Second  Pres- 
byterian church  on  20th  Street,  in  company  with  Secretaries  Gresham  and  Hoke 
.Smith,  that  it  was  with  difficulty  that  the  trio  could  avoid  a  drenching.  On  arriv- 
ing the  distinguished  party  was  ushered  to  a  pew  near  the  front  of  the  audience- 
room.  The  visit  of  the  Presidential  party  had  not  been  announced,  and  the  church 
was  sparsely  filled.  While  the  choir  was  singing  the  opening  hymn  all  eyes  were 
directed  upon  the  President,  who  was  attired  in  his  usual  black  suit,  with  frock 
coat,  and  who  maintained  a  dignified,  reserved  manner,  scarcely  looking  at  any  one, 
but  paying  close  attention  to  the  sermon  and  the  services. 

The  two  members  of  the  Cabinet  occasionally  exchanged  a  few  whispered 
10 


M 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  149 

words  with  each  other,  but  seldom  spoke  to  the  President,  and,  though  they  both 
read  the  response,  he  did  not. 

When  the  plate  was  passed  Mr.  Cleveland  quietly  laid  upon  it  a  two-dollar 
bill,  numbered  A1Q40559,  with  a  picture  of  Jefferson  on  the  left — correct  Jefferson- 
ian  principles  surely,  so  the  deacon  thought.  After  the  close  of  the  service  a 
woman  in  the  audience  advanced  to  the  President  and  shook  hands  v/ith  him, 
introducing  her  companion,  probablvher  husband.  One  or  two  others  shook  hands 
with  him  as  he  left  the  vestibule.  Aside  from  these  there  were  no  special  demon- 
strations. 

In  his  prayer  the  pastor,  the  Rev.  Dr.  S.  J.  McPherson,  alluded  to  the  Presi- 
dent and  others  high  in  authority,  invoking  special  blessings  upon  them,  but  other- 
wise made  no  reference  to  the  distinguished  personage. 

The  text  was  from  Matthew  xiii.,  2.  The  sermon  was  a  clear  analysis  of 
true  manhood  as  illustrated  by  a  Christian  citizen,  the  nearest  perfection  in  its 
resemblance  to  the  character  of  Christ  while  on  earth.     In  brief  it  was  as  follows: 

"  The  crown  of  civilization  is  true  manhood.  Character  is  the  maker,  and 
safeguard,  and  measure  of  all  civilization.  Our  Lord  came  down  in  order  that  he 
might  give  to  us  qualities  like  his  own.  Character  is  an  effect  and  a  cause.  In  all, 
it  is  a  creation  of  the  past  and  a  creator  of  the  future.  Every  true  citizen,  noble 
man,  and  true  Christian  will  cherish  true  conservatism  and  true  progress.  False 
conservatism  stifles  energy  and  freezes  nerve  and  heart.  False  radicalism  recklessly 
assaults,  tears  up  the  heart  as  well  as  the  weeds,  and  rushes  after  every  new  will-o'- 
the-wisp. 

"  The  treasures  of  art  and  sculpture  have  been  kept  for  us  by  the  conserva- 
tive cherishing  and  embalming  of  history.  No  character  is  possible  without  the 
energy  of  the  character  builder  himself.  The  deadliest  thing  in  human  life  and  the 
meanest  thing  is  a  lie.  The  value  of  personal  purity  is  through  the  force  of  the 
word  of  God  in  Christ's  own  shadow.  Following  after  skeptics,  cynics,  and  mys- 
terious leaders  like  Confucius  is  agnosticism.  Hope  and  despair  are  ever  ready  at 
hand.  Look  up  to  the  former  and  listen  not  to  the  latter.  Christ  is  our  ideal  type 
of  the  mixture  of  those  two  forces.  A  life  spent  in  the  struggle  to  promote  spirit- 
ual character  is  the  only  life  worthy  of  man." 

On  Sunday  afternoon  the  President  christened  a  grand-daughter  of  Secretary 
Gresham,  and  afterward  took  dinner  with  Mr.  Higinbotham. 

The  Duke  of  Veragua,  a  grandee  of  Spain,  and  a  descendant  of  Columbus, 
accompanied  by  his  family  and  other  distinguished  people,  also  arrived  in  Chicago 
on  Saturday,  April  29th,  and  was  received  by  President  T.  W.  Palmer,  of  the  Com- 
mission, and  acting  President  Ferdinand  Peck  of  the  Directory.  Shortly  after  ten 
in  the  morning  the  train  carrying  the  Duke  pulled  into  the  Union  Depot,  and  at 
a  proper  time  and  place  after  he  had  stepped  from  the  car,  Mr.  Palmer  delivered 
an  address  of  welcome  to  which  the  Duke  responded  warmly. 

Mrs.  John  A.  Logan  was  at  the  depot  as  Chairman  of  the  Ceremonies  Com- 
mittee of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers,  and  she  was  presented  to  the  Duchess  of 
Veragua,  who  carried  a  large  bunch  of    American   Beauty  roses  which  had  been 


I50  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

handed  her  at  the  depot  by  the  Spanish  Commissioner  to  the  World's  Fair.  After 
Mrs.  Logan  had  been  presented  to  the  Duchess  and  to  the  wife  of  Commander 
Dickinson,  who  was  charged  with  the  itinerary  of  the  ducal  party,  the  procession 
was  formed  to  the  carriages. 

President  Palmer  led  the  way  with  the  Duke  and  the  cheer  that  went  up  as 
the  start  was  made  passed  along  in  a  wave  line  and  reached  the  curbstone  before 
the  smiling  features  of  the  Duke  had  appeared  above  the  landing  at  the  top  of  the 
steps.  Then  the  cheer  increased  to  a  roar  that  never  ceased  until  the  party  was 
safely  housed  inside  the  thick  walls  of  the  Auditorium.  The  apartments  assigned 
his  grace  and  suite  had  been  beautifully  decorated.  The  Duke  and  his  family 
attended  mass  on  the  preceeding  Sunday  and  received  many  callers  at  their  hotel 
during  the  afternoon  and  evening. 

[In  this  connection  it  may  be  appropriately  stated  that  in  June  the  Infanta 
Eulalia,  who  represents  the  youthful  Spanish  ruler,  visited  Chicago  and  the  Fair, 
and  was  received  in  a  fitting  manner  and  handsomely  entertained  during  her  stay. 
She  was  royally  looked  after  by  President  Thomas  W.  Palmer,  Mayor  Carter  Har- 
rison, Messrs.  Higinbotham,  Potter  Palmer — at  whose  hotel  she  was  a  guest — : 
and  others.  She  had  a  pleasant  time,  and  departed  thoroughly  delighted  with  all 
she  had  seen  and  that  had  been  done  for  her.] 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


151 


CHAPTER  III. 
ANOTHER  DISTINGUISHED  ARRIVAL. 


independence  Bell— Its  Progress  From  Philadelphia  to  Chicago— It  Receives  an  Ovation  all  the  Way — 
Cannons  and  Speeches  by  Day  and  Bonfires  and  Red  Lights  by  Night— The  Venerable  Relic  Seen 
by  Great  Crowds  of  People— It  Shares  the  Honorable  Welcome  Paid  to  President  Cleveland  and 
the  Duke  of  Veragua  Upon  its  Arrival  in  Chicago — Received  by  Military  and  Music  and  Escorted 
to  Jackson  Park  by  a  Procession  Two  Miles  Long — George  Lippard's  Vivid  Picture  of  the  Revo- 
lutionary Tones  Whose  Echoes  Have  Never  Died  Away — Its  Sounds  Still  Listened  to  by  the 
American  People. 

NE  of  the  most  interesting  events  connected  with  the  offi- 
cial opening -of  the  Exposition  was  the  trip  of  the  Lib- 
erty Bell  from  Philadelphia  and  its  arrival  at  Jackson 
Park.  Throughout  its  entire  journey  this  possibly  great- 
est of  all  Revolutionary  relics  was  the  recipient  of  pro- 
found homage  and  respect;  and  the  thoroughfare  over 
which  it  traveled  was  lighted  with  bonfires  and  red  and 
blue  lights  by  night  and  decorated  with  flags  and  bunting 
by  day.  At  all  the  towns  along  its  way  large  numbers  of 
people  gathered  and  made  the  event  occasion  for  cannonad- 
^  ing  and  speech-making.     Attended  by  all  the  pomp  and  cere- 

mony which  may  well  appertain  to  the  transit  of  this  historic  heirloom,  it  left' 
Philadelphia  on  the  morning  of  April  28,  and  was  carried  to  Chicago 
mounted  on  an  open  flat  car  constructed  specially  for  the  occasion  by  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Railroad  company.  About  the  car  containing  the  venerable  relic  was  a  nickel 
fence  with  thirteen  posts,  representing  the  original  thirteeh  states,  each  post  having 
the  name  of  the  state  in  raised  letters  on  a  gilt  ball.  Thirty-one  polished  steel  bars 
represented  the  remaining  states.  The  fence  was  octagonal  in  shape  and  its  panels 
were  interlinked  in  a  manner  emblematic  of  the  union  of  the  states.  The  car  was 
attached  to  a  special  train  conveying  the  members  of  the  committee,  the  mayor  of 
Philadelphia,  the  director  of  public  works  and  public  safety,  the  city  comptroller 
and  others. 

It  arrived  in  Chicago  on  Saturday,  the  29th,  and  was  received  by  a  vast  mul- 
titude, dividing  the  honor  of  welcome  to  President  Cleveland  and  the  Duke  of 
Veragua  who  arrived  the  same  day. 

This  great  bell,  weighing  2,080  pounds,  was  cast  by  Pass  &  Stow,  Philadelphia, 
and  around  it  near  the  top  were  cast  the  prophetic  words  from  the  book  of  Leviticus, 
"  Proclaim  liberty  throughout  all  the  land  unto  all  the  inhabitants  thereof."     Early 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  153 

in  June,  1753,  it  was  hung  in  the  belfry  of  the  State  House  in  Philadelphia,  with  no 
thought  of  the  liberty  it  would  one  day  proclaim. 

Let  us  look  back  over  the  hundred  and  seventeen  years  that  have  passed 
since  this  bell  rang  on  that  Fourth  of  July,  1776,  and  gaze  upon  the  picture  of  the 
scene  so  vividly  drawn  by  George  Lippard  in  his  "  Annals  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion." 

"  Let  me  paint  you  a  picture  upon  the  canvas  of  the  past. 

"  It  is  a  cloudless  summer  day,  a  clear  sky  arches  and  smiles  above  a  quaint 
old  edifice  rising  among  the  giant  trees,  in  the  center  of  a  wide  city.  Plain  red 
brick  the  walls;  the  windows  partly  framed  in  stone;  the  roof  eaves  heavy  with 
intricate  carvings;  the  hall  door  ornamented  with  pillars  of  dark  stone.  Such  is 
the  State  House,  Philadelphia,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1776." 

"Within  the  house  was  Congress  assembled.  During  the  session  of  Congress 
this  summer  Richard  Henry  Lee,  of  Virginia,  moved  that  'the  reunited  colonies  are, 
and  ought  to  be,Jree  and  independent  States'  John  Adams,  of  Massachusetts, 
seconded  the  motion,  and  a  committee  of  five  was  appointed  to  draw  up  a  declara- 
tion of  independence.  It  was  Thomas  Jefferson  that  wrote  this  strong  and  forcible 
declaration.     And  now  it  was  submitted  to  Congress  for  adoption. 

"The  people  knew  that  their  destiny  was  hanging  in  the  balance.  All  day  the 
streets  were  crowded  with  anxious  men  and  women,  impatiently  waiting  to  hear 
the  decision.  They  surged  against  the  barred  doors  of  the  assembly  rooms  and 
stood  upon  one  another's  shoulders  to  peer  in  the  windows. 

"In  yonder  wooden  steeple  which  crowns  the  red  brick  State  House  stands  an 
old  man,  with  white  hair  and  sunburnt  face.  He  is  clad  in  humble  attire,  yet  his 
eye  gleams  as  it  is  fixed  upon  the  ponderous  outline  of  the  bell  suspended  inthesteeple 
there.  The  old  man  tries  to  read  the  inscription  on  that  bell,  but  cannot.  *  *  * 
He  is  no  scholar,  he  scarcely  can  spell  one  of  those  strange  words  carved  on  the 
surface  of  the  bell. 

"  By  his  side,  gazing  in  his  face  in  wonder,  stands  a  flaxen-haired  boy,  with 
laughing  eyes  of  summer  blue. 

'"Come  here,  my  boy;  you  are  a  rich  man's  child,  you  can  read.  Spell  me 
those  words  and  I'll  bless  you,  my  good  child!' 

"  The  child  raised  himself  on  tiptoe  and  pressed  his  tiny  hands  against  the 
bell,  and  read  in  lisping  tones  these  memorable  words: 

"  '  Proclaim  liberty  throughout  all  the  land,  unto  all  the  inhabitants  thereof! 

"The  old  man  ponders  for  a  moment  on  those  words;  then  gathering  the 
boy  in  his  arms  he  speaks: 

"  '  Look  here,  my  child!  Wilt  do  the  old  man  a  kindness?  Then  haste  you 
down  stairs  and  wait  in  the  hall  by  the  big  door  until  a  man  shall  give  you  a  mes- 
sage for  me.  A  man  with  a  velvet  dress  and  a  kind  face  will  come  out  from  the  big 
door  and  give  you  a  word  for  me.  When  he  gives  you  that  word,  then  run  out 
yonder  in  the  street  and  shout  it  up  to  me.     Do  you  mind?' 

"  It  needed  no  second  command.  The  boy  sprang  from  the  old  bell-keeper's 
arms  and  threaded  his  way  down  the  dark  stairs. 


154  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR, 

"  The  old  bell-keeper  was  alone-  Many  minutes  passed.  Leaning  over  the 
railing  of  the  steeple,  his  face  toward  Chestnut  street,  he  looked  anxiously  for  that 
fair-haired  boy.  Moments  passed — an  hour — yet  still  he  came  not.  Impatiently  the 
old  man  shook  his  head  and  repeated:  'They  will  never  do  it;  they  will  never  do  it!' 

"  As  the  words  were  on  his  lips  a  merry,  ringing  laugh  broke  on  the  ear. 
There  among  the  crowds  on  the  pavement  stood  the  blue-eyed  boy,  clapping  his 
hands,  while  the  breeze  blew  his  flaxen  hair  all  about  his  face,  and,  swelling  his 
little  chest,  he  raised  himself  on  tiptoe  and  shouted  a  single  word — 

"'Ring!' 

"  Do  you  see  that  old  man's  eye  fire?  Do  you  see  that  withered  hand  grasp- 
ing the  iron  tongue  of  the  bell?  The  old  man  is  young  again;  his  veins  are  filled 
with  new  life.  Backward  and  forward,  with  sturdy  strokes,  he  swung  the  tongue. 
The  bell  speaks  out!  The  crowd  in  the  street  hears  it,  and  bursts  forth  in  one  long 
shout.  Old  Delaware  hears  it  and  gives  it  back  in  the  hurrah  of  her  thousand  sailors. 
The  city  hears  it,  and  starts  up  from  desk  and  workbench,  as  though  an  earthquake 
had  spoken. 

"  Yet  still,  while  the  sweat  pours  from  his  brow,  that  old  bell-keeper  hurls 
the  iron  tongue,  and  still — boom — boom — boom — the  bell  speaks  to  the  city  and  to 
the  world. 

"  Yes,  as  the  old  man  swung  the  iron  tongue  the  bell  spoke  to  all  the  world. 
That  sound  crossed  the  Atlantic,  pierced  the  dungeons  of  Europe,  the  workshops 
of  England,  the  vassal  fields  of  France. 

"  Proclaim  liberty  throughout  all  the  land,  and  to  all  the  inhabitants 
thereof! 

"  That  iron  tongue  spoke  to  the  slave — -bade  him  lock  from  his  toil  and  know 
himself  a  man. 

"  That  iron  tongue  startled  the  kings  upon  their  crumbling  thrones. 

"  That  echo  was  the  knell  of  kingcraft  and  priestcraft,  and  all  other  crafts 
born  of  the  darkness  of  ages  and  baptized  in  seas  of  blood. 

"  Yes,  the  voice  of  that  little  boy,  who,  lifting  himself  on  tiptoe,  with  his  flaxen 
hair  blowing  in  the  breeze,  shouted  'Ring!"  had  a  deep  and  awful  meaning  in  its 
infant  tones." 

Yes,  sturdy  John  Hancock,  President  of  the  Congress,  had  signed  the 
declaration  of  American  independence  in  that  bold  hand  which  "  the  King  of  Eng- 
land could  read  without  spectacles,"  and  the  other  signatures  followed  and  our 
Nation  was  born. 

When  the  British  forces  approached  Philadelphia  in  1777  the  bell  was  taken 
down  and  carried  to  Allentown  to  prevent   its  falling  into  the  hands  of  the  enemy. 

In  1781  it  was  placed  in  the  brick  tower  of  the  State  House.  For  more  than  fifty 
years  the  bell  was  rung  on  the  anniversary  of  Independence  Day,  when  it  was  cracked 
while  ringing.  For  many  years  the  old  bell  remained  in  silent  dignity  in  the  tower, 
when  it  was  taken  down  and  placed  on  a  platform  in  Independence  Hall,  where  it 
has  ever  since  remained.  The  great  bell  was  conveyed  to  New  Orleans  for  the 
exposition  held  there  in  1884,  and  it  remained  in  the  Pennsylvania  State  building  in 
the  "White  City"  until  the  close  of  the  Exposition. 


CLEVELAND  PRESSING  THE  BUTTON  THAT  STARTED  THE  EXPOSITION. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


155 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  FORMAL  OPENING  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 

Nearly  a  Quarter  of  a  Million  People  Present— President  Cleveland  Presses  the  Magic  Electric  Button  at 
Noon,  May  1,  1893,  and  the  Monster  Allis  Engine  in  Machinery  Hall  is  Set  in  Motion  Amidst  the 
Booming  of  Cannon,  the  Blowing  of  Trumpets,  the  Ringing  of  Bells,  the  Unfurling  of  Flags  and 
the  Vociferations  of  the  Multitude — The  White  Palaces  Abloom  and  Ablaze  with  Color — Twenty 
Thousand  Flags  are  Unfurled— Half  a  Hundred  Foreign  Emblems  Cheered  by  the  People  Who 
Live  Under  Them— The  Orchestra  Play  the  National  Hymn  and  Thousands  of  Patriotic  Men  and 
Women  Join  in  the  Chorus — The  Spectacle  as  Seen  From  the  Administration  Building — President 
Cleveland's  Address. 


AY  I,  1893,  was  the  greatest  and  grandest  day  in  the  his- 
tory of  Chicago — and  an  interesting  and  important  one 
to  the  world— for  it  was  the  day  of  the  official  opening 
of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition.  As  Columbus 
achieved  success  only  after  peril  and  disappointment, 
so  the  Exposition  which  was  to  honor  the  four  hun- 
dredth anniversary  of  the  discovery  of  America  by  the 
noble  navigator  attained  completeness  only  after  many 
months  of  internecine  conflicts  and  misunderstandings, 
and  long-continued  tempestuousness  of  weather  never 
before  experienced  throughout  the  great  city  upon  the 
waters  of  Lake  Michigan.  It  was  not  expected  that 
the  Exposition  would  reach  perfection  of  readiness  at 
exactly  the  day  set  for  the  opening  exercises,  even  if 
the  winter's  storms  of  winds  and  rains  and  snows  had  been  less  destructive  and 
severe,  because  no  great  exposition  has  been  strictly  complete  in  all  its  depart- 
ments upon  its  opening  day.  As  the  fashionable  party  woman  disdains  to  be- 
come the  first  arrival  at  the  house  of  her  entertainer,  so  the  experienced  exhib- 
itor at  all  great  expositions  hangs  back  until  some  less  punctilious  or  more  heed- 
less one  opens  the  installation  ball. 

But  notwithstanding  the  "winter  of  their  discontent,"  the  Exposition  authori- 
ties were  so  well  aware  of  the  proximity  to  completeness  of  their  great  show  that 
President  Cleveland  was  invited  to  come  to  Chicago  and  press  the  magic  button 
which  should  make  the  enormous  Allis  engine  throb,  and  say  to  the  world  that  he 
had  officially  opened  their  Columbian  Exposition.  This  the  President  of  the  United 
States  did  at  12  o'clock  (Meridian),  on  Monday,  May  i,  1893,  ^^  the  presence  of 
nearly  a  quarter  of  a  million  of  people,  amidst  the  unfurling  of  thousands  of  flags. 


COMMISSIONERS  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  COMMISSION. 


1.  Alexander  B.  Andrews,  2. 

North  Carolina. 

6.  Wm.  McInttre,  5. 

South  Dakota, 

7.  Aechelaus  M.  Cochran,  8. 

Texas. 
12.  Richard  Mansfield  White,  11. 

New  Mexico. 
IS.  Othneil  Beeson,  14. 

Oklahoma. 


Thos.  B.  Keogh, 

North  Carolina. 
Merritt  H.  Day, 

South  Dakota. 
John  T.  Dickinson, 

Texas. 
Thomas  C.  Gutierres, 

New  Mexico, 
Frank  B.  Gammon, 
Oklahoma. 


3.   E.  B.  ElCKETTS, 

Pennsylvania, 
I.  John  W.  Woodside, 

Fenn^T/lvania. 
9.  George  F.  Coats, 
Arizona. 
10.  Wm.  K.  Meade, 

A  rizona. 

15,  FeEDEEICK  J.  KlESBL, 

Vtali, 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  157 

the  sounding  of  trumpets,  the  booming  of  cannon  and  the  vociferations  of  the  vast 
multitude. 

To  be  strictly  correct,  at  precisely  12:08  o'clock  President  Cleveland  stepped 
forward  and  placed  his  finger  on  the  golden  key.  The  white-coated  sailor  stand- 
ing at  the  main  mast  before  the  Presidental  box  tugged  madly  at  the  rope  which 
bound  the  mighty  flag  in  place.  Slowly  it  fell  and  the  wind  swept  its  silken  folds  out 
over  the  seething  mass  of  people  below.  They  hailed  it  with  wild  cheers,  and  at  the 
sign  other  flags  leaped  and  blossomed  from  the  thousand  masts.  At  the  right  the 
crimson  and  gold  of  Spain  fluttered  beneath  the  gorgeous  caravel.  At  the  left 
the  flag  of  the  great  Columbus  fell  from  the  folds  which  bound  it.  Down  the  long 
white  roof  line  of  Machinery  Hall  ran  a  sudden  burst  of  crimson  flame.  From  every 
tower  and  parapet  fell  and  fluttered  some  brilliant  ensign.  The  white  palaces  were 
abloom  and  ablaze  with  color.  Citizens  of  half  a  hundred  nations  looked  upward 
and  cheered  the  flag  of  their  devotion. 

At  the  instant  the  drapery  fell  from  the  golden  figure  of  the  "Republic," 
backed  by  the  classic  peristyle,  she  stood  forth  in  radiant  beauty  welcoming  the 
world.  From  the  electric  fountains  jets  of  water  shot  a  hundred  feet  into  the  air, 
the  mist  falling  upon  the  upturned  faces  of  the  cheering  crowd.  But  above  their 
cheers  came  the  deep  thunder  of  the  guns  fired  from  the  white  and  gold  hull  of  the 
Michigan  lying  in  the  harbor.  Steam  whistles  filled  the  air  with  a  shrill  din  and  the 
deep  chiming  of  far-off  bells  added  to  the  uproar.  President  Cleveland  bowed  and 
smiled  and  shook  hands  with  Director-General  Davis.  The  orchestra  struck  up 
the  strain  of  the  national  hymn,  and  with  one  voice  10,000  human  beings  in  the  throng 
before  the  platform  carried  the  swelling  chorus. 

The  Duke  of  Veragua  stepped  forward  and  congratulated  the  Director-Gen- 
eral and  the  people  broke  into  a  tremendous  shout.  Back  from  the  post  of  honor 
the  guests  slowly  passed,  the  thunder  of  the  guns  over  the  lake  still  coming  to  their 
ears.  Gondolas  and  launches,  laden  with  flags,  shot  and  skimmed  over  the  waters 
like  things  alive.  In  a  hundred  directions  the  great  crowd  surged  at  once.  Like  a 
torrent  released  from  a  dam  which  holds  it,  it  beat  and  broke.  On  every  hand  the 
White  City  was  crowned  with  flags,  running  the  gamut  of  color,  but  above  the 
splendor  of  imperial  banners  the  starry  folds  of  "Old  Glory"  rose  and  fell,  dearer 
to  every  patriotic  eye  than  all  the  rest.  Men  pressed  about  the  Presidential  box 
and  tore  pieces  of  cloth  from  its  sides  as  mementoes  of  the  occasion.  Ladies 
crushed  into  the  jam  were  lifted  over  the  rail  and  hurried  to  places  of  safety.  The 
strain  was  over.     The  Columbian  Exposition  had  been  opened  to  the  world. 

When  the  President  touched  the  golden  key  on  the  table  in  front  of  him,  that 
act  opened  an  electric  current,  in  a  wire  circuit  3,000  feet  in  length,  which  connected 
the  key  with  the  minute  temporary  motors  placed  at  the  Allis  engine  and  the 
Worthington  pump  for  the  occasion.  The  subsequent  process  was  a  little  different 
at  these  two  places. 

At  the  Allis  engine  the  wire  passed  through  a  beautiful-mounted  box  of 
polished  oak,  a  foot  square,  containing  an  electro-automatic  engine-stop.  As  the 
key  was  touched  the  electric  current  energized  a  magnet  within  the  box;  the  magnet 


158  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

-attracted  its  armature;  and  the  movement  of  the  armature  released  a  trigger,  and 
set  off  a  coiled  spring  inclosed  in  a  brass  drum.  The  recoil  of  the  spring  revolved 
the  axis  of  the  drum  and  a  sprocket-wheel  on  the  outside  of  the  box.  The 
sprocket-wheel  was  connected  by  a  brass  drive-chain  with  the  sprocket-wheel  that 
opened  the  throttle,  and  in  less  than  a  second  after  the  President  touched  the  but- 
ton these  sprocket-wheels  had  made  a  dozen  revolutions,  the  throttle  had  been 
thrown  open,  and  the  ponderous  fly-wheel  of  the  engine  slowly  awoke  to  life  and 
began  to  turn. 

So  it  was  at  the  pumping-station.  When  the  President  touched  the  key  a 
magnet  connected  with  an  electric  valve  was  energized.  The  armature  was  at- 
tracted to  the  magnet  and  at  the  same  time  operated  a  miniature  steam  chest  on  a 
miniature  cylinder.  This  admitted  steam  through  a  pipe  no  larger  than  a  pipe- 
stem  into  one  end  of  the  miniature  cylinder,  and  when  the  piston  moved  it  opened 
the  throttle  of  the  great  machine.  The  steam  rushed  into  the  great  cylinders,  and 
the  immense  pump,  fifty  feet  high,  gave  a  sigh  and  began  to  heave  its  enormous 
burden  of  15,000,000  gallons  of  water  a  day. 

The  life  and  motion  of  the  AUis  engine  and  the  Worthington  pump  were 
contagious.  In  Machinery  Hall  at  least  thirty  great  engines,  as  if  they  had  heard 
the  ringing  of  the  gong  on  the  electro-automatic  engine-stop,  started  up  into  life 
^th  a  roar  and  thrashed  the  air  with  their  immense  fly-wheels  like  a  cyclone.  So 
in  the  pumping  station,  the  Worthington  vertical  was  joined  instantly  by  the  Worth- 
ington horizontal  and  the  Worthington  triple  expansion,  the  three  together,  puff- 
ing and  groaning,  forcing  water  into  the  great  mains  at  the  rate  of  40,000,000  gallons 
a  day. 

What  President  Cleveland  really  touched  was  a  key  similar  to  that  seen  on 
nearly  all  telegraphic  instruments.  There  is  this  difference,  however,  that  the 
■ordinary  key  is  made  of  brass  and  the  push  is  made  of  hard  rubber,  while  the  key 
that  played  such  an  important  part  in  the  ceremonies  of  the  opening  day  is  made 
"Oi  gold  and  has  a  button  of  ivory.  The  reason  for  this  is  that  it  was  manufactured 
for  this  express  purpose  by  E.  S.  Greeley  &  Co.,  of  New  York,  who  only  loaned  it 
for  one  day,  and  who  expect  to  treasure  it  as  a  souvenir  of  the  occasion. 

The  key  is  mounted  on  a  three-tiered  pedestal,  which  measures  24x18  inches 
at  the  bottom  of  16x10  inches  at  the  top.  The  horizontal  surfaces  of  the  pedestal 
are  covered  with  blue,  in  honor  of  the  United  States,  and  its  vertical  surfaces  with 
golden  yellow  plush,  in  honor  of  Spain.  On  the  side  of  the  lowest  tier,  in  silver 
figures,  is  seen  "1492-1893." 

The  spectacle,  as  seen  from  the  roof  of  the  Administration  Building,  was 
^rand  and  enlivening.  As  early  as  9  o'clock  two  thousand  people  had  crowded  be- 
fore the  circular  platform  on  which  the  Presidental  party  was  to  sit.  A  drizzling 
rain  was  falling  and  the  streets  were  heavy  with  yellow  mud.  Wagons  piled  high 
with  ferns  and  palms  were  pushing  their  way  through  the  crowd.  Stretching  their 
long  lines  diagonally  from  either  end  of  the  great  platform  troops  were  drawn  up 
at  present  arms.  By  10  o'clock  the  Iowa  State  band  of  sixty  musicians  in  gay  uni- 
form, plodded  their  way  through  the  mud  and  disappeared  in  the  direction  of  the 


^H 

^m 

^^1^ 

ity        ^JKS^                                                                  ^SM 

^^B      \* 

^^^^^^^^^  jJ^^JV^i^^ 

^^^'  « 

i^^^^^^BLw&^a^ 

^^R|^^^     ^ 

K;'-  '*          ^^^l^^^l 

^^^Ht^^K^  ■^  .^■^^ss 

DUKE  OP  V^ERAGUA 


i6o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

State  Building.  The  water  had  been  let  into  the  MacMonnies  fountain,  and  the 
dolphins  and  sea  horses  were  afloat  once  more  in  their  native  element.  Against 
the  gray,  gloomy  skies  the  white  palaces  stood  out  in  burnished  beauty.  On  every 
roof  men,  looking  from  the  ground  like  ants,  were  climbing  about,  pulling  up  the 
thousand  flags  and  banners  in  readiness  for  the  touch  of  the  President's  finger 
which  would  give  them  to  the  breeze. 

With  every  moment  the  crowd  grew.  Looking  down  upon  it  250  feet  above 
the  earth,  the  hats  and  upturned  faces,  varied  here  and  there  by  the  bright  bonnets 
of  the  women,  seemed  like  the  constantly  changing  facets  of  a  kaleidoscope.  Over 
the  green  waters  of  the  white-walled  basin  electric  launches  pushed  their  way. 
About  them  the  white-winged  gulls  soared  and  circled.  Now  and  then  a  gaudy 
gondola  shot  by.  Slowly  the  platform  filled,  and  as  the  members  of  the  diplo- 
matic corps,  in  their  gaudy  costumes,  and  the  army  officers,  in  all  the  glory  of  gold 
and  crimson  and  black,  took  their  places,  the  scene  from  above  was  a  brilliant 
one. 

At  10:30  o'clock,  as  if  by  providential  interference,  the  clouds  suddenly  lifted 
and  a  golden  gleam  of  sunshine  fell  upon  the  pure  white  beauty  of  the  peristyle. 
The  crowd,  by  this  time  numbering  25,000  people,  greeted  the  sun  with  a  cheer. 
Suddenly  from  the  west  forty  Indian  chiefs,  led  by  Rain-in-the-Face,  in  all  the  bar- 
baric splendor  of  red  and  yellow,  pressed  their  way  through  the  crowd.  Again  the 
expectant  and  impatient  crowd  struck  up  a  cheer. 

Far  down  on  the  projecting  platform  where  the  seats  of  the  Presidental  party 
were  placed,  men  were  laying  Turkish  rugs  and  preparing  the  last  decorations. 
With  the  coming  of  the  sunlight  the  waterproof  which  had  covered  the  table  upon 
which  rested  the  golden  key  was  removed.  Mounted  on  a  pillow  of  blue  and  crimson 
velvet  the  magical  golden  emblem  rested  upon  the  folds  of  a  flag.  Men,  pressing 
closely  about  the  circumference  of  the  platform,  saw  it  as  it  glistened  and  greeted 
it  with  a  cheer.  All  about  the  high  columns  and  the  jutting  ledges  of  the  east  front 
of  the  Administration  Building,  men  and  women  climbed  and  dangled  in  dangerous 
and  exposed  positions.  From  the  little  jets  in  the  basin  of  the  MacMonnies  foun- 
tain water  spouted  into  the  air.  The  sky  began  to  clear  and  great  sweeps  of  sap- 
phire stood  ravishingly  out  against  the  prevailing  clouds  of  gray;  and  on  all  the 
buildings,  high  upon  pillar  and  parapet,  human  beings  swarmed. 

The  following  is  the  address  of  the  President  upon  opening  the  Fair: 

I  am  here  to  join  my  fellow-citizens  in  the  congratulations  which  befit  this 
occasion.  Surrounded  by  the  stupendous  results  of  American  enterprise  and 
activity,  and  in  view  of  magnificent  evidences  of  American  skill  and  intelligence, 
we  need  not  fear  that  these  congratulations  will  be  exaggerated.  We  stand  today 
in  the  presence  of  the  oldest  nations  of  the  world  and  point  to  the  great  achieve- 
ments we  here  exhibit,  asking  no  allowance  on  the  score  of  youth. 

The  enthusiasm  with  which  we  contemplate  our  work  intensifies  the  warmth 
of  the  greeting  we  extend  to  those  who  have  come  from  foreign  lands  to  illustrate 
with  us  the  growth  and  progress  of  human  endeavor  in  the  direction  of  a  higher 
civilization. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  i6i 

We  who  believe  that  popular  education  and  the  stimulation  of  the  best  im- 
pulses of  our  citizens  lead  the  way  to  a  realization  of  the  proud  national  destiny 
which  our  faith  promises,  gladly  welcome  the  opportunity  here  afforded  us  to  see  the 
results  accomplished  by  efforts  which  have  been  exerted  longer  than  ours  in  the 
field  of  man's  improvement,  while  in  appreciative  return  we  exhibit  the  unparalleled 
advancement  and  wonderful  accomplishments  of  a  young  nation,  and  present  the 
triumphs  of  a  vigorous,  self-reliant  and  independent  people.  We  have  built  these 
splendid  edifices,  but  we  have  also  built  the  magnificent  fabric  of  a  popular  govern- 
ment, whose  grand  proportions  are  seen  throughout  the  world.  We  have  made 
and  here  gathered  together  objects  of  use  and  beauty,  the  products  of  American 
skill  and  invention.   We  have  also  made  men  who  rule  themselves. 

It  is  an  exalted  mission  in  which  we  and  our  guests  from  other  lands  are  en- 
gaged, and  we  co-operate  in  the  inauguration  of  an  enterprise  devoted  to  human 
enlightenment;  and  in  the  undertaking  we  here  enter  upon  we  exemplify  in  the 
noblest  sense  the  brotherhood  of  nations. 

Let  us  hold  fast  to  the  meaning  that  underlies  this  ceremony,  and  let  us  not 
lose  the  impressiveness  of  this  moment.  As  by  a  touch  the  machinery  that  gives 
life  to  this  vast  Exposition  is  now  set  in  motion,  so  at  the  same  instant  let  our  hopes 
and  aspirations  awaken  forces  which  in  all  time  to  come  shall  influence  the  welfare, 
the  dignity,  and  the  freedom  of  mankind. 

[The  President  then  touched  the  key  before  him.] 


THE  KEY  WHICH  PRESIDENT  CLEVELAND  TOUCHED. 


ED.  PINAUD'S  PERFUMERY  PAVILION,  MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 


PART  VI. 


THE  WOMEN  OF  THE  EXPOSITION  AND 

WOMAN'S  WORK 

CHAPTER  I. 
THE  WOMAN'S  BUILDING  AND  ITS  PURPOSES. 

New  Methods  of  Usefulness  Created — The  Woman's  Building  an  Additional  Agency  for  the  Exposition 
of  Woman's  Work — This  Conception  Concerning  Woman's  Skill  and  Inventiveness  Cleared 
Away — Women  the  Originators  of  Most  of  the  Industrial  Arts — The  Woman's  Building  an 
Inspiration  of  Woman's  Genius — Some  of  the  Exhibits — Mrs.  Palmer's  Curious  Office  Room— 
The  Fish  Women  of  New  Jersey. 

N  no  previous  exposition  has  woman  essayed  so  important  and 
conspicuous  a  part  as  she  has  been  called  upon  to  perform  at 
the  great  Columbian  Exposition  of  1893.  At  no  time  in  her 
history  has  she  been  accorded  such  a  place  as  she  now  occu.« 
pies  as  an  integral  part  of  a  mammoth  display  of  the  achieve- 
ments of  mankind.  It  seems  fitting  that  contemporaneously 
with  her  advanced  position  as  part  of  the  world's  force  she 
should  display  the  benefits  which  her  emancipation  has 
worked,  and  that  side  by  side  with  the  products  of  man's 
brain  and  energy,  woman's  should  be  placed  for  compari- 
son. The  Centennial  Exposition  in  Philadelphia  and  the 
Cotton  Centennial  in  New  Orleans  were  greatly  aided  by  the 
participation  of  women,  who  created  what  they  termed  the  woman's  department, 
wherein  was  installed  a  collective  exhibit  of  all  the  interesting  and  meritorious 
work  by  women  that  could  be  brought  together.  This  woman's  department  proved 
so  useful  and  attractive  that  the  co-operation  of  women  in  exposition  work  was 
recognized  as  a  valuable  addition,  and  in  consequence  the  original  Act  of  Congress 
providing  for  the  celebration  of  the  quadro-centennial  created  an  official  organiza- 
tion known  as  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers. 

When  the  board  first  assembled  to  organize  its  work  for  the  Columbian  Ex- 
position it  was  found  that,  though  the  previous  work  had  been  most  effective,  the 
impelling  law  of  progress  demanded  a  different  plan  of  action  for  the  Exposition  of 
1893.  Established  precedent  had  to  be  thrown  aside  and  new  methods  of  useful- 
ness created.  This  proved  to  be  necessary  because  of  the  strong  sentiment  among 
those  most  interested  against  taking  the  exhibits  of  women  from  the  general  build- 

163 


164 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


irrv 

A 

fgsii 

^^^^^ 

^•^•: 

.^,  J 

i 

^^SS' 

;.£^^H^^^^H 

Kii& 

'^/^B 

4''     - 

^1^^ 

1 

1 

L. 

|IH|H|^^H'l 

1 

^ 

1^ 

P^'^ 

fc*, ... 

'^    .:,.     .;W*Wfeiij 

CUPID  FROM   BORDER   OF   MURAL   DECORA- 
TION OF  WOMAN'S  BUILDING. 


ings  and  placing  them  apart  in  a  "Woman's 
Department."  Women  who  were  doing  the 
most  creditable  work  in  the  arts  and  Industries 
strenuously  opposed  such  a  separation,  and 
insisted  that  their  exhibits  should  be  so  placed 
as  to  compete  with  the  best  and  most  success- 
ful productions  in  all  departments  of  classified 
exhibits  without  regard  to  sex  distinction.  As 
in  some  classes  of  work  women  are  not  cred- 
ited with  having  arrived  at  a  degree  of  excel- 
lence equal  to  that  of  men,  a  competition 
among  women  only  would  result  in  the  award 
of  premiums  to  articles  which  would  not  nec- 
essarily have  been  successful  if  entered  in  a 
general  competition.  In  an  international  com- 
petitive exhibition  the  object  is  to  honor  the 
highest  grade  of  work  only,  and  thereby  give 
it  an  international  reputation  and  added  com- 
mercial value.  This  intention  might  there- 
fore, be  entirely  defeated  in  case  of  a  competition  restricted  to  women  only. 

Women,  therefore,  have  exhibits  in  every  department  of  the  fair  in  every  line 
of  industrial,  scientific  and  artistic  work.  One  of  their  cherished  ideals  is  to  re- 
move the  impression  that  women  are  doing  little  skilled  labor,  or  little  steady  and 
valuable  work,  and  that  they  consequently  are  not  to  be  taken  seriously  into  con- 
sideration when  dealing  with  industrial  problems;  that  they  never  learn  to  do  any- 
thing thoroughly  well,  and  that,  therefore,  the 
small  compensation  given  them  is  a  just  and 
proper  equivalent  for  their  services,  because  it 
has  no  abstract  commercial  value.  An  effort 
has,  therefore,  been  made  to  demonstrate  that 
their  labor  is  a  fixed  and  permanent  element 
and  an  important  factor  in  the  industrial 
world,  and  must  be  carefully  studied  in  its  re- 
lations to  che  general  whole.  Upon  a  strong 
presentation  of  the  facts,  it  is  hoped  that  a 
healthy  public  sentiment  may  be  created  which 
will  condemn  the  disproportionate  wages  paid 
men  and  women  for  equal  services.  The 
Woman's  Building  is  an  additional  agency  for 
the  exposition  of  woman's  work.  It  is  the  in- 
spiration of  woman's  genius,  and  provides  all 
the  comforts  and  conveniences  for  women  dur- 
ing the  Exposition.  The  design  was  selected 
from  a  number  of  competitive  sketches  sub- 


CUPID   FROM   BORDER   OF  MURAL  DECORA- 
TION OF  WOMAN'S  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  165 

mitted  by  women  architects.  It  is  400  feet  long  by  200  wide  and  cost  $200,000.  It 
has  land  and  water  approaches  and  a  big  rotunda,  around  which  runs  a  gallery 
which  is  devoted  to  an  exhibition  of  the  most  distinguished  works  of  women, 

A  roof  garden  is  supported  by  caryatides,  which  was  modeled  by  a  woman; 
the  statuary  above  the  roof  line,  relief  compositions,  mural  decorations,  structural 
decorations,  carved  wainscoting  and  balustrades  for  the  staircases,  open  carved 
screens,  ornamental  iron  and  brass  work,  decorative  tapestries  and  panels  are  all 
the  work  of  women,  and  illustrate  the  rank  which  they  hold  as  artisans  and  de- 
signers. 

The  building  has  social  headquarters,  parlors,  reading,  writing  and  committee 
rooms,  and  a  great  congress  hall.  The  building  has  many  rooms,  which  are  vari- 
ously occupied — as  a  library  of  books  by  women,  records  and  statistics  of  employ- 
ments in  which  women  are  engaged,  a  kindergarden  room,  model  kitchen,  exhibits 
of  lace,  embroideries,  fans,  jewels,  silver,  and  other  women's  work,  and  a  hospital 
and  training  school  for  nurses  in  operation. 

In  the  exhibits  there  is  not  a  single  thing  made  by  the  hand  of  man.  Every- 
thing is  by  women,  and  the  hope  is  that  they  will  clear  away  misconceptions  as  to 
the  originality  and  inventiveness  of  women,  and  will  demonstrate  that  while  they 
have  been  largely  occupied  as  home  makers  and  not  trained  or  educated  for  indus- 
trial or  artistic  pursuits,  their  adaptability  and  talents  have  enabled  them  to  sur- 
mount the  barriers  and  limitations  which  have  hemmed  them  in. 

Women,  among  all  the  primitive  people,  it  is  alleged,  were  the  originators  of 
most  of  the  industrial  arts.  While  man  the  protector  fought  or  hunted,  woman  con- 
structed the  home,  ground  the  grain,  dressed  the  skins  and  fashioned  them  into 
garments.  She  invented  the  needle,  thread,  and  the  shuttle,  and  was  the  first 
potter.  She  originated  basket  making  and  ornamental  work,  and  all  of  this  is 
shown  in  the  ethnological  display. 

Portraits  of  Sappho  and  Hypatia  and  other  women  of  the  classic  and  mediae- 
val times  are  to  be  seen,  and  what  remains  of  the  textile  fabrics,  drawn  work,  rare 
tapestries,  and  laces.  The  old  Bayeux  tapestry  made  by  Matilda  of  Flanders,  re- 
productions of  the  statues  made  by  Sabina  von  Steinbach  for  the  Strasburg  Cathe- 
dral; the  book  of  Abbess  Herrad,  which  contains  a  compendium  of  all  the  know- 
ledge of  her  day,  and  a  long  list  of  similar  products  by  women  are  shown.  Naturally 
a  field  as  extensive  as  this  must  bear  much  fruit,  and  the  Woman's  Building  ranks 
very  close  to  the  more  pretentious  expositions  in  the  interest  it  will  arouse. 

Great  Britain,  America,  and  Germany  make  the  best  exhibits.  The  former 
shows  every  kind  of  work  in  which  the  women  of  England,  Scotland,  Ireland,  and 
Wales  are  engaged.  Notable  are  embroideries  by  Princess  Louise,  the  Royal  School 
of  Needlework,  of  which  Queen  Victoria  is  a  patron,  and  the  Countess  of  Tanker- 
ville;  sketches  by  Kate  Greenaway  and  Gertrude  Bradley;  table  napkins  made 
from  flax  spun  by  Queen  Victoria;  a  table  cloth  embroidered  by  Princess  Helena, 
and  a  straw  hat  plaited  by  the  Queen  for  Princess  Victoria  of  Schleswig-Holstein. 
The  English  lace  display  is  very  fine,  and  its  paintings  are  numerous. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  as  well  as  one  of  the  most  unique  rooms  in  the 


1 66 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


Woman's  Building  is  the  private  office  of  Mrs.  Palmer.  It  is  a  room  with  a  history, 
and  contains  the  exhibit  of  the  New  Jersey  fish-women,  arranged  under  the  personal 
supervision  of  Mrs.  Charles  W.  Compton  of  Newark,  one  of  the  New  Jersey  lady 
alternates.  The  work  is  one  in  which  Mrs.  Compton  is  greatly  interested,  and  it 
was  to  obtain  some  recognition  of  it  that  she  visited  Chicago  some  months  before 
the  opening.  When  she  applied  for  space  the  committee  could  find  none  for  her, 
and  she  sought  out  Mrs.  Palmer.  To  her  she  told  the  story  of  the  sad  lives  of  the 
women  of  the  fishing  districts,  and  of  the  benefit  it  would  be  to  them  if  they  could 
in  some  way  be  recognized  in  the  great  Fair.  Mrs.  Palmer's  heart  was  touched  as 
she  listened  to  tales  of  privation  at  all  times  and  of  actual  suffering  when  winter 
lays  his  icy  hand  on  sea  and  shore.  "Room  shall  be  found  for  them,"  she  said^ 
"even  if  I  have  to  have  the  exhibit  in  my  own  private  office."  Many  of  the  lady 
managers  protested  at  the  idea  of  having  fishing  nets  and  baskets  put  up  in  their 
president's  room,  but  the  work  went  on.  The  decorations  of  the  room  are  seines, 
fishing  nets,  and  baskets,  while  dolls  are  used  in  practical  demonstration.  The 
seines  are  festooned  from  the  ceilings,  and  a  huge  casting  net  is  used  as  a  dais  over 
Mrs.  Palmer's  desk.  The  women  of  Salem  county,  New  Jersey,  sent  the  furniture, 
which  is  of  the  old  colonial  style. 


SEAT  OF  STOOL  IN  LEATHER  WORK— PRINCESS  VICTORIA  OF  WALES,  ENGLAND. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


167 


CHAPTER  II. 
THE  WOMEN  WHO  CONTROL. 

Generally  Known  as  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition — A  Large 
Number  of  Prominent  Women  Among  the  Members — Names  and  Residences  and  Official 
Positions. 

,  ■'/  /  HE  Board  of  Lady  Managers  was  created  by  Act  of  Congress, 

approved  April  25,  1890.  It  consists  of  117  members,  with 
alternates — eight  at  large,  two  each  from  the  several  states 
and  territories  and  District  of  Columbia,  and  nine  from  the 
City  of  Chicago.  Its  members  were  selected  by  the  World's 
Columbian  Commission.  The  Board  has  general  direction 
and  supervision  of  the  representation  of  women  at  the  Ex- 
position. Officials  of  the  Board. — President — Mrs.  Potter 
Palmer,  of  Chicago.  Vice-Presidents — First,  Mrs.  Ralph 
Trautmann,  of  New  York;  Second,  Mrs.  Edwin  C.  Burleigh, 
of  Maine;  Third,  Mrs.  Charles  Price,  of  North  Craolina; 
Fourth,  Miss  Katherine  L.  Minor,  of  Louisiana;  Fifth,  Mrs. 
Beriah  Wilkins,  of  the  District  of  Columbia;  Sixth,  Mrs.  M.  D.  Thatcher,  of  Colo- 
rado; Seventh,  Mrs.  Flora  Beall  Ginty,  of  Wisconsin;  Eighth,  Mrs.  Margaret  plaine 
Salisbury,  of  Utah;  at  large,  Mrs.  Russell  B.  Harrison,  of  Nebraska.  Vice-Chair- 
man of  Executive  Committee — Mrs.  Virginia  C.  Meredith,  of  Indiana.  Seqretary 
— Mrs.  Susan  Gale  Cooke,  of  Tennesee.  .  ; 

Lady  Managers  AT  Large. — Mrs.  D.  F.  Verdenal,  New  York;  Mrs. !  Mary 
Cecil  Cantrill,  Georgetown,  Ky.;  Mrs.  Mary  S.  Lockwood,  Washington,  D.  C; 
Mrs.  John  J.  Bagley,  Detroit,  Mich.;  Miss  Ellen  A.  Ford,  New  York;  Mrs.  Mary  S. 
Harrison,  Omaha,  Neb.;  Mrs.  Ida  Elkins  Taylor,  Philadelphia,  Pa.;  Mrs.  Rosine 
Ryan,  iVustin,  Texas.  Alternates — Mrs.  Benjamin  C.  Truman,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.; 
Mrs.  Nancy  Huston  Banks,  Morganfield,  Ky.;  Mrs.  James  B.  Stone,  Worcester, 
Mass.;  Mrs.  Schuyler  Colfax,  South  Bend,  Ind.;  Miss  Helen  A.  Peck,  Kansas 
City;  Miss  Caroline  E.  Dennis,  Auburn,  N.  Y.;  Mrs.  George  R.  Yarrow,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa,;  Mrs.  Caroline  Willis  Ladd,  Galveston,  Texas. 

Members  of  the  Board. — Lady  Managers  from  States — Alabama — Miss 
Hattie  Toney  Hundley,  Mooresville;  Mrs.  Anna  M.  Fosdick,  Mobile.  Alternates — 
Mrs.  Sallie  H.  Bush,  Birmingham;  Mrs.  Irene  W.  Semple,  Montgomery. 

Arkansas — Mrs.  James  P.  Eagle,  Little  Rock;  Mrs.  Rollin  A.  Edgerton, 
Little  Rock.  Alternates— Margaret  M.  Ratcliff,  Little  Rock;  Mrs.  William  B. 
Empie,  Newport. 


LADY  MANAGEI^S,  RESIDENTS  OF  GHICAGO. 

1.  Mh3.  Pottee  Palmek.  2.  Mes.  Solomon  Thatchee.  Je. 

3.  Mes.  James  A.  Mulligan.  4.  Feancis  Dickinson,  M.  D.  5.  Mes.  M.  E.  M.  Wallace  . 

6.  Mes.  Mtea  Beadwell.  7.  Mrs.  James  R.  Doolittle.Je.  8.  Mrs.  Matilda  B.  Caese. 

9.  Maetha  H.  Ten  Eyck.  10.  Mrs.  Maegaeet  1.  Sandees.  11.  Mes.  Leandee  Stone. 

12.  Mrs.  Gen.  A.  L.  CnETLAiN.  13.  Feances  E.  Willaed. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  169 

California — Mrs.  Parthenia  P.  Rue,  Santa  Rosa;  Mrs.  James  R.  Deane,  San 
Francisco.  Alternates — Mrs.  Isaac  L.  Requa,  Piedmont;  Mrs.  Frona  E.  Wait,  San 
Francisco. 

Colorado — Mrs.  Laura  P.  Coleman,  Buena  Vista;  Mrs.  M.  D.  Thatcher, 
Pueblo.  Alternates — Mrs.  Annie  B.  Patrick,  Leadville;  Mrs.  Susan  R.  Ashley, 
Denver. 

Connecticut — Miss  Frances  S.  Ives,  New  Haven;  Mrs.  Isabella  Beecher 
Hooker,  Hartford.  Alternates — Mrs.  Amelia  B.  Hinman,  Stevenson;  Mrs.  Vir- 
ginia T.  Smith,  Hartford. 

Delaware— Mrs.  Mary  Richards  Kinder,  Milford;  Mrs.  J.  Frank  Ball,  Wil- 
mington. Alternates — Mrs.  Mary  E.  Torbert,  Milford;  Mrs.  Theodore  F.  Arm- 
strong, Newark. 

Florida — Mrs.  Mary  C.  Bell,  Gainesville;  Miss  E.  Nellie  Beck,  Tampa. 
Alternates — Mrs.  Chloe  Merrick  Reed,  South  Jacksonville;  Mrs.  H.  K.  Ingram, 
Jacksonville. 

Georgia — Mrs.  Wm.  H.  Felton,  Cartersville;  Mrs.  Charles  H.  Olmstead, 
Savannah.  Alternates — Miss  Meta  Telfair  McLaws,  Augusta;  Mrs.  Geo.  W. 
Lamar,  Savannah. 

Idaho — Mrs.  Anna  E.  M.  Farnum,  Hauser  Junction;  Mrs.  Joseph  C.  Straugh- 
an,  Boise,  City.  Alternates — Mrs.  Louise  L.  Barton,  Moscow;  Mrs.  Ella  Ray 
Miller,  Pocatello. 

Illinois — Mrs.  Richard  J.  Oglesby,  Elkhart;  Mrs.  Frances  Welles  Shepard, 
Chicago.  Alternates — Mrs.  Marcia  Louise  Gould,  Moline;  Mrs.  Isabella  L 
Candee,  Cairo. 

Indiana — Miss  Wilhemine  Reitz,  Evansville;  Mrs.  Virginia  C.  Meredith, 
Cambridge  City.  Alternates — Miss  Susan  W.  Ball,  Terre  Haute;  Miss  Mary  H. 
Krout,  Crawfordsville. 

Iowa — Mrs.  Whiting  S.  Clark,  Des  Moines;  Miss  Ora  Elizabeth  Miller, 
Cedar  Rapids.  Alternates — Mrs.  Ira  F.  Hendricks,  Council  Bluffs;  Miss  Mary 
B.  Hancock,  Dubuque. 

Kansas — Mrs.  Jennie  S.  Mitchell,  Topeka;  Mrs.  Hester  A.  Hanback,  Topeka. 
Alternates— Mrs.  Sara  Blair  Lynch,  Leavenworth;  Mrs.  Jane  H.  Haynes,  Fort 
Scott. 

Kentucky — Miss  Jean  W.  Faulkner,  Lancaster;  Mrs.  A.  C.  Jackson,  Coving- 
ton. Alternates — Miss  Sarah  F.  Holt,  Frankfort;  Mrs.  Alice  B.  Castleman, 
Louisville. 

Louisiana — Miss  Catherine  L.  Minor,  Houma;  Mrs.  Belle  Hamilton  Perkins, 
New  Orleans.  Alternates — Mrs.  Bowling  S.  Leathers,  Steamer  Laura  Lee,  New 
Orleans;  Mrs.  W.  W.  Carre,  New  Orleans. 

Maine — Mrs.  Edwin  C.  Burleigh,  Augusta;  Mrs.  L.  M.  N.  Stevens,  Portland. 
Alternates — Mrs.  Sarah  H.  Dixby,  Showhegan,  Miss  Helen  M.  Staples,  Hanover. 

Maryland— Mrs.  William  Reed,  Baltimore;  Mrs.  Alexander  Thomson,  Mt. 
Savage.  Alternates — Mrs.  J.  Wilson  Patterson,  Baltimore;  Miss  Eloise  Roman 
Cumberland. 


I70  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Massachusetts — Mrs.  Rufus  S.  Frost,  Chelsea;  Mrs.  Jonas  H.  French,  Bay, 
View.  Alternates — Mrs.  Alice  Freeman  Palmer,  Cambridge;  Miss  Mary  Crease 
Sears,  Boston. 

Michigan — Mrs.  Eliza  J.  Pendry  Howes,  Battle  Creek;  Mrs.  Angell,  Ann 
Arbor.  Alternates — Mrs.  Frances  P.  Burrows,  Kalamazoo;  Miss  Anna  M.  Cutcheon 
Detroit. 

Minnesota — Mrs.  Frances  B.  Clarke,  St  Paul;  Mrs.  H.  F.  Brown,  Minneapolis. 
Alternates— Mrs.  P.  B.  Winston,  Minneapolis;  Mrs.  M.  M.  Williams,  Little  Falls. 

Mississippi — Mrs.  James  W.  Lee,  Aberdeen;  Mrs.  John  M.  Stone,  Jackson. 
Alternates — Mrs.  George  M.  Buchanan,  Holy  Springs;  Miss  Varina  Davis,  Beau- 
voir. 

Missouri — Miss  Phoebe  W.  Couzins,  LL.B.,  St  Louis;  Miss  Lillian  Mason 
Brown,  Kirkwood.  Alternates — Mrs.  Patti  Moore,  Kansas  City;  Mrs.  Annie  L.  Y. 
Orff,  St.  Louis,  care  of  Chaperone  Magazine. 

Montana — Mrs.  Eliza  Rickards,  Butte  City;  Mrs.  Clara  L.  McAdow,  Helena. 
Alternates — Mrs.  Laura  E.  Howey,  Helena;  Mrs.  Marian  D.  Cooper,  Bozeman 

Nebraska — Mrs.  John  S.  Briggs,  Omaha;  Mrs.  E.  C.  Langworthy,  Seward. 
Alternates — Mrs.  M.  A.  B.  Martin,  Beatrice;  Mrs.  Lana  A.  Bates,  Aurora. 

Nevada — Miss  Eliza  M.  Russell,  Elko;  Mrs.  M.  D.  Foley,  Reno.  Alternates 
— Miss  Mary  E.  Davies,  Genoa;  Miss  Jennie  Torreyson,  Carson  City. 

New  Hampshire — Mrs.  Mira  B.  F.  Ladd,  Lancaster;  Mrs.  Daniel  Hall,  Dover- 
Alternates — Mrs.  Frank  H.  Daniell,  Franklin  Falls;  Miss  Ellen  J.  Coles,  Lake 
village. 

New  Jersey— Miss  Mary  E.  Busselle,  Newark;  Mrs.  Martha  B.  Stevens, 
Hoboken.  Alternates — Mrs.  Jas.  W.  Compton,  Newark;  Mrs.  Amanda  M.  Smith, 
Newark. 

New  York — Mrs.  Ralph  Trautmann,  New  York  City;  Mrs.  William  Kissam 
Vanderbilt,  New  York.  Alternates— Mrs.  John  Pope,  New  York  City;  Mrs.  A.  M. 
Palmer,  New  York. 

North  Carolina — Mrs.  George  Wilson  Kidder,  Wilmington;  Mrs.  Charles 
Price,  Salisbury.  Alternates — Mrs.  Sallie  S.  Cotton,  Falkland;  Miss  Virginia  Stella 
Divine,  Wilmington. 

North  Dakota— Mrs.  S.  W.  McLaughlin,  Grand  Forks;  Mrs.  W.  D. 
McConnell,  Fargo.  Alternates — Mrs.  Alice  Vineyard  Brown,  Lisbon;  Mrs. 
Frances  C.  HoUey,  Bismarck. 

Ohio — Mrs.  Mary  A.  Hart,  Glendale;  Mrs.  Walter  Hartpence.  Harrison. 
Alternates — Mrs.  Harriet  Taylor  Upton,  Warren;  Mrs.  Asa  S.  Bushnell,  Spring- 
field. 

Oregon — Mrs.  E.  W.  Allen,  Portland;  Mrs.  M.  Payton,  Salem.  Alternates 
— Mrs.  Anna  L.  Riggs,  Portland;  Mrs.  Hattie  E.  Sladden,  Eugene. 

Pennsylvania — Miss  Mary  E.  McCandless,  Hays,  Pittsburg;  Mrs.  Harriet 
Anne  Lucas,  Philadelphia.  Alternates — Mrs.  Samuel  Plumer,  Franklin;  Mrs.  W, 
S.  Elkins,  Philadelphia. 


MRS.    POTTER    PALMER, 

PRESIDENT  BOARD  OF  LADY  MANAGERS. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  171 

Rhode  Island — Mrs.  Amey  M.  Starkweather,  Pawtucket;  Miss  Charlotte 
Field  Dailey,  Providence.  Alternates — Mrs.  Geo.  A.  Mumford,  Pawtucket;  Miss 
Loraine  Pearce  Bucklin,  Providence. 

South  Carolina — Miss  F.  Cunningham,  Charleston;  Mrs.  EUery  M.  Brayton, 
Columbia.  Alternates — Mrs.  Clark  Waring,  Columbia;  Miss  Carrie  A.  Perry, 
Walhalla. 

South  Dakota — Mrs.  John  R.  Wilson,  Deadwood;  Mrs.  Helen  Mortoii 
Barker,  Huron.  Alternates — Mrs.  Minnie  Daniels,  Watertown;  Mrs.  Marie  J. 
Gaston,  Deadwood. 

Tennessee — Mrs.  Laura  Gillespie,  Nashville;  Mrs.  Susan  Gale  Cooke,  Knox- 
ville.  Alternates — Mrs.  Carrington  Mason,  Memphis;  Mrs  Charles  J.  McClung, 
Knoxville. 

Texas — Mrs.  Ida  Loving  Turner,  Forth  Worth;  Mrs.  Mary  A.  Cochran, 
Dallas.     Alternate — Mrs.  Kate  Cawthorn  McDaniel,  Anderson. 

Vermont — Mrs.  Ellen  M.  Chandler,  Pomfret;  Mrs.  Elizabeth  V.  Grinnell, 
Burlington.  Alternates — Mrs.  Minna  G.  Hooker,  Battleboro;  Mrs.  Theresa  J. 
Cochrane,  Groton. 

Virginia — Mrs.  John  Sergent  Wise,  Richmond;  Mrs.  K.  S.  G.  Paul,  Harrison- 
burgh.  Alternates — Mrs.  Mary  H.  Drewey,  Westerner;  Miss  Mattie  P.  Harris 
Stanton. 

Washington — Mrs.  Melissa  D.  Owings,  Olympia;  Mrs.  Alice  Houghton, 
Spokane  Falls.  Alternates — Mrs.  Chauncey  Wright  Griggs,  Tacoma;  Miss  Joseph- 
ine H.  Stimson,  Colfax. 

West  Virginia — Mrs.  W.  Newton  Linch,  Martinsburg;  Miss  Lily  Irene  Jack- 
sun,  Parkersburg.  Alternates — Mrs.  George  W.Z.  Black,  Halltown;  Miss  Anna  M. 
Mahan,  Fayettville. 

Wisconsin — Mrs.  Flora  Beall  Ginty,  Chippewa  Falls;  Mrs.  William  P.  Lynde, 
Milwaukee.  Alternates — Mrs.  Samuel  S.  Fifield,  Ashland;  Mrs.  J.  Montgomery 
Smith,  Mineral  Point. 

Wyoming — Mrs.  F.  H.  Harrison,  Evanston;  Mrs.  Frances  E.  Hale,  Cheyenne. 
Alternates — Mrs.  Elizabeth  A.  Stone,  Evanston;  Miss  Gertrude  M.  Huntington, 
Saratoga. 

Lady  Managers  from  Territories. — Alaska — Miss  A.  K.  Delaney,  Juneau; 
Mrs.  Alonzo  E.  Austin,  Sitka.  Alternates — Miss  Maxwell  Stevenson,  Juneau;  Mrs. 
Lena  Vanderbier,  Sitka. 

Arizona — Mrs.  Thomas  J.  Butler,  Prescott,  Miss  Laurettu  Lovell,  Tucson- 
Alternates — Mrs.  Geo.  Hoxworth,  Flagstaff,  Mrs.  H.  J.  Peto,  Tombstone. 

New  Mexico — Mrs.  Franc  Luse  Albright,  Albuquerque;  Mrs.  Edward  L. 
Bartlett,  Santa  Fe.  Alternates — Miss  Lucia  Paria,  Albuquerque;  Mrs.  Louise 
Dakin  Campbell,  Eddy. 

Oklahoma — Mrs.  Marie  P.  Harmon  Beeson,  El  Reno;  Mrs.  Gencirieve 
Guthrie,  Oklahoma  City.  Alternates — Mrs.  Julia  Wallace,  Oklahoma  City;  Mrs. 
Mary  McNeal,  Guthrie. 


172 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


Utah — Mrs.  Thomas  A.Whalen,  Ogden;  Mrs.  Margaret  Blaine  Salisbury,  Salt 
Lake  City.  Alternates — Mrs.  Susie  B.Emery,  Park  City;  Miss  Maggie  Keogh,  Salt 
Lake  City. 

From  District  of  Columbia. — Mrs.  John  A.  Logan,  Washington;  Mrs. 
Beriah  Wilkins,  Washington.  Alternates — Mrs.  Emma  Dean  Powell,  Washing- 
ton; Miss  Emma  C.  Wimsatt,  Washington. 

Lady    Managers      from     Chicago. — Mrs.     Bertha 
Mrs.    Solomon      Thatcher,      Jr.,     River      Forest  ;      Mrs 
Mrs.  James  A.  Mulligan,  Frances  Dickinson,  M.  D.,    Mrs. 
Myra  Bradwell,  Mrs.  James  R.  Doolittle,  Jr.,  Mrs.  Matilda 
Mrs.  Sarah  M.  Hallowel,  Mrs.   George  L.   Dunlap,   Mrs 


M.      Honore     Palmer, 

L.      Brace    Shattuck, 

M.  R.  M.  Wallace,  Mrs. 

B.  Carse.     Alternates — 

William    Kimball,   Mrs. 


Annie  C.  Meyers,  Martha  H.  Ten  Eyck,  Mrs.  Margaret  Isabelle  Sandes,  Ravens- 
wood,  111.,  Mrs.  Leander  Stone,  Mrs.  Gen.  A.  L.  Chetlain,  Frances  E.  Willard, 
Evanston,  111. 


f,- 

• 

-         -          -                           ;---^ 

t 

^H^H^^^^^If^^'            ^.. 

^: 

1 

--'^pK^^B 

.  v.  >  n^^^^^^H 

m 

dlB 

,v— -,: 

^r'- 

f>^ 
S^^--" 

-^-7-^— 

1 

^■■^^ii^ 

■      '"■^-    '- 

i;,,  -,- 

_'      .    '          :   ; i'sfesi^ 

:i  -  -tsB^iii 

i-:  ■■■^■:S 

-^ 

1^^^ 

OIL   PAINTING— LANDSCAPE— FRAU  SCHROEDER,  GERMANY. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


173 


CHAPTER  III. 
FORMAL  OPENING  OF  THE  WOMAN'S  BUILDING. 


Mrs.  Potter  Palmer's  Address— Driving  of  the  Last  Nail— A  Woman's  Hand  Drives  the  Golden  Nail 
with  a  Silver  Hammer — A  Beautiful  Structure,  the  Completion  of  Which  Signified  an  Accomplish- 
ment of  Which  the  United  Womanhood  of  the  World  Has  Had  a  Part — Large  Number  of 
Distinguished  Women  Present — A  Grand  March  Composed  by  a  German  Woman,  Frau  Ingeborg 
von  Bronsart  of  Weimar — Prayer  by  Miss  Ida  Hutton — Overture  by  Miss  Frances  Elliott,  of 
London,  England — Reading  of  a  Poem  by  Miss  Flora  Wilkinson — Remarks  by  Lady  Aberdeen, 
the  Duchess  of  Veragua,  Mrs.  Bedford  Fenwick,  Mrs.  Kaselowsky  and  the  Princess  Schachoffsky. 

O  EVENT  of  the  Exposition  except  the  of^cial  opening 
produced  more  transport  than  the  formal  dedication  of 
the  Woman's  Building,  which  took  place  on  the  after- 
noon of  May  I.  That  the  opening  ceremonies  of  this 
building  should  be  held  in  its  ovi^n  main  hall  was  pecu- 
liarly appropriate.  A  long  room,  whose  arches  and 
columns  were  decorated  delicately  in  white  and  gold, 
whose  walls  were  hung  with  the  praiseworthy  pro- 
ducts of  nineteenth  century  woman  artists — this  is 
what  met  the  vision  of  those  who  entered  for  the  first 
time.  And  this  was  not  all.  On  the  temporary  platform  erected 
at  the  west  entrance  were  palms  and  potted  plants,  gracefully- 
grouped,  while  above  it  on  either  side  were  draped  the  commingled  colors  of  Spain 
and  America.  Palms,  too,  filled  in  the  spaces  between  the  arches  of  the  north  and 
south  ends  of  the  gallery,  from  which  rows  of  smiling  faces  looked  on  at  the  cere- 
monies. 

At  the  north  end  of  the  Hall  of  Honor  was  massed  the  great  World's  Fair 
chorus,  which  on  this  occasion  interpreted  only  the  music  of  women  composers. 
The  remaining  space,  when  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer  arose  to  open  the  exercises,  was 
filled  to  overflowing  with  a  gathering  whose  enthusiasm  as  it  caught  sight  of  the 
gracious  President  of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  found  vent  in  cheers,  applause 
and  a  fluttering  of  white  handkerchiefs.  When  some  thoughtful  individual  well 
versed  in  the  art  of  delicate  flattery  took  upon  himself  the  task  of  removing  from 
the  platform  the  palms  and  the  big  bunch  of  American  beauty  roses,  behind  which, 
when  she  was  seated,  she  was  half  concealed,  the  demonstration  broke  out  with  re- 
newed vigor. 

Mrs.  Palmer  presided  at  the  Pennsylvania  table,  on  which  were  placed  a  block 
of  yew  taken  from  the  Washington  State  Building,  the  golden  nail,  and  Colorado's 
silver  jewel  box.    On  a  small  table  of  Mexican  onyx  at  her  kit  reposed  the  ham- 


3 


1 

cm 

'11 
1 

f 

^iPN 

.  1 

IV16MBERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  LAD\  MANAGERS. 


1.  Mk8.  Richard  J.  Oglesby, 
Illinois. 

6.  Mes.  Jonas  H.  French, 

Massachusetts. 

7.  Mks.  Maey  a.  Haet, 

Ohio. 

12.  Mks.  I.  J.  Austin, 

13.  Mk3,  Maeie  p.  Harmon  Beeson, 

Oklahoma. 


2.  Mrs.  Frances  Welles  Shepaed, 

Illinois. 
5.  Mes.  Rufus  S.  Frost, 
Massachusetts. 
8.  Mes.  Waltee  Hartpence, 

Ohio. 
11.  Mes.  a.  K.  Delanet, 

Alaska. 
14.  Mes.  Genevieve  Gctheie, 
Oklahoma. 


3.  Miss  Wilhelmine  Reitz, 

Indiana. 

4.  Mes.  Vikginia  C.  Meeedith; 

Indiana. 
9.  Mes.  F.  H.  Harkison, 

lVyom,ing, 
10.  Mes.  Feances  E.  Hall, 

Wyom-ing. 
15.  Mes.  Jno.  A'.  Logan, 

District  Columbia. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  175 

mer  in  its  leather  case.  Behind  Mrs.  Palmer  was  seated  a  group  of  distinguished 
women,  both  foreign  and  American,  whose  gay  toilets  lent  a  pleasing  touch  of  color 
and  brightness  to  the  assembly.  Among  them  were  the  Duchess  of  Veragua  and 
the  Hon.  Maria  del  Pilar  Colon  y  Aguielera,  Mme.  Mariotti,  Lady  Aberdeen,  Mrs. 
Bedford  Fenwick,  Frau  Professor  von  Kasetowsky  of  Germany,  Princess  Mary  A. 
Schahovsky  of  Russia,  Miss  Hulda  Leinden  of  Russia,  Mme.  Zorn,  Senora  d'Oleiv- 
ria  Austen  of  Brazil,  Mrs.  Dickens,  the  Duchess  of  Sutherlayd,  Lady  Wolf,  Miss 
Windeye,  Mrs.  Robert  Austen  of  England,  Lady  Arnot,  Miss  Arnot,  Miss  Weiner, 
Mme-  Meaulle  of  Austria,  Mrs.  Linchee  Suriya  of  Siam,  Baroness  Thornburg  Rappe 
of  Sweden,  Mrs.  Romero  of  Mexico,  Mrs.  John  G.  Carlisle,  Mrs.  W.  K.  Carlisle,  Miss 
Leila  Herbert,  Mrs.  George  T.  Werts  of  New  Jersey,  Mrs.  AdlaiT.  Stevenson,  Mrs. 
John  P.  Altgeld,  Miss  Ida  C.  Hultin,  Miss  Wilkinson,  Mrs.  John  A.  Logan,  Miss 
Catherine  Minor,  Mrs.  Walter  Q.  Gresham,  Mrs.  Eliza  Rickards,  Mrs.  Candace 
Wheeler,  Mrs.  Ralph  Trautman,  Mrs.  Sarah  S.  C.  Angell  and  Mrs.  V.  C.  Merideth. 
A  grand  march  composed  by  Frau  Ingeborg  von  Bronsart,  of  Weimar,  Ger- 
many, and  rendered  by  Theodore  Thomas'  men  opened  the  exercises.  Miss  Ida  Hut- 
ton  offered  the  prayer,  which  was  followed  by  a  dramatic  overture  composed  by  Miss 
Frances  Ellicott,  of  London,  England.  The  following  ode  was  then  read  by  Miss 
Flora  Wilkinson,  daughter  of  W.  E.  Wilkinson,  of  Chicago  University: 

From  the  lovely  land  of  Alhambra  and  out  from  the  mists  of  the  years, 

Let  us  summon  a  presence  before  us,  as  spirits  are  summoned  by  seers. 

Behold,  a  woman  is  standing,  the  glitter  of  gems  in  her  hands. 

With  far  gazing  eyes  that  are  turned  toward  the  river  of  invisible  lands. 

Behold,  royally  bending  to  heed  a  stranger's  appeal, 

With  gift  of  grace  and  of  godspeed,  Isabella,  the  Queen  of  Castile. 

Let  us  join  to  man's  glory  the  woman's,  the  glory  of  faith  and  of  deed, 

That  cheered  the  brave  mariner  on  in  the  day  of  his  desperate  need. 

He,  sailing,  and  sailing,  and  sailing  into  the  sunset  seas, 

Little  dreamed  of  the  land  that  he  sailed  to,  the  sage  and  the  sad  Genoese. 

She,  dreaming,  and  dreaming,  and  dreaming  apart  in  her  palace  of  Spain 

Little  dreamed  of  the  future  awaiting  that  land  of  the  Western  main. 

The  future,  a  plant  of  God':,  garden,  unfolding  in  beauty  supreme 

To  blossom  into  the  splendor  of  this  White  City  of  dream. 

Not  as  Queen  but  as  woman  we  hail  Isabella,  and  crown  her  to-day 

In  these  halls  that  women  have  built  and  illumined  with  costly  array. 

Here,  gravely  let  us  be  grateful,  as  heirs  of  a  generous  past. 

For  the  pleasures  and  powers  and  duties  fallen  to  woman  at  last. 

They  have  yielded  to  her  their  kingdoms,  science,  and  letters,  and  art. 

And  still  she  controls  undisputed  the  realm  of  the  home  and  the  heart. 

Mrs.  Palmer's  rising  for  the  purpose  of  delivering  her  address  was  the  signal 
for  another  outburst  of  applause.     She  said: 

Members  of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers,  Ladies  and  Gentemen:  The 
moment  of  fruition  has  arrived.     Hopes  for  more  than  two  years  have  gradually 


176  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

been  gaining  strength  anddefiniteness  have  now  become  realities.  To-day  the  Expo- 
sition opens  its  gates.  On  this  occasion  of  the  formal  opening  of  the  Woman's 
Building  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  is  singularly  fortunate  in  having  the  honor 
to  welcome  distinguished  official  representatives  of  many  of  the  able  foreign  com- 
mittees and  of  the  state  boards  which  have  so  effectively  co-operated  with  it  in  ac- 
complishing the  results  now  to  be  disclosed  to  the  world. 

We  have  traveled  together  a  hitherto  untrodden  path,  have  been  subjected 
to  tedious  delays  and  overshadowed  by  dark  clouds,  which  threaten  disaster  to  our 
enterprise.  We  have  been  obliged  to  march  with  peace  offerings  in  our  hands  lest 
hostile  motives  be  ascribed  to  us.  Our  burdens  have  been  greatly  lightened,  how- 
ever, by  the  spontaneous  sympathy  and  aid  which  have  reached  us  from  women  in 
every  part  of  the  world,  and  which  have  proved  and  added  incentive  and  inspira- 
tion. [Applause.]  Experience  has  brought  many  surprises,  not  the  least  of  which 
is  an  impressive  realization  of  the  unity  of  human  interests,  notwithstanding  differ- 
ences of  race,  government,  language,  temperament  and  external  conditions.  The 
people  of  all  civilized  lands  are  studying  the  same  problems.  Each  success  and 
each  failure  in  testing  and  developing  new  theories  is  valuable  to  the  whole  world. 
Social  and  industrial  questions  are  paramount,  and  are  receiving  the  thoughtful 
consideration  of  statesmen,  students,  political  economists,  humanitarians,  employers 
and  employed. 

The  few  forward  steps  which  have  been  taken  during  our  boasted  nineteenth 
century — the  so-called  aid  of  invention — have  promoted  the  general  use  of  machin- 
ery and  economic  motive  powers  with  the  result  of  cheapened  manufactured  arti- 
cles, but  have  not  afforded  the  relief  to  the  masses  which  was  expected.  The 
struggle  for  bread  is  as  fierce  as  of  old.  We  find  everywhere  the  same  picture  pre- 
sented— ^overcrowded  industrial  centers;  factories  surrounded  by  dense  populations 
of  operatives;  keen  competition;  many  individuals  forced  to  use  such  strenuous 
efforts  that  vitality  is  drained  in  the  effort  to  maintain  life  under  conditions  so  un- 
inviting and  discouraging  that  it  scarcely  seems  worth  living.  It  is  a  grave  reproach 
to  modern  enlightenment  that  we  seem  no  nearer  the  solution  of  many  of  these  prob- 
lems than  during  feudal  days. 

It  is  not  our  province,  however,  to  discuss  these  weighty  questions  except  in 
so  far  as  they  affect  the  compensation  paid  to  wage  earners,  and  more  especially 
that  paid  to  women  and  children.  Of  all  existing  forms  of  injustice  there  is  none  so 
cruel  and  inconsistent  as  is  the  position  in  which  women  are  placed  with  regard  to 
self-maintenance — the  calm  ignoring  of  their  rights  and  responsibilities  which  has 
gone  on  for  centuries.  If  the  economic  conditions  are  hard  for  men  to  meet,  sub- 
jected as  they  are  to  the  constant  weeding  out  of  the  less  expert  and  steady  hands, 
it  is  evident  that  women,  thrown  upon  their  own  resources,  have  a  frightful  strug- 
gle to  endure,  especially  as  they  have  always  to  contend  against  a  public  sentiment 
which  discountenances  their  seeking  industrial  employment  as  a  means  of  live- 
lihood. 

The  theory  which  exists  among  conservative  people  that  the  sphere  of  wo- 
man is  her  home — that  it  is  unfemlnine,  even  monstrous  for  her  to  wish  to  take  a 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  177 

place  beside  or  compete  with  men  in  the  various  lucrative  industries — tells  heavily 
against  her,  for  manufacturers  and  producers  take  advantage  of  it  to  disparage  her 
work  and  obtain  her  services  for  a  nominal  price,  thus  profiting  largely  by  the  ne- 
cessities and  helplessness  of  their  victim.  That  so  many  should  cling  to  respectable 
occupations  while  starving  in  following  them  and  should  refuse  to  yield  to  discour- 
agement and  despair  shows  a  high  quality  of  steadfastness  and  principle.  [Ap- 
plause.] These  are  the  real  heroines  of  life,  whose  handiwork  we  are  proud  to 
install  in  the  Exposition,  because  it  has  been  produced  in  factories,  workshops  and- 
studios  under  the  most  adverse  conditions  and  with  the  most  sublime  patience  and 
endurance.     [Applause.] 

Men  of  the  finest  and  most  chivalric  type,  who  have  poetic  theories  about 
the  sanctity  of  the  home  and  the  refining,  elevating  influence  of  woman  in  it,  theo- 
ries inherited  from  the  days  of  romance  and  chivalry,  and  which  we  wish  might 
prevail  forever — these  men  have  asked  many  times  whether  the  Board  of  Lady 
Managers  thinks  it  well  to  promote  a  sentiment  which  may  tend  to  destroy  the 
home  by  encouraging  occupations  for  women  which  take  them  out  of  it.  We  feel, 
therefore,  obliged  to  state  in  our  opinion  every  woman  who  is  presiding  over  a 
happy  home  is  fulfilling  her  highest  and  truest  function,  and  could  not  be  lured 
from  it  by  temptations  offered  by  factories  or  studios.  Would  that  the  eyes  of 
these  idealists  could  be  thoroughly  opened  that  they  might  see,  not  the  fortunate 
few  of  a  favored  class,  with  whom  they  possibly  are  in  daily  contact,  but  the  gen- 
eral status  of  the  labor  market  throughout  the  world  and  the  relation  to  it  of  wo- 
men. They  might  be  astonished  to  learn  that  the  conditions  under  which  the  vast 
majority  of  the  "gentler  sex"  are  living  are  not  so  ideal  as  they  assume;  that  each 
is  not  "dwelling  in  a  home  of  which  she  is  the  queen,  with  a  manly  and  a  loving 
arm  to  shield  her  from  rough  contact  with  life."  Because  of  the  impossibility  of 
reconciling  their  theories  with  the  stern  facts,  they  might  possibly  consent  to  for- 
give the  offense  of  widows  with  dependent  children  and  of  wives  of  drunkards  and 
criminals  who  so  far  forget  the  high  standard  established  for  them  as  to  attempt  to 
earn  for  themselves  daily  bread,  lacking  which  they  must  perish.  [Great  Applause.] 
The  necessity  for  their  work  under  present  conditions  is  too  evident  and  too  urgent 
to  be  questioned.  They  must  work  or  they  must  starve.  Women  everywhere  in 
large  numbers  are  actively  engaged  in  the  lowest  and  most  degrading  industrial 
occupations,  laboring  mainly  as  underpaid  drudges,  to  the  great  profit  of  manufact- 
urers and  producers. 

We  are  forced,  therefore,  to  turn  from  the  realm  of  fancy  to  meet  and  deal 
with  existing  facts.  The  absence  of  a  just  and  general  appreciation  of  the  truth 
concerning  the  position  and  status  of  women  has  caused  us  to  call  special  attention 
to  it,  and  to  make  a  point  of  attempting  to  create,  by  means  of  the  Exposition,  a 
well-defined  public  sentiment  in  regard  to  their  rights  and  duties,  and  the  proprie- 
ty of  their  becoming  not  only  self-supporting,  but  able  to  assist  in  maintaining  their 
families  when  necessary.  [Applause.]  We  hope  that  the  statistics  which  the  Board 
of  Lady  Managers  has  been  so  earnestly  attempting  to  secure,  may  give  a  correct 
idea  of  the  number  of  women — not  only  those  without  natural  protectors,  or  those 


178  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

thrown  suddenly  upon  their  own  resources,  but  the  number  of  wives  of  mechanics, 
laborers,  artists,  artisans  and  workmen  of  every  degree— who  are  forced  to  work 
shoulder  to  shoulder  with  their  husbands  in  order  to  maintain  the  family. 

There  are  two  classes  of  the  community  who  wish  to  restrain  women  fro'Ti 
actual  participation  in  the  business  of  the  world,  and  each  gives,  apparently,  very 
strong  reasons  in  support  of  its  views.  These  are,  first,  the  idealists,  who  hold  the 
opinion  already  mentioned  that  woman  should  be  tenderly  guarded  and  cherished 
within  the  sacred  precincts  of  the  home,  which  alone  is  her  sphere  of  action;  and, 
second,  certain  political  economists,  with  whom  may  be  ranged  most  of  the  men 
engaged  in  the  profitable  pursuit  of  the  industries  of  the  world,  who  object  to 
the  competition  that  would  result  from  the  participation  of  women,  because  they 
claim  that  it  would  reduce  the  general  scale  of  wages  paid  and  lessen  the  earning 
power  of  men,  who  require  their  present  income  to  maintain  their  families.  Plaus- 
ible as  these  theories  are  we  cannot  accept  them  without  pausing  to  inquire  what 
then  would  become  of  all  women  but  the  very  few  who  have  independent  fortunes 
or  are  the  happy  wives  of  men  able  and  willing  to  support  them?  The  interests  of 
probably  three-fourths  of  the  women  in  the  world  would  be  sacrificed.  Are  they 
to  be  allowed  to  starve,  or  to  rush  to  self-destruction?  If  not  permitted  to  work, 
what  course  is  open  to  them? 

Our  oriental  neighbors  have  seen  the  logic  of  the  situation  far  more  clearly 
than  we,  and  have  been  consistent  enough  to  meet  it  without  shrinking  from  heroic 
measures  when  necessary.  The  question  is  happily  solved  in  some  countries  by  the 
practice  of  polygamy,  which  allows  every  man  to  maintain  as  many  wives  as  his 
means  permits.  In  others,  etiquette  requires  that  a  newly  made  widow  be  burned 
on  the  funeral  pyre  with  her  husband's  body,  while  the  Chinese  take  the  precaution 
to  drown  surplus  female  children.  [Murmurs  of  indignation.]  It  would  seem  that 
any  of  these  methods  is  more  logical  and  less  cruel  than  the  system  we  pursue  of 
permitting  the  entire  female  population  to  live,  but  making  it  impossible  for  those 
born  to  poverty  to  maintain  themselves  in  comfort,  because  they  are  hampered  by 
a  caste  feeling  almost  as  strong  as  that  ruling  India,  which  will  not  permit  them  to 
work  on  equal  terms  with  men.  [Applause.]  These  unhappy  members  of  an  infe- 
rior class  must  be  content  to  remain  in  penury,  living  on  the  crumbs  that  fall  from 
tables  spread  for  those  of  another  and  higher  caste.  This  relative  position  has 
been  exacted  on  the  one  side,  accepted  on  the  other.  It  has  been  considered  by 
each  an  inexorable  law. 

We  shrink  with  horror  from  the  unjust  treatment  of  child  widows  and  other 
unfortunates  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  globe,  but  our  own  follies  and  inconsisten- 
cies are  too  close  to  our  eyes  for  us  to  see  them  in  proper  perspective.  Sentimen- 
talists should  have  reduced  their  theories  to  set  terms  and  applied  them.  They 
have  had  ample  time  and  opportunity  to  provide  means  by  which  helpless  women 
could  be  cherished,  protected  and  removed  from  the  storm  and  stress  of  life. 
Women  could  have  asked  nothing  better.  We  have  no  respect  for  a  theory  which 
touches  only  the  favored  few  who  do  not  need  its  protection,  and  leaves 
unaided  the  great  mass  it  has  assisted  to  push  into  the  mire.     [Applause.]     Talk 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  179 

not  of  it,  therefore,  until  it  can  be  uttered  not  only  in  polite  drawing-rooms  but 
also  in  factories  and  workshops  without  a  blush  of  shame  for  its  weakness  and 
inefficiency. 

But  the  sentimentalist  again  exclaims:  "Would  you  have  woman  step  down 
from  her  pedestal  in  order  to  enter  practical  life?  "  Yes!  A  thousand  times,  yes! 
[Applause.]  If  we  can  really  find,  after  a  careful  search,  any  women  mounted  upon 
pedestals,  we  should  willingly  ask  them  to  step  down — [laughter  and  applause] — in 
order  that  they  may  meet  and  help  to  uplift  their  sisters.  Freedom  and  justice  for 
all  are  infinitely  more  to  be  desired  than  pedestals  for  a  few.  I  beg  leave  to  state 
that  personally  I  am  not  a  believer  in  the  pedestal  theory — [laughter] — never  having 
seen  an  actual  example  of  it,  and  that  I  always  suspect  the  motives  of  any  one  advanc- 
ing it.  It  does  not  represent  the  natural  and  fine  relation  between  husband  and  wife 
or  between  friends.  They  should  stand  side,  by  side,  the  fine  qualities  of  each  sup- 
plementing and  assisting  those  of  the  other.  Men  naturally  cherish  high  ideas  of 
womanhood,  as  women  do  of  manliness  and  strength.  These  ideas  will  dwell  with 
the  human  race  forever  without  our  striving  to  preserve  and  protect  them.  [Ap- 
plause.] 

If  we  now  look  at  the  question  from  the  economic  standpoint  and  decide  for 
good  and  logical  reasons  that  women  should  be  kept  out  of  industrial  fields  in 
order  that  they  may  leave  the  harvest  for  men,  whose  duty  it  is  to  maintain  women 
and  children,  then  by  all  the  laws  of  justice  and  equity,  these  latter  should  be  pro- 
vided for  by  their  natural  protectors,  and  if  deprived  of  them  should  become  wards 
of  the  state  and  be  maintained  in  honor  and  comfort.  The  acceptance  of  even  this 
doctrine  of  tardy  justice  would  not,  however,  I  feel  sure,  be  welcomed  by  the 
women  of  to-day  who,  having  had  a  taste  of  independence,  will  never  willingly 
relinquish  it.  [Applause].  They  have  no  desire  to  be  helpless  and  dependent. 
Having  the  full  use  of  their  faculties  they  rejoice  in  exercising  them.  This  is  en- 
tirely in  conformity  with  the  trend  of  modern  thought,  which  is  in  the  direction  of 
establishing  proper  respect  for  human  individuality  and  the  right  of  self-develop- 
ment. Our  highest  aim  now  is  to  train  each  to  find  happiness  in  the  full  and 
healthy  exercise  of  the  gifts  bestowed  by  a  generous  nature.  Ignorance  is  too  ex- 
pensive and  wasteful  to  be  tolerated.  We  cannot  afford  to  lose  the  reserve  power 
of  any  individual.     [Great  applause]. 

We  advocate,  therefore,  the  thorough  education  and  training  of  women  to 
fit  her  to  meet  whatever  fate  life  may  bring,  not  only  to  prepare  her  for  the  factory 
and  workshop,  for  the  professions  and  arts,  but,  more  important  than  all  else,  to 
prepare  her  for  presiding  over  the  home.  [Applause].  It  is  for  this,  the  highest 
field  of  woman's  effort,  that  the  broadest  training  and  greatest  preparation  are 
required.  The  illogical,  extravagant,  whimsical,  unthrifty  mother  and  housekeeper 
belongs  to  the  dark  ages.  She  has  no  place  in  our  present  era  of  enlightenment. 
No  course  of  study  is  too  elaborate,  no  amount  of  knowledge  and  culture  too 
abundant  to  meet  the  actual  requirements  of  the  wife  and  mother  in  dealing  with 
the  interests  committed  to  her  hands.  [Applause].  Realizing  that  women  can 
never  hope  to  receive  the  proper  recompense  for  her  services  until  her  usefulness 
12 


i8o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

and  success  are  not  only  demonstrated  but  fully  understood  and  acknowledged, 
we  have  taken  advantage  of  the  opportunity  presented  by  the  exposition  to  bring 
together  such  evidences  of  her  skill  in  the  various  industries,  arts  and  professions 
as  may  convince  the  world  that  ability  is  not  a  matter  of  sex.  Urged  by  necessity, 
she  has  shown  that  her  powers  are  the  same  as  her  brothers'  and  that  like  encour- 
agement and  fostering  care  may  develop  her  to  an  equal  point  of  usefulness. 

The  board  does  not  wish  to  be  understood  as  placing  an  extravagant  or 
sentimental  value  upon  the  work  of  any  woman  because  of  her  sex.  It  willingly 
acknowledges  that  the  industries,  arts  and  commerce  of  the  world  have  been  for 
centuries  in  the  hands  of  men  who  have  carefully  trained  themselves  for  the  re- 
sponsibilities devolving  upon  them,  and  who  have,  consequently,  without  question, 
contributed  vastly  more  than  women  to  the  valuable  thought,  research,  invention, 
science,  art  and  literature,  which  have  become  the  rich  heritage  of  the  human  race- 
Notwithstanding  their  disadvantages,  however,  a  few  gifted  women  have  made 
their  value  felt  and  have  rendered  exceptional  service  to  the  cause  of  humanity. 

The  fact  that  the  woman's  building  is  so  small  that  it  can  hold  only  a  little 
of  the  beautiful  objects  offered  has  been  a  great  disadvantage.  The  character  of 
the  exhibits  and  the  high  standard  attained  by  most  of  them  serve,  therefore,  only 
as  an  index  of  the  quality  and  range  of  the  material  from  which  we  have  drawn. 
When  our  invitation  asking  co-operation  was  sent  to  foreign  lands  the  commis- 
sioners already  appointed  generally  smiled  doubtfully  and  explained  that  their 
women  were  doing  nothing,  that  they  would  not  feel  inclined  to  help  us,  and,  in 
many  cases,  stated  that  it  was  not  the  custom  of  their  country  for  women  to  take 
part  in  any  public  effort;  that  they  only  attended  to  social  duties.  But  as  soon  as 
these  ladies  received  our  message,  sent  in  a  brief  and  formal  letter,  the  freemasonry 
among  women  proved  to  be  such  that  they  needed  no  explanation;  they  understood 
at  once  the  possibilities.  Strong  committees  were  immediately  formed  of  women 
having  large  hearts  and  brains,  women  who  cannot  selfishly  enjoy  the  ease  of  their 
own  lives  without  giving  a  thought  to  their  helpless  and  wretched  sisters. 

Our  unbounded  thanks  are  due  to  the  exalted  and  influential  personages  who 
became,  in  their  respective  countries,  patronessess  and  leaders  of  the  movement 
inaugurated  by  us  to  represent  what  women  are  doing.  They  entered  with  appre- 
ciation into  our  work  for  the  Exposition  because  they  saw  an  opportunity,  which  they 
gracefully  and  delicately  veiled  behind  the  magnificent  laces  forming  the  central 
objects  in  their  superb  collections,  to  aid  their  women  by  opening  new  markets  for 
their  wares.  This  was  the  earnest  purpose  of  their  majesties,  the  Empress  of  Rus- 
sia and  the  Queen  of  Italy,  both  so  noted  for  the  progressive  spirit  they  have  dis- 
'played  In  promoting  the  welfare  of  the  women  under  their  kindly  rule.  They  have 
sent  large  collections  of  the  work  of  peasant  women  through  organizations  which 
exist  under  their  patronage  for  selling  their  handiwork.  The  collection  of  her  per- 
sonal laces  sent  by  Queen  Margherita  is  one  of  the  most  notable  features  of  the 
Exposition. 

The  committee  of  Belgian  ladies  was  kind  enough  to  take  special  pains  to 
comply  with  our  request  for  statistics  concerning  the  industries  and  condition  of 


isC''%n*>M , 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  LADY  MANAGERS. 


1.  Me3.  Maet  Kinder, 
Delaware. 

6.  Mrs.  Clara  L.  McAdow, 
Montana. 

1.  Mes.  B.  W.  McLAnoHLiN, 
North  Dakota^ 

12.  Mrs.  Mart  A.  Cochran, 

Texas. 

13.  Mrs.  Jno.  S.  WisiE, 

Virginia-. 


2.  Mrs.  J.  Frank  Ball, 

Delaware. 
5.  Mes.  J.  Eliza  Bickards, 

Montana. 
8.  Mrs.  W.  B.  McConnell, 

North-  Dakota. 
11.  Mrs.  Ida  Loving  Turner, 

14.  Mes.  K.  S.  G.  Paul. 
Virginia. 


8.  Mes.  Eliza  J.  P.  Howes, 

Michiaan. 
i.  Mrs.  Sarah  S.  C.  Angell, 
Michigan. 

9.  Mrs.  Jno.  E.  Wilson, 

South  Dakota. 
10.  Mes.  H.  M.  Barker, 

South  Dakota. 
15.  Mes.  E.  C.  Langworthi, 
Nebraska. 


i82         ,  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  , 

women,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  collection  of  statistics  is  not  in  Europe  sa 
popular  as  with  us.  It  has  sent  complete  reports,  very  attractively  prepared,  in  the 
form  of  monographs  and  charts,  giving  details  which  have  been  secured  only  by 
great  personal  effort.  These  figures  have  never  before  been  obtained  in  that  coun- 
try, and  the  committee  itself  is  surprised  at  the  great  amount  of  novel  and  valuable 
information  it  has  succeeded  in  presenting. 

Her  Majesty,  the  Queen  of  England,  has  kindly  sent  an  exhibit  of  the  work 
of  her  own  hands,  with  the  message  that,  while  she  usually  feels  no  interest  in  ex- 
positions, she  gives  this  special  token  of  sympathy  with  the  work  of  the  Board  of 
Lady  Managers  because  of  its  efforts  for  women.  [Applause.]  That  the  English 
Committee  has  included  in  its  exhibit  and  in  its  catalogue  a  plea  for  the  higher  edu- 
cation of  women  is  in  itself  a  significant  fact. 

Her  Majesty,  the  Queen  Regent  of  Spain,  has  kindly  sent  some  relics  of  a 
former  ruler  whose  name  is  so  closely  associated  with  that  of  the  discoverer  of  our 
continent.     [Applause.] 

The  orient  has  not  been  behind  in  its  efforts  to  co-operate  with  us,  although 
it  has  succeeded  in  doing  so  only  on  a  limited  scale  and  in  many  cases  unofficially^ 
We  have  received  the  most  pathetic  letters  from  those  countries,  in  which  women 
are  only  beginning  to  learn  that  there  is  a  fuller  development  and  a  higher  liberty 
of  action  permitted  their  sex  elsewhere.  Japan,  under  the  guidance  of  its  liberal 
and  intelligent  Empress,  has  promptly  and  cordially  promoted  our  plans.  Her 
Majesty,  the  Queen  of  Siam,  has  sent  a  special  delegate  with  directions  that  she 
put  herself  under  our  leadership  and  learn  what  industrial  and  educational  advan- 
tages are  open  to  women  in  other  countries,  so  that  Siam  may  adopt  such  measures- 
as  will  elevate  the  condition  of  her  women.     [Great  applause.] 

The  Exposition  will  thus  benefit  women,  not  alone  by  means  of  the  material 
objects  brought  together,  but  there  will  be  a  more  lasting  and  permanent  result 
through  the  interchange  of  thought  and  sympathy  from  influential  and  leading  wo- 
men of  all  countries,  now,  for  the  first  time,  working  together  with  a  common  pur- 
pose and  an  established  means  of  communication.  Government  recognition  and 
sanction  give  to  these  committees  of  women  ofificial  character  and  dignity.  Their 
work  has  been  magnificently  successful  and  the  reports  which  will  be  made  of  the: 
conditions  found  to  exist  will  be  placed  on  record,  as  public  documents,  among  the 
archives  of  every  country.  Realizing  the  needs  and  responsibilities  of  the  hour, 
and  that  this  will  be  the  first  official  utterance  of  women  in  behalf  of  women,  we 
shall  weigh  well  our  words,  words  which  should  be  so  judicious  and  convincing  that 
hereafter  they  may  be  treasured  among  the  happy  influences  which  made  possible- 
new  and  better  conditions.  We  rejoice  in  the  possession  of  this  beautiful  building, 
in  which  we  meet  to-day,  in  its  delicacy,  symmetry  and  strength.  [Applause.]  We: 
honor  our  architect — 

[Mrs.  Palmer  was  here  interrupted  by  a  spontaneous  outburst  of  applause, 
the  lady  managers  and  their  friends  vying  with  the  men  present  to  see  who  could 
applaud  the  loudest.  Mrs.  Palmer  smiled  pleasantly  and,  dropping  her  manuscript^ 
joined  heartily  in  swelling  the  applause  of  the  assemblage.     She  then  continued:} 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  183 

We  honor  our  architects  and  the  artists  who  have  given  not  only  their  hands 
but  their  hearts  and  their  genius  to  its  decoration.  For  it  women  in  every  part  of 
the  world  have  been  exerting  their  efforts  and  talents;  for  it  looms  have  wrought 
their  most  delicate  fabrics,  the  needle  has  flashed  in  the  hands  of  maidens  under 
tropical  suns,  the  lace-maker  has  bent  over  her  cushion  weaving  her  most  artful 
web,  the  brush  and  chisel  have  sought  to  give  form  and  reality  to  the  visions 
haunting  the  brain  of  the  artist — all  have  wrought  with  the  thought  of  making  our 
building  worthy  to  serve  its  great  end.  We  thank  all  for  their  successful  efforts. 
The  eloquent  president  of  the  commission  last  October  dedicated  the  great  expo- 
sition buildings  to  humanity.  We  now  dedicate  the  woman's  building  to  an  eleva- 
ted womanhood — [Applause] — -knowing  that  by  so  doing  we  shall  best  serve  the 
cause  of  humanity. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  address  of  Mrs.  Palmer,  the  lady  managers  arose 
and  expressed  their  appreciation  of  the  magnificent  address  of  the  President  of 
their  Board  by  giving  the  "Chatauquan  salute." 

Germany's  representative,  Mrs.  Kaselowsky,  gave  a  short  description  of  the 
exhibit  from  her  country  under  her  charge,  which  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  woman's 
building. 

Princess  Schachoffsky,  commissioner  from  Russia,  then  spoke  as  follows: 

Mrs.  President  and  Ladies: — I  begin  by  asking  your  indulgence.  The 
slight  knowledge  I  have  of  the  English  language,  which  I  am  obliged  to  use  the 
very  first  time  I  address  any  audience,  makes  it  still  more  difficult  and  intimidating 
when  the  audience  is  the  one  I  have  before  me — so  numerous  and  consisting  of  all 
the  leading  and  representative  women  of  America,  which  all  over  the  world  is 
known  by  her  prominent  women.  I  wish  to  tell  you  that,  though  so  very  far  away, 
we  have  many  sympathisers  in  common,  and  the  women  in  Russia  through  me 
hoped  to  stretch  and  clasp  hands  with  their  American  sisters.  All  those  that  I  met 
offered  me  all  the  information  they  could  give  concerning  our  women  and  their 
work  in  all  departments,  which,  though  not  so  numerous  as  yours,  have  a  very  wide 
extent.  One  of  the  widest  is  to  find  profitable  employment  for  the  peasant  women, 
and  in  the  last  few  years  several  industries  have  been  started  with  much  success, 
by  maay  of  the  wives  of  our  landed  proprietors  and  lady  landowners.  Samples  of 
these  you  will  see  in  our  section  of  the  women's  building,  which,  unfortunately  is 
not  yet  ready,  and  I  hope  you  will  be  pleased  with  them. 

It  is  not  the  moment  and  I  do  not  feel  equal  to  the  task  of  giving  even  a  faint 
outline  of  all  that  is  being  done  by  our  women,  but  some  things  and  names  I  must 
mention.  The  high  class  education  having  been  open  to  them  since  1872,  more 
than  700  women  doctors  are  doing  a  lovely  mission  all  through  the  country,  and 
when  you  know  that  15,000,000  Mohamedans  form  in  the  east  part  of  our  population, 
so  that  7,500,000  women  are  entirely  dependent  on  their  own  sex  for  medical  help, 
not  being  allowed  to  see  men,  you  will  understand  what  a  boon  a  woman  doctor  is 
in  our  country. 


i84  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Princess  Schachoffsky  had  to  rise  and  bow  again  and  again  in  resporise  to  the 
applause  that  followed  her  address.  Then  came  one  of  the  most  pleasant  incidents 
of  the  occasion.  Mrs.  Ralph  Trautmann,  the  vice-president  from  New  York,  and 
chairman  of  the  committee  on  federal  legislation,  suddenly  advanced  to  where  Mrs, 
Palmer  was  sitting.  She  addressed  the  president  in  praise  of  her  work,  and,  refer- 
ring to  her  as  the  queen  of  fame,  presented  her  with  a  silver  laurel  wreath. 

"  This  is  our  crowning  day  of  glory,"  Mrs  Trautmann  said.  "  When  we  grow 
old  may  we  look  back  to  this  occasion  with  a  pride  that  can  never  diminish." 

The  two  women  then  arose  and  clasped  hands,  while  every  lady  manager 
and  everybody  else  stood  up  on  their  chairs  in  impressive  silence.  The  effect  was- 
heightened  by  Mrs.  Trautmann  presenting  Mrs.  Candace  Wheeler,  director  of  the 
building,  and  Mrs.  MacMonnies,  the  artist,  to  the  audience. 

The  final  number  of  the  programme  had  been  reached,  and  Mrs.  Rickards. 
of  Montana,  made  her  way  to  the  stage  to  present  the  golden  nail  to  Mrs.  Palmer, 
Her  address  was  read  so  distinctly  as  to  reach  all  parts  of  the  big  hall.  It  was- 
graceful  and  eloquent,  fully  meeting  the  demands  of  the  occasion.  As  she  handed 
the  shining  nail  to  Mrs.  Palmer  a  cheer  broke  forth.  It  was  a  trying  moment  to 
Mrs.  Palmer.  She  took  the  nail  and  looked  at  it  rather  doubtfully,  while  a  smile 
came  over  her  face.  With  a  few  words  of  acceptance,  she  referred  laughingly  to 
the  new  role  in  which  she  Avas  about  to  appear.  Everybody  was  wondering  whether 
Mrs.  Palmer  was  going  to  hit  her  fingers  with  the  glittering  silver  hammer,  that 
she  took  from  a  plush  covered  case.  Anxiety  was  pictured  on  the  faces  of  hun- 
dreds of  women  who  watched  with  absorbing  interest.  An  oblong  block  of  wood  lay 
on  the  table  in  front  of  Mrs.  Palmer  that  had  been  contributed  by  the  women  of 
Washington.  Everybody  knew  without  being  told  that  that  block  was  going  to  re- 
ceive the  nail  if  Mrs  Palmer  succeeded  in  hitting  it  on  the  head  every  time.  As 
she  placed  the  point  of  the  nail  on  the  block,  Mrs  Palmer  paused  to  look  trium- 
phantly at  the  audience.  She  raised  the  hammer  aloft,  and  with  a  smile  let  it  fall 
on  the  yellow  head  of  the  nail.  It  sank  to  a  suspicious  depth  in  the  block  at  the 
first  blow.  Then,  while  the  lady  managers  waved  their  handkerchiefs  and  every' 
body  else  applauded  after  her  own  fashion,  Mrs.  Palmer  dealt  blow  after  blow  un- 
til the  nail  had  been  driven  its  full  length. 

Theodore  Thomas  waved  his  baton  once  more  and  the  entire  audience- 
joined  in  singing  "  America."  With  the  pronouncing  of  the  benediction  the  cere- 
monies came  to  a  close. 

Theodore  Thomas  waved  his  baton  at  his  singers  and  players  and  the 
"Jubilate,"  by  Mrs.  H.  H.  A.  Beach,  of  Boston,  filled  the  building  with  waves  of 
melody  that  drowned  the  sound  of  clapping  hands.  The  presentation  of  a  flag  of 
American  silk  which  was  carried  at  the  head  of  the  procession  to  Jackson  Park 
during  the  ceremonies  of  October,  1892,  was  then  made  by  G.  W.  Knapp.  When 
he  concluded  his  speech  he  presented  Mrs.  Palmer  with  a  piece  of  fringe  cut  from 
the  flag  with  a  pair  of  souvenir  scissors.  The  scissors  were  presented  to  Mrs, 
Palmer  by  Mrs.  Sol  Thatcher,  one  of  the  lady  managers  of  Chicago,  with  the  fol- 
lowing address: 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  185 

Mme.  President: — I  "have  the  honor  to  present  to  you  the  silver  scissors  with 
which  the  souvenir  was  cut  from  the  woman's  flag.  These  scissors,  though  of 
beautiful  workmanship  and  purest  silver,  are  most  celebrated  for  their  magical 
qualities.  They  came  from  the  far  east,  from  the  land  of  the  astrologer  and  the 
necromancer.  It  is  said  that  the  happy  possessor  of  this  talisman  need  never  fear 
entanglement. 

The  addresses  of  the  distinguished"  women  from  foreign  lands  were  one  of 
the  most  interesting  features  of  the  exercises.  The  Duchess  of  Veragua  presented 
her  compliments  and  excuses  to  the  audience  through  Mrs.  Palmer,  not  having  a 
sufficient  command  of  the  English  language  to  make  herself  understood.  As  she 
arose  and  bowed  she  was  greeted  with  great  applause.  Countess  di  Brazza,  of 
Italy,  was  unable  to  appear  because  of  sickness  in  her  family  and  Mme.  Mariotti 
acted  as  her  representative.  She  spoke  in  tones  easily  understood  and  told  of  her 
distinguished  kinswoman's  efforts  to  elevate  the  condition  of  Italian  women.  Mme. 
Mariotti  also  related  how  it  became  possible  for  the  women  of  Italy  to  make  an 
exhibit  for  the  first  time  at  a  foreign  exposition. 

Mrs.  Bedford  Fenwick,  commissioner  from  England,  made  an  interesting 
address,  largely  descriptive  of  the  social  conditions  prevailing  among  the  women  of 
her  country  and  also  gave  an  account  of  the  character  of  the  English  exhibit  in  the 
woman's  building. 

Lady  Aberdeen  had  become  so  well  known  through  her  former  visits  to 
Chicago,  and  her  great  prominence  in  philanthropic  work,  that  she  was  received 
by  the  audience  with  a  warmth  almost  as  pronounced  as  that  which  marked  Mrs- 
Palmer's  reception.  It  was  a  compliment  of  the  most  graceful  description,  and 
the  noted  woman  showed  unmistakable  signs  of  appreciation. 

"  I  feel  it  to  be  a  great  honor,"  Lady  Aberdeen  said,  "  to  take  part  in  these 
ceremonies,  to  which  all  the  women  of  the  civilized  world  have  turned  their  eyes. 
We  have  heard  from  Mrs.  Palmer  what  we  hope  to  realize.  I  take  it  that  one 
of  the  objects  of  this  friendly  emulation  among  women  is  to  show  how  much 
they  have  served  their  countries.  If  I  am  right  in  this  conclusion  I  am  proud  to 
stand  here  as  the  representative  of  the  two  countries  in  which  I  claim  nationality — 
Scotland  and  Ireland."  Lady  Aberdeen  alluded  in  glowing  terms  to  the  laces 
contributed  to  the  exhibit  by  the  Irish  peasant  women,  and  said  that  much  good 
was  expected  to  come  out  of  the  opportunity  afforded  to  display  them  to  the  world. 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  LADY  MANAGERS. 


1.  Miss  H.  T.  Hundley, 

Alabama, 
4,  Mrs.  Kollin  A.  Edgeeton, 

Arkansas. 
7.  Miss  Francis  S.  Ives, 

Connecticut. 
10.  Miss  Oka  E.  Miller, 

Iowa. 
13.  Mrs.  Francis  B.  Clarke, 

Minnesoto^, 


2.  Mrs.  Anna  M.  Fosdick, 

Alabama. 
5.  Mrs.  R.  J.  Coleman, 

Colorado. 
8.  Mrs.  Isabella  B.  Hooeer, 

Connecticut. 
11.  Mrs.  E.  C.  Burleigh, 

Maine. 
U.  Mrs.  H.  F.  Brown, 

Minnesota. 


3.  Mrs.  James  P.  Eagle, 

Arkansas, 
6.  Mrs.  Susan  R.  Ashley, 

Colorado. 
9.  Mrs.  Whiting  S.  Clark, 

Iowa. 
12.  Mrs.  L.  M.  N.  Stevens, 

Main^. 
15.  Mrs.  John  S.  Beiggs, 

Nebraska. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


187 


CHAPTER  IV. 
OTHER  FEATURES  OF  THE  WOMAN'S  BUILDING. 

Illustrated  English  Hospital  Methods— Costumes  of  the  Nurses  Displayed  to  Advantage— Even  the 
Demonstration  of  Intense  Suffering  Proves  of  Great  Interest— Surgical  Instruments  Used  by 
Nurses— Opal  Glasses  Used  for  Measuring  Medicines— Display  of  Infants'  Hygienic  Clothing — 
Models  of  Nurses— The  Dainty  Dietary  Section— Gowns  and  Caps  of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Thomas 
— Egyptian  and  Arabian  Nurses  in  Nursing  and  Holiday  Attire— Miss  Marsden's  Model  Siberian 
Leper  Village— What  a  Denver  Woman  Would  Do  Illustrated— Work  of  Navajoe  Indian  Women 
— Work  of  East  Indian  Women— Rare  Specimens  of  Needlework — Mrs.  Rogers'  Culinary  Lectures 
and  Examples  in  Cooking. 

O  room  in  the  Woman's  Building  is  attracting  more 
attention  than  that  in  which  the  British  nursery  exhibit 
is  displayed.  This  is  under  the  control  of  the  British 
royal  commission,  under  the  presidency  of  Mrs.  Bedford 
Fenwick,  who  is  herself  a  practical  and  professional 
nurse.  The  exhibit  is  in  charge  of  Mrs.  Bond,  at  one 
time  one  of  Her  Majesty's  nurses.  Mrs.  Bond  has,  for 
noble  service  rendered  in  her  profession,  been  the 
recipient  of  four  medals,  noticeably  that  of  the  Royal 
Red  Cross,  conferred  by  Queen  Victoria.  The  exhibit 
is  divided  into  sections  and  is  placed  in  large  glass  cases  against 
the  walls.  The  first  section  is  devoted  to  specimens  of  all  sorts 
of  ligatures  and  bandages  used  in  binding  wounds  and  in  hospital  service.  The 
bandages  are  of  all  materials,  from  gauze  to  oil  silk,  and  are  in  infinite  variety. 
A  model  of  a  rack  for  holding  bandages  is  in  this  collection.  Below  are  the  sur- 
gical instruments  used  by  nurses  in  their  profession,  including  everything  from  a 
cambric  needle  to  syringes  and  cases  of  scissors.  Every  sort  of  thermometer  from 
the  wall  thermometer  to  that  used  for  testing  children's  food  is  here.  Particularly 
interesting  are  glasses  for  measuring  medicine,  made  of  opal  glass.  These  are  in- 
tended for  use  in  a  dim  light  and  are  a  great  protection.  This  section  also  con- 
tains a  set  of  crockery  to  be  used  in  typhoid  cases,  consisting  of  all  the  parapher- 
nalia of  the  sick  room.  Each  piece  is  marked  typhoid  and  the  use  of  it  is  considered 
necessary  in  order  to  avoid  contagion. 

The  second  section  is  devoted  to  hygienic  clothing  designed  by  Miss  Franks, 
of  London,  the  different  articles  being  such  as  are  worn  by  British  professional 
nurses  and  by  them  recommended  to  their  patients.  Of  course  all  articles  displayed 
in  this  section  are  for  underwear,  and  consist  of  flannel  undergarments,  ventilated 
corsets  for  summer  wear  and  knit  ones  for  winter,  stockings  and  the  hygienic  shoe 


i88  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

invented  by  Mrs.  Fenwick.  This  shoe  is  adapted  for  the  sick  room  and  is  modeled 
on  the  human  foot.  It  is  well  ventilated,  has  steel  springs  over  the  instep  and  a 
rubber  heel,  rendering  it  perfectly  noiseless.  The  Eureka  stocking  clipper  attracts 
the  attention  of  most  women,  promising  as  it  does  relief  from  the  uncomfortable 
garter.  The  clipper  is  so  adjusted  as  to  bear  on  no  vein,  and  thus  perfect  comfort 
and  perfect  freedom  are  secured.  Infants'  hygienic  clothing  is  also  displayed,  and 
here  the  articles  are  complete  throughout,  from  the  tmy  inner  band  to  the 
outside  robe. 

The  next  section  is  devoted  to  splints,  padded  in  various  materials,  and  to 
different  baskets  and  bags  used  by  nurses.  The  first  to  attract  attention  is  Mrs. 
Fenwick's  ward  basket,  which  is  stocked  with  everything  in  daily  use  by  nurses 
and  the  wonder  is  how  so  much  can  be  packed  in  so  small  a  space.  Nothing  is 
lacking.  There  is  the  boxwood  powder  box,  the  bottle  for  rectified  spirits  incased 
in  boxwood,  brush,  comb,  nail  brush,  tooth  brush,  whisk  broom  and  duster.  The 
bag  used  by  the  Queen  Victoria  jubilee  nurses  in  their  work  among  the  poor  is  also- 
on  exhibition  and  is,  like  the  ward  basket,  very  complete  in  appointments,  contain- 
ing nearly  one  hundred  articles.  This  is  of  oil  silk,  but  instead  of  toilet  articles,. 
it  contains  necessary  articles  for  the  sick,  antiseptics,  etc. 

A  pitiful  section  is  that  in  which  doll  models  are  use  to  depict  children  in  all 
stages  of  suffering.  Here  a  maternity  nurse  in  pure  white  holds  in  her  motherly 
arms  an  infant  in  long  robes.  On  a  steel  tent  bedstead  lies  a  little  one  who  has 
undergone  the  operation  of  tracheotomy.  Beside  the  bed  stands  the  steel  steamer 
which  furnishes  the  warm  air  she  breathes  through  the  tube  in  her  throat.  On 
another  bed  is  a  little  girl  under  three  years  of  age  slung  for  fracture  of  femur,  for 
vertical  extension.  Special  clothing  incases  the  little  limbs  and  flannel  covers  the 
chest.  There  is,  too,  the  model  of  a  child  suffering  with  hip  disease,  limbs  extended 
by  means  of  the  Bryant  splint,  and  the  same  child  convalescent  and  lying  on  a  flat 
couch,  clothed  in  flannel.  Another  little  one  in  long,  woolen  garments  is  inthe  arms 
of  the  nurse,  all  ready  for  an  operation. 

Another  exhibit  which  appeals  strongly  to  the  heart  of  the  philanthropist  is 
the  model  of  Kate  Marsden's  Siberian  leper  village.  Miss  Marsden  is  a  profes- 
sional nurse  of  the  order  of  the  Red  Cross,  an  English  girl  whose  heart  was  moved 
with  pity  for  the  sufferings  of  the  lepers  in  the  lonely  depths  of  the  forests  of 
Siberia.  Of  her  own  accord  she  started  on  the  mission  which  has  become  her  life- 
work,  and  no  more  thrilling  account  of  adventures,  whether  by  land  or  sea,  can  be 
found  than  the  story  of  her  heroic  search  for  those  who  since  time  was  have  been 
accursed.  She  traveled  7,000  miles,  2,000  of  them  on  horseback.  Even  after  she 
reached  her  journey's  end  her  search  for  the  unfortunates  was  long  and  tedious, 
but  at  last  she  found  them,  in  the  heart  of  the  forest,  living  in  rude  mud  huts,  in 
the  deepest  degradation  and  despair.  Her  appeals  for  help  touched  the  heart  of 
her  queen,  Victoria,  and  reached  the  ears  of  the  Empress  of  Russia.  They  are 
rendering  her  assistance.  In  Russia  and  Siberia  she  raised  money  enough  to  erect 
temporary  habitations  for  the  lepers,  and  she  is  now  in  America  for  the  purpose  of 
raising  more  money  with  which  to  complete  her  plans.      She  is  at  present  in 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  189 

Chicago,  and  can  almost  any  time  be  found  in  her  section.  The  exhibit  at  the 
Fair  consists  of  photographs  and  autograph  letters,  and  a  plan  of  the  village,  or 
rather  leper  station,  which  stands  in  the  northeast  portion  of  Siberia,  in  the 
province  of  Takulsh.  There  are  two  immense  hospital  buildings  for  the  use  of 
those  utterly  incapacitated  for  work,  surrounded  by  a  village  of  smaller  houses^ 
where  leper  families  can  live  as  happily  as  it  is  possible  for  those  so  affected  to  dOr 
The  village  itself  is  located  on  a  river,  and  back  of  it  is  a  lake.  The  whole — as 
well  as  the  small  huts  in  which  the  wretched  people  lived  when  found — is  faithfully 
reproduced  in  the  model. 

The  women  of  Colorado  make  three  interesting  exhibits.  The  first  is  the 
model  of  the  house  designed  by  Mrs.  Coleman  Stuckert  of  Denver  for  co-operative 
housekeeping.  For  fifteen  years  Mrs.  Stuckert  has  been  working  on  this  plan  as  a 
solution  of  the  servant  girl  problem.  Her  design  provides  for  forty-four  homes^ 
which  will  have  from  four  to  twelve  rooms  each,  and  will  be  entirely  separate  from 
one  another  by  sound-proof  walls.  They  are  to  cover  one  block  in  Denver.  The 
houses  will  be  occupied  by  the  stockholders  and  no  one  will  have  a  kitchen.  But 
in  the  inclosure  formed  by  the  houses  will  be  a  large  common  kitchen  and  a  com- 
mon dining-room,  with  thirty-four  tables,  each  seating  six  persons.  A  common 
laundry,  a  boiler  and  engine-room,  and  an  electric-light  plant  are  provided.  The 
families  who  occupy  the  homes  in  this  community  are  to  employ  a  competent 
steward  and  buy  their  provisions  in  common  at  wholesale  prices.  First-class  cooks- 
will  be  employed  and  meals  will  be  served  either  in  public  dining-rooms  or  in 
private  apartments.  These  houses  will  be  of  marble,  and  as  far  as  possible  fire- 
proof.   The  model,  which  is  on  exhibition,  is  made  of  plaster  of  paris. 

A  thousand  specimens  of  Colorado  wild  flowers,  scientifically  arranged  by 
Miss  Lanning,  represent  the  beauty  of  the  State's  flora. 

Many  interesting  Indian  collections  have  been  secured  from  the  Navajo 
Indians,  who  live  on  the  reservation  in  the  southern  part  of  Colorado.  The  alcove 
in  the  southwest  stair  landing  has  been  ornamented  with  the  blankets  woven  by 
these  Indian  women.  Two  Indian  women  from  the  Navajo  tribe  weave  blankets 
in  this  booth.  The  blankets  are  of  bright  reds  and  of  different  designs.  Indian 
shields  and  drums,  made  of  decorated  skins,  jewelry,  beaded  work,  belts,  bows  and 
arrows,  and  basket  work  are  shown  in  the  exhibit.  A  bust  of  the  Indian  Chief 
Ignacio  of  the  Southern  Utes,  carved  from  sandstone  by  Miss  Nichols  of  Denver, 
is  placed  at  the  entrance  of  the  booth.  A  pair  of  locked  antlers  hang  just  over  the 
entrance.  These  were  loaned  by  Mrs.  E.  B.  Harper  of  Durango.  The  arrangement 
of  the  exhibit  has  been  directed  by  Miss  Laura  B.  Marsh  of  Denver,  who  has  suc- 
ceeded in  bringing  into  prominence  the  work  of  the  Indians. 

The  exhibit  in  the  British  section  is  very  interesting,  especially  the  loan  col- 
lection of  articles  brought  from  India  and  of  great  value  because  much  of  the  work 
can  never  be  duplicated.  The  articles  have  been  gathered  by  British  representa-- 
tives  in  that  domain,  and  the  loan  is  made  to  illustrate  the  art  of  needlework,  cen» 
turies  old,  of  the  Indian  women. 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  LADY  MANAGERS. 


1.  Mks.  Edward  L.  Baktlett, 
New  Mexico. 

6.  Mes.  a.  C.  Jackson, 

Kentucky. 

7.  Mes.  Anna  E.  M.  Faknum, 

Idaho. 
J2.  Mes.  Maey  E.  McCandless, 

Peniisvlvania, 
13.  Miss  Mary  E.  Busselle, 
lijew  Jersey. 


2.  Mrs.  Thos.  A.  Whelan, 

Utah. 
5.  Mks.  Jennie  S.  Mitchell, 

Kaiisa^. 
8.  Mks.  Maby  C.  Bell, 
Florida. 
11.  Mrs.  E.  W.  Allen, 
Oregon. 
U.  Mks.  M.  D.  Foley, 
Nevada. 


3.  Me3.  T.  J.  Butler, 
Arizona, 
i.  Mb3.  Alex.  Thomson, 
Maryland. 
9.  Mbs.  Chas.  H.  Olmstead, 
Georgia. 
10.  Mes.  Parthenia  P.  Ede, 

California. 
15.  Miss  Charlotte  Field  Dailb^ 
Rhode  Island. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  191 

Mr.  Archibald  Constable  loans  specimens  of  various  kinds  of  eardrops  made 
and  worn  by  women  in  Peshawar.  These  are  called  phumni  (silk  and  tinsel  tas- 
sels) and  are  made  out  of  waste  silk  which  becomes  entangled  when  preparing  the 
floss  silk  for  embroidery.  He  also  sends  a  bourkha,  or  wrapper,  used  by  Moham- 
medan women  of  Peshawar  when  going  through  the  streets  to  visit  their  friends; 
English  long-cloth  embroidered  with  yellow  Indian  silk,  the  eyeholes  in  white  cot- 
ten  thread  embroidery.  This  bourkha  was  made  and  embroidered  by  the  wife  of 
a  member  of  an  old  Pathan  family  in  Peshawar;  a  bodice  embroidered  and  worn 
by  Hindu  women  at  Sukkur  on  the  Indus;  four  specimens  of  the  ornamentation  of 
the  inside  of  sole  of  women's  slippers;  four  pieces  of  embroidered  Peshawar  leather 
work,  intended  for  a  bag. 

Lady  Bayley  loans  a  Suzanni  silk  embroidery  on  coarse  cloth,  worked  by 
Punjabi  women;  a  piece  of  red  tartan  cloth  woven  by  the  women  of  a  Burmese 
tribe  (Fakiahs)  in  Upper  Assam,  notable  for  the  tartan  pattern;  red  silk  embroid- 
ered borders  woven  expressly  for  the  Manipur  Durbar  and  given  as  presents  on- 
state  occasions. 

There  is  a  Toda  cloth  and  bag  made  by  the  Todas,  a  race  of  people  who  live 
on  the  Nilargiris  Mountains.  They  have  inhabited  the  hills  of  Southern  India  for 
centuries,  are  a  pastoral  race,  and  their  women  hold  a  position  in  the  family  quite 
unlike  what  is  ordinarily  the  case  in  oriental  nations.  They  are  treated  with  re- 
spect and  are  permitted  much  freedom.  Their  number  does  not  exceed  800.  This- 
was  a  loan  by  Mrs.  David  Carmichael,  who  also  sends  pocket  handkerchiefs  work- 
ed by  two  Mohammedan  girls,  8  years  of  age,  in  the  Hobart  School  at  Madras;  a 
wedding  cloth  worn  by  Jat  and  Baishnava  women,  woven  and  embroidered  by  them. 
The  red  ground  is  woven  but  all  else  is  embroidered.  Two  years' time  was  required 
to  make  the  cloth,  and  it  is  only  worn  on  a  wedding  day. 

Then  there  is  a  piece  of  embroidery  worked  by  the  Princess  of  Wadwhan; 
a  red  cloth  Phulkari  called  the  Shishadar  (looking-glass)  embroidered  in  cream 
yellow,  and  green  silks  worked  by  the  women  in  the  Punjab — small,  circular,  slightly 
convex  mirrors  being  sewn  in  the  pattern.     It  was  loaned  by  Lady  Lyall. 

A  scarf  woven  by  a  Tipperah  woman,  of  the  aboriginal  tribe  of  the  Hill  of 
Tipperah,  is  sent  by  Mrs.  Ganguli,  and  also  an  Assamese  lady's  dress  woven  by  wo- 
men, a  Nekhala  skirt,  a  Rheiha  wrap,  and  an  Artria  overshawl,  a  basket  of  bam- 
boo made  by  lower  caste  women  of  Calcutta,  containing  models  of  fruit  made  and 
colored  by  Bengalese  women;  four  molds  carved  for  the  making  of  sweetmeatsr 
two  of  clay  and  two  in  stone;  a  model  of  a  pearl  and  precious  stone  necklace. 

In  the  collection  are  cut  paper  pictures  done  by  a  widow  of  Dacca  and  Bena- 
res Saree  with  silver  embroidery  done  by  women  of  Benares;  a  Parsee 
boy's  dress  made  by  the  sister  of  Sir  Famsetjee  Feejeeboy  and  presented 
by  her  to  Mrs.  Arthur  Oliphant;  a  Mohammedan  boy's  dress  made  by  the 
Padshah  Begum,  wife  of  the  first  Sir  Salur  Fung  Bahadur;  a  tablecloth  worked 
in  gold  embroidery  by  a  lady  of  Bhera  in  Shahpure  and  the  Indian  Phulkari,  or 
looking-glass  worked  by  an  attendant  in  the  house  of  Rai  Bahadur  Bakshi  Ram 
Singh,  of  Rawalpindi,  Punjab. 


192 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


A  whole  day  or  an  entire  week  may  be  spent  entertainingly  in  the  Woman's 
Building,  and  then  one-hundredth  part  only  could  be  faithfully  seen  and  studied. 
In  the  grand  halls  are  paintings  of  American,  French,  German,  Italian,  Spanish 
and  other  nations,  which  would  make  a  fine  gallery  in  itself.  And,  there  are  tapes- 
tries, laces  and  embroideries,  that  would  measure  more  miles  than  there  are  between 
Chicago  and  Milwaukee.  A  special  feature  for  a  long  time  were  the  lectures  on, 
and  examples  in,  cooking,  by  Mrs.  S.  T.  Roger,  of  Philadelphia.  It  will  be  a  long 
time  before  such  an  aggregation  of  woman's  work,  as  may  now  be  seen  in  the  Wo- 
man's Building,  can  be  gathered  from  all  parts  of  the  world  again. 


MARBLE  STATUE  "SPRING"— MME.  L.  CONTAN,  FRANCE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


193 


CHAPTER  V. 


THE  CHILDREN'S  BUILDING. 

The  Prettiest  Playhouse  and  Nursery  Ever  Constructed— Panels  Containing  the  "Sleeping  Beauty  in  the 
Wood"— "Silverhair  and  the  Bears" — Rosy  Cherubs  and  Opalescent  Clouds — Sweet  and  Wise 
Sayings  on  the  Walls— "Come,  Let  Us  With  Our  Children  Live"— What  a  Columbian  Guard 
Found  in  the  Manufactures  Building — A  Little  Girl  Baby  in  the  Comer — Mrs.  Oliphant  Chant's 
Plan  for  the  Children  and  the  Children's  Building. 

N  outgrowth  of  Woman's  work  was  that  structure  known 
as  the  Children's  Building — an  afterthought,  so  to  speak. 
"Oughtn't  "we  to  have  a  place  where  the  children  can 
be  taken  care  of  while  their  mothers  may  go  their  way  and 
enjoy  an  hour  or  more  without  uneasiness?"  askedMrs.  Rue, 
of  California,  one  day.  "What  an  idea!"  exclaimed  Mrs. 
Palmer;  "I'll  see  Mr.  Burnham  about  this  at  once.  The  chil- 
k  p  -^  dren  shall  have  a  pavilion,  and  it  shall  be  the  biggest  play- 

'^Z'  house  in  the  world.  They  shall  have  panoramas  of  the  Sleeping 
Beauty  in  the  Wood,  and  dear  little,  curious,  naughty  Silver- 
hair  tasting  the  porridge  of  the  Three  Bears;  and  we'll  have  a  picture  of 
the  Prince  putting  the  glass  slipper  on  the  foot  of  Cinderella."  All  this 
was  carried  out,  and  more  too;  for  the  building  then  dreamed  of  was  com- 
pleted in  May,  and  from  that  time  on  it  became  a  joy  to  tens  of  thousands  of 
children  of  a  tender  age.  These  legends  were  placed  in  panels  10x4  feet  wide,in  pairs, 
in  three  of  the  four  corners  of  the  large  assembly  room,  the  space  in  the  fourth  corner 
being  pretty  well  taken  up  by  doors.  Then  along  the  south  and  east  sides  of  the 
room,  between  the  long  windows,  were  medallions  representing  various  occupations 
of  children,  alternating  with  others  in  which  child  figures  represented  the  signs  of 
the  zodiac.  For  instance  a  dimpled  little  maid  with  a  lion  did  duty  for  Leo,  a  baby 
teasing  a  crab  for  Cancer,  and  a  very  small  archer  with  a  big  bow  for  Sagittarius. 
These  medallions  were  not  painted  realistically  like  the  pictures  of  fairy  tales  or  of 
occupations,  but  were  monochromos,  paintings,  or  rather  drawings  in  a  single  color, 
which  in  this  instance  was  a  dull  pink.  Both  the  circular  and  the  long  panels 
were  framed  in  a  conventional  border  of  laurel  leaves  which  had  grayish-blue 
shadows,  and  the  whole  series  was  connected  by  a  wide  band  of  gold  color.  These 
ran  all  around  the  room  as  a  species  of  frieze,  with  a  stenciled  border  on  both  sides 
connecting  the  various  panels.  Its  yellow  color  with  the  pink  of  the  zodiac  medal- 
lions and  the  dull  blue  for  the  leaves,  represented,  in  a  way,  the  three  primary  colors 
of  which  all  other  colors  are  modifications. 


1 90. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


MEDALLION. 
DECORATION  ON  CHILDREN'S  BUILDING. 


On  the  side  of  the  rpom  where  there 
were  no  windows  the  places  between  the 
round  panels  were  filled  by  imitation  mar- 
ble tablets,  inscribed  with  some  of  the 
sweet  and  wise  things  that  have  been  said 
about  little  children,  as:  "Little  children 
love  one  another,"  "The  hope  of  the 
future  lies  in  the  children,"  "And  babes 
shall  rule  over  men,"  "Trailing  clouds  of 
glory  do  we  come  from  God,"  "And  a  lit- 
tle child  shall  lead  them,"  "Deep  meaning 
often  in  the  child's  play  lieth,"  "Come,  let 
us  with  our  children  live."  At  the  north 
end  of  the  room  two  of  the  most  charm- 
ing of  all  panels  were  "Dawn"  and  "Twi- 
light," as  personified  by  rosy  cherubs 
amid  opalescent  clouds.  In  the  library  a 
beautiful  ceiling   was  designed  of   cherub 

Pleiades,   "like  a  swarm  of   fireflies  tangled  in  a  silver  braid."     This  was  a  circular 

panel   ten    feet   in    diameter,  surrounded    by  a    border  of    conventionalized    ivy 

suggested  possibly  by  "the  casements'  mild  shade"  from  which   the  poet  watched 

the  stars. 

The   building,  like  that  of  the  Woman's,  is  a  plain  and  substantial  structure. 

It  is  150  by  90  feet,  two-storied,  with  a  roof  garden,  which  in  reality  is  a  playground 

for  the  little  ones.     It  is  inclosed  with  a  strong  wire  netting  to  insure  safety,  and  is 

made    attractive    by  vines   and    flowers. 

Toys  of  all  nations,  from  the  rude  bone 

playthings  of  the  Eskimo  children  to  the 

wonderful  mechanical  and  instructive  toys 

of    modern   times,   are   exhibited    under 

cover  in   the  garden,  and  all  are  used  to 

entertain    children.    Trustworthy  nurses 

are  in  charge  of  the  garden,  as  well  as  of 

the  department  of  public  comfort  in  the 

building,  and  no  hesitancy    was   ever  felt 

in  leaving  children    in    their    care.     Of 

course  a  small   fee  was   exacted,  but   the 

mother  had  the   satisfaction   of   knowing 

that  every  want  of  her  little  one  was  being 

provided  for.  The  educational  exhibit  is  a 

perfect   one,  and  begins  with  the  earliest 

training  of  children.  Miss  Maria  M.  Love, 

of  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  a  member  of  the  Board 

of  Lady  Managers,  carries   on  a  modern 


BOTANY. 
LECORATION  ON  CHILDREN'S  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


195 


creche,  to  which  a  large,  airy  room  is  devoted.  In  this  is  demonstrated  all  that  is 
rational  and  comfortable  in  caring  for  and  dressing  children.  Lectures  are  de- 
livered upon  food,  clothing  and  sleeping  arrangements,  and  in  the  creche  is  also  in- 
cluded an  exhibition  of  the  clothing  of  infants  and  of  cradles  used  in  all  times  and 
by  all  nations. 

Succeeding  the  creche  are  the  kindergarten  and  kinderkitchen.  Everyone 
knows  what  the  kindergarden  means.  Not  so  many  are  acquainted  with  the  kitchen- 
garden,  of  which  Miss  Emily  Huntingdon,  of  New  York,  was  the  founder,  and  which 
is  designed  to  teach  classes  of  little  folks,  especially  the  children  of  the  poor,  the 
arts  of  housekeeping,  all  in  so  interesting  a  way  that  sweeping,  cleaning,  dusting, 
^  and  cooking  become  a  de- 

light and  not  a  task.  Phy- 
sical development  is  il- 
lustrated by  the  North 
America  Turner  Bund, 
with  the  hope  of  inspiring 
children  with  a  desire  to 
seek  physical  perfection. 
An  assembly-room  is  pro- 
vided where  rows  of  chairs 
and  a  platform,  from 
which  are  delivered  stere- 
opticon  lectures  on  the 
subjects  of  foreign  coun- 
tries, their  languages, 
manners  and  customs,  as 
well  as  the  most  import- 
ant facts  in  their  history. 
There  is  also  a  children's 
library,  under  the  charge 
of  Mrs.  Clara  Doty  Bates, 
chairman  of  the  commit- 
tee of  literature  for  chil- 
dren of  the  congress  auxiliary.  Generous  responses  were  made  to  the  request 
sent  out  by  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  for  contributions  to  the  library  from  for- 
eign countries,  as  well  as  our  own,  and  many  autographic  manuscripts  of  contrib- 
utors to  St  Nicholas  and  other  children's  magazines  are  to  be  seen. 

Pennsylvania  has  a  department  showing  the  wonderful  progress  made  in 
teaching  the  deaf  and  dumb.  Miss  Mary  Garrett  has  charge  of  this  department, 
and  daily  demonstrations  are  made. 

The  government  contributed  the  Ramona  Indian  school,  the  living  testimonial 
which  stands  to  the  memory  of  Helen  Hunt  Jackson  in  Santa  Fe,  N.  M. 

No  appropriation  was  made  by  the  Exposition  authorities  for  the  Children's 
Building.     The  Board  of  Lady   Managers  assumed  the  entire    responsibility    of 


CHILDREN'S  BUILDING. 


196  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

raising  the  money  for  its  erection,  and  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer  and  the  Friday  Club 
raised  the  necessary  funds  for  its  equipment  and  maintenance.  The  money 
employed  in  its  erection  was  contributed  by  the  different  States. 

And  while  on  this  subject  of  children,  the  author  is  reminded  that  at  8:30 
o:clock  on  the  evening  of  May  3rd  there  was  born  to  the  Exposition  a  baby — a  girl. 
To  be  sure,  she  was  a  foundling,  but  her  welcome  was  as  warm  as  though  she  had 
come  clothed  in  purple  instead  of  a  coarse  gray  wrap.  This  baby's  coming  was  highly 
romantic.  She  was  found  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the  Manufactures  Building  by 
Guard  John  O' Herns  while  he  was  going  his  rounds.  He  said  that  while  he  was 
passing  the  exhibit  of  a  firm  of  French  perfumers  he  heard  what  he  thought  sounded 
strangely  like  the  crying  of  a  child.  He  made  a  search  with  his  lantern  and  discovered 
that  he  was  correct.  He  found  the  baby  wrapped  in  a  gray  blanket  shawl.  He 
called  one  of  a  number  of  scrub  women  who  was  at  work  near  by  and  she  took  charge 
of  the  child.  An  attempt  was  made  by  the  guard  to  call  the  ambulance,  but  Mrs. 
Martha  Bauerman,  the  forewoman  of  the  scrubbers,  said  the  women  would  take  care 
of  the  baby.  After  a  whispered  conversation  the  women  gave  the  child  to  a  Mrs, 
Reichster,  who  was  working  with  them..  They  said  she  had  just  lost  an  infant  child 
by  death,  and  was  willing  to  take  charge  of  the  foundling.  Mrs.  Reichster 
was  allowed  to  go  to  her  home  at  once  by  the  forewoman.  The  guards  detailed  in 
the  big  building  were  jubilant  over  the  discovery  and  raised  a  purse  of  several 
dollars  for  the  baby  on  the  spot.  The  babe  was  apparently  about  two  months  old.  It 
is  a  girl  with  very  light  hair  and  brown  eyes,  dressed  in  coarse  garments,  and  there 
was  nothing  to  lead  to  identification. 

The  author  spent  many  a  delightful  hour  in  the  Children's  Building  Avatching 
the  babies,  and  the  boys  and  girls  who  preferred  the  fun  of  the  pavilion  to  the  Court 
of  Honor,  Transportation  Building,  Palace  of  Fine  Arts,  or  anything  else.  But  the 
babies!  He  has  seen  two  hundred  at  a  time — fat,  thin,  crying,  laughing,  quiet,  kick- 
ing, healthy,  sickly,  black,  white  and  copper-colored  ones.  It  was  the  prettiest, 
jolliest  and  noblest  nursery  in  the  world,  and  better  than  Barnum  &  Bailey's  four 
ringed  circus  at  its  best. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


197 


MRS.    CHANTS  PLEA    FOR    THE    CHILDREN  AND 

D REN'S  BUHDING. 


THE    CHIL- 


LEFT  London  witn  all  ®f  its  poverty  and  attendant  misery 
and  came  to  the  progressive  and  most  American  of  cities 
— Chicago.  Here  I  found  myself,  where  all  visitors  go,  in 
a  veritable  earthly  Paradise,  as  I  visited  your  World's  Fair. 
And  yet,  in  all  that  grandest  architectural  display  the  world 
has  ever  known,  was  there  anything  that  touched  my  heart 
as  did  the  building  dedicated  to  the  Children,  for  that 
touches  the  "high  water  mark"  of  19th  Century  progress, 
for  its  effect  is  to  be  felt  not  only  on  our  own  generation, 
but  upon  succeeding  ones. 

We  are  just  becoming  aware  of  the  fact  that  this  is  the 
most  glorious  age  that  childhood  has  known,  for  while  we 
have  wasted  our  brain-fibre  for  generations  in  inventions  by  which  to  shorten  the 
hours  of  labor  and  to  lengthen  those  of  pleasure  for  grown  people,  yet  it  has  been 
reserved  for  this  generation  to  make  even  a  picture  book  for  a  child  where  the  fox 
un-labeled  would  not  be  mistaken  for  the  dog!  And  yet  at  the  World's  Fair  may 
be  found  a  happy  home  arranged  entirely  for  children  with  every  known  means  of 
diversion  and  entertainment  that  thoughtfulness  can  suggest,  with  motherly  ma- 
trons and  kind  attendants  in  charge  of  it.  Think  of  the  mothers  who  are  thus  left 
free  during  the  whole  day  to  enjoy  the  beauty  of  that  grand  architectural  display  sur- 
rounding them  on  everyside,  or  to  wander  at  pleasure  among  the  rare  works  of  art, 
and  of  the  effect  on  the  happy  children  who  are  refreshed  by  the  change  from  the  over- 
fatigued  mother  to  the  care  of  restful  attendants  and  charmed  by  the  new  and  novel 
diversions  on  every  side.  Enough  cannot  be  said  in  praise  of  your  work,  and  we 
are  behind  the  women  of  America  in  our  work  on  the  Eastern  shores  of  the  At' 
lantic  in  our  means  of  benefiting  humanity  by  making  the  world  a  happier  place 
to  live  in. 

In  my  own  philanthropical  work  I  have  discovered  that  I  can  always  be  sure 
of  prompt  and  efficient  material  aid  from  benevolent  women  whenever  I  speak  or 
write  on  the  subject  of  Reform,  be  it  what  it  may,  but  when  I  make  a  plea  for  the 
"Home"  that  we  have  instituted  near  London,  simply  for  the  purpose  of  making 
brighter  and  happier  the  lives  of  the  miserable  and  poor,  society  at  once  takes 
alarm  and  I  am  met  with  repeated  cries  of  dismay,  and  the  fear  is  expressed  that  I 
may  change  the  color  of  the  social  fabric  by  introducing  an  element  hitherto  un- 
known within  its  sacred  precincts. 

When  our  "Home"  was  first  opened,  I  took  with  me  from  London  twenty- 
five  ballet  girls — be  not  shocked! — for  an  artificial  life,  lived  out  under  the  glare  of 


198 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


lime  lights,  tinsel  dresses  and  spangles,  is  not  soul  satisfying,  even  to  a  ballet  girl 
as  three  weeks  of  pure  air  and  sunshine  with  wholesome  home  influences  proved 
in  its  effect  on  these  girls  who  returned  to  London  sun-burnt  and  happier  than  they 
had  ever  been  in  their  lives  before.  I  wish  that  you  all  might  have  heard  their  ex- 
pressions of  gratitude  and  their  promises  to  help  others  who  had  not  shared  with 
them  their  luxurious  holiday. 

Surely  the  noblest  result  of  this  age  of  progress  has  been  the  establishment 
of  these  institutions  for  making  children  happy,  for  even  we,  the  "Children  of  a 
larger  growth"  are  always  good  when  we  are  happy,  then  life  becomes  a  most  in- 
teresting and  enjoyable  affair,  yet  we  forget  that  a  happy  childhood  is  the  grand- 
est foundation  for  future  greatness  in  man  or  woman,  so  I  make  a  further  plea  for 
the  furtherance  of  "Fresh-air  Excursions"  and  Sanitariums  for  children. 

Do  you  realize  that  the  tendency  of  city  life  is  toward  artificiality,  that  only 
in  solitude  is  character  deepened  and  the  soul  developed?  Take  a  child  from  some 
alley  home,  give  it  sunshine,  birds,  flowers  and  trees  and  study  the  effect,  then  I 
need  not  talk  or  write,  for  the  American  only  needs  the  suggestion.  When  I  hear 
that  the  Children's  Building  was  made  possible  as  the  result  of  noble  charitable 
enterprises  on  the  part  of  your  noble  women,  and  see  the  successful  result  of  your 
work  in  the  number  of  children  you  have  already  made  happy  by  your  experiment, 
I  look  beyond  and  see  a  power  for  doing  good  among  you  that  should  not  be  con- 
tent with  present  results,  but  still  further  the  movement  already  made  by  new  insti- 
tutions that  will  give  the  highest  reward  possible  to  any  life,  that  of  making  the 
world  a  happier  place  to  live  in  after  we  have  left  it. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


199 


THE  M^ORLT)  /iNT>  THE  IVORLTD'S  FAIR. 


AN  ARTICLE   BY  THE  DIRECTOR-GENERAL. 


T  was  my  recent  privilege  and  duty,  as  a  servant  of  the  United 
States  Government,  to  appear  before  the  Committee  on  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition  of  the  House  of  Representa- 
tives at  Washington,  for  official  consideration  of  the  further 
financial  needs  of  the  World's  Fair  of  1893,  ^^  Chicago.  I 
there undertook,by  the  detailed  view  of  the  popular  interest  in 
our  Exposition,  to  indicate  the  propriety  of  further  govern- 
mental support,  and  in  that  detailed  view,  I  was  enabled, 
through  the  generosity  and  enterprise  of  the  American  states, 
to  complete  a  splendid  catalogue — a  roster  of  unexampled 
pride,  magnanimity,  enterprise,  progress  and  hope.  Appeal- 
ing to  the  statesmanship  of  my  country,  I  thus  made  plain  that 
all  classes,  all  colors  and  all  nationalities  of  citizens  under  our  flag  are  anxious  for 
an  opportunity  to  make  known  to  the  world  their  love  for  our  nation,  and  their  ma- 
terial and  intellectual  advancement  under  our  free  institutions. 

Yet,  with  all  the  particularity  which  was  needed  to  express  the  doings  of 
half-a-hundred  states  and  nearly  seventy  millions  of  free  people,  I  had  but  entered 
under  the  lintels  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition.  The  world  itself  was  still 
to  be  touched  upon.  How  had  that  Elder  World  received  the  tidings  of  our  grati- 
tude to  Christopher  Columbus,  and,  through  him,  to  the  ages  and  the  eons  that 
have  brought  mankind  to  the  Nineteenth  Century?  Such  was  the  thought  which 
was  presented  to  Congress.     And  let  my  thought  serve  as  a  text  of  this  article. 

Before  our  law-givers  was  unrolled  the  scroll  of  the  nations,  where  feeling 
and  purpose  among  peoples  and  races  became  as  one  language  of  peace  and  fra- 
ternity.    Here  let  me  begin: 

The  home  of  the  sturdy  Norseman,  the  land  of  history  and  courage  and  song, 
not  larger  in  population  than  some  of  our  States — this  kingdom  of  Norway  and  Swed- 
en has  set  aside  a  sum  of  more  than  $  1 10,000,  and  little  Denmark  $67,000  more.  These 
people  are  among  us  by  the  million,  and  they  rank  with  our  most  intelligent  and 
patriotic  citizens.  They  take  great  pride  in  what  the  home  government  is  doing 
for  the  Exposition,  and  the  former  citizens  of  those  nations  now  with  us  are  raising 
large  amounts  here  for  the  purpose  of  properly  entertaining  and  greeting  the  rep- 
resentatives of  their  home  governments. 

France,  our  sister  republic,  proud,  courageous  and  progressive;  historic, 
wealthy  France,  with  golden  threads  of  sacrifice,  woven  and  interwoven  through 


200  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

the  mantle  of  our  national  history — France  has  accepted  our  invitation,  and  has  ap- 
pointed on  her  commission  such  men  as  Berger,  the  distinguished  Director-General 
of  the  Paris  Exposition,  and  Proust,  the  government  art  director,  and  placed  at 
their  disposal  $631,000  to  properly  participate  in  our  Exposition,  as  requested  by 
this  government 

And  by  the  side  of  France  stands  the  great  empire  of  Germany.  Millions  of 
ner  mdustrious,  scholarly  and  philanthropic  sons  are  among  the*  best  and  bravest 
citizens  of  this  nation.  It  is  said  that  the  emperor  has  interested  himself  regarding 
the  place  which  his  people  shall  take  in  the  great  civic  trial  of  advancement  and 
progress  to  be  witnessed  at  Jackson  Park  in  1893.  Every  foot  of  space  that  could 
be  allotted  to  this  powerful  nation  was  accepted  long  ago  by  German  exhibitors.. 
Their  commissioner,  Herr  Wermuth,  has  visited  us;  they  have  the  plan  of  the  build- 
ing and  of  the  site  and  the  space  they  are  to  occupy  and  their  preparations  are  ad- 
vanced. To  show  the  friendship  and  interest  of  Germany,  over  $800,000  have  been 
appropriated  by  the  Empire  for  the  proper  acceptance  of  America's  invitation. 

Nor  has  Austria-Hungary  failed  in  these  civilities  and  comities  of  the  Great 
Powers.  The  government  at  Vienna  has  appointed  a  commission,  consisting  of  the 
emperor's  brother,  the  minister  of  commerce,  and  other  representatives  and  illus- 
trious leaders  of  that  nation.  Millions  of  her  sons  are  today  citizens  of  this  country, 
and  they  are  looking  forward  with  a  pardonable  pride  to  the  great  preparations 
now  being  made  in  fatherland  for  the  Fair.  Austria-Hungary  has  placed  150,000 
florins,  as  a  preliminary  appropriation,  at  the  disposal  of  her  commission. 

The  government  of  Russia  has  assumed  the  entire  charge  of  the  exhibit  from 
that  country.  Her  messengers  have  been  sent  to  all  parts  of  that  wonderful  domain 
to  gather  the  richest  and  finest  of  her  products.  The  expense  of  the  collection  and 
the  transportation  to  the  Fair  and  return,  the  care  of  the  exhibits  and  all  expenses 
are  provided  for  under  the  direct  charge  of  the  officers  of  the  government.  This 
nation,  with  continents  for  her  domain,  with  1 10,000,000  of  people  to  do  her  bidding, 
with  history  and  wealth  and  ambition  and  friendship  to  inspire  her  action,  will  pre- 
sent an  exhibit  which  will  not  probably  cost  less  than  $1,000,000  to  display. 

Recent  debates  in  parliament  have  shown  that  the  pride  of  Great  Britain  is  at 
stake,  and  that  her  leaders,  governors  and  statesmen  are  thoroughly  alive  to  the 
situation.  The  appropriation  has  been  increased  by  the  cabinet,  and  the  charges 
for  space  have  been  wholly  or  partly  withdrawn.  The  awakening  of  interest  and 
good  will  at  London  has  once  more  evidenced  the  strength  of  racial  ties.  Consti- 
tutional government  began  on  the  river  Thames.  Its  victories  will  be  gloriously 
celebrated  by  British  men  on  Lake  Michigan.  The  corner-stone  for  the  British 
Pavilion  was  laid  at  Jackson  Park,  on  Saturday,  May  21,  1802,  with  special  cere- 
monies conducted  in  the  name  of  the  Royal  Commission. 

The  Irish  people  of  Great  Britain  are  making  liberal  arrangements  for  a  com- 
prehensive exhibit  of  the  resources,  manufactures  and  history  of  this  gallant  race, 
and  the  women,  also,  under  the  direction  of  Lady  Aberdeen,  who  has  visited  us,  are 
alive  to  the  situation. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  201 

The  Principality  of  Wales  is  thoroughly  aroused  to  the  importance  of  mak- 
ing a  characteristic  exhibit  at  the  World's  Fair.  Their  people  have  arranged  to 
have  their  grand  festival  or  eisted  fodd,  at  Jackson  Park,  in  1893,  and  the  tens  of 
thousands  of  the  former  sons  of  this  music-loving  and  God-fearing  people  now  citi- 
zens in  this  country  have  subscribed  large  amounts  for  prizes  to  be  awarded  at  this 
festival. 

The  sturdy  Scots  will  be  with  us,  and  receive  the  generous  hospitality  of  the 
thousands  of  leading  fellow-clansmen  who  form  a  class  so  influential  in  our  body 
politic. 

From  all  of  the  British  colonies  will  they  come;  and,  as  preliminary  to  their 
coming,  the  following  appropriations  have  been  made:  By  Great  Britain,  $300,ocxi; 
Canada,  $100,000;  Honduras,  $7,000;  Cape  Colony,  $25,000;  Trinidad,  $25,000; 
Jamaica,  $20,000;  Ceylon,  $40,000;  and  probably  one  million  and  a  half  of  dollars 
will  not  exceed  the  amount  this  nation  and  its  dependencies,  as  governments,  will 
expend  in  their  preparation  to  comply  with  America's  invitation  to  participate  in 
this  Fair. 

The  Royal  Commissioner  of  Spain  has  already  presented  his  credentials 
and  has  applied  for  the  space  his  nation  expects  to  require  to  display  the  exhibits 
of  the  land  whose  generous  queen  gave  aid  to  speed  the  great  discovery  in  his 
search  for  a  continent. 

Historic  and  classic  Greece  has  appointed  its  commissioner  and  appropriated 
$60,000  for  the  suberb  exhibit,  to  be  displayed  at  Jackson  Park. 

The  commissioner  from  Portugal  has  already  arrived  in  Washington,  and  is 
soon  to  be  with  us  to  arrange  for  an  exhibit. 

The  representatives  of  the  governments  of  Belgium,  Turkey,  Switzerland 
and  Egypt  have  visited  the  grounds  and  made  their  preliminary  arrangements  for 
exhibits. 

Brazil,  possessed  of  all  the  wealth  of  products  incident  to  her  perfect  clime,  has 
set  aside  $600,000  with  which  to  display  the  exhibits  and  resources  of  that  young 
and  growing  republic. 

Costa  Rica,  with  less  than  half  a  million  of  population,  has  appropriated 
$150,000,  or  in  excess  of  30  cents  per  capita,  to  comply  with  our  invitation  to  be 
present  and  participate  in  the  Fair.  Little  Ecuador  has  overtopped  her  lofty 
Chimborazo  and  Cotopaxi  v/ith  her  appropriation  of  $125,000,  and  Guatemala,  with 
one  million  of  inhabitants,  has  appropriated  20  cents  per  capita,  or  $200,000,  to 
comply  with  the  invitation  of  this  country  to  participate. 

Mexico,  our  next-door  neighbor  at  the  south — the  nation  that  nutured  the 
enterprise  of  Columbus-has  appointed  its  leading  governmental  officer  to  take 
charge  of  the  several  departments,  and  will  eclipse  any  former  effort  in  the  exhi- 
bition of  her  wonderful  resources;  and,  as  a  preliminary,  has  appropriated  $50,000. 

Japan,  the  Great  Britain  of  Asia,  that  with  every  new  day  is  making  some 
new  stride  toward  the  western  spirit  of  enterprise  and  civilization,  almost  staggers 
us  with  her  appropriation  of  nearly  $700,000,  to  conform  with  the  invitation  of 
the  United  States  of  America  to  participate  in  the  great  Fair. 


202  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

I  might  go  on,  step  by  step,  over  the  nations  of  the  world.  Suffice  it  to  say, 
the  civiUzed  people  of  this  earth  have  in  a  hearty  and  substantial  manner  accepted 
our  invitation  in  good  faith  and  have  already  appropriated  over  $5,000,000  to  carry 
out,  in  an  appropriate  manner,  their  part  in  this  great  international  exposition 
which  we  have  inaugurated.  Their  acceptances  of  our  invitation  are  on  file  in  the  De- 
partment of  State,  at  Washington.  Therefore  I  said  to  Congress,  and  I  repeat: 
Cannot  this  government,  the  richest  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  in  the  zenith  of  its 
power  and  prosperity,  with  an  unprecedented  balance  sheet  in  its  favor  in  its  deal- 
ing with  foreign  nations;  this  government  of  whom  a  distinguished  English  state- 
man  recently  said  that  the  "center  of  the  power  of  the  world  was  in  the  United 
States";  can  it  not  appropriate  the  value  of  a  single  crtiiser  in  the  celebration  of  the 
arts  of  peace?  I  believe  it  can  and  will.  "Peace  hath  her  victories  no  less  renowned 
than  war'.' 

Properly  and  economically  administered,  the  people  will  cheerfully  approve 
the  appropriation.  The  constituents  of  our  Congressmen — the  states,  territories 
and  citizens — desire  it;  the  nations  of  the  earth— this  government's  constituency — 
desire  it.  And  what  is  it  all  for?  Civilization.  Contemplate  the  glorious  harvest 
of  our  Exposition;  all  creeds  and  tongues  and  peoples  are  invited  and  expected  to  be 
present  at  this  universal  banquet — a  banquet  of  peace  and  brotherly  love.  Its 
natural  effect  will  be  the  cementing  of  the  bonds  of  national  fraternity,  the  destruc- 
tion of  national  jealousy  and  the  collecting  together  as  one  of  the  great  family  of 
mankind  to  unitedly  celebrate  the  opening  of  a  hemisphere  for  the  benefit  of 
humanity,  for  the  progress  of  civilization  and  the  advancement  of  the  Christian 
religion. 

This  was  and  is  my  plea.  I  beg  the  good  will  and  aid  of  my  fellow-Ameri- 
cans. The  astonishing  growth  of  the  country,  as  reflected  in  the  necessary  triple 
enlargement  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition,  has  placed  the  officers  of  the 
Fair  in  a  position  of  responsibility  not  to  be  lightly  assumed  nor  honorably  aban- 
doned. 


PART  VII. 

THE  MAIN  BUILDINGS  AND  THEIR 

EXHIBITS. 

CHAPTER  I. 
THE  ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 

A  Marvel  of  Exquisite  Architectural  Handiwork — Were  it  Stone  Instead  of  Imitation  it  Would  Have  no 
Equal — Irresistible  Color  Scheme  and.  Effect — Beautiful  Blending  of  Pale  Blue,  Terra  Cotta, 
Bright  Yellow  and  Pale  Cream — Unsurpassed  Decorative  Delineations — Matchless  Fusion  of 
Harmonious  Tints — Impressive  Ensemble  of  Rotunda,  Colonnade,  Mezzanine  and  Dome— Dedi- 
cator}' Tablets  to  Gutenberg,  Copernicus,  James  Watts  and  Morse — The  Most  Beautifully  Lighted 
Structure  in  the  World. 

HEN  a  person  drops  a  ticket  for  which  he  has  paid  50 
cents  into  the  box  at  any  of  the  Exposition  turnstiles 
and  enters  upon  the  spectacular  grounds  dedicated  to 
the  memory  of  the  discoverer  of  America,  he  beholds 
vvrhat  has  taken  ten  thousand  workmen  more  than  two 
years  and  thirty-two  millions  of  dollars  to  accomplish. 
He  may  ask  himself  whether  all  this  ejipenditure  was 
worth  while — he  may  as  well  ask  himself  whether  it  was 
worth  while  for  Columbus  to  have  discovered  America. 
If  it  is  worth  while  to  open  wide  the  shores  of  a  hospit- 
able country  where  liberty  and  equality  are  assured 
to  everyone,  then  it  is  proper  to  show  to  the  whole 
world  what  four  centuries  of  freedom  and  brother- 
hood have  accomplished.  America  extends  a  cordial 
hand  to  the  inhabitants  of  every  clime,  from  the 
steppes  of  Siberia  and  the  wastes  of  Patagonia  to  the  shelving  shores  of  Madagas- 
car— and  Anglo-Saxon  and  Hottentot  are  equally  welcome;  and  that  all  may  be- 
hold the  progress  of  the  arts  and  sciences,  and  of  education,  and  study  the  mar- 
velous resources  of  the  world  up  to  nearly  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
there  has  been  provided  for  the  reception  of  the  people  of  all  nations  under  the 
sun  a  magnificent  park  on  the  shores  of  an  inland  sea,  which  combines  in  its  varied 
moods  the  majesty  of  an  ocean  and  the  limpid  beauty  of  a  sun-kissed  pool  dotted 
all  over  with  palaces  and  temples,  gardens  bespangled  with  flowers  and  winding 
silvery  lagoons.    There  are  also  government  buildings  of  many  nations,  from  the 


204 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


stately  structure  of  the  German  empire  down  to  the  cabin  of  the  pioneer  on  the 
wooded  island  and  the  huts  of  the  savages  on  the  Midway  Plaisance. 

As  is  the  case  at  all  expositions,  what  are  known  as  the  main  buildings  and 
other  main  features  command  the  earliest  attention.  This  is  particularly  the  case  at 
this  the  greatest  of  all  world's  fairs,  as  there  have  been  reared  structures  that  had 
never  been  dreamed  of  ten  years  before;  and  although  much  has  been  written  and 
pictured  in  magazine  and  newspaper  of  the  grandeur  and  magnificence  of  the 
White  City,  the  first  sight  of  it  never  proves  disappointing — its  buildings  are  more 

imposing  and  its  gardens 
and  lagoons  more  beauti- 
ful than  any  imagination 
had  pictured  them. 

"I  had  no  conception 
of  the  extent,  variety,  or 
splendor  of  these  build- 
ings," is  the  exclamation, 
mental  or  verbal,  of  every 
visitor  when  he  enters  the 
park.  The  appearance  of 
the  magnificent  group  of 
main  buildings  around  the 
lagoons  is  so  different 
from  anything  in  the  Unit- 
ed States,  is  so  un-Amer- 
ican, that  it  startle  the  im- 
agination. Figures  can 
give  some  idea  of  the  size 
of  these  palaces,  but  the 
architecture  in  its  infinite 
detail  must  truly  be  seen 
to  be  appreciated.  When  it  is  remembered  that  the  area  under  roof  is  equal  to 
that  of  Paris  in  1889,  Philadelphia  in  1876,  and  Vienna  in  1873  combined,  that  the  cost 
of  the  main  buildings  is  estimated  roughly  at  over  $6,700,000,  some  conception  of 
the  thought,  the  care,-  and  the  labor  which  they  represent  may  be  obtained.  The 
Administration  Building  is  considered  the  gem  of  the  Exposition  palaces.  It  is 
situated  at  the  west  of  the  great  court  in  the  southern  part  of  the  site,  looking  east- 
ward, and  at  its  rear  are  the  transportation  facilities.  The  great  gilded  dome  of 
this  lofty  building  is  one  of  the  most  striking  architectural  features  on  the  grounds. 
There  is  no  dome  in  this  country  to  which  this  one  can  be  compared.  It  is 
finer  in  every  respect  than  any  other  on  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Richard  M, 
Hunt  is  the  architect.  This  imposing  edifice  cost  $463,213.  It  covers  an  area  of 
260  feet  square,  and  consists  of  four  pavilions  84  feet  square,  one  at  each  of  the  four 
angles  of  the  square  and  connected  by  a  grand  central  dome  120  feet  in  diameter 
and  220  feet  in  height,  leaving  at  the  center   of   each  facade  a  recess  82  feet  wide, 


STATUARY   OPPOSITE  ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


205 


within  which  are  the  grand  entrances  to  the  building.  The  general  design  is  in  the 
style  of  the  French  Renaissance.  The  first  story  is  in  the  Doric  order.  It  is  of 
heroic  proportions,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  lofty  balustrade.  The  great  tiers  of  the 
angle  of  each  pavilion  are  crowned  with  sculpture.  The  Ionic  style  of  architecture 
is  represented  in  the  second  story,  with  its  lofty  and  spacious  colonnade. 

The  four  entrances,  one  on  each  side  of  the  building,  are  50  feet  wide  and  50 
feet  high,  deeply  recessed  and  covered  by  semi-circular  arched  vaults.  In  the  rear 
of  these  arches  are  the  entrance  doors,  and  above  them  great  screens  of  glass,  giv- 
ing light  to  the  central  ro- 
tunda. Across  the  face  of 
these  screens,  at  the  level 
of  the  ofifice  floor,  are  gal- 
leries of  communication 
'between  the  different  pa- 
vilions. The  interior  of 
this  building  exceeds  in 
beauty  and  splendor  even 
the  exterior,  imposing  as 
that  is.  Between  every 
two  of  the  grand  entrances 
and  connecting  the  inter- 
vening pavilion  with  the 
rotunda  is  a  hall  30  feet 
square,  giving  access  to 
the  offices,  and  provided 
with  broad  circular  stair- 
ways and  commodious 
elevators. 

From  the  top  of  the 
cornice  in  the  second  story 
rises  the  interiordome  200 
feet  from  the  floor.  In  the 
center  is  an  opening,  50  feet  in  diameter,  transmitting  a  flow  of  light  from  the 
exterior  dome  overhead.  The  under  side  of  the  dome  is  enriched  with  deep 
panellngs,  richly  molded,  and  these  panelings  are  filled  with  sculpture  in  low  relief 
and  immense  paintings  representing  the  arts  and  sciences.  The  sculptor  of  the 
Administration  Building  is  Karl  Bitter,  of  New  York.  He  executed  the  groups 
on  the  small  domes  and,  among  other  subjects,  groups  representing  "Commerce," 
"Industry,"  "Justice,"  "Religion,"  "War,"  "Peace,"  "Science,"  and  "Arts."  There 
are  dedicatory  tablets  to  Gutenberg,  Copernicus,  Watts  and  Morse. 

The  decoration  of  the  dome  was  executed  by  William  Leftwich  Dodge,  the 
youngest  painter  commissioned  by  the  Exposition.  The  space  covered  by  Mr. 
Dodge's  painting  is  315  feet  in  circumference,  and  40  feet  from  apex  to  base. 
The  subject   of  the  painting   is  "The  glorification  of  the   Arts."      On  the  throne, 


MACMONNIES   AND  ELECTRIC  FOUNTAINS. 


2o6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

which  is  seen  in  the  portion  of  the  dome  opposite  the  main  entrance  to  the  building, 
Apollo  is  seated  crowning  the  Arts  as  they  approach  from  either  side.  There  are 
ninety-five  important  figures  in  the  composition,  and  those  in  the  foreground  are  25 
feet  in  height. 

The  general  color  scheme  is  a  pale  cream.  Tints  of  terra  cotta,  bright 
yellows  and  pale  blues,  however,  heighten  the  decorative  effects.  The  Corinthian 
columns  to  the  lower  portion  of  the  frieze  beneath  the  mezzanine  story  have  been 
painted  a  warm  yellow.  This,  however,  is  but  the  body  color,  as  the  columns  are 
finished  in  imitation  onyx.  In  the  spandrels  gilded  shields  crossed  by  laurel 
wreaths  typify  foreign  countries  that  have  come  to  exhibit  their  products  at  the 
Columbian  Exposition. 

In  this  building  are  the  offices  of  the  Director-General  and  his  staff,  and  the 
headquarters  of  the  newspapers  from  every  quarter  of  the  globe. 

Emerging  from  the  east  entrance  of  the  building,  the  visitor  may  stand  on 
the  spot  where  the  dedication  ceremonies  took  place,  and  where  President  Cleve- 
land touched  the  button  that  started  the  machinery.  Immediately  in  front  of  the 
building  is  a  plaza  200  yards  square,  and  in  the  distance  lies  the  most  enchanting 
architectural  and  landscape  scene  in  the  Exposition  or  in  the  world!  Its  central 
feature  is  an  immense  basin  of  water,  probably  3,000  by  1,000  feet  in  size,  fringed 
with  balustrades,  symbolical  pillars,  terraces,  grass  plats,  and  flower  beds.  In  the 
foreground  is  MacMonnies'  wonderful  fountain  representing  Columbia  seated  on 
the  ship  of  state,  which  is  steered  by  Father  Time,  and  on  the  prow  of  which  stands 
the  figure  of  Fame.  This  vessel  is  driven  through  the  water  by  eight  girls  stand- 
ing at  the  oars,  four  on  either  side. 

Around  the  circumference  of  the  basin  are  young  men  on  horses,  and  mer- 
maids and  cherubs  disport  themselves  in  the  waves  in  the  wake  of  the  boat.  On 
either  side  of  this  fountain  are  two  electric  fountains.  Rising  from  the  water  in  the 
distance  is  French's  colossal  statue  of  the  Republic,  and  beyond  that,  in  dazzling 
white,  Atwood's  peristyle,  between  the  columns  of  which  are  seen  the  deep-blue 
waters  of  the  lake.  At  the  space  of  a  hundred  yards  from  the  water  on  every  side 
stand  in  grandeur  and  beauty  the  great  buildings  of  the  exposition. 

It  is  when  in  the  gorgeous  glow  of  monster  search  and  thousands  of  incandes- 
cent lights  that  the  Administration  Building  takes  on  its  most  spectacular  and  most 
bewitching  robes.  There  never  was  such  a  matchless  fusion  of  harmonious  colors 
and  tints;  and  colonnades,  mezzanine  and  dome  are  resplendent  amidst  a  jubilee  of 
light.  There  never  has  been  such  a  brilliantly  and  beautifully  illuminated  structure, 
while  all  of  its  handsome  surroundings  are  liberally  caparisoned  with  harmonious 
lines  of  lights.  Were  the  Administration  Building  stone  instead  of  imitation  it 
would  have  no  equal  in  the  world. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


2og 


CHAPTER  II. 
THE  MAMMOTH  MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 

The  Greatest  Exposition  Structure  Ever  Known — It  Covers  Nearly  Forty  Acres  of  Ground  and  Contains 
Forty-four  Acres  of  Exhibits  Valued  at  Fifty  Millions  of  Dollars — Three  Million  Feet  of  Lumber 
and  Five  Carloads  of  Nails  in  the  Main  Floor — It  is  1,687  Feet  Long  and  787  Feet  Wide — Many 
of  the  Foreign  Pavilions  Built  After  Designs  of  Famous  Palaces — Rare  and  Costly  Wares,  Fabrics, 
Watches,  Jewelry,  Musical  and  Mechanical  Instruments  and  Professional  Implements  Amaze  the 
Beholder  on  Every  Hand— The  Great  Central  Landmark  an  Alabaster  Clock  Tower,  135  Feet 
High,  Erected  by  the  American  Clock  Co. — A  Chime  of  Nine  Bells— When  They  Ring  it  Sounds 
Like  the  Music  of  Heaven  Reverberating  Through  the  Immense  Space — The  Pantheon-like 
Pavilion  of  the  Meridian-Britannia  Ware — Titfany's  Costly  Structure — A  Dazzling  Aggregation  of 
Gems — Splendid  Display  of  Watches  and  Jewelry — Elegant  and  Spacious  Booth  of  the  Waltham 
Watch  Company — Stem- Winders  by  the  Ton — Palaces  and  Temples  Filled  with  Laces,  Rich 
Chinaware,  Porcelain,  Statuary,  Silverware,  Textile  Fabrics,  etc. — Silver  Statue  of  Columbus  at 
the  Gorham  Pavilion — Dolls  that  Talk  and  Walk — Petrified  Wonders  from  Arizona — Dazzling 
•  Displays  by  Forty  Foreign  Countries — Reproduction  of  Hartfield  House— Concentrated  Splendor 
of  the  Siam  Exhibit — Magnificent  Displays  by  all  the  Leading  European  Countries — Sketch  of 
James  Allison,  Chief  of  Department  of  Manufactures. 

ERHAPS  the  object  the  most  eagerly  sought  for  by  a  ma- 
jority of  sightseers  is  the  mammoth  structure  know^n  as  the 
Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts  Building; — or,  by  a  shorter 
term: — the  Manufactures  Building.  This  is  because  it  is 
the  largest  in  the  group  of  most  extraordinary  buildings  and 
also  because  of  the  extensive  distribution  of  countries  which 
make  exhibits  and  the  generally  diversified  and  interesting 
nature  of  the  exhibits — for  within  this  immense  structure 
are  myriads  of  booths  and  pavilions  where  wares  of  every 
clime  and  country  and  of  every  description  and  value  are  to 
be  seen.  The  Manufactures  Building  is  the  largest  in  the  world 
and  the  largest  under  roof  ever  constructed.  Its  dimensions  are 
16S7  by  787  feet  and  it  has  an  exhibit  area  of  44  acres  and  covers 
A  central  hall  380  feet  wide  runs  its  complete  length  and  is  spanned  by 
single  arches,  without  supports;  12,000,000  pounds  of  steel  were  used  in  these  22 
trusses,  each  of  which  weighs  125  tons,  and  it  required  600  flat  cars  to  bring  them 
from  the  iron  zforks  to  Chicago.  There  were  17,000,000  feet  of  lumber  used  in 
construction  and  with  this  five  car  loads  of  nails  were  used;  while  there  are  over 
2,000,000  pounds  of  iron  in  roof  of  nave.  There  are  11  acres  of  skylight  and  40 
car  loads  of  glass  in  the  roof.  The  building  is  100  feet  longer  than  the  Brooklyn 
bridge  and  it  is  claimed  that  the  iron  and  steel  in  the  roof  alone  would   construct 


30  J^  acres. 


2IO 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


two  such  suspension  bridges.  It  will  seat  300,000  people,  and  there  would  be  room 
for  the  full  standing  army  of  Russia  under  its  roof.  It  is  three  times  as  large  as 
St.  Peter's  cathedral,  and  the  largest  church  in  Chicago  could  be  placed  within  the 
vestibule  of  that  great  church  at  Rome. 

The  building  is  rectangular  in  form,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  spacious  colon- 
nade, which  affords  a  splendid  promenade  on  a  warm  day,  getting  the  lake  breeze 
and  water  view  on  all  sides.  It  is  in  the  Corinthian  style  of  architecture,  its  classic 
outlines  and  stupendous  length  being  broken  by  the  four  entrances  40  feet  wide 
and  80  feet  high  and  the  eight  domes.  The  exterior  is  covered  with  "staff"  and  in 
its  columns,  arches,  sculptured  bas-reliefs  and  panels,  presents  the  appearance  of  a 
magnificent  marble  palace.  The  walls  are  66  feet  high,  the  four  central  pavilions 
122,  the  corner  pavilions  97  and  the  greatest  height  of  roof  437.6  feet.  The  plans 
of  this  architectural  wonder  were  drawn  by  George  B.  Post,  of  New  York;  their 
execution  cost  the  Exposition  $1, 800,000. 

When  one  enters  the  Manufactures  Building,  say  by  the  south  entrance,  his 
impression  will  be  that  he  is  in  fairyland,  or  at  least  that  he  is  visiting  a  city  of 
palaces,  temples,  castles,  arches,  monuments,  and  hanging  gardens.  All  that  is 
graceful  in  outline  and  entrancing  in  color  will  salute  his  senses  at  the  same  time. 
But  his  eye  will  necessarily  be  drawn  toward  a  beautiful  structure  in  the  center  of 
the  building,  where  the  two  main  highways  intersect,  and  where  they  have  been 
enlarged  into  a  circle  for  its  accommodation.  The  best  thing  he  can  do,  if  he  expects 
to  make  any  progress  in  taking  in  such  a  wilderness  of  attractions,  is  to  make  for 

this  center  and  then  branch  out  from  it 
at  his  leisure.  The  great  central  land- 
mark, looking  like  the  spire  of  a  cathe- 
dral in  alabaster,  is  the  clock  tower,  135 
feet  high,  of  the  American  Self- Wind- 
ing Clock  Company.  It  is  arched  on 
all  four  sides,  of  course,  or  it  would 
block  up  the  thoroughfare.  In  addition 
to  a  clock-dial  on  each  side,  it  has  a 
chime  of  nine  bells.  The  largest,  on 
which  the  hour  is  struck,  weighs  3,700 
pounds,  and  the  whole  chime  7,000 
pounds.  When  they  ring  it  sounds  like 
the  music  of  heaven  reverberating 
through  the  immense  spaces  of  the 
building.  Clocks  are  scarce  in  Jackson 
CHIEF  ALLISON.  Park,  but  visitors  to  the  Manufactures 

Building,  no  matter  in  what  remote  corner  of  it  they  may  be  hid,  are  reminded  in 
notes  of  the  sweetest  music  of  the  flight  not  only  of  the  happy  hours,  but  of  the 
happy  halves  and  quarters  as  well. 

The  space  on  the  ground  floor  of  the  building  is  alloted  mainly  on  the  basis 
of  nationality,  and  apparently   on   the   principle   of   placing  the  greatest   nations 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  211 

nearest  to  this  striking  central  feature.  Standing  at  this  point,  where  the  building 
is  exactly  quartered,  one  will  observe  that  he  is  surrounded  by  the  great  powers  ol 
the  earth.  In  the  northeast  quarter  is  the  United  States,  in  the  northwest  quarter 
Germany,  in  the  southeast  quarter  France,  and  in  the  southwest  quarter  Great 
Britain.  If  he  will  climb  the  clock-tower  and  look  again,  he  will  see  that 
the  United  States  takes  the  entire  northeast  corner  of  the  dome-covered  por- 
tion of  the  building.  In  the  northwest  corner,  however,  he  will  see,  over  the  head 
of  Germany,  the  exhibits  of  Austria  and  then  Japan.  In  like  manner,  looking  to 
the  southeast,  he  will  see,  away  beyond  France,  the  exhibits  of  Belgium,  Russia  and 
Norway,  with  China  away  off  to  the  east.  Then,  looking  to  the  southwest,  he  will 
see,  adjoining  Great  Britain  on  the  south,  Canada,  and  beyond  that  Denmark, 
Brazil,  Italy  and  Spain,  while  off  to  the  west  are  Jamaica,  India,  and  New  South 
Wales,  and  to  the  southwest  Switzex-land,  Mexico,  and  Persia.  The  smaller  na- 
tions he  may  locate  gradually. 

Looking  again  to  the  northeast,  the  visitor  will  be  struck  with  the  fact  that  the 
United  States  exhibits,  unlike  those  of  other  countries,  are  not  nationalized  by  any 
kind  of  general  inclosure.  He  will  also  be  struck  with  the  fact  that  it  is  not  exactly  on 
the  same  scale  of  expensiveness  or  grandeur  as  the  neighboring  national  exhibits.  In 
place  of  a  national  pavilion  it  has  at  the  angle  nearest  the  clock  tower  the  booth  of 
Tiffany,  however,  which  entirely  redeems  it.  This  triple-arched  entrance,  with  a 
saffron-colored  doric  column  100  feet  high,  surmounted  with  a  globe  and  golden 
eagle,  is  certainly  beautiful.  To  the  north  of  it,  and  in  striking  contrast  with  it,  is 
the  pantheon-like  booth  of  the  Meriden  Britanniaware  Company,  built  of  rosewood 
with  curved  plate-glass  windows.  North  of  that  again  is  the  elegant  and  spacious 
mahogany  booth  of  the  Waltham  Watch  Company.  The  rest  of  the  space  is  cut 
up  into  comparatively  small  portions,  but  which  contain  many  interesting  and 
creditable  exhibits,  although  they  may  not  make  so  great  an  impression  amid  such 
a  wilderness  of  magnificence. 

The  articles  classed  under  manufactures  and  displayed  are  so  numerous  as 
to  bewilder  the  mind.  They  are  divided  into  thirty-five  groups,  each  group 
divided  into  ten  or  more  classes,  and  each  class  into  about  twenty  or  more  smaller 
departments;  and  even  these  smaller  departments  are  so  general  as  to  convey  but 
little  idea  of  the  almost  infinite  diversity  of  articles  displayed.  It  may  assist  the 
imagination,  however,  to  mention  as  included  in  the  groups  chemical  and  pharma- 
ceutical supplies,  paints,  colors,  dyes,  varnishes,  paper,  stationery,  upholstery,  artis- 
tic decorations,  ceramics,  mosaics,  stone,  monuments,  musical  instruments,  china,  por- 
celain, glassware,  furniture,  stoves,  bronzes,  paintings,  statuary,  watches  and  jewelry, 
clothing,  silks,  satins,  cassimeres,  serges,  velvets,  laces,  draperies,  linens,  cottons, 
woolens,  firearms,  dolls,  iron,  copper,  brass,  nickel  and  tin  ware,  and  many  tens  of 
thousands  of  things  that  need  not  be  enumerated,  but  which  include  nearly  all  kinds 
of  machines  and  implements  and  other  articles  of  handiwork  not  used  in  mining, 
agriculture  and  transportation.  More  than  thirty  foreign  governments  are  repre- 
sented, among  which  are  Algeria,  Argentine  Republic,  Austria,  Belgium,  Bolivia, 
Brazil,  British  Guiana,  British    Honduras,   Cape  Colony,   Canada,   Ceylon,   Chili, 

14 


212 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.' 


China,  Colombia,  Costa  Rica,  Cuba,  Curacao,  Denmark,  Dutch  Guiana,  Dutch 
West  Indies,  Eucador,  France,  French  Guiana,  Germany,  Great  Britain,  Guatemala, 
Hawaiian  Islands,  Hayti,  Honduras,  Italy,  Japan,  Jamaica,  Korea,  Madagascar, 
Mexico,  New  South  Wales,  Netherlands,  Nicaragua,  Norway,  Orange  Free  State, 
Paraguay,  Persia,  Peru,  Porto  Rico,  Queensland,  Russia,  Salvador,  San  Domingo, 
Siam,  Spain,  Sweden,  Switzerland,  Trinidad,  Turkey,  Uruguay,  Venezuela,  Zanzi- 
bar. 

Many  of  the  foreign  pavilions  are  built  after  the  designs  of  famous  palaces. 
Germany's  pavilion  is  a  wonderful  piece  of  work,  the  French  section  is  magnificent, 
and  the  English  hardly  behind  its  neighbors.  The  value  of  the  exhibits  in  the 
Manufactures  Building  is  more  than  $50,000,000  and  they  include  rare  and  costly 
articles  of  every  kind  that  are  the  fruits  of  skilled  labor  as  well  as  many  more  that 
are  in  constant  demand  and  use.  Far  away  India  shows  rich  embroideries, 
brocades  and  silk  textiles;  quaint  carvings  in  sandal  and  teak  woods,  ivory  and 
bone;  gold,  silver  and  amber  jewelry;  art  pottery  and  other  curious  workmanship 
Japan's  bamboo  and  lacquer  ware'    porcelain,  faience,  cloissonne,  and  art  metal 

wares;  delicate  ivories, 
gumma,  tapestries,  and  so 
forth,  are  much  admired. 
This  country  exceeds  all 
others  in  number  of  ex- 
hibitors, there  being  2089 
in  all.  Norway,  Denmark 
and  Sweden  display  about 
the  same  line  of  goods, 
jewelry,  carvings,  em- 
broideries, furniture,  etc. 
Siam  has  63  exhibits. 
Skins,  inlaid  pearl  work, 
enameled  articles,  rattan 
and  bamboo  woods, 
needle  work,  preserves, 
candied  fruits,  etc.  The 
renowned  Swiss  watches 
and  carvings  are  shown 
in  this  section.  Chronom- 
eters for  old  and  young, 
rich  and  poor,  useful  and 
ornamental,  turn  their 
shining  faces  up  from  row 
upon  row  of  cases.  The  Italian  section  displays  a  world  of  marbles,  mosaics  and 
bronzes;  Venetian  glassware,  laces,  artistic  furniture,  Roman  silks,  Neapolitan 
corals  and  cameos;  filigree  work,  tapestries,  lamps  and  other  exquisite  goods 
cause   much  admiration  and  covetousness  on  the  part  of  the  visitor.     Great  Brit- 


WEST  SIDE 


MANUFACTURES   BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  213 

ain  occupies  a  large  space  in  the  center  of  the  huge  building  and  displays  a  great 
variety  of  manufactures,  particularly  Irish  linens  and  laces,  Scotch  worsteds  and 
woolens;  china,  glassware  and  pottery  decorated  in  every  imaginable  style;  per- 
fumeries, silks  and  all  the  ordinary  articles  such  as  yarns,  cutlery,  sporting  guns, 
combs  and  brushes,  clothing,  and  many,  many  more. 

Belgium  has  brought  over  her  Brussels  handkerchiefs  and  point  veils  and 
Chantilly  flounces  and  Valenciennes  edges,  and  fans  and  collars  and  parasol  covers 
in  every  known  lace  and  for  every  use,  bronze  vases  and  ceramic  tiles,  costumes, 
cathedral  glass  and  many  other  beautiful  things.  As  all  the  world  knows,  Belgium 
prides  herself  on  her  laces,  and  there  are  some  on  exhibition  that  are  marvelously 
delicate  and  beautiful.  There  are  Mechlin  round  point,  Valenciennes,  black 
Belgian  thread,  dentelle,  Louis  XV.,  Venetian  point,  point  de  Bruges,  point  ap- 
plique, duchesse  and  as  many  other  kinds  of  lace  as  ever  were  known  to  the 
modern  world,  made  up  in  collars,  handkerchiefs,  trimmings,  covers,  fans  and  even 
a  bride's  veil.  It  is  a  sufficiently  explicit  description  of  the  last  to  say  that  its  price 
at  home  is  75,000  francs,  or  $15,000  dollars.  Next  in  importance  is  its  exhibit  of 
porcelain,  of  which  there  are  numerous  beautiful  specimens.  Much  attention  is 
given  to  the  display  of  native  marbles.  In  one  exhibit  there  is  shown  an  entrance 
to  a  hall,  a  staircase,  mantel,  dado,  paneling,  semi-Corinthian  pillars,  an  elaborate 
inlaid  floor  and  beautiful  chimney  pieces.  The  white  marbles  are  good  rivals  of 
the  celebrated  Parian  marbles,  and  the  blocks,  delicately  carved  and  remarkably 
pure  in  color,  are  rare  specimens  in  this  part  of  the  world.  Austria  has  over  two 
hundred  beautiful  displays  by  her  merchants.  France  keeps  up  her  reputation  as 
producing  the  most  exquisite  silks  and  velvets,  and  rivals  if  not  excels  other  coun- 
tries in  her  china,  laces,  artificial  flowers,  costumes,  millinery,  bronzes,  and  Parisian 
novelties.  The  United  States,  producing  and  manufacturing  everything,  exhibits 
everything.  Whatever  the  foreigner  can  design,  the  American  artisan  can  im- 
prove, so  through  the  full  line  of  exhibits,  this  country  reflects  great  credit  in  what 
is  shown  in  the  Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts  Building  alone. 

The  German  exhibit,  including  the  pavilion  and  the  great  lordly-looking  iron 
fence,  is  grand  and  wonderful.  Immense  bronzes,  tile  painting,  antique  silver, 
carvings,  fine  art  wares,  artistic  interior  decorations,  and  thousands  of  inviting 
objects  too  numerous  to  mention  are  seen  daily  by  tens  of  thousands  of  people. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  principal  articles  contributed  by  the  emperor  of 
Germany: 

Golden  goblet,  enameled,  with  jewels;  dedicated  to  his  majesty  Emperor 
William  II.  Among  the  articles  dedicated  to  his  majesty  Emperor  William  I.  are 
a  medal  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Arts;  congratulatory  address  of  the  city  of 
Berlin  on  the  occasion  of  his  majesty's  return  from  the  war  of  1866;  addresses  of 
t>e  province  of  Silesia,  city  of  Munich,  on  the  occasion  of  their  majesties'  golden 
wedding  of  1879;  congratulatory  addresses  of  the  city  of  Cologne,  cities  of  Silesia, 
"women  of  Cologne,  subjects  of  the  empire  on  the  occasion  of  his  majesty's  ninetieth 
birthday. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


215 


Articles  dedicated  to  his  majesty  Emperor  Frederic  III.,  congratulatory 
addresses  of  the  province  of  Saxony,  city  of  Nuremberg,  and  city  of  Berlin  on  the 
occasion  of  their  majesties'  silver  wedding  in  1883. 

Silver  bowl  presented  by  the  nobility  of  Schleswig-Holsten  to  his  royal  high- 
tness  Prince  Henry  of  Prussia  on  the  occasion  of  his  wedding. 


MERIDEN  BRITTANIA  PAVILION. 

Gifts  ol  honor  and  addresses  to  his  highness  Prince  Bismarck,  silver  table 
service,  shield  of  honor,  silver;  bowl  dedicated  by  German  students,  copper  tankard, 
patents  of  honorary  citizenship  to,  the  cities  of  Berlin,  Bremen,  Cologne,  Dresden, 
Druisberg,  Hamburg,  Hanau  and  Lauenberg. 

Gifts  of  honor  and  addresses  to  Gen.  Count  von  Moltke,  field  marshal  staff 
patents  of  honorary  citizenship  of  the  cities  of  Hamburg,  Munich  and  Mersburg. 


216  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Shrine  of  addresses,  ebony  and  silver,  shield  of  honor,  votive  tablet. 

Prizes  of  honor  awarded  by  his  majesty  the  emperor  of  Germany  for  army, 
hunting,  races,  and  regattas,  silver  ships  and  goblets,  bust  of  his  majesty  Emperor 
William  II.,  silver;  silver  bowl  embossed;  silver  clock,  silver  cup  with  socle, 
enameled  and  gilded;  silver  dollar  platter,  silver  dollar  cup. 

Silver  table  service  in  the  shape  of  a  sleigh,  enameled;  silver  goblet,  shield 
of  honor,  casette,  ebony  with  silver;  enameled  silver  table  service,  shells  and 
alabaster;  bronze  group, ''The  Daily  Press;"  glass  goblet,  polished;  stone  vase, 
set  in  bronze;  portraits  of  their  imperial  majesties  the  emperor  and  empress  of 
Germany,  bronze,  with  frame  of  gold  bronze. 

Galvanoplastic  imitations  of  old  German  goldsmith  work,  mostly  from  the 
silverware  property  of  the  city  of  Luneburg  at  present  in  the  Museum  of  Industrial 
Art  Berlin;  cups,  cans,  and  basins  of  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries. 

In  the  room  of  Gabriel  Seidl  are  exhibited  red  marble  vase,  rich  bronze 
mountings;  reliquiarium,  ebony,  with  lapis  lazuli,  enameled  and  with  silver  work; 
figure  of  St.  George,  gilded  bronze;  table  service;  casette,  ebony  with  silver;  silver 
globe;  stag  clock;  scenting  bottle;  cup  in  the  shape  of  a  thistle,  silver;  wine  pitcher; 
aquarium,  glass  and  silver;  crucifix,  silver  and  crystal. 

Property  of  the  emperor  of  Germany,  exhibited  as  a  part  of  the  exhibi*^ion 
of  Baden,  wrought  iron  screen  for  stove,  enameled,  Schwarzwald  clock. 

Property  of  his  royal  highness  the  hereditary  Grand  Duke  Frederic,  of 
Baden,  grand  silver  table  service,  small  table  service,  chandelier,  and  case  for 
reception  of  documents,  gilded  silver  dish,  silver  cup,  clock,  fans,  casette,  carved 
in  wood,  and  other  personal  ornaments,  silver  plate,  decorations,  and  an  infinite 
variety  of  other  articles,  worth  millions  of  dollars. 

Away  out  at  the  extreme  north  end  of  the  German  section,  in  a  little  nook 
all  by  itself,  is  an  exhibit  which  possesses  a  wealth  of  attraction  to  all  who  chance 
upon  it.  There  is  not  a  minute  of  the  day  but  what  this  charmed  corner  contains 
scores  of  delighted  little  ones  who  literally  feast  their  eyes  upon  the  pretty  things 
displayed.  The  display  is  that  made  by  the  allied  doll  industries  of  Sonneberg  and 
Ohrdruf,  in  Thuringen,  Germany. 

Never  before  were  so  many  different  types  of  dolls  displayed.  There  are 
white  dolls  and  black  dolls,  cute  little  pickaninnies  and  oblique  eyed  Jap  boys  and 
little  maidens;  tiny  dwarf  dollies  and  big  dollies;  diminutive  Uncle  Sams  in  frock 
coat  and  fluffy  beaver,  and  a  host  of  other  things.  If  the  young  tots  are  fascinated 
by  the  wonderful  exhibit  their  elders  are  none  the  less  interested.  It  is  a  unique 
exhibit.  It  is  more  than  unique;  there  is  originality  and  art,  both  in  the  conception 
of  the  rosy-cheeked  little  misses  that  look  down  at  you  with  eyes  of  liquid  blue,  and 
their  execution. 

From  time  immemorial  a  little  town  in  Thuringen,  almost  on  the  border  of 
the  Black  Forest  has  been  manufacturing  toys.  This  town  is  Sonneberg.  The  in- 
dustry has  been  carried  down  from  father  to  son  for  generations.  Everybody  who 
can  work  takes  a  part  in  the  production  of  these  trifles  which  seem  to  bring  heaven 
nearer  the  heart  of  the  average  toddler.     Grandfathers  work  beside  little   girls 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  217 

barely  strong  enough  to  stand  up.  Each  does  a  part  and  does  it  well.  The  result 
has  been  to  bring  the  perfection  of  toy-making  almost  to  its  highest  notch. 

There  is  a  suggestion  of  the  "Crystal  Slipper"  coach,  and  one  expects  to  see  at 
almost  any  moment  the  powdered  wig  and  sweet  face  of  Cinderella  peep  out  of  the 
coach  doors.  But  instead  of  that  there  are  the  most  quizzical  looking  punchinellos 
any  one  could  possibly  imagine;  gaily  bedecked  and  embroidered  young  lackeys, 
footmen,  and  a  vast  retinue  of  attendants.  Fat  and  rubicund  little  German  misses 
smile  down  at  you  or  shake  their  dainty  fingers.  A  shaggy  St.  Bernard  tramps 
haughtily  and  independent  alongside  the  coach.  It  all  looks  like  a  merry  outing 
where  clown  and  child  have  gone  out  to  amuse  and  be  amused. 

Along  the  three  sides  of  the  room  thousands  of  other  dollies  smile  quizzingly 
as  you  watch  them.  They  are  either  on  shelves  or  in  dainty  cases.  The  shelves 
have  been  built  low  purposely  so  that  the  youngsters  who  come  into  the  Sonneberg 
display  may  peep  all  by  themselves  into  all  these  glories.  Ladies  of  rank  may  be 
seen  here  with  long-trained  robes  and  fluffy  blonde  hair.  Little  white  rabbits  there 
are  with  eyes  like  a  sunset.  If  the  keeper  is  in  good  humor  he  will  take  the  bunny 
out,  and  after  winding  up  some  invisible  spring,  bunny  will  hop  out  and  trot  lifelike 
on  the  floor.  There  is  a  big-eyed  heifer  who  will  bellow  just  like  the  genuine  dairy 
article,  and  a  little  lamb  that  gambols  and  bleats  ever  so  cutely. 

These  things  are  for  the  little  boys.  Also  a  regular  farm,  with  tiny  plow  and 
harrow,  a  tiny  wagon  drawn  by  pretty  horses,  and  tools  of  all  sorts — carpenter,  ma- 
son, architect,  surveyor,  etc. 

The  little  girls  can  have  much  else  to  choose  from  in  case  the  dollies  don't 
meet  exactly  their  desires.  A  dainty  china  tea  set  is  there  complete,  also  a  minia- 
ture kitchen,  where  Bessie  or  Maude,  or  whoever  the  little  girl  may  be  who  gets 
the  set,  can  treat  her  friends  to  a  repast  as  generous  and  bountiful  as  any  lady  of 
the  "400"  can  do.  Besides  all  this,  she  can  have  a  parlor  set  with  the  prettiest  up- 
holstered baby  chairs  imaginable. 

Of  course,  every  one  who  visits  the  Manufactures  Building  has  seen  the  Tif- 
fany pavilion,  with  its  tall,  eagle-tipped  tower.  You  can  see  almost  any  example 
of  the  gold  and  silversmith's  skill  at  Tiffany's,  from  a  six-shooter  with  richly  graven 
silver  handles  to  a  toilet  table  worth  $9,000.  This  toilet  table,  by  the  way,  is  a 
thing  to  be  admired.  It  is  exceedingly  dainty  and  fragile  and  is  made  of  the  pre- 
cious amaranth  wood,  brought  from  South  America.  Very  little  of  this  red-grained 
wood  is  visible,  though,  for  the  table  is  pretty  well  encrusted  with  sterling  silver. 
This  little  trifle  has  been  sold  to  a  European  patron  of  the  Tiffanys.  Near  by  it  is 
a  remarkable  piece  of  work,  being  an  incense  burner  in  the  shape  of  a  duck  which 
is  being  strangled  by  a  rattlesnake.  The  snake  is  of  silver,  its  scales  are  Queens- 
land opals,  and  its  head  and  rattles  are  American  pearls.  There  is  a  bit  of  a  fur- 
nace in  the  duck's  bill,  where  the  incense  sticks  are  to  be  put,  and  the  snake's  head 
has  a  receptacle  for  the  storage  of  incense  sticks.  There  is  a  match-box,  too,  con- 
cealed within  the  serpent's  interior  economy. 

Some  of  the  finest  ware  shown  is  in  a  tea  set  of  seven  pieces  with  salver,  the 
"flower  set,"  for  each  piece  of  it  being  decorated  with  a  different  variety  of  Ameri- 


EXHIBIT  OF  JAMES  S.  KIRK  &  CO. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  219 

can  flowers.  This  set  is  worth  only  $22,000.  There  is  another  set,  a  silver  table 
service,  containing  570  pieces,  all  elaborately  decorated.  An  Indian  chrysanthe- 
mum dinner  set  consists  of  about  600  pieces.  Of  vases,  tankards,  loving  cups,  trophy 
cups,  clocks,  spoons,  bonbon  boxes,  thermometers,  coffee  pots  and  the  like  there  is 
a  dazzling  variety. 

But  it  is  in  diamonds  and  other  precious  stones  that  this  display  is  riotous. 
The  central  gem  of  all  of  course  is  the  gray  canary  diamond,  set  at  the  apex  of  a  velvet 
pyramid  and  revolving  slowly  on  a  gold  pivot,  so  that  many  hued  fires  are  always 
■flashing  from  its  yellow  depths.  Scattered  about  it  are  10,000  other  diamonds  and 
nearly  $400,000  worth  of  pearls.  These  pearls  are  in  three  necklaces,  one  being 
the  finest  strand  of  pearls  ever  brought  to  America.  It  is  worth  $200,000.  The  other 
two  are  worth  $100,000  and  $85,000  respectively.  There  is  a  woven  arabesque 
girdle  of  gold  with  twenty  large  canary  diamonds  in  it^only  $25,000.  There  is  one 
diamond  necklace  of  forty-two  stones,  aggregating  1,000  carats,  and  still  another 
with  pendants,  it  holds  550  rose  diamonds.  Another  jewlery  set  consists  of  tiara, 
necklace  and  pendant.  It  contains  147  splendid  aquamarines  and  1,848  diamonds. 
A  companion  set  is  of  pink  topaz  and  diamonds.  Of  the  lesser  precious  and  semi- 
precious stones  there  is  a  bewildering  display.  An  especially  interesting  feature  of 
the  pavilion  is  a  case  of  pearl  oysters  and  unpolished  pearls,  wherefrom  most  visit- 
ors are  able  to  learn  something.  The  Tiffany  Glass  and  Decorating  Company  has 
not  so  costly  an  exhibit,  but  it  is  quite  as  artistic  and  beautiful.  Louis  Tiffany  has 
Ihis  section  of  the  pavilion  cut  into  three  rooms.  The  largest  one  is  fitted  as  a  chapel 
"with  a  superb  altar  set  under  triple  mosaic  arches.  The  floor  of  the  sanctuary,  too, 
is  of  the  most  intricately  wrought  glass  mosaic,  as  are  the  chancel  steps  and  the 
front  of  the  altar  itself.  The  heavy  columns,  too,  are  of  iridescent  mosaic.  The 
lectern  is  of  the  same  exquisite  work,  as  is  also  the  font,  which  has  a  finely  wrought 
cover  of  glass.  The  central  window  of  the  chapel  is  "The  Descent  from  the  Cross," 
■designed  by  Louis  Tiffany.  On  one  side  is  shown  Christ  giving  his  blessing  to  St. 
John;  on  the  other  a  reproduction  of  one  of  Bocatelli's  windows.  There  is  another 
smaller  window,  "  The  Good  Shepherd,"  which  is  really  the  finest  bit  of  color  in  the 
chapel.  There  are  exhibited  here  some  surpassingly  fine  vestments,  an  altar  cross 
spangled  with  jewels,  and  some  fine  candle  sticks  of  Connemara  marble.  The  en- 
tire effect  of  this  little  chapel,  which  is  in  the  byzantine  style,  is  exceedingly  rich. 

Conspicuous  among  those  not  already  named  are  the  solid  silver  statue  of 
Columbus,  exhibited  by  Gorham  &  Co.,  and  cast  at  Providence,  R.  I.;  petrified  wood 
in  blocks  and  mantels  and  tables,  from  the  Petrified  Forest  of  Arizona;  rugs  and 
carpets  from  Turkey,  Persia,  Bulgaria,  Arabia,  Pennsylvania  and  Massachusetts; 
pianos  and  organs  from  as  many  makers  as  there  are  states  and  territories  in  the 
Union;  colognes  and  other  perfumeries  and  fancy  and  other  soaps  from  a  hundred 
makers;  dolls  that  talk  and  walk  and  cry  from  Paris  and  Vienna;  toys  from  Nurem- 
burg,  China  and  Japan;  stoves  and  stoveware  from  Providence,  R.  I.;  queenly 
•dresses  from  La  Bon  Marche  and  from  Felix  and  Worth,  Paris;  sewing  machines 
from  all  the  great  makers  in  America. 


220  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

The  statue  of  Columbus  is  six  feet  high,  standing  on  a  pedestal  one  foot 
high,  the  whole  of  solid  silver  and  containing  30,000  ounces  of  the  metal,  925-1,000 
fine.  It  was  modeled  in  Paris  by  the  sculptor,  and  the  model  was  shipped  to  the 
Gorham  foundry  in  Providence,  where  it  was  cast  at  a  cost  of  $50,000.  Its  prin- 
cipal value,  however,  lies  in  the  artistic  strength  of  the  figure.  The  great  naviga- 
tor is  pictured  as  a  man  of  determination  of  rough  vigor.  The  pose  shows  him 
standing,  with  anxious  brow,  pointing  toward  the  horizon,  as  if  to  question  the  path 
that  lay  before  him.  Associated  with  the  figure  as  suggestions  of  his  calling  are 
the  navigator's  instruments.  The  composition  is  of  the  simplest,  and  the  figure  has 
been  left  with  all  the  lines  of  the  first  casting  untouched — a  tribute  to  the  mechani- 
cal perfection  that  brought  the  model  forth  with  lines  that  needed  no  finishing. 

On  either  side  of  the  statue  and  beyond,  covering  considerable  area,  are  the 
cases  of  wares  that  represent  the  best  skill  of  American  designers  and  artisans. 
There  are  great  trophies,  magnificent  silver  services,  bronzes,  inlaid  and  repousse 
work  and  new  designs  innumerable  in  the  pieces  that  go  to  beautify  the  homes  of 
the  wealthy. 

Conspicuous  among  the  trophies  is  the  Century  vase  which  won  a  gold  medal 
at  the  Centennial  and  was  one  of  the  first  great  pieces  of  its  kind  to  demonstrate 
the  advance  of  American  workmanship  in  the  metal-working  arts.  On  either  side 
of  the  vase  are  sixty-four  pieces,  composing  what  is  called  the  "rose"  dinner  set, 
valued  at  $25,000,  and  said  to  be  the  finest  service  ever  made  in  the  United  States. 
The  rose  is  used  as  a  central  motive  of  decoration  and  the  design  is  wrought  out 
with  marvelous  perfection  of  detail. 

Down  the  central  aisle  of  the  pavilion  are  groups  of  ware  that  attract  crowds 
continually.  In  one  case  are  two  plates  worth  $950  and  $1,150  each,  and  a  pitcher 
that  cost  $1,150.  A  quaint  design  in  the  group  is  the  "creation"  cup — a  small  affair 
with  symbolic  decoration  typifying  the  epochs  of  creation  since  the  period  of 
Genesis. 

A  novelty  in  the  same  exhibit  is  a  collection  of  translucent  ware  which  is  in 
effect  a  silver  filigree  design  filled  out  in  the  interstices  with  translucent  glass  of 
varied  hues. 

Next  and  perhaps  the  finest  of  the  purely  domestic  production  is  the  group 
of  Rockwood  designs  with  a  superficial  covering  of  silver  deposited  by  a  process 
but  little  used  until  recently  in  this  country.  Some  of  the  vases  in  this  pattern  are 
almost  monumental  in  size,  and  all  of  them  subjects  of  favorable  comparison  with 
the  best  work  in  any  of  the  foreign  sections. 

Along  the  south  frontage  of  the  pavilion  are  sets  of  a  ware  that  is  an  innova- 
tion on  the  conventional  without  transgressing  the  most  rigid  canons  of  art  decora- 
tion. These  are  made  in  combinations  of  glass,  gold  and  silver,  but  instead  of 
molding  the  metal  about  the  glass  design,  the  process  is  reversed  and  the  glass 
blown  into  the  silver  after  the  figure  is'complete.  Following  an  original  and  recent 
fashion,  the  glass  is  ruby-tinted  and  the  combination  of  color  is  remarkable  effec- 
tive, either  in  strong  sunlight  or  in  the  clear  glow  of  electricity. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


22  I 


Hippolite  Taine,  the  great  French  philosopher,  asserts  in  his  work  on  the 
Philosophy  of  Art,  that  the  characteristics  of  a  nation  are  always  seen  in  its  art  prod- 
ucts. In  no  exhibit  at  the  Exposition  is  this  theory  more  plainly  shown  than  in 
the  beauty  of  the  exterior  of  the  French  pavilion  which  is  a  triumph  of  ^Esthetic 
Art,  with  its  beautiful  entablatures  upheld  by  Titanic  figures  bending  gracefully 
beneath  their  self-imposed  burden,  or  gazes  at  the   great  dome   above  shedding   a 


ENTRANCE  TO  FRENCH  PAVILION. 


golden  radiance  upon  the  sitting  Statue  of  the  Republic  beneath^that  symbol  of 
fraternity  between  the  two  greatest  Republics  of  the  world — the  mind  sense  drinks 
in  the  full  beauty  of  its  perfection.  In  comparison  how  cold  and  gloomy  seems  the 
Russian  pavilion  beyond,  with  its  round  arches,  suggestive  of  prostration  and  prayer. 
And  yet  it  screens  so  many  rare  and  costly  things  that  one  can  spend  many  valua- 
ble hours  in  this  exhibit  and  depart  thence,  feeling  that  the  soul  in  its  search  for  the 
exquisitely  beautiful  has  found  satiety. 


.-222  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Italy  makes  a  dazzling  exhibit  of  marbles,  bronzes,  mosaics,  paintings, 
majolica,  laces,  jewelry,  bric-a-brac  and  tapestries.  About  the  walls  and  in  cases 
are  displayed  specimens  of  every  variety  of  Venetian  lace  and  needlework.  There 
are  cobwebby  fabrics  ranging  in  price  from  two  cents  to  $400  a  yard.  There  are 
great  pieces  of  rose  point  as  soft  and  delicate  as  a  spider's  web,  scarfs  and  veils  of 
old  Venetian  point  fit  for  the  bridal  of  a  Princess,  and  fans  and  lace  handkerchiefs 
which  would  drive  a  woman  to  frenzy.  A  novelty  in  lace  work  is  the  polygram 
pattern,  done  in  many  colors  with  the  most  delicate  shadings  and  used  most  ex- 
clusively for  screens  and  banners.  One  great  case  is  entirely  filled  with  lace  bed- 
spreads. Some  of  the  more  expensive  are  valued  at  $1,000  each,  and  are  done  in 
rococo  point  laced  with  blue  and  gold  ribbons  and  embroidered  by  hand  in  gold 
and  silver.  A  single  firm  now  employs  a  thousand  men  in  this  line  of  work  alone. 
A  remarkable  thing  about  the  lacemakers  of  Venice  is  that  the  women  who  do 
even  the  finest  and  most  difficult  pieces  are  content  to  work  for  15  or  16  cents  a  daj', 
and  the  retail  price  made  by  the  lacemaker  is  based  on  the  estimate  of  20  cents  for 
each  day's  work  on  the  piece.  In  this  way  it  is  easy  to  tell  just  how  long  it  has 
taken  the  patient  lacemakers  to  complete  a  given  piece.  Thus  if  a  lace  scarf  be 
sold  for  $25  by  a  reputable  dealer  in  Venice  it  may  be  estimated  that  125  days'  labor 
has  been  given  to  its  construction. 

The  contents  of  this  lace-house  in  the  Italian  section  are  valued  at  more 
than  $40,000,  and  from  the  splendid  veil  patterned  exactly  after  that  worn  by  Maria 
Louisa,  Empress  of  the  French,  to  the  most  modern  and  inexpensive  bit  of  edging 
it  interests  and  excites  the  attention  of  every  woman  who  come  within  sight. 

That  which  will  attract  the  most  attention  in  the  Italian  section  is  its  statuary. 
Italy's  entire  space  is  not  so  large  as  the  commissioners  had  hoped  it  might  be  and 
it  has  been  found  necessary  to  put  a  great  deal  into  the  rather  small  section.  But 
the  work  of  arrangement  has  been  artistically  accomplished,  so  that  all  who  visit 
it  may  see  to  good  advantage  the  things  of  beauty  made  in  the  sunny  Italy  of 
modern  times. 

Passing  from  the  statuary  around  the  section,  the  visitor  may  indulge  in  the 
luxury  of  other  things  not  less  beautiful  or  wonderful.  On  one  side  are  artistic 
specimens  of  wrought-iron  work  made  into  all  sorts  of  happy  combinations  and 
pretty  designs.  In  one  portion  of  the  section  is  a  bedchamber  furnished  with 
antique  furniture  and  rugs  and  portieres  of  polished  and  embroidered  leather.  In 
another  corner  is  a  room  fitted  with  a  set  of  furniture  made  of  ebony  and  inlaid 
with  ivory.  Two  tables  in  this  section  attract  special  attention.  They  are  of  antique 
pattern  and  the  tops  are  inlaid  with  ivory  in  designs  depicting  battle  scenes.  At 
another  place  the  visitor  is  transported  within  the  walls  of  Pompeii,  whose  treasures 
none  have  before  beheld  save  in  the  immortal  work  which  describes  her  last  days. 
But  here  are  the  real  things,  or,  rather,  reproductions  of  them,  which  decorated 
the  sideboards  and  mantels  of  the  homes  in  that  famous  city,  the  very  memory 
of  whose  existence  was  effaced  for  centuries.  Gold  and  silver  vases,  jewelry, 
bracelets,  ornaments  of  rare  coral  and  jewels,  all  reproductions  of  articles  found 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  223 

in  the  subterranean  ruins,  are  seen  in  endless  profusion.     Some  even  are  genuine. 
and  talcen  from  the  museum  and  school  of  Alexander  Castelani  in  Rome. 

Besides,  there  are  tapestries  of  modern  design  and  others  which,  made  long- 
ago,  have  stood  the  test  of  three  and  even  four  centuries  of  decay,  yet  seemed  to 
have  come  fresh  from  the  hands  of  the  makers.  Filigree  work  in  silver  and  a^^l 
sorts  of  toilet  articles  fashioned  from  tortoise  shell  are  seen  in  abundance.  Alll 
these  things,  with  chandeliers,  laces,  mosaics,  mirrors,  hand-painted  glass  cxrna- 
ments,  vases  almost  priceless  in  value,  with  hundreds  and  even  thousands  o,f  other- 
articles  fashioned  with  the  characteristic  art  of  Italy,  keep  a  constant  stream  of' 
visitors  pouring  into  the  section  long  after  it  daily  becomes  necessary  to,  t^xn  the: 
current  into  the  great  coronas  to  light  the  scene. 

It  would  require  more  than  one  long  chapter  to  invite  brief  at^^^ntioxi;  to  a. 
tenth  of  the  beautiful  objects  in  the  French  exhibit.  The  display  of  bouseliold 
decorations,  images,  fine  arts,  laces,  jewelry,  silk  dresses  and  cloaks  is  unsurpassed. 
At  one  point  these  garments  are  displayed  on  wax  figures,  with  that  delicately  artistic 
arrangement  so  prominent  in  all  the  French  exhibits.  The  material  shown  is  of- 
the  most  expensive  and  the  styles,  the  newest.  At  another  point  ther«  is  a  rich  and 
rare  display  of  furs.  The  floor  of  the  space  is  carpeted  with  135  river  otter 
skins.  A  single  mantle  is  made  of  eighty-five  Russian  sable  skins.  On  the 
rear  wall  hangs  the  skins  of  a  polar  bear,  a  lion,  a  tiger  and  leopard.  TherCv 
is  a  profusion  of  otter  skins,  some  of  them  made  up  into  garmets.  The  lining- 
and  trimming  of  one  cloak  is  of  blue  fox.  The  windows  in  front  of  these  ex-, 
hibits,  which  are  the  first  approaching  from  the  south,  are  crowded  with  men  and) 
women  each  day. 

Nothing  in  the  Austrian  exhibit  will  attract  greater  attention  than  the 
display  of  armor,  divided  between  the  genuinely  antique  and  imitations  from 
existing  specimens,  offered  by  a  Vienna  firm.  Faded  from  its  pristine  bright- 
ness in  the  lapse  of  centuries,  the  armor  that  protected  Ludwig  II.  of  Hungary  is 
placed  midway  between  that  of  Heinrich  von  Ranzow,  with  its  queer  spiked  plates 
of  steel  on  the  shoulders,  and  that  of  an  unknown  who  left  to  the  world  in  his  visor, 
the  form  of  his  countenance.  With  the  armor  is  a  rosebush  of  wrought  steel,  the 
petals  of  every  blossom  crisped  and  curled  as  in  the  living  flower,  the  work  of  cun- 
ning hands.  To  the  last  detail  the  work  is  a  faithful  copy,  and  the  result  is  a  mar- 
vel of  delicate  workmanship.  Austria  excels  in  her  Bohemian  ware,  which  is  ad- 
mired by  vast  crowds  daily.  An  exact  reproduction  of  the  famous  dining-room  at 
Hatfield  house,  the  home  of  Lord  Salisbury,  may  be  seen  in  the  British  section. 
Of  all  the  famous  houses  in  England  Hatfield  house  is  considered  the  most  famous, 
as  it  is  acknowledged  to  be  the  best  specimen  of  Elizabethan  architecture  extant. 
The  dining-room  is  the  most  attractive  room  in  the  house,  for  it  tells  in  its  carvings 
the  history  of  the  Cecils  from  the  tenth  century.  Beneath  its  richly  paneled  ceil- 
ing Henry  VIII.  and  Queen  Elizabeth  took  their  daily  meals,  for  both  these  rulers 
at  one  time  made  Hatfield  house  their  residence.  In  the  reproduction  one  side  of 
the  dining-room  is  left  open.  On  the  other  side  is  the  old  iron  fireplace  with  the 
date  1657  on  it  and  the  huge  fire-irons  and  dogs.    Above  this  is  the  huge  tapestry 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.    •  225 

which  represent  the  present  owner's  ancestors  at  the  crusade;  on  either  side  is  a 
full  stand  of  mail  which  is  also  figured  to  protect  some  heroic  Cecil  during  that 
holy  war,  and  above  all  is  the  full  coat-of-arms  of  the  house. 

At  the  upper  end  of  the  dining-room  is  the  minstrel  gallery,  with  a  carved 
lattice-work  balcony  surmounted  by  six  lions  rampant,  each  holding  a  shield  with 
the  six  primal  quarterings  of  the  family,  and  at  the  other  end  is  rich  carving  of  the 
old  oak  of  which  the  entire  interior  is  made,  the  great  folding  doors,  on  either  side 
of  which  hang  life-size  paintings  of  Queen  Elizabeth  and  Mary  Queen  of  Scots. 
Directly  under  the  minstrel  gallery  are  six  winged  busts  in  carved  oak  which  form 
truss  coves,  and  these  busts  are  likenesses  of  the  six  branches  of  the  house  whose 
coat-of-arms  is  held  by  the  lions  directly  over  them,  and  above  all  is  the  coat-of- 
arms  of  the  Cecils.  Around  the  ceiling  are  more  truss  coves  made  by  lions,  each 
holding  the  coat-of-arms  emblazoned  shield,  showing  the  connections  of  the  house 
to  other  families  by  their  quarterings,  and  the  softly  faded  heraldic  colorings  are 
faithfully  shown. 

The  following  is  an  analyzed  list  of  the  number  of  British  exhibiters  in  the 
Manufactures  Building:  Chemical  and  pharmaceutical,  30;  paints  and  dyes,  9;  type- 
writers and  stationery,  11;  upholstery  and  decoration,  16;  ceramics  and  mosaics,  12; 
marble,  stone,  and  metal  articles,  2;  art  metal  work,  i;  glass,  2;  stained  glass,  4; 
carving,  i;  gold  and  silver  ware,  4;  jewelry  i;  horology,  i;  silk,  7;  vegetable  and 
mineral  fibers,  i;  woven  cotton,  yarn,  and  linen,  ig;  felted  goods  of  wool,  20;  cloth- 
ing and  costumes,  16;  laces,  fans,  and  flowers,  9;  toilet  articles,  3;  traveling  equip- 
ments, 2;  rubber,  gutta-percha,  celluloid,  and  zylonite,  3;  war  material,  6;  lighting 
appliances,  i;  heating  apparatus,  4;  and  vaults  and  hardware,  3.     Total,  178. 

The  unassuming  booth  of  the  Royal  porcelain  Factory  of  Worcester  cost 
$10,000  and  that  of  the  Doulton  Pottery  company,  $25,000.  There  is  a  service  made 
for  the  Prince  of  Wales,  who  afterwards  became  King  George  IV.,  that  will  prove 
a  stumbling  block  to  somebody's  economical  intentions.  It  is  of  silver  gilt,  and  con- 
sists of  a  tea-kettle  and  a  coffee  pot  in  addition  to  the  usual  full  tea  service.  The 
tea-caddy,  which,  like  the  other  pieces,  is  severe  in  outline  and  unadorned,  is 
furnished  with  a  lock  and  key,  a  significant  reminder  that  when  it  was  made  tea  was 
worth  something  like  $40  a  pound.  The  service  bears  the  date  1792-1795.  A  Nor- 
wegian "peg"  tankard  made  in  1683,  a  lemon  strainer  of  the  time  of  good  Queen 
Anne,  old  Irish  bowls,  with  mask-head  handles,  made  in  1707;  sauceboats  that  once 
belonged  to  Queen  Caroline,  way  back  in  1782,  are  among  the  many  quaint  things 
in  this  exhibit. 

A  costly  piece  that  is  especially  rare  is  a  little  square  waiter  engraved  in  a 
conventional  scroll  design  by  Hogarth  and  made  in  1720.  The  price  of  this  is  $500, 
and  that  notwithstanding  it  is  only  four  inches  from  edge  to  edge.  A  large  chased 
silver  rosewater  dish,  made  in  1683  and  valued  at  $800,  is  also  regarded  with  re- 
spect by  those  who  have  it  in  charge.  Another  remarkable  piece  is  a  Spanish  wine 
"nef"  or  ship  in  silver  exquisitely  chased  with  figures  of  sea  nymphs  and  tritons. 
The  top  of  this  massive  piece  of  plate  lifts  off  and  so  transforms  it  into  a  wine  cup. 
The  date  is  uncertain,  but  the  ship  plainly  belongs  to  the  fifteenth  century.     Not  of 


226  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAiR. 

least  importance  in  this  display  of  Wells   Brothers  is  the  great  silver  gilt  crown 
worn  by  the  Duke  of  Sussex  at  the  coronation  of  Queen  Victoria. 

In  striking  contrast  to  the  old  ware  are  the  "Exposition  Clock,"  the  "Colum-- 
bian  Shield,"  and  the  "Shakspearean  Casket"  exhibited  together.  The  Exposition 
clock  is  a  remarkable  bit  of  workmanship,  as  the  price  set  up  it,  $5,000,  indicates. 
It  is  octagonal  in  form,  and  is  composed  of  finest  American  walnut,  with  elegantly 
chased,  richly  gilt  ornaments,  the  cotton  plant  and  flower  being  the  principal  sub- 
jects. It  bears  eight  panels,  representing  the  sports:  swimming,  running,  yachting, 
cycling,  base-ball,  trotting,  and  jumping,  with  a  view  of  Brooklyn  bridge.  Each 
panel  is  surmounted  by  a  portrait  of  a  President— Washington,  Lincoln,  Grant,, 
Jackson,  Franklin,  Harrison,  and  Cleveland.  There  is  also  a  medallion  portrait  of 
Queen  Victoria.  The  clock  has  four  dials,  showing  English,  American,  French,  and 
Spanish  times.  Round  the  clock  are  twelve  figures,  representing  players  in  cricket, 
rowing,  shooting,  polo,  racing,  lacrosse,  boxing,  running,  tennis,  football,  and 
wrestling.  Four  columns  support  brackets  with  vases,  between  each  two  of  which 
are  figures  signifying  progress  in  art,  science,  industry  and  engineering.  At  each 
hour  English  and  American  anthems  are  played,  the  time  being  denoted  by  a 
chime  of  eight  bells,  the  Westminster  chimes  on  four  gongs  and  the  hour  on  one 
gong.  All  can  be  repeated  at  will.  The  figures  revolve  in  procession  as  the  clock 
strikes  each  quarter. 

The  shield  is  made  entirely  of  silver,  with  panels  modeled  and  chased  in  nigh, 
relief,  representing  various  schemes  in  connection  with  the  discovery  of  America. 

Unique  as  a  specimen  of  the  art  of  damascening  as  practised  in  England  is 
the  Shakspearean  casket,  which  illustrates  in  gold  and  silver  the  works  of  the 
poet  and  playwright.  The  center  obverse  gives  the  portrait  of  the  poet  and  play- 
wright, as  he  appears  in  the  bust  in  Stratford  Church.  The  reverse  medallion 
gives  a  view  in  gold  repousse  of  Shakspeare's  birthplace.  The  principal  damascen- 
ing portrays  wreaths  in  different  colors,  a  medallion,  escutcheon.  Tragedy,  Comedy, 
hunting  trophies,  bees,  anchors,  boat-hook  and  trident,  the  Caduceus,  scales  of 
Justice,  boarhorn  and  spear,  helmet  and  sword,  scroll  and  pen,  mace,  fasces,  and 
crown,  Cupid's  bow,  the  torch  of  hymen,  the  nuptial  ring,  the  scepter  and  sword  of 
Justice,  fruit-laden  vase,  the  poisoned  bowl,  hissing  snake,  cap  and  bells,  and  the 
skull  and  crossbones  of  Death.  There  are  on  the  body  of  the  casket  fine  enamel  paint- 
ings of  scenes  from  a  "Midsummer  Night's  Dream,"  "The  Tempest,"  "Two  Gentle- 
men of  Verona,"  "King  Lear,"  and  "Romeo  and  Juliet."  The  lower  moldings  of 
the  casket  illustrate  quotations  from  "Measure  for  Measure,"  "Comedy  of  Errors," 
"Troilus  and  Cressida,"  "Merchant  of  Venice,"  "King  Henry  IV.,"  "Timon  of 
Athens,"  "Twelfth  Night,"  "Macbeth,"  "As  you  like  it,"  and  "King  Henry  VI."  The 
casket  stands  upon  four  feet  in  gold  and  damascened,  and  is  surmounted  by  the 
Shakspearean  crest,  the  falcon  holding  the  tilting  spear  in  rest.    Its  value  is  $3,000. 

The  caskets  which  were  presented,  one  to  the  Emperor  of  Germany  in  1891, 
one  to  Gladstone  in  1881,  together  with  the  freedom  of  the  City  of  London,  are  in- 
cluded in  the  collection,  having  been  loaned  by  their  owners.  Another  imposing 
piece  of  plate  is  the  "Waterloo  Cup"  for  1892,  shown  by  Mappin  Bros, 


228  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

To  women  who  visit  the  exhibit  nothing  will  so  appeal,  however,  as  a  toilet 
service,  including  forty-seven  pieces,  all  mounted  in  silver  richly  gilded.  Who  uses 
this,  however,  must  have  a  substantial  bank  account  at  her  disoosal,  as  $3,000  is  its 
value. 

Plainl}'  the  pride  of  England,  so  far  as  its  exhibit  in  the  World's  Fair  is  con- 
cerned, is  the  pottery  and  porcelain,  arranged  in  attractive  groups  and  lines  of 
color  along  Columbia  avenue.  If  one  walks  down  that  thoroughfare  toward  the 
British  seption  from  the  north,  Royal  Worcester,  in  delicate  tones  of  ivory  and  gold, 
Pompeian  green,  and  Rose  du  Barry  greets  the  eye.  Just  what  in  the  beautiful  ex- 
hibit of  this  exquisite  ware  best  deserves  notice  it  is  difficult  to  state.  Most  people 
are  attracted,  however,  by  the  long  tables  spread  with  gorgeous  banquet  services. 
Rose  carol  and  gold  are  used  in  the  ornamentation  of  plates,  vases,  and  fruit  dishes, 
flower  jars,  menu  cards,  lamps,  and  candelabra,  the  total  value  of  which  is  $5,300,  a 
figure  which  will  not  encourage  the  average  giver  of  dinners  to  purchase  the  set. 

Although  the  service,  with  its  scrolls  and  lace-like  edges  and  delicately 
painted  figures,  is  one  of  the  most  elegant  pieces  of  work  in  the  collection,  what  is 
known  as  the  rustic  table  is  by  no  means  without  admirers.  The  sense  of  being 
out  of  doors,  of  hearing  brooks  murmur  and  birds  sing,  is  what  the  designers  of  this 
service  desired  to  indulge  in  those  who  used  it.  The  centerpiece,  filled  in  with  ferns 
and  grasses,  is  surrounded  by  a  fence  in  gold  and  ivory  and  pink,  in  which 
impossible  little  shepherds  are  seated  playing  impossible  little  flutes.  Rabbits, 
puppies,  and  a  varied  assortment  of  other  small  animals  jump  around 
in  the  grass,  or  would  jump  if  the  power  of  locomotion  could  be  put 
into  Worcester  ware  and  the  plates,  vases,  fruit  dishes  carry  out  as  nearly, 
as  possible  the  idea  of  rusticity  and  country  delights.  Whoever  purchased  this  set, 
for  it  has  been  sold  since  placed  on  exhibition,  paid  the  round,  comfortable  sum  of 
$700  for  it. 

Altogether  the  most  beautiful  vases  in  the  collection  are  of  pierced  work,  in 
ivory  tints,  ornamented  with  delicate  filigree  of  gold  work.  This  is  remarkable, 
not  only  for  its  delicate  beauty,  but  for  the  Avay  in  which  it  is  produced. 

There  is  only  one  man  in  all  the  Royal  Worcester  factory  that  can  make  it. 
His  name  is  Owens  and  he  has  been  for  years  taking  the  vase  as  it  comes  from  the 
moulders  unglazed  and  unfired,  cutting  out  the  delicate  patterns  with  a  knife  and 
designing  as  he  goes  along.  The  elaborate  pieces  it  takes  sometimes  years  to  make. 
It  is  not  wonderful,  therefore,  that  the  values  placed  upon  them  should  be  large. 

Figures  in  soft,  stained  ivory  are  a  specialty  of  this  exhibit.  They  are  ex- 
tremely graceful  and  effective  in  every  instance,  whether  holding  a  lamp,  serving  as 
the  base  of  a  great  vase,  posing  on  candelabra,  or  being  purely  and  simply  statuettes. 
The  largest  vase  ever  made  at  the  Worcester  works  may  be  seen  in  Chicago.  This 
fine  specimen  of  porcelain  is  nearly  five  feet  high  and  is  Italian  in  style.  It  is  ovi- 
form in  shape,  the  neck,  shoulders,  and  foot  being  richly  embossed  with  strap  and 
scroll  work  in  high  relief.  The  handles  consist  of  vigorously  modeled  griffins'  heads 
a  Bacchante  cupid  surmounts  the  cover,  while  the  foot  is  of  richly  modeled  dolphin 
heads  and  Italian  panels,  and  carries  on  either  side  cupids  in  full  relief,  forming  a 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  229 

powerful  and  decorative  base  to  the  whole  vase.  The  decorations  consist  of  elabo- 
rate pilasters  and  scroll  work  in  raised  gold  and  festoons  of  painted  flowers  typify, 
ing  the  seasons.  The  idea  of  summer  and  winter  is  still  further  emphasized  in  the 
cupid  groups  occupying  centers  of  the  pilasters  that  connect  shoulder  and  base. 
The  pilasters  and  scroll  work  are  also  in  modeled  gold  of  the  Italian  style,  a  canthus 
foliage  and  scroll  work  being  freely  used  to  add  to  the  massiveness  of  the  compo- 
sition. The  general  scheme  of  color  is  low  in  tone,  the  ware  is  ivory  porcelain,  the 
modeled  mounts,  handles,  and  foot  are  richly  finished  in  Pompeiian  green  and 
tortoise,  relieved  with  bronzes  and  gold.  The  same  low  tones  of  green  and  rich 
bronze  are  relieved  by  the  delicate  colors  of  the  natural  flowers  composing  the 
festoons. 

Versatility  is  one  of  those  things  upon  which  those  who  have  the  display  in 
charge  congratulate  themselves.  Besides  the  many  beautiful  varieties  of  purely 
ornamental  ware  that  is  as  remarkable  for  expense  as  for  artistic  quality  there  are 
plenty  of  useful  cups,  plates,  tea  services,  and  even  dinner  sets  in  Royal  Worcester 
that  are  comparatively  cheap.  From  60  cents  to  $6,000  the  scale  of  prices  slides 
according  to  the  article  purchased. 

Doulton  ware,  because  it  shows  what  beautiful  effects  can  brought  from 
coarse  material,  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  English  potter  exhibits.  It  is 
given  a  conspicuous  place  on  Columbia  avenue  and  represents  perhaps  a  greater 
monetary  value  than  any  other  collection.  Some  remarkable  vases  are  included  in 
the  ware  which  the  Doulton  people  have  brought  to  Chicago.  The  booth  is  divided 
into  two  arcaded  pavilions  draped  with  dark  green  plush  curtains  and  painted  in 
shades  of  light  green.  The  architectural  enrichments  of  caps,  frieze,  spandrels, 
cornice,  and  lantern  with  which  it  is  made,  beautiful  were  all  specially  molded  at 
Lambeth.  As  seen  from  the  avenue  the  pavilion  on  the  right  is  devoted  to  the 
Burslem  exhibits  and  the  central  hall  and  left  -"avilion  to  those  of  the  Lambeth 
works. 

What  most  attract  attention  in  the  Lambeth  exhibit  are  naturally  the  large 
pieces.  Prominent  among  them  is  George  Tinworths'  "History  of  England"  vase. 
This  remarkable  piece  of  pottery  stands  four  feet  four  inches  high.  Around  the 
widest  part  of  the  body  is  a  succession  of  niches  twenty  in  number  containing  little 
groups  representing  leading  incidents  in  English  history,  and  around  the  neck  is 
another  series  of  twenty  single  figures  that  are  faithful  portraits  of  English 
monarchs.  This  is  quiet  in  coloring,  the  old  Doulton  blues  and  browns  predomi- 
nating. 

Rather  remarkable  as  being  the  work  of  a  woman  is  a  beautiful  vase  two 
feet  in  heigth,  finished  in  the  familiar  glazes  peculiar  to  Lambeth  ware.  The  cen- 
tral part  is  left  in  uncolored  brown  stoneware  to  display  Miss  Hannah  B.  Barlow's 
etchings  of  rustic  life.  Her  sister.  Miss  Florence  Barlow,  exhibits  numerous  pieces 
decorated  with  charming  slip-paintings  of  birds. 

Jugs,  tankards  and  vases  all  decorated  with  quaint  figures,  masses  of  color, 
and  occasionally  flowers,  all  of  them  effective  and  beautiful,  are  included  in  this 
portion  of  the  display. 


230  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

In  Lambeth  faience  there  are  some  uncommon  things,  among  them  two 
vases  with  model  feet  and  tops  finished  in  colored  glazeo.  The  bodies  are  painted, 
oue  having  a  treatment  of  cactus  on  a  background  of  turquois  shading  into  orange, 
the  other  decorated  with  orchids  on  a  shade  of  yellow  ground. 

The  most  beautiful  and  most  valuable  vases,  however,  appear  under  the 
Crown  Lambeth  section.  These  are  especially  important  as  being  in  several  in- 
stances the  first  appearance  in  public  of  this  exquisite  ware.  Most  striking  among 
them  is  a  pair  of  large  vases  designed  by  John  Eyre.  The  body  of  one  has  an  ex- 
quisite painting  upon  it,  representing  the  legend  of  "Perseus  and  Andromeda." 
The  scene  represents  a  rocky  coast.  In  the  foreground  stands  the  nude  figure  of 
Andromeda.  Through  the  clouds  just  discernible  in  the  purple  that  veils  the 
horizon  may  be  seen  the  winged  steed,  Pegasus,  bearing  the  hero.  On  the  opposite 
of  the  vase  Perseus,  armed  with  sword  and  shield,  does  battle  with  the  dragon.  In 
the  "Ariadne"  vase  the  daughter  of  Minos  is  shown  in  gilded  red  drapery  standing 
alone  on  the  seashore.  The  feet  and  upper  parts  of  the  vase  are  treated  with 
groups  of  mermaids  and  all  manner  of  strange  sea  things.  On  the  cover  is  a 
statuette  of  Neptune. 

A  remarkable  group  of  great  vases  consists  of  those  known  as  the  Colum- 
bus, Diana,  Dante  and  Chicago  vases.  To  the  first  of  these  the  place  of  honor 
should  be  given.  It  is  nearly  six  feet  in  height.  Columbus  stands  on  the  submit 
of  it,  his  feet  resting  on  an  emblematic  arrangement  of  anchors,  ropes  and  other 
ship's  tackle.  The  condition  of  America  at  the  time  of  its  discovery  and  the  present 
is  contrasted.  The  vase  is  divided  by  a  curtain  of  tapestry,  and  two  pictures 
painted  by  M.  Labarre  represent  Cupid  on  the  one  side  asleep  and  on  the  otherside 
awake  and  full  of  jollity.  The  Diana  vase  follows  in  style  the  renaissance;  the 
goddess  of  the  chase  is  represented  in  a  sitting  posture  on  the  summit,  holding  a 
spear  in  her  right  hand  and  shading  her  eyes  with  her  left.  Cupids  and  nymphs 
wait  upon  her  in  pictures  painted  upon  either  side  of  the  vase,  and  her  hounds 
crouched  at  her  feet.  On  the  pedestal  of  the  Dante  vase  sit  four  finely  modeled 
figures  of  Dante  and  Beatrice,  supported  by  poetry  and  fame.  The  vase  is  deco- 
rated in  ivory  and  raised  in  chaste  gilding.  The  figures  are  delicately  painted  a 
dark  bronze  and  old  ivory.  The  Chicago  vase  is  also  in  the  renaissance  style. 
Fruit  and  flowers  are  painted  upon  it,  and  the  model  surfaces  have  been  treated 
with  much  delicacy  m  pink,  upon  which  a  gold  sheen  has  been  added. 

Copeland,  Minton,  and  Wedgewood  ware  are  grouped  in  one  pavilion  under 
the  general  management  of  A.  B.  Daniel  &  Sons.  It  is  easy  to  see  what  in  the  eyes 
of  those  who  have  charge  of  it  is  of  the  greatest  importance  in  the  collection.  It  is 
the  specimens  of  the  Pate-sur-Pate  process  that  are  first  pointed  out.  The  process 
is  of  Chinese  origin,  consisting  of  the  application  to  the  surface  of  the  vase  of  thin 
layers  of  liquid  white  china  clay,  in  which  a  subject  is  drawn.  The  whole  of  the 
work  is  completed  when  the  vase  is  in  an  unfired  state.  The  effect  is  much  the 
same  as  that  of  cameo  work.  All  of  the  vases  exhibited  are  the  work  of  Mr.  Solon. 
The  largest  is  a  reproduction  of  the  famous  Jubilee  vase  presented  to  the  Queen  on 
the  occasion  of  her  jubilee  in  1887.     Mr.  Solon  describes  his  own  work  thus: 


2.^2  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

"Nymphs  are  bound  to  the  rock  of  wisdom  at  the  foot  of  Minerva's  altar. 
Cupids  approached  from  all  sides,  unfettering  the  captives  and  destroying  the  god- 
dess'emblems.  The  value  of  this  artistic  piece  of  porcelain  is  $5,500.  Besides  the 
Pate-sur-Pate  ware  there  are  some  beautiful  reproductions  in  Copeland  of  Spode 
Swansea,  and  old  Worcester  dinner  service.  In  Minton  ware  there  are  vases, 
plaques,  and  cups  and  saucers  in  elegant  designs  and  beautiful  colorings.  The 
sculptured  glass  made  by  Webb  of  Stourbridge  is  one  of  the  most  unique  features 
in  this  room.  It  also  is  cameo  light  in  effect  and  costly  in  the  extreme,  single 
plaques  being  valued  at  $1,200." 

Wedgewood  ware  shows  the  usual  dancing  girls  and  cupids,  Grecian  maid- 
ens in  white  against  delicate  blue,  green,  brown,  and  pink  backgrounds.  An  old 
piece  of  ware  that  has  found  a  ready  purchaser  in  this  country  is  a  head  of 
George  Washington  outlined  against  a  black  back-ground. 

Longfellow's  "Evangeline,"  pictured  on  twelve  plates  by  A.  Boullemier,  is 
the  glory  of  the  Cauldon  exhibit.  The  borders  of  the  plates  are  treated  in  raised 
gold  work  and  the  scenes  are  exquisite  in  color.  These  are  valued  at  $2,000.  A 
Shakspeare  vase  fired  in  twenty-two  pieces  and  beautiful  in  color  is  next  in  point  of 
wonder.  E.  Sieffert,  formerly  at  the  Sevres  manufactory,  has  some  beautiful  ware 
in  old  ivory  coloring  painted  with  delicate  little  French  scenes.  Landscapes  by 
Ellis,  game  sets  painted  with  great  faitfulness  by  J.  Birbeck,  and  dainty  figures  by 
T.  J.  Bott  are  included  in  this  fragile  art  display.  A  striking  vase  has  painted 
upon  it  Columbus  before  Queen  Isabella,  after  the  original  in  the  Metropolitan 
Museum.  This  was  produced  with  an  infinite  amount  of  pains  and  faithful  work, 
in  view  of  which  $2,000  does  not  seem  too  much  to  ask  for  it. 

From  a  purely  feminine  and  domestic  point  of  view  the  gem  of  the  collection 
is  not,  however,  a  vase,  but  a  dejeuner  service  painted  by  Boullemier  for  the  Duchess 
of  Sutherland.  The  pieces  are  ivory-tinted  and  ornamented  with  gold.  On  each 
is  a  little  scene  that  is  essentially  French  and  mischievous  in  character.  The  price  of 
the  service,  it  may  be  of  interest  to  know,  is  $500. 

Russia  makes  a  splendid  exhibit  of  furs,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  onyx,  and 
shows  off  handsomely  in  ornamental  woods.  The  exhibit  comprises  a  full  repre- 
sentation of  all  the  manufactures  of  the  country.  Most  prominent  among  these, 
and  probably  most  typical,  is  the  fur  exhibit.  The  Russian  bear  occupies  a  con- 
spicuous place  in  this  department,  and  other  fur-producing  animals  abound  in  great 
quantity.  The  display  of  manufactured  furs  is  probably  the  finest  in  the  building, 
although  several  American  furriers  have  exhibits  that  are  fine  in  quality  and  com- 
prehensive in  their  range.  Russia  takes  the  lead  as  a  fur-producing  country,  and 
it  is  only  natural  that  a  great  deal  of  attention  should  be  directed  to  the  manu- 
facture of  this  article  into  wearing  apparel.  But  Russia  also  has  an  exceptionally 
fine  exhibit  of  all  the  articles  of  household  use.  There  is  a  fine  display  of  furniture, 
covering  both  the  cheap  and  expensive  grades.  Of  the  latter  class  there  is  an  ex- 
ceptionally fine  exhibit  of  carved  work  in  oak,  mahogany,  and  other  fine  woods.  It 
is  of  the  product  of  their  looms  that  Russian  manufacturers  are  especially  proud. 
There  is  a  fine  display  of  both  cotton  and  woolen  fabrics,  and  the  prices  of  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  233 

same  are  exceedingly  low,  as  compared  with  the  products  of  the  United  States  or 
even  European  countries.  In  the  line  of  crockery  and  porcelain  there  is  also  a 
fine  exhibit.  Some  of  the  paintings  on  this  material  are  of  the  finest  sort,  both  in 
design  and  execution.  Then  there  is  a  display  of  papier  mache  articles  which  are 
unique  in  design  and  decoration.  But  the  exhibit  which  attracts  the  greatest  atten- 
tion is  the  display  of  silver  and  gold  manufactures.  In  the  former  line  particularly 
the  display  is  unusually  fine.  There  are  articles  for  use  and  ornament  in  filigree 
work,  beautifully  enameled  of  every  imaginable  design.  Then,  too,  there  are  a 
great  profusion  of  precious  stones  from  the  mines  of  Siberia.  In  the  government's 
contribution  to  the  exhibit  there  are  samples  of  the  paper  currency  of  the  country, 
the  postage  and  engravings  of  the  coin  of  the  realm.  There  are  also  portraits  in 
oil  of  the  present  royal  family,  and  engravings  of  the  czars  from  the  time  of  Peter 
the  Great.  There  is  also  a  collection  of  all  the  forms  of  public  documents  in  use 
by  the  government.  Russia  also  claims  the  honor  of  being  the  first  country  to  put 
aluminium  to  use  in  the  arts,  and  to  support  this  claim  has  an  exhibit  of  horseshoes 
made  of  this  light  and  durable  material.  Altogether  the  exhibit  is  one  which 
reflects  credit  alike  on  the  government  and  the  individual  exhibitors. 

Bulgaria  makes  a  neat  exhibit,  mostly  carpets  and  silks.  It  makes  a  special 
exhibit  of  its  famous  attar  of  roses,  made  from  the  petals  of  a  rose  which  grows  in 
only  one  valley,  near  the  Shipka  Pass  in  the  Balkan  mountains.  The  women  and 
girls  go  down  early  in  the  morning  into  Rose  Valley,  as  it  is  called,  and  gather  the 
flowers  while  the  dew  is  still  upon  them.  In  no  other  place  will  this  delicately  per- 
fumed rose  grow  to  such  perfection.  Another  interesting  exhibit  is  the  Bulgarian 
silver  filigree  work,  which  is  really  only  a  survival  of  an  ancient  craft  and  is  com- 
parable to  the  work  produced  by  the  Hindoos  and  the  Japanese.  The  manufac- 
ture is  entirely  in  the  hands  of  a  few  families  in  Widin  on  the  Danube,  with  whom 
knowledge  of  the  work  and  skill  in  executing  it  becomes  an  hereditary  gift,  handed 
down  from  father  to  son.  The  work  takes  generally  the  form  of  silver  cups  and 
dishes,  in  which  the  coffee  and  sweets  are  offered  to  visitors  after  the  manner  of 
Eastern  people. 

For  concentrated  splendor  and  condensed  costliness,  the  Siamese  pavilion 
and  exhibit  excel  anything  in  the  Manufactures  building.  The  pavilion  is  only  26 
feet  square  and  32  feet  high,  and  its  contents  are  estimated  to  be  worth  $300,000. 
They  are  therefore  well  worth  a  careful  inspection.  The  paviliori  is  itself  a  more 
than  usually  interesting  one,  as  it  was  made  in  Siam,  is  an  exact  reproduction  of 
the  garden  house  of  the  King,  at  Bangkok,  and  is  the  identical  Siamese  pavilion  of 
the  Paris  Exposition,  a  little  rusty  in  some  places,  but  almost  as  good  as  new.  Its 
floor  is  elevated  four  steps  above  the  dais  on  which  it  stands.  It  Is  supported 
by  several  slender  pillars,  and  is  open  all  around.  On  each  of  the  four  sides  the 
roof  is  a  sharp  gable,  and  in  the  center  is  drawn  up  to  a  sharp  point  and  loaded 
with  ornament.  The  material  is  wood  painted  red  and  yellow,  and  inlaid  every- 
where with  bits  of  glass  of  various  bright  colors.  The  effect  is  excessively  bizarre, 
and  the  structure  almost  looks  like  a  huge  piece  of  jewelry.  Entering  the  gorgeous 
building,  one  notices  first  the  native  Siamese  matting  on  the  floor,  and  next  a  large 


PAINTING  BY  MACHINERY. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  235 

display  of  photographs  of  the  Siamese  royal  family  and  of  scenes  in  the  Siamese 
capital.  Standing  around  on  every  side  are  enormous  screens,  used  to  produce  the 
semi-privacy  of  a  warm  climate.  They  are  four  feet  high  and  three  feet  wide  and 
are  embroidered  in  solid  gold  with  a  lavish  richness  arid  beauty  that  have  no  equal  in 
the  Exposition.  The  embroidery  represents  grasses,  vines,  flowers,  fruits,  and  birds, 
all  raised  in  bas-reliefs.  On  one  of  them  the  coat-of-arms  of  Siam  and  on  another  the 
arms  of  the  United  States  are  embroidered  in  an  inimitable  manner  by  the  King's 
sister.  Embroidery  seems  to  be  the  ruling  passion  of  the  Siamese,  and  in  a  large 
perpendicular  show-case  there  is  an  assortment  of  pillows,  cushions,  foot-rests, 
sashes,  girdles,  smoking  jackets,  and  tea  cozies,  used  to  clap  over  a  tea-pot  to 
keep  it  warm,  all  of  which  are  dazzling  object  lessons  in  the  Oriental  passion  for 
luxury  and  display.  Most  of  these  articles  are  of  a  size  equal  to  two  cubic  feet, 
and  all  of  them  are  constructed  of  the  richest  silks  and  satins  and  then  embroidered 
with  the  divinest  skill  in  pure  gold,  until  they  must  be  almost  too  heavy  for  practical 
use.  Among  the  rest  is  a  girdle  of  white  satin  six  inches  broad  and  several  feet  in 
length,  which,  in  addition  to  being  gold-embroidered,  is  thickly  studded  with  rubies 
and  garnets,  and  is  held  to  be  worth  $300.  The  display  of  gold  and  silver  articles 
is  even  richer  still.  Rice  is  regarded  as  a  plain  diet,  but  it  costs  a  good  deal  to  eat 
it  out  of  such  a  rice-bowl  as  is  on  exhibition  here.  It  stands  two  feet  high,  with  its 
arched  cover,  is  made  of  solid  silver,  elaborately  chased,  and  sells  for  $3,000. 
There  is  a  full  line  of  table  articles  in  solid  gold,  curiously  inlaid  with  blue  enamel. 
Betel  trays,  for  the  enjoyment  of  the  betel  nut,  made  of  pure  gold,  and  in  one  case 
studded  with  diamonds,  stand  around,  waiting  for  customers  at  $2,400  each.  It 
seem.s  that  cuspidors  are  necessary  in  Siam  as  well  as  in  Chicago,  though  consider- 
ably smaller,  and  these  also  are  of  solid  gold,  studded  with  diamonds.  One  can 
buy  one  of  these  nice  spittoons  for  $240.  Of  course  one  finds  here  a  wonderful 
■display  of  ivory  and  ivory  goods.  One  of  the  entrances  is  flanked  by  a  display  of 
elephant's  tusks,  and  Mr.  Hicks,  who  is  in  charge,  delights  in  pointing  out  a  pair 
of  tusks,  one  of  which  he  afiirms  is  the  largest  piece  of  ivory  in  America.  It  is 
9  feet  6  inches  in  length,  and  is  so  long  that  it  evidently  embarrassed  the  elephant 
that  bore  it.  It  dragged  on  the  ground  until  at  least  a  foot  of  it  must  have  been 
worn  away,  and  the  poor  beast  must  have  been  compelled  to  elevate  his  head 
constantly  in  an  unnatural  and  painful  manner  in  order  to  walk  at  all.  In  a  show- 
case near  by  is  a  collection  of  ivory  carvings,  some  of  which  are  useful,  such  as 
paper-knives,  and  some  merely  ornamental,  such  as  decorated  tusks.  One  of  these 
tusks  has  been  carved  until  there  is  only  a  shell  of  it  left,  and  that  in  a  form  as 
airy  and  beautiful  as  a  piece  of  lace.  Although  labor  is  pretty  cheap  in  Siam  the 
price  of  the  tusk  is  $1,250.  Around  the  pavilion  is  a  sort  of  out-door  exhibit.  Here 
are  some  beautiful  hatracks,  made  of  antlers,  and  a  set  of  alleged  musical  instru- 
ments, which  includes  gongs,  drums,  chimes  of  bells,  and  a  bona  fide  xylophone. 
The  office  of  the  pavilion,  a  small  closet  on  the  outside,  is  decorated  with  the  skins 
of  Siamese  animals,  such  as  the  leopard,  tiger,  otter  and  minx. 

The  Danish  pavilion  ranks  well  with  Germany,  France,  and  Austria.     Even 
in  the  exhibit  proper  the  two  most  interesting  displays  are  those  commemorative 


236  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

of  Thorvaldsen  and  Andersen.  At  the  southeast  corner  there  is  a  reproduction  in 
miniature  of  the  museum  of  Copenhagen  built  by  Bertel  Thorvaldsen  and  presented 
to  the  city,  containing  miniature  casts  of  all  the  works  of  art  contained  in  it,  which 
includes  nearly  all  the  original  work  of  the  great  sculptor.  In  a  case  alongside  of 
it  are  personal  relics,  including  the  hat  worn  by  him  at  the  triumphal  entry  into 
Copenhagen  in  1838,  the  medal  of  the  order  of  knighthood  conferred  upon  him  by^ 
the  King,  his  favorite  pipe,  cigar  cases,  match  boxes,  autograph  letters,  and  some 
of  the  tools  used  by  him.  There  is  a  portrait  of  Thorvaldsen  by  Horace  Vernet, 
the  famous  French  artist,  showing  the  sculptor  standing  before  the  bust  which  he 
had  made  of  Vernet. 

Hans  Christian  Andersen,  writer  of  fairy  tales  and  equally  popular  in  all 
civilized  countries  of  the  world,  is  brought  to  memory  by  the  large  collection  of  per- 
sonal relics.  The  full  manuscript  of  his  autobiography,  along  with  several  of  his 
tales  in  the  original  occupy  a  case.  There  is  a  fire  screen  made  by  Andersen  from 
clippings  from  pictorial  papers  containing  views  of  Denmark  and  of  contemporaries 
of  his,  including  members  of  the  royal  family  and  brother  artists  and  authors.  All 
of  the  furniture  in  the  space  is  from  Andersen's  home  and  was  used  by  him.  There 
are  the  desk  on  which  he  wrote,  the  last  inkstand  he  used — an  elaborate  affair  in 
silver  enameled  in  a  fanciful  and  artistic  design — a  sofa  with  pillows  and  embroidered 
covers,  a  big  hall  clock,  chairs,  pictures,  a  pair  of  spectacles,  pens,  and  little  articles 
of  personal  use,  all  from  the  royal  museum  in  Copenhagen  and  loaned  for  the  first 
time  for  this  exhibit.  "  Picturesque  America,"  presented  to  him  by  American,  citi- 
zens, is  among  the  other  articles  shown. 

At  the  extreme  west  end  of  the  exhibit  and  over  the  west  entrance  is  a 
ceramic  display  designed  by  Prof.  Lorenz  Frolich  and  executed  by  Prof.  Herman 
Kahler.  The  painting  is  on  tile  six  inches  square  and  the  entire  work  occupies  a 
space  six  feet  wide  and  eighteen  feet  long.  The  title  is  "  The  Daughters  of  Aegir 
Drinking  to  Him."  The  king  of  the  sea  is  represented  standing  on  the  sea  coast 
with  his  mermaid  daughters  about  him,  and  on  either  side  of  the  painting  proper 
there  are  two  figures  of  mermaids,  one  playing  a  harp,  the  other  blowing  a  sea 
shell. 

Just  in  front  of  this,  inclosed  in  a  glass  case,  is  a  model  of  the  free  port  of 
Copenhagen,  which  is  soon  to  be  opened.  This  model  is  surmounted  by  a  map 
of  the  world,  showing  the  routes  of  the  various  lines  of  commerce,  including  those 
across  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

The  summer  residence  of  King  Christian  IX.,  known  as  Rosenborg  Castle, 
built  in  1604,  is  shown  in  a  model  made  entirely  of  gold  and  silver.  There  are 
1,700  pieces  used  in  its  construction.  Several  cases  are  filled  with  gold  and  silver 
work  from  the  larger  jewelry  manufacturers  of  Copenhagen,  and  there  is  an  exten- 
sive exhibit  made  of  wares  from  the  royal  porcelain  works. 

King  Christian  IX.  is  represented  in  an  equestrian  statue  of  silver  and  gold, 
the  horse  shown  being  his  favorite  animal.  This  stands  three  feet  high.  The  pot- 
tery exhibit  is  one  of  the  interesting  features.  A  number  of  black  terra-cotta  figures 
which  look  like  iron  or  bronze  are  shown,  the  color  of  which   is  obtained   entirely 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  237 

through  the  burning.  There  is  a  special  clay  which  is  found  nowhere  else  used  in 
its  making.  There  are  two  spaces  tilled  with  furniture  exhibits  and  samples  of  work 
from  the  schools  of  Copenhagen  which  form  another  interesting  feature.  Aksel 
Mikkelsen  has  made  a  model  of  a  Danish  manual  training  school  showing  the  work 
benches,  the  tools  and  machinery  used,  and  with  models  of  pupils  at  work. 

One  of  the  most  beautiful  characteristic  booths  that  adorn  the  Manufactures 
Building  is  the  oriental  building  of  the  Persian  section.  Though  begun  much  later 
than  most  of  the  buildings  it  was  finished  with  American  push  and  enterprise  and 
is  one  of  the  most  beautifully  equipped  treasure  houses  of  the  great  fair.  Besides 
curiosities  of  ancient  Persia  and  rare  and  costly  gems  of  eastern  ingenuity  sent  over 
by  the  Shah  of  Persia  himself,  the  exhibit  presents  the  fullest  display  of  the  antique 
art  of  the  eastern  loom.  The  Persian  section  is  the  fruit  of  the  energy  and  enter- 
prise of  a  young  Armenian,  'H.  H.  Topakyan,  who  through  the  commission  of  the 
Shah  was  appointed  imperial  exhibitor  for  the  whole  Persian  section.  Mr.  Topak- 
yan is  a  native  of  Turkey  and  came  to  this  country  five  years  ago  from  Constanti- 
nople. 

Besides  the  ordinary  collection  Mr.  Topakyan  has  on  exhibition  six  immense 
silk  rugs  belonging  to  the  shah  and  valued  at  $50,000  each.  At  the  close  of  the 
exposition  one  of  the  rugs  will  be  given  to  the  United  States  government. 

Mexico's  exhibit  is  in  the  extreme  southwest  corner  of  the  Manufactures 
Building  and  occupies  6,000  feet  of  floor  space  inclosed  by  a  partition  of  mahogany 
and  glass.  There  are  twenty-one  cases  of  bronze  with  glass  sides  which  hold  ex- 
hibits and  about  the  walls  are  wood  carvings,  cabinets,  bronzes,  statuary  and  other 
articles  of  a  similar  nature.  The  balcony  which  overlooks  the  exhibit  is  covered 
by  full  length  oil  portraits  of  prominent  officers  in  the  Mexican  army  and  Gen. 
Diaz  is  represented  by  a  bronze  bust,  another  carved  from  parafine  and  a  third  cut 
from  a  solid  block  of  sterine.  Along  the  west  wall  of  the  partition  are  some  fine 
specimens  of  sixteenth  century  church  carvings  in  wood,  the  work  of  the  early  mis- 
sionaries from  Spain  and  the  Indians,  who  were  taught  to  do  this  class  of  work. 

The  woolen  and  cotton  mills  of  Mexico  are  represented  by  their  varied 
products,  which  fill  several  cases  at  the  southeast  corner  of  the  exhibit.  The  Com- 
missioners point  to  these  exhibits  with  great  pride  as  showing  the  material  ad- 
vancement in  manufactures  which  has  been  made  in  the  last  few  years.  Some  of 
the  prettiest  patterns  shown  are  those  of  the  zerapes,  worn  by  men,  and  the  repozos, 
or  scarfs,  for  women.  Further  along  in  the  cases  are  samples  of  lace  work,  both  of 
hand  and  machine  make,  embroideries,  paintings  on  silk,  and  table  scarfs,  with 
raised  flowers  worked  by  hand  in  silk  thread. 

One  case  is  filled  with  sombreros,  the  huge  hats  worn  by  the  peons  of 
Mexico,  embroidered  in  gold  and  silver  thread  and  having  bands  and  cords  of  the 
same  material.  There  are  also  shown  high  hats  of  the  latest  fashion,  which  the 
Commissioner  says  are  becoming  popular  in  the  City  of  Mexico.  Canes  carved 
by  Indians  fill  another  case,  and  opposite  is  the  exhibit  sent  by  President  Diaz  of 
cannon,  swords,  and  cutl?"-«es,  all  made  in  the  government  armory. 


238  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Bronzes,  all  the  work  of  native  artists,  fill  another  case.  The  exhibit  of 
pottery,  almost  entirely  the  work  of  Indians,  of  bone  cooking  and  eating  utensils, 
lacquer  work  on  wood  is  an  extensive  one.  The  fiber  of  various  Mexican  trees  and 
plants  is  shown  In  the  natural  state  and  in  manufactured  articles.  The  cordage 
exhibit  includes  rope,  matting,  hammocks,  and  the  Indian  mattresses,  principally 
from  the  State  of  Yucatan.  Copper  and  brass  utensils  for  household  use  of  all 
descriptions  has  a  case,  and  next  to  it  is  one  filled  with  perfumes,  soaps,  toilet 
preparations,  and  drugs.  The  stationery  industry  is  shown,  including  the  output 
of  paper  mills,  blank  book  manufactures,  writing  paper,  wrapping  paper,  inkstands, 
and  office  furniture. 

James  Allison,  chief  of  the  department  of  manufactures,  may  rightly  be  called 
the  Director  General's  first  lieutenant.  Mr  Allison  has  command  of  the  largest 
exposition  building  ever  erected,  and  the  manner  in  which  he  has  handled  the  vast 
range  of  exhibits  comprehended  in  his  department  demonstrates  the  wisdom  of  his 
appointment  to  the  most  important  division  of  the  Fair.  His  success  as  President 
General  Manager  of  the  Cincinnati  Exposition  of  the  Ohio  Valley  and  Central 
States  at  Cincinnati,  the  largest  and  most  comprehensive  of  its  kind  since  the  Phil- 
adelphia Centennial,  also  demonstrated  his  ability  to  fill  the  position  to  which  he  has 
been  called.  Mr.  Allison  was  born  at  Frankfort,  Pa.,  June  30,  1843, and  i^of  Scotch 
descent.  When  12  years  of  age  he  removed  with  his  parents  to  Jefferson  County, 
Indiana,  and  until  he  was  17  his  life  was  that  of  an  ordinary  farm  lad.  At  an  early 
age  he  developed  a  taste  for  mechanics  which  drove  him  from  the  peaceful  life  of 
the  farm  to  seek  the  natural  outlet  for  his  energies  in  mechanical  employment. 
This  he  found  in  Cincinnati,  but  the  breaking  out  of  the  war  of  the  rebellion  inter- 
fered somewhat  with  his  plans.  In  1861  he  enlisted  as  a  private  in  the  Sixty-seventh 
regiment  volunteer  infantry  and  served  with  credit  to  himself  until  the  close  of  the 
war.  He  participated  in  all  the  engagements  of  the  regiment,  receiving  meritorious 
promotion  and  honorable  discharge.  Returning  to  Cincinnati  he  completed  his 
trade,  that  of  a  plumber  and  sanitary  engineer,  and  was  soon  made  a  partner  in 
the  leading  house  of  the  west.  For  the  past  fifteen  years  he  has  been  a  recognized 
authority  on  sanitary  matters.  For  two  years  in  succession  he  was  elected  Presi- 
dent of  the  National  Association  of  Master  Plumbers  of  the  United  States  and  a 
member  of  the  American  Health  Association.  For  many  years  he  has  been  a  di- 
rector and  the  President  of  the  Ohio  Mechanics'  Institute,  and  Cincinnati  House 
of  Refuge.  Having  served  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Commissioners  in  former 
Cincinnati  Industrial  Expositions  under  appointment  of  the  Ohio  Mechanics'  In- 
stitute, he  was  again  reappointed  and  on  organization  of  the  board  in  1888  was 
unanimously  elected  its  president,  and  in  his  official  capacity  was  untiring  in  his 
efforts  for  its  complete  success.  Early  in  the  summer  of  1891  he  was  appointed 
chief  of  the  horticultural  department  of  the  fair,  and  subsequently  organized  and 
became  the  chief  of  the  department  of  manufactures. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  239 


CHAPTER  III. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS. 

The  Most  Important  Educational  Feature  of  The  Expositon— Wonderful  and  Complete  in  Every  Detail 
— Tremendous  Advantages  to  be  Derived  from  this  Matchless  Exhibition — Every  State  in  the 
Union  and  Nearly  Every  Country  in  the  World  Represented— Splendid  Exhibits  from  Montreal 
and  Quebec — An  Interesting  Display  by  the  American  Bible  Society — The  Lincoln  Manuscripts— 
The  Only  Letter  that  Jefferson  Davis  Wrote  to  Abraham  Lincoln— Tens  of  Thousands  of  Unique 
and  Charming  Features— Sketch  of  Professor  Peabody— "  Trip  Around  the  World.' 

HE  same  great  roof  covers  the  Department  of  Manufactures 
and  that  of  Liberal  Arts,  chief  of  which  is  Selim  H.  Peabody. 
This  department  is  divided  into  12  groups,  respectively  of 
(i)  physical  development,  training  and  condition  and 
hygiene  and  treats  of  the  nursery  and  its  accessories,  athletic 
training,  alimentation,  sanitary  construction,  food  inspection, 
immigration.  (2)  Instruments  and  apparatus  of  medicine. 
(3)  Primary,  secondary  and  superior  education,  which  treats 
of  elementary  instruction,  infant  schools  and  kinder- 
gartens, models  of  schools,  appliances  of  teaching,  specimens 

and  diagrams  and  text  books  of  primary  schools.    Domestic 

'"*^*^  and  industrial  training  for  girls — models  and  apparatus  for 

the  teaching  of  cookery,  housework,  washing  and  ironing,  needle-work  and  embroi- 
dery, dress-making,  artificial  flower-making,  painting  on  silk,  crockery,  etc.  Speci- 
mens of  school  work.  Handicraft  teaching  in  school  for  boys — apparatus  and  fit- 
tings for  elementary  trade  teaching  in  schools.  Specimens  of  school  work.  Science 
teaching — apparatus  and  models  for  elementary  science  instruction  in  schools. 
Apparatus  for  chemistry,  physics,  mechanics,  etc.;  diagrams,  copies,  text-books,  etc.; 
specimens  of  the  school  work  in  the  subjects.  Art  teaching — apparatus,models  and 
fittings  for  elementary  art  instruction  in  schools;  diagrams,  copies,  text-books,  etc., 
specimens  of  art  work,  modeling,  etc.,  in  schools.  Technical  and  apprenticeship 
schools. — Apparatus  and  examples  used  in  primary  and  secondary  schools  for 
teaching  handicraft;  models,  plans  and  designs  for  the  fitting  up  of  workshop  and 
industrial  schools;  results  of  industrial  work  done  in  such  schools.  Special  schools 
for  the  elementary  instruction  of  Indians.  Education  of  defective  classes — schools 
for  the  deaf,  dumb,  blind  and  feeble-minded;  adult  schools  for  the  illiterate.  Public 
Schools — descriptions,  illustrations,  statistics,  methods  of  instruction,  etc.  Higher 
education — academies  and  high  schools.  Descriptions  and  statistics.  Colleges  and 
universities.  Descriptions,  illustrations  of  the  buildings,  libraries,  museums,  collec- 
tions, courses  of  study,  catalogues,  statistics,  etc.     Professional  schools — theology, 


240 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


law,  medicine  and  surgery,  dentistry,  pharmacy;  mining,  engineering,  agriculture, 
mechanic  arts;  art  and  design;  military,  naval,  normal,  commercial;  music.  Gover- 
ment  aid  to  education — national  Bureau  of  Education — reports  and  statistics.  (4)  Liter- 
ature, books,  libraries  and  journalism — divided  into  classes  as  follows:  books  and 
literature,  with  special  examples  of  typography,  paper  and  binding,  philosophy,  re- 
ligion, sociology,  philology,  natural  sciences,  useful  arts,  fine  arts,  literature,  history 
and  geography;  cyclopedias,  magazines  and  newspapers;  bindings,  specimens  of 
typography.  School  books.  Technical  Industrial  journals.  Illustrated  papers. 
Newspapers  and  statistics  of  their  multiplication,  growth  and  circulation.  Journal- 
ism; statistics  of:  with  Illustrations  of  methods,  organization  and  results.  Trade 
catalogues  and  price  lists.  Library  apparatus;  systems  of  cataloguing  and  appli- 
ances of  placing  and  delivering  books.  Directories  of  cities  and  towns.  Publica- 
tions by  governments.  Typo- 
graphical maps.  Marine  and 
coast  charts ;  geological  maps  and 
sections;  botanical,  agronomical, 
and  other  maps,  showing  the  ex- 
tent and  distribution  of  men,  ani- 
mals and  terrestrial  products; 
physical  maps;  meteorological 
maps  and  bulletins,  telegraphic 
routes  and  stations;  railway  and 
route  maps;  terrestrial  and  celes- 
tial globes,  relief  maps  and  mod- 
els of  portions  of  the  earth's  sur- 
face, profiles  of  ocean  beds  and 
routes  of  submarine  cables.  (5) 
Civil  government,  public  works, 
and  constructive  architecture — 
treating  of  all  kinds  of  land  sur- 
veys, drainage,  specifications  for 
bridges,  aqueducts,  working  plans 
of  masons,  carpenters  and  other 
mechanics.  (6)  Instruments  of 
precision,  experiment,  research 
and  photography.  (7)  Govern- 
ment and  law.  (8)  Commerce, 
trade  and  banking.  (9)  Institu- 
tions and  organizations  for  the 
increase  and  diffusion  of  knowl- 
edge. (10)  Social,  industrial,  and  co-operative  associations.  (11)  Religious  organiza- 
tions and  systems,  statistics  and  publications.  (12)  Music  and  musical  instruments — 
presenting  history  and  theory  of  music,  music  of  primitive  people.  Crude  and  cu- 
rious   instruments.     Combinations  of  instruments,   bands  and    orchestras.     Music 


STATUARY. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


241 


books  and  scores.  Musical  notation.  Histoiy  of  literature  and  music.  Portraits  of 
great  musicians.  Self-vibrating  instruments,  drums  and  tambourines;  cymbals,  tri- 
angles, gongs,  castanets, '  'bones."  Bells,  chimes  and  peals.  Bell-ringers'  instruments. 
Musical  glasses.  Glockenspiels,  zylophones,  marimbas.  Music  boxes.  Stringed 
instruments  played  with  the  fingers  or  plectrum.  Lutes,  guitars,  banjos  and  man- 
dolins. Harps  and  lyres.  Zithers,  dulcimers.  Stringed  instruments  played  with  the 
bow.  The  violin.  The  viol,  viola,  viola  da  gamba,  viola  diamore.  The  violoncello 
and  the  bass  viol.  Mechanical  instruments,  hurdy-gurdy  and  violin  piano.  Stringed 
instruments  with  key-board..  The  piano-forte  square,  upright  and  grand.  Actions 
and  parts  of  a  piano.  The  predecessors  of  the  piano. — Clavicytherium  clavicymbal, 
clavichord  manichord,  virginal,  spinet,  harpsichord,  and  hammer  harpsichord.  In- 
struments and  methods  of  manufacture.  Street  pianos.  Wind  instruments,  with  sim- 
ple aperture  or  plug  mouthpiece.  The  flute,  flute-a-bec.  Syrinx.  Organ-pipes. 
Flageolet.  Wind  instruments,  with  mouthpiece  regulated  by  the  lips.  The  clarionet, 
oboe  and  saxophone.  Wind  instruments  with  bell  mouthpiece,  without  keys.  The 
trumpet  (simple)  and  the  bugle  (oliphant.)     Alpenhorn.    The  trombone  (with  slide 

and  with  finger-holes). 
The  serpent,  bassoon  and 
bagpipe.  Wind  instru- 
ments with  bell  mouth- 
piece, with  keys.  Key  bu- 
gles, cornets,  French 
horns.  Cornopeans,  orphl- 
cleides.  Wind  instruments 
with  complicated  systems. 
The  pipe  organ.  Reed  or- 
gans, melodeons  and  har- 
monicas. Accordions,  con- 
certinas and  mouth  or- 
gans. Hand  organs  and 
organettes.  Automatic  or- 
g  a  n  s,  orchestrions,  etc. 
Accessories  of  musical  in- 
struments— strings,  reeds, 
bridges.  Conductors'  ba- 
tons, drum-majors' staves. 
Mechanical  devices  for 
the  orchestra.  Tuning 
forks,  pitch-pipes,  metro- 
nomes, music  stands,  etc. 
musical  composers.  Great  performers.  Great 
Concerts  and  the  concert  stage.  The  opera. 
The  oratorio.  Masses.  Church  music  and  sacred  music  of  all  periods.  Hymnol- 
ogy,  ballads,  folk-songs,  and   folk-music  of  all  lands.     National  airs.      The  theatre 


WEST  SIDE  OF  MANUFACTURES  AND  LIBERAL  ARTS  BUILDING. 

Music  in  relation  to    human   life- 
singers.     Portraits.     Biographies 


242  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

and  the  drama.  The  stage.  Plans  and  models  of  stages  and  theatres.  History 
of  drama,  so  far  as  can  be  shown  by  literary  record.  Portraits  of  actors.  Relics  of 
actors.  Playbills,  etc.  Costumes,  masks,  armor,  Scenery.  Appliances  of  illusion, 
etc.     Plays  of  all  ages  and  people. 

To  the  student  and  to  the  teacher  alike  is  the  department  of  liberal  arts  a 
mecca  for  the  mind;  and  it  must  be  regarded,  on  the  whole,  if  not  so  winsome  as 
diamonds  and  pictures  and  flowers,  nor  so  spectacular  as  fountains  and  fireworks 
and  electrical  displays,  as  the  greatest  and  most  serviceable  educational  feature  of 
the  Exposition.  Indeed,  no  tongue  can  tell — no  pen  can  faithfully  describe — -the 
tremendous  advantages  that  are  being  derived  from  this  matchless  exhibition  in 
the  space  allotted  to  liberal  arts.  Nearly  every  state  in  the  union  is  largely  repre- 
sented, as  well  as  nearly  every  country  in  the  world. 

As  one  among  half  a  million  unique  and  interesting  exhibits  that  came  from 
Quebec,  under  charge  of  Canon  Bruchesi,  D.D.,  appointed  by  the  government, 
assisted  by  Brother  Pelerinus,  is  entitled  to  special  mention.  The  collection  comes 
from  200  convents  and  academies,  and  the  McGill  University,  Protestant,  of  Mont- 
real. The  exhibit  of  the  latter  is  not  as  extensive  as  the  merit  of  the  university 
warrants,  but  the  space  could  not  be  obtained.  The  work  represented  shows  the 
system  of  education  of  the  convents  and  academies  by  grades,  from  the  first  step 
to  the  graduating  course.  There  are  compositions  in  English,  French,  German, 
and  Spanish  by  pupils  of  the  various  schools,  and  some  of  these  are  illustrated  with 
pen  drawings  by  the  student,  the  subject  being  treated  of  in  a  two-fold  manner. 
Great  albums  contain  samples  of  needlework  from  the  simplest  bit  to  the  finest 
crochet  and  lacework.  The  name  of  each  worker  and  her  age  are  appended  to  the 
article.  The  ages  range  from  8  to  16  years  and  some  of  the  work  is  remarkable. 
In  one  exhibit  work  is  shown  in  flax,  from  the  preparation  of  it  on  through  its  sev- 
eral stages,  the  last  being  a  woven  article.  This  is  done  by  the  students  of  Ursaline 
Convent,  Robertvue,  Lake  St.  John.  The  work  of  the  blind  in  the  asylum  at  Mont- 
real, under  the  direction  of  the  Gray  Nuns,  is  but  another  revelation  of  the  ability 
of  the  blind.  One  example  will  illustrate:  A  blind  girl  11  years  old  wrote  a 
poem  in  French.  The  manuscript  is  shown.  Then  she  copied  it  from  a  type  ma- 
chine and  the  typescript  is  perfect.  The  history  of  the  Institute  of  the  Congregation 
of  Notre  Dame  (burned  a  few  months  ago)  from  its  foundation  in  1620,  by  Mar- 
guerite Bourgeoys,  is  shown  in  a  large  frame,  the  priests,  sisters  superior,  and  others 
appearing  in  pen  sketches.  Oil  paintings  and  sketches  by  the  deaf  mutes  of  Mont- 
real are  interesting.  In  a  glass  cage  are  18,000  pressed  flowers,  each  analyzed,  all 
from  the  soil  of  Canada.  The  exhibit,  as  a  whole,  is  varied  and  many  things  there 
are  curious,  and  all  are  creditable  to  the  system  of  education  in  the  old  province- 
Brother  Maurelian  also  makes  a  wonderful  exhibit. 

A  curious  and  interesting  exhibit  is  the  one  prepared  by  the  American  Bible 
Society.  In  a  general  way  the  purpose  of  the  Bible  Society  is  to  show  the  work  it 
has  accomplished  and  the  progress  it  has  made  in  the  seventy-six  years  of  its  ex- 
istence. Copies  of  each  of  the  annual  reports  and  bound  files  of  the  Bible  Society 
Record  occupy  shelves  in  one  of  the  eight  cases  of  which  the  exhibit  is  contained.    In 


16 


244  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

the  same  case  also  appears  specimens  of  the  electrotype  plates  used  in  printing 
the  Scriptures.  Two  of  these  plates  are  especially  noteworthy,  one  of  them  having 
been  employed  in  the  set  used  in  printing  980,000  copies  of  the  5-cent  edition  of  the 
New  Testament,  a  total  edition  numbering  3,300,000  having  been  issued  since  1878. 
The  other  plate  is  one  of  those  used  in  supplying  876,000  copies  of  the  2,054,000  20- 
cent  Bibles  which  have  come  from  the  society's  presses  in  the  same  period. 

Many  rare  and  valuable  volumes  from  the  library  in  the  Bible  House  are 
placed  on  shelves  for  the  inspection  of  the  public  at  the  Fair.  Among  them  is  a 
copy  of  the  original  King  James'  edition  of  the  Bible,  which  was  published  in  161 1. 
There  is  also  displayed  a  fac-simile  of  the  first  page  of  the  first  Bible  ever  printed, 
the  famous  Mazarin  Bible  of  1450,  and  a  copy  of  the  Biblia  Pauperum,  represent- 
ing the  style  of  printing  from  wooden  blocks  before  the  invention  of  movable  types. 
The  English  Hex'apla,  showing  six  early  versions  of  the  Scriptures  at  a  single  open- 
ing, together  with  the  Greek  text,  is  also  exhibited. 

In  order  to  demonstrate  the  great  advancement  made  in  the  publication  of 
the  Bible  in  other  tongues,  the  Rev.  Dr.  E.  W.  Oilman,  who  has  charge  of  the 
foreign  department  of  the  society's  business,  has  selected  a  large  number  of  works 
that  are  printed  by  the  society  in  nearly  all  of  the  300  languages  in  which  the  Script- 
ures have  been  published.  One  case  is  especially  devoted  to  the  Chinese  language 
and  its  colloquials,  to  exemplify  the  stupendous  difficulties  that  have  been  overcome 
in  mastering  the  multitude  of  dialects  which  the  Celestial  tongue  presents  to  the 
translator. 

Like  many  other  volumes  in  the  collection,  the  Chinese  books  lie  with  open 
pages,  so  that  they  maybe  more  readily  seen;  and  copies  of  Marshman's,  "The  Dele- 
gates," and  Bridgman  &  Culbertson's  and  Dr.  Schereschewsky's  versions  of  the  Scrip- 
tures in  Chinese  are  included  in  the  list  of  these  works.  Specimens  of  the  Mandarin, 
Foochow  colloquial,  Ningpo  colloquial,  Amoy  colloquial,  Soochow colloquial,  Swatow 
colloquial,  and  others  are  among  those  presented.  Complete  or  detached  portions 
of  the  Scriptures  in  the  Turkish,  Arabic,  Syriac,  Persian,  Urdu,  modern  Greek, 
Siamese,  Burmese,  Pali,  Tamil,  Tulu,  Marathi,  Ponape,  Tibetan,  Npongwe,  Sheet- 
siva,  Azerbijan,  Osmali-Turkish,  Mende,  and  other  languages  form  part  of  the  ex- 
hibit. 

A  separate  case  has  been  provided  for  the  Scriptures  in  Hawaiian,  Ehon, 
Slavic  and  Bulgarian,  together  with  bilingual  specimens  showing  the  two  languages 
in  parallel  columns.  Of  these  are  the  New  Testament  in  German  and  English,  in 
French  and  English,  in  Portuguese  and  English,  in  Welsh  and  English,  in  Danish 
and  English,  and  Swedish  and  English. 

In  one  of  the  cases  is  a  display  of  a  quantity  of  curious  objects  which  have 
been  taken  in  barter  in  exchange  for  the  Scriptures  in  far-off  lands,  and  remain  a 
lasting  record  of  the  travels  of  American  missionaries.  In  this  collection  is  a  copper 
coin  that  is  more  than  eighteen  centuries  old.  It  was  coined  in  China  in  the  year  25 
A.  D.,  and  was  given  in  exchange  for  one  of  the  Gospels  to  an  agent  of  the  society 
in  1880.  Several  cowries,  queer  African  shells,  which  are  used  as  money  by  the 
natives,  and  a  number  of  ancient  copper  coins,  received  by  Dr.  Jacob  Chamberlain 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


245 


in  return  for  Bibles  during  his  famous  tour  through  the  interior  of  India,  are  shown. 
Other  notable  curiosities  are  a  photograph  of  a  Roman  manuscript  of  the  Penta- 
teuch that  is  over  900  years  old.  This  manuscript  was  found  in  China  in  a  Hebrew 
synagogue,  where  it  had  been  in  use  for  centuries,  it  is  supposed. 


sl--^" 


^'f 


PAINTED  DOME  IN  MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 


The  "Lincoln  manuscripts,"  occupy  a  case  by  themselves.  They  are  con- 
stantly surrounded  by  a  throng  of  people  who  speak  in  low  tones,  and  approach  the 
case  with  a  deference  rising  at  times  to  reverence,  as  their  eyes  fall  upon  the  hand- 
writing of  the  martyred  President.     The  original  draft  of  the  proclamation,  dated  ^ 


246  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

April  15,  1861,  calling  out  75,000  men,  scarcely  looks  like  the  power  which  made  the 
North  quiver  to  its  center  and  wrought  patriotism  to  fusing  heat.  It  lies  near  Lin- 
coln's letter  accepting  the  nomination  for  President.  A  corrected  proof  of  Lincoln's 
inaugural  address,  with  his  own  interpolations  and  additions,  is  one  of  the  papers, 
and  a  letter  accepting  a  challenge  to  a  duel  sent  by  State  Auditor  Shields,  in  which 
Lincoln  specified  the  largest  of  cavalry  sabers  as  weapons,  is  another.  The  only 
letter  that  Jefferson  Davis,  as  "president  of  the  confederate  states  of  America," 
ever  wrote  to  Abraham  Lincoln,  as  President  of  the  United  States,  is  in  the  collec- 
tion. Twenty-five  or  thirty  letters,  orders  and  other  communications  from  the  col- 
lection are  arranged  around  a  life  mask  of  Lincoln  taken  by  Leonard  Volk  of  Chi- 
cago in  i860.     Casts  of  Lincoln's  hands  are  shown. 

A  collection  of  manuscripts  of  many  present-day  writers  affords  a  fine  oppor- 
tunity for  a  comparative  study  of  chirography,  especially  by  those  who  affect  to 
read  character  in  the  pen  strokes  of  genius.  Thomas  Bailey  Aldrich  wrote  "The 
Chevalier  de  Resseguier"  in  a  precise  backhand  as  plain  as  print.  Henry  James  ac- 
cording to  the  manuscript,  handles  his  pen  with  vigor,  a  strong,  dashing  hand.  W. 
D.  Howells  in  writing  his  story,  "A  Florentine  Mosaic,"  used  paper  of  the  size  and 
quality  consumed  by  newspaper  men,  but  his  writing  is  very  close  to  the  angular, 
stiff  style  adopted  by  fashionable  women.  H.  C.  Bunner's  copy  of  "The  Story  of 
the  Red  Handkerchief"  is  plain  and  commonplace.  Women  gaze  with  considera- 
ble interest  on  the  last  sheet  of  manuscript  in  Frank  R.  Stockton's  story  of  "The 
Lady  of  the  Tiger?"  and  ask  each  other  "Which?" 

Thomas  Nelson  Page  is  represented  by  some  of  his  manuscript,  and  so  are 
Joel  Chandler  Harris,  the  other  southern  writer,  and  Bret  Harte,  Mark  Twain,  R. 
H.  Stoddard,  and  Edmund  Clarence  Stedman.  In  a  frame  by  themselves  are  a 
poem  written  just  before  his  death  by  Dr.  J.  G.  Holland,  and  James  Russell  Lo- 
well's letter  to  Joel  Benton,  in  which  he  so  emphatically  declared  his  Americanism. 
In  another  frame  is  part  of  Frances  Hodgson  Burnett's  tale  of  "Little  Lord 
Fauntleroy." 

The  various  steps  from  the  artist's  original  drawing  to  the  printed  illustra- 
tion are  shown  by  the  things  themselves.  In  the  wood-cut  series,  the  drawing  comes 
first;  next  the  plain  block  of  Turkish  boxwood,  then  the  boxwood  coated  with  siz- 
ing, the  photograph  on  the  wood  and  finally  the  engraved  block.  The  half-tone 
process  shows  the  glass  negative,  the  print  from  the  negative  to  copper,  the  plate 
bitten  and  etched  by  acid,  the  trial  proof,  the  final  and  finished  plate  trimmed  and 
blocked  and  the  last  proof,  all  arranged  in-sequence.  The  methods  of  making  elec- 
trotypes and  reproducing  pen  and  ink  sketches  are  also  shown,  as  are  the  pro- 
cesses of  printing  half-tones. 

The  making  of  a  dictionary  begins  with  a  copy  of  the  first  dictionary  ever 
printed.  It  was  compiled  by  John  Bullocker  and  published  in  London  in  1616. 
The  second  dictionary,  a  copy  of  which  is  shown,  written  by  Henry  Cockeran,  came 
out  in  London  in  1623;  the  third  was  called  "Glossagraphia,"  and  was  published  by 
Thomas  Blount  in  London  in  1670.  The  Sam  Johnson  dictionary,  dated  1755,  is  the 
eighth  of  the  series,  and  the  Imperial,  the  basis  of  the  Century  dictionary,  was  pub- 


EXHIBIT  OF  LYON  &  HEALY. 


248  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

lished  in  1847  by  James  Ogilvie.  The  exhibit  is  daintily  arranged  and  its  artistic 
effect  is  heightened  by  so  many  original. wash  and  pen  and  ink  drawings  hung  on. 
the  walls  that  it  looks  like  the  black  and  white  exhibition  of  a  society  of  artists. 

One  feature  which  evidently  commends  the  educational  exhibit  to  many 
visitors  to  the  Fair  is  its  simplicity.  The  display  explains  itself.  No  guide  books 
or  catalogues  are  necessary.  Where  the  exhibit  does  not  speak  for  itself  a  few 
lines  written  or  printed  above  tell  the  whole  story.  At  the  same  time  there  is  as 
much  behind  the  exhibit,  and  more  material  ground  for  reflection  in  it,  than  in  any 
collective  exhibit  in  the  big  building.  That  is  why  visitors  of  all  ages  and  classes 
stop  in  front  of  the  walls  and  partitions  upon  which  the  educational  exhibits  are 
displayed  and  examine  them  with  more  care  and  attention  than  is  generally  given 
in  the  hurry  of  sight-seeing. 

It  is  not  difficult  to  discover  the  points  that  interest  visitors  the  most.  Every- 
thing that  indicates  a  new  advance  in  methods  of  education  is  quickly  detected  by 
those  who  have  been  through  the  school  and  college  mill  themselves  at  a  more  or 
less  recent  date. 

"They  didn't  teach  us  that  in  my  time — I  wish  they  had!"  is  an  expression 
that  is  heard  many  times  in  the  course  of  the  day.  The  older  men  say  it  with  a 
tone  of  regret,  which  has,  however,  a  ring  of  pleasure  in  it,  doubtless  prompted  by 
the  thought  that  their  children  are  profiting  by  the  latest  device  for  imparting 
knowledge  or  quickening  the  intellect. 

There  is  a  charm,  too,  in  an  exhibition  of  work  by  children  and  students 
which  is  difficult  to  define,  but  is  easily  understood.  Many  of  the  states  and  insti- 
tutions making  individual  exhibits  in  the  educational  section  make  this  a  special 
feature,  and  numerous  are  the  traces  of  incipient  genius  or  talent  which  can  be  dis- 
covered thereby.  There  is  as  much  pleasure  to  be  derived  from  the  discovery  of  a 
clever  stroke  of  pen  or  pencil  in  the  work  of  a  student  as  in  viewing  the  finished 
masterpiece  of  an  older  hand. 

When  the  sections  of  the  department  are  found  which  have  been  given  over 
to  a  display  of  the  work  done  in  charitable  institutions,  in  schools  for  the  deaf  and 
dumb,  the  blind,  or  children  of  Aveak  intellect,  other  considerations  move  visitors. 
to  give  them  closer  attention.  There  is  a  great  deal  that  is  actually  pathetic  in  the 
sight  of  this  work,  and  more  that  is  genuinely  surprising.  Many  will  leave  the 
southwest  gallery  of  the  Manufactures  Building  with  a  clearer  idea  of  the  work  and 
merits  of  such  institutions  than  it  was  possible  for  them  to  have  before  they  entered 
it;  and  it  is  not  at  all  unlikely  that  the  special  schools  of  this  kind  will  profit  largely 
by  their  exhibits,  as  indeed  they  should. 

Of  course  there  are  queer  and  odd  things  in  the  department  that  come  in  for 
a  due  share  of  curious  notice.  In  the  exhibit  made  by  the  State  of  West  Virginia 
there  hangs  a  map  of  the  United  States  which  is  more  amusing  than  topographi- 
cally correct.  Every  state  on  the  map  is  designated  by  some  one  of  its  products, 
and  the  more  widely  known  the  product  the  more  effective  it  is  when  used  on  the 
map.  Not  a  word  appears  on  the  sheet  except  the  name  of  the  school — Webster 
School,  Wheeling,  West  Va. — but  who   could   fail  to  recognize  Kentucky  when  a 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


249 


little  colored  picture  of  a  racehorse  and  another  of  a  bottle  labeled  "Bourbon"  are 
seen  together  in  one  place;  or  Wisconsin  with,  a  beer  bottle,  Virginia  with  pipes 
and  tobacco,  a  little  raw  cotton  affixed  to  the  more  Southern  States,  Florida  with 
oranges  and  pineapples,  the  State  of  Washington  with  a  pile  of  lumber,  and  the 
Indian  Territory  with  an  Indian  and  a  bear. 


JOINING  THE  GREAT  ARCHES  IN  MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 

Pennsylvania  deserves  credit  for  making  a  big  display  of  work  done  by 
students  in  her  high  schools  and  training  colleges.  "The  manual  training  school  is 
an  integral  part  of  the  public  school  system  of  Philadelphia,"  says  a  placard  above 
one  series  of  exhibits.  "The  combined  course  of  study  covers  three  years,"  con- 
tinues the  notice,  "and  the  school  time  of  the  students  is  about  equally  divided  be- 
tween intellectual  and  manual  exercises.   Two  hours  a  day  are  given  to  shop  work, 


250 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


and  one  hour  a  day  to  the  usual  high  school  studies."  Beneath  this  appear  samples 
of  work  done  under  this  rule,  which  vary  from  plain  joinery  to  skilled  mechanic's 
work  and  electric  wiring. 

Photographs  of  blackboard  drawings  are  the  most  interesting  feature  of 
Florida's  exhibit,  contributed  by  the  Volusca  County  Normal  School.  It  is  diffi- 
cult to  believe  that  many  of  these  fanciful  little  sketches  have  been  made  with  such 
unpromising  material  as  a  piece  of  chalk  in  the  hands  of  a  student.  In  the  same 
case  are  samples  of  wood  carving  and  the  original  designs  from  which  they  were 
cut.  Half  a  dozen  specimens  of  artificial  flower-making  from  the  natural  feathers 
of  birds  show  both  skill  and  taste.  Among  them  are  orange  blossoms,  made  from 
the  feathers  of  the  white  duck  and  the  parroquet. 

No  foreign  country  shows  off  better  in  liberal  arts  than  Italy,  as  its  section 
contains  18,000  square  feet  and  is  located  on  the  interior  floor  in  the  northwest 
gallery.  The  exhibit  includes  books,  photographs,  musical  instruments  and  other 
articles  that  might  be  included  in  the  category  of  liberal  arts,  but  nothing  of  an 
educational  nature,  except  what  is  contained  in  the  books. 

Italy  is  jealous  of  her  reputation  in  the  art  of  bookmaking  and  printing,  and 
has  brought  to  the  Fair  some  excellent  specimens  of  work  in  this  field.     Ulrico 

Hoepli,  a  publisher  of  Milan,  rep- 
resented by  I.  E.  Carnini,  issued 
a  microscopic  edition  of  Dante  in 
1878,  limited  to  300  copies.  The 
volumes  are  only  about  two  inches 
long  and  an  inch  and  a  half  wide. 
The  book  might  be  thought  more 
curious  than  useful,  but  the  type 
is  so  clear,  though  minute,  that  it 
can  be  read  with  ease.  The  type 
was  destroyed  when  the  edition 
was  printed,  so  that  duplication 
M  was  impossible.  The  original  price 
of  the  volume  was  $16,  but  the  last 
copy  was  sold  in  Boston  in  1883  for 
$50  The  publisher  is  now  offering  $150  for  second-hand  copies  to  supply  anxious 
customers.     A  copy  is  on  exhibition. 

Limited  editions  of  other  works,  reaching  the  opposite  extreme  in  size,  have 
been  published,  and  represent  a  degree  of  excellence  in  typograp}'  and  binding 
seldom  seen  in  America.  A  "Life  and  Works  of  Donatello, "  limited  to  200  copies, 
sold  for  $75  a  copj'.  Dante  appears  in  all  sizes,  styles  and  qualit}-  of  books,  and 
one  edition  of  his  works  is  illustrated  only  by  German  artists,  selling  at  $75  a 
volume. 

Holepli  has  done  much  to  popularize  science  in  Italy,  having  published  a 
series  of  science  manuals,  which  are  sold  at  a  low  price.  Most  of  his  scientific  books 
are  bound  in  vellum.     Several  American  libraries  are  negotiating  for  the  purchase 


WINDSOR  CASTLE  IN  SOAP. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  251 

of  his  entire  exhibit  of  800  volumes  as  a  nucleus  for  an  Italian  department.  Two 
other  publishing  houses,  one  from  Milan  and  the  other  from  Venice,  are  among  the 
exhibitors. 

All  the  college  boys  visit  the  Yale  exhibit,  which  consists  of  a  general  repre- 
sentation of  the  university  plant  by  means  of  ground  plans  on  a  large  scale  of  the 
various  buildings  in  groups,  together  with  a  comprehensive  collection  of  enlarged 
photographs.     The  photographs  have  been  arranged  under  the  following  heads. 

1.  The  grounds  in  general.  The  academic  and  "Sheff"  campus  are  here  ex- 
hibited on  a  large  scale  in  separate  views,  and  the  old  and  new  fence  with  the 
perennial  group  of  college  loungers  in  plain  view  on  the  familiar  rails.  The  build- 
ings stand  out  in  outline,  only  the  grouping  of  the  dormitories  and  laboratories  be- 
ing the  point  aimed  at.  The  old  and  new  buildings  are  exhibited  in  separate 
groups,  the  old  gymnasium,  the  old  chemical  laboratory,  where  Silliman  and  Morse 
made  the  experiments  which  resulted  in  the  invention  of  the  telegraph,  and  many 
structures  unknown  entirely  to  the  modern  undergraduate  being  all  portrayed. 

2.  The  libraries  of  the  university,  their  unique  appliances,  the  library  gen- 
eral, and  the  libraries  of  the  various  departments. 

3.  The  general  halls  of  the  university,  the  lecture  and  recitation  rooms,  a 
magnificent  view  of  Osborn  Hall,  the  costliest  recitation  hall  in  America,  being 
presented,  Collateral  views  represent  the  apparatus  used  in  connection  with  the 
lectures  and  recitations. 

4.  Selected  views  of  the  interiors  of  the  various  laboratories,  physical, 
chemical,  psychological,  physiological,  botanical,  biological,  anatomical  and 
bacteriological. 

5.  The  interior  and  contents  of  the  museums,  especially  the  Peabody  Museum, 
its  rooms  and  cases. 

6.  The  art  school,  with  its  group  of  painting  and  statuary,  especially  the 
Jarves  gallery  of  Italian  art  and  the  Trumbull  collection  of  historical  paintings;  the 
class-rooms  and  the  classes  at  work. 

7.  The  social  side  of  the  university,  representing  students'  rooms  in  all  the 
different  kinds  of  dormitories,  the  secret  Greek  letter  and  senior  society  buildings, 
the  new  gymnasium,  recently  dedicated,  and  the  infirmary,  the  only  college  institu- 
tion of  its  kind  in  America. 

This  exhibit,  the  committee  believes,  represents  the  educational  facilities  of 
Yale,  and  gives  as  accurate  a  picture  of  the  general  life  of  the  college  as  any  which 
could  possibly  be  made. 

A  replica  of  a  very  beautiful  statue  of  Dr.  Gallaudet,  by  D.  C.  French,  marks 
the  place  where  the  National  College  and  the  Kendall  School  for  the  Deaf  at 
Washington,  D.  C,  makes  its  exhibit.  The  founder  of  the  America  system  of 
teaching  deaf  mutes  is  shown  with  his  arm  thrown  with  fatherly  care  around  a 
little  girl,  his  first  pupil.  From  the  west  are  specimens  of  work  by  the  deaf 
pupils  of  the  Nebraska  State  School,  in  which  the  wood  carving  is  quite  remark- 
able. Sets  of  wooden  dumb-bells  are  shown,  each  of  which  is  composed  of  several 
colored  woods  put  together,  turned,  and   polished   with  great  skill.     Hammered 


252 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


CHIEF  PEABODY. 


brass  occupies  a  similar  position  in  the  work  of  the  boys  of  the  Minnesota  Training- 
School  for  the  Feeble-minded.  One  doubts  the  accuracy  of  the  name  of  the  in- 
stitution after  seeing  the  brass  paneled  fireplace  in  its  exhibit.  Brooms,  brushes, 
mattresses,  and  rag  carpets  are  the  staple  exhibits  of  the   Pennsylvania  Working 

Home  for  Blind  Men,  and  show  very 
conclusively  that  a  man  may  be  none 
the  less  a  good  workman  for  having  had 
the  misfortune  to  lose  his  eyesight. 
Sellm  H.  Peabody  has  earned  the  title 
of  professor,  as  he  has  been  a  teacher 
for  forty  years,  and  his  varied  experi- 
ences in  educational  matters  was  rec- 
ognized when  he  was  appointed  chief 
of  the  department  of  liberal  arts,  Sep- 
tember I,  1891.  He  comes  from  Ver- 
mont, where  he  was  born  in  1830.  After 
receiving  a  common  school  education 
in  Vermont,  he  entered  the  Boston 
Latin  School,  and  afterward  graduated 
from  the  University  of  Vermont  in  1851. 
In  1852  he  taught  high  school  in  Vermont.  In  1854  he  went  to  Philadelphia  as  pro- 
fessor of  mathematical  engineering  in  the  Polytechnic  College.  He  came  west  in 
1857,  and  in  i860  became  superintendent  of  schools  in  Fond  du  Lac,  Wis.  In  1865 
Professor  Peabody  came  to  Chicago  as  professor  of  physics  in  the  high  schools.  He 
was  appointed  professor  of  engineering  and  physics  in  the  Massachusetts  Agricul- 
tural College  in  i87i,and  in  1878  came  to  the  University  of  Illinois  at  Champaign  as 
professor  of  mechanical  engineering.  Two  years  later  he  was  elected  president  of 
the  university,  in  which  position  he  remained  until  he  took  up  his  present  duties  in 
September,  1891.  He  organized  the  department  of  liberal  arts,  and  has  marked  the 
lines  upon  which  the  educational  exhibits  will  be  shown  at  the  Fair.  Professor  Pea- 
body is  a  member  of  many  American  and  European  educational  and  scientific  socie- 
ties. He  has  written  many  text  books  and  works  upon  astronomy  and  entomology. 
He  is  one  of  the  editors  of  the  International  Encyclopedia,  and  is  now  President  of  the 
Chicago  Academy  of  Science. 

On  the  afternoon  of  the  24th  of  June  Chiefs  Allison  and  Peabody  arranged 
what  they  were  pleased  to  term  a  "trip  around  the  world."  This  trip  had  been  so 
planned  that  a  procession  of  invited  ones  should  see  bits  of  the  handiwork  and 
educational  methods  of  all  the  civilized  peoples  of  the  world.  There  were  several 
hundred  "excursionists"  present  at  the  ofifices  of  the  two  chiefs  when  it  was  time  to 
start.  Chief  Peabody's  party  moved  around  the  gallery  to  join  the  rest  at  Chief 
Allison's  headquarters,  and  then  as  the  band  played  a  lively  march  they  all  started 
out  on  the  momentous  tour.  It  took  two  hours  to  make  this  circle  of  the  globe  and 
it  was  time  extremely  well  spent.  Every  section  in  the  building  did  something  to 
welcome  the  tourists  and  the  great  hall  was  decorated  from  one  end  to  the  other.. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


253 


The  flags  of  all  nations  were  swung  out  in  front  of  the  offices,  and  Columbia 
avenue,  the  main  thoroughfare  of  this  new  world,  was  decorated  on  both  sides 
with  evergreen  trees,  palms  and  dainty  flowers.  The  clock  tower,  the  center  of 
the  earth,  was  surrounded  by  a  little  forest  of  palm  trees  and  other  decorative 
plants.  Band  concerts  that  attracted  and  held  a  great  number  of  people  were 
given  there  throughout  the  day.  Chiefs  Allison  and  Peabody  received  many  com- 
pliments from  their  delighted  guests  on  the  excellence  of  the  exhibits  and  the  fine 
arrangement  of  their  great  show. 


EXHIBIT  OF  BUSH,  SIMMONS  &  CO.,  WHOLESALE  HATTERS,  CHICAGO. 


TOTEM  POLES. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  255 


CHAPTER  IV. 
DEPARTMENT  OF  ETHNOLOGY. 

Anthropology:  "Man  and  His  vVorks" — What  May  be  Seen  at  the  Ethnological  Building — The  Mound 
Builders  of  Ohio — Splendid  Collection  from  Mexico,  Costa  Rica  and  New  South  Wales — Views- 
of  Plans  and  Models  of  Prehistoric  Men — Prehistoric  Architectural  Monuments  and  Habitations — 
Natural  and  Artificial  Cave  Dwellings — Lacustrine  Dwellings — Sweat  Houses,  Totem  Posts,  Cliff 
Dwellings  and  Skin  Lodges — Implements  of  War  and  the  Chase — Furniture  and  Clothing  of 
Aboriginal,  Uncivilized  and  Partly  Civilized  Races — Objects  of  Spiritual  Significance  and  Vener- 
ation— Representation  of  Deities — Appliances  of  Worship— Historic  Archaeology — Objects  Illus*^ 
trating  the  Progress  of  Nations — Models  and  Representations  of  Ancient  Vessels — Clothing  and 
Adornment — Apparatus  for  Making  Clothing  and  Ornaments — Articles  Used  in  Cooking  and 
Eating — Models  and  Representation  of  Ancient  Buildings — Cities  and  Monuments  of  the  Historic 
Period  Anterior  to  the  Discovery  of  America — Objects  Illustrating  Generally  the  Progress  of  the 
Amelioration  of  the  Conditions  of  Life  and  Labor — The  Evolution  of  Labor-Saving  Machines  and 
Implements— Portraits,  Busts  and  Statues  of  Great  Inventors  and  Others  who  have  Contributed 
Largely  to  the  Progress  of  Civilization  and  the  Well-being  of  Man — Eulalia  Entertained  bv  the 
Quackahl  Indians — Sketch  of  Professor  Putnam. 

HERE  is  a  certain  structure  that  is  not  so  often  visited  as 
many  of  the  others;  and  yet  it  is  one  whose  contents  chal- 
lenge the  admiration  of  students  of  antiques  and  others  of 
scholarlyyattainments.  Over  the  portal  of  this  building  are 
the  words  "Anthropology — Man  and  his  Works,"  which 
means  that  much  which  is  ethnological  end  anthropological 
may  be  seen  within.  This  building  is  415  feet  long  and  225 
feet  wide,  and  besides  the  general  arch^ological  and  ethno- 
logical exhibits  contains  the  exhibits  of  the  Bureau  of  Char- 
ities and  Corrections  and  that  of  the  Bureau  of  Hygiene  and 
Sanitation.  Professor  Putnam  is  at  the  head  of  this  depart- 
ment. He  is  professor  of  American  archaeology  and  ethnology  at  Harvard  univer- 
sity, and  is  a  famous  scientist. 

The  Ethnological  Building  is  the  result  of  an  overcrowding  of  the  Manu- 
factures and  Liberal  Arts  Building.  That  mammoth  structure,  which  many  have 
pronounced  too  large,  is  exactly  the  one  of  all  the  others  that  was  found  too  small. 
Consequently,  at  the  eleventh  hour  it  was  decided  that  ethnology  must  go.  A  new 
building  was  planned,  but  not  for  ethnology  alone.  The  sections  on  charities  and 
corrections  and  the  section  on  hygiene  and  sanitation  of  the  Department  of  Liberal 
Arts  were  sent  along  with  it.  But  the  uses  of  the  new  building  were  still  further 
enlarged  until  there  were  housed  in  it  archseology,  natural  history  and  geology  as 
well. 


256  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

As  one  enters  the  building  by  the  middle  entrance  at  the  north  end  he  sees 
private  collectionsof  contemporaneous  Indian  implements,  arms,  dress  and  household 
articles,  one  collection  being  nearly  like  another,  at  least  to  casual  observers.  What 
strikes  the  attention  first  and  excites  the  greatest  interest  is  the  model  of  the  Indian 
village  of  Skedegats,  on  Queen  Charlotte's  Island,  in  British  Columbia.  This  collec- 
tion was  secured  by  Chief  Putnam,  and  is  in  charge  of  James  Deans,  an  aged  Scotch- 
man, for  thirty  years  a  resident  of  the  islands.  The  village  consists  of  a  row  of 
cottages,  standing  on  an  exhibition  platform  three  feet  high  and  about  fifty  feet 
long,  with  a  screen  behind  it,  on  which  is  painted  a  panoramic  view  of  the  country. 

These  cottage  models  are  about  two  feet  square  and  high  and  decorated  in 
front  with  the  curiously  and  hideously  carved  and  painted  totem  poles  peculiar  to 
the  Heidah  tribe.  Mr.  Deans,  who,  though  an  uneducated  man,  is  an  adept  in  this 
Indian  lore,  says  that  the  Heidah  habitations  have  been  like  this  from  prehistoric 
times.  They  appear  to  be  built  of  plank,  but  are,  in  fact,  constructed  of  river  slabs.. 
One  peculiarity  of  the  ornamentation  is  the  frightful  carvings  of  dragon  heads  pro- 
truding from  the  eaves;  and  as  if  to  confound  the  anthropologist  it  is  said  that  they 
are  almost  the  counterpart  of  similar  ornaments  on  some  of  the  houses  of  the  Jap- 
anese. 

Farther  on,  and  to  the  right,  the  visitor  steps  into  the  inclosure  of  New  South 
Wales  exhibit,  for  which  great  praise  is  given  Executive  Commissioner  Renwick, 
by  whose  exertions  it  was  collected.  It  is  necessary  to  see  the  collection,  however, 
in  order  to  fully  enjoy  or  understand  it.  The  exhibits  relate  not  only  to  New  South 
Wales,  but  to  Australia,  the  New  Hebrides,  the  Solomon  Islands,  New  Guinea, 
New  Britain  and  Marquis  Island.  They  consist  in  part  of  an  immense  display  of 
enlarged  photographs,  illustrating  the  appearance  and  manners  and  customs  of  the 
aborigines,  and  in  part  of  an  almost  endless  assortment  of  their  weapons  of  war- 
fare and  of  the  chase,  the  garments,  rude  manufactures  and  household  implements. 
Among  them  are  boomerangs,  spears,  bow  and  arrows,  shields,  nets,  stone  axes, 
costumes,  fans  and  shell  money.  A  person  with  the  slighest  interest  in  these  races 
would  be  entertained  here  for  hours. 

Farther  down  one  comes  to  the  space  assigned  to  Prof.  Culin  for  his  folk- 
lore exhibit.  Under  this  head  comes  primitive  religions,  customs  and  games, 
though  in  fact  the  display  is  confined  to  primitive  games.  These  are  shown  in  hor- 
izontal showcases  stretching  entirely  across  the  building.  To  make  the  collection 
Prof.  Culin  has  ransacked  every  country  on  the  globe  and  every  age  of  the  world 
back  to  prehistoric  times.  Singular  to  relate,  while  he  has  dice  that  were  used  for 
gambling  at  least  as  early  as  500  B.  C.  he  has  never  been  able  to  collect  a  set  of  the 
cards  with  which  twenty-five  years  ago  the  people  of  this  country  played  the  game 
of  Dr.  Busby.  One  of  the  neatest  stories  in  his  showcase  is  the  evolution  of  play- 
ing-cards from  dice,  and  of  dice  from  the  knuckle-bones  of  a  sheep. 

In  the  middle  aisle,  not  far  from  Prof.  Culin's  section,  one  may  see  some  in- 
tensely interesting  material  relating  to  the  mound  builders.  This  consists  of  four 
raised  maps,  about  6x8  feet  in  size  each,  illustrating  the  Indian  mound  region  of 
Ohio.    They  are  in  fact  minute  copies,  including  not  only  topography,  but  trees, 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  257 

grass,  roads  and  scenery.  The  first  relates  to  the  famous  Serpent  Mound  in 
Adams  County,  purchased  by  the  Peabody  Museum;  the  second  to  the  Hopewell 
group  of  mounds  in  Ross  County;  the  third  to  the  Turner  group  in  Clermont 
County  and  the  fourth  to  Fort  Hill  in  Highland  County.  One  look  at  these  beau- 
tiful maps  shows  that  no  pictures  have  ever  done  this  subject  justice. 

Just  east  of  these  maps  is  appropriately  displayed  an  immense  collection  of 
relics  of  the  mound  builders,  secured  under  the  direction  of  Chief  Putnam,  by  W. 
K.  Moorehead  of  Xenia,  O.,  who  is  also  now  in  charge  of  it.  A  small  portion  of 
this  collection  was  taken  from  mounds  and  graves  at  Fort  Ancient  in  Warren 
County,  and  the  remainder  from  one  of  the  twenty-three  mounds  in  the  Hopewell 
group,  in  Ross  County.  This  mound  is  the  second  largest  in  the  State,  and  yielded 
an  immense  quantity  of  archaeological  material,  some  of  which  resembles  other 
relics  from  similar  sources,  and  some  of  which  possesses  striking  peculiarities. 

Among  these  are  pecks  of  pearls  perforated  as  if  for  necklaces.  Some  of 
these  are  in  good  condition  and  others  are  partly  calcined  by  fire.  The  damaged 
specimens  were  found  on  hollow  altars  of  burned  clay  that  were  possibly  used  as 
crematories  for  the  dead.  There  were  also  found  large  quantities  of  sharks'  teeth 
and  sea  shells.  That  these  three  articles  should  be  found  so  far  from  the  sea  and 
in  such  large  quantities  is  considered  rather  strange,  especially  as  they  are  not  old 
enough  to  be  connected  with  geologic  changes. 

There  were  also  found  in  this  mound  and  these  clay  altars  bushels  of  copper 
implements  and  ornaments  bearing  evidence  of  being  hammered  out  cold.  The 
metal  is  greatly  oxydized,  and  though  a  little  hardened  by  the  hammering,  is  devoid 
of  temper.  Most  of  the  ornaments  are  stencil-like,  and  have  been  cut  out  of  sheet 
copper.  Some  are  in  the  form  of  easily  recognized  species  of  fish,  and  some, 
strange  to  say,  in  the  form  of  the  Swassticka  cross,  which  is  also  found  among 
ancient  human  relics  in  France  and  other  parts  of  Europe. 

Mr.  Moorhead  exhumed  298  skeletons  or  parts  of  skeletons,  but  only  two 
that  were  complete.  One  of  these  was  found  in  a  Warren  County  mound  and  one 
in  a  grave,  and  the  skulls  are  so  different  that  they  are  believed  to  belong  to  two 
different  races  of  men.  The  stone  grave  in  which  one  was  found  was  brought  with 
it,  and  is  a  thrilling  and  unique  relic  of  this  mysterious  people.  As  to  the  age  of 
these  relics  Mr.  Moorhead  says  that  all  that  is  certain  is  that  they  are  over  400 
years  old.  This  much  is  proved  by  the  remains  of  two  separate  forests  found  over 
them,  each  of  these  forests,  according  to  botanists,  representing  a  period  of  200 
years. 

A  little  farther  to  the  south  is  the  inclosure  of  the  Mexican  exhibit .  It  would 
make  a  long  chapter  to  bestow  a  passingword  on  every  object  of  interest  connected 
with  ancient  Mexico  and  its  inhabitants  here  exhibited.  But  the  chief  among  them 
are  four  "  archaeological  reconstructions  of  the  city  of  Mexico,"  from  five  to  ten  feet 
square.  The  first  and  largest  represents  the  Temple  of  Huitzilopochtli,  which 
stood  on  a  spot  now  fully  identified  and  on  which  the  ancient  inhabitants  offered 
human  sacrifices.  The  principal  stone  on  which  the  victims  were  laid  is  still  pre- 
served in  the  Mexican  National  Museum. 


258  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD^S  FAIR, 

The  second  reproduction  represents  with  thrilling  minuteness  the  triumphal 
entrance  of  Cortes  into  the  city.  Even  the  troops  on  each  side  and  Cortes  himself, 
as  well  as  the  buildings  of  the  city,  are  distinctly  seen.  The  third  reproduction 
represents  the  capture  of  Cuauhtemoc,  at  what  is  now  called  the  Clergyman's 
Bridge,  by  which  the  deathblow  was  given  to  the  Empire  of  the  Tenochas.  The 
fourth  reproduction  represents  Cortes  receiving  his  prisoner  Cuauhtemoc,  who  in 
tears  implored  the  conqueror  to  take  his  poniard  and  slay  him.  The  Mexican 
Commissioner  has  prepared  an  interesting  descriptive  catalogue  in  Spanish  and 
English  of  this  part  of  the  exhibit. 

The  Costa  Rica  exhibit  adjoins  the  Mexican  inclosure  on  the  east.  The 
Commissioner,  Anastasio  Alfaro,  says  that  Costa  Rica  sent  7,000  pieces  to  Madrid 
and  sends  only  3,000  to  Chicago.  He  thinks  the  display  at  Madrid  was  five  times 
as  large  as  this  one.  He  had  many  large  idols,  altars,  and  ornamental  stones  which 
he  did  not  dare  to  bring  to  this  city,  but  sent  back  to  Costa  Rica,  simply  because 
there  was  no  room  to  display  them. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  3,000  pieces  in  the  present  exhibit  are  all  original  and 
real,  and  there  is  not  a  reproduction  among  them.  They  consist  almost  entirely  of 
pottery,  but  there  are  also  some  singular  carved  stones,  presumably  ornamental. 
One  is  like  a  center  table,  3  feet  high,  and  though  made  of  flint-like  stone  is  hol- 
lowed and  carved  like  a  Chinese  puzzle.  Vv'^hat  instruments  were  used  in  such 
work  is  unknown,  as  the  only  metals  found  are  gold  and  copper.  These  are  in  the 
shape  of  jewelry.  There  are  some  photographs  of  the  material  sent  back  from 
Madrid  to  Costa  Rica. 

With  all  of  these  treasures  of  science  on  the  main  floor  of  the  building  it  will 
still  be  considered  by  many  learned  visitors  that  the  greatest  attractions  are  in  the 
gallery.  The  south  gallery  from  wall  to  wall,  is  entirely  taken  up  with  the  im- 
mense and  indescribably  fine  exhibit  of  Ward's  Natural  Science  establishment  of 
Rochester,  N.  Y.  This  wonderful  collection  covers,  and  covers  well,  the  entire 
fields  of  geology,  paleontology,  and  natural  history.  Here  are  all  the  fossils,  from 
the  ingneous  rocks  up;  stuffed  specimens  of  all  animal  life,  from  the  bacillus  up  to 
the  great  Elephas  Primigenus,  i6>^  feet  high,  and  all  skeletons  from  that  of  a 
humming  bird  up  to  that  of  a  whale.  The  gallery  looks  like  an  epitome  of  the 
universe. 

Any  student  of  paleontology,  geology,  or  natural  history  who  has  any  diffi- 
culties to  solve,  and  who  can  make  his  Way  to  Chicago,  now  enjoys  the  opportunities 
of  a  lifetime.  It  is  safe  to  say  that  he  will  make  greater  progress  in  his  studies 
with  this  immense  museum  before  him  in  one  week  than  he  would  in  a  lifetime 
deprived  of  such  advantages.  It  will  be  a  comfort  to  students,  whether  they  can 
visit  the  college  here  or  not,  to  know  that  there  is  a  strong  probability  that  it  may 
become  the  property  of  the  University  of  Chicago.     It  is  valued  at  $150,000. 

The  galleries,  however,  contain  many  attractive  exhibits  besides  the  Ward 
collection.  In  the  west  gallery  are  Boehm's  collection  of  birds,  the  Maine  exhibit 
of  stuffed  mammals,  a  singular  collection  of  Ohio  antiquities  relating  more  par- 
ticularly to  the  region  of  Marietta,  and  Chittenden's  collection  of  North  American 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


259 


prehistoric  Indian  and  Esquimau  relics.  In  the  east  gallery  are  the  fine  natural 
history  collection  of  the  Albany,  N.  Y.  Museum,  Lattin's  unique  exhibit  of  stuffed 
birds  framed  and  covered  with  convex  glass,  and  the  singularly  beautiful  collection 

of  the  birds  and  mammals 
of  Pennsylvania,  stuffed 
and  arranged  in  an  arti- 
ficial forest.  Returning 
to  the  lower  floor  the  vis- 
itor may  see  many  won- 
ders which  do  not  belong 
to  the  department  of  Eth- 
nology nor  any  of  its  re- 
lated departments.  The 
southwest  corner  of  the 
floor  is  occupied  with  the 
noble  exhibits  of  the  sec- 
tion of  Charities  and  Cor- 
rections of  the  Liberal 
Arts  Department.  Here 
are  illustrated  by  a  hun- 
dred of  the  penal  and 
charitable  institutions  of 
the  country  the  most  ad- 
vanced and  humane 
thought  of  the  age  con- 
cerning the  insane,  the 
deaf  and  dumb,  the  blind, 
and  the  criminal.  From 
the  wonderful  appliances 
of  the  John  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital to  the  oaken  chair  of 
the  Auburn  Penitentiary, 
in  which  Kemmler  was 
electrocuted,  everybody 
speaks  of  a  growing  gen- 
tleness and  goodness  in 
human  nature.  It  was 
probably  only  accidental 
that  these  symbols  of 
mercy  and  benevolence  were  placed  so  close  to  the  Mexican  altar  on  which  human 
victims  were  butchered  with  flint  knives  300  years  ago.  The  following  is  the  in- 
scription over  the  exhibit  of  the  Battle  Creek  Sanitarium: 

"This  institution  was  founded  in  the  year  1866  by  an  association  of  philan- 
thropical  persons  whose  purpose  was  the  establishment  of  a  self-supporting  chari- 

17 


CHIEF  WANNOCK. 


26o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

« 

table  institution  at  which  both  rich  and  poor  might  receive  the  benefit  of  all  the 
curative  resources  afforded  by  the  modern  science  of  rational  medicine.  More 
than  50,(X)0  patients  have  received  treatment  at  this  institution,  nearly  one-fourth 
of  whom  have  been  the  recipients  of  its  charity.  The  institution  is  under  the 
supervision  of  a  Medical  Missionary  .and  Benevolent  Association,  which  operates 
and  supports  several  lines  of  medical  missionary  work  in  Chicago  and  elsewhere; 
the  education  and  maintenance  of  missionary  physicians  in  the  United  States  and 
foreign  countries;  a  large  orphanage:  a  home  for  friendless  aged  persons;  and 
several  branch  sanitariums  and  hospitals  organized  on  the  same  plan." 

In  the  southeast  corner  of  the  building  is  the  hardly  less  advanced  and 
humane  exhibit  of  Hygiene  and  Sanitation,  forming  another  section  of  the  Liberal 
Arts  Department.  Here  is  Illustrated  the  latest  thought  of  the  world  concerning 
filters,  ventilation,  bathing,  disinfectants,  furnaces,  gymnastics,  and  vaccination. 
By  far  the  greatest  things  in  these  lines  are  in  the  exhibits  of  the  Paris  exhibitors, 
which  are  of  themselves  worth  a  journey  to  Chicago  to  see,  study,  and  admire. 

It  may  seem  singular,  but  the  greatest  thing  in  the  building,  and  one  of  the 
greatest  things  on  the  grounds,  is  an  exhibit  which  has  been  thrust  into  this  quarter 
of  the  room  without  belonging  to  the  building  at  all.  This  is  a  display  of  anatomical 
models  by  A.  Luer  of  Paris.  If  the  physicians  of  Chicago  knew  what  was  on 
exhibition  here  there  would  be  thousands  of  them  crowded  around  this  exhibit 
every  day.  Every  part  of  the  human  body  is  represented  in  its  natural  colors  and 
so  that  it  can  be  taken  apart  to  the  last  filament.  Moreover,  everything  is  on  an 
exaggerated  scale.  The  model  of  the  human  hand  is  two  feet  in  length  and  the 
model  of  the  human  ear  as  large  as  a  market  basket. 

There  are  also  models  of  other  kinds  of  life,  for  the  study  of  comparative 
anatomy.  There  is  a  turkey  of  natural  size,  and  a  beetle  as  big  as  the  turkey,  and 
both  can  be  dissected  down  to  atoms.  There  is  a  hen's  egg  as  large  as  a  watermelon, 
showing  the  evolution  of  the  chick,  and  a  model  of  a  horse  which  comes  apart  into 
140  pieces,  each  of  which  comes  apart  into  about  fifty  more,  the  price  of  the  whole 
model  being  $5,000.  Nothing  in  all  Jackson  Park  is  more  wonderful,  beautiful,  and 
profitable  than  this  exhibit. 

Among  the  many  objects  that  hold  the  student  are  the  views  of  plans  and 
models  of  prehistoric  men.  Prehistoric  architectural  monuments  and  habitations, 
natural  and  artificial  cave  dwellings,  lacustrine  dwellings,  sweat  houses,  cliff  dwell- 
ings and  skin  lodges,  implements  of  war  and  the  chase,  furniture  and  clothing 
of  aboriginal,  uncivilized  and  partly  civilized  races.  Objects  of  spiritual  signifi- 
cance and  veneration,  representations  of  deities,  appliances  of  worship,  historic 
archaeology,  objects  illustrating  the  progress  of  the  nations.  Models  and  represen- 
tations of  ancient  vessels,  clothing  and  adornment,  apparatus  for  making  clothing 
and  ornaments,  articles  used  in  cooking  and  eating,  models  and  representations  of 
ancient  buildings,  cities  and  monuments  of  the  historic  period  anterior  the  discovery 
of  America,  objects  illustrating  generally  the  progress  of  the  amelioration  of  the 
condition  of  life  and  labor,  the  evolution  of  labor-saving  machines  and  implements, 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


261 


portraits,  busts  and  statues  of  great  inventors  and  others  who  have  contributed 
largely  to  the  progress  of  civilization  and  the  well-being  of  man. 

In  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  Ethnological  Building  are  a  reproduc- 
tion of  some  noted  ruins  of  Yucatan,  an  imitation  of  cliff  dwellings,  and  some  rep- 
resentatives from  some  aboriginal  nations  of  the  south  west.  Eulalie  spent  an  hour 
among  these  Indians  to  her  great  amusement.  Being  informed  that  the  Ouackahls 
were  preparing  an  entertainment  for  her,  the  princess  seated  herself  in  a  rolling 
chair  that  had  been  covered  with  a  gaudy  red  Navajo  blanket  and  waited  with  an 
expectant  face  for  the  performance  to  begin.  The  dull  thumping  of  a  drum  on  the 
outside  told  the  approach  of  Chief  Wannock  and  his  tribe.  The  drummer  came  in 
backward,  and  while  he  battered  away  at  his  queer  shaped  instrument,  he  set  up  a 
song.  He  was  accompanied  by  the  other  Indians  as  they  came  in.  For  about  five 
minutes  the  Quackahls  marched  in  a  circle,  beating  time  with  their  bare  feet  in  the 
sand  to  the  wild  song.  The  song  ceased  and  three  or  four  men  crowded  around  a 
small  square  board  and  began  beating  a  lively  tattoo  on  it  with  bones.  A  woman 
wrapped  in  a  gaily  embroidered  blanket,  and  with  her  long  black  hair  floating  in 
the  air,  began  circling  around  in  front  of  the  princess.    The  drum  beat  louder  and 

Ihe  rattle  of  the 
bones  on  the  board 
quickened  until  the 
woman  danced  up 
to  the  crowd  and 
shook  a  lot  of  fine 
feathers  from  her 
hair  on  the  board. 
Then  the  princess 
began  laughing.for 
half  a  dozen  of  the 
Quackahls  were 
rolling  on  the  sand 
in  front  of  her  and 
scratching  them- 
selves as  though 
infested  with  10,- 
000  fleas.  She  had 
never  seen  such  an 
entertainment  be- 
fore. Frederic 
Ward  Putnam, 
Professor  of  American  Archaeology  and  Ethnology  in  Harvard  University  and 
curator  of  the  Peabody  Museum,  Cam-bridge,  Mass.,  was  appointed  in  February, 
1891,  as  chief  of  the  Department  of  Ethnology  of  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition.  Professor  Putnam  was  born  in  Salem,  Mass.,  and  is  a  direct  de- 
scendant from  John  Putnam,  one  of    the  earliest  settlers  of   Salem,   thus  being 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL  BUILDING. 


262  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

connected  with  the  best  families  of  Old  and  New  England.  Although  for  many 
years  he  has  been  especially  devoted  to  archeology  as  a  life  work,  and  has 
;onducted  many  explorations  in  various  parts  of  South  America,  he  has  a  wide 
.)ractical  knowledge  of  all  the  natural  sciences,  having  evinced  an  aptness  for 
.his  line  of  study  very  early  in  life.  At  the  age  of  i6  he  entered  the  Lawrence  Sci- 
entific School  of  Harvard  University^  and  for  several  years  was  the  special  student 
and  assistant  of  the  famous  Louis  Agassiz.  The  same  year  he  was  elected  member 
of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  and  he  has  since  held  the  position  of 
president  of  the  society  for  three  consecutive  years.  At  the  same  time  he  was 
elected  member  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  and 
for  twenty-one  years  he  has  filled  the  position  of  permanent  secretary  of  that  asso- 
ciation. He  has  held  many  honorable  positions;  has  been  vice-president  of  the  Es- 
sex Institute,  in  Salem,  Mass.,  for  many  years.  He  was  the  first  director  of  the 
Peabody  Academy  of  Science;  has  been  president  of  the  American  Folk-lore  Soci- 
ety, and  is  now  president  of  the  Boston  Association  of  Folk-lore.  He  is  a  fellow  of 
the  National  Academy  of  Science  and  of  all  the  principal  scientific  and  historical 
societies  of  America,  and  of  the  anthropological  societies  of  Paris,  London  and  Brus- 
sels. He  has  given  freely  of  his  scientific  knowledge  to  the  world;  has  served  his 
scientific  knowledge  to  the  world;  has  served  his  native  State  for  seven  years  as 
State  Commissioner  of  Fisheries;  and  has  contributed  over  300  papers  to  scientific 
literature. 

To  comprehend  the  scope  of  this  department  it  is  necessary  to  digest  the 
statement  that  therein  is  shown  the  collections  from  every  famous  museum  of  the 
world,  and  that  no  less  than  seventy  expeditions  have  scoured  the  earth  to  obtain 
data  for  this  exhibit.  It  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  features  of  the  Fair  both  as 
regards  the  curiosities  and  relics  it  contains  and  for  the  comparative  object  lesson 
it  presents.  All  around  it  are  the  evidences  of  the  latest  steps  taken  in  the  world's 
advancement,  while  inside  the  building  are  the  objects  that  show  how  the  rude 
forefathers  of  a  thousand  tribes  delved,  dug,  and  builded. 

Brazil,  Canada,  England,  France,  Greece,  Honduras,  Mexico,  Argentine 
Republic,  New  South  Wales,  Paraguay,  Bolivia,  Peru,  Chile,  Borneo,  Spain,  Russia, 
Costa  Rica,  Patagonia,  and  many  other  foreign  countries  have  largely  contributed, 
and  many  interesting  tribes  of  living  Indians  are  quartered  near  the  building. 
Egyptian  antiquities  are  shown  and  nearly  all  of  the  States  have  sent  collections. 
It  is  the  greatest  museum  ever  collected  and  is  a  spot  of  untiring  interest. 


I': 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


265 


CHAPTER  V. 


AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 

The  Great  Resort  of  Farmers— A  Beautiful  Structure— The  Spirit  of  Agriculture  Grandly  Personified- 
Blandishments  of  Field  and  Farm — Bewildering  Avenues  of  Extremely  Unique  and  Ornamental 
Pavilions— All  the  Industries  Picturesquely  Shown— Nineteen  Acres  of  Exhibits— Novel  Exhibit  of 
the  Association  of  American  Experimental  Stations  and  Agricultural  Colleges— All  the  Essential 
Products  Derived  from  Agriculture  are  Attractively  Shown  in  the  Galleries— Grasses  and  Grains 
Varied  in  Colors  and  Beautifully  Blended— The  Exhibit  of  Ontario— The  Monster  Cheese  Weighs 
Eleven  Tons— It  is  the  Largest  Ever  ]V\ade— Little  Cheeses  That  Only  Weigh  One  Thousand 
Pounds  Each— Elaborate  State  Exhibits— Burdett-Coutts'  Stable  Exhibits— Many  Things  from 
Foreign  Lands— Mowers,  Harvesters,  Thrashers  and  Plows  by  the  Acre— Sketch  of  Chief 
Buchanan— Live  Stock  Exhibit— Dog  Shows  and  Carrier  Pigeon  Flights— Boviiie  Blue  Bloods. 

LL  manlcind  is  interested  in  the  products  of  the  field,  not  only 
the  farmer,  who  produces,  but  the  consumer,  which  is  the 
world — and  this  accounts  for  the  vast  crowds  that  throng 
the  beautiful  Agricultural  Building  daily.  The  main  build, 
ing  is  800  feet  long  by  500  wide,  and  cost  $800,000.  It  covers 
13  acres,  including  its  3  8-10  acres  of  annex,  quite  as  large 
as  some  little  farms  "well  tilled."  There  has  never  been 
and  probably  will  not  be  again  for  twenty  years  in  this 
country  such  an  object  lesson  for  the  agriculturists  and  all 
other  bread  winners  who  live  from  the  products  of  the  husbandman. 
In  style  of  architecture  the  Agricultural  Building  is  notably  bold  and 
classic.  It  is  located  on  the  main  basin  of  the  lagoon,  and  as  its  north 
facade  faces  the  administration  court,  the  outlook  from  that  point  is  mar- 
velously  grand.  As  regards  ornamentations  the  building  has  many 
mural  decorations  by  celebrated  painters  depicting  the  spirit  of  agriculture,  and  the 
staff  work  and  statuary  of  the  structure  is  in  keeping  with  its  interior  magnificence. 
Twenty-nine  States  and  Territories  have  pavilions  on  the  main  floor,  as  have 
most  of  the  foreign  countries  where  agriculture  is,  a  feature.  These  pavilions  all 
display  in  their  decorations  devices  pertaining  to  field  products,  many  of  which  are 
extremely  ornamental.  Quite  a  number  of  the  pavilions  cost  between  $8,000  and 
$20,000  to  erect.  In  nearly  all  of  the  State  exhibits  the  displays  were  collected  by 
State  agricultural  agents,  and  are  fully  descriptive  in  character  of  the  soil  products 
of  all  parts  of  the  country.  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  Illinois,  New  York,  Missouri,  Iowa, 
Wisconsin,  Michigan,  the  Dakotas,  Nebraska,  California  and  Indiana  make 
especially  fine  exhibits  in  this  department. 

The  scene  upon  the  floor  of  the  building  Is  particularly  beautiful  as  the  difter- 
ent  colored  grasses  and  grains  that  form  the  ornamentations  are  varied  in  color  and 


266 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


striking  in  their  contrasts.  On  the  floors  of  the  annexes  are  shown  nearly  every 
type  of  agricultural  implement  in  existence.  The  apiary  department,  the  exhibit  of 
dairy  products,  and  the  exhibit  of  the  wool  industry  are  also  complete  and  striking. 
A  novel .  exhibit  is  that  prepared  by  the  Association  of  American  Experimental 
Stations  and  Agricultural  Colleges.  This  display  occupies  8,000  square  feet  and  rep- 
resents the  entire  work  of  agricultural  experimental  stations  such  as  are  supported 
by  the  National  government  and  the  different  State  governments.  The  tobacco  in- 
dustry, the  sugar,  confectionery,  canned  goods,  soap,  oils,  chocolate,  and  innumer- 
able other  industries  having  their  essential  products  derived  from  agriculture  are 
shown  in  the  galleries  of  this  building. 

It  is  conceded  by  many  that  the  Agricultural  Building  is  one  of  the  hand- 
somest— as  well  as  one  of  the  largest — of  the  many  imposing  structures  on  the 
grounds  and  is  especially  rich  in  its  outlines  and  in  its  ornamentations.  Its  height 
of  cornice  is  65  feet  and  of  its  dome  130  feet.  In  its  construction  there  were  used 
2,000,000  pounds  of  structual  iron  and  9,500,000  feet  of  lumber,  including  the  2,000,- 
CXDO  in  its  annexes.  Its  main  entrance  is  64  feet  wide,  adorned  with  Corinthian  pil- 
lars 50  feet  high  and  5  feet  in  diameter.      The  rotunda  is  100  feet  in  diameter,  and 

is  surmounted  by  a 
great  glass  dome. 
It  is  worthy  of  note 
in  this  connection 
that  agriculture, 
and  its  kindred  in- 
terests of  forestry, 
dairy  and  live 
stock,  has  exhibi- 
tion space  under 
roofof  69  acres,  the 
buildings  costing 
$1,218,000.  The 
Agricultural  Build- 
ing, the  Live  Stock, 
Dairy  and  Fores- 
try buildings  are 
all  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Hon.  W.  I. 
Buchanan,  of  Iowa, 
the  Chief  of  Agri- 
Music  HALL.  culture,  who  is  well 

regarded  as  among  the  foremost  executive  minds  of  the  Exposition  chiefs. 

Ontario  (Canada)  has  an  exhibit  that  is  worthy  the  good  name  of  our  il- 
lustrious neighbor.  It  may  be  that  the  summers  of  Canada  are  somewhat  shorter 
than  those  of  that  section  of  the  United  States  adjoining  it.  If  so,  then  the  hardy 
husbandman  of  the  Dominion   "makes  hay  while  the  sun  shines,"  and  does  a  great 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  267 

aeal  besides.  Ontario  seedsmen  have  acquired  such  a  reputation  that  they  are 
known  the  world  over.  Ontario  peas,  especially,  are  sold  by  all  the  big  seedsmen  of 
the  United  States. 

Ontario  farmers  do  not  confine  themselves  to  peas,  however.  Their  pavilion 
— a  fine  one,  too — is  tricked  out  with  all  manner  of  grains.  Sorne  people  think 
Ontario  cannot  raise  corn,  but  there  is  some  as  fine  corn  in  its  display  as  may  be 
found  even  in  the  Iowa  section. 

The  grain  show  has  a  triple  classification;  there  are  jars  of  the  threshed 
grain,  wheat,  barley,  rye,  oats,  about  200  jars  of  each;  there  is  a  great  variety  of 
grain  in  the  straw  artistically  arranged.  Then  there  are  sheaves  bound  to  show  how 
things  grow  up  north,  timothy  that  is  six  feet  high  and  wheat  pretty  nearly  as 
tall. 

But  the  pride  of  the  Ontario  is  not  in  the  Ontario  section  at  all.  The  big 
cheese,  the  biggest  cheese  of  all,  is  right  across  the  aisle  to  the  west.  It  is  an 
Ontario  cheese,  though  made  at  the  dominion  experimental  station  in  Perth,  Lanark 
county.  A  good  deal  has  been  said  about  this  cheese,  how  much  it  weighs,  and  how 
it  broke  the  floor  down  while  it  was  being  put  in  place.  Everybody  ought  to  know 
by  this  time  that  it  weighs  over  eleven  tons,  but  it  is  not  so  easy  to  understand  just 
how  big  a  thing  eleven  tons  of  cheese  all  in  one  cake  may  be.  Ten  thousand  cows 
collaborated  on  that  cheese.  Each  gave  one  daj^'s  milking.  The  total  weight  of 
the  milk  used  was  207,200  pounds.  The  cheese  is  6  feet  high  and  28  feet  in  circum- 
ference. It  is  worth  between  $4,000  and  $5,000.  The  man  who  made  this  cheese, 
J.  A.  Ruddick,  of  Perth,  is  exceedingly  proud  of  it.  It  is  his  masterpiece.  Mr.  Rud- 
dick  is  a  slender  young  man  and  exceedingly  modest  withal.  He  watches  with  great 
solicitude  over  this  pride  of  Ontario.  About  once  in  ten  days  he  carefully  turns  it 
over.  Of  course  he  does  not  do  all  this  himself,  for  the  cheese  is  a  trifle  bulky.  It 
is  incased  in  a  vat  of  riveted  steel  boiler  plate,  and  this  boiler  plate  rides  on  a 
heavy  wide-wheeled  truck.  There  are  strong  oak  uprights,  securely  braced,  on  this 
truck,  and  between  these  the  huge  cheese  box  is  suspended  in  wrought-iron 
stirrups.  It  may  be  revolved  in  these  by  a  system  of  screws.  The  reason  why  it  has 
to  be  turned  is  because  it  is  a  young  cheese  and  is  still  "curing." 

Mr.  Ruddick  says  twelve  of  the  biggest  cheese  foundries  in  Ontario  contrib- 
uted the  curds  to  make  the  cheese.  Each  factory  pressed  its  contribution  slightly, 
loaded  it  into  cloth-lined  milk  cans  and  rushed  it  by  train  to  Perth.  There  the  cans 
were  dumped  into  the  boiler  plate  vat,  the  curds  broken  up,  and  then  the  pressure 
of  si^.  giant  jack  screws  was  put  on  through  heavy  oak  frame  work. 

Everybody  who  goes  into  the  Agricultural  Building  stops  to  look  at  this  monu. 
mental  cheese;  on  one  side  of  it  is  a  high  pyramid  of  Canadian  bottled  beer,  and 
not  far  away  is  an  exhibit  of  crackers — an  highly  enticing  combination.  On  one 
occasion  an  aged  person  with  gray-colored  hair,  an  abundance  of  beaver  hat,  and 
new  store  clothes  stopped  to  take  a  look  at  this  monster  cheese.  He  appeared  as  if 
he  might  have  come  from  Kokomo  or  Ypsilanti,  or  some  other  such  place.  He 
walked  carefully  all  around  the  cheese,  spelled  out  the  placard,  on  it,  spat  vigor- 
ously, and  said: 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  269 

"Gosh!  E£  the  skippers  ever  get  into  that  thar  cheese  they'll  grow  as  big  as 
rabbits." 

But  this  is  not  the  only  Canadian  cheese  in  sight.  It  is  flanked  all  about  by 
big  and  little  cheeses.  There  are  six  of  them  that  weigh  1,000  pounds  each.  There 
are  cheeses  from  Quebec,  Ontario,  and  the  maritime  provinces.  Canada  beats  the 
world  on  cheese.     "Cheese  it"  is  not  a  slang  expression  in  Canada. 

In  the  classification  adopted  by  the  Exposition,  Agriculture,  or  rather  the 
Agriculture  Hall,  is  made  to  Include  food-products  as  well  as  the  plain  outgrowth 
of  the  soil.  To  distinguish  between  the  two,  the  former  have  been  relegated  to 
the  gallery  and  the  latter  occupy  the  floor.  One  of  the  handsomest  show-cases  in 
the  Agricultural  Building  at  present  is  that  brought  from  England  for  Crosse  & 
Blackwell,  the  well-known  preserve  and  jam  manufacturers.  It  is  made  of  solid 
mahogany,  without  an  inch  of  veneer,  with  plate-glass  windows  backed  by  mirrors. 
The  cornice  of  the  case  is  made  of  embossed  leather,  and  is  surmounted  by  an  or- 
nate metal  railing. 

Directly  opposite,  occupying  another  section  of  the  center  circle  of  the  build- 
ing is  Iowa's  miniature  corn  palace.  This  pavilion  is  probably  the  prettiest  on  the 
main  floor  of  the  building.  It  is  located  almost  in  the  center  of  the  building  on 
the  main  aisle  running  east  and  west  and  directly  across  from  the  Illinois  pavilion- 
Its  architectural  design  does  not  belong  to  any  particular  school,  but  its  ^decorative 
features  are  purely  lowan.  Grasses  and  corn  ears  have  been  used  profusely.  Clas- 
sical figures  have  been  worked  out  with  these  materials  by  the  commissioners  and  the 
tout  ensemble  of  the  work  looks  dainty  as  well  as  picturesque.  The  grasses  used 
include  oats,  wheat,  rye,  blue  grass,  corn  stalks,  and  leaves,  etc.  Each  of  the  four 
pyramids  at  the  corners  is  elaborately  set  off  with  jars  containing  seeds  and  grains, 
the  agrticultural  products  of  the  state. 

The  Illinois  pavilion  is  striking  in  the  originality  displayed  in  the  use  of  the 
materials  of  which  it  is  composed.  Corn  cobs  are  used  effectively  in  the  entrance 
way,  which  are  set  off  By  tassels  of  millet.  Within,  cases,  showing  the  cereals  of 
the  State,  and  plants  in  bloom  are  displayed,  with  other  features  of  interest.  In 
all  125  different  varieties  of  grains  and  grasses  are  shown.  A  register  is  kept, 
which  will  be  preserved,  with  its  list  of  names  of  people  of  all  countries. 

The  Iowa  exhibit  differs  from  all  others  in  that  the  red  color  of  corn  cobs  is 
employed  to  give  a  distinctive  appearance  to  the  pavilion.  The  decoration  is  ornate 
and  elaborate.  Grains  are  shown  everywhere,  and  the  soil  that  produced  them  is 
exhibited  in  long  glass  columns. 

The  Minnesota  and  Wisconsin  exhibits,  like  most  of  the  others,  display 
cereals  in  profusion.  The  Minnesota  pavilion  has  a  series  of  arches  decorated  with 
wheat;  while  long  spears  of  grain  are  exhibited  in  cases.  In  Wisconsin's  booth 
grains  in  bottles  are  shown. 

Pennsylvania's  exhibit  is  beautifully  displayed.  A  feature  of  interest  is  a 
chair  wholly  composed  of  corn  fodder,  there  being  3,000  pieces  in  the  chair.  There 
is  also  a  Liberty  Bell  made  of  products  of  the  field,  and  a  fire-place  decorated  with 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  271 

corn-fodder.  An  interesting  feature  of  this  exhibit  is  that  of  the  silk  industry  oi 
the  State. 

The  Connecticut  exhibit  is  largely  of  cereals,  tastefully  displayed  in  a  booth 
of  the  old  colonial  type  of  architecture.  An  interesting  feature  is  an  old  fashioned 
flax  break,  mortar  and  spinning  wheel.  In  the  center  of  the  platform  is  a  tent 
made  of  ears  of  corn.  The  tobacco  exhibit  of  Connecticut  is  in  the  gallery  of  the 
building. 

Michigan  nas  a  splendid  exhibit,  figures  dressed  in  grains  being  one  of  the 
prominent  features.  Nebraska's  specialty  is  beet  sugar,  shown  to  splendid  advant- 
age in  great  glass  columns,  which  are  also  used  to  exhibit  cereals.  Kentucky's  ex- 
hibit is  noticeable  for  the  display  of  tobacco,  which  is  worked  into  the  decorative 
schemes  of  the  exterior  and  interior  of  the  building.  The  long  gray  moss  at  the 
South  gives  a  peculiar  effect  to  the  whole.  Utah  tastefully  displays  grains  and 
bales  of  hay  and  straw.  The  State  of  Washington's  exhibit  is  made  prominent  by 
the  use  of  sacks  of  flour.  North  Dakota  displays  some,  at  least,  of  her  forty-six 
kinds  of  spring  wheat  and  390  varieties  of  grasses.  New  Jersey's  pavilion,  beauti- 
ful in  white  and  gold,  contains  corn,  sweet  potatoes  and  other  things  in  profusion, 
A  plow  of  1790  is  shown,  and  other  old-time  faming  implements.  A  booth  at  the 
north  end  of  the  pavilion  is  hung  with  curtains  of  tree  moss,  and  decorated  with 
acorns,  beans,  etc.  A  figure  of  the  farmer  and  minute  man  of  1776,  flint-lock  in 
hand,  guards  the  entrance. 

The  Ohio  pavilion  is  of  simple  lines  but  rare  beauty.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a 
Grecian  temple,  the  columns  being  of  glass  filled  with  grains,  etc 

In  the  center  of  the  Missouri  pavilion  is  a  fantastic  pyramid,  capped  by  a 
globe  showing  the  continents  in  grains.  A  case  of  birds  is  placed  in  a  booth.  The 
tobacco  exhibit  is  very  fine. 

Colorado  attractively  displays  her  grains  and  grasses  in  frames,  making  in- 
vestigation easy.     Landscapes  in  oils  are  also  exhibited. 

Oregon's  pavilion,  fashioned  like  a  Grecian  temple,  contains  a  fine  collection 
of  grains.  Kansas  makes  a  display  in  which  corn  predominates,  although  sheaves 
of  wheat  are  to  be  seen.  Cereals  are  shown  in  bottles.  The  Wyoming  pavilion 
is  reached  through  a  beautiful  arched  entrance  in  white  and  gold.  Within  is  to  be 
seen  a  splendid  collection  of  the  products  of  the  soil. 

South  Dakota  makes  a  splendid  exhibit.  The  large  pavilion  is  reached 
through  arches  inclosing  a  porch  of  corn  and  wheat,  resting  on  columns  formed 
from  tree  trunks.  Some  of  these  have  sent  forth  fresh  sprouts,  the  effect  being  very 
fine.  In  1892  South  Dakota  produced  9,265,000  bushels  of  wheat,  an  average  of  100 
bushels  for  each  man,  woman  and  child  in  the  State.  New  Mexico's  exhibit  is  con- 
tained within  a  fine  pavilion,  decorated  in  white  and  gold.  Native  woods  are  shown, 
among  other  things,  and  grains.  New  York  covers  a  large  space  with  specimens 
of  products  of  its  soil.     Grains,  hops,  and  maple  syrup  are  artistically  displayed. 

The  Louisiana  pavilion  is  unique,  being  divided  into  three  distinct  depart- 
ments. One,  of  Japanese  design,  is  devoted  to  the  display  of  rice.  As  rice  was 
introduced  into  this  country  from  Japan,  it  was  thought  the  form  of  the  pavilion 


272 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


should  correspond  to  the  architectural  type  of  that  country.  Cotton  is  displayed 
in  the  central  division  of  the  pavilion,  while  cane  and  molasses  and  sugar  are  shown 
in  the  third  division,  which  is  patterned  after  an  Egyptian  model. 

The  West  Virginia  exhibit  is  chiefly  of  grains  and  grasses,  corn  being  prom- 
inent. The  Indiana  exhibit  is  simple,  but  a  fine  showing  of  the  resources  of  the 
State  is  made.  California  occupies  a  large  space.  Prominent  in  the  exhibit  are 
enormous  beets,  gourds,  and  potatoes  and  all  the  cereals. 

Oklahoma  makes  a  splendid  showing  for  the  youngest  and  smallest  of  all  the 
States  and  Territories.  Opened  for  settlement  but  four  years  ago,  practically  al] 
grains  raised  elsewhere  are  now  grown,  wheat  running  sixty-two  bushels  to  the  acre, 
•oats  125,  and  corn  70.  Sixty  cotton  gins  arenoW  in  operation  in  the  territory.  The 
display  shows  the  products  named  and  the  tallest  corn,  broomcorn,  sorghum  and 
weeds  grown  anywhere.  Milo-Maize  from  France  and  KafHr-corn  from  South 
Africa  are  exhibited.  The  mistletoe  is  emblematic  of  Oklahoma,  and,  therefore  it 
is  exhibited.  During  the  watermelon  season  of  the  Territory,  Lymon  Cone,  who 
erected  and  has  charge  of  the  pavilion,  cut  melons  free  for  the  million. 

This  limited  survey  of  a  large  field  no  more  than  prepares  the  way  for  those 
who  would  derive  benefit  from  its  study.  In  many  of  the  exhibits  showings  are 
made  by  the  respective  agricultural  colleges.  Statistics  are  to  be  had  in  abundance 
and  full  explanations  of  methods. 

North  Carolina  has  an  attractive  exhibit  of  cotton,  tobacco,  and  peanuts, 
Maine  shows  some  fine  potatoes.  The  Massachusetts  exhibit  is  largely  cereals. 
Not  much  is  claimed,  for  the  soil,  excepting  when  artificial  fertilizers  are  used. 
Then,  it  is  claimed.  Massachusetts  produces  the  greatest  number  of  bushels  of  corn 
per  acre  of  any  of  the  states.     A  case  of  birds   is  shown,  of  varieties  fatal  to  the 

gypsy  moth,  a  pest  on  which  the  State  spends 
$200,000  per  year  in  efforts  towards  extermi- 
nation. In  another  part  of  the  main  floor  New 
South  Wales  men  have  built  a  court  with 
arches  of  wool  bales,  which  are  neither  small 
nor  light,  but  very  effective.  A  typical  Aus- 
tralian wool-wagon  stands  near,  half  filled 
with  bales.  It  is  natural  that  the  great  wealth 
of  the  country  should  be  thus  well  represented. 
In  the  French  section  are  wonderfully  real 
flowers  made  of  candied  blossoms,  toothsome 
sugar  plums,  chocolate  confections,  and  truffles, 
and  mushrooms  and  pate  de  fois  gras  to  tantal- 
STATUARY.  ize  the  epicure.     Up  on  the  galleries,  there  are 

exhibits  of  interest  to  all,  be  he  farmer  or  not.  The  entire  west  gallery  is  occupied 
by  the  brewery  exhibit,  while  the  east  one  has  case  upon  case  of  honey.  A  monu- 
ment of  soap,  a  design  of  interest,  is  at  the  right,  and  an  old  mill  and  water  wheel 
belonging  to  a  flour  exhibit,  is  at  the  left  of  the  main  aisle.  Farther  along  is 
Maillard's  colossal  statue  of  Columbus  in  pure   chocolate.     From  the  central  aisle 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  273 

the  ornamentation  of  the  entrance  is  best  seen.  Here  art  designs  have  been  worked 
with  colored  corn  over  an  immense  space  of  the  ceiling.  Then  come  the  extract 
booths,  where  great  ten-foot  bottles  are  the  central  feature. 

It  is  said  that  one  could  almost  satisfy  himself  with  the  many  samples  of  eata- 
bles and  drink  that  are  gratuitously  furnished  the  visitors  to  this  building.  Canned, 
desiccated  and  compressed  soups  served  in  tiny  bullion  cups,  snowy  biscuit 
and  loaves  made  with  this  or  that  excellent  baking  powder  or  yeast,  prepared  table 
jellies,  assorted  crackers,  maple  sugar  and  butterine  rivaling  the  pure  dairy  pro- 
duce; breakfast  oats  served  with  creami  and  sugar  by  demure  Quaker  maids,  spicy 
and  piquant  pickles,  catsups,  pressed  beef,  improved  macaronis,  and  prepared  pud- 
dings, cornstarch  deserts  and  even  chewing  gum.  Then  of  the  liquids  there  are 
the  condensed  and  evaporated  milks  and  creams,  beef  extracts,  cocoas  and  choco- 
lates, compressed  coffees,  foreign  teas,  root  drinks,  cordials  and  liqueurs  and  every 
mineral  water  on  hotel  menu  or  to  be  found  anywhere.  In  all  there  are  nearly  300 
exhibits  of  good  things  to  be  seen  [and  perhaps  tasted]  in  the  gallery  alone  to  say 
nothing  of  the  displays  made  by  the  various  big  packing  companies  of  bacon,  hams, 
salt  pork,  corned-beef,  pickled  meats  and  the  interiors  of  refrigerator  cars  lined 
with  quartered  beef,  loins  of  pork,  spring  lamb,  mutton  and  fine  veal. 

Lovers  of  horses  and  anything  pertaining  to  the  saddle  will  find  an  interest- 
ing model  in  the  center  aisle-  Mr.  Burdett-Coutts,  M.  P.,  sent  from  England  a 
model  of  his  famous  Brookfield  stables,  wherein  he  has  bred  more  good  horses  than 
most  men  can  remember.  They  have  taken  prizes  in  England  and  America,  and 
placed  their  owner  in  the  front  rank  of  breeders.  The  stables,  though  formed  by 
a  natural  process  of  accretion,  one  part  being  added  to  another  as  required,  are  as 
perfect  as  any  to  be  found  in  England.  On  entering  the  gates  into  the  front  stable- 
yard,  the  stud  groom's  cottage  can  be  seen,  connected  with  which  is  the  office 
where  all  the  clerical  work  is  done  and  the  service  registers,  etc.,  are  kept  by  the 
secretary.  The  buildings  near  this  are  devoted  to  the  harness  department,  which 
is  under  the  control  of  the  "head  breaksman."  Passing  through  the  gateway  at  the 
side  of  the  office,  the  visitor  arrives  at  the  covered  yard,  loose  boxes,  main  harness 
stables  and  messrooms  for  the  employes.  At  the  far  end  of  the  stables  are  the 
strawyard  and  stallion  boxes.  A  little  further  on  is  the  riding  school.  Beyond  this 
are  the  granary,  large  sheds  and  the  show  grounds.  The  buildings  represent 
stabling  for  about  seventy-five  horses. 

One  wing  of  the  Agriculture  Building  has  a  display  which  will  make  all 
future  county  fairs  seem  dull  and  insignificant,  and  which  has  received  compliments 
from  the  farmers,  such  as  the  art  palace  never  received.  There  are  clover  hullers 
and  threshing  machines  which  are  as  handsome  as  pianos.  The  plows  are  nickel- 
plated  and  all  the  self-binders  and  mowing  machines  are  drawn  by  wooden  horses 
wearing  silver  harness.  In  this  department  you  will  meet  the  old  gentleman  who 
remembers  the  time  when  all  grain  had  to  be  cradled  and  it  took  a  good  man  to 
beat  him.  Many  a  day  he  swung  a  flail  and  thought  his  back  would  give  out  be- 
fore night.  After  that  they  had  a  "thrashing"  machine  that  you  had  to  drive 
around  all  the  time  because  the  gearing  was   attached  to  the  wheel.     One  of  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  275 

visitors  said  one  day  that  a  certain  self-binder  tied  a  good  knot,  but  he  thought  it 
threw  the  b'andles  too  far.  "All  I  care  for  is  a  machine  that  won't  get  out  of 
kelter,"  said  the  man  with  him.  "On  a  hot  day  when  the  flies  are  bad  and  the 
hosses  get  restless  I  don't  want  to  get  down  in  the  middle  of  a  round  and  crawl 
through  the  insides  of  the  blamed  thing."  Then  they  passed  on  to  an  array  of  culti- 
vators with  flowers  painted  on  the  double-trees.  The  first  speaker  said  he  liked  a 
certain  cultivator  for  straight  rows,  but  he  was  afraid  that  it  would  cover  up  some 
of  the  second  planting. 

Principally  an  agricultural  country,  Argentine  has  a  splendid  exhibit  in  the 
Agricultural  Building,  consisting  of  cereals,  fibrous  plants,  medical  woods,  wools 
and  other  like  products. 

It  is  certainly  worth  the  while  of  every  farmer  to  make  a  long  visit  to  the 
implement  annex  to  Agricultural  Hall,  where  a  greater  part  of  the  implement  ex- 
hibit is  made.  We  append  a  list  of  some  of  the  more  prominent  firms  making  ex- 
hibits, together  with  the  articles  shown: 

The  Sandwich  (111.)  Enterprise  Co. — New  Champion  force  pumps,  Enter- 
prise pump  standards.  Aerating  cistern  pumps,  New  Champion  spray  pumps,  En» 
terprising  brass  cylinders.  Enterprise  float  valves,  Enterprise  pipe  vises.  Enter- 
prise ratchet  die  stocks,  Climax  four-shovel  riding  cultivator.  Rose  disk  riding 
cultivator.  Climax  walking  cultivator,  Enterprise  walking  cultivator.  Eagle  Claw 
walking  cultivator,  the  Winner  cotton  planter,  Dean  ear  corn  slicer,  Enterprise 
windmill  with  tanks  and  pumps  in  operation,  Sandwich  Perkins  windmill  and  Air 
King  steel  windmills.  Whitman  Agricultural  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. — Belt  power  bal- 
ing press,  full  circle  steel  horse  baling  press.  New  Departure  horse  baling  press, 
Hercules  hand  power  baling  press,  railway  horse  power,  ten  runner  press  grain 
drill.  Magic  feed  mill,  Monarch  corn  and  cob  mill.  Young  America  corn  and  cob 
mill,  St.  Louis  two-hole  corn  sheller,  Derby  two-hole  corn  sheller.  Crown  one-hole 
corn  sheller.  Tornado  broadcast  seed  sower,  Cahoon  broadcast  seed  sower,  Amer- 
icus  Senior  cider  mill,  Americus  Junior  cider  mill,  horse  power  and  drag  saw  com- 
plete. U.  S.  Wind  Engine  and  Pump  Co.,  Batavia,  111. — A  thirty-foot  geared  mill 
on  ICG-foot  steel  tower,  operating  a  feed  mill,  corn  sheller,  two  large  pumps,  feed 
cutter  and  wood  saw.  Also  Halliday  Standard,  U.S.  solid  wheel,  Vaneless  and  Gem 
steel  windrnills  on  short  steel  towers,  and  a  complete  exhibit  of  haying  tools,  pump 
stands,  pump  cylinders  and  accessories.  Sattley  Manufacturing  Company,  Spring- 
field, 111.- — Six  Sattley  walking  plows  of  different  kinds,  two  Hummer  three-wheeled 
plows,  one  regular  cultivator,  one  Cyclone  spring  tooth  cultivator,  one  Banner 
wood  beam  tongueless  cultivator,  one  Victor  combination  beam  cultivator,  one 
New  Imperial  spring  trip  cultivator,  one  American  parallel  beam  cultivator,  one 
Sattley  adjustable  lever  harrow,  one  Capital  City  automatic  straw  stacker.  D.  S. 
Morgan  &  Co.,  Brockport,  N.Y. — Triumph  No.  4  moving  machine.  Triumph  No.  3 
self-raking  reaper,  Triumph  No.  8  steel  frame  binder,  Morgan  self-dump  hay  rake, 
Morgan  lock  lever  spring  tooth  harrow,  Morgan  spading  harrow,  style  ''A,"  Mor- 
gan spading  harrow  style  "B,"  Morgan  horse  grape  hoe,  Morgan  spading  cultiva- 
tor.    Skandia  Plow  Company,  Rockford,  111 — .Farmers'  choice  corn  planter,  Dandj^" 

18 


276 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


sulky,  Globe  cultivator,  Monarch  gang.  Royal  cultivator,  S.  B.  combined  lister,  four 
bar  two  section  sixty-six  teeth  iron  lever  harrow,  two  section,  five  bar,  steel  frame 
lever  harrow,  six  different  kinds  of  hand  walking  plows,  one  Western  Queen  rod 
breaker.  Hayes  Pump  and  Planter  Company,  Galva,  111. — Hayes'  check  row  planter, 
steel  frame.  Eclipse  planter,  steel  frame,  one-horse  drill.  Boss  shoveling  board  and 
Daisy  shoveling  board,  besides  a  railing  of  pumps.  The  S.  Freeman  &  Sons  Manu- 
facturing Company,  Racine,  Wis. — Hand  cutter,  hand  and  power  cutter,  ensilage 
cutter  and  carrier,  farm  fanning  mill,  warehouse  fanning  mill,  pole  saw.  Freeman 
broadcast  seeder.  Elkhart  Carriage  and  Harness  Manufacturing  Company,  Elk- 
hart, Ind. — Wagonette  with  glass  sides  and  ends,  milk  wagon,  light  Brewster  wagon, 
end  spring,  leather  top  buggy,  single  seat  phaeton  and  double  seat,  extension  top 
phaeton,  besides  a  line  of  harness  and  saddles.  N.  P.  Bowsher,  South  Bend,  Ind. — 
Six  different  styles  and  sizes  of  Bowsher's  combination  feed  grinding  mills.  The 
Nordyke  &  Marmon  Company,  Indianapolis,  Ind. — Portable  corn  mills,  hominy 
mills,  portable  wheat  mill,  portable  grain  mill,  corn  mill  with  cob  crusher,  and 
mills  for  minerals,  drugs,  etc.  Eclipse  Manufacturing  Company,  Middlebury,  Ind.: 
Three  Eclipse  seed  grading  machines,  operating  on  different  kinds  of  grain.  The 
Hydraulic  Press  Manufacturing  Company,  Mt.  Gilead,  Ohio — Hydraulic  cider 
press  complete,  Ohio  apple  grater,  hydraulic  (double)  belting  press,  hydraulic  tank- 
age press.    J.  E.  Porter,  Ottawa,  111. — A  full  line  of  hay  carriers  consisting  of  both 

wood  and  steel  track.  The  Joliet,  111.,  Strow- 
bridge  Company — Champion  wagons.  Cham- 
pion endgate  seeders;  Champion,  Peerless  and 
Climax  broadcast  sowers;  Peerless  feed  grind- 
er. R.  Lean  &  Co.,  Mansfield,  Ohio — Set  of 
three-section  Diamond  Lean  all  steel  harrows, 
and  set  of  three-section  Zig  Zag  Lean  all 
steel  harrows,  adjustable  tooth.  E.  A.  Porter 
&  Bros.,  Bowling  Green,  Ky. — Roller  corn  and 
cob  crusher,  crushing  corn  with  the  shuck  on, 
and  cylinder  feed  and  ensilage  cutter.  S.  L. 
Allen  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.— A  full  line  of 
flexible  flyers  and  flyer  coasters,  and  a  full  line 
of  Planet  Jr.  goods.  P.  K.  Dederick  &  Co., 
Albany,  N.  Y. — Two  presses,  a  steam  power 
and  a  horse  power  machine.  Duane  H.  Nash, 
Millington,  N.  J. — Acme  pulverizing  harrow, 
in  two,  three  and  four  sizes. 

"If  I  had  the   privilege   of  seeing  only  one 

World's  Fair  department,"  said  a  gentleman, 

"I  would  choose  the  Agricultural.     In   no   other  building   can   one   come  so  near 

the   people  of  other  lands.     In  the  Agricultural    Building  you   are  close  to  the 

soil,  to  that  which  gives  sustenance.     As  a  matter  of  course  the  life,  habits  and  cus- 


CHIEF  BUCHANAN. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


277 


toms  of  the  people  are  shown  in  a  more  direct  way.     The  Agricultural  Building  is 
the  place  to  study  the  world  as  the  world  is." 

W.  I.  Buchanan,  chief  of  the  Agricultural  Department,  came  originally  from 
the  State  of  Ohio,  where  he  was  born  1853,  at  Covington,  Miami  County.  He  spent 
his  youth  after  the  manner  of  most  country  boys,  going  to  school  during  the  winter 
months  and  in  the  summer  working  on  the  farm.  At  the  age  of  18  he  moved  to 
Rochester,  Ind.,  and  lived  with  his  grandfather,  who  was  a  farmer.  The  following 
year  he  learned  the  trade  of  making  edged  tools.  Mn  Buchanan  embarked  in 
various  mercantile  enterprises,  until  in  1872  he  was  appointed  engrossing  clerk  in 
the  Indiana  House  of  Representatives,  which  office  he  filled  for  two  terms.  In  1881 
he  emigrated  to  Sioux  City,  Iowa,  where  he  has  since  been  prominently  connected 
with  many  of  the  city's  leading  enterprises.  He  was  instrumental  in  establishing 
the  celebrated  "corn  palace"  at  that  city  in  1887,  and  successfully  managed  the 
Peavey  Opera  House  since  1888. 


SWIFT'S  UNIQUE  REFRIGERATING  EXHIBIT.  IN  THE  AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 
A  Glass  Railroad  Car,  holding  produce  in  patent  cold  storage. 


278 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


THE  Mccormick  harvesting  machine  company. 

T  was  while  at  Paris  in  1878  that  the  late  Cyrus  Hall  McCor- 
mick  was  elected  a  corresponding  member  of  the  French 
Academy  of  Sciences  on  the  ground  of  "having  done  more  for 
the  cause  of  agriculture  than  any  other  living  man."  Since 
then  Mr.  McCormick  has  left  these  busy  scenes  of  earth,  but 
through  the  vast  industry  founded  by  him  he  continues  and 
will  continue  to  exert  an  influence  throughout  the  length  and 
breadth  of  this  and  every  land  as  long  as  grass  grows  green  or 
grain  is  burnished  into  gold.  In  asserting  that  Mr.  McCor- 
mick had  excelled  all  others  in  contributing  to  the  agricultural 
interests,  the  French  Academy  referred  to  the  fact  that  in 
him  they  recograzed  the  inventor  of  the  reaper  and  that  the 
value  of  the  invention,  in  its  particular  sphere,  was  without  a  parallel.  It  will  there- 
fore interest  our  readers  to  know  something  more  specific  relative  to  the  man  and 
the  business  established  by  him. 

In  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  harvesting  machinery  millions  upon  millions 
of  dollars  are  annually  expended  by  the  various  firms,  but  for  the  reason  that  Mr, 
McCormick  was  the  inventor  of  the  first  successful  machine  in  this  line,  and  because 
of  the  position  held  by  the  McCormick  Harvesting  Machine  Company  to-day,  we 
have  selected  this  institution  as  a  representative  one  and  on  page  286  will  be  found 
a  view  of  their  very  attractive  exhibit  at  the  Exposition.  We  say  attractive 
advisedly,  for  these  McCormick  machines  are  beautifully  finished  in  gold  and  silver 
plate  and  in  all  other  respects  evidence  the  high  degree  of  scientific  and  mechanical 
skill  possessed  by  the  artisans  of  the  McCormick  works.  The  standing  of  this  com- 
pany and  the  high  esteem  in  which  their  machines  are  everywhere  held  is  another 
illustration  of  what  may  be  accomplished  by  the  concentration  of  energy  to  a  single 
purpose.     Pope  puts  it  neatly  when  he  says: 

"One  science  only  will  one  genius  fit; 
So  wide  is  art,  so  narrow  human  wit." 

The  McCormick  works  are  devoted  to  the  manufacture  of  harvesting 
machinery  exclusively  and  in  their  exhibit  are  seen  machines  that  are  well  knov/n 
and  highly  endorsed  by  the  agriculturalists  of  two  hemispheres.  Among  these  we 
may  mention  that  celebrated  grain  harvester.the  "Machine  of  Steel."  Its  peculiar  vir- 
tues are  in  its  matchless  steel  frame  and  the  McCormick  "simple  knotter,"  the  former 
contributing  to  its  well-known  durability  and  the  latter  to  its  unfailing  accuracy  in 
grain-binding.  Besides  this,  two  other  types  of  binders  are  shown,  the  "Open 
Elevator" — specially  designed   for  handling  long,  heavy    grain;   and   the  "Bind- 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  279 

tochine" — a  machine  for  low  binding,  or  binding  grain  without  elevating  it  over  the 
main  wheel  as  in  the  ordinary  type  of  harvesters.  Next  comes  the  McCormick 
Rice  Harvester,  the  Daisy  reaper,  and  that  king  of  grass  cutters,  the  McCormick 
No.  Four  Steel  Mower.  In  addition  to  these  machines  there  are  shown  the  follow- 
ing models:  Reaper  of  1831  (the  original);  Reaper  of  1851  (winner  of  the  Grand 
Council  Medal  at  the  First  World's  Fair,  London,  1851) ;  Reaper  of  1867,  which  was 
awarded  the  Grand  Prize  at  the  Exposition  Universalle,  Paris,  of  that  year;  first 
twine  binder;  wire  binder,  winner  of  Grand  Prize  and  Object  of  Art  at  Paris  in  1878; 
No.  4  Steel  Mower  and  the  "Machine  of  Steel,"  both  winners  of  the  highest  awards 
and  medals  all  around  the  world.  In  this  connection  it  should  be  remembered  that 
McCormick  machines  have  been  awarded  the  grand  prizes  and  highest  honors  at 
every  World's  Fair  ever  held.  These  trophies  are  a  part  of  the  company's  exhibit. 
We  refer  to  them  in  corroboration  of  this  broad  assertion.  Should  the  World's  Col- 
umbian Exposition  awarding  committee  find  higher  merit  in  some  other  line  of 
grain  and  grass  cutters,  and  bestow  the  honors  elsev/here,  it  will  be  the  first  break  in 
this  remarkable  chain.  There  is  not,  however,  even  a  remote  possibility  of  this. 
Of  the  many  manufacturers  of  harvesting  machinery  having  exhibits  at  the  Exposi- 
tion, the  McCormick  Company  was  the  only  one  to  accept  the  committee's  invita- 
tion to  participate  in  the  competitive  tests  of  grain  binding,  thus  demonstrating 
their  claims  for  superiority;  and  with  one  exception,  the  McCormick  mower  was 
also  the  only  one  to  prove  its  worth  by  cutting  grass  in  the  field. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


281 


CHAPTER  VI. 

AMONG  THE  TREES  OF  THE  WORLD. 

Big  Trees  and  Little  Trees  from  All  Over  the  World — The  Forestry  Building  One  of  the  Most  Unique  and 
Interesting  of  All — Nature  Versus  Staff — Magnificent  Specimens  of  Characteristic  Timber  Growths 
— Paraguay  Alone  Sends  321  Varieties — California  Sends  Redwoods  and  Sequoias — Medicinal 
Trees,  Lichens  and  Mosses— Methods  of  Seed  Testing,  Transplanting  and  Measuring — The  Protec- 
tion of  Young  Trees  Against  Insects — Logging  and  Lumbering — A  Saw  Mill  in  Operation — A 
Most  Entertaining  and  Instructive  Exhibit  Throughout. 

LTHOUGH  Forestry  and  Live  Stock  are  separate  depart- 
ments from  Agriculture,  Chief  Buchanan  has  been  practi' 
cally  in  charge  of  these  from  the  first.  The  forestry 
building  is  sui  generis.  After  seeing  the  magnificence  of 
staff  construction  in  the  more  pretentious  buildings  it  is  with 
relief  that  many  visitors  turn  to  the  rustic  simplicity  of  the 
forestry  building.  The  quality  of  ornamentation  also  differs 
'^ '  here.      Instead  of  the  intricate  work  of  designers,  molders 

or  artists,  the  highest  effects  in  the  forestry  building  come  from  group- 
ings of  natural  woods.  No  other  building  on  the  grounds  shows  so 
clearly  at  first  impression  the  uses  for  which  it  is  designed.  The  scope 
of  the  world's  fair  forestry  exhibit  is  of  peculiar  interest  to  Americans. 
When  a  separate  department  of  forestry  was  created  it  was  pointed  out 
that  the  opportunity  had  arrived  to  make  constructive  forestry  as  important  a 
science  in  this  country  as  in  Europe.  On  this  idea  the  fair  managers  have  worked 
with  a  will.  Although  constructive  forestry  and  the  restoration  and  preservation 
of  forests  are  yet  in  their  infancy  in  America,  it  is  believed  that  the  turning  point 
has  arrived  and  that  the  World's  Fair  exhibit  will  have  a  most  potent  influence  in  pre- 
venting the  further  wholesale  destruction  and  waste  of  native  forests. 

One  of  the  remarkable  features  in  arranging  for  the  forestry  exhibit  was  the 
absence  of  any  reliable  data  in  this  country  as  to  the  extent,  variety  or  value  of 
native  forests.  In  appealing  for  exhibits  from  the  various  states  and  territories  the 
Fair  officials  have  laid  great  stress  on  the  importance  of  securing  this  data  for  pur- 
poses of  exact  comparison  and  history.  The  prodigal  waste  of  timber  in  America 
has  no  parallel  in  the  uses  of  any  other  natural  product.  Even  at  the  present  day 
white  oak  trees,  one-fourth  matured,  are  cut  down  to  make  railroad  ties.  Millions 
of  acres  of  valuable  timber  in  some  of  the  Pacific  states  are  burned  for  the  sake  of 
clearing  the  land.  Only  in  some  portions  of  the  United  States  has  the  growing 
scarcity  of  timber  called  a  halt  to  the  destruction  processes.    Forestry,  as  a  science.. 


282 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


is  only  beginning  to  be  taught  here  as  it  is  in  Germany,  where  there  are  schools  of 
forestry  and  thousands  of  graduates  engaged  in  the  actual  business  of  forest  pres- 
ervation. 

Besides  the  destructive  waste  in  the  timber  states,  there  are  millions  of  acres 
in  the  United  States  where  not  a  single  natural  tree  is  found  by  the  first  settlers- 
The  remarkable  growth  of  timber  in  the  west,  following  the  institutions  and  observ- 
ance of  Arbor  Day,  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  features  of  the  exhibit. 

This  is  of  peculiar  value  to  all  countries  or  states  interested  in  emigration 
to  the  west.  When  it  becomes  known  that  the  so-called  prairie  states  may  have  as 
many  artificial  forests  or  timber  growths  as  the  owners  of  lands  may  choose,  there 
is  an  end  to  many  of  the  objections  against  taking  up  homes  in  the  west.  The 
World's  Fair  exhibit  is  also  designed  to  show  the  effects  upon  climate  and  soil  of  tree 
planting,  and  also  the  econornical  value  of  the  timber  thus  olanted,  the  expense  of 
its  culture  and  all  other  features  of  like  interest. 

The  forestry  building  itself  is  200  by  500  feet  in  area.  On  all  four  sides  is  a 
veranda,  with  supports  forming  an  imposing  colonnade.  This  colonnade  is  one  of 
the  most  unique  affairs  ever  designed  and  is  peculiarly  appropriate  to   a  cosmopol- 

.  " "■- — '-^    itan  fair.  It  is  built 

jM  from    woods    con- 

'^ ''  ■       "  .      tributed    by   for- 

eign countries  and 
about  thirty  states 
and  territories.  It 
consists  of  a  series 
of  columns,  each 
composed  of  three 
tree  trunks  twenty- 
five  feet  long.  One 
of  the  trunks  in 
each  column  is 
from  sixteen  and 
the  other  two  are 
from  nine  to  twelve 
inches.  All  the 
trunks  have  the 
natural  bark  of  the 
tree.  Each  of  the 
states,  territories 
and  foreign  coun- 
tries, furnishes  specimens  of  the  most  characteristic  timber  growths  within  their 
borders.  The  sides  of  the  foresty  building  are  built  of  slabs  with  the  bark  removed. 
The  rest  of  the  building,  including  the  window  frames,  has  the  same  rustic  treat- 
ment.    The  roof  is  thatched  with  tan  and  other  barks. 


FORESTRY  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  283 

The  main  entrances  are  finished  in  different  kinds  of  wood  and  are  very  elab- 
orate. The  one  on  the  east  side,  facing  the  lake,  deserves  special  mention.  It  is 
put  in  place  and  finished  by  the  Southern  Lumber  Manufacturers'  Association.  The 
vestibule  is  of  yellow  pine  and  cypress.  It  is  built  in  such  a  way  as  to  show  the  sus- 
ceptibility to  polish  of  the  southern  woods  and  their  usefulness  for  panels  and  in- 
terior decorations.  The  cost  of  this  main  vestibule  alone  was  between  $5,000  and 
$10,000.  Some  of  the  states,  Alabama,  for  instance,  have  sent  tree  trunks  for  the 
forestry  colonnade,  although  prohibited  from  making  an  interior  exhibit  by  lack 
of  appropriations.  The  tree  trunks  in  the  columns  taper  toward  the  top  and  are 
joined  by  rustic  work  in  longitudinal  sections.  Some  of  the  latter  are  also  furnished 
by  the  states  contributing  the  columns.  On  each  column  there  is  a  tablet,  giving 
the  common  and  scientific  names  of  the  trees  and  the  state  or  country  contributing 
them,  besides  other  valuable  information  concerning  the  resources  of  the  locality. 
Above  the  cornice  of  the  veranda,  on  all  four  sides  of  the  building,  are  flagstaffs. 
which  bear  the  colors  or  coats  of  arms  of  the  nations  or  states  represented  in  the 
interior  exhibits. 

The  interior  exhibits  are  in  several  main  groups.  Natural  woods  are  shown 
exclusively  by  states,  territories  and  foreign  countries.  The  product  of  the  various 
woods,  finished,  or  partially  finished,  are  shown  by  individual  exhibitors  or  firms. 
The  methods  and  processes  of  manipulating  timber  at  every  stage,  from  the  tree 
trunk  to  the  finished  product,  are  shown  by  firms  or  corporation.  The  completely 
finished  product  is  not  shown  in  this  building,  as  it  belongs  to  the  department  of 
manufactures;  neither  is  there  any  machinery  in  motion  in  the  forestry  building. 
It  is  a  still  exhibit,  but  the  various  ways  of  denuding  forests  for  economic  and 
commercial  purposes  are  shown  by  medals,  maps,  drawings  and  other  methods. 

The  foreign  countries  which  have  obtained  space  inside  the  forestry  building 
are  Japan,  Honduras,  Peru,  Hayti,  Spain,  Germany,  Ecuador,  Colombia,  Brazil, 
Mexico,  New  South  Wales,  Canada,  Russia,  Italy,  France,  Siam  and  India.  Each 
of  these  countries  has  a  separate  space,  and  makes  a  showing  of  its  most  character- 
istic woods.  Miniature  structures  are  built,  with  arches  and  railings  of  natural 
wood  and  in  rustic  designs.  Canada  has  the  largest  space  of  any  foreign  govern- 
ment, and  the  various  provinces  of  the  dominion  make  an  interesting  showing  of 
their  timber  resources. 

The  states  and  territories  which  have  interior  exhibits  are  Pennsylvania, 
Louisiana,  Virginia,  Arizona,  Kentucky,  Minnesota,  Nebraska,  Montana,  Wyoming, 
New  Mexico,  Wisconsin,  North  Dakota,  Ohio,  Washington,  Michigan,  West  Vir- 
ginia, Missouri,  North  Carolina,  Indiana,  Maine,  New  York,  California,  Utah  and 
Idaho.  Of  these  West  Virginia  and  Michigan  have  the  largest  space,  and  the  ex- 
hibits from  these  states  are  on  an  elaborate  scale.  Other  states  show  peculiarly 
unique  specimens,  and  the  grouping  of  woods  in  the  various  spaces  forms  a  most 
artistic  whole.  Sections  of  tree  trunks  are  built  one  on  the  top  of  the  other,  and 
each  portion  of  the  exhibit  is  accompanied  by  detailed  information  as  to  the 
locality  producing  the  exhibit,  the  area  still  under  growth  and  where  located,  and 
all  other  pertinent  information. 


28d 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


It  is  one  of  the  rules  of  the  forestry  department  that  there  shall  be  no  finished 
wood  products  in  the  building,  and  where  it  is  necessary  to  show  the  special  uses  of 
certain  kinds  of  woods  it  is  shown  byoieces  of  disjointed  furniture  or  other  partially 
finished  product. 

The  foreign  exhibits  include  all  the  remarkable  woods  and  wood  products 
that  are  familiar  in  name  only  to  Americans.  The  India  exhibit  includes  sandal 
woods  and  a  precious  government  collection  of  unique  and  valuable  woods.  Brazil 
shows  the  various  grades  of  mahogany,  California  the  red  wood,  Sequoia,  and  65 
others,  Canada  the  various  pines,  birch  and  maole  and  a  host  of  other  trees  of 
commercial  value. 

Some  of  the  state  exhibits  are  peculiarly  interesting.  Nebraska  shows  the 
results  of  tree  planting  and  the  special  results  of  the  observance  of  Arbor  Day  in 
that  state.  This  exhibit  contains  specimens  of  actual  woods,  with  tabulated  in- 
formation showing  the  age  of  each  specimen,  how  and  when  planted.  North 
Dakota  makes  a  similar  exhibit.  Some  of  the  exhibits  are  genuine  surprises.  For 
instance,  Kentucky,  which  is  not  popularly  considered  a  forest  state,  shows  as 
elaborate  an  exhibit  as  most  of  its  neighbors    From  Kentucky  there  are  specimens- 

of  white  oak,  four 
or  five  feet  in  diam- 
eter, built  in  the 
form  of  a  pyramid. 
Kentucky  also 
shows  a  very  fine 
relief  map,  point- 
ing out  the  prin- 
cipal forests  in  the 
state,  with  full  sta- 
tistical information 
regarding  them.- 
Ohio,  Wisconsin 
and  North  Caro- 
lina make  exhibits 
of  medicinal  plants 
and  herbsgathered 
in  those  states. 
Ohio  alone  shows 
varieties  of  medici- 
nal herbs  amount- 
ing to  400  or  500.. 

This  is  a  new  feature  in  America  exhibits.     One  of  the  remarkable  foreign  exhib- 
its is  from   Paraguay,  which  shows  321    varieties  of  woods,  each   one  meter  high 
and  from  twelve  inches  to  four  feet  in  diameter.     In  this   exhibit   are  beautiful  ■ 
specimens  of  barks,  dye  woods  and  other  commercial  products  of  that  portion  of 
South  America.     The   Argentine   Republic  has  an  exhibit  of  remarkable  woods. 


LOGGING  CAMP— WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  285 

France  and  Germany  make  the  best  scientific  exhibits,  giving  illustrations  of  con- 
structive forestry  from  the  results  of  wide  experience.  Japan  makes  a  most  cred- 
itable showing,  and  the  various  wood  specimens  from  the  flowery  kingdom  are 
the  first  ever  shown  outside  of  that  country. 

Among  the  spectacular  exhibits  is  an  immense  trophy  in  the  center  of  the 
building.  This  consists  of  a  collection  of  large  natural  timbers  from  various  states. 
North  Carolina  sends  a  large  walnut  log,  Kentucky  a  mammoth  white  oak,  Kan- 
sas a  walnut  log  seven  feet  in  diameter  and  weighing  30,000  pounds.  There  are 
immense  tree  trunks  from  the  State  of  Washington.  Another  spectacular  exhibit 
is  a  long  spar  of  ship  timber  from  Washington. 

The  individual  commercial  exhibits  include  specimens  of  wood  pulp,  cork, 
parts  of  furniture  and  woodenware.  The  pulp  industry,  which  is  rapidly  growing, 
in  importance,  is  represented  by  several  exhibitors  from  foreign  countries.  The 
exhibit  contains  the  most  complete  display  of  the  utilization  of  wood  products  that 
has  ever  been  brought  together. 

Among  the  prominent  individual  exhibitors  is  the  Western  Indurated  Fiber 
Company,  which  shows  a  multitude  of  articles  made  from  wood  fiber,  including 
household  utensils.  The  R.  W.  Macready  Cork  Company  make  an  elaborate  ex- 
hibit of  all  the  varieties  of  cork. 

Probably  the  greatest  scientific  collection  in  the  forestry  exhibit  is  the  one 
sent  by  Morris  K.  Jessup,  of  New  York.  The  Jessup  exhibit  is  an  exact  counter- 
part of  the  famous  collection  of  woods  in  the  New  York  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, which  Mr.  Jessup  contributed  to  that  institution  at  a  personal  expense  of 
$100,000.  There  are  428  specimens  of  wood  in  the  original  collection,  and  these 
are  practically  duplicated  in  the  World's  Fair  exhibit. 

Another  valuable  scientific  exhibit  is  that  placed  in  the  Foresty  Building  by 
George  W.  Vanderbilt,  the  young  New  York  millionaire.  This  is  the  principal 
American  exhibit  on  the  science  of  forestry.  On  Mr.  Vanderbilt's  country  estate^ 
at  Asheville,  N.  C,  the  science  of  forest  preservation  and  cultivation  has  been  in- 
troduced by  skilled  foresters  from  Europe.  Young  Mr.  Vanderbilt  has  collected  a 
'ot  of  valuable  material  pertaining  to  the  care  and  culture  of  trees,  including  maps, 
models  and  working  utensils.  These  are  shown  under  the  direction  of  the  chief 
forester  of  the  Vanderbilt  estate. 

Among  other  Individual  exhibits  are  all  kinds  of  wood  used  in  construction 
or  manufactures,  such  as  square  timber,  joists  and  scantling,  ship  timber,  masts- 
and  spars,  piles,  fencing  timber  and  mining  timber.  There  are  worked  timber  or 
lumber.  Including  shingles,  flooring,  casings,  moldings  and  stair  rails,  and  there  are 
decorating  woods,  such  as  mahogany,  rosewood,  satinwood,  ebony,  birdseye  maple 
and  black  walnut.  In  the  treatment  of  timber  to  resist  decay  there  are  shown 
specimens  of  creosoted  woods.  The  dyeing  and  tanning  woods  include  logwood, 
Brazil  wood,  fustic  and  sumac,  besides  the  various  barks  and  mosses  used  in  dyeing 
and  coloring. 

One  of  the  Interesting  class  exhibits  are  lichens,  mosses,  ferns  and  other 
vegetable  substances  used  for  bedding  and  upholstering.    Another  class  of  exhibits 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  287 

include  gums,  resins,  seeds,  fruits,  roots,  berries  and  other  forest  products  used  in 
the  arts  and  sciences,  or  for  medicinal  and  household  use. 

In  the  department  of  timber  culture  and  cultivation  there  are  shown  trans- 
plants of  various  sizes,  seed  collections,  and  methods  of  seed  testing.  Implements 
and  machines  for  preparing  the  soil  and  planting  trees  are  also  shown.  Seed  nur- 
series are  illustrated,  also  the  methods  of  protecting  young  trees  against  insects, 
animals  and  climate.  The  section  relating  to  forest  management  contains  in- 
struments for  measuring  standing  timber  and  illustrations  of  the  methods  used  in 
calculating  ages  and  the  effect  of  certain  soils  on  tree  growth.  In  this  section  there 
are  interesting  exhibits  showing  the  relation  of  forests  to  climate  and  the  relative 
climatic  changes  produced  by  destructive  and  constructive  forestry. 

Outside  the  Forestry  Building,  but  connected  with  the  department,  is  shown 
i  typical  logging  camp.  This  is  contributed  by  Michigan,  and  is  located  at  the 
.»iOuth  end  of  the  park. 

Logging  methods  are  otherwise  shown,  including  snowsleds  loaded  with 
logs,  saws,  axes,  chains,  skids,  rollers  and  old  implements  used  in  the  early  days  by 
the  lumbering  industry.  There  is  also  a  typical  logging  hut,  showing  how  lumber- 
men live  in  the  backwoods.  In  another  part  of  the  grounds,  near  Machinery  Hall, 
is  shown  an  actual  sawmill  in  full  operation.  The  process  of  converting  logs  into 
various  kinds  of  lumber  is  gone  through  on  a  realistic  scale. 

To  practical  builders  from  other  countries  the  Forestry  Building  itself  con- 
veys many  suggestions  concerning  American  methods  of  house  raising.  There  is  not 
a  single  nail  used  in  the  construction  work.  The  method  of  construction  followed  by 
Mr.  Atwood.the  designer,  is  intended  to  show  peculiarly  American  methods  of  join- 
ing timbers  so  as  to  economize  materials.  As  has  been  stated,  this  is  one  of  the 
most  interesting  and  instructive  exhibits  at  Jackson  Park. 

The  live  stock  exhibit  is  also  under  Mr.  Buchanan's  control.  The  pavilion 
seats  6,000  people.  The  Assembly  Hall,  where  prominent  agricultural  lecturers  hold 
forth  and  where  lectures  were  delivered  at  various  times  during  the  Fair,  is  cool  and 
capacious.  The  regular  stock  show  did  not  commence  until  August  21,  and  then 
sheep  and  swine  were  exhibited  at  one  time  and  cattle  and  horses  at  another. 
There  were  sheep  from  Australia  and  Angora  goats  from  California.  In  the  horse 
show  there  were  many  animals  entered  from  abroad,  some  of  them  from  the  famous 
studs  of  Germany,  France  and  Great  Britain.  There  were  also  dog  shows,  carrier 
pigeon  flights  and  dairy  contests  at  times  during  the  progress  of  the  Exposition. 

The  cows  that  participated  in  this  latter  contest  were  the  very  elite  of  the 
world's  barnyards.  They  belong  to  the  herdsman's  400.  Every  one  of  them  is 
blue-blooded  and  has  a  pedigree  in  the  herd  books  as  long  as  a  man's  arm.  Every 
one  of  them,  as  her  name  indicates,  is  somebody's  darling.  Every  one  of  them  has 
a  body  servant  and  is  a  farm  pet.  Every  one  of  them  is  fed,  curried,  rubbed,  and 
waited  on  in  the  most  obsequious  manner.  In  the  case  of  some  of  them  their  keep- 
ers often  lie  down  in  the  straw  by  their  sides  at  night  and  sleep  with  them.  Some 
of  them  havc;  national  or  world-wide  reputations. 


STOCK  EXHIBIT. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  289 

The  idea  of  a  model  dairy  and  milking  contest  between  the  leading  breeds  of 
cows  was  first  earnestly  proposed  by  the  Columbia  Dairymen's  Association  at  a 
meeting  held  in  July,  1892,  and  at  a  later  meeting  held  in  November  at  the  Sher- 
man House.  Its  recommendations  met  with  the  approval  of  the  Exposition  direc- 
tors. The  object  of  this  contest  is  a  protracted  and  exhaustive  test  of  the  milk, 
butter,  and  cheese  productiveness  of  several  rival  breeds  of  cows,  each  of  which 
has  its  admirers  and  supporters  who  claim  for  it  pre-eminence.  Something  of 
the  kind  on  a  small  scale,  lasting  for  a  single  day,  has  often  been  seen  at  State 
fairs.  But  never  before  have  there  been  experiments  for  this  purpose  extending 
through  several  months,  with  such  large  herds  of  cattle  and  with  such  unlimited 
scientific  appliances  and  supervisions.  The  ephemeral  experiments  at  State  fairs 
have  settled  nothing,  but  it  is  confidently  expected  that  the  present  contest  will  be 
absolutely  decisive  as  to  the  relative  merits  of  the  breeds  that  have  been  entered. 

Among  the  Jerseys  at  different  times  at  Jackson  Park  there  were  such  world- 
renowned  cows  as  Messrs.  Matthews  and  Moore's  (Alabama)  Signal's  Lily  Flagg, 
with  a  butter  test  of  29  pounds  1 1  ounces  in  seven  days,  1,047  pounds  %  ounce  in 
365  days;  D.  F.  Appleton's  (New  York)  Eurotisama,  27  pounds  1%  ounces  in  seven 
days,  946  pounds  9  ounces  in  365  days;  Judge  Foster's  (Minnesota)  Islip  Lenox 
71 1  >^  pounds  in  a  year;  C.  I.  Hood's  (Massachusetts)  Little  Goldie,  34  pounds  8>^ 
ounces  in  seven  days;  C.Dickson's  (Ohio)  Pridalia,  26  pounds  4  ounces  in  seven 
days;  Ayer  &  McKinney's  (Philadelphia)  Daisy  Hinman,  24  pounds  10  ounces  in 
seven  days;  W.  E.  Matthews'  (Alabama)  Alteration,  24  pounds  yi  ounce  in  seven 
days;  H.  C.  Taylor's  (Wisconsin)  Brown  Bessie  20  pounds  8  ounces.  No  less  re- 
markable are  the  milkers  to  be  found  among  them,  such  as  Messrs.  George  Fox's 
(Philadelphia)  Rita  of  Andalusia,  75  pounds  of  milk  a  day;  Edgar  Brewer's  (Con- 
necticut) Sayda  3d,  60  pounds  of  milk  a  day;  John  Boyd's  (Chicago)  Annice  Magnet, 
48  pounds  a  day;  and  others  the  pick  of  the  crack  herds  in  the  states  of  Vermont 
Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Alabama, 
Missouri,  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Illinois,  Michigan,  Iowa,  Wis- 
consin, and  Minnesota.  There  was  also  a  splendid  showing  of  Holsteins  and  some 
others. 


\ 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


291 


CHAPTER  VII. 
HORTICULTURAL  BUILDING. 

The  Grandest  and  Completest  Structure  Ever  Erected  for  a  Horticultural  Exhibit — It  Contains 
89,000  Square  Feet  of  Space  More  than  the  Combined  Areas  of  the  Buildings  used  for  a 
Similar  Purpose  at  Paris,  the  Centennial  and  New  Orleans — Sketch  of  J.  M.  Samuels, 
Chief  of  the  Department  of  Horticulture. 

ORTICULTURAL     Building    is    altogether    the   largest, 
grandest  and  completest  structure  ever  erected  for  a  hor- 
ticultural   exhibition.     It    contains   about   8q,ooo    square 
feet  more  of  floor  space  than  the  combined  floor  areas  of 
the  buildings  used  for  a  similar  purpose  at  the  Centen- 
nial, New  Orleans  and  Paris.      It  is  1,000  feet  long  by  an 
extreme  width  of  287  feet.     The  dome  is  187  feet  in  diam- 
eter and   has   an   altitude   of    113  feet  on  the  inside,  thus 
giving  room  for  the  largest   palms,   bamboos,  tree-ferns, 
giant  cacti,  etc.     The  basso  and  alto  relievo  ornamenta- 
tion, in  a  frieze  extending  along  the  front  and  sides  of  the 
building,  is   especially  attractive  and,  in   connection  with  statuary 
and   fountains,  possesses   an   unusually  pleasing  effect,  aside  from 
the  plant  decoration,  which  harmonizes  with  the  general  ideal  of  the  building. 

The  plan  is  a  central  glass  dome,  connected  by  front  and  rear  curtains,  with 
two  end  pavilions,  forming  two  interior  courts,  each  88  by  270  feet.  In  these  courts 
are  placed  bearing  orange  trees  and  other  semi-tropical  fruits  from  California  and 
Florida,  to  illustrate  the  manner  of  growing  and  cultivating  the  orchards  and  groves 
in  those  states.  The  front  curtains  have  glass  roofs  and  are  each  270  by  69  feet. 
These  are  used  for  the  tender  plants.  The  rear  curtains  are  each  346  by  46  feet, 
and,  while  designed  to  give  an  abundance  of  light,  are  not  entirely  covered  with 
glass.  They  are  adapted  to  fruit  and  other  exhibits  that  require  a  comparatively 
cool  temperature.  The  first  stories  of  the  pavilions  are  each  117  by  250  feet,  and 
are  intended  for  the  extension  of  the  fruit  display  and  for  the  viticultural  exhibit  in 
one,  and  horticultural  appliances,  seeds,  etc.,  in  the  other.  The  principal  part  of  the 
second  story  in  each  is  used  for  elegant  and  commodious  restaurants;  the  remainder, 
in  the  form  of  galleries,  for  garden  seats,  vases,  preserved  fruits,  etc.  Forming  a 
circle  inside  the  dome  there  is  a  broad  promenade  gallery  from  which  visitors  look 
down  upon  the  plant  and  floral  decorations.  This  gallery  is  sufficiently  extensive 
for  promenade  and  for  many  miscellaneous  exhibits. 

Horticulture,  technically  and  separately  did  not  cut  much  of  a  figure,  and 
was  represented  by  the  orange  and  lemon  trees  in  the  north  court  and  by  about  two 

19  • 


?92 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


acres  of  nursery  trees  in  the  Midway  Plaisance.  These  were  under  the  supervision 
of  J.  M.  Samuels,  Chief  of  the  Department,  who  was  born  February  26,  1845,  at 
Berksville,  Cumberland  County,  Ky.  He  was  educated  at  Clinton  Academy  and 
at  the  Kentucky  University.  His  father  owned  the  Mississippi  Valley  Nurseries,  in 
which  Mr.  Samuels  learned  the  business.  He  was  appointed  Chief  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Horticulture,  in  August  i8qi,  which  up  to  that  time  had  been  in  charge  of 
James  Allison.  He  is  first  Vice  President  of  the  American  Horticultural  Society, 
which  also  takes  in  Canada  and  Mexico,  and  he  is  also  a  charter  member  of  the 
Chicago  Horticultural  Societ}^ 

The  Horticultural,  unlike  every  other  department,  is  divided,  the  divisions 
being  known  as  Floriculture,  Viticulture  and  Pomology,  each  of  which  was  in 
charge  of  a  subordinate  chief  or  superintendent,  until  in  April,  1893,  when  Flori- 
culture was  officially  and  entirely  eliminated  from  the  Department  of  Horticulture 
on  account  of  the  tremendous  importance  and  proportions  of  the  realm  of  flowers 
and  the  necessity  of  having  Floriculture  in  direct  touch  with  the  Director-General 
and  for  a  multiplicity  of  other  reasons  not  necessary  to  enumerate,  and  John  Thorpe, 
its  superintendent,  was  given  independent  control,  with  instructions  to  assume  the 
methods  and  authority  of  other  departmental  officers.  Mr.  Samuels  retained  super- 
vision of  the  other  divisions  until  the  close,  however,  at  least  in  a  negative  way,  as 
each  was  in  charge  of  an  active  and  competent  officer. 


CHIEF  SAMUELS. 


HISTORY,  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  293 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
IN  THE  REALM  OF  RARE  FLOWERS  AND  PLANTS. 

A  Ramble  Among  Rare  and  Aristocratic  Plants — More  than  Half  a  Million  Dollars'  Worth  from  Green- 
land's ley  Mountain  to  India's  Coral  Strand — North  and  South  America,  Mexico,  Cuba,  Europe, 
Central  America,  China,  Japan,  Australia,  and  the  Hawaiian  and  South  Sea  Islands  Represented — 
Enchantresses  from  the  Amazon  and  the  Nile — Modest  Inhabitants  from  the  Alps,  the  Appenines, 
the  Sierra  Nevada,  and  the  Mountains  of  th^  Moon — Wonderful  Ferns  and  Palms  from  New  South 
Wales  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope — Tens  of  Thousands  of  Miscellaneous  Herbaceous  Flowers  and 
Flowering  Shrubs — More  than  a  Half  Million  Orchids,  Roses,  Carnations,  Lilies,  Pansies,  Cannas, 
Fuschias  and  Petunias— Magnificent  Exhibits  by  Australia,  Canada,  Trinidad,  New  York,  Penn- 
sylvania, Germany,  Belgium,  Mexico  and  Japan — Australian  Tree  Ferns  Six  Hundred  Years  Old 
— Staghorn  and  Bird's  Nest  Ferns  of  Wonderful  Size  and  Beauty — Splendid  Collections  of  the 
Cereus  Gigantea — Great  Display  of  Rhododendrons — Splendid  Collections  of  Ferns  and  Palms 
from  Toronto  Conservatories— Dwarf  Trees  in  the  Japanese  Garden  Over  a  Hundred  Years  Old 
—Pitcher  and  Manda's  Wonderful  Display  of  Seven  Thousand  Costly  Plants— Enormous  Bam- 
boos from  Trinidad — Two  Century  Plants  in  Bloom— The  Atmosphere  of  the  Horticultural 
Building  Freighted  with  Aromatic  Sweets. 

HE  most  prominent  feature  of  the  Horticultural  Building  is 
the  floral  collection,  which  exceeds  in  wonder  and  magnifi- 
cence anything  of  the  kind  ever  before  seen  at  any  public  or 
private  conservatory,  and  is  the  result  of  the  work  of  John 
Thorpe,  of  New  York,  chief  of  the  Department  of  Floricul- 
ture, who  is  believed  to  be  the  most  eminent  floriculturist 
that  has  ever  lived.  His  was  one  of  the  earliest  appoint- 
ments, and  his  genius  and  aptitude  gave  the  public,  among 
other  things,  the  procession  of  winter  and  spring  hot-house 
plants  among  which  were  primulas,  cyclamens,  cinerarias 
and  calceolarias,  which  drew  nearly  a  million  people  to 
Jackson  Park  before  the  formal  opening.  There  is  no  land 
that  does  not  grow  more  or  less  varieties  of  plants  and  flowers.  This  statement 
was  spectacularly  emphasized  upon  the  first  day  of  May  last,  when  the  contribu- 
tions from  the  floral  kingdoms  of  all  nations  were  seen  on  dress  parade  at  the  Hor- 
ticultural building.  There  were  palms  and  ferns  and  bays  and  acacias  from  Aus- 
tralia, Japan  and  California;  cacti  from  Mexico,  New  Mexico  and  Arizona,  and 
many  stately  plants  of  massive  foliage  from  Mexico,  Cuba,  New  Zealand,  Central 
and  South  America  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  There  were  also  to  be  seen 
roses  in  pots,  calceolarias,  azaleas,  rhododendrons,  begonias,  cycads,  crotons,  dra- 
csenas,  ariods,  marantas,  pelargoniums  (geraniums)  and  miscellaneous  stove  and 
greenhouse  plants  in  flower  and  foliage.    Among  cut  flowers  there  were  orchids. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  295 

roses,  carnations,  lilies,  pansies  and  miscellaneous  hardy  and  tender  kinds.  There 
were  also  a  very  great  variety  of  flowers  outside  of  the  Horticultural  building — 
principally  pansies,  tulips,  hyacinths,  narcissus  and  miscellaneous  bulbous  and  herb- 
aceous flowers  and  flowering  shrubs  upon  the  opening  day. 

During  June  there  were  seen  indoors,  in  addition  to  a  number  of  those 
exhibited  in  May,  fuschias,  petunias,  cannas  and  nepenthe,  and  among  the  cut 
flowers,  peonies  and  some  others.  The  additional  outdoor  plants  included  camp- 
anulas and  aquilegias. 

Among  the  indoor  plants  for  July  were  orchids,  tuberous  begonias,  orna- 
mental leafed  begonias,  shrubby  begonias  in  flower,  gloxinias,  achimenes,  gesan- 
iaceous  plants  and  caladiums;  and  among  cut  flowers,  cannas,  lillies,  tuberous 
begonias,  sweet  peas,  hollyhocks,  tea  roses  and  various  annuals.  Out  doors  were 
seen  various  annuals,  clematis,  lilies,  sweet  peas,  tea  roses  and  miscellaneous  herb- 
aceous plants. 

The  cut  flowers  for  July  included  orchids,  roses,  carnations,  dianthus,  gladiolus, 
herbaceous  and  and  annual  phlox,  asters,  sweet  peas,  tall  and  dwarf  zinnias  and 
miscellaneous  annuals — herbaceous  and  flowering  shrubs. 

August  was  the  coronation  month  of  Flora,  for  upon  the  grounds  were  seen 
carnations,  dianthus,  dahlias,  gladiolus,  cannas,  asters,  annual  and  hardy  phlox, 
clematis,  hollyhock,  hydrangeas,  tuberous  begonias,  cacti,  hardy  and  tender 
aquatics,  roses,  sweet  peas,  verbenas,  ornamental  grasses,  palms,  ferns  and  many 
others  too  numerous  to  mention. 

Inside  during  September,  besides  the  palms  and  ferns,  were  orchids, tuberous 
begonias,  asters  in  pots,  and  miscellaneous  stove  and  greenhouse  plants  in  flowers 
and  foliage.  Among  the  cut  flowers  there  were  carnations,  tea  roses,  dahlias,  glad- 
iolus, cannas,  petunias,  asters,  hardy  and  annual  phlox,  zinnias  and  miscellaneous 
hardy  herbaceous  flowers.  Out  of  doors  were  seen  roses,  carnations,  dahlias,  cannas, 
tuberous  begonias,  petunias,  asters,  zmnias,  verbenas  and  miscellaneous  herbaceous 
plants  and  annuals. 

October,  the  closing  month,  there  were  on  exhibition  inside  the  building 
palms,  ferns,  orchids,  chrysanthemums,  pelargoniums,  tuberous  begonias,  cannas, 
cosmos  and  some  others.  Among  the  cut  flowers  were  dahlias,  chrysanthemums, 
cannas,  roses,  carnations,  begonias,  pansies  and  miscellaneous  hardy  and  tender 
plants.  The  procession  of  the  months  now  found  but  few  flowers  upon  the  grounds, 
except  that  the  chrysanthemums  were  in  all  their  glory.  There  were  also  a  few 
miscellaneous  hardy  plants. 

The  lover  of  rare  plants  had  an  opportunity  to  regale  himself  to  his  heart's 
content,  and  to  acquire  an  information  that  would  have  taken  him  years  to  have 
obtained  from  travels  and  books.  He  could  gaze  upon  the  Ceretts  gigantea,  which 
only  grows  wildly  between  the  Colorado  and  the  Rio  Grande,  and  which  Humboldt 
declared  was  worth  a  trip  across  two  continents  to  see.  He  could  feast  his  eyes 
on  the  wondrous  fern  trees  from  Australia  and  palms  from  Mexico,  the  Windward 
Islands,  Arabia,  Palestine,  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  he  saw  acacias  from 
Swan  River,  Mexico,  California  and  New  South  Wales. 


296  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

In  all  civilized  countries  the  cultivation  of  flowers  has  become  a  passion,  and 
the  rich  and  the  poor  indulge  themselves  in  it  according  to  their  means.  So 
constant  is  the  demand  for  new  species  and  varieties  that  the  earth  is  ransacked  by- 
experts  for  something  that  has  never  been  seen  before. 

Reaching  from  the  ground  high  up  in  the  dome  was  a  mountain  of  selected 
palms  and  ferns  and  many  other  varieties  of  tree  plants.  Underneath  this  moun- 
tain was  a  second  edition  of  Aladdin's  Cave — a  subterranean  mansion  of  many- 
chambers,  tapestried  and  wainscoted  with  translucent  crystals,  and  brilliantly  and 
artistically  illuminated.  Through  this  gem-like  cavern  the  water  was  filtered 
through  crystals  in  the  midst  of  incandescents,  the  effect  of  which  was  gorgeous 
and  spectacular. 

The  southeast  curtain  was  radiant  with  flowers,  Illinois  occupying  space  at 
the  extreme  end,  and  showing  a  pretty  collection.  Near  by  was  a  cactus  patch 
representing  some  of  the  dreary  spots  that  abound  in  New  Mexico,  and  comprising 
many  varieties  of  cacti,  the  creamy-flowering  yucca,  the  Spanish  bayonet,  meschal, 
chulla,  tuna,  and  some  others.  Massachusetts  directly  opposite  contributed  a 
number  of  fine  ferns,  one  of  which  has  remarkable  spreading  fronds.  Missouri 
also  made  a  creditable  display,  and  California  exhibited  a  few  cacteeceous  plants. 
The  place  of  honor  in  the  southeast  curtain  was  held  by  Pitcher  &  Manda,  of  Short 
Hills,  N.  J.,  who  at  the  request  of  Chief  Thorpe,  loaned  their  collection,  which, 
including  their  orchids,  is  valued  at  $50,000.  These  occupied  a  large  space  running 
down  the  middle  of  the  curtain,  1,500  square  feet,  and  two  sections  west,  about 
1,000  feet.  They  also  had  2,000  square  feet  in  the  corner  on  the  right,  as  the 
central  door  is  entered  from  the  west,  and  7,300  square  feet  or  one-third  of  the 
space  between  the  main  promenade  and  base  of  the  mountain.  These  comprised, 
beside  palms  and  ferns,  many  other  stove  and  greenhouse  plants,  among  which 
were  eighteen  Australian  tree  palms,  believed  to  be  from  400  to  600  years  old;  a 
large  number  of  selected  crotons  of  red  and  yellow;  many  varieties  of  dracgenas 
and  some  superb  anthuriums  in  foliage  and  flower.  The  latter  is  a  native  of  South 
America.  Then  there  were  a  splendid  collection  of  marantas,  with  their  great 
luxuriant,  zebra-striped  leaves. 

There  were  a  great  many  varieties  of  ferns  that  are  seldom  seen  outside  of 
a  conservatory,  among  which  was  the  golden  fern,  a  native  of  Peru.  This  is  unlike 
any  other,  and  from  its  leaves  impression  may  be  made  upon  a  coat  sleeve,  or 
other  cloths,  such  as  cassimere  and  the  like,  which  would  be  mistaken  for  engrav- 
ings. There  were  many  exquisite  ferns  unknown  to  but  a  few,  one  of  the  rarest 
being  the  crested-sword  fern,  a  native  of  South  America;  golden  maiden-hair  fern, 
tongue  fern,  and  adianlum  Farleyeuse,  a  variegated  spurt  of  maiden  hair,  very 
scarce. 

Among  other  rare  plants  in  this  collection  were  the  heliconia  aureo  stuata, 
with  broad  spreading  leaves  with  golden  stripes,  an  umbrageous  plant,  standing  six 
feet;  aspidiastia,  vivid  in  green  and  variegated  colors;  -eighteen  begonias  rex,  and 
several  varieties  of  selaginelled,  or  club  moss,  natives  of  the  East  Indies,  collec- 
tions of  bird's  nests  and  stag  horn  ferns  from  Australia;  more  club  moss,  of  a  bronze 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


297 


metallic  color;  Davalla  Mooreana,  a  native  of  the  South  Pacific  Islands;  Pteris 
Wallichianu,  a  native  of  Japan,  the  largest  fern  in  the  collection,  being  eight  feet 
across,  and  which  was  set  out  in  three-inch  pots  three  years  ago;  Pteris  Victoria, 
named  after  the  Queen  of  of  England,  a  native  of  the  East  Indies  and  Southern 
Africa. 

The  collection  also  included  Davalla  Fijensis,  a  native  of  the  Fejee  Islands;  a 
superb  fern  known  as  Harefoot;  pyramids  of  fern  asparagus  of  many  varieties; 
flowering  anthuriums  in  gaudy  blossom  and  rich  foliage;  a  large  collection  of  flow- 
ering genista;  100  azaleas  in  orange,  red  and  crimson  flowers,  the  same  number  of 
hydrangeas,  abundant  of  blossom.  There  v/ere  also  eighty-four  varieties  of  pine- 
apple plants;  150  varieties  of  palms,  thirty-two  of  Sago  palms,  or  cycads,  the  largest 
of  which  was  presented  by  Dom  Pedro  to  Mr.  Van  Alen,  of  Newport,  seventeen 
years  ago,  and  which  was  secured  by  Mr.  Manda  for  the  Exposition.  Also  thirty- 
two  varieties  of  Norfolk  pine  and  more  than  a  hundred  cocoanut  palms  nine  feet  in 
height,  growing  out  of  the  nuts — quite  a  novelty. 

In  the  northeast  curtain  Australia  divides  the  honors  between  Canada  and 
Japan,  Australia  is  represented  by  more  than  a  score  of  tree  ferns,  hundreds  of 
years  old,  and  a  large  number  of  birds'  nests  ferns  and  stag  horns,  among  which 
have  been  planted  more  than  2,000  plants,  including  eighteen  varieties  of  tearoses, 
several  hundreds  of  tuberous  begonias  and  marantas  and  other  enlivening  flow- 
ering plants. 

The  Ontario  (Canada)  exhibit,  the  first  on  the  right  as  the  northeast  curtain 

is  entered,  is  from  public  and  private  conservatories 
of  Toronto,  and  comprises  some  fine  palms  and  fancy 
crotons,  cacti,  and  eucalyptus.  Next  comes  the  Japan- 
ese garden,  unique  and  interesting  in  all  details.  There 
is  sweetness  and  seeming  simplicity  in  well,  curb, 
streamlet,  tree,  bush  and  flower.  It  was  in  complete 
order  on  the  opening  day,  and  has  ever  since  at- 
tracted much  attention.  The  narrow  paths  separate 
little  trees  and  plants — parterres — which  are  not  much 
bigger  than  table  napkins  and  structures  that  might 
be  taken  for  toys.  Even  the  gardeners  who.  made 
these  were  short  and  slender,  but  they  gave  a  good 
account  of  themselves,  nevertheless,  and  of  the  work 
that  they  were  sent  here  to  accomplish.  Most  of  the 
Japanese  plants  came  to  Jackson  Park  all  the  way 
from  Yokohama  in  chalet-like  boxes  of  salmon-col- 
ored cedar  wood,  v/hich  were  pierced  with  windows 
and  covered  with  wire  net  work.  Some  of  these  plants  suffered  much  during 
the  voyage,  and  quite  a  number  of  them  were  killed  outright  and  many  others 
had  to  go  into  the  nursery,  with  a  special  note  of  recommendation  to  the  doc- 
tor in  charge;  he,  however,  hesitated  in  view  of  the  delicate  state  of  their  health 
and  the  difficulty  of   hitting   upon   the  best  remedy,  and  therefore  declined  all 


STATUARY. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  299 

responsibility  until  some  Japanese  herb  doctor  should  arrive;  but  Mr.  Thorpe  took 
many  of  them  in  charge  upon  the  non-appearance  of  the  herb  doctor  aforesaid  and 
brought  most  of  them  into  a  state  of  convalescence,  although  a  few  were  never 
pronounced  out  of  danger. 

On  entering  this  miniature  garden  the  visitor  passes  up  a  slight  incline  and 
enters  upon  a  gravel  walk,  on  either  side  of  which  are  sticks  of  white  and  black 
bamboo,  very  skillfully  coro-bined.  A  little  farther  on  are  some  steps  cut  in  the 
shrubby  slope  and  formed  of  the  trunks  of  the  fir  tree.  A  low  palisade  in  light 
bamboo  work,  held  together  by  strips  of  bark,  serves  as  an  enclosure.  Plants  of 
minor  value  have  been  arranged  along  this  serpentine  walk,  including  the  iris, 
isseoigate  and  pinus  paroiflora. 

Then  there  are  modest  little  Japanese  and  American  plants,  arranged  so 
that  they  may  nod  at  each  other  while  the  big  dahlias  on  the  other  side  of  the 
palisade  seemingly  look  down  proudly  upon  them.  And  there  are  beds  of  opbio- 
pogom  jaburan  and  cycads,  whose  bristling  leaves  spread  from  strange  looking, 
stumps  and  do  not  at  first  impress  one  with  the  idea  that  they  enjoy  much  vitality. 
The  convolvulus  occupy  several  pots  and  may  be  seen  climbing  reeds  set  apart  for 
its  special  behoof.  Just  beyond  another  shrubby  enbankment  are  borders  of  ex- 
quisite blossoms,  and  here  and  there  nice  arrangements  of  Davalla  bullata.  Close 
by  is  an  admirable  collection  of  lilies,  twenty-two  varieties  in  all,  which  embalms 
the  air  for  many  yards  around  with  a  delightful  perfume,  not  unlike  that  of  the 
scents  arising  from  the  flowers  of  a  bouquet  of  delicate  aromatic  odors.  Among  the 
lilies  are  the  ordinary  white,  with  only  one  or  two  flowers  on  the  main  stem. 

Then  there  is  an  orange  colored  one  dotted  with  black  points  and  a  proud 
looking  beauty  with  a  golden  center.  And  there  are  varieties  which  are  unknown, 
and  which  are  incomparable  for  size  and  beauty.  Some  of  these  latter  are  enor- 
mous, and  each  petal  is  remarkable  for  its  red,  pink  or  violet  stripes.  But  perhaps 
the  clou  of  the  ensemble  are  the  dwarf  trees  for  which  Japan  is  famous,  By  what 
artificial  process,  trees,  which  if  left  to  themselves  would  have  reached  a  respectable 
height,  have  been  cut  down  to  the  smallest  dimensions,  it  would  be  hard  to  tell. 
But  there  they  are,  some  so  small  that  they  could  be  held  in  one's  hand,  and  but 
few  of  them  quite  a  yard  high,  twisted  and  distorted  trunks  covered  with  knobs  and 
warts,  and  giving  life  to  slender  branches  which  are  kept  so  well  within  the  required 
limits  that  they  are  perfect  balls  of  verdure.  Most  of  these  stunted  trees  have 
passed  through  the  hands  of  many  generations  of  gardeners,  for  not  a  few  have 
reached  the  age  of  one  hundred  years  or  more.  There  are  two  specimens  of  the 
thuya  brevi-ramea,  one  of  which  is  more  than  a  century  old,  but  which  died  on  the 
way  from  San  Francisco  to  Chicago  during  the  terrible  storms  of  the  winter  of  1892 
-93-  There  are  others  of  the  same  family  that  look  vigorous,  but  are  similarly  dwarfed 
and  many  of  them  centenarians.  There  are  quite  a  number  of  dwarfed  oaks  and 
maples,  whose  denticulated  leaves  pass  through  every  shade  of  red  and  yellow,  and 
resemble  the  leaves  of  the  American  maple  tree  during  the  latter  part  of  Autumn. 

There  are  others  that  are  curiously  streaked  and  still  others  in  which  the 
foliage  has  jagged  edges  and  bears  marble-like,  white,  red  and  yellow  veins.    Here 


30O  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

is  the  Fuiriteikakatsura,  a  very  long  name  for  a  microscopic  climber,  with  tapering 
and  pointed  leaves  struggling  ap  a  bit  of  light  colored  wood  not  much  bigger  than 
a  giant's  thumb.  The  utmost  care  has  been  given  to  the  garden,  which  has  a  little 
meandering  stream  over  which  are  rustic  bridges  and  other  evidences  of  a  truly 
rural  scene.  A  large  number  of  cleafragranes  and  other  Japanese  plants  are  in 
pots  which  are  of  the  best  faience,  porcelain  and  enameled  ware.  Altogether  the 
Japanese  garden  is  an  exact  reproduction  of  many  at  Tokio,  where  horticulturists 
are  numerous  in  view  of  the  widely  prevalent  taste  for  flowers.  Farther  along,  up 
against  the  northeast  corner,  and  then  again  in  the  northwest  corner,  are  contri- 
butions from  Trinidad,  comprising  ferns,  palms,  bamboos,  crotons,  and  other  trop- 
ical productions. 

Returning  we  come  upon  the  German  exhibit,  arranged  by  Herr  Rudolph 
Schiller,  in  which  are  grouped  collections  of  azaleas  and  rhododendrons  brilliant 
in  blossom,  contributed  by  Otto  Olberg,  Dresden;  Spiraea  astilboides,  from  Oscar 
Tiefenthal,  Wandsbeck;  five  thousand  lilies  of  the  valley,  from  Gustavus  A.  Schulz,, 
and  C.  Van  der  Huissin,  of  Berlin,  and  from  Julius  Hansen,  Pinneberg,  and  Oscar 
Tiefenthal,  Wandsbeck;  Buxus  pyramides  and  Buxus  Standards,  some  beautiful 
foliage  trees  and  shrubs,  and  a  new  rhododendron,  exhibited  by  T.  J.  Scidel,  Saxo- 
nia.  Interspersed  are  collections  of  hydrangeas,  easter  lilies,  pelargoniums,  dwarf 
palms,  cyclamens,  cinerarias,  calceolarias,  sixteen  varieties  of  pansiesand  cannas, 
the  whole  bordered  with  tuberous  begonias  and  English  primroses.  In  the  midst 
ot  this  are  two  pieces  of  statuary,  one  of  which  represents  a  spring  group  as  often  | 
seen  in  the  better  greenhouses  throughout  Germany  and  the  other  a  maiden  at  the 
fountain. 

Next  comes  Belgium  with,  a  beautiful  exhibit  of  azaleas  and  rhododendrons 
and  other  varieties;  also  four  bay  trees  in  blossom.  The  next  sight  is  a  novel  one, 
being  a  mound  of  sixty-eight  varieties  of  cacti,  including  a  number  of  species  never 
before  seen  in  this  country.  The  visitor  now  comes  full  upon  the  century  plant, 
which  was  in  perfect  flower  in  May  and  which,  while  not  gaudy  or  especially  attract- 
ive, is  illustrious. 

The  visitor  now  comes  upon  the  New  York  side  of  the  mountain,  at  the  base' 
of  which  is  a  magnificent  assemblage  of  aristocratic  members  of  the  floral  kingdom, 
many  of  them  having  been  selected  with  artistic  care  and  taste  from  pretentious 
palaces  of  plants  on  the  Hudson,  the  Schuylkill  and  the  Charles,  among  which  are 
are  a  fine  collection  of  dracsenas  and  crotons  from  the  Gould  place  in  New  York, 
said  to  be  the  choicest  in  the  world;  Pandamus  Utilis  and  a  pair  of  Arenga  Bonnetii, 
believed  to  be  the  finest  specimens  in  America;  a  Cycas  Revoluta,  one  hundred  and 
fifty  years  old  and  in  fruit;  Areca  Lutescens,  the  queen  of  palms;  Ravcuala  Mada. 
gascariensis,  from  the  deserts  in  Madagascar,  and  better  known  as  the  Travelers' 
Tree;  Areca  Banri,  very  rare  and  very  beautiful;  an  immense  specimen  of  Caryoto 
Urens,  forty  feet  high,  a  very  valuable  palm;  the  largest  specimen  in  America  of 
the  Theophrasta  Imperialis,  a  native  of  the  East  Indies;  the  Seaforthia  Elegans, 
thirty-five  feet  and  exceedingly  graceful;  Plectocomia  Assamica,  the  only  climbing 
palm  in  the  United  States,  a  native  of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  from  the  Gould  place, 
Irvington-on-the-Hudson,  and  many  others  conspicuous  for  their  age  and  lineage. 


t 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


303 


CHAPTER  IX. 
THE  FRENCH  FLORICULTURAL  EXHIBIT. 

Many  New  and  Rare  Flowering  and  Foliage  Plants — The  Finest  Azaleas  and  Rhododendrons  Ever  Seen 
in  America — M.  Jules  Lemoine,  Principal  Gardener  pf  the  City  of  Paris,  Introduces  Many  Lovely 
and  Bewitching  Members  of  the  Realm  of  Flora  and  Encircles  the  Woman's  Building  in  Bloom — 
He  Also  Enlivens  Other  Stretches  of  Sward. 

Y  REQUEST  of  the  French  Commissioner,  Mr.  Thorpe 
kindly  consented  that  the  French  Floricultural  section,  in 
charge  of  M.  Jules  Lemoine,  principal  gardener  of  the  City  of 
Paris  (Bois  de  Vicennes),  should  be  represented  elsewhere 
than  in  the  Horticultural  building,  and  so  the  eminent  Pa- 
risian floriculturist  elected  to  make  displays  uponthe  grounds 
adjacent  to  the  French  building,  upon  the  Midway  Plaisance, 
the  space  north  of  the  Horticultural  building,  adjacent  to  the 
Children's  pavilion,  the  Puck  and  White  Star  Steamship  Line 
pavilions  and  around  the  Woman's  building.  It  is  upon  the 
latter  space  that  M.  Lemoine  made  his  most  elaborate  and 
beautiful  exhibit  and  one  that  will  be  long  remembered  by  all 
who  were  so  fortunate  to  see  it  in  June  and  July. 
On  the  east  side  of  the  Woman's  building  are  a  fine  lot  of  siver  spruces,  fifty 
varieties  in  all,  between  four  and  six  feet  in  height,  and  set  out  with  much  taste. 
There  are  also  about  forty  azaleas,  representing  two  varieties.  A  variegated  Buxus. 
and  a  new  hardy  plant  known  as  acer  negundo,  fojis  aurea  variegated,  attract  at- 
tention. Another  plant  that  interests  visitors  is  Ilex  aquifolia  argenta,  which  does 
very  well  in  this  section.     It  was  in  fine  condition  in  July. 

Proceeding  toward  the  eastern  entrance  from  the  south  may  be  seen  a  fine 
display  of  of  Evonymus — Due  d'Anjou,  marginata  alba,  marginata  aurea,  radicans,: 
folvar,  puchellus,  etc.,  also  three  specimens  of  the  new  Abies  picea  pumila.  Next 
are  a  number  of  lauros  of  Portugal  which  stand  up  in  pyramids  seven  feet  high. 
Som.e  clusters  of  silver  spruce  are  next  seen  between  the  eastern  entrance  and  the 
northern  end.  Then  there  are  a  number  of  genista  Andreanain  yellow  and  maroon 
flower,  and  more  buxus  Araucaria  imbricata. 

Just  north  of  the  eastern  entrance  lanro  cerasus  rotundi  folia  stand  up  in 
pyramids  attractively.  On  both  sides  of  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  building 
are  sixty  superb  varieties  of  rhododendrons,  all  in  flower  in  June,  making  a  most 
striking  appearance.  Among  them  are  the  "  Lady  Eleanor,"  "  Elvelyn,"  "Martin 
H.  Sutton,"  "John  Waterer,"  the  father  of  the  rhododendrons;  "Princess  Mary  of 
Cambridge,"  "Stella,"  "Joseph  Whitworth,"  "  Mrs.  Fitzgerald,"  and  many  others. 


304 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


All  of  the  above  are  from  Messrs.  Croux  &  Son,  the  well  known  florists  and  nur- 
serymen of  the  Val  of  Aulnay  near  Paris.  These  plants  came  in  willow  baskets  and 
bagging  and  were  put  up  in  such  excellent  shape  for  shipping  that  they  never 
suffered  in  the  least  from  their  long  land  and  ocean  trip,  and  never  lost  a  leaf. 

Crossing  the  northern  entrance  to  the  Woman's  Building  and  going  west  the 
lover  of  rare  and  beautiful  rhododendrons  stands  in  the  midst  of  fifty  as  fine  ones, 
all  in  flower  in  June  as  were  ever  seen  in  France,  which  surpasses  all  other  countries 
in  the  production  of  this  aristocratic  plant,  and  which  werecontributed  by  M.  Moser 
of  Versailles.  Among  them  are  the  "  General  Cabrera,"  "  The  Gem,"  "  Michael 
Waterer,"  "  Nelly  Moser,"  "  Star  of  Ascot,"  "  Marechal  MacMahon,"  "  Blandy- 
anum,"  "  Caractacus,"  and  "Imperatrice  Eugenie. '  From  France,  too,  are  some 
new  azaleas — glauca  stricta — a  remarkably  hardy  plant,  which  flowers  indoors  in 
February  and  out  of  doors  in  May  and  June.  The  February  flower  is  used  largely 
for  decoration  in  France,  as  it  yields  abundantly  and  makes  a  fine  appearance  as  a 
cut  flower.  Among  the  other  contributions  from  Paris  is  a  new  rare  and  beautiful 
foliage  plant^Dimorphantus  Manshuricus  foliis  argenteis  variegatis  and  aureis, 
(obtained  by  Gouchaud),  a  native  of  the  interior  of  Japan.  There  are  two  of  these 
plants  near  the  northeast  corner  of  the  northern  entrance  and  two  near  the  north-. 
west  corner  of  the  plat,  the  only  four  in  Chicago. 

Near  these  are  a  splendid  collection  of  cedars  Libani  aurea,  a  fav"orite  the 
world  over,  and  clusters  of  Evonymus  Japonica  elegans,  of  most  exquisite  foliage. 
There  are  close  by  twenty  varieties  of  silver  spruces  and  twenty-five  varieties  of 
cedars.     In  the  middle  of  this  plat  are  loo  new  Hypericum    Moserianum   that   the 

careless  observer  would  take  to  be  roses.  They  were 
in  flower  in  July.  These  are  sometimes  called  the 
Thousand-headed  plant,  on  account  of  the  interstices 
that  rnay  be  seen  through  its  petals  with  a  microscope. 
Passing  round  to  the  western  side  of  the  building  and 
going  toward  the  south  may  be  seen  among  the  gor- 
geous rhododendrons  and  azaleas  a  little  bed  of  Japan- 
ese maples,  as  fine  as  any  in  Japanese  gardens. 
Further  along  are  twenty-four  Kalmia,  which  attract 
much  attention;  four  superb  specimens  of  azalea  Pon- 
tica,  rare  and  large;  twenty  azalea  mollis,  all  in  pink 
and  white  flowers  in  May  and  June.  Some  beautiful 
genista  andreana  in  flower,  fifty  plants  in  all.  Pass- 
ing the  western  entrance  and  proceeding  in  a  south- 
erly direction  one  comes  upon  another  beautiful  ex- 
hibit from  Georges  Boucher,  of  Paris,  consisting  in 
part  of  260  varieties  of  standard  tea  and  hybrid  roses, 
all  rare  or  new.  These  were  from  five  to  six  weeks  on  their  voyage  but  not  a 
plant  was  lost.  Many  of  them  are  from  three  to  four  feet  in  height,  and  were 
planted  six  inches  deep  on  account  of  the  little  root  they  had  on  arrival.  Every- 
one  is  thrifty  and   were  in  flower  all  summer.     Among  these  rare  and  new  roses 


STATUARY. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  305 

are  "  Mme.  Carnot,"  "  President  Constant,"  "  Duchesse  d'Orleans,"  "  Lyonnais," 
"  Duchess  of  Connaught,"  "  Mabel  Morrison,"  "  Earl  of  Dufferin,"  "  Beaute  de 
I'Europe,"  "Mme.  Victor  Verdier,"  "Louise  Odier,"  "  Reine  Marie  Henriette," 
and  "  Caroline  Testout." 

Some  new  clematis,  now  seen  in  America  for  the  first  time,  is  placed  near  the 
western  entrance.  This  attracts  much  attention,  as  do  two  varieties  of  roses 
"  Rugusa,"  white  and  red,  from  Baron  Veillard,  of  Orleans;  and  the  same  nursery- 
man exhibits  1 2  specimens  of  the  new  varieties  of  clematis,  "  Mme.  Edouard  Andre." 
Crossing  the  western  entrance  and  proceeding  south  the  observer  is  struck  with 
the  plats  of  more  roses  sent  from  M.  Paillet,  of  Chatenay,  near  Paris.  Here  are 
nearly  200  teas  and  hybrids,  all  of  which  were  in  flower  during  the  summer  months. 
Among  them  are  "  Mme.  Honore  Defresne,"  Souvenir  d'un  ami,"  "  La  France," 
"Jacqueminot,"  "Pauline  Labonte,"  "Rubens,"  "Gloirede  Dijon,"  "Merveille  de 
Lyon,"  "  Capt.  Christy,"  and  others  that  are  as  well  known. 

The  southern  end  of  the  building  west  of  the  southern  entrance  is  planted 
almost  entirely  with  spruces,  150  varieties  in  all,  from  Honore  Defresne  &  Son, 
Vitry,  near  Paris,  (one  of  the  largest  and  best  known  nursery  firms  in  the  world,) 
among  which  are  Cedrus,  Libani,  pendula,  Juniperus  hybernica,  Abies  commutata, 
glauca,  Taxus  aurea,  Abies  Remonti  and  others.  In  the  plat  east  of  the  southern 
entrance  are  set  out  150  shrubs  and  evergreens,  among  which  are  the  Magnolia 
grandiflora,  Skimmia  japonica,  Ligustrum  coriaceum,  Eleagnus  Simoni,  Andromeda 
japonica,  Nandina  domestica,  etc. 

The  palms  around  the  Woman's  Building  are  all  of  the  hardy  variety  of  the 
French  Mediterranean  shore.  There  are  thirty  varieties  in  all,  the  choicest  being 
the  Brahea  Roezli,  or  silver  palm,  Cocos  Australis,  Phoenix  Canariensis,  and  Jubea 
spectabilis,  from  M.  Martichon,  a  landscape  nurseryman  of  Cannes. 

These  plants  are  shaded  slightly  by  a  row  of  catalpa  excelsa  trees,  which 
runs  all  around  the  building,  and  by  a  single  black  oak  at  the  northern  entrance. 
Between  the  grass  and  the  building  there  is  a  space  of  about  four  feet  which  is 
filled  in  with  familiar  summer  foliage  and  flowering  plants. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  307 


CHAPTER  X. 

A  RAMBLE  AMONG  FRUITS  AND  WINES. 

Other  Exhibits  in  the  Horticultural  Building— Side  by  Side  with  the  Celebrated  and  World-Renowned 
Vintages  of  Europe  Are  Shown  the  Products  of  American  Vineyards— Unique  Features  of 
Some  of  the  Foreign  Displays— Missouri,  Ohio,  New  York,  and  California  Are  Well  Represented— 
Fruits  from  Nearly  Every  State  in  the  Union— Enormous  Apples,  Pears,  Peaches,  Plums,  Cherries 
and  Prunes  from  Idaho,  Colorado,  Oregon  and  Washington — Unsurpassed  Displays  of  Thirty  Kinds 
of  Fruits  by  California's  Great  Citrus  Fruit  Exhibit  by  the  State — Towers  and  Pagodas  of  Oranges 
and  Lemons  from  Southern  California  Attract  Great  Attention — Many  Fine  Displays  of  Preserved, 
Dried,  Canned  and  Crystalized  Fruits  and  Raisins  from  Southern  California — Big  Display  of 
Seeds  by  Peter  Henderson,  of  New  York— Great  Array  of  Garden  Implements,  Tents,  Green- 
houses, Lawn  Mowers,  Fences,  Statuary,  Etc. 


NE  01  the  most  interesting  and  instructive  special  feat- 
ures of  the  Exposition  is  the  exhibit  of  wines  of  the 
World  in  the  south  pavilion  of  the  Horticultural  Build- 
ing, known  as  the  division  of  Viticulture,  in  charge  of 
H.  M.  La  Rue.  The  exhibits,  especially  those  of  for- 
eign countries,  are  shown  on  a  lavish  and  magnificent 
scale,  which  might  have  been  expected  when  it  is  known 
that  a  good  many  millions  of  dollars  are  annually  spent 
by  Americans  for  foreign  wines  of  all  kinds  and  that  the 
producers  can  afford  to  spend  a  mint  of  money  on  advertising 
when  it  is  known  that  they  sometimes  receive  a  good  many 
more  hundred  per  cent  for  their  wines  in  America  than  they  do  for  the  same  pro- 
ductions in  their  own  lands. 

The  Californian  claims,  with  a  great  deal  of  force  and  argument,  that  the 
conditions  of  his  soil,  climate,  and  methods  resemble  those  of  the  foreign  countries 
that  produce  the  most  distinguished  wines.  The  manufacturers  of  wines  in  Mis. 
souri  and  Ohio  presume  to  say  that  their  wines  are  not  only  as  choice  as  those  of 
California,  but  that,  while  they  may  not  at  all  resemble  those  of  either  France  or 
California,  they  contain  all  the  elements  and  virtues  of  a  perfect  beverage.  New 
York  and  New  Jersey  are  not  behind  in  proclaiming  the  excellencies  of  their  native 
wines. 

There  is  nothing,  probably,  concerning  which  there  is  such  a  diversity  and 
distribution  of  taste  and  opinion  as  there  is  regarding  wines.  There  are  those  who 
claim  that  nothing  genuine  comes  from  abroad  unless  it  be  certain  brands  of  claret 
and  a  few  champagnes  and  whites.  There  are  those,  too,  who  maintain  that  no 
wines  made  in  America  or  Australia  are  fit  for  a  gentleman's  table. 
ao 


3o8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLDS  FAIR. 

Four-fifths  of  the  space  on  the  ground  floor  of  the  south  pavilion  is  allotted 
to  foreign  countries.  Germany  succeeded  in  getting  4,000  square  feet.  Among  its 
wines  are  the  famous  Schloss  Johannisberger,  Stemberger,  Grafenberg,  and  Riides- 
heimer,  and  others  from  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Rhine.  The  display  is  made  un- 
der the  auspices  of  German  Consuls  and  is  a  collective  one;  but  there  has  been  a 
considerable  sum  spent  upon  it,  as  the  importation  of  its  superior  wines  is  on  the 
increase.  There  is  also  a  splendid  lot  of  Mosselles,  including  the  Brauneberger  and 
other  excellent  ones  with  long  names.  The  German  exhibiters  also  have  a  big 
wine  cellar  in  operation  near  by  which  shows  all  the  processes  of  manufacture  and 
storage. 

Austria  has  a  small  space  in  which  that  country  shows  its  Tokays,  its  Meo- 
grads,  its  Muscadines,  and  eight  varieties  of  Ansbruch,  which  is  regarded  by  many 
as  the  most  delectable  wine  of  Austria. 

France,  as  usual  at  all  expositions,  has  a  most  magnificent  exhibit,  in  which 
no  money  has  been  spared  to  make  it  attractive.  In  the  red  wine  section  there  are 
exhibited  more  than  sixty  varieties  of  superior  clarets  and  a  large  number  of  Bur- 
gundies and  Sauternes.  The  French  exhibit  occupies  about  2,500  square  feet,  and 
the  cabinet  work,  which  contains  the  varities  aforesaid,  is  pretty  and  costly. 

Italj' has  about  1,000  feet,  in  which  it  exhibits  its  best  dry  reds  and  some  of 
its  sweets.  There  are  exhibits  from  Arcetri,  near  Florence,  and  a  number  from 
Piedmont,  and  notably  the  Barolo,  Barbera,  Nebbiolo,  and  Braccheto.  Central 
Italy  shows  some  of  its  famous  wines,  which,  however,  are  not  often  seen  in  this 
country,  such  as  Montefiascone,  which  possesses  a  delicious  aroma,  and  the  Albano, 
which  is  also  a  crack  wine  among  the  Italian  aristrocracy.  There  are  also  red 
wines  from  the  foothills  of  Vesuvius,  and  both  white  and  red  wines  from  the  Island 
of  Capri. 

Spain  has  been  given  a  large  space,  fully  as  much  as  that  alloted  to  Germany. 
The  wines  shown  by  Spain  are  mostly  sherries  from  the  district  near  Cadiz  and 
from  the  Provinces  of  La  Mancha,  known  as  Val  de  Penas,  which,  in  the  opinion 
of  many,  is  as  fine  a  wine  as  is  found  in  the  world.  There  are  also  wines  from  the 
Provinces  of  Granada,  known,  generally,  as  Malagas,  Muscatel,  and  Malvoisies.. 
In  addition  there  are  red  wines  from  this  same  district,  known  in  Spain  as  Tinto  de 
Rota  and  Sacra.  The  well-known  Amontillado  is  arrayed  handsomely  behind 
locked  glass  doors. 

Portugal  asserts  its  presence  by  a  display  of  ports  from  the  Alto  Douro  dis- 
trict and  wines  from  the  Island  of  Madeira.  Of  the  former  there  are  four  white 
ports  and  six  blacks,  the  latter  being  the  Souzao  Aragonez  and  Pegudo.  Of  the 
white  ports  there  are  the  Ferral  Branco,  Malvazia,  Malmsey,  Dedo  de  Dama,  and 
Muscatelle  de  Jesus. 

Switzerland  also  makes  a  small  display,  and  also  Russia  and  some  olher  Eu- 
ropean countries  which  are  not  recognized  generally  as  wine-making  sections. 

New  South  Wales  occupies  space  at  the  eastern  end  of  the  pavilion  and 
makes  a  very  creditable  display.  The  champagnes  of  France  are  shown  at  differ- 
ent places  in  the  vitkultural  section,  but  the  most  of   them  are  in  the  second  story 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  309 

near  the  wines  of  Portugal  and  Italy.  American  wines  are  represented  by  the 
truest  brands  from  New  York,  Ohio,  Missouri,  California  and  other  noted  wine- 
producing  states. 

The  formal  opening  ot  the  German  wine  exhibit  took  place  in  the  south  pa- 
vilion and  wine  cellar  adjoining  on  the  21st  day  of  June,  Imperial  Commissioner  Wer- 
muth  presiding.  The  exhibit  in  the  pavilion  ranks  with  that  of  France  and  Spain, 
while  its  feature  of  a  wine  cellar,  which  stands  in  the  southern  portion  of  the  south- 
ern court,  is  an  instructive  part  of  the  whole.  Its  interior  is  the  reproduction  of  a 
German  wine  cellar  with  Gothic  columns,  and  the  samples  of  the  liquid  from  the 
Fatherland  are  arranged  on  tables  and  stands  in  groups  according  to  the  different 
vintages  and  the  districts  in  which  they  are  produced.  Entering  the  main  door  of 
the  pavilion,  in  a  half  circle  on  the  east  side,  a  number  of  panoramic  paintings  of 
the  districts  represented  in  the  exhibit  attracts  the  attention  of  the  visitor.  These 
panoramas  are  the  Rhine,  as  seen  from  the  Niederwald;  Trarbach  on  the  Main; 
Neustadt  on  the  Haardt,  and  Trier  on  the  Moselle.  These  are  the  works  of 
Artists  Herwarth  and  Joseph  Rumelspacher,  of  Berlin.  Then  there  are  panoramas 
of  the  Necker  Valley,  views  from  Esslingen  to  Constadt,  Rappoltsweiler  (Alsace), 
and  Mullheim  in  Baden,  painted  by  Freudemann  and  Richter-Lefensdorf,  both  of 
Berlin.  These  panoramas  are  works  of  art  reproduced  from  nature.  They  were 
completed  in  Germany  and  mounted  here.  The  arrangements  for  perspective, 
etc.,  are  very  clever.  The  paintings  are  hung  in  niches  outside  the  building  proper 
with  full  exposure  to  daylight,  while  the  semi-circle  inside  of  the  pavilion  is  kept 
in  twilight.  The  grooves  in  front  of  each  panorama  are  decorated  in  plastic  man- 
ner with  vines  growing  on  poles.  These  are,  of  course,  artificial  decorations,  the 
grapes  being  of  glass.  The  walls  to  the  west  of  the  building  are  decorated  with 
two  maps  of  the  wine-producing  districts  of  Germany. 

Visitors  to  the  Horticultural  Building  may  look  upon  the  deadly  Mexican 
aguardiente.  There  are  many  other  kinds  of  Mexican  wines  and  cognacs  in  the 
display,  too,  as  well  as  licor  de  naranja,  which  is  orange  juice,  and  a  good  display  of 
fruit  pastes  and  jellies.  There  are  agaves,  cocoanuts,  grape  fruits,  mosses  and 
ferns  also  in  the  display.  Some  dried  bananas  are  shown,  just  to  prove  that 
bananas  can  be  dried.  The  Mexicans  take  much  pride  in  the  purity  of  their  wines. 
Commissioner  J.  Miguel  Carabay  is  in  charge  of  the  exhibit. 

The  fruit  exhibit  which  occupies  the  northwestern  and  southwestern  curtains 
of  the  Horticultural  Building  is  in  charge  of  Charles  Wright.  Nearly  all  of  the 
States  and  Territories  and  Canada  and  Australia  are  represented.  Florida  and 
Southern  California,  notably  the  latter,  make  splendid  displays  of  oranges  and 
lemons  and  other  citrus  fruits.  The  Southern  Californian  counties  of  San  Diego, 
San  Bernardino,  Riverside,  Orange,  Santa  Barbara  and  Los  Angeles  kept  up  their 
orange  and  lemon  exhibits  until  September.  The  latter  county  had  a  tower  of  the 
golden  fruit  which  contained  nearly  14,000  oranges.  It  also  had  a  monster  Liberty 
Bell  made  of  oranges  and  other  designs.  It  also  had  at  one  time  1,200  plates  and 
600  jars   of  citrus  and   other  semi-tropical  productions — 32  toothsome  kinds  in  all. 

Twenty-one  states  exhibited  apples  and  other  fruits  and  berries  in  their  sea- 


3io 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


son.  Sixteen  states  displayed  canned,  dried,  preserved  or  crystalized  fruits.  Can- 
ada and  New  South  Wales  surprised  all  visitors  by  their  splendid  arrays  of  fruits. 
Then  there  were  superior  exhibits  of  flower  and  vegetable  seeds,  notably  by  Peter 
Henderson  &  Co.,  of  New  York,  and  Pitcher  &  Manda,  of  Short  Hills,  N.  J.  These 
were  to  be  seen  in  the  north  pavilion,  where  there  were  also  numerous  exhibits  of 
lawn  mowers,  sprinklers,  fruit  pickers,  insect  and  other  pest  destroyers,  fertilizers, 
garden  fences,  statuary,  &c.  Upon  the  lawns  west  of  the  Horticultural  Building- 
were  various  models  of  green-houses,  and  many  kinds  of  lawn  mowers  and  sprink- 
lers at  work.  On  the  east  of  the  building  and  in  the  Southern  Court,  were  a  large 
number  of  aquatics.  In  the  gallery  of  the  southern  pavilion  were  a  number  of 
raisin  exhibits  from  Southern  California. 


w  ■ 

'M 

PH 

B^^tw^s^TESf^ 

S'  \  ^HJH 

■ipB 

f  f 

/]m 

i 

1 

qJu^j  M(f/^^^^(^ 


*J*-J*  W^Ww  *i-M»^tS^^ 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


313 


CHAPTER  XI. 
PALACE  OF  MECHANIC  ARTS. 

A  Remarkably  Beautiful  Structure— It  is  850x500  Feet  and  Cost  $1,200,000— The  AUis  Engine  the 
Largest  in  the  World — An  Aggregated  24,000  Hotse  Power — 17,000  Horse  Power  Required  to 
Provide  Electricity — Two  Dynamos  Each  With  a  Capacity  of  10,000  Lights — Ten  Engines 
Averaging  2,000  Horse  Power  Each— A  Fly  Wheel  Thirty  Feet  in  Diameter— An  Engine  Whose 
Combination  of  Iron  and  Steel  Weighs  225  Tons— Its  Wheel  and  Shaft  Alone  Weigh  100  Tons — 
Machinery  of  Every  Description  in  Operation — Manufacturing  Devices  and  Machine  Tools  by 
Thousands — A  Highly  Interesting  Description  of  All  the  Engines  and  Boilers— How  Many  Things 
are  Manufactured  Right  Before  One's  Eyes — Grier's  Ingrain  Lumber  Machine— An  Interesting 
Relic — A  Striking  Contrast — Sketch  of  Chief  Robinson. 

HE  Palace  of  Mechanics  Arts — or,  as  it  is  generally  called 

Machinery    Building — is    regarded    by  many  as    the    most 

beautiful  of  all.     It  is  certainly  a  magnificent  structure,  and 

a  model  of  symmetrical  lines  throughout.     It  is  immediately 

south  of  the  Administration  Building  and  is  midway  between 

theTake  and  the  western  enclosure.     It  is  850  feet  in  length 

and  500  feet  in  width,  and  cost,  with  its  annex  and  power 

house,  $1,200,000.      It  has  an   aggregated   24,000,000  horse 

power,  which  makes  it  the  largest  power  plant  in  the  world. 

Of  this  24,000  horsepower,  17,000  is  devoted  to  electricity, 

there  being  two  dynamos,  each  with   a  capacity  of  10,000 

lights.    These  two  dynamos  are  run  by  the  renowned  AUis  engine,  which  has 

nearly  twice  the  horse  power  of  the  famous  Corliss  engine  which  was  one  of  the 

wonders  of  the  Centennial,  and  the  largest  engine  in  the  world  at  the  time. 

The  power  plant  contains  more  than  forty  steam  engines  which  operate  127 
dynamos.  Ten  of  the  engines  average  2,000  horse  power  each.  The  entire  Allis 
combination  of  iron  and  steel  weighs  more  than  225  tons.  Its  wheel  and  shaft 
alone  weigh  more  than  100  tons.  The  fly  wheel  is  thirty  feet  in  diameter. 
Machinery  of  every  description  is  seen  in  operation.  Manufacturing  devices  and 
machine  tools  covering  every  branch  of  the  business  are  completely  shown. 
Machinery  may  be  seen  manufacturing  other  machinery  and  all  sorts  of  articles 
appearing  as  one  vast  manufactory. 

To  a  great  many  people  there  is  no  sight  at  the  Exposition  to  be  compared 
with  the  power  plant.  It  consists  of  a  vast  aggregation  of  immense  steam  engines, 
covering  a  space  100  feet  wide  and  1,000  feet  long,  lying  along  the  south  wall  of 
Machinery  Hall  and  a  good  distance  along  the  south  wall  of  the  annex.  This 
space  constitutes  one-fourth  of  the  whole  floor. 


314  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

All  these  engines,  and  fifteen  more  scattered  through  the  othet  quarters  oi 
Machinery  Hall,  are  regular  exhibits,  and  yet  they  are  not  running  merely  for  fun 
nor  for  show.  Every  one  of  them  performs  indispensable  work.  The  Exposition 
needed  over  5,000  arc  lights  and  120,000  incandescent  lights  and  it  had  to  have 
power  to  operate  the  acres  upon  acres  of  heavy  machinery.     It  has  it. 

To  begin  with,  power  is  distributed  to  the  machinery  in  Machinery  Hall  by 
a  vast  system  of  line-shafting.  That  is,  some  of  the  engines  are  used  to  drive  long 
iron  shafts,  on  which  are  innumerable  pulleys,  all  revolving  fifteen  feet  above  the 
floor,  and  every  exhibitor  who  wants  power  throws  a  belt  on  the  nearest  pulley  and 
helps  himself.  Now,  there  are  six  lines  of  shafting,  each  766  feet  in  length,  in 
Machinery  Hall,  making  a  total  of  about  4,600  feet,  and  there  are  six  correspond- 
ing and  continuous  lines  in  the  annex,  having  a  total  length  of  about  2,680,  so  that 
there  is  a  grand  total  of  about  7,280  feet. 

Yet  almost  none  of  this  force  is  derived  from  the  power-plant  proper.  It  is 
almost  all  furnished  by  engines  located  in  different  places  around  the  building  for 
that  purpose.  Accordingly  the  shafting  is  divided  into  eighteen  sections  and,  as  a 
general  thing,  each  section  is  driven  by  its  own  engine,  though  some  drive  more. 
A  Sioux  City  engine  drives  a  section  on  each  side  of  it,  and  a  German  engine  drives 
three  sections. 

Many  people  will  be  interested  to  know  what  engines  drive  the  line  shafting. 
The  English  furnish  one  Galloway  engine  and  two  of  Millar's  engines,  which  drive 
all  the  English  machinery  in  the  building  that  requires  power.  The  Germans 
furnish  one  Schichau  engine,  one  Wolf  engine,  and  one  Grusonwerk  engine,  which, 
in  a  like  manner,  drive  all  the  German  machinery.  The  American  engines  and 
their  minimum  horse-power  are  as  follows:  Ideal  tandem,  300;  Bates,  300;  Golden 
State,  200;  Green,  225;  Sioux  City,  350;  Payne's  Corliss,  no;  Erie  City,  300,  and 
AUis  simple,  250. 

Coming  now  to  the  power-plant  proper,  the  engines  that  supply  electric 
power  are  at  the  north  end,  then  come  those  that  supply  incandescent  lights,  then 
those  that  supply  arc  lights,  and  then  at  the  south  end  the  air  compressors,  which 
include  engines.  The  engines  that  generate  power  have  an  aggregate  of  5,000 
horse-power,  and  send  this  amazing  energy,  over  wires  to  the  Administration 
Building  to  run  the  elevators,  and  to  the  Mines  and  Mining,  Electricity,  Manufac- 
tures and  Agriculture  Buildings  to  operate  exhibits  and  do  chores.  It  is  distributed 
inside  these  buildings  by  line  shafting;  and,  curious  to  relate,  in  the  Electricity 
Building  it  is  used  to  run  the  dynamos  that  are  on  exhibition  there. 

Such  splendid  service  makes  a  list  of  these  magnificent  engines  interesting. 
Their  names  and  horse-power  are  as  follows:  Ball  cross  compound,  480;  Armington 
&  Sims  simple,  400;  General  Electric  triple  expansion  condensing,  1,000;  Phoenix 
triple  expansion  condensing,  500;  triple  tandem  condensing,  250;  Phcenix  simple, 
250;  E.  P.  AUis  cross  compound  condensing,  500;  two  Woodbury  tandems,  600 
each;  A.  L.  Ide  simple,  200;  A.  L.  Ide  tandem  compound  condensing,  225;  and 
McEwen  tandem  compound  condensing,  220. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  315 

The  greatest  engines  in  the  building,  however,  are  nine  that  are  devoted  to 
producing  incandescent  Hghts  for  the  grounds  and  buildings,  and  they  are  capable 
of  furnishing  120,000  lights,  though  not  quite  so  many  are  required.  At  the  head 
of  the  list  stands  the  E.  P.  Allis  quadruple  expansion  condensing,  with  a  minimum 
2,000  horse-power,  and  a  possible  3,000  horse-power.  This  is  no  doubt  the  greatest 
machine  in  the  Exposition.  The  others  are  Eraser  and  Chalmers'  triple  expansion 
condensing,  1,000;  four,  Westinghouse,  Church  &  Kerr  compound  condensing,  two 
of  330  each,  and  two  of  1,000  each;  Buckeye  triple  expansion  compound,  1,000; 
Atlas  compound  condensing,  1,000,  and  Mcintosh  &  Seymour  double  tandem  com- 
pound, 1,000. 

But  the  Exposition  would  be  an  uninviting  place  by  night  or  on  dark  days 
without  arc-lights,  and  the  little  giants  that  furnish  this  luxury  are  as  follows:  Two 
Ball  &  Wood  simple,  150  each;  two  Ball  &  Wood  tandem  compound,  150  each; 
Ball  &  Wood  cross  compound,  200;  Buckeye  cross  compound  condensing,  300;  two 
Buckeye  simple,  125  each;  Buckeye  simple,  190;  Buckeye  tandem  compound,  150; 
two  Russell  double  tandem  compound  condensing,  506  and  216;  Lane  &  Bodley 
cross  compound  condensing,  300;  Lane  &  Bodley  tandem  compound  condensing, 
300;  Lane  &  Bodley  simple,  200;  Boss  cross  compound  condensing,  224;  Atlas 
tandem  compound  condensing,  500;  Watertown  double  tandem  compound  con- 
densing, 250;  two  Skinner  simple,  150  each;  New  York  Safety  simple,  150;  three 
Russell  simple,  total  400;  and  Siemens  &  Hotske,  horse-power  not  given. 

Away  down  in  the  southern  end  of  Machinery  Hall  are  six  machines  which 
are  not,  properly  speaking,  steam-engines,  as  they  are  adapted  to  only  one  use. 
These  are  the  steam  air  compressors,  which  supply  the  compressed  air  engines  in 
the  other  buildings.  One  of  these  compressors  is  by  Ingersoll  Sergeant,  one  by 
the  Rand  Drill  Company,  and  four  by  the  Norwalk  iron  works.  They  furnish  com- 
pressed air  at  a  pressure  of  125  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  and  it  is  conveyed  in 
two  six-inch  iron  pipes,  one  of  which  runs  to  the  Mines  and  Mining  Building  and 
the  other  to  the  Transportation  Building,  to  exhibit  the  utility  of  compressed-air 
•engines  in  those  departments. 

But  engines  would  be  of  no  use  without  steam,  and  when  the  visitor  steps 
through  any  of  the  south  doors  of  Machinery  Hall  into  the  immense  corruga  ed 
iron  shed  adjoining  it  he  will  be  satisfied  at  a  glance  that  there  is  no  lack  of  steam. 
Such  a  battery  of  steam  boilers  was  probably  never  constructed  before,  and  the 
necessity  of  more  steam  than  ever  in  consequence  of  the  progress  of  electrical 
.  science  looks  as  if  Watt's  idea  was  not  exactly  on  the  decline.  At  the  first  flush  it 
looks  as  if  the  battery  were  a  mile  long,  but  inquiry  shows  that  it  is  only  about  650 
feet  in  length.  These  boilers  are  also  exhibits  by  seven  different  manufacturers 
and  illustrate  every  new  or  good  point  in  the  construction  of  a  steam  boiler. 

The  boilers  in  the  power  house  are  furnished  by  eight  exhibitors.  Begin- 
ning at  the  east  end  of  the  boiler-house  the  arrangement,  number  of  boilers  and 
rated  horse-power  are  as  follows:  Abendroth  &  Root,  four  boilers,  1,500  horse- 
power; Gill  Water  Tube  Boiler  Company,  four  boilers,  1,500  horse-power;  Heine 
Company,  eight  boilers,  3,000  horse  power;    National,  four  boilers,  1,500  horse- 


^      5TARTED  BY   ^% 

PREIirDBiXT-GLEVELaflD 

A^AY  1*1-1893 


THE  ALUS  ENGINE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  317 

power;  Campbell  &  Zell,  nine  boilers,  3,750  horse-power;  Babcock  &  Wilcox,  ten 
boilers,  3,000  horse-power;  Stirling,  four  boilers,  1,800  horse-power.  In  the  annex 
are  four  Heine  boilers  of  1,500  horse-power,  three  Climax  of  2,000  horse-power  and 
two  Stirling  of  900  horse-power.  These  boilers,  while  separated  from  the  main 
boiler  room  by  the  south  entrance  to  Machinery  Hall,  are  connected  with  the  main 
system  the  same  as  any  of  the  other  batteries.  The  Jumbo  of  the  boiler-house  is  a 
Climax  of  1,000  horse-power. 

The  Abendroth  &  Root  boilers  have  126  tubes,  four  inches  in  diameter,  by 

18  feet  in  length,  arranged  in  courses  14  wide  by  9  high.  They  have  7  drums  14 
inches  in  diameter,  by  20  feet  length,  and  one  header  30  inches  in  diameter  by  12 
feet  in  length.  The  Gill  boilers  have  360  tubes,  4  inches  in  diameter,  18  feet  in  length, 
3  steam  drums,  42  inches  in  diameter,  by  21  feet  long.  The  National  boilers  have 
180  4-inch  tubes,  18  feet  long,  and  3  steam  drums  36  inches  by  20  feet.  The  Camp- 
bell and  Zell  boilers  have  236  4-inch  tubes,  18  feet  in  length,  3  30-inch  water  drums. 

19  feet  in  length,  and  one  steam  drum  52  inches  in  diameter  by  12  feet  length.  The 
Babcock  &  Wilcox  boilers  have  126  4-inch  tubes  18  feet  long,  arranged  in  courses 
14  wide  and  9  high,  a  mud  drum  12  inches  in  diameter  and  8  feet  6  inches  long,  and 
two  steam  drums  36  inches  by  18  feet.  The  Climax  500  horse-power  boilers  have  a 
main  shell  42  inches  in  diameter  by  29  feet  high.  The  main  shell  is  ^  of  an  inch 
thick,  with  vertical  seams  welded.  Each  has  475  tubes  3  inches  in  diameter  and  11 
feet  6  inches  long  before  bending. 

The  monster  1,000  horse-power  has  a  main  shell  seven-eighths  of  an  inch 
thick.  It  is  56  inches  in  diameter  and  35  feet  three  inches  high.  It  has  864  3-inch 
tubes  which  were  12  feet  6  inches  long,  before  bending.  It  is  capable,  it  is  said,  of 
developing  1,800  horse-power. 

These  boilers,  with  the  exception  of  one  Campbell  &  Zell  and  the  three  Cli- 
max, are  arranged  in  batteries  of  two.  Each  pair  of  boilers  feed  steam  into  one 
common  pipe  which  delivers  into  the  36-inch  steam  headers  under  the  gallery  floor. 
Of  these  headers  there  are  seven;  five  in  the  main  boiler  plant  and  two  in  the 
annex,  the  longest  being  150  feet  in  length.  The  headers  are  connected  by  pipes 
ten  inches  in  diameter,  except  that  between  the  main  boiler  plant  and  the  annex, 
which  is  twelve  inches  in  diameter.  These  connecting  pipes  are  arranged  with 
elbows  and  nipples  to  allow  for  expansion.  The  expansion  in  so  large  a  system  is 
considerable.  If  the  header  had  been  made  in  a  single  piece  the  expansion  in  the 
800  feet  in  length  would  have  been  about  twenty  inches.  Such  an  amount  would 
have  been  utterly  unmanageable.  By  means  of  the  connecting  pipes  the  same 
effect  is  produced  as  though  there  were  but  a  single  header.  The  main  headers 
are  securely  fastened  in  the  center  to  large  masonry  foundations.  They  are  further 
supported  every  few  feet  by  rollers  placed  on  foundations  of  masonry.  These 
rollers  permit  the  headers  to  expand  freely  in  each  direction. 

A  four-inch  drain  pipe  runs  the  whole  length  of  the  boiler  plant  and  dis- 
charges into  a  large  tank  outside.  The  headers  are  connected  with  three  two- 
inch  drain  pipes,  so  that  in  case  of  emergency,  if  a  battery  of  boilers  should  get  to 
foaming,  for  instance,  they  can  be  quickly  emptied.     The  water  of  condensation  is 


3i8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLDS  FAIR. 


\ 


carried  back  into  the  bcwlers  by  Westinghouse  loops.  The  Westinghouse  loop  is 
simply  a  pipe  carried  from  the  bottom  of  the  header  up  some  distance  above  the 
top  of  the  boiler,  thence  across  to  the  rear  of  the  boiler-house  down  below  the 
■water  line,  and  then  into  the  boiler  through  an  ordinary  check  valve.  The  height 
of  the  vertical  pipe  is  so  calculated  that  the  weight  of  one  column  of  water  in  it 
added  to  the  pressure  in  the  header,  which  of  course  is  somewhat  less  than  the 
boiler  pressure,  shall  be  sufficient  to  overcome  the  excess  of  pressure  in  the  boiler 
and  so  carry  the  water  of  condensation  and  entrained  water  through  the  valve  and 
into  the  boiler.  Water  glasses  are  placed  on  the  headers  so  that  if  water  should 
accumulate  by  any  chance  it  can  be  readily  discovered. 

The  boilers  are  fed  by  pumps  and  injectors  of  various  makes,  all  being  listed 
as  exhibits.  The  Abendroth  &  Root  boilers  are  fed  by  means  of  six  Watson  m- 
jectors  and  two  Deane  pumps  7^x4^^x10  inches.  The  Gill  boilers  are  fed  by  two 
Korting  injector  and  two  Barr  pumps,  one  10x6x12  inches,  the  other  10x6x10.  The 
pumps  supplying  these  boilers  are  regulated  by  a  Thomas  automatic  feed  water 
regulator  which  keeps  the  water  at  a  constant  level  without  the  intervention  of  an 
attendant.  The  Heine  boilers  are  supplied  by  eight  Penberthy  injectors,  two 
Knowles  pumps,  10x5x12,  and  two  Blake  pumps,  8x5x12.  Four  Hayden  &  Derby 
injectors  and  two  Davidson  compound  pumps  12  and  20x103^x20  are  required  to 
supply  the  National  boilers.  The  Zell  boilers  are  supplied  by  six  Nathan  injectors, 
one  Cameron  pump,  one  Laidlaw  &  Dunn  ■jj4x4%xio,  one  Wilson  Snyder  14x8x18, 
one  Canton,  one  Worthington  and  one  Boyts  Porter  pump.  The  Babcock  &  Wil- 
son boilers  are  supplied  by  Hancock  inspirators  and  thre2  by  Snow  pumps;  one 
is  compound  8  and  12x7x12,  the  others  are  10x5x10  and  8x5x10  respectively.  Two 
Buffalo  pumps  10x6x10  and  7^^x5x8  and  one  Gould  pump  run  by  an  Ideal  engine 
and  Schaefer  &  Budenberg  injectors  are  used  to  feed  the  Stirling  exhibit.  In  the 
annex  two  Marsh  pumps  supply  the  Heine  boilers;  the  Climax  boilers  are  fed  by 
one  Blakeslee  and  one  Smedley,  and  the  Stirling  boilers  are  supplied  by  one  Hall 
and  one  McGowan  pump.  Thus  intending  purchasers  or  any  one  interested  in 
power  plants  may  see  most  of  the  leading  injectors,  inspirators  and  pumps  in  prac- 
tical operation  and  judge  of  their  relative  merits  for  himself.  On  every  make  of 
boilers  is  a  feed  header  into  which  the  pumps  of  those  boilers  deliver.  From  this 
header  separate  pipes  are  run  into  each  boiler. 

Oil  is  the  fuel  used.  The  oil  is  atomized  by  a  steam  jet  as  it  is  discharged 
from  the  burner  into  the  furnace.  The  various  makes  of  oil  burners  are  shown  in 
■operation.  Any  one  interested  in  comparing  the  various  makes  will  find  twelve 
Reid  burners  under  the  Abendroth  &  Root  boilers,  sixteen  under  the  National  and 
forty-six  under  the  Campbell  &  Zell;  thirty  Larkin  burners  under  the  Babcock  & 
W^ilcox  and  twenty-eight  under  the  Climax;  sixteen  Arms  burners  under  the  Gill 
boilers.  The  Heine  boilers  use  seventeen  Graves,  sixteen  Burton,  eight  Wright 
and  twelve  Reid  burners;  the  Stirlings  use  eight  Burton  and  eight  locomotive 
burners.  The  oil  is  fed  from  an  oil  vault  half  a  mile  from  the  boiler  house.  Two 
mains  run  from  this  vault  into  a  five  inch  header  which  runs  the  entire  length  of  the 
boiler  house.     This  header  is  tapped  frequently  and  every  make  of  boilers  is  sup- 


PAVILION  OF  SWITZERLAND— BUILDING  OF  MANUFACTURES  AND  LIBERAL  ARTS" 


320  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

plied  through  a  separate  pipe.  The  pressure  as  allowed  by  the  underwriters,  is  six 
pounds.  Running  along  the  tops  of  the  boilers  from  one  end  of  the  boiler-house  to 
the  other  is  a  two  and  a  half  inch  steam  pipe  with  valves  between  each  make  of 
boilers.  A  two-inch  steam  pipe  feeds  into  this  from  each  boiler.  From  this  two 
and  a  half  inch  pipe  steam  is  carried  into  the  oil  burners  for  atomizing  the  oil.  As 
steam  is  necessary  to  burn,  the  oil  pipe  obviates  the  necessity  of  using  wood  to 
start  up  any  battery  of  boilers  after  it  has  been  allowed  to  cool  down  so  long  as  any 
other  battery  has  steam  up.  The  Gill  and  Campbell  &  Zell  boilers  have  indepen- 
dent steam  connections  with  the  burners  in  addition.  The  safety  valves,  which  are 
the  ordinary  pop  valves,  are  set  at  125  pounds. 

The  entire  room  is  in  charge  of  George  Ross  Green,  who  is  known  as  the 
superintendent  of  the  boiler  house.  His  rank  is  that  of  second  assistant  engineer. 
Each  exhibitor  furnishes  firemen  and  water  tenders  to  care  for  its  boilers.  They 
work  in  watches  of  eight  hours  each,  one  or  two  men  being  required,  according  to 
the  number  of  boilers  in  the  exhibit.  In  addition  the  exposition  furnishes  a  gang 
of  thirty  men  under  three  foremen,  who  look  after  cleaning,  oil  and  oiling,  repairs, 
alterations  and  so  on.  One  man's  duties  consist  of  watching  for  smoke  and 
promptly  reporting  any  offenses  in  this  particular.  He  sits  in  a  little  house  back 
of  the  boiler-room  where  he  has  a  clear  view  of  all  the  chimneys.  Electric  com- 
munications with  every  furnace  is  provided,  so  that  as  soon  as  a  chimney  begins  to 
smoke  the  fireman  is  warned  by  a  bell  to  look  after  the  matter.  Another  man  looks 
after  the  valves,  of  which  there  are  108  on  the  headers  alone,  and  a  grand  total 
of  1,200  in  round  numbers  intheboiler  house. 

Mr.  Green  has  devised  an  ingenious  yet  simple  scheme  for  keeping  a  record 
of  the  condition  of  the  boilers  and  engine.  On  the  north  wall  of  the  boiler-house 
near  the  east  end  of  the  gallery,  hang  two  huge  blue  prints.  On  one  is  a  diagram 
of  the  boiler-house  and  machinery  hall,  showing  the  location  of  every  boiler  and 
engine,  each  being  numbered.  The  key  to  these  numbers  is  given  on  the  bottom 
of  the  blue  print.  A  brass  peg  is  screwed  into  each  spot  occupied  by  a  boiler  or 
engine.  At  one  corner  are  stacks  of  red,  white  and  black  tags  about  half  an  inch 
wide  and  two  inches  long.  A  white  tag  hung  on  a  peg  indicates  that  that  particu- 
lar engine  or  boiler  is  working;  a  red  tag  shows  that  the  boiler  or  engine  is  hot  and 
ready  to  be  put  in  operation  at  a  moment's  notice;  black  shows  that  the  engine  or 
boiler  is  not  in  use  for  some  reason.  Whenever  an  engine  or  boiler  is  started  or 
stopped  the  foreman  on  duty  goes  to  the  diagram  and  hangs  a  suitably  colored  tag 
on  the  peg  which  stands  for  that  engine  or  boiler.  Thus  the  record  is  constantly 
kept  up  to  date.  On  the  second  blue  print  is  a  diagram  of  the  header  and  header 
valves  with  similar  pegs  and  tags.  Whenever  a  request  is  made  for  steam  for  an 
engine  the  foreman  in  charge  sends  the  valve  man  to  open  the  valve  and  hangs  a 
white  tag  on  the  proper  peg  to  show  that  it  it  open.  In  changing  watches  the  fore- 
man coming  on  duty  can  see  at  a  glance  just  how  things  stand.  This  saves  a  vast 
amount  of  labor  in  making  out  lengthy  reports  at  the  end  of  each  watch. 

An  elaborate  record  is  kept  in  the  boiler-room  showing  when  each  boiler  is 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  321 

started  up,  when  shut  down,  when  valves  are  opened  and  when  closed,  the  steam 
pressure,  furnaces  that  smoke,  repairs  made  and  so  on. 

All  who  are  particularly  interested  in  this  chapter  must  understand  that  there 
are  too  many  machines  to  mention — all  kinds  of  printing  presses,  cotton  thread  mak- 
ing machines,  pin  and  nail  making  machinery,  looms  of  many  descriptions,  paper 
making  machinery,  planers,  matchers  and  molders,  jointers,  shaping,  mortis- 
ing, boring,  and  dovetailing  machines,  spinners,  carders,  more  than  200  tool- 
making  machines,  and  hundreds  of  others  that  cannot  be  mentioned.  Towels, 
napkins,  handkerchiefs,  and  many  other  articles  are  made  while  the  visitor  waits, 
such  as  gold  bead  necklaces,  watch  chains,  and  a  variety  of  other  articles  to  the 
number  of  two  dozen  in  Sec.  32  on  the  north  side  of  the  Hall  by  Samuel  Moore  & 
Co's.  gold  bead  machinery.  Four  sizes  of  beads  can  be  made  on  the  same  machine 
by  changing  the  dies.  The  machine  is  about  four  feet  in  height  and  about  sixteen 
inches  in  width  and  breadth.  A  plated  tube  through  which  a  small  brass  dumbbell 
wire  to  form  the  connecting  links  has  been  thrust  is  introduced  into  the  shaft, 
which  is  hollow,  until  it  is  caught  by  the  dies.  These  dies  work  on  the  end  of  L 
shaped  levers,  which  are  operated  by  a  double  cam  on  the  main  shaft.  The  dies 
are  opened  by  brass  springs.  They  work  in  pairs  alternately,  two  being  placed 
vertically  and  two  horizontally.  On  the  face  of  each  die  is  a  series  of  eleven  gradu- 
ated hemispherical  cavities.  On  reaching  the  first  pair  of  cavities  a  section  of  tube 
large  enough  to  form  a  bead  is  cut  off  and  partly  formed.  When  the  shaft  has 
made  a  half  revolutioa  the  vertical  dies  open  and  the  lateral  dies  come  together, 
cutting  off  a  section  of  the  wire  to  form  the  connecting  link  of  the  next  bead. 
These  dies  are  moved  outward  by  a  cam  just  the  length  of  the  bead,  thus  drawing 
in  another  section  of  tube.  The  partly  formed  bead  is  thus  passed  along  through 
the  series  of  cavities  by  the  lateral  motion  of  the  horizontal  dies,  each  pair  being 
smaller  than  the  preceding  until  the  last,  when  it  passes  out  of  the  machine  a  per- 
fect bead.  The  beads  are  held  firmly  together  by  the  dumbbell  wire.  The  capacity 
of  the  machine  is  from  six  inches  to  one  foot  of  beads  a  minute,  according  to  size. 
The  string  of  beads  is  now  cut  up  into  suitable  lengths,  tied  up  in  stout  cotton 
cloth  and  placed  in  a  shaker  containing  a  strong  solution  of  soap-suds.  It  is  shaken 
for  about  fifteen  minutes  and  is  taken  out  polished.  After  being  dried  in  sawdust, 
the  chain  or  necklace  is  ready  for  sale. 

An  interesting  relic  of  colonial  days  is  shown  in  the  north  aisle  of  Machinery 
Hall  by  the  Campbell  Printing  Press  Company.  It  is  nothing  less  than  the  first 
printing  press  ever  used  in  New  Hampshire.  It  was  made  by  Thomas  Draper  in 
Boston,  1742.  Daniel  Fowle  purchased  it  Oct.  17,  1756,  and  it  was  afterwards 
owned  by  John  Melcher,  the  first  State  Printer  in  New  Hampshire.  Later  it  passed 
into  the  possession  of  Frank  W.  Miller  of  Portsmouth  and  finally  became  the  pro- 
perty of  the  company  by  which  it  is  exhibited.  Only  a  few  portions  of  the  original 
wood  have  had  to  be  renewed.  The  plate  is  but  half  the  size  of  the  bed  plate,  so  it 
was  necessary  to  take  two  impressions  to  print  the  full  size  of  the  form.  It  forms  a 
striking  contrast  with  the  huge  perfecting  presses  exhibited  on  either  side. 

In  the  west  end  of  Machinery  Hall  is  Grier's  ingrain   lumber   machine  that 


322  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

was  patented  last  October.  Basswood  board,  worth  $30  a  thousand  feet,  passed  in 
at  one  side  comes  out  quarter-sawed  oak,  worth  $60  a  thousand  feet,  on  the  other 
side.  That  is,  it  looks  like  quarter-sawed  oak.  The  essential  feature  of  the 
machine  is  a  drum  thirty-six  inches  in  diameter  and  thirty  inches  face.  The  design, 
is  first  painted  on  the  face  of  the  drum,  the  champs  being  painted  black  on  the  pat- 
tern. The  grain  is  left  unpainted.  The  drum  is  then  hung  up  on  end  and  set  with 
steel  knives  or  type.  These  type  are  iji  inches  deep  by  1-32  of  an  inch  thick,, 
made  of  high  grade  steel.  They  can  be  cut  up  in  widths  from  Yq  inch  to  i  inch. 
The  operation  of  placing  them  on  the  cylinder  is  something  similar  to  typesetting, 
the  knives  being  held  into  position  by  a  clamp.  When  the  drum  is  filled  with  type 
cement  is  poured  into  the  interstices.  This  holds  the  knives  firmly  in  place. 
The  machine  is  capable  of  taking  in  lumber  from  y&  inch  to  6  inches 
thick.  It  is  drawn  through  by  means  of  a  feed  roller  ten  inches  in  diameter.  After 
passing  over  the  drum  the  lumber  next  passes  over  a  filler  pan  containing  a 
specially  prepared  filler,  which  is  pressed  into  the  cavities  made  by  the  knives  by- 
two  smooth,  steel  geared  rollers.  The  board  is  held  down  against  the  filler  rollers 
by  another  feed  roiler  placed  directly  above  them  three  inches  in  diameter.  Any- 
surplus  or  filler  is  removed  by  a  scraper,  a  steel  blade  thirty  inches  in  width.  The 
adjustment  for  various  thicknesses  of  lumber  :s  made  by  four  screws  operated 
by  bevel  cog  gear.  The  drum  makes  three  revolutions  a  minute.  It  has  a  maxi- 
mum capacity  of  6o,coo  feet  a  day  of  ten  hours.  Fifteen  varieties  of  wood  can  be 
imitated  on  this  machine,  such  as  oak,  ash,  bird's-eye  maple,  mahogany,  cherry,  and 
Hungarian  ash. 

No  man  ever  leaves  the  Machinery  Building  a  bit  disappointed.  If  he  sur- 
veys all  that  is  to  be  seen  carefully  and  intelligently  he  has  obtained  an  amount 
of  information  concerning  mechanic  arts  that  he  had  never  dreamed  of. 

The  Krupp  exhibit  in  Machinery  Hall  represents  samples  of  mining  machin- 
ery, powerful  ore  crushers  and  grinders,  also  improved  assaying  machinery.  A 
very  interesting  exhibit  is  made  by  a  Berlin  firm  which  constructs  machines  for  the 
manufacture  of  safety  matches  and  match  boxes.  These  are  the  matches  which 
can  only  be  ignited  on  the  surface  of  the  box  they  are  packed  in.  Both  box  and 
•natch  are  prepared  which  a  certain  chemical  substance.  The  manufacture  of  these 
matches  and  boxes  is  shown  here  in  a  practical  manner.  One  person  can  work  a 
single  machine,  and  in  Germany  this  is  mostly  done  by  girls.  The  process  for  the 
manufacture  of  the  boxes  is  started  by  a  machine  which  does  the  shaving  of  a 
block  of  wood  ( Cottonwood)  into  very  thin  sheets,  then  another  machine  does  the 
cutting,  folding  and  labeling  of  the  36,000  boxes  per  day.  Two  peeling  machines 
can  cut  24,000,000  matches  out  of  prepared  blocks  of  wood  per  day.  The  dipping 
process— placing  the  chemical  preparation  on  one  end  of  the  match — is  also  done 
by  a  very  ingenious  contrivance,  whereby  2,200  matches  are  dipped.  To  prevent 
the  matches  sticking  together  they  are  placed  in  a  frame  with  a  holder  for  each 
one.  Thus  the  process  is  facilitated,  and  one  operator  can  dip  almost  two  million 
matches  per  day.  Although  poplar  and  cottonwood  .  are  chiefly  used  in  Germany, 
the  process  at  the  exhibit  is  being  demonstrated  with  willow.     Another  interesting 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  323 

feature  of  the  process  of  the  manufacture  of  matches  is  the  filling  of  the  boxes. 
With  the  aid  of  automatic  machines  a  girl  can  fill  1,800  boxes  per  hour. 

The  agricultural  part  of  the  German  machinery  exhibit  is  represented  by 
kneading  and  mixing  machines;  machinery  for  manufacture  and  working  of  paper 
by  combined  rolling  and  friction  calenders  with  from  ten  to  twelve  rollers  ninety 
inches  on  surface,  and  a  downward  pressure  of  fifty  tons  on  each  end  of  the  jour- 
nals; these  mammoth  calenders  being  driven  by  two  twin  engines. 

The  electrotyping  process  for  rotating  printing  presses  is  demonstrated  by 
an  Augsburg  firm.  Prominent  German  illustrated  papers,  such  as  the  Fliegende 
Blaetter  and  Leipziger  Ilhcstrirte  Zeitung,  etc.,  use  electrotypes  for  their  rotating 
presses  instead  of  stereotypes.  The  single  and  double  page  ruling  machines  ex- 
hibited by  a  firm  from  Leipsic  is  of  interest  to  the  representatives  of  the  book- 
binding trade  and  to  manufacturers  of  stationery  goods. 

Printing  Press  Row  in  Machinery  Hall  is  one  of  the  greatest  attractions.  It 
stretches  along  the  north  aisle  just  west  of  the  north  entrance,  and  is  one  of  the 
great  centers  of  attraction.  It  contains  two  Hoe,  three  Goss,  two  Potter  and  one 
Scott  press,  which  are  used  to  get  off  part  of  the  last  edition  of  five  afternoon 
papers.  The  sight  of  these  marvels  of  mechanism  biting  into  a  continuous  roll  of 
paper  and  throwing  off  printed  papers,,  folded  and  bunched  faster  than  can  be 
counted  by  the  spectator,  is  a  decided  novelty  to  the  majority  of  visitors. 

Readers  of  newspapers  who  do  not  know  how  they  are  printed  can  see  the 
entire  operation  from  the  stereotype-room  to  the  newsboy,  for  the  stereotype  plates 
made  from  papier-mache  matrices  are  made  in  an  isolated  building  just  south  of  the 
west  annex  of  Machinery  Hall,  and  the  presses  are  "  dressed  "  in  full  view  of  every- 
body. Newspapers  nowadays  are  not  printed  direct  from  type,  but  a  papier-mache 
mold  or  matrix  is  made  from  the  type  and  the  stereotype  plate  is  cast  from  it. 
These  matrices  are  generally  made  in  the  city  and  brought  to  the  park  by  special 
messengers  and  taken  to  the  electrotype-room.  The  matrix  is  made  as  follows: 
Several  sheets  of  water-soaked  paper,  something  like  blotting  paper,  with  waste 
between  them,  are  laid  over  the  form  (as  the  type  is  called  when  it  is  arranged  in 
columns  and  held  together  in  a  steel  frame) .  Two  men  with  long-handled  brushes 
of  stiff  bristle  drive  the  paper  down  on  the  type  and  thus  secure  a  deep,  sharp  im- 
pression. Some  papers  secure  the  same  end  by  pressure  in  a  press.  A  steam  table 
quickly  dries  the  paper  and  makes  it  hard  but  flexible,  so  that  the  matrix,  as  it  is 
now  called,  may  be  curved  so  as  to  fit  into  the  casting-box. 

The  stereotype-room  at  the  World's  Fair  probably  contains  more  different 
kinds  of  stereotyping  machinery  than  any  similar  room  on  earth.  Its  equipment 
comprises  full  sets  of  Hoe,  Bullock,  Scott,  Goss,  and  Potter  stereotyping  machinery, ' 
all  working  at  once.  Lack  of  space  and  insurance  precautions  compelled  the 
authorities  to  put  the  stereotype-room  in  an  out-of-the-way  building,  so  that  this 
very  interesting  feature  of  a  newspaper  is  not  on  general  exhibit.  When  the 
matrix  reaches  the  room  it  is  placed  in  a  casting  box,  a  ladleful  of  molten  type 
metal  is  dumped  into  the  box,  and  the  plate  is  cast,  curved  to  fit  the  cylinders  of 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  325 

the  press.     Before  it  goes  to  press,  however,  the  plate  is  trimmed  and  made  of  uni- 
form thickness. 

The  next  process  is  to  dress  the  press;  that  is,  place  the  plates  on  the 
cylinder  in  their  proper  order.  When  this  is  done  the  paper  is  run  through  the 
press,  which  is  put  to  its  full  speed,  and  folded  papers  begin  to  drop  out. 

One  of  the  presses  shown  runs  four,  six,  eight,  ten,  twelve,  fourteen,  sixteen, 
twenty-four  or  thirty-two  paged  papers.  On  four  presses,  running  six  and  eight 
pages,  48,000  papers  an  hour  are  printed;  24,000  on  the  ten,  twelve,  fourteen  or 
sixteen  pages,  and  12,000  on  the  twenty-four  or  thirty-two  paged  papers.  Another 
style  on  exhibition  runs  24,000  four,  six  or  eight-paged  papers  an  hour,  and  12,000 
twelve  or  sixteen-paged  papers.  The  other  runs  40,000  four-paged  papers  an  hour, 
24,000  six  or  eight-paged  papers  and  12,000  twelve  or  sixteen-paged  papers. 

Still  another  pattern  shown  only  prints  an  eighteen-page  paper,  and  does  it 
at  the  rate  cf  16,000  an  hour  A  little  mathematical  calculation  will  give  figures  to 
show  the  aggregate  maximum  number  of  papers  that  the  presses  can  throw  off  in 
an  hour. 

Old  William  Carson  of  Philadelphia  is  putting  in  his  summer  at  the  fair 
pounding  away  at  a  high  wooden  carpet  loom  in  the  palace  of  mechanic  arts,  gen- 
erally known  as  Machinery  Hall.  Mr.  Carson  is  taking  it  very  easy,  though.  He 
takes  up  one  of  his  clumsy  wooden  bobbins,  gazes  at  it  in  contemplative  fashion,  and 
gives  it  a  flirt  through  the  warp;  then  he  jams  the  thread  down  with  a  heavy  hand- 
bar,  kicks  a  couple  of  levers,  picks  up  another  bobbin  with  another  color  of  thread, 
and  does  it  all  over  again,  so  the  result  is  that  the  ingrain  carpet  which  the  vener- 
able weaver  is  working  does  not  grow  very  fast.  He  does  not  seem  to  care,  though; 
he  has  the  whole  summer  before  him,  so  he  goes  through  his  weaving  with  mechan- 
ical precision  and  slowness.  The  fact  is  William  Carson  has  come  to  the  fair  to 
show  how  not  to  weave  carpets. 

Over  against  his  queer  old  wooden  loom  there  is  a  nervous  and  noisy  machine 
that  looks  like  a  mass  of  steel  painted  green,  a  tangle  of  whizzing  wheels,  and  a 
great  array  of  tightly  stretched  strings.  This  machine  is  "grinding  out  the  gayest 
sort  of  a  carpet;  it  outspeeds  William  Carson  and  his  hand  loom  about  100  to  i. 
This  machine  is  the  latest  model  of  a  power  carpet  loom  made  by  the  Knowles 
company.  It  represents,  perhaps,  the  least  development  in  loom  building,  for 
power  looms  for  carpet  weaving  are  things  of  recent  date.  The  process  of  its  work 
is  something  marvelous  to  look  upon. 

This  is  not  the  only  fine  weaving  machine  in  sight,  though.  The  west  end  of 
Machinery  Hall  is  full  of  them,  and  the  way  they  buzz  and  rattle  is  something  ter- 
rific. You  can  see  pretty  nearly  any  sort  of  a  fabric  being  woven  here  if  you  will 
look  around  long  enough.  Some  of  the  machines  are  wonderfully  intricate.  The 
folks  in  charge  of  them  are  willing  enough  to  explain  exactly  how  they  all  work, 
but  after  they  have  done,  you  go  away  with  a  confused  idea  of  a  high  framework 
full  of  wheels  and  levers  and  strings  that  behave  in  the  most  eccentric  and  unusual 
manner.  Shuttles  seem  to  chase  around  as  crazily  as  an  electric  launch  without  a 
pilot. 


326  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Some  of  the  looms  weave  dress  goods,  some  silks,  some  cassimeres.  But  the 
most  interesting  of  all  are  the  ones  that  turn  out  souvenir  ribbons  and  handker- 
chiefs. J.  J.  Mannion  of  Chicago  has  one  that  makes  book  marks.  There  are  six 
colors  of  silk  in  these  book  marks.  At  the  top  of  each  ribbon  are  crossed  American 
flags  with  the  national  shield  between.  Then  there  are  two  or  three  lines  of  letter- 
ing in  blue  and  red  with  gold  shading.  Underneath  this  is  a  particularly  fine  view 
of  Machinery  Hall  in  delicate  tints  and  beneath  that  a  spirited  view  of  a  railway 
train.  Every  line  of  this  is  woven  into  the  fabric,  each  speck  of  color  in  its  proper 
place.  The  machine  which  does  this  is  quite  beyond  the  comprehension  of  an 
ordinary  mortal.     It  is  big  enough  to  grind  out  a  dozen  ribbons  all  at  once. 

This  loom  is  of  the  Jaccard  type,  as  indeed  all  figure-weaving  looms  must  be. 
Jaccard  was  a  Frenchman,  who  lived  about  lOO  years  ago.  He  invented  a  figure- 
weaving  apparatus  that  has  never  been  much  modified  to  this  day.  To  the  ordinary 
man  the  Jaccard  attachment  looks  like  a  multitude  of  cords  and  copper  rods. 
There  is  a  large  quantity  of  cardboard  slabs  too,  all  strung  together  and  punched 
full  of  little  round  holes.  It  is  on  these  slabs  that  the  pattern  to  be  woven  is  marked 
out. 

It  is  the  pattern  making  that  afflicts  the  weaver's  purse.  There  are  pnly  a 
few  good  pattern  makers  in  the  country,  and,  as  Mr.  Mannion  says,  they  have  the 
pleasure  of  fixing  their  own  salaries. 

The  design  for  the  little  book  mark  with  the  picture  of  Machinery  Hall  upon 
it  costs  $350.  A  pattern  designer  first  makes  a  large  sketch  in  colors  of  the  design 
he  proposes  to  reproduce  and  then  marks  upon  it  a  wilderness  of  little  dots,  which 
indicates  exactly  where  the  pattern  cards  are  to  have  holes  punched.  Then  he 
turns  the  matter  over  to  a  card  puncher,  who  is  not  an  artist  at  all,  but  just  a  coarse 
mechanic.  If  you  want  to  see  just  what  is  the  effect  of  the  holes  after  they  are 
punched  you  must  go  around  to  Machinery  Hall  and  look  for  yourself — and  after 
you  have  looked  you  will  know  less  than  ever  before. 

There  are  Knowles  looms  in  this  same  section  that  make  portraits  of  Presi- 
dent Cleveland  and  Mrs.  Cleveland,  and  others  that  turn  out  kerchiefs  woven  with 
large  pictures  of  Machinery  Hall.  Then  there  is  another,  "  the  Empire  skirting 
loom."  which  weaves  an  elaborately  flowered  fabric  of  silk  in  exceedingly  dainty 
hues.  The  Crompton  company  has  also  a  great  array  of  looms.  Some  of  them 
weave  rugs  five  feet  wide  and  some  of  them  turn  out  Columbian  souvenir  ribbons 
all  full  of  eagles. 

Probably  the  fastest  looms  in  the  building  are  some  Gingham  weavers,  oper- 
ated by  this  company.  There  is  one  machine  that  makes  brocaded  silk  of  so  fine 
a  design  that  the  aisle  in  front  is  blockaded  by  women  all  the  time.  Off  in  another 
corner  the  Willamantic  Thread  company  has  a  fine  array  of  spool  machines  whirl- 
ing giddily,  and  the  Star  and  Crescent  company  weaves  all  manner  of  towels. 

These  looms  are  all  in  charge  of  pretty  girls.  They  do  not  look  a  bit  like 
the  overworked  and  abused  factory  toilers  we  read  about  in  the  story  papers;  they 
do  not  seem  to  have  anything  to  do  but  stand  around,  look  handsome,  and  answer 
questions. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


327 


One  of  the  most  generally  admired  as  well  as  one  of  the  largest  and  com- 
pletest  exhibits  in  the  Palace  of  Mechanic  Arts  is  that  of  Montague  &  Fuller,  the 
well-kncwn  manufacturer  of  book-bindery  machinery,  which  comprises  the  latest 
and  best  labor-saving  machines  in  use  by  the  leading  book-binders  and  publishers 
throughout  the  world.  Even  to  one  not  interested  in  such  machinery  in  a  business 
way,  this  collection  of  beautiful  objects  in  motion  commands  the  admiration  of  the 
beholder,  and  it  is,  perhaps,  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  exhibit  of  Monta'gue  & 
Fuller  is  one  of  the  gems  of  the  Palace  of  Mechanic  Arts. 

Chief  L.  W.  Robinson  is  only  51  years  old,  but  has  had  much  experience. 
He  joined  the  navy  when  a  youngster  from  New  England,  and  was  with  Farragut 
at  Forts  Jackson  and  St.  Phillips,  at  the  city  of  New  Orleans,  the  passage  of  the 
forts  at  Vicksburg  in  1862,  and  other  minor  engagements  in  the  Mississippi,  also  in 
the  capture  of  nine  blockade  runners  in  the  gulf.  He  was  chief  engineer  of  the 
Kennebec  in  the  fight  at  Mobile  Bay,  Aug.  5,  1864,  resulting  in  the  capture  of  Forts 
Morgan,  Gaines,  and  Powell,  and  the  Confederate  fleet,  and  received  special 
mention  in  the  report  of  his  commanding  officer  for  conduct  during  the  engagement. 
Chief  Robinson  was  promoted  to  the  grade  of  second  assistant  engineer,  rank  of 
master,  July  30,  1863,  was  present  at  the  second  surrender  of  Galveston,  Texas,  and 
was  detached  from  the  Kennebec  at  that  place  June  9,  1865,  and  was  ordered  north. 
From  November,  1865,  to  December,  1869,  he  was  attached  to  the  U.  S.  S.  Sham- 
okin  on  the  east  coast  of  South  America.  '  After  two  years  duty  at  the  Philadelphia 
navy  yards  he  made  another  cruise  to  the  east  coast  of  South  America 
from  January  1871,  to  February,  1874,  on  the  U.  S.  S.  Ticonderoga. 
He  was  then  placed  on  special  duty  until  Aug.  i,  1875,  when,  obtaining  leave  of  ab- 
sence, he  occupied  the  position  of  chief  of  machinery  at  the  Centennial,  and  since 
then  has  occupied  high  grades  of  duty. 


^pi 

'•^^^i^m^H 

■ 

wBK^BB/fflm 

.swaWHpjII 

w 

H^^H| 

1  *1^ 

^f 

■ 

w' 

t>     9jHHBn 

^ffiu  _ 

>\ 

^ 

l^if  "^ 

ini 

^L 

^ 

H 

mi 

V   ■ 

CHIEF  ROBINSON. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


329 


CHAPTER  XII. 
TRANSPORTATION  BUILDING. 

Wonders  in  the  Way  of  Railway  Trains — An  Object  Lesson  for  Railroad  Operatives — The  Mahogany 
Train  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway — The  Most  Costly  and  Magnificent  in  the  World — Its 
Engine  Can  Haul  Ten  Full  Passenger  Cars  Sixty  Miles  an  Hour — A  Tremendous  Engine  From  the 
London  &  Northwestern  Railway  of  England  and  a  Handsome  Train.  This  Locomotive  Can 
Haul  Thirty  of  Its  Coaches,  Each  Containing  Six  Passengers,  Seventy-Five  Miles  an  Hour — Its 
Average  Time  Including  Stops  Fifty-Three  Miles  an  Hour — Stevenson's  Rocket  on  Exhibit — Also 
the  Albion  and  Sampson  Built  in  1838 — Also  the  Two  First  Engines  Run  over  the  Old  Colony 
Road  in  the  Thirties- -An  ther  Old-Timer  Built  in  England  in  183 1  and  Last  in  Service  in 
Mississippi  in  1890 — It  Puffed  and  Whistled  Sixty  Years  and  Once  Fell  Overboard  and  Staid 
under  Water  from  I868  until  1870 — More  Than  Fifty  Locomotives  on  Exhibition,  Representing 
the  Baldwin  and  Other  Works — Three  From  England,  Three  From  Germany  and  Four  From 
France — The  Bddwin  Has  an  Engine  That  Has  Made  a  Mile  in  39  1-4  Seconds,  or  92  Miles  an 
Hour — All  of  the  Baldwin  Locomotives  are  Jacked  Up  so  That  Their  Engines  May  be  Seen  in 
Motion — Nicaragua  Canal  Relief  Map — Graphic  Illustration  of  That  Enterprise — Not  More  Than 
;^100,000,000  Required  to  Construct  It— Excavation  Already  in  Progress  on  the  Atlantic  End — 
Great  Exhibit  of  Bicycles — Pneumatics  of  All  Sizes,  Degrees  and  Conditions — The  Old-Time 
Bicycle  Practically  Unexhibited — Safeties  All  the  Go — Pennsylvania  and  New  York  Central  Exhi- 
bit— Coaches,  Buggies  and  Baby  Carriages — Sledges,  Carretas  and  Volantes— Marine  Architecture 
— Sedans,  Palenquins  and  Cateches— The  Transportation  Building  and  the  Department  Chief. 


REAT  crowds  gather  daily  around  the  numerous  objects  of 
interest  in  the  Transportation  Building,  from  the  thousand 
dollar  baby  carriages  up  to  the  enormous  locomotives  used 
upon  many  American  and  European  roads  of  rail.  Perhaps 
that  which  invites  as  much  attention  as  any  other  of  its  kind 
is  an  engine  which  represents  the  highest  type  of  locomotive 
used  on  the  London  and  Northwestern  railway  of  England. 
It  dcesn'tlook  anything  like  the  American  locomotive,  but  its 
record  for  speed  is  far  ahead  of  the  railroad  time-killers  in 
America.  This  locomotive  is  devoid  of  the  trappings  which 
render  symmetrical  the  American  engine,  but  it  is  built  In  a 
\-  -J  manner  to  split  the  air  at  the  rate  of  seventy-five  miles  an  hour.  This 
English  locomotive  has  four  drive  wheels,  each  7  feet  1^2  inches  in  diameter.  In 
front  and  behind  these  wheels  are  two-wheeled  trucks.  To  the  casual  observer  it 
would  seem  that  the  cylinders  on  either  side  of  the  locomotive  are  too  small  to  per- 
form great  service.  It  is  only  when  the  observer  steps  in  front  of  the  locomotive 
and  sees  under  it  a  third  and  ponderous  cylinder  that  he  understands  why  the  Eng- 


330 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


ish  locomotive  can  speed  over  the  country  at  the  rate  of  seventy-five  miles  an  hour 
and  haul  a  train  of  thirty  coaches. 

The  name  of  the  English  locomotive  is  "  Queen  Empress."  Its  big  drivers 
and  their  location  with  regard  to  trucks  is  similar  to  the  Lord  of  the  Isles,  the  old 
locomotive  which  is  being  shown  as  a  relic.  The  new  type  apparently  sticks  to  the 
old  form.  On  the  Queen  Empress  there  is  no  "  cow  catcher,"  neither  is  there  a 
cab  to  shelter  the  engine-driver  from  sunshine  or  storm.  He  must  stand  on  an 
iron  platform  and  direct  his  engine  with  the  same  lack  of  protection  as  character- 
ized the  locomotives  built  in  the  time  of  Richard  Trevethick.    The  big  locomotives 


ENGLISH  LOCOMOTIVE    "SAMSON"    MADE  IN  1838.' 

on  the  London  and  Northwestern  make  an  average  time  of  fifty-three  miles  an 
hour,  including  stops.  I  n  some  instances  these  stops  are  six  minutes  each.  In  ad- 
dition to  the  Queen  Empress  and  two  passenger  coaches,  five  covered  freight  cars 
and  an  employe's  caboose,  which  ran  over  the  New  York  Central  as  a  special  fast 
train  for  the  Fair,  and  which  came  into  Jackson  Park  over  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  road, 
there  are  in  the  London  and  Northwestern's  exhibit  full  sized  models  of  early  and 
famous  locomotives.  One  is  Stephenson's  Rocket,  which  was  constructed  in  1829, 
and  the  other,  Richard  Trevethick's  road  locomotive,  which  was  built  in  1833.  This 
latter  was  the  first  locomotive  to  which  the  principle  of  high  pressure  was  applied. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


33'i 


There  are  other  old-timers  that  are  never  overlooked — the  Albion  and 
Sampson,  which  came  from  Nova  Scotia  on  flat  cars  operated  by  the  Canadian 
Intercolonial  railroad.  The  Sampson  was  built  near  Darlington,  England,  in  1838. 
The  builder  was  Timothy  Hackworth,  grandfather  of  T.  Hackworth  Young,  who  is 
in  charge  of  the  locomotive  exhibit  at  Jackson  Park.  This  engine  was  shipped  at 
once  to  Nova  Scotia,  where  it  remained  in  service  until  a  few  years  ago.  Like  all 
old-fashioned   locomotives   it   is   cabless  and  without  a  "  cow  catcher."     Motive 

power  is  applied  to  the  rear  drive  wheel  by  means 
of  cylinders,  placed  upright  at  the  rear  end  of  the 
boiler  and  directly  under  the  seat  occupied  by  the 
driver.  The  origin  of  the  Albion  is  a  mystery. 
All  that  is  known  of  her  is  that  she  is  English 
built  and  that  she  was  in  service  in  Nova  Scotia 
many  years.  Her  record  is  now  being  looked  up, 
to  ascertain  when  and  by  whom  she  was  built. 
The  cylinders  of  the  Albion  are  placed  at  an  an- 
gle about  midway  of  the  boiler,  connection  being 
made  by  the  piston  on  the  center  drive  wheel. 
These  locomotives  are  much  older  and  outrival  as 
curiosities  the  old  Progress,  the  first  engine  that 
ever  ran  in  Chicago.  The  passenger  coaches  of 
about  the  same  date  as  these  old  locomotives  are 
quite  as  primitive  as  anything  of  the  kind  in  exist- 
ence. They  were  roughly  built  to  accommodate 
four  passengers,  and  are  treasures  in  the  eyes  of 
experts  interested  in  the  development  of  railways. 
Two  other  engines  which  form  a  marked  contrast  to 
those  of  modern  make  came  from  the  Old  Colony 
railroad  of  Massachusetts,  and  were  the  first  to 
draw  regular  trains  on  that  road.  For  years  they 
have  been  in  the  shops  at  Fall  River,  and  were 
sent  out  without  even  a  new  coat  of  paint.  They 
closely  resemble  the  old  pioneer  from  the  Peoria  road,  except  that  they  are  much 
more  rickety  and  one  of  them  is  much  smaller.  The  maximum  speed  of  these 
engines  was  fourteen  miles  an  hour.  Standing  alongside  of  one  of  those  for 
which  ninety-five  miles  an  hour  is  claimed,  it  shows  to  advantage  the  marked  im- 
provement made  in  the  last  few  years- 

Another  interesting  relic  of  early  railroading  in  this  country  is  a  locomotive 
of  English  build  brought  to  the  United  States  in  1836.  For  several  years  it  was 
operated  on  the  Natchez  and  Hamburg  road,  now  part  of  the  Illinois  Central 
system.  In  1868  it  was  taken  to  Vicksburg,  but  shortly  after  ran  into  a  river,  where 
it  was  buried  until  1870,  when  the  superintendent  of  the  road  had  it  dug  out  and 
put  in  service  again.  Although  largely  out  of  date  and  at  least  a  full  generation 
behind  the  times  it  was  kept  in  use  on  a  small  branch  road  down  in  Mississippi  up 


THE  BRAKEMAN  ON   TRANSPORTATION 
BUILDING. 


332 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


EARLY  LOCOMOTIVE. 


to  three  years  ago.  This 
engine  is  a  curious  look- 
ing machine  and  is  an  in- 
teresting  attraction. 
When  first  put  in  service 
it  ran  on  strips  of  iron 
bolted  to  wooden  rails 
laid  lengthwise.  A  sec- 
tion of  the  old  track  thirty 
feet  long  is  also  shown. 
There  are  fifty  odd  loco- 
motives in  the  Transpor- 
tation building  and  two 
outside.  The  two  outside 
are  wonders.  The  Brooks 
engine,  which  is  on  the 
north  side,  weighs  ninety  tons  and  is  designed  for  freight.  It  has  twelve  wheels, 
each  52  inches  in  diameter,  with  all  the  latest  improvements.  The  pedestal  on 
which  it  stands  is  four  feet  high.  At  the 
south  end  of  the  building  is  a  Baldwin  en- 
gine. This  engine  weighs  100  tons  and 
is  the  largest  ever  turned  out  by  any 
works.  It  is  a  twelve-wheel,  compound 
engine  of  the  Van  Clain  type,  with  a  20 
by  6-inch  cylinder.  The  wheels  are  52 
inches  in  diameter  and  the  boiler  72 
inches  in  diameter.  This  engine  was 
built  for  the  Central  railroad  of  New  Jer- 
sey and  will  run  on  that  road  after  the 
Exposition.  Among  these  fifty  odd  lo- 
comotives in  the  building  three  are  from 
England,  four  from  France  and  three 
from  Germany,  and  in  addition  Rogers, 
Pittsburg,  Richmond,  Porter  and  Schenec- 
tady works  are  represented.  The  larg- 
est exhibitors  are  the  Baldwin  people, 
who  send  fifteen  engines.  This  company 
represent  all  of  their  machines  in  ac- 
tion. Each  is  jacked  upon  bases  to  al- 
low the  wheels  to  turn  clear  of  the  rail 
about  an  inch  and  a  half,  and  the  wheels 
are  turned  by  compressed  air.  The  com- 
pany also  have  an  engine  for  which  a  speed 
of  ninety-five  miles  an   hour  is  claimed.  parloR  CAR  OF  today. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR, 


335 


It  is  of  the  compound  type,  with  seven-foot  drive- 
wheels.  Certain  improvements  have  been  made 
on  this  engine  over  one  of  its  type  which  stood  a. 
test  of  ninety-two  miles  an  hour,  the  fastest  mile 
being  39^  seconds.  The  costliest  and  most  mag- 
nificent train  throughout  is  the  new  mahogany 
train  built  for  exhibition  by  the  Canadian  Pacific 
railway.  At  the  request  of  Chief  Willard  A.  Smithy 
the  company  undertook  to  furnish  a  train  to  stand 
side  by  side  with  the  one  sent  by  the  London  an<i 
Northwestern.  The  two  together — one  vestibuled- 
and  the  other  on  the  continental  coach  pattern 
— make  a  most  interesting  comparison  of  the  two- 
methods.  The  train  was  built  at  the  Montreal 
shops,  is  400  feet  long,  10  feet  2,}^  inches  wide  and 
14  feet  8  inches  high.  It  consists  of  a  locomotive, 
baggage  car,  second  and  first-class  coaches,  din- 
ing car  and  sleeper,  all  vestibuled,  steam  heated 
and  electric  lighted  and  equipped  with  automatic 
brakes,   couplers 


JAMES  WATT  ON  TRANSPORTATION 
BUILDING. 


and  signal  devices. 
American  railroad 
men  are  apt  to  gasp 
when  they  read  the 
figures  accompanying  the  exhibit's  entry.  The  en- 
gine and  tender  weigh  213,000  pounds — 106  j4  tons 
loaded — are  of  the  ten-wheel  passenger  type,  with 
drivers  5  feet  9  inches  in  diameter;  the  locomotive 
and  tender,  coupled,  measure  59  feet  8  inches  in 
length.  It  is  claimed  the  monster  locomotive  is 
capable  of  hauling  ten  coaches  sixty  miles  an 
hour  for  its  fuel  and  water  distance.  The  baggage 
car  is  of  standard  type  and  weighs  thirty  tons;  sec- 
ond-class car,  upholstered  in  leather  and  used  for 
a  sleeper  at  night,  weighs  thirty-two  tons,  capac- 
ity sixty-four  passengers;  first-class  car,  same 
weight,  capacity  fifty-six  passengers,  interior  deco- 
rationin  early  Italian  renaissance  style, upholstered 
in  plush,  woodwork  in  main  room  white  mahogany, 
smoking  room  in  old  oak,  upholstered  with  olive 
corduroy.  The  dining  car  and  sleeping  car  are 
decorated  and  finished  in  a  fashion  to  make  plain 
citizens  afraid  to  enter.  The  dining  car  is  in  Ital- 
ian  renaissance,  carpet   of  old  India  rug  pattern, 


JOSEPH  MICHEL  MONT'aOLFIER  ON 
TRANSPORTATION  B    ILDING. 


334 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


old  bronze  metal,  leather  of  yellow-brown.  Its 
weight  is  85,000  pounds,  length  70  feet  10  inches,  on 
six  wheeled  trucks.  The  general  collection  em- 
braces many  precious  railroad  relics  of  Europe 
and  America,  and  as  a  whole  it  is  a  remarkable 
combination  of  original  drawings,  old-time  auto- 
graphic letters,  daguerreotypes,  and  implements. 
There  are  the  spade  and  pick  used  by  Charles  Car- 
roll of  Carollton,  the  last  surviving  signer  of  the 
Declara*^^ion  of  Independence,  in  turning  over  the 
first  shovelful  of  earth  in  the  construction  of  the 
Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railroad  at  Baltimore,  July  4, 
1828 — the  first  event  in  the  railroad  history  of  the 
American  Continent,  and  the  first  railroad,  in  the 
true  sense  of  the  term,  in  the  world.  All  rail  lines 
in  England  at  this  time  were  tramways,  built  solely 
for  the  carrying  of  coal.  There  is  also  the  trowel 
used  by  Charles  Carroll  in  laying  the  cornerstone 
of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  station  on  the  date 
mentioned,  this  same  trowel  being  also  used  subse- 
quently to  lay  the 
cornerstone  of  the 
Washington  Mon- 
ument at  the  na- 
tional capital.  There  is  likewise  the  special  badge 
worn  by  Charles  Carroll  at  the  laying  of  the  cor- 
nerstone, another  badge  worn  at  the  same  time  by 
the  Grand  Master  of  Masons,  and  a  third,  of  dif- 
ferent design  from  either  of  the  others,  worn  by 
jhipley  Lester,  Chairman  of  the  Citizen's  Com- 
mittee. In  the  collection  of  relics  is  the  Masonic 
apron  worn  by  the  Grand  Secretary;  the  first  cer- 
tificate of  stock  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Rail- 
road Company;  way  bills,  which  in  the  early  days 
of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  were  made  out  for 
each  car,  with  every  passenger's  name  and  destina- 
tion entered  thereon;  large  pasteboard  passenger 
tickets  of  different  colors  for  each  day  in  the  week; 
the  original  letter  of  Ross  Winans,  then  an  Assist- 
ant Master  of  Machinery,  and  afterwards  the  great 
railroad  contractor  in  Russia,  and  many-times  mil- 
lionaire, stating  to  the  President  of  the  Baltimore 
and  Ohio  that  he  found   it   impossible   to  support 

,  .       ,        .,  ^  u      Vm  1     •  11  ™E  PILOT  ON  TRANSPORTATION 

ins   family  on  ipy^  a   month.     Old-time  pay   rolls  building. 


GEORGE   STEPHENSON   ON   TRANSPOR. 
TATION   BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


335 


showing  the  small  beginnings  in  the  way  of  salary 
received  by  many  of  the  subsequently  best-known 
railroad  managers  in  the  country  are  exhibited, 
John  King,  President  of  the  Erie;  James  Clark, 
President  of  the  Illinois  Central  and  various  other 
roads;  Albert  Fink,  Trunk  Line  Commissioner; 
W.  T,  Blanchard,  Trunk  Line  Commissioner,  and 
numerous  other  distinguished  men  in  railroad  cir- 
cles, all  commenced  in  a  very  small  way  on  the 
Baltimore  and  Ohio,  which  has  been  the  greatest 
railway  school  in  America.  The  collection  of  olcJ 
historical  drawings  is  notable.  There  are  fourteen 
of  George  Stephenson's  earliest  efforts,  numbering 
among  them  the  "  Twin  Sisters,"  the  "  Patentee," 
the  first  locomotive  with  steam  brakes;  the"Belted! 
Will,"  "  Lancashire  Witch,"  "  Northumbrian,"  the 
engine  that  opened  the  Liverpool  and  Manchester,, 
the  first  railway  in  England;  the  "Rocket,"  the 
"  Planet,"  and  other  famous  historical  locomotives. 
One  of  the  interesting  foreign  exhibits  is  a  parlor 
car  such  as  Ger- 
man railroads  use, 
built  by  Van  Der 
Zypen  &  Charlier 
of  Cologne.  The 
body  of  the  car  is  thirty  feet  long,  ten  feet  wide, 
and  is  built  mostly  of  steel.  The  lower  half  of  each 
side  is  a  solid  sheet  of  steel  thirty  feet  long,  three 
feet  broad,  and  one-eighth  of  an  inch  thick.  On 
the  side-plates  rest  the  window  frames  of  wood, 
covered  with  sheet  iron.  The  cross-bars  of  the 
running  gear  are  made  of  pressed  steel.  The  in- 
terior of  the  car  is  finished  in  solid  brass  of  fanciful 
design,  buff  silk,  and  blue  velvet.  The  top,  made 
of  sheet  steel,  is  oval  in  shape  and  tastefully  deco- 
rated. The  platform  at  either  end  is  surrounded 
by  beautifully  wrought  railings  of  iron.  The  in- 
terior is  similar  to  that  of  the  day  coaches  found 
on  American  railroads.  The  seats  are  arranged 
along  either  side,  with  an  aisle  in  the  center.  Alpha 
and  Omega  in  railroading,  represented  by  the  De 
Witt  Clinton  and  the  empire  state  express  trains, 

stand  on  the  parallel  and  contiguous  tracks  _  The     ^^^^^^  ^^^^^^  ^N  transportation 
JNlew  York  Central  also   has  another  exhibit  in  a  building. 


DENNIS  PAPIN  ON  TRANSPORTATION 
BUILDING. 


336  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

building  near  by.     The  Pennsylvania  Railroad  also  has  a  separate  exhibit  located 
between  the  Hygeia  Building  and  Cold  Storage. 

The  space  assigned  the  Pennsylvania  company  is  400x150  feet,  and  the  ex- 
hibit is  partly  outdoors  and  partly  housed  in  the  main  hall,  100x40  feet  in  size,  built 
of  .staff  and  of  classical  and  beautiful  architecture.  The  exhibits  relate  only  to  the 
transportation  lines  comprising  the  Pennsylvania  railroad  system,  and  its  design  is 
not  only  to  perpetuate  the  early  history  of  the  lines  merged  into  or  associated  in 
interest  with  the  Pennsylvania  company,  but  also  to  place  permanently  on  record 
the  results  that  have  attended  the  efforts  of  the  management's  advanced  methods' 

One  of  the  outdoor  exhibits  is  a  section  of  a  four-track  standard  railroad, 
100  feet  in  length,  laid  with  standard  loo-pound  rails,  or  3,333  pounds  to  the  rail, 
-with  frogs,  switches,  stone  ballasts,  ditches,  signals,  and  overhead  foot  bridge.  The 
rails  are  100  feet  in  length.  The  track  is  ballasted  with  crushed  stone  and  drained 
on  each  side  by  drains  made  of  concrete.  The  signal  tower  is  equipped  with  a 
special  Westinghouse  electro-pneumatic  machine;  which  controls  the  two  switches 
and  six  signals  governing  the  track.  Nothing  like  this  in  the  way  of  a  railroad 
track  has  ever  been  seen  before  in  the  West. 

On  this  splendid  track  and  in  strange  contrast  with  it,  is  exhibited  the  original 
locomotive  "John  Bull,"  with  pilot  and  tender  complete,  which  was  first  put  in 
■service  on  the  Camden  and  Amboy  railroad  Nov  12,  1831,  and  which  is  the  oldest 
complete  locomotive  in  America.  It  was  still  able  to  haul  to  the  Exposition  the 
two  Camden  and  Amboy  passenger  coaches  of  the  style  of  1831,  leaving  New  York 
April  17  and  arriving  in  Chicago  April  22.  On  the  track  are  exhibited  also  the  two 
special  gun  cars  on  which  the  two  huge  Krupp  guns  of  ten  inches  and  sixteen  and  one- 
half  inches  bore  were  brought  here.  The  guns  weighed  140,000  and  285,000  pounds 
respectively  and  the  gun  cars  113,300  and  175,000  pounds,  making  totals  of  253,300 
and  460,000  pounds.     Reproductions  of  the  guns  are  mounted  on  the  gun  cars. 

Still  more  interesting,  if  possible,  is  a  collection  of  old  railroad  material  senV 
in  a  special  car  from  the  Smithsonian  Institution  in  charge  of  J.  Eifreth  Watkins 
It  consists  of  a  number  of  specimens  of  articles  in  use  as  far  back  as  1830  or  1831, 
Old  signals,  wooden  engine  and  car  wheels,  strap  rails,  and  primitive  switches  ancf 
Vossings  are  exhibited,  but  the  most  interesting  article  is  a  section  of  track  laid  in 
7831  on  the  Camden  and  Amboy  railroad.  The  rails  are  about  the  size  of  those 
used  in  mines  for  small  hand  cars.  The  ties  are  blocks  of  granite  about  two  feet 
Tvide,  laid  three  to  each  rail.  The  stone  sleepers  are  provided  each  with  two  holes, 
or,  when  they  come  at  the  joint  of  two  rails,  with  four  holes.  In  these  holes  were 
driven  locust  wood  plugs  and  the  rails  were  fastened  down  by  spikes  driven  into 
the  locust  plugs.  When  they  fastened  a  rail  in  that  way  in  183 1  it  was  expected  to 
■stay.  The  rails  themselves  were  held  together  by  single  fish-plates  at  each  joint,  to 
■which  they  were  riveted  with  hot  rivets.  This  was  to  make  the  track  very  rigid, 
the  possibility  of  rails  wearing  out  never, occurring  to  railroad  men  in  1831,  since 
-at  that  time  none  had  ever  given  out. 

The  first  attempts  at  navigation  are  well  illustrated  by  canoes  and  rafts  which 
Ibear  many  strange  names  and  which  have  been  gathered  from  the  islands  of  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


2>2>7 


sea,  the  heart  of  the  Dark  Continent,  the  rivers  and  lakes  of  America,  and  the 
frozen  regions  of  the  far  north. 

Innumerable  models,  accurate  in  every  particular,  illustrate  the  oddities  of 
the  marine  construction  of  China,  India,  Ceylon,  and  the  Malay  Peninsula.     The 

use  of  the  various  forms  appears  in  pictures 
from  original  photographs  made  by  the  Ex- 
position's representative  in  various  lands. 
A  superb  Turkish  caique  is  one  of  many 
similar  objects  of  interest.  The  growth  and 
present  perfection  and  variety  of  the  mer- 
chant marine  and  the  navies  of  the  nations 
of  to-day  appear  graphically  in  the  shape  of 
hundreds  of  models  of  the  finest  workman- 
ship. The  big  shipbuilders  of  the  world, 
and  especially  of  that  country  which  has  so 
long  ruled  the  sea,  have  vied  with  each 
other  in  showing  the  miniatures  of  their  tri- 
umphs. The  great  steamship  lines  of  the 
world  vary  this  by  diagrams  and  other  de- 
vices for  illustrating  life  at  sea.  At  one 
point  In  the  building  there  arises  before  the 
visitor  the  side  of  a  great  transatlantic  liner, 
or  at  least  a  section  of  it  sixty  feet  in  length. 
Entering  on  the  lower  deck,  one  may  pass 
through  the  various  rooms  and  ascend  stair- 
case after  staircase  for  five  stories,  the  rooms, 
their  fittings  and  furnishings,  being  identical 
with  those  of  the  real  steamers.  And  then 
there  are  superb  collections  of  sail  and  row 
boats,  yachts  and  launches,  of  such  graceful 
lines  and  such  elegant  finish  that  one  lingers 
longingly  over  them  and  wishes  that  his 
purse  was  something  fatter.  The  North 
German  Lloyd  Steamship  company  have  a 
novel  exhibit — a  large  map  of  the  world  on  which  is  noted  the  daily  positions  of  all 
the  steamships  of  the  North  German  Lloyd  company.  These  positions  are  indicated 
on  the  various  ocean  lines  of  the  company  by  means  of  miniature  steamers  that  are 
moved  from  day  to  day  to  correspond  with  the  movements  of  the  company's  vessels. 
Around  this  map  are  placed  the  models  of  the  six  newest  steamships  of  the  com- 
pany and  on  the  walls  of  the  pavilion  are  descriptions  showing  the  tonnage  and 
ocean  passenger  traffic  of  the  world.  The  exhibit  is  in  charge  of  one  of  the  officers 
of  the  company  detailed  for  that  purpose.  Thomas  Cook  &  Son  make  a  fine 
-exhibit — and  who  has  not  traveled  in  some  part  of  Europe,  or  Asia,  or  Africa — whc 
lias  traveled  much — who  has  not  been  at  some  time  or  another  a  "Cookie." 


tOCOMOTIVE  STATUARY  ON   TRANSPORTATION 
BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  339 

Rising  aspiringly  in  the  southern  central  court  is  a  huge  steam  hammer— the 
lac  simile  of  that  of  125  tons,  the  largest  in  the  world.  It  calls  attention  to  the  fact 
that  not  only  the  "  fruits  of  peace  "  but  the  "  peacemakers  "  have  here  a  place. 
Because  naval  vessels  group  properly  with  merchant  marine  and  pleasure  craft  they 
keep  them  company  and  they  bring  them  naval  armament  and  equipment.  Recent 
improvements  in  armor  plate  and  naval  ordnance  are  fully  shown  and  will  bear 
careful  scientific  study.  An  important  and  fascinating  portion  of  the  marine  exhibit 
is  in  the  gallery  floor,  which  is  reached  by  free  elevators  at  frequent  intervals. 
These  elevators  are  themselves  exhibits  of  vertical  transportation. 

Much  has  already  been  said  about  the  luxurious  and  useful  modern  carriages 
and  other  wheeled  vehicles  which  celebrated  makers  in  the  world  are  displaying. 
Here  and  there  is  an  "  old-timer"  like  the  deacon's  "  one-horse-shay."  There  are 
some  which  belonged  to  celebrated  men  of  an  elder  day.  A  Lord  Mayor's  state 
coach  stands  out  in  startling  contrast  contrast  with  a  rude  carreta  made  without 
metal  by  the  untutored  hands  of  the  Pueblo  Indians.  There  is  a  startling  outfit  of: 
cart  and  harness  from  Palermo,  land  sledges  from  Punchal,  a  caleche  from  Quebec, 
and  a  Cuban  volante.  The  horse,  the  ox,  and  the  ass  appear  In  various  burden- 
bearing  capacities,  and  the  harness  and  saddlery  abound  In  most  useful  and  econ- 
omical forms,  as  well  as  in  the  elegant  and  even  fantastic. 

Almost  side  by  side  in  the  Carriage  Department  of  the  Transportation  Build- 
ing stand  types  of  the  English  and  American  styles  in  carriages.  The  former  is  a 
heavily  built  court  coach,  the  coachman's  seat  draped  with  a  heavy  hammer-cloth, 
with  a  rumble  behind  and  footboard  for  the  footman.  This,  of  course,  is  not  intended 
for  everyday  use,  but  In  its  solid  build  and  heavy  wheels  and  tires,  expresses  the 
English  idea  that  strength  can  only  come  from  massiveness.  The  American  ideal, 
on  the  other  hand,  is  a  light  top  wagon  whose  wheels  look  like  spider-webs  by  the 
side  of  those  of  the  massive  English  vehicle,  yet  of  the  two  over  the  average  roads 
of  this  country  the  latter  would  undoubtedly  stand  the  strain  much  longer  than  the 
English  production,  as  well  as  being  far  easier  on  the  horses  drawing  it. 

The  human  pack  animal  is  not  forgotten.  The  cargadores  of  South  America 
and  street  carrier  of  the  Orient  form  picturesque  groups.  Palanquins,  traveling 
hammocks,  and  sedans  from  remote  corners  of  the  globe,  and  some  from  remote 
times,  illustrate  how  one  class  of  mankind  drudges  that  another  may  ride  in  luxury. 

Oddly  contiguous  to  these  boxes  and  bags  on  poles  rise  many  beautiful  pa- 
vilions, which  shelter  the  pets  of  the  "  wheelmen."  The  bicycle  exhibit  Is  to  be 
found  In  the  beautifully  lighted  and  readily  accessible  entresol.  Several  nations, 
have  contributed,  but  the  American  makers,  both  for  the  number  and  the  beauty  of 
their  displays,  are  entitled  to  unstinted  praise.  There  are  also  choice  and  rare 
marine  exhibits  on  this  gallery  floor,  some  beautiful  dioramas,  and  many  exceed- 
ingly Important  engineering  models,  drawings,  and  maps.  The  associated 
engineering  societies  of  Germany  occupy  the  southern  gallery  with  an  exhibit 
which  has  cost  a  large  amount  of  work  and  money — a  very  large  amount  when  it  is 
considered  that  the  commercial  inducement  plays  only  a  slight  part  in  it   and   that 

22 


340  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

it  is  intended  almost  solely  as  a  contribution  to   the   engineering  advancement   of 
the  world. 

Models  or  relief  maps  of  the  Erie  Canal  system,  the  Nicaragua  Canal,  and 
the  Hudson  river  are  of  great  interest.  There  are  five  very  elaborate  models  of 
Hell  Gate  as  it  looked  before  and  after  the  dangerous  flood:  Rock  blown  up  in 
18S5.  The  first  shows  the  gate  prior  to  1869  on  a  scale  of  an  inch  to  the  mile. 
Ward's  island,  Hallett's  Point,  Flood  Rock,  the  Hen  and  Chickens,  Gridiron,  and 
the  Negroheads  are  plainly  recognized  in  the  miniature  model.  The  second 
exhibit  is  a  model  of  Hallett's  point,  one  of  the  rocks  blown  up  by  Gen.  Newton  in 
1876.  By  turning  a  crank  the  surface  is  made  to  rise,  showing  the  galleries,  shaft 
heading,  and  coffer  dams  as  they  were  just  before  the  rock  was  torn  asunder  by 
dynamite.  There  are  also  models  of  Way's  reef,  Flood  reef,  and  of  the  drill  scow 
used  in  making  the  borings  at  Hell  Gate. 

A  very  interesting  and  educating  place  is  the  Transportation  Building,  and 
no  mistake.  It  overlooks  the  wooded  island,  forming  one  of  the  group  of  edifices 
composing  the  northern  architectural  courts  of  the  Exposition.  It  is  refined  and 
simple  in  architectural  treatment.  The  main  entrance  consists  of  an  immense 
single  arch,  enriched  to  an  extraordinary  degree  with  carvings,  bas-relief,  and 
mural  paintings,  the  entire  feature  forming  a  rich  and  beautiful  yet  quiet  color  cli- 
max, for  it  is  treated  in  leaf  and  is  called  the  golden  door.  The  interior  of  the 
building  is  treated  much  after  the  manner  of  a  Roman  basilica,  with  broad  nave 
and  aisles.  The  roof  is  in  three  divisions;  the  middle  one  rises  much  higher  than 
the  others  and  its  walls  are  pierced  to  form  a  beautiful  arcaded  clear  story.  The 
cupola,  placed  artistically  in  the  center  of  the  building  and  rising  165  feet  above  the 
ground,  is  reached  by  eight  elevators.  The  main  building  of  the  transportation 
exhibit  measures  960  feet  front  by  250  feet  deep.  From  this  extends  westward  to 
Stony  Island  avenue  an  enormous  annex,  covering  about  nine  acres.  This  is  only 
one  stoi-y  in  height.  In  it  may  be  seen  the  more  bulky  exhibits.  Along  the  central 
avenue  or  nave,  facing  each  other,  are  scores  of  locomotive  engines,  highly  polished. 
The  Transportation  Building  cost  $488,183. 

-  Those  who  were  loudest  in  their  condemnation  of  the  bright  colors  used  in 
painting  the  Transportation  Building  are  now  the  sorriest  that  they  did  not  count 
ten  or  delay  in  some  other  way  before  they  spoke.  As  the  color  scheme  developed 
the  carpers  grew  fewer  and  the  advocates  of  the  plain  grew  more  aggresssive.  One 
is  at  a  loss  to  explain  a  sky-blue  statue  of  Stevenson,  an  emerald  green  Watt  or  a 
terra  cotta  Edison,  but  each  merges  its  glaring  colors  into  a  congruous  whole. 
Artist  and  layman  acknowledge  that  the  boldness  of  coloring  does  more  than  any- 
thing else  to  bring  out  the  dazzling  brightness  of  the  white  city. 

Except  for  the  doorway  of  retreating  arches,  the  architectural  gem  of  the 
whole  exposition,  no  particular  attempt  at  adornment  has  been  made  on  the  Trans- 
portation Building.  Every  nook,  nave,  corridor  and  grand  gallery  is  built  for  a 
purpose.  It  was  planned  and  built,  more  than  any  building  in  Jackson  Park,  for  its 
use  in  properly  displaying  ancient  and  modern  methods  of  transportation.  Being 
in  this  highest  sense  useful  it  is,  according  to  Socrates,  in  the  highest  sense  beautiful. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  34i 

It  should  be  classed  as  a  cardinal  sin  for  any  sightseer  to  merely  walk  through 
the  Transportation  Building,  glancing  at  the  exhibit  with  indifferent  eye.  Better 
not  enter  the  portals  of  the  building.  It  is  a  place  for  the  student  and  not  for  the 
dilettante.  The  one  sees  the  apotheosis  of  evolution  in  transportation.  The  other 
sees  wheels  going  round  or  methods  for  making  them  do  so.  You  may  travel  over 
the  world  seeking  old  and  new  methods  with  a  fadist's  zeal  and  a  lifetime  of  search 
will  not  bring  you  to  as  many  methods  of  progression  as  you  will  find  in  the  Trans- 
portation Building.  The  experts  in  transportation  methods  are  the  ones  who  are 
the  most  astonished.  It  convinces  them  more  than  any  one  else  of  the  littleness  of 
human  knowledge.  In  their  own  field,  where  they  have  been  accustomed  to  wear 
as  a  right  the  crown  of  the  chieftain,  they  meet  strangers  with  methods  superior  to 
their  own  in  every  respect.  After  a  careful  inspection  of  the  cars  and  locomotives 
the  general  manager  of  one  of  the  best  roads  in  the  United  States  said:  "  Our  com- 
plete train  service  in  the  United  States  is  perhaps  better  for  our  uses  than  that  of 
any  foreign  country,  but  there  is  not  one  of  them,  apparently,  who  has  not  advanced 
further  in  particular  directions.  American  roads  can  learn  a  lesson  in  improved 
methods  from  every  foreign  exhibit  in  the  Transportation  Building.  It  is  rather 
humiliating  to  acknowledge  this,  and  I,  for  one,  have  just  ordered  a  smaller  sized 
hat,  but  the  thing  to  do  is  to  acknowledge  the  truth  and  adapt  for  our  own  use  the 
many  improvements  displayed." 

How  Darwin  would  gloat  over  the  transportation  exhibit!  Logicians  tell  us 
it  is  a  vain  thing  to  attempt  proof  by  analogy.  Perhaps  not  by  a  single  illustration, 
but  how  is  it  when  illustrations  are  heaped  Ossa  on  Pelion?  Whether  or  not  the 
doctrine  of  evolution  applies  to  man,  there  is  no  question  that  it  applies  to  the 
works  of  man.  From  the  lifting  of  weight  by  contracted  biceps  to  the  steam  crane 
which  lifts  a  hundred  tons  as  easy  as  the  baby  lifts  its  rattle  is  a  lesson  in  evolution. 
From  the  original  "Rocket"  and  "Meteor"  locomotives  with  their  stove  boilers  and 
barrels  of  water  on  wheel-barrow  tenders  to  the  130-ton  locomotives  capable  of  a 
speed  of  100  miles  an  hour  is  an  object  lesson  seen  here  in  a  moment,  but  it  com- 
passes the  experiences  and  best  work  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  men  during  their 
lifetime.  Forty  years  ago  an  enterprising  Frenchman  joined  two  wheels  with  a 
frame,  put  a  saddle  on  the  frame,  and  with  toes  just  touching  the  ground  developed 
a  speed  which  astonished  the  universe.  From  this  "dandy  horse"'to  the  modern 
pneumatic  safety  bycicle  is  a  long  step  or  rather  a  multitude  of  short  steps,  but  each 
can  be  seen  in  the  general  scheme  of  evolution.  One  is  fairly  dazed  at  the  develop- 
ment of  man's  genius,  but  his  exaltation  is  shattered  in  a  minute  by  the  chattering 
of  an  impertinent  sparrow  which  flits  jerkily  along  just  out  of  reach.  How  long 
before  man  will  propel  himself  in  similar  wise?  From  the  "  dandy  horse"  to  the 
pneumatic,  from  the  "meteor"  to  the  modern  locomotive  is  but  the  beginning  of 
things  in  comparison  with  the  airy  flight  of  the  British  interloper.  Ages  may  come 
and  Langleys  may  go  before  the  aeroplane  principle  is  fitted  to  the  uses  of  man. 

Willard  Adelbert  Smith  is  chief  of  the  department  of  the  transportation 
exhibits.  He  was  born  at  Kenosha,  Wis.,  Sept.  20,  1849.  His  parents  came  west 
from  New  Hampshire  in  the  '30s. and  were  among  the  early  settlers  in   Wisconsin. 


342 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


His  early  education  was  in  the  public  school  of  the  village,  up  to  1861,  when  the 
family  removed  to  Rockford,  111.,  where  he  entered  and  graduated  from  the  high 
school.  In  1865  he  entered  the  freshman  class  of  Shurtleff  College,  at  Upper  Alton, 
and  graduated  with  class  honors  in  1869.  The  same  year  he  entered  the  law  school 
of  Washington  University,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  and  graduated  with  highest  honors  in 
1871.  In  1870  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  and  in  1871 
admitted  to  practice  in  the  United  States  courts.  He  was  appointed  to  his  present 
position  with  the  exposition  July  27,  1891,  upon  the  recommendation  of  therailroad 
managers  of  Chicago. 


CHIEF  SMITH. 


GOLDEN   DOOR,  TRANSPORTATION  BUILDING. 


5 

Eg 


a 


o 


g 
5 

H 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  345 


CHAPTER  XIII. 
MINES  AND  MINING  BUILDING. 

The  Department  of  Mines  Excels  all  Former  Exhibits  of  its  Kind — Included  in  This  Display  is  Every 
Kind  of  Material  from  the  Rough  State  to  the  Finished  Product — Artistic  and  Instructive  Group- 
ing— Striking  Exhibit  from  New  South  Wales — Michigan  Makes  a  Fine  Display  of  Copper  in 
Various  Shapes — Missouri  Shows  Zinc,  Lead,  Iron  and  Other  Minerals — Canada  Contributes 
Nickel,  Silver  and  Gold — Montana's  Pavilion  a  Centre  of  Attraction — The  Silver  Statue  of  Ada 
Rehan — Colorado  Makes  a  Magnificent  and  Dazzling  Display  -California  Shows  Gold,  Silver, 
Copper,  Tin,  Borax,  Quicksilver,  and  Many  Other  Minerals — Its  Marble  and  Onyx  Exhibit  Chal- 
lenges General  Admiration — Ponderous  Mining  Machinery  in  Operation — Miniature  Mining  Plants 
With  Devices  for  Boring,  Lighting,  Hoisting  and  Pulverizing— Methods  of  Separating  Ores — Old 
Style  Rockers  and  Long  Toms — All  the  New  Implements — Magnificent  Exhibits  of  Coal  and  Iron 
by  Ohio  and  Pennsylvania — The  Wonderful  German  Exhibit — The  Finest  Ever  Made  Before  in 
Any  Country— Sketch  of  Chief  Skiff. 

'i^UCH  an  aggregation  of  the  products  of  the  mines  of  the 
world  as  is  now  represented  in  the  Mines  and  Mining 
building  has  never  been  seen  before.  All  the  states 
and  territories  of  the  Union;  far-off  Alaska,  Australia, 
Brazil,Mexico,and  Southern  Africa  ;Great  Britain, Germany, 
Canada  and  Greece — all  are  represented.  Of  the  foreign 
countries  Germany  and  Australia  lead;  while  the  friendly 
but  vigorous  rivalry  between  the  great  metal-producing 
states  and  the  territories  of  America  has  been  productive 
of  wonderful  results.  The  German  exhibit  includes  a  dis- 
play of  iron  and  steel  girders  in  pyramids  arranged  in  either  an  ar- 
tistic or  grotesque  form,  and  a  tree  made  up  of  wire  and  iron  pipe 
of  all  manufactured  sizes.  This  display,  which  cost  $50,000,  is  the  finest  iron  and 
steel  exhibit  ever  made  at  a  world's  exposition.  Native  workmen  labored  on 
this  exhibit  for  four  months. 

The  exhibit  of  New  South  Wales  attracts  much  attention,  not  oiily  from  the 
character,  but  the  size  as  well,  of  the  display.  The  entrance  to  the  New  South 
Wales  Pavilion  is  marked  by  columns  of  metal  ingots,  each  containing  six  tons  of 
copper,  tin,  antimony  and  silver"  ore.  There  are  also  pillars  of  bituminous  coal 
twelve  feet  high,  the  blocks  being  four  feet  square,  representing  the  average  thick- 
ness of  the  vein  from  which  they  were  taken.  A  column  ofcannelcoal  is  also  shown. 
This  coal,  which  is  locally  known  as  "petroleum  shale,"  yields  150  gallons  of  crude 
petroleum  to  the  ton.  On  raised  platforms  are  shown  specimens  of  reef  and  placer 
gold,  while  samples  of  iron,  copper,  manganese,  antimony  and  other  metals  are  ad- 


346  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

vantageously  displayed.  The  coal  columns  are  spanned  by  a  triple  arch,  sprinkled 
with  coal  dust,  on  which  are  shown  in  silver  letters  the  yearly  output  of  coal  and 
minerals. 

California,  Colorado,  Montana,  Idaho,  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  Missouri,  and 
Wisconsin  astonish  the  beholder  even  if  he  be  familiar  with  the  mineral  resources 
■of  these  states. 

Among  the  state  exhibits  Wisconsin  stands  in  the  very  front  rank  and 
attracts  admiration.  Many  of  its  most  valuable  specimens  enter  into  the  construc- 
tion of  a  magnificent  pagoda  twenty-five  feet  high  and  occupying  a  floor  space 
on  one  of  the  best  blocks  in  the  building,  forty-nine  feet  long  by  forty-five  feet 
wide.  This  pagoda  consists  of  four  monoliths  resting  on  elaborately  carved  bases 
furnished  by  the  Prentice  Brown  Stone  company.  There  are  two  entrances  of  terra- 
cotta surmounted  by  the  coat  of  arms  of  the  state.  The  railing  extending  around 
the  four  sides  is  made  of  green  jasper  and  fancy  granites  with  wrought  brass  panels 
of  clever  design.  The  plans  show  that  the  pavilion  in  the  center  rests  on  four  blocks 
of  different  colored  granite,  and  the  capitals  of  the  columns  which  hold  them  are 
liberally  studied  with  amethysts  and  other  brilliant  stones.  The  fountains  in  the 
tenter  of  the  pagoda  are  also  of  amethyst,  the  whole  forming  one  of  the  most  attrac- 
tive features  in  Chief  Skiff's  department  of  the  great  show.  The  entire  display  rep- 
resents an  outlay  of  $20,000.  The  pagoda  is  filled  with  handsome  show-cases  con- 
taining the  best  specimens  of  ores  and  mineral  of  all  kinds  that  Wisconsin  can  pro- 
duce. For  instance,  there  is  one  case  holding  $250,000  worth  of  pearls.  It  was 
designed  by  the  Beatty  Manufacturing  company.  This  display  rests  on  a  plat- 
form made  of  white  and  black  marble  tiling,  the  whole  being  surmounted  by  a 
beautifull3'-gilded  dome,  richly  ornamented,  thus  giving  the  display  a  showy  effect 
both  from  the  galleries  and  distant  sections  of  the  building. 

Kentucky's  mineral  exhibit  is  one  of  the  chief  points  of  interest  to  all  classes 
of  visitors  in  the  Mines  and  Mining  building.  In  addition  to  the  display  of  mineral 
products,  tastefully  arranged  in  a  gallery  nearly  150  feet  long,  under  the  building,  is 
reproduced  a  section  of  the  famous  Mammoth  Cave.  The  wonders  of  the  cave  are 
displayed  by  means  of  paper  and  plaster  work,  stalactites  being  reproduced  in  staff, 
and  a  collection  of  blind  fish  and  other  animal  life  peculiar  to  the  big  Kentucky 
hole  are  exhibited.  The  entrance  to  the  Kentucky  pavilion,  which  stands  near  the 
north  end  of  the  Mining  building,  is  a  mammoth  arch  of  polished  cannel  coal.  This 
arch  is  thirty  feet  high,  twenty-three  wide,  and  over  the  entrance  in  letters  of  gold 
the  word  "Kentucky"  is  emblazoned.  Just  inside  the  entrance  is  a  relief  map  of  the 
state,  5x10  feet,  constructed  on  a  scale  of  four  inches  to  the  mile,  and  showing  every 
river,  town,  village,  city,  mountain  range,  and  other  geological  features.  The  dis- 
play of  iron  ore  from  various  sections  of  the  state  makes  a  splendid  showing,  while 
the  specimens  of  coal,  building  stone,  and  tile  clayare  artistically  arranged  in  groups 
representing  the  east  and  west  sections  of  the  state.  Kentucky  produces  the  finest 
tile  clay  known  in  the  United  States,  and  some  splendid  specimens  of  the  burnt  tile 
are  shown  at  the  main  entrance  and  on  the  tiers  of  steps  on  each  side  of  the  pavilion. 


"STATUE  OF  JUSTICE"  IN  MONTANA  EXHIBIT  OF  MINES  BUILDING. 


348  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Michigan  makes  a  generous  display  of  copper  and  iron  ores  and  refined  cop- 
per, and  exhibit  of  the  machinery  and  methods  of  working  the  mines.  The  copper 
mining  industry  of  the  northern  peninsula  has  reached  a  great  height,  and  thus  far 
the  output  more  than  equals  the  demand. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  of  all  the  exhibits  is  that  of  the  Cape  Colony 
diamond  plant,  and  the  daily  operations  of  the  Zulus  attract  great  crowds. 

The  exhibit  of  Wyoming,  in  charge  of  Harry  E.  Crain,  was  collected  largely 
and  installed  by  Ur.  L.  D.  Ricketts,  late  territorial  geologist  of  Wyoming,  and  is 
one  of  the  most  attractive  in  the  group  of  far  western  states,  not  from  the  stand- 
point of  gorgeousness,  but  from  the  fact  that  Wyoming  is  the  "Keystone  State" 
of  the  West  in  the  vastness  and  richness  of  its  coal  and  iron  and  in  its  deposits  of 
sodium  and  sand  and  other  minerals  that  enter  into  the  manufacture  of  glass.  Pro- 
fessor John  Berkenbine,  of  Philadelphia,  says  that,  on  account  of  its  deposits  of 
oils,  coal,  Bessemer,  and  its  timber  and  water  courses,  Wj'oming  will  some  day  be- 
come the  greatest  manufacturing  state  west  of  the  Mississippi  river.  Its  coal  out- 
put in  1883  was  779,620  tons,  which  has  kept  on  increasing  every  year  until  in  1893 
it  reached  2,322,787  tons.  Its  oils  are  preferred  to  any  other  for  lubricating  pur- 
poses by  many  of  the  western  railways,  while  its  iron  ore  fields  are  known  to  cover 
an  area  of  26,000  square  miles.  The  exhibit,  itself,  has  been  an  artistic  one  from 
the  first,  and  some  beautiful  moss  agates  and  slabs  of  other  peculiar  stones,  pyra- 
mids and  shafts  of  coal  and  Bessemer  and  huge  blocks  of  sodium  may  be  seen, 
while  its  collection  of  tin  ore  received  the  first  award.  The  President  of  the  State 
Commission,  John  S.  Harper,  is  one  of  the  leading  men  of  Wyoming;  and  Mr.  Ell- 
wood  Mead  is  the  secretary,  who,  although  the  principal  executive  officer  of  the 
commission,  has  special  charge  of  the  agricultural  section.  The  Yellowstone  Park 
stands  conspicuously  at  the  head  of  all  other  spectacular  scenery  in  the  world. 

The  Pennsylvania  pavilion  is  just  in  front  of  the  north  entrance  east  of  the 
main  aisle.  Stepping  into  the  pavilion  the  visitor  passes  between  neatly  finished 
glass  cases  containing  300  bottles  filled  with  petroleum  products.  The  bottles  are 
twelve  inches  high,  four  inches  wide,  and  one  inch  thick,  and  bear  the  State  coat  of 
arms.  In  front  of  these  cases  stands  a  huge  relief  map  of  the  State  7x14  feet,  show- 
ing the  location  of  all  coal  and  iron  mines,  oil  and  glass  fields,  blast  furnaces,  pipe 
lines,  and  railroads.  The  most  attractive  feature  in  the  exhibit  is  a  complete  work- 
ing model  of  a  coal  mine  and  breaker.  The  model  occupies  a  space  24x8  feet.  Nine 
engines  are  shown  and  the  work  they  do  from  the  time  the  coal  is  hauled  up  the  in- 
clines, dumped  into  screens,  where  it  is  assorted  into  sizes  and  loaded  into  railroad 
cars,  while  the  mine  cars  return  by  gravity  for  fresh  loads.  Beside  the  model 
stands  a  little  pavilion  constructed  to  show  the  possibilities  of  slate.  Every  use 
to  which  slate  can  be  put — for  pillars,  roofing,  school  slates,  and  so  on — is 
shown.  At  the  west  side  stand  sixteen  trumcated  pyramids,  disposed  in  rec- 
tangular form,  showing  all  the'  varieties  of  anthracite  found  in  the  anthracite 
region  and  also  all  the  commercial  sizes.  Analyses  of  the  different  varieties  are 
exhibited.  At  the  corners  of  the  rectangle  are  glass  cases  two  feet  square  and  eight 
feet  high  displaying  the  varieties  of  bituminous  coal.     A  colored  drawing  is  shown 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


349 


illustrating  the  manufacture  of  zinc  oxide  and  spiegelite,  which  is  used  for  recar- 
bonizing  iron  from  the  manufacture  of  steel.  Another  case  contains  samples  of  the 
thirty  varieties  of  fire  clay  found  in  the  State,  crude  and  burnt,  and  the  bricks  made 
from  it.    Nextto  it  are  casesshowingthe  varieties  of  tile  clays,  crude,  floated,  ground, 

unburnt,  burnt,  glazed,  and    unglazed.    There 
are  also  samples  of  the  seventy-eight  varieties 
of  building  stone  in  the  State,  finished  and  un- 
finished, shown  at  the  north  end  of  the  pavil- 
ion.     Then  there   are   samples   of  the  glass 
sands  of  the  State,  the  different  mixtures  used 
for  the  various  kinds  of  glass,  and  specimens  of 
the  finished  product.     Soapstone,  nickel,  man- 
ganese,  iron   ore,   and   the   various  stages  in 
the   manufacture   of   iron   with .  charcoal,   an- 
thracite,  and   bituminous  coal  are  to  be  seen- 
Near    the   model  of  the    mine    and   breaker 
stands   a  primitive   furnace,  such  as  was  used 
in  the  beginning  of  the  iron  industry.   Grouped 
about  it  are  the  various  tools   used  in  minings 
Upon  the  south  and  east  walls  are  photographs^ 
charts,  and  maps  of  geological  and  mineralog- 
ical  surveys,  relief  maps,   and   the   like.      In 
the  center  of  the  Mining  building  stands  what 
the  Pennsylvanians  call  an  anthracite  "needle." 
It  is  a  shaft  of  anthracite   showing  a  vertical 
section  through  a  fifty-four-foot  vein  in  Schuyl- 
kill  County,  with   the   coal-slate  seams,  etc., 
in  their  proper  place.     Creede's  mineral  dis- 
play is   one   of  the  best   from  Colorado.      It 
comprises  a  collection  of  twenty-four  samples 
of  ore  taken   from  seventeen  mines,  showing 
silver,  gold,  zinc,  and  lead.     The   silver  assays 
show   from  seventeen   to  2,100  ounces  to  the 
ton,  the  gold    i-io  to  4.35   ounces,  lead  from 
gyi   to  70  per  cent,  and  zinc  30  per  cent.     The 
mineral-bearing  matter  Includes  quartz,  ame- 
thyst,  rose,  jasper  and    tellurium,    spar   and 
Many   of  the  specimens  are  said  to  show  large  flasks  of  fine  silver  and  gold. 
California's  exhibit  is  woi'thy  of  that  great  state,  costing  about  $io,ooo. ''  It  is 
in  the  form  of  a  Grecian  temple,  with  three  main  entrances  flanked  on  the  sides  by 
smaller  loggias.     The  central  portion  of  the  facade  is  20x37  feet  in  dimensions  and 
the  loggias   are    12  feet  high.      This  structure  is   composite   in  construction,  the 
materials  coming  from  all  parts  of  the  state,   including  yellow  and  mottled  marble 
from  San  Bernardino  county;  grayish  green  sandstone  from  Alameda  county,  Rock- 


THE  MINER. 


talc. 


350  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

land  white  granite  from  Placer  county,  Raymond  granite  from  Fresno  county, 
yellow  sandstone  from  Santa  Clara  county,  veined  marble  from  Amador  county, 
onyx  from  San  Luis  Obispo  county,  red  sandstone  from  Ventura  county,  marble, 
Sespe  brown  sandstone,  and  soapstone  from  the  Catalina  islands  off  Los  Angeles, 
and  other  materials  from  other  parts  of  the  state.  The  capitals  of  the  four  col- 
umns at  the  entrance  are  of  virgin  gold  and  silver,  while  the  bases  are  of  composi- 
tion and  copper  finished.  The  pavilion  is  roomy  and  sub-divided  to  show  to  advan- 
tage the  extensive   mineral  display  that  was  sent  by  the  state. 

Ohio  makes  a  fine  display  of  its  stone,  coal,  and  iron.  Montana  makes  one 
of  the  best,  its  most  attractive  party  being  the  solid  silver  statue  of  Ada  Rehan 
representing  justice.     Canada  also  makes  a  rich  display. 

Viewed  from  the  galleries  or  the  floor  the  Mining  building  carries  out  to  the 
letter  its  chief's  account.  Not  only  are  its  exhibits  massive,  natural  productions, 
but  they  are  massed  together  in  a  manner  which  suggests  their  nature  and  purpose^ 
There  are  great  obelisks  of  metal,  solid  piles  of  ore,  substantial  facades  of  stone  and 
cement,  and  small  mountains  of  coal.  One  country  shines  with  a  pillar  of  silver 
surmounted  by  Atlas  bearing  a  silver  globe,  and  another  shows  a  shaft  of  metal 
that  looks  as  if  it  had  been  hewn  out  of  a  solid  block,  and  the  observer  may  see 
mining  machinery  in  operation,  methods  of  separating  ores,  and  devices  for  boring, 
lighting,  hoisting,  and  pulverizing. 

The  Mining  building  is  situated  amidst  the  most  beautiful  of  natural  and 
architectural  surroundings.  It  faces  at  the  north  the  western  and  middle  inland 
lakes  and  the  flowers  and  lawns  of  the  Wooded  Island.  It  reflects  on  the  west  the 
gilded  light  of  the  Golden  Door  and  the  singularly  handsome  and  unique  high- 
color  finish  of  the  Moorish  Palace  for  the  transportation  exhibits.  It  is  flanked  on 
the  east  by  the  turreted  pavilions  of  electricity.  At  the  south  looms  the  lofty  and 
graceful  dome  of  Administration.  The  architect  has  seized  the  inspiration  of  the 
theme,  the  occasion  and  a  favored  environment.  Upon  a  great  floor  700  feet  long 
by  350  feet  wide  and  covering  over  five  and  a  half  acres,  he  has  constructed  a 
massive  and  solid  structure,  relieved  and  embellished  with  all  the  symmetrical  and 
classic  forms  and  rich  ornamentations  known  to  his  profession.  An  arcade  consist- 
ing of  a  loggia  on  the  main  floor  and  a  deeply  recessed  promenade  on  the  gallery 
floor  occupy  the  main  fronts  of  the  building.  It  is  intersected  at  the  center  by  an 
enormous  arched  entrance  56  feet  high  and  25  feet  broad  and  at  the  corners  ends  in 
square  pavilions  surmounted  by  low  domes.  The  loggia  ceilings  are  heavily  coffered 
and  emblematical  decorations  are  massed  at  the  prominent  points  of  the  furnace. 
Its  architecture,  of  early  Italian  renaissance,  w^ith  a  slight  touch  of  French  spirit, 
together  with  the  enormous  and  floating  banners,  invests  the  building  with  the  ani- 
mation that  should  characterize  a  great  general  Exposition.  The  interior  design 
is  of  no  less  interest  than  the  exterior.  The  roof  rests  upon  ten  great  cantilever 
trusses  so  that  the  floor  is  practically  unencumbered,  there  being  only  two  rows  of 
iron  columns  on  either  side.  This  is  the  first  instance  of  the  application  of  the 
•cantilever  system  to  building  and  the  result  is  a  structure  signally  adapted  to 
exhibition  purposes,  the  gain  in   space  being  quite  large.     The  gallery  60  feet  wide 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  351 

and  25  feet  above  the  main  floor  extends  entirely  around  the  building  and  is  well 
lighted  by  clear-story  windows  above.  The  repeated  series  of  large  arched  windows 
along  the  walls  and  the  extensive  glass  roof  covering  furnish  abundance  of  light, 
The  cost  of  the  building  was  $250,000.  It  was  commenced  in  July,  1891,  and  was 
the  first  building  to  be  finished. 

Missouri's  pavilion,  which  is  filled  whith  splendid  specimens,  is  worthy  that 
great  state.  The  location  is  central,  and  the  structural  materials  were  contributed 
by  enterprising  local  producers.  The  base  of  the  superstructure  is  of  granite  and 
the  screen  wall  rising  above  is  composed  of  yellow  Roman  brick.  The  coping, 
pilasters,  and  frieze  at  the  main  entrance  are  of  terra  cotta,  and  the  panels  used  in 
decorating  the  entrance  are  onyx.  Wrought  out  in  conspicuous  designs  are  the 
Missouri  coat  of  arms,  with  two  life-size  Cupids  surmounting  the  main  entrance  and 
festoons  caught  up  at  the  top  in  the  beak  of  an  eagle.  The  general  effect  is  very 
striking.  Among  the  specimens  in  the  pavilion  are  a  typical  specimen  of  dissemi- 
nated lead  ore  weighing  4,500  pounds,  a  chunk  of  pure  galena  ore  weighing  6,500 
pounds,  and  still  another  exhibit  weighing  1,650  pounds,  said  to  be  the  largest  jack 
ever  taken  out  of  a  mine.  The  iron  and  zinc  ores  are  also  well  represented,  while 
coal,  kaolin,  or  china  clay,  brick  clay,  granite,  limestone,  sandstone,  marble,  in  the 
rough  and  prepared  states,  form  an  interesting  portion  of  the  exhibit. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  exhibits  in  the  Mining  building  is  the  collection 
ot  safety  appliances  commonly  used  by  miners  in  their  daily  toil.  Aside  from  the 
danger  incident  to  all  excavations — that  of  caving  in  from  crumbling  roofs  or  poorly 
constructed  tunnels — the  most  prolific  source  of  injury  to  miners  is  from  fire  damp, 
causing  explosions,  or  noxious  gases  which  cause  death  from  inhalation.  The  exhibit 
of  apparatus  used  in  ventilating  mines,  preventing  explosions,  and  in  detecting 
poisonous  gases  is  very  complete.  Among  these  contrivances  the  most  interesting, 
as  well  as  the  best  known,  is  the  safety  lamp.  The  display  is  historical  and  progres- 
sive, offering  an  opportunity  for  the  study  of  the  evolution  of  the  safety  lamp  from 
the  simple  gauze  lantern  of  Davy  to  the  many  compartmented  benzoline  and 
electric  lamps  of  today,  which  combine  the  double  purpose  of  safe  illumination  and 
the  detection  of  gas  in  however  small  quantities.  Of  the  scores  of  varieties  which 
have  at  different  times  sprung  into  favor,  had  their  day,  and  dropped  into  oblivion 
to  make  room  for  improved  appliances,  six  of  each  kind  are  shown.  These  are 
arranged  in  the  order  of  their  discovery  and  are  in  charge  of  an  expert,  who  ex- 
plains all  points  as  to  principles  of  construction  and  relative  merits.  The  lamps  are 
sectioned  to  show  compartments,  method  of  operation,  direction  of  draughts,  etc. 
The  most  primitive  lamps  shown  are  Davy's.  He  was  the  inventor  of  the  first  lamp, 
a  flame  isolated  from  the  dangerous  fire  damp.  His  lamp  had  a  fine  gauze  around 
and  above  the  flame,  which,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  prevented  the  flame 
coming  in  contact  with  the  exterior  air.  The  clanny  lamp  followed,  the  inventor 
adding  a  glass  tube,  in  which  the  flame  was  incased.  Then,  in  rapid  succession, 
followed  Geordie,  Muessler,  and  '  Thomas  with  modifications  of  the  glass  and 
draught. '"  It  was  then  found  that  the  gas  given  off  by  the  burning  wicks  was 
injurious  in  itself,  and  recourse  was  had  to  various  spirit  lamps,  one  fed  with  air 


352 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


saturated  with  hydrocarbon  vapors,  and  another  using  benzoline  from  a  sponge 
reservoir.  When  it  was  found  that  the  gas  in  coal  mines  in  which  fine  dust  was 
flying  became  very  dangerous,  even  when  present  in  but  small  quantities,  inventors 
hit  upon  the  plan  of  attaching  gas  ventilators  to  the  lamps.  When  it  was  found 
that  the  miners  using  safety  lamps  injured  their  eyes  from  straining  to  see  by  the 
poor  light  of  the  lamps,  caused  by  the  use  of  the  gauze,  it  remained  for  the  promi- 
nent electricians,  such  as  Edison,  Pollack,  Breguet,  and  Stella,  to  come  forward 
with  a  safety  light.  Portable  electric  lamps  were  made,  dispensing  with  the  fumes 
of  the  old-style  lamps,  and  answering  all  the  requirements  of  brilliant  light,  sim- 
plicity of  mechanism,  and  lightness  of  weight.  These  lamps  are  shown  with  all  the 
intermediate  steps  in  the  progress  of  their  development. 

Swedish  manufacturers  are  especially  rich  in  the  department  of  iron  and 
steel.  Probably  the  most  attractive  single-piece  is  a  mammoth  polished  steel  shield, 
eight  feet  high,  on  which  are  displayed,  around  a  central  medallion,  twenty  scenes, 
illustrating  the  Frithiof's  saga.  It  was  made  in  Gothenberg  and  is  valued  at 
$1,500.  Another  showy  product  of  Swedish  mines  and  factories  is  a  giant  band  saw, 
220  feet  long  and  12  inches  wide,  said  to  be  the  largest  ever  made-  It  was  rolled  at 
Sandwick.  Fine  edge  tools  and  specimens  of  Dannemora  steel,  the  hardest  in  the 
world,  make  the  bulk  of  the  iron  exhibit.  Fine  pottery,  carved  woods,  art  furniture, 
and  safety  matches,  in  the  manufacture  of  which  Sweden  has  never  let  the  rest  of 

the  world  overtake  her,  are  also  shown.  The 
decorations  of  the  building  are  largely  devoted 
to  wax  groups  illustrating  the  peasant  life  of 
the  country,  and  the  national  pastimes,  skating, 
snow  shoeing,  sail  skating,  and  other  wintry 
sports.  Upon  the  walls  are  portraits  of  Swe- 
den's great  ones,  such  as  Tegner,  Linnaeus, 
Oxenstiern,  and  Queen  Christina.  Frederick 
J.  V.  Skiff,  chief  of  the  mines  and  mining  de- 
partment, was  born  at  Chicopee,  Mass.,  Nov. 
5,  1 85 1.  He  came  west  before  attaining  his 
majority  and  settled  in  Lawrence,  Kan.,  where 
he  entered  the  newspaper  business.  He  lived 
in  Lawrence  for  eight  years  and  owned  and 
edited  the  E-vening  Standard  m  1887,  when  he 
left  Lawrence  and  went  to  Denver  to  become 
city  editor  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  News.  He 
subsequently  went  to  the  Denver  Tribune,  of 
which  paper  he  was  general  manager  and  part 
owner  in  1885,  when  he  left  the  newspaper  field 
to  organize  a  land  and  loan  company.  In  1887  Mr.  Skiff  was  appointed  superin- 
tendent of  the  Colorado  bureau  of  immigration  and  statistics,  and  in  that  capacity 
made  several  collections  of  the  mineral  resources  of  the  State,  which  were  exhib- 
ited in  the  St.  Louis  and  Chicago   expositions,  and  now  are  on   permanent  exhi- 


CHIEF  SKIFF. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


553 


bitions  in  the  Pueblo  Mineral  Palace.  He  was  appointed  a  member  of  the  Na- 
tional Commission  for  Colorado  in  i8qo  and  was  chairman  of  the  committee  on 
mines  and  mining  for  that  body.  In  June,  1891,  Mr.  Skiff  was  made  chief  of  the 
mines  and  mining  department  of  the  Exposition,  where  he  remained  until  the  close. 


COLORADO  EXHIBIT. 


\f 


^itSfH^  -i™,5aii 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


355 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ELECTRICITY  AND  ITS  BUILDING. 


Wonders  of  Electricity — Tne  Building  Devotedto  this  Science — Undreamed  of  Revelations  and  Effects 
— Franklin  and  His  Kite — The  Man  Who  First  Harnessed  Lightning — Temple  of  the  Westerrt 
Electric  Company — The  Grandeur  and  Brilliancy  of  the  Exhibit — Thousands  of  Concealed  Incan- 
descents — Mingling  of  Rainbow  Tones — Prismatic  Colors  that  Awe  the  Spectator — An  Electric 
Theatre—  Cascades  of  Fantastic  Lights — Magnificent  Exhibit  of  Thomas  A.  Edison,  the  Wizard  of 
Menlo  Park— Startling  and  Beautiful  Effects — Obelisks  of  Light  and  Color— Spirals  of  Radiance 
and  Fountains  of  Incandescents — Corinthian  Columns  Ablaze  With  Imitation  Sunbeams — Five 
Thousand  Witching  Lamps  Glitter  in  Pillars  of  Glass — Eighteen  Thousand  Lights  in  the  Edison. 
Tower,  Chief  Barrett. 

O  single  science  challenges  such  general  attention  and  ad- 
miration as  the  mysteries  and  wonders  and  the  bene- 
fits and  capabilities  of  electricity;  and  there  is  no  place- 
where  the  crowds  go  so  early  and  so  often  and  linger  so- 
long  as  at  the  palace  devoted  to  the  dissemination  of 
knowledge  upon  this  subject.  Upon  approaching  the 
Electricity  Building  from  the  south  the  visitor  beholds- 
f  on  a  pedestal  in  the  hemicycle  the   towering  statue  o£ 

Benjamin  Franklin,  the  first  one  to  attempt  to  harness, 
lightning  to  thought.  There  he  stands,  and  there  is 
mistaking  him,  in  his  long-tailed  coat  and  old  Knickerbocker 
biliments  throughout.  Nor  is  there  any  mistaking  of  the  ex- 
act moment  of  the  philosopher's  life,  for  the  artist  has  so  conscientiously  and  dra- 
matically reproduced  these  that  nothing  is  wanting  in  the  conception.  The  up- 
lifted face  and  eyes,  the  half-outstretched  hands,  the  look  of  eager  anticipation  are 
all  faithfully  delineated.  Every  American  school  child  that  gazes  upon  it  knows 
that  it  is  old  Ben  Franklin  and  his  kite,  and  that  he  has  wrested  from  the  clouds 
the  secret  of  their  lightnings — that  he  has  discovered  electricity.  This  statue  is  hy 
Carl  Rohl  Smith,  and  it  has  a  place  of  honor,  deservedly. 

The  first  structure  put  up  in  the  Electricity  Building  was  for  the  display  of 
the  Western  Electric  Company.  It  is  a  rectangular  Egyptian  temple,  with  sloping- 
sides  and  scalloped  cornice.  Without  losing  its  thoroughly  Egyptian  character  the 
temple  is  sufficiently  conventionalized  to  meet  the  requirements  of  an  exhibit-room. 
The  four  sides  bear  friezes  and  panels  filled  with  the  peculiar  flat  and  angular  fig- 
ures of  fellahin  at  work.  The  figures  are  exactly  similar  to  those  on  obelisks  and 
temple  walls  in  the  country  of  the  Nile.  Their  occupations,  however,  are  not  plow- 
ing with  a  bent  stick  or  making   mud  houses.     They  are  manufacturing   electrical 

f  23 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  357 

machines  and  appliances.  The  conception  of  the  designer  is  a  bold  one  and  serves 
to  contrast  most  strongly  nineteenth  century  results  of  discovery  with  ancient  crudity 
of  scientific  investigation — the  latter,  however,  more  by  implication  than  portrayal. 
The  whole  is  done  in  staff. 

No  pen  can  adequately  describe  the  grandeur  and  brilliancy  of  this  temple 
when  flooded  with  light  from  2,000  concealed  incandescents.  The  main  display- 
room  is  ornamented  with  six  massive  columns,  composed  of  prismatic  glass.  In  the 
center  of  each  column  is  placed  a  revolving  chandelier  of  electric  lights.  The 
general  effect  is  to  cause  a  rare  vibration  and  mingling  of  rainbow  tones  through- 
out the  room,  which  thrills  the  novice  with  a  sort  of  indescribable  awe.  It  is  as 
though  the  surrounding  air  quivered  with  a  surcharge  of  electrical  fluid  which 
seems  to  communicate  its  mystic  motion  to  the  spectator. 

From  the  main  room  to  the  passage  connecting  with  the  two  lesser  rooms  the 
,  transition  is  to  a  soothing,  soft  glow  which  drops  from  the  ceiling.  The  space  is 
roofed  with  ground  glass  and  the  light  originates  from  several  hundred  lights  be- 
tween the  ceiling  and  the  floor  above.  In  the  smaller  display  rooms  the  prismatic 
columns  are  repeated. 

The  exhibits  consist  of  annunciators,  telephone  and  telegraph  apparatus, 
multiple  drill  presses,  wire-insulating  machines,  cable-laying  devices  and  every 
other  article  of  electrical  manufacture.  Over  the  cases  containing  displays  the  walls 
are  in  purple  and  red  stones,  relieved  by  gold. 

A  short  distance  from  the  temple  the  same  company  have  built  and  daily 
operate  a  theatre — not  a  grand,  stupendous  assembly  room  like  that  of  the  Audi- 
torium— just  a  sweet  little  place,  modeled  after  the  most  pretentious,  though,  and 
seated  and  upholstered  in  the  most  approved  way.  Upon  the  stage  of  this  theater 
a  skilful  manager  presents  a  series  of  set  scenes  and  a  few  puppets.  It  is  no  child's 
show  or  Punch  and  Judy  again,  though  the  children  are  greatly  delighted  with  it. 
The  practical  purpose  of  this  theater  is  to  illustrate  some  of  the  things  that  may  be 
done  by  an  ingenious  electrician  when  he  is  given  an  unlimited  treasury  and  full 
control  of  the  stage.  The  lighting  of  the  theater  by  tiny  incandescent  drops  is 
arranged  so  as  to  give  the  best  decorative  effect,  but  it  is  on  the  stage  that  the 
ingenuity  of  the  electrician  displays  itself.  There  more  tints  and  shades  than  the 
serpentine  dancer  has  yet  dreamed  of,  moonlight  effects  to  please  the  most  roman- 
tic stage  lovers,  lightning  to  which  the  darkest  deeds  and  direst  disasters  that  the 
melo-dramatist  has  yet  conceived  may  fitly  be  played,  and  cascades  of  light  for  the 
most  fantastic  ballets. 

A  conspicuous  attraction  is  Elisha  Gray's  "  Telautogram  "  or  long  distance 
writing  telegraph  machine.  This  is  one  of  the  latest  and  most  wonderful  pieces  of 
mechanism  connected  with  electricity.  Simply  a  San  Francisco  man  may  write  to 
his  friend  in  New  York  by  telegraph  and  the  communication  is  whirled  over  the 
wires  instead  of  by  the  fast  mail. 

Up  in  the  gallery  and  upon  the  main  floor  may  be   seen   thousands   of  new 

-devices  of  electrical  use.     There  are  light  houses,  ship  and  house  lights,   and  more 

styles  of  buttons  than  a  man  could  touch  in  a  week.     There  are  revolving,  running, 


358 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


COMBINATION   SWITCH    BOARD. 

made  the  incandescent  lamp  a  life  study.  From 
this  graceful  luminous  shaft  extends  into  the  groined 
tion  of  the  nave  and  transept,  displaying  over  eighty 
methods  of  construction  have  re- 
sulted in  showing  a  perfectwhole, 
as  if  from  base  to  top  the  entire 
shaft  was  hewn  from  one  solid 
mass  of  light.  The  colors  are 
arranged  by  mechanical  methods 
capable  of  being  flashed  in  har- 
mony with  the  strains  of  music. 
The  column  is  crowned  with  a 
well  proportioned  replica  of  an 
Edison  incandescent  lamp  formed 
from  a  multitude  of  pieces  of 
prismatic  crystals.  Upward  of 
30,000 of  these  beautiful  jewels 
are  strung  on  a  frame  and  are 
all  lighted  from  the  interior  by 
a  large  number  of  incandescent 
lamps.  The  effect  produced  is 
marvelous  and    can    be    appre- 


jumping,  shooting  and  rico- 
cheting lights  and  cascades 
of  fantastic  incandescents. 
There  are  Corinthian  col- 
umns ablaze  with  imitation 
sunbeams,  obelisks  of  light 
and  color,  spirals  of  radiance, 
fountains  of  brilliant  shades, 
and  thousands  of  witching 
lamps  that  glitter  in  pillars  of 
crystals.  There  are  also  hun- 
dreds of  phonographs  that 
re-sing  the  music  of  the 
world.  The  formal  opening 
of  the  Electricity  Building 
did  not  take  place  until  the 
completion  and  unveiling  of 
Edison's  Tower  of  Light. 
This  tower  is  located  in  the 
center  of  the  building  and 
represents  the  achievements 
of  the  electricians  who  have 
the  center  of  the  building 
arch  formed  by  the  intersec- 
feet  of  solid  brilliancy.     The 


MODEL   OF  FARMERS   RAILWAY    MOTOR. 


J 


SCENIC  THEATER  IN  ELECTRICITY  BUILDING. 


THE  RHEOSTATS  IN  SCENIC  THEATER,  ELECTRICITY  BUILDING. 


36o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

dated  only  when  seen.  The  colonnade  around  the  base  is  the  exhibit  of  the 
PhcEnix  glass  works  of  Pittsburg  and  the  distribution  of  the  electric  conductors  to 
attain  the  various  effects  and  changes  necessitates  careful  study,  and  the  combina- 
tion of  kaleidoscopic  beauties  are  almost  infinite. 

Upon  the  opening  night  alluded  to  the  chief  of  the  electrical  department 
walked  to  the  railing  and  gazed  down  the  long  vista  of  the  building.  On  all  sides, 
above  and  below,  electric  lamps  were  burning.  Some  with  the  soft  glow  of  opals, 
some  with  the  fierceness  of  welding  heat.  Whirling  wheels  of  rainbow  hues  spun 
with  ever-changing  colors,  and  mysterious  pens  wrote  inscriptions  on  the  wall  in 
letters  of  fire. 

In  the  center  of  all  this  brilliant  scene  rose  a  gigantic  shrouded  figure,  lifting 
its  impressive  height  almost  to  the  beams  above.  Around  it  was  massed  a  throng 
of  expectant  people.  Suddenly  the  shroud  fell,  and  a  beautiful  Corinthian  pillar, 
starting  from  a  graceful  colonnaded  pavilion,  stood  revealed.  ■  For  a  second  it  stood 
in  all  its  cold  beauty,  and  then  came  a  burst  of  electric  light  from  the  search  lights 
in  the  gallery.  The  radiating  shafts  focused  on  the  tower,  making  it  shimmer  and 
sparkle  with  their  radiance.  Above  the  capital  was  poised  a  huge  lamp,  built  up 
of  30,000  pieces  of  crystal.  When  the  white  rays  glanced  on  its  thousands  of  facets 
myriad  lances  of  sparkle  glinted  all  around. 

Then  the  soft  sweet  melody  of  Strauss'  familiar  "  Blue  Danube"  came  from 
Souza's  orchestra  and  Electra  sought  music  for  a  partner  in  the  dance.  The  crystal 
bulb  suddenly  burst  into  a  million  diamonds.  High  in  the  air  the  jewels  flashed  as 
if  imbued  with  life,  and  the  open-eyed  thousands  below  sought  relief  in  long-drawn 
sigh  of  wonder  which  achieved  the  volume  of  a  strong  wind's  voice. 

The  waltz  grew  merrier  and  to  the  dancing  measures  lines  of  purple  light 
shot  the  length  of  the  pillar.  As  daintily  as  a  maiden  the  incandescent  fire  tripped 
up  and  down,  flashing  first  on  one  side  then  another.  When  the  purple  dancers 
had  made  the  circuit,  golden-hued  lights  took  their  places,  and  then  suddenly,  as  if 
the  figure  of  the  dance  were  finished,  all  .the  purple  lights  shot  out  and  the  column 
was  fluted  with  lustrous  bulbs.  The  wizard  wand  moved  and  the  gold  appeared. 
Another  wave  and  every  one  of  the  5,000  purple,  white  and  gold  lamps  sprung  into 
being,  and  the  tower  of  light  became  an  indescribably  beautiful  specimen  of  pyro- 
technical  still  life. 

It  was  the  glorification  of  Edison.  Some  man  called  the  name  aloud,  another 
took  it  up,  and  a  thousand  voices  shouted  in  honor  of  the  man  whose  brain  wrought 
out  the  marvels  sparkling  before  them.  The  tower  of  light  was  a  pillar  of  fire,  and 
cheer  succeeded  cheer  as  the  glorious  spectacle  illuminated  the  space. 

In  the  pavilion  beautiful  electroliers  were  suspended,  transforming  the  classic 
dome  into  a  crystal  cave  with  stalactites  of  pearl,  amber,  rubies  and  sapphires. 

All  this  was  in  the  center  of  the  building.  Up  in  the  north  end  revolving 
lighthouse  lenses  sent  their  strong  rays  into  the  eyes  of  the  people,  while  above 
them  the  twinkling  notes  of  electric  pianos  fought  against  the  united  blares  of 
Souza's  horns. 


CHARLES  C.  BONNEY, 
President  of  the  World's  Congress  Auxiliary. 


362 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


The  Electricity  Building  carries  out  the  Spanish  renaissance  idea,  modified 
hy  a  Corinthian  treatment.  It  is  345  feet  wide  and  700  feet  long.  The  general 
scheme  of  the  plan  is  based  upon  a  longitudinal  nave  115  feet  wide  and  114  feet 
bigh,  crossed  in  the  middle  by  a  transept  of  the  same  width  and  height.  The  ex- 
terior walls  are  composed  of  a  continuous  Corinthian  order  of  pilasters,  3  feet  6 
inches  wide  and  42  feet  high,  supporting  a  full  entablature  and  resting  upon  a 
stylobate  8  feet  6  inches.  The  total  height  of  the  walls  from  the  grade  outside 
is  68  feet  6  inches.  At  each  of  the  four  corners  of  the  building  is  a  pavilion, 
above  which  rises  an  open  tower  150  feet  high.  The  building  has  an  open  portico 
'along  the  whole  of  the  south  facade,  the  lower  or  Ionic  order  forming  an  open 
screen  in  front  of  it.  The  various  subordinate  pavilions  are  treated  with  windows 
and  balconies.  The  details  of  the  exterior  orders  are  richly  decorated,  and  the 
pediments,  friezes,  panels  and  spandrels  have  received  a  decoration  of  figures  in 
relief,  with  architectural  motifs,  the  general  tendency  of  which  is  to  illustrate  the 

purposes  of  the  building.  In  the  hemicycle 
on  the  south  front  stands  the  fine  statue  of 
Franklin,  by  Rohl-Smith.  The  appearance  of 
the  exterior  is  that  of  marble,  but  the  walls 
of  the  hemicycle  and  of  the  various  porticoes 
and  loggias  are  highly  enriched  with  color,  the 
pilasters  in  these  places  being  decorated  with 
scagliola,  and  the  capitals  with  metallic  effects 
in  bronze.  The  building  with  its  large  window 
spaces  and  high  central  and  corner  towers  is 
especially  designed  for  electrical  illumination 
by  night,  and  considered  as  part  of  this  display 
are  the  beautiful  electric  fountains  which  show 
their  magic  splendors  at  the  head  of  the  basin 
to  the  south  of  the  building. 

Chief  John  P.  Barrett  was  born  in  Auburn, 
N.  Y.,  in  1837,  and  went  to  sea  at  11  years  of 
age,  which  pursuit  he  followed  until  he  was 
injured  at  the  age  of  22.  He  then  came  to 
Chicago  and  was  appointed  a  watchman  in  the 
Fire  Department  and  was  at  once  assigned  to  duty  in  the  telegraphic  branch  of 
that  department,  and  advanced  so  rapidly  that  in  1876  he  was  appointed  city  elec- 
trician, which  position  he  still  holds.  In  February,  1891,  the  Director-General 
appointed  Mr.  Barrett  Chief  of  Electricity  of  the  World's  Fair.  '  He  is  one  of  the 
most  approachable  and  one  of  the  most  unostentatious  officers  at  Jackson  Park, 
and  his  department  is   one  of  the  most  superb  and  brilliant  in  every  way. 


CHIEF  BARRETT 


1 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


365 


CHAPTER  XV. 


FISH  AND  FISHERIES  BUILDING. 


One  of  the  Greatest  of  All  the  Resorts— Magnificent  Display  of  Many  Kinds  of  Fresh  and  Salt  Water 
Fish — Minnows  and  Aligators  Under  the  Same  Roof — Some  of  the  Best  Known  Denizens  of  the 
Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  are  in  the  Swim — Speckled  Trout  from  New 
England  Rivers  and  Dolly  Vardens  from  the  Streams  of  California — Carp  and  Suckers  Move 
Lazily  About — Perch,  Pike  and  Pickerel  in  the  Same  Tank— Bass,  Flounders,  and  Salmon  Turn 
Up  Their  Aristocratic  Smellers— Gold  Fish  and  Other  Gaudy  Species  Splash  Merrily  Around 
—The  Sturgeon  and  Showbill  are  Spaciously  Quartered— Sketch  of  Chief  Collins. 

EN,  vi^omen  and  children  are  alike  inevitably  drawn  to- 
ward the  Fish  and  Fisheries  Building.  The  acquaria, 
which  is  the  largest  but  one  in  the  world — that  at 
Brighton,  near  London — occupies  the  entire  eastern  an- 
nex to  the  main  fisheries  building.  In  the  center  of 
the  building  is  an  open  basin  four  feet  deep  with  a  di- 
ameter of  twenty-five  feet.  The  tank  decorations  con- 
sist of  stalagmites  grouped  in  artistic  designs  around 
the  borders  of  the  circumference  and  in  the  center, 
where  a  fountain  is  kept  constantly  dripping  fresh  water 
into  the  basin  and  among  the  flora  at  various  points. 
Surrounding  the  basin  glass  tanks  complete  another  circle 
equi-distant  between  the  circumference  of  the  basin  and  the 
circular  row  of  tanks  ulong  the  walls  of  the  building.  A  six- 
foot  passage  way  with  ce  ented  floor  affords  ample  walking 
space  for  sight-seers  in  front  of  the  outer  row  of  tanks  and  on  both  sides  of  the  in- 
ner circle.  The  average  depth  of  the  tanks  when  filled  with  water  is  five  feet.  In 
length  they  vary  from  six  feet  to  sixty  feet.  Two-thirds  of  the  space  is  reserved 
for  fresh-water  fish;  the  remaining  space  is  given  up  to  denizens  of  the  sea.  All  of 
these  tanks  are  decorated  in  much  the  same  way  that  the  center  basin  has  been 
decorated.  Calcareous  tufa,  a  limestone  formation  found  in  certain  springs  in  To' 
ledo,  O.,  has  been  used  profusely  in  making  the  decorations  which  represent  minia- 
ture submerged  mountains,  etc.  Various  bits  of  vegetable  matter  coated  with  lime- 
stone form  rough,  fantastic  designs.  These  have  likewise  been  used  for  decorative 
purposes,  and  in  building  the  tiny  grottoes  and  reef  a  dark  cement  has  been  used  to 
unite  the  tiny  stones.  In  the  holes  and  crannies  black  earth  was  deposited,  and  it 
is  in  this  soil  that  aquatic  plants  were  planted. 

The  inmates  of  these   tanks  swim  about   as  freely  as  if  no  glass  sides   stood 


366 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


between  them  and  freedom.  Minnows  of  all  sizes  and  classes;  trout  speckled  with 
delicate  brownish  black  circles,  iridescent  stripes,  and  whitefish  specked  in 
dazzling  kaleidoscopes  of  color;  goldfishes  and  flounders,  perch,  bass,  and  half  a 
score  of  other  kinds  may  always  be  seen.  The  water  supplied  to  them  is  filtered, 
and,  though  of  the  purest  quality,  as  seen  through  the  glass  looks  a  dull,  muddy, 
sea  green. 

In  these  salt-water  tanks  all  the  known  fish  specimens  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
and  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans  may  be  seen. 

The  central  basin  contains  the  showy  fishes.     To   minimize   the   danger   of 
failure  in  transportation  and  transference  of  these  live  specimens,  the  government 

spared  no  expense.  Underneath  the  floor  of  the  build- 
ing a  great  tank,  holding  40,000  gallons  of  water,  was 
constructed.  From  the  various  aquaria  the  water  trickles 
into  this  tank,  and  from  it  is  forced  by  a  pump  back  into 
the  aquaria.  This  is  used,  however,  only  in  the  case  of  the 
salt-water  tanks.     In  the   fresh-water  basins  pure  filtered 

water  is  always  used.  In- 
side the  glass  walls  and 
four  feet  above  the  water 
line  is  a  two-inch  pipe,  with 
small  stopcocks  about  ten 
inches  apart.  Water  is  fed 
through  these  pipes,  with 
the  flow  regulated  accord- 
ing to  the  drain  pipes 
which  lead  to  the  sewer. 
This  water  is  kept  at  all 
times  at  a  temperature  as 
near  60  degrees  Fahren- 
heit as  possible.  The  aquaria  is  the  only  place  in  the  Fisheries  building  where  live 
fishes  are  exhibited.  The  main  building  is  given  up  mostly  to  exhibits  of  the  prod- 
ucts of  the  seas  and  rivers,  and  the  west  annex  is  used  for  the  anglers'  display.  En- 
tering the  main  building  from  the  north,  the  first  display  offered  the  sightseers  is 
that  of  Mexico.  Fish  propagation  is  a  feature  of  this  exhibit.  Passing  from  there 
to  the  side  aisle  comes  the  Russian  collection,  unique  in  many  ways,  with  awealth  of 
caviare  perfectly  bewildering.  Next  to  it  is  Norway's  space.  Dried  cod  of  the  Lofo- 
ten Isles  and  spiced  anchovies  of  Bergen,  are  displayed.  Many  full-sized  fishing 
boats  are  also  shown,  among  them  old  Norse  and  Viking  ships.  Great  Britain  is  at 
the  extreme  western  end  of  the  building.  Its  display  is  not  large,  but  very  interest- 
ing. France,  Australia  and  Canada  next  follow  in  line,  while  the  exhibits  of  Japan 
and  the  Netherlands  are  located  in  the  northeastern  quarter  of  the  building.  All  of 
the  odd  shaped  boats  used  in  the  Japanese  fisheries,  together  with  the  apparatus,  im- 
plements, and  products  are  displayed  with  much  taste  and  decorative  effect.  Can- 
ada has  a  large  and  exhaustive  exhibit.    Brazil  makes  a  feature  of  its  fishing-boat 


SEAL  SWALLOWING  A  FISH. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


367 


display;  and  of  the  States,  Wisconsin  and  Pennsylvania  display  prominently  the  pro- 
pagation and  culture  of  fish.     Rhode   Island   shows   its  menhaden  fisheries  in  full, 

fine  models  showing  purse, 
mate  and  strike  boats  being 
a  feature  of  the  exhibit.  Al- 
together the  fisheries  de- 
partment is  an  interesting 
building  to  visit  and  affords 
a  rarely  attractive  display 
even  to  people  whose  lives 
have  been  spent  away  from 
the  association  of  rod  and 
reel.  In  April  last  the  au- 
thor, who  met  and  had  a 
long  conversation  with  Mar- 
shall McDonald,  United 
States  Fish  Commissioner, 
was  informed  by  that  offi- 
cial that  the  exhibit,  which 
would  be  nearly  complete 
by  the  middle  of  May,  would 
be  as  fine  as  any  in  the  world, 
and  he  kept  hisword.  This 
is  what  the  Fish  Commis- 
sioner said; 

"This  display  will  be  one 
of  the  most  interesting  on 
the  grounds,  and  when  it  is 
complete  will  contain  speci- 
mens of  all  the  fish  found  in 
the  waters  of  the  American 
coast  and  lakes  and  rivers. 
Salt  water  specimens  will 
include  sharks,  swordfish, 
dolphins  and  porpoises,  but 
our  plan  to  bring  a  baby 
■whale  was  found  to  be  im- 
practicable. We  will  show 
also  how  these  fish  are 
caught  and  by  statistics 
demonstrate  the  value  of  the 
American  fishing  industry.  The  exhibit  will  come  from  all  our  collecting  stations 
throughout  the  country.  The  different  sections  of  the  aquaria  will  be  finished  to 
represent  the  bottoms  of  the  sea,  the  lakes  and  rivers  in  which  the   fish  are  found. 


STURGEON  OF  NEW  YORK. 


368 


GRAND   BANKER   OF    1741. 

fore  May.  The  most  beautiful 
The  anemone  looks  like  a  plant 
closed,  it  is,  when  it 
expands  its  arms 
that  look  like  tend- 
rils and  are  of  the 
most  delicate  color- 
ing, that  they  are 
beautiful.)  The  grot- 
to will  be  paved  with 
bitsof  coral  and  shells 
and  sea  grasses  will 
lend  their  beauty  to 
the  picture.  This  and 
more  that  is  marvel- 
ous from  the  bottom 
of  the  sea  we  intend 
showing.  If  we  can 
get  a  school  of  por- 
poises we  may  put 
them  in  the  lagoon, 
as  they  will  not  live 
in  the  aquaria.  The 
exhibit  is  to  be  made 
geographically,  so  as 
to  show  in  sections  5 
together  all  the  fish 
peculiar  to  the  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  coun- 
try. The  great  di- 
visions  are  the  New 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


The  salt  water  fish  will  be  placed  in  salt  water, 
seven  car  loads  of  which  are  now  on  the  way 
to  Chicago.  Thirty  thousand  gallons  more 
will  be  made  from  lake  water  and  the  sea  salt 
water  sent  here  last  winter  from  Massachusetts 
and  added  to  what  comes  in  these  cars.  The 
water  for  fresh  water  specimens  will  be  filtered, 
so  that  it  may  be  transparent.  Fish  will  come 
here  first  from  the  nearest  distributing  points, 
and  when  they  have  been  put  in  the  aquaria 
we  will  send  our  cars  to  the  more  remote  sta- 
tions. It  is  probable  that  the  car  will  not  be 
sent  to  Oregon  for  the  exhibit  of  salmon  be- 

feature  of  the  exhibit  will  be  an  anemone  grotto. 

when  opened   up.     (Shapeless  and  colorless  when 


I 


A  CLIPPER  OF  TODAY. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


369 


England  coast,  middle  Atlantic,  gulf  district  and  Pacific  coast  for  the  salt  water 
fish,  and  the  New  England  states,  lake  region,  Mississippi  valley,  and  the  west 
for  fresh  water  fish." 

All  that  the  Commissioner  said,  and  more,  has  been  faithfully  carried  out. 
And  so  attractive  has  been  the  Fish  and  Fisheries  Building,  that  the  dullest  day 
has  always  found  it  crowded. 

Ten  of  the  individual  States  of  the  Union  show  collective  exhibits  of  the 
fisheries  of  their  waters.     Another  interesting  feature  is  the  weather-worn  fishing 

boat  used  by  the  famous  Ida 
Lewis — the  American  Grace 
Darling — in  her  heroic  life- 
saving  deeds.  Approaching 
the  Fisheries  Building  from 
either  front,  one  is  impressed 
with  its  beauty  and  general 
grace  of  construction.  The 
tall  dome  towers  high  above 
the  gables  of  the  main  struct- 
ure, while  the  small  turrets 
that  adorn  the  dome  and 
main  entrances  appear  in 
pleasing  contrast  with  the 
red-tiled  roof,  columns  and 
arches.  Flanked  on  both 
the  east  and  west  by  small 
pavilions  and  connectingar- 
cades,  the  whole  presents  an 
architectual  view  that  is  sur- 
passingly unique  and  beautiful.  The  infinite  detail  of  fishes  and  other  acquatic 
animals  with  which  the  columns,  arches,  and  friezes  are  decorated  in  bas  relief  is 
gratifying  to  the  eye,  and  the  skill  and  ingenuity  displayed  by  the  ornamentation 
are  as  remarkable  for  originality  as  for  fitness.  The  extreme  length  of  the  build- 
ing is  1,100  feet  and  its  cost  was  $200,000. 

All  things  considered  the  Japanese  exhibit  at  the  Exposition  is  the  most  re- 
markable of  all.  It  is  remarkable  in  its  comprehensiveness,  in  its  beauty,  and  in  its 
peculiarities.  The  Government  of  the  Mikado  was  not  stingy  in  preparing  for  the 
•display  of  the  prosperity  of  the  advancement  of  its  country.  The  diet  appropri- 
ated 630,000  yen,  or  $500,000,  the  sum  being  exceeded  only  by  Germany,  France,  and 
Illinois.  Beside  the  Phcenix  Temple  on  the  Wooded  Island,  the  tea-house  and  the 
Isazaar  on  the  Plaisance  there  are  exhibits  in  the  Woman's  Building  and  in  the  De- 
partments of  Agriculture,  Art,  Fisheries,  Floriculture,  Forestry,  Liberal  Arts,  Man- 
ufactures.  Mines,  and  Transportation. 

But  the  fisheries  is  probably  the  most  unique  exhibit.  Inasmuch  as  Japan  is 
an  insular  country  it  is  natural  that  fishing  should  be  one  of  the  leading  occupations 


SKELETON  OF  A  WHALE   IN   FISHERIES  BUILDING. 


370 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


of  the  people,  and  that  fish,  seaweed,  and  other  marine  products  should  be  common 
diet.  But  the  industry  of  fishing  from  ancient  times  down  to  the  opening  of  Japan 
was  a  simple  occupation  somewhat  limited  in  its  scope.  Since,  however,  the  Japa- 
nese have  learned  from  other  nations  to  what  extent  marine  industries  are  capa- 
ble of  development,  fishing  has  become  with  them  the  source  of  many  and  varied 
lines  of  business. 

The  exhibit  is  in  the  northeastern  part  of  the  Fisheries  building.  Over  the 
doorway  hangs  the  Japanese  flag  above  a  sort  of  curtain  of  nets;  and  above  the 
door  is  a  sign  with  the  name  Japan  made  of  shells  of  "awabs"  (sea-ear) .  Imme- 
diately on  the  left  and  right  of  the  entrance  are  piled  up  cans  of  fish.  This  industry 
is  entirely  modern,  but  is  growing  rapidly.     In  ancient  times  canning  was  unknown 


.iJ^t^J^ 


MODEL   OF  INDIAN   FISHERMAN,   MINNESOTA   EXHIBIT. 

as  a  method  for  preserving  fish,  though  the  pickling  process  was  employed.  Fish 
were,  and  are  eaten  raw,  boiled,  and  pickled  in  shell  or  "shoyn"  (soy) .  Epicures  de- 
light in  eating  fish  fresh  from  the  sea  or  river,  and  scarcely  dead.  When  the  Em- 
peror of  Japan  in  1890  made  a  visit  to  Mito  he  was  treated  to  large  live  salmon  out 
of  the  Naka  River.  The  canned  goods  in  the  Japanese  exhibit  are  those  of  tai,  or 
perch,  wafer  cake,  "unagi-kaba-yaki,"  (roast  eels) ,  green  turtle,  mackerel,  lobster, 
oyster,  "maguro"  (tunny),  tortoise,  salmon,  (under  the  name  "saumon,"  and  spring 
salmon.) 

There  are  also  shells;  glass  cases  of  salt-cod,  dried  anchovy,  broiled  smelt, 
sardines,  smoked  salmon,  bonito,  dried  flounder,  boneless  herring,  bottles  of  fish 
oils  of  many  kinds,  edible  sea-weed,  oyster  sauce,  and  kegs  of  similar  articles.  The 
various  kinds  of  apparatus  for  catching  fish  are  also  exhibited;  the  hooks,  the  lines, 
the  bamboo  rods,  the  nets  of  silk  or  other  materials,  the  prawn  pots. 

Smelt  fishing  by  means  of  cormorants  was  employed  more  in  olden  times  but 
is  kept  up  somewhat  to  the  present  day.  The  fishermen  catch  their  cormorants  by 
setting  wooden  images  of  the  birds  in  places  which  they  frequent,  and  then  covering 


372  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

the  surrounding  branches  and  twigs  with  bird-Hme.  One  bird  thus  caught  becomes 
the  decoy  for  more.  These  cormorants  are  so  valuable  that  their  owners  are  said  to 
provide  them  with  mosquito  nets  during  the  summer.  Cormorant  fishing  is  always 
done  at  night  by  torch-light.  A  skillful  fisher  can  handle  as  many  as  twelve  cormor- 
ants at  once,  and  many  catch  155  good-sized  fish  an  hour  by  each  cormorant.  Every 
bird  in  a  flock  has  and  knows  its  number,  and  one  of  the  funniest  things  about  them  is 
the  quick-witted  jealously  with  which  they  invariably  insist,  by  all  that  cormorant  lan- 
guage and  pantomime  protest  can  do,  on  due  observance  of  the  recognized  rights 
belonging  to  individual  numbers.  The  birds  are  numbered  and  named.  No.  i,  or 
Ichi,  is  the  senior  in  years,  as  well  as  rank.  It  is  the  last  to  be  put  into  the  water  and 
the  first  to  be  taken  out,  the  first  to  be  fed  and  the  last  to  enter  the  baskets,  in  which 
when  work  is  over,  the  birds  are  carried  from  the  boats  to  their  domicile.  If,  hap- 
ily,  the  lawful  order  of  precedence  be  at  any  time  violated,  the  rumpus  that  forth- 
with arises  in  that  family  is  a  sight  to  see  and  a  sound  to  hear. 

The  method  of  getting  shellfish  called  shijimi,  a  staple  article  of  diet  in  some 
parts,  is  also  novel.  The  occupants  of  a  boat  are  usually  man  and  wife,  though  some- 
times onl}'  one  person  manages  the  whole  affair.  The  boat  is  tied  to  a  long  bam- 
boo pole,  secured  at  some  distance  in  the  river.  The  woman  manages  a  wheel,  by 
which  she  gradually  pulls  the  boat  nearer  the  pole,  while  the  man,  with  a  basket 
attached  to  another  long  bamboo  pole,  scoops  up  the  shells  as  the  boat  moves. 

There  are  also  in  the  exhibit  in  the  Fisheries  building  models  representing 
the  apparatus  and  furnaces  for  curing  bonito,  a  sardine  press,  and  the  boats  used  in 
catching  bonito  and  cod.  The  latter,  directly  in  front  of  the  entrance,  are  one-tenth 
of  the  actual  size.  The  bonito,  called  "katsuo,"  is  of  solid  flesh,  and  is  a  great 
favorite  with  both  natives  and  foreigners.  Especially  common  in  use  is  kat-suo- 
bushi,  dried  and  smoked  bonito,  cut  into  thin  slices  and  employed  to  add  flavor  to 
vegetable  dishes.  Sardines,  "washi,"  also  are  common  diet,  and  are  sold  at  the 
cheap  rate  of  half  a  dozen  for  a  cent.  Fried,  they  make  as  good  eating  as  when 
put  up  in  oil. 

On  the  walk  of  Japan's  space  are  pictures  of  various  scenes  connected  with 
the  fishing  industry,  also  a  group  of  gold  fishes.  On  the  outside  at  the  left  of  the 
entrance  are  drawings  of  many  kinds  of  fish  and  of  oyster-culture  grounds. 

The  occupation  of  a  fisherman,  though  arduous,  is  not  entirely  prosaic.  It 
is  attended,  of  course,  with  dangers  sufficient  to  make  it  exciting,  and  it  brings  with 
it  in  success  incomparable  exultation.  One  of  the  most  exhilarating  sights  in  Japan 
is  the  return  home  of  the  fishing  smacks  in  the  afternoon.  The  beautiful  sight  of 
the  sea  dotted  with  white  sails  has  appealed  so  strongly  to  the  esthetic  sense  of  the 
Japanese  that  it  is  included  along  with  "the  autumn  moon,"  "the  evening  snow," 
"the  night  rain,"  "the  temple  bell,"  "the  evening  glow,"  in  the  "eight  beauties"  of  a 
province.  The  boats  as  they  approach  the  shore  take  in  sail  and  are  propelled  by 
sturdy  rowers  much  in  the  fashion  of  old  Roman  galleys.  As  there  is  no  wharf,  they 
are  beached  stern  foremost,  so  that  they  are  all  ready  the  next  morning  at  3  or  4 
o'clock  to  be  pushed  off  easily. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  373 

A  dozen  or  so  fishermen  consider  800  fish  a'good  catch  for  a  day,  and  if  each 
one  realizes,  besides  fish  for  his  own  household,  20  or  25  cents  for  his  labor,  he 
deems  liimself  fortunate.  That  sum  is  ample  to  keep  up  a  bare  existence  in  wretched 
huts.  But  the  Japanese  fisherman  can  be  made  satisfied  and  contented  with  only 
a  little,  and  never  murmurs  or  complains  at  his  hard  luck,  and  never  envies  the  bet- 
ter fortune  of  others. 

The  fishermen  of  Japan,  as  a  class,  are  ignorant  and  superstitious.  They  be- 
lieve that  if  a  man  while  going  to  fish,  meets  a  bonze  (Buddhist  priest)  on  the  road, 
he  will  catch  no  fish,  as  the  bonzes  eat  no  fish.  Worship  at  a  Shinto  temple  is  sup- 
posed to  aid  in  securing  a  large  catch;  and  thanksgiving  offerings  of  old  anchors 
or  parts  of  the  vessels  or  of  fish  will  naturally  serve  to  propitiate  the  anger  of  the 
sea  god.  Shipwrecked  mariners,  rescued  from  impending  death,  are  accustomed 
to  hang  up  votive  tablets  in  temples,  and  to  offer  to  the  gods  any  relic  which  also 
may  have  escaped  the  sea. 

When  the  great  Japanese  hero,  Yamato-Dake,  who  probably  is  only  a  myth- 
ological personage,  was  waging  war  against  the  enemies  of  his  country,  he  reached 
Yedo  Bay,  and,  looking  across  the  comparatively  narrow  passage,  thought  it  no 
difficult  matter  to  get  to  the  other  side.  But  after  he  embarked,  the  sea  god,  to 
punish  his  insulting  arrogance,  aroused  a  great  storm  which  threatened  to  over- 
whelm the  boat.  Then  Tachibona  Hime,  the  wife  of  the  hero,  bidding  her  lord 
farewell,  leaped  into  the  waters  as  a  victim  to  appease  the  sea  god's  wrath.  Later 
Yamato-Dake  chanced  to  find  on  the  shore  his  wife's  wooden  comb,  and,  erecting 
an  altar,  he  dedicated  the  relic  to  the  gods.  On  the  same  spot  still  stands  a  Shinto 
shrine,  where  the  spirits  of  the  hero  and  the  heroine  are  yet  worshiped  by  fisher- 
men and  sailors. 

"Fish  are  prolific,"  said  an  official  connected  with  the  United  States  Fish 
Commissioner's  exhibit  to  the  author  one  day.  "Huxley  has  said  that  if  all  the 
eggs  of  one  mackerel  were  hatched  and  if  all  the  eggs  of  the  next  two  generations 
also  were  hatched  the  space  now  occupied  by  the  ocean  would  be  filled  solidly  with 
mackerel." 

"Where  is  the  need,  then,  for  a  Fish  Commissioner?" 

"The  Fish  Commission  is  needed  on  account  of  one  kind  of  fish  eating  an- 
other kind.  Some  kinds  of  fish  feed  on  young  fish,  and  so  do  many  kinds  of  birds. 
Indeec'  the  spawn  of  some  fish  is  the  regular  food  of  other  fish.  Perhaps  it  is  a  good 
thing,  on  the  whole,  that  the  breeding  of  fish  is  restricted  in  this  way;  but  the  re- 
striction has  been  overdone  so  far  as  the  fish  that  are  most  useful  to  mankind  are 
concerned." 

"What  was  the  origin  of  the  Fish  Commissioner?" 

"It  originated  with  the  appointment  of  Prof.  Spencer  F.  Baird  by  Congress 
in  1872,  to  investigate  the  cause  of  the  decline  in  the  fisheries  of  the  United  States. 
At  that  time  there  was  an  alarming  disappearance  of  the  best  food  fish  from  some 
of  the  waters  of  the  country.  They  had  simply  been  destroyed  by  other  fish  and 
caught  by  the  fishermen.  What  would  have  been  our  condition  now.  if  nothing  had 
been  done  it  is  hard   to  tell.     However,  the  result  of   Prof.    Baird's   investigations 


>- 

< 

< 

N 
< 
OS 
03 


z 

o 
u 

UJ 
X 

CQ 


(- 
z 

o 
o 

lU 

B 

H 

>■ 


I  t 
X  S 


O 

< 

-J 

Z 

o 
a. 

z 

< 


X 
X 

(- 
z 

5 

z 

< 

a> 
Z 

ui 
> 

U 
Z 

o 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  •      375 

and  recommendations  was  that  in  the  same  year  the  United  States  Fish  Commis- 
sion was  instituted,  with  him  as  the  first  Commissioner." 

"What  has  been  accomplished  since  then?" 

"In  brief,  hatching  and  rearing  stations  have  been  established  at  Grand 
Lake  Stream,  Green  Lake,  and  Craigs'  Brook,  Me.;  Gloucester  and  Wood's  Holl. 
Mass.;  Havre  de  Grace  and  Bryan's  Point,  Md.;  Central  Station  and  Fish  Pond, 
Washington,  D.  D.;  Wytheville,  Va.;  Duluth,  Minn.;  Alpena  and  Northville,  Mich.; 
Put-in-Bay,  Quincy,  111.;  Neosha,  Mo.;  Leadville,  Colorado.;  Blackamas,  Ore.,  and 
Fort  Gaston  and  Baird  Station,  Cal.  Appropriations  have  been  made  for  stations 
in  Vermont,  Montana,  and  Texas.  The  result  is  that  an  immense  quantity  of  use- 
ful fish  have  been  hatched  and  the  waters  of  the  country  stocked  with  them.  Since 
1872  the  commission  has  hatched  and  distributed  i, 500,287,409 whitefish,  968,643,350 
shad,  332,046,700  yellow  perch,  178,241,500  cod,  98,101,446  salmon,  3,005,054  rainbow 
trouts  2,027,028  brook  trout,  and  other  kinds  of  fish  by  the  millions." 

"What  has  been  the  effect  on  the  fish  supply?" 

"Beneficial,  of  course.  The  catch  of  shad  has  been  doubled,  and  the  disap- 
pearance of  the  whitefish  has  been  arrested.  Numberless  rivers  and  lakes  from 
which  fish  had  disappeared  have  been  stocked,  and  certain  kinds  of  fish  have  been 
made  to  thrive  where  they  were  never  known  before.  The  Pacific  slope  has 
probably  been  benefited  more  than  any  other  part  of  the  country." 

"What  was  the  origin  of  the  artificial  propagation  of  fish?" 

"That  is  a  long  story.  The  first  man  who  accomplished  it  was  J.  L.  Jacoby, 
of  Westphalia.  This  was  in  1872,  though  two  Frenchmen,  named  Remy  and 
Ghazin,  discovered  the  art  independently  in  1840.  The  first  person  who  hatched 
fish  artificially  in  this  country  was  Theodosius  Garlick,  of  Cleveland,  O.,  in  1853. 
The  process  is  simple,  but  it  has  improved  materially  since  first  discovered.  These 
exhibits  that  you  see  scattered  around  in  this  part  of  the  building  are  intended  as 
an  object-lesson  in  the  history  and  progress  of  pisciculture.  Fish  could  be  hatched 
artificially  for  a  long  time  before  it  was  understood  how  to  do  it  without  having 
them  attacked  and  killed  at  once  by  fungi." 

"What  is  the  process,  in  brief?" 

"The  first  operation  is  illustrated  in  that  boat  th£.t  you  see  there  with  two  fisher- 
men in  it.  The  man  standing  is  catching  shad  in  a  net,  and  passing  them  to  the 
man  sitting  behind  him,  who  is  pressing  the  eggs  out  of  the  fish  into  a  large  pan. 
The  milky  fluid  from  the  male  fish  is  pressed  out  into  the  same  pan,  in  the  same 
way.  The  fish  are  not  only  not  injured  but  are  sold  and  eaten.  The  eggs,  which  are 
by  the  process  fertilized,  are  carried  to  the  hatchery  to  be  hatched  out.  One  cod 
fish  will  yield  250,000  eggs  and  one  shad  from  30,000  to  120,000. 

"What  is  done  next?" 

"Fish  eggs  are  hatched  by  the  movement  of  water  over  them,  and  con- 
sequently they  are  divided  into  three  classes.  The  first  class  is  the  buoyant,  such 
as  perch  eggs;  the  second  is  semi-buoyant,  such  as  shad  and  whitefish  eggs;  and 
the  third  class  is  heavy,  such  as  salmon  and  trout  eggs.  Buoyant  eggs  are  hatched 
by  an  imitation  of  a  tide.     They  are  put  into  a  box  in  which  the  water  is  made  to 


376 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


alternately  rise  and  subside.  The  semi-buoyant  eggs  are  hatched  by  passing  water 
up  between  them  from  below.  You  see  them  in  those  glass  jars,  where  water  is 
let  in  at  the  bottom  and  runs  over  at  the  top.  The  heavy  eggs  must  be  hatched 
by  depositing  them  in  trays  and  having  the  water  pass  over  them,  as  you  see  done 
in  the  long  narrow  boxes.  If  you  will  scrutinize  the  eggs  in  the  glass  jars  you  will 
see  the  fish  in  the  eggs,  and  as  soon  as  they  are  hatched  they  pass  off  with  the 
water  and  are  put  into  tanks  to  be  fed  and  reared.  All  this  is  illustrated  in  the  ap- 
paratus of  the  exhibit.     Great,  isn't  it?" 

Captain  Joseph  W.  Collins,  chief  of  the  fish  and  fisheries  department,  was  ap- 
pointed to  that  position  Feb.  18,1891.  He  was  born  at  Ilesboro,  Waldo  County, 
Maine,  Aug.  8,    1839.     His  boyhood   was  spent  as  a  fisher  lad,  and  in   the  winter 

months  he  attended  the  county  school  of  his 
native  village,  where  he  received  his  pri- 
mary education.  His  latter  education  was 
obtained  on  ship-board,  where  he  perfected 
himself  in  mathematics  and  navigation.  Cap- 
tain Collins  began  his  career  in  1862,  when 
he  was  appointed  captain  of  a  fishing  vessel 
running  out  of  Gloucester,  Mass.  In  1879  he 
became  connected  with  the  United  States 
Fish  Commission.  His  first  work  was  a  sta- 
tistical inquiry  into  the  fisheries  of  New  Eng- 
land, for  the  Tenth  Census.  In  1880  he  was 
appointed  on  the  staff  of  the  United  States 
Commissioner  to  the  International  Fischerei 
Austelling  at  Berlin.  In  1880  he  went  to 
London  to  represent  this  country  and  to  as- 
sist in  arranging  the  United  States  exhibit 
at  the  Great  International  Fisheries  Exposi- 
tion. In  1886  he  invented  a  new  type  of 
fishing  vessel,  which  was  adopted  by  Profes- 
sor Spencer  F.  Baird,  then  United  States  Fish  Commissioner.  In  the  winter  of 
1887-88  he  was  called  to  Washington  for  consultation  by  the  International  Fish 
Commission,  which  was  then  negotiating  the  fishery  treaty  with  Canada.  In 
1888  he  was  appointed  in  charge  of  the  division  of  fisheries  of  the  United  States 
Fish  Commission,  and  has  since  had  charge  of  that  work.  In  the  same  year 
he  was  also  appointed  as  representative  of  the  Fish  Commission  to  prepare  its 
work  at  the  Centennial  Exposition  of  the  Ohio  Valley  and  Central  States,  held  at 
Cincinnati.  In  1889,  at  the  solicitation  of  the  Hon.  Robt.  P.  Porter,  Superintendent 
of  the  Census,  he  accepted  the  position  of  special  agent  of  the  Eleventh  Census,  in 
charge  of  the  section  of  fisheries;  and  in  1890  he  was  nominated  by  the  United 
States  Commissioner  of  Fish  and  Fisheries,  the  Hon.  Marshall  McDonald,  to  rep- 
resent  that  bureau  on  the  government  board  of  management   and  control  at  the 


CHIEF  COLLINS. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


zn 


World's  Columbian  Exposition.  Captain  Collins  not  only  prepared  the  fish  com- 
mission's exhibit  at  the  Fair,  but  he  has  contributed  largely  to  the  fish  and  fish- 
culture  literature  of  the  country,  and  is  a  member  of  many  scientific  societies  at 
home  and  abroad. 


■mi^lh 


^W&''»*^y^^;^;*'!S»»''''^-'*<t*«»*>>'!*!F<  -'<*'■*' 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


379 


CHAPTER  XVI. 
THE  PALACE  OF  FINE  ARTS. 

A  Magnificent  Building  Throughout — Paintings  and  Statuary  From  All  Parts  of  the  World — Private 
Collection  of  Painting  From  Many  Homes — Pictures  of  Every  Phase  of  Life  and  Nature — Ani- 
mal and  Portrait  Paintings  From  All  Lands— Hundreds  of  Beautiful  Marine  and  Landscape 
Sketches — Allegory  and  Mythology  From  Imperial  Galleries — Schnidler's  "Market  Scene  in 
Cairo"— Canon's  "Hunting  Master"— The  American  Loan  Association — Joe  Jefferson  "The  Mauve" 
— Hovendin's  "Breaking  Home  Ties" — The  Emperor  Francis  Joseph's  Loan — England  Surprises 
With  Her  Beautiful  Paintings  and  France  Maintains  Her  Fame  as  an  Art  Center— Sketch  of 
Chief  Ives. 


HE  Fine  Arts  Building  of  C.  B.  Atwood,  with  its  tvi^o  annexes, 
is  already  famous  for  its  architecture.  It  has  even  been  called 
"the  greatest  thing  since  Athens."  It  is  the  largest  art  gallery 
ever  constructed.  There  are  in  the  building  seventy-four 
galleries  of  varying  size,  ranging  from  30  feet  square  to  36 
by  120  feet.  It  contains  many  picked  pictures  and  statuary 
and  selections  from  nearly  all  the  galleries  of  the  world.  The 
construction  is  necessarily  fire  proof,  the  main  walks  are  solid 
brick  covered  with  "staff"  highly  ornamented,  while  the  roof, 
floors  and  galleries  are  of  iron.  It  is  severely  classic  in  ap- 
pearance, being  of  the  Grecian-Ionic  style.  The  main  building 
is  500  by  320  feet  with  two  annexes,  each  120  by  200  feet,  giving 
a  total  floor  area  of  4.08  acres.  The  great  central  dome  is  125  feet  high,  capped 
with  a  colossal  statue  of  Winged  Victory,  and  is  60  feet  in  diameter.  The  building  is 
located  in  the  northern  portion  of  the  park  facing  the  lagoon  on  the  south  and  the 
handsomest  state  buildings  on  the  north.  It  is  surrounded  with  verdant  lawns 
which  on  the  south  are  terraced  down  to  the  balustrades  on  the  water's  edge.  There 
is  an  immense  flight  of  steps  leading  down  from  the  main  portal  to  the  lagoon 
where  there  is  a  convenient  boat  landing.  It  cost  $735,811.  The  main  building  is 
intersected  by  a  nave  and  transept  100  feet  wide  and  70  feet  high;  between  the 
promenade  and  the  naves  are  the  smaller  rooms  devoted  to  private  collections  of 
paintings  and  the  exhibits  of  the  various  art  schools.  There  are  145,852  square 
feet  of  wall  space,  and  the  artists  of  all  countries  seem  to  vie  with  each  other  in  the 
delineation  of  figure  painting;  animal,  child,  character  and  portrait  painting;  marine 
and  landscape  sketches,  still  life,  Scriptural  and  mythological  genre,  allegory,  in- 
teriors, and  pictures  of  every  phase  of  life  and  nature. 

As  there  are  many  thousands  of  paintings  and  statuary  from  all  the  art  points 
and  galleries  of  Europe  and  America,  Australia  and  Japan,  and  from  other  countries 


38o 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


the  author  must  content  himself  mentioning  a  few — conspicuously  those  in  the 
three  rooms  filled  with  the  American  loan  collection.  Comment  on  the  value  of 
this  part  of  the  exhibition,  considered  both  from  an  educational  point  of  view  and 
a  monetary  one,  is  unnecessary.  So  large  and  varied  a  collection  of  paintings  of 
the  same  merit  has  never  before  been  shown  in  this  country.  Even  the  famous 
Paris  collection  representing  a  hundred  years  of  French  art  does  not  surpass  it.  ■ 
Statistics  in  regard  to  the  number  of  paintings  and  the  various  public-spirited 
people  who  have  leaned  them  to  the  Exposition  can  alone  be  of  use  in  emphasizing 
the  generosity  and  promptness  with  which  Miss  Sarah  Hallowell's  appeal  for  loans 
was  answered  all  over  the  country.     Twelve  Corots  are  in  the  three  rooms,  three 

pictures  by  Bastien  Lepage,  two  of  Rosa 
Bonheur's  studies,  "The  Expulsion  from 
Paradise,"  "Midnight  Moonlight,"  "The 
Flight  Into  Egypt,"  and  "Elsinore,"  by 
Jean  Charles  Cazin,  and  by  Millet  six  of 
his  most  characteristic  peasant  pictures. 
The  first  room  one  enters  is  hung  entirely 
with  pictures  representative  of  the  im- 
pressionist school.  There  are  Raphaels, 
Claude  Monets,  Pissaros  and  a  Besnard^ 
which,  although  they  affect  the  uninitiated 
with  a  sense  of  rawness  and  incomplete- 
ness, are  nevertheless  to  be  regarded  with 
interest  if  not  with  mixed  admiration.  In 
the  second  room  there  is  greater  variety 
and  consequently  more  to  please  those 
who  do  not  regard  art  from  a  critical  or 
technical  point  of  view.  On  one  wall 
alone  there  is  a  wonderful  collection. 
Alma  Tadema's  "Reading  of  Honor," 
loaned  by  Henry  G.  Marquand,  hangs  in  the  center.  To  the  left,  a  little  beneath 
it,  is  Jules  Dupre's  masterpiece  "At  Sea,"  and  to  one  side  Corot's  "Path  to  the 
Village."  A  splendid  piece  of  color  is  Isabey's  "Fete  of  the  Hotel  de  Ram- 
bouillet."  This  hangs  near  a  study  of  peasants  by  Joseph  Israels,  known  as  "A 
Frugal  Meal."  Largest  of  all  the  canvases  is  "The  Country  Festival,"  a  study  in 
rosy  cheeks  and  graceful  poses  by  Louis  Knaus.  Cazin's  wonderful  "Moonlight  at 
Midnight,"  Jan  Van  Beers'  essentially  modern  "You  Are  Welcome,"  and  R.  C. 
Bonnington's  landscape  complete  the  list  on  this  side  of  the  room.  Scarcely  less 
remarkable  is  the  wall  directly  opposite  on  which  are  hung  Harry  Thompson's 
"Shepherdess,"  a  simple  peasant  girl  guarding  her  flocks  on  a  sandy  common; 
Millet's  "Pigkillers,"  two  Corots — one  a  landscape  near  Ville  d' Avery,  a  Daubigny, 
and  the  famous  Meissonier,  "View  Near  Poisey — Reconnaissance." 

The  last  room  glows  with   vivid   eastern   coloring,  Jean  Leon  Gerome,  Tas- 
saert's  "Temptations  of  St.  Hilarion,"  and   the   striking  tones   of  Carolus-Duran's 


GOLD   FISH, 


FREER. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


;Si 


PORTRAIT  OF  AUGUSTUS  ST.  GAUDENS,  BY  KENYON  COX. 


"Odalisque"  and  "Por- 
trait of  Mme.  Modjeska." 
In  this  room,  too,  there 
are  three  Corots,  the  "Or- 
pheus," with  its  mj'ste- 
rious  shadows,  "Lot's 
Wife,"  and  a  landscape. 
The  only  Greuze  in  the 
collection,  "The  Pouting 
Child,"  and  a  landscape 
by  John  Constable,  the 
English  painter,  are  given 
space  here,  and  on  the 
north  wall  is  a  large  study 
by  Rosa  Bonheur  of 
sheep  grazing  on  a  hill- 
ride  under  a  gray  sky. 
Millet's  "Man  With  the 
Hoe,"  "Haymaker"  and  "The  Gleaners"  are  here  to  attract  the  attention  of  all 
who  have  learned  to  know  his  peculiar  style  and  choice  of  subjects.  Two  pictures 
by  Puvis  de  Chavannes,  Jules  Breton's  "The  Song  of  the  Lark,"  "The  Colza 
Gatherers,"  Delacroix's  "Turks  Abducting  a  Girl,"  two  marines  by  Manet,  "Cat- 
tle" by  Troyon,  and  George  Moreland's  "Contentment"  are  some  of  the  other 
pictures  that  are  conspicuous. 

Among  the  people  who  have  generously  loaned  their  art  treasures  to  the 
Exposition  must  be  counted  Joseph  Jefferson,  who,  although  he  parted  reluctantly 
with  "The  Mauve."  the  gem  of  his  collection,  is  now  congratulating  himself  that  it 
escaped  the  fire  at  Buzzard's  Bay.  Chicago  connoisseurs  have  shown  great 
liberality  in  shar- 
ing with  the  pub- 
lic their  private 
collections. 
Twelve  paintings 
from  Potter  Pal- 
mer, eleven  from 
C.  T.  Yerkes,  six 
from  Mrs.  Henry 
Field,  four  from 
Martin  H.  Ryer- 
son,  and  several  by 
A.  M.Munger  and 
S.  M.  Nickerson 
are  readily  recog- 
nized on  the  walls. 


THE  SECRET-SCULPTURE,  BY  THEO.  BAUER. 


382 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


Probably  the  most  popular  picture  among  those  painted  by  American  artists 
and  given  space  in  the  United  States  section  is  Hovenden's  "Breaking  Home 
Ties."  It  is  a  simple  study  of  the  living-room  of  an  old  New  England  farm  house, 
showing  the  table  set  with  quaint   old   china  the    mantel   adorned   with  pieces  of 

glazed  ware,  the  high 
backed  yellow  chairs,  and 
the  ingrain  carpet  that 
every  New  Englander  in 
the  United  States  can  re- 
member if  he  looks  back 
far  enough.  Two  figures 
in  the  foreground  com- 
mand most  attention  — 
those  of  a  woman  with 
a  careworn,  anxious  face 
and  a  boy  whose  expres- 
sion indicates  half  a  long- 
ing to  try  fortune,  half  a 
homesick  lingering  and 
loathing  to  leave  home 
scenes.  The  boy's  sisters, 
his  father,  carrying  away 
an  old-fashioned  carpet- 
bag, and  his  dog  are  in  the 
background.  England 
makes  a  splendid  show. 
The  works  of  its  artists 
are  a  revelation  to  the 
American  people,  as  was 
the  case  in  1886  at  the 
Art  Exposition  in  Berlin, 
where  the  people  up  to 
that  time  considered  Eng- 
lishmen only  as  practical 
merchants.  The  Roman 
groups  by  Alma  Tadema 
are  realistic,  and,  at  the 
same  time,  they  present  artistic  dignity.  Hubert  Herkimer's  excellent  portraits,  as 
well  as  landscapes  and  marine  scenes  by  Dicksee,  Moore  and  others,  will  attract  the 
admiration  of  connoisseurs.  England's  artists  are  represented  by  800  pieces  by  the 
best  brushes,  and  valuable  canvases  loaned  by  private  owners.  Among  many  are 
shown  the  "Garden  of  Hesperides"  and  "Hercules  Wrestling  with  Death"  by 
Leighton,  "Halcyon  Weather,''  by  Sir  John  Miller;  "The  Maiden's  Race,"  Wegnin; 
''The  River  Road,"  Forbes,  and  "Storm  at  Harvest"  by  Linnell. 


WORKMEN  MOULDING  STATUARY. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


383 


The  German  division  shelters  magnificent  treasures  of  art  exhibited  by  in- 
dividual artists,  also  such  loaned  from  the  National  Gallery.  Herr  Schnars-Alquist, 
Germany's  Art  Commissioner,  has  divided  the  exhibit  into  three  prominent 
groups  as  to  coloring,  shades  and  subjects.  One  of  the  salons  contains  the  his- 
toric groups.  It  represents  the  dignity  and  brilliancy  of  the  German  Imperial 
family.  A  colossal  painting  by  Ferdinand  Keller,  an  apotheosis  emblazoning  the 
reconstruction  of  the  German  Empire,  covers  the  entire  wall  space  in  this  room. 
This  grand  painting  is  the  property  of  the  National  Gallery  in  Berlin.     Emperor 


LABOR,  BY   J.  H.  FR'i'. 

Wilhelm  I.,  Emperor  Frederick  and  Prince  Bismarck  are  made  the  life-size  and 
prominent  figures  of  the  group.  Bismarck's  portrait  is  there  by  various  masters. 
Thus  the  salon  could  be  termed  "The  Bismarck,"  for  in  a  certain  measure  the  days 
of  glory  of  Germany's  first  Imperial  Chancellor  are  vividly  recalled  thereby. 

A.  von  Werner's  historic  group,  "The  Berlin  Congress,"  is  a  masterwork  of 
portrait  painting;  here  also  the  ex-Chancellor  figures  as  the  most  prominent  per- 
sonage of  his  time;  the  participants  of  the  "Congress,"  all  European  celebrities, 
are  grouped  around  the  Prince  and  listen  to  his  explanations,  his  words,  dictating 
peace  to  Europe.  This  magnificent  painting  is  valued  at  $25,000,  and  will  likely 
be  purchased  by  the  Germania  club  of  this  city.  In  this  division  there  is  also  a  strik- 
ing portrait  of  Emperor  William  II,  by  Max  Kroner. 


384 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


fejf 


t^"*^- 


\ 


i& 


~**^fes 


ASSYRIANS  SALUTING  THE  SUN. 


Another  collection  in 
an  adjoining  room  places 
the  spectator  in  a  solemn 
frame  of  mind;  there  are 
the  religious  and  dramatic 
scenes,  works  of  art  of 
great  value.  The  third 
division,  containing  sev- 
eral apartments,  shelters 
Stilleben,  German  land- 
scapes, portraits,  groups 
and  marine  scenes  by 
masters  of  international 
repute,  such  as  A.  von 
Werner,  Molly  Cramer, 
Gabril  Max,  Franz  Simm, 
Fritz  Uhde,  Eugen  Duck- 
er.  Max  Bredt,  Edmund 
Harburger,  Menzel,  Len- 
bach,  Sch  nar-s-Alquist, 
Liebermann,  Schuch  and 
others.  Among  the  works 
of  sculpture  Boths'  mar- 
ble statue,  "Eve,"  causes 
as  much  sensation  as  the 
various  pictures  of  Co- 
lumbus are  causing  doubt 
relative  to  their  genuine- 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  385 

ness.  On  the  galleries  of  the  German  section  one  will  find  drawings,  portraits  by 
Menzel  only  a  few  inches  in  circumference,  which  vary  in  price  from  $1,000  to 
$5,000.  The  majority  of  visitors — laymen,  of  course — pass  these  works  of  art,  and 
if  they  were  probably  offered  at  50  cents  each  the  average  visitor  would  still  hesi- 
tate buying;  nevertheless  they  are  works  of  art  of  high  standing,  for  which  connois- 
seurs abroad  are  paying  the  mentioned  prices. 

Germany  has  580  paintings  and  120  sculptures  of  bronzes  and  marble. 
Among  the  oil  paintings  are  Professor  Oswald  Achenbach's  "Near  Naples." 
T.  Alberts' "Alone,"  Paul  Andorff's  "Village  in  the  Spessart,"  Albert  Arnz' "Still 
Life  on  the  Game  Preserve,"  Hans  Bachmann's  "The  Morning  of  the  Wedding 
Day,"  Professor  A.  Baur's  "The  Martyr's  Daughter,"  Theodore  von  der  Beeck's 
"Cigarette  Manufactory"  and  "On  the  Heights,"  Carl  Becker's  "Vidette,"  Professor 
E.  Bracht's  "Sinai,"  Professor  J.  von  Brandt's  "The  Surprise,  "Professor  Hugo 
Crola's  "Industrious  Sisters,"  H.  Deiter's  "On  the  Brook,"  Professor  Eugen 
Duecker's  "Summer  Eventide,"  Albert  Flammi's "Italian  Women  at  the  Fountain." 

The  collection  of  Holland  includes  some  400  canvases  by  about  50  artists,  13 
■of  whom  are  women,  and  only  two  of  the  50  are  catalogued  as  portrait  painters. 
The  pictures  are  none  of  the  large  variety  and  are  mostly  humble,  modest  subjects 
with  nothing  of  the  dramatic  style.  Mme.  Henrietta  a  Ronner  who  has  been  called 
the  "only  painter  of  cats"  has  a  large  collection  of  felines,  the  most  natural  kittens 
and  tabbies  ever  seen.  H.  W.  Mesdag  and  Josef  Israels  are  the  greatest  of  the 
Dutch  school  and  send  many  marine  and  domestic  pictures.  The  whole  collection 
rivals  that  of  France,  France  being  looked  upon  as  the  leader  in  modern  art.  As 
"well  as  her  splendid  paintings  and  sculpture  from  the  Louvre  and  other  well  known 
galleries,  France  displays  in  her  department  six  of  the  marvelous  Gobelin  tapestries, 
figures  in  ivory  adorned  with  gold,  jeweled  cases  with  reliefs  of  Brateau  and  en- 
ameled cups  by  Thesmar.  One  canvas  seems  as  beautiful  as  another  and  it  is  dif- 
ficult to  specify. 

Sweden  has  over  two  hundred  subjects  and  has  three  pictures  by  His  Royal 
Highness,  Prince  Eugene,  of  Norway  and  Sweden.  Among  the  artists  are  names 
"well  known  in  art  circles  outside  of  Sweden  and  Paris. 

Japan,  Spain,  and  Italy  exhibit  paintings  and  statuary  equal  to  if  not  excelling 
all  these.  The  Viennese  paintings  are  200  in  number  and  would  have  been  fewer  had 
not  the  Emperor  Francis  Joseph  sent  a  number  of  his  own  and  induced  others  to 
contribute.  The  walls  in  the  Austrian  section  are  painted  a  Nile  green,  the  same 
color  as  used  in  the  imperial  gallery  in  Vienna.  This  is  a  marked  departure,  as  in 
nearly  all  cases  the  tone  used  in  decoration  is  dark.  There  are  five  allegorical 
paintings  by  the  celebrated  Hans  Makart,  loaned  from  the  Emperor's  private 
collection. 

Austria's  most  famous  woman  painter  is  Mme.  Weisingn,  who  sends  three, 
all  of  which  have  been  awarded  medals  at  the  exhibitions  in  Vienna.  They  are 
"Morning  at  the  Seashore,'"  "Breakfast  in  the  country"  and  "The  Laundress  of  the 
Mountains."  Prominent  among  the  landscapes  are  Schindler's  "Cemetery  in 
Daimatia"  and  the  "Hunting  Master"  by  Canon,   which  is  loaned  by  Count  Hans 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  387 

Wilczek,  of  Vienna.  The  celebrated  "Market  Scene  in  Cairo,"  by  Leopold  C. 
Muller,  is  one  of  the  best  pieces  of  figure  painting  in  the  collection.  Then  there  are 
pictures  by  Brozik,  Tilgner,  Schanger,  Thoren,  Pansenger,  Mott  and  others  equally 
prominent. 

The  exhibit  by  France  maintains  the  dignity  and  credit  of  the  rew  Republic 
as  the  heart  of  fine  arts.  There  are  more  than  a  thousand  choice  contributions  from 
worthy  brushes,  many  of  which  represent  the  great  national  manufactories  of 
France  collected  at  the  Palais  d'Industrie.  Sevres  sends  200  exhibits,  objects  in  clay 
and  plaster,  as  well  as  more  elaborate  works.  Among  them  may  be  mentioned 
"La  Republique,"  a  bust  by  d'Enjalberts,  the  portrait  of  M.  Carnot,  by  Chapu;  "La 
Paix,"  by  Michael;  "La  Leda,"  by  Suchetet;  "La  Catherine  de  Russie,"  by  Deloye; 
"La  Judith,"  by  d'Aizelin;  and  the  charming  "Mozart  Epfant"  of  Barrias.  Finely 
decorated  vases,  amphoras,  chalices,  urns,  etc.,  by  Doat,  Sandoz,  Belet,  Fournier, 
Bienvil,  Vignol,  and  others  will  be  displayed.  Beauvais  sends  tapestries.  Especial 
mention  may  be  made  of  the  six  marvelous  Gobelin  tapestries,  the  largest  of  these 
being  "The  Goddaughter  of  the  Fairies."  Graceful  figures  in  ivory,  adorned  with 
gold  and  on  pedestals  of  worked  filigree,  jewel  cases,  decorated  with  reliefs  of 
Brateau,  and  enameled  cups  by  Thesmar  are  exhibited.  Many  of  these  works  will 
remain  in  America. 

Two  famous  canvases  among  others  are  sent  from  Belgium.  They  are  "The 
Avenue  of  Oaks"  and  "Winter,"  works  of  the  great  landscape  painter,  Franz 
Lamoriniere.  These  were  shown  at  the  International  Exhibition  in  Berlin,  where 
"The  Avenue  of  Oaks"  received  the  great  diploma  of  honor.  In  Paris  the  same 
picture  and  "Winter"  brought  about  the  artist's  promotion  to  officer  of  thie  Legion 
of  Honor  and  obtained  besides  a  gold  medal.  There  are  300  paintings  from 
Belgium  in  all. 

The  space  alloted  to  Denmark  comprises  Rooms.  73,  74,  and  75,  in  the  south- 
west corner  of  the  west  pavilion  and  a  small  portion  of  the  gallery  of  the  east  side 
of  the  south  court.  There  are  twenty  works  of  sculpture  in  this  section,  the  most 
notable  being  "The  Captive  Mother"  by  Stephan  Sinding,  which  shows  a  woman 
with  her  arms  bound  behind  her  kneeling  over  to  suckle  her  child;  numerous  por- 
traits busts  by  P.  S.  Kroyer,  who  also  exhibits  as  a  painter;  Johanne  Dan's  "Snake 
Charmer,"  and  an  excellent  figure  of  "Susanne  Before  the  Elders,"  by  A.  N.  Saa- 
bye.  Among  the  works  of  merit  in  this  section  are  two  portraits  by  Bertha  Veg- 
man,  who  is  also  represented  by  a  small  landscape  with  the  figure  of  a  little  girl. 
In  all  of  her  work  there  is  a  strength  and  directness  which  makes  it  appear  to  be  the 
work  of  a  man. 

By  P.  S.  Kroyer  there  is  a  small  garden  scene  which  is  full  of  light  and  fresh 
brilliant  color,  with  the  figures  of  two  women  sewing  in  the  shade.  This  artist  is 
also  represented  by  an  excellent  portrait  of  a  young  girl  in  pink.  Julius  Paulsen  is 
represented  by  a  large  picture  showing  three  half-nude  girl  models  in  the  corner  of  a 
studio  awaiting  the  hour  to  pose.  The  interior  of  a  "Children's  Home,"  with  a 
crowd  of  youngsters  in  a  long  room  lighted  at  one  end,  crowding  about  two  nurses 
who  are  feeding  them,  .s  by  Kund  Erick  Larsen.  The  execution  of  this  work  is 
25  -  ' 


388  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

excellent  and  the  subject  is  one  which  must  make  it  popular.  Otto  Haslund  shows 
the  interior  of  a  stable  with  three  well-drawn  heads  of  cows.  A  large  work  by 
Oscar  Matthiesen  shows  a  team  of  cart-horses  on  a  quay  of  the  Seine  in  Paris.  A 
grewsome  subject  painted  by  J.  E.  Carl  Rasmussen  depicts  a  party  of  shipwrecked 
sailors  at  sea  in  an  open  boat  surrounded  by  sharks.  Carl  Lacher  shows  a  fine 
marine  with  an  effect  of  moonlight  on  a  rough  sea,  through  which  a  steamer  is 
ploughing  its  way,  and  there  are  many  others  that  might  be  mentioned. 

Where  all  is  acceptable  and  beautiful  it  is  difficult  to  select.  Everyone 
knows tnat  Italy,  France,  Germany,  England,  and  America  would  show  off  well.  The 
German  section  alone  includes  580  paintings  and  120  sculptures.  These  works 
were  selected  by  two  juries — one  making  the  rounds  of  the  art  centers  of  Germany 
collecting  the  works  and  a  jury  of  revision  passing  finally  upon  them  at  Bremen. 
Among  the  names  of  the  painters  and  sculptors  are  P.  Barsch,  Menzel,  Desseman, 
Kallworgh,  Kaulbach,  Keller,  Friese,  Knauss,  Koner,  Lenbach,  Normahn,  Seiter, 
Seitz,  Karbina,  V.  Uhde,  Dieters,  Oberlaender,  and  Koepping,  Bruett,  Klein,  Kruse, 
Wenck,  Hurdneser,  Unger,  Begas,  and  Valcker.  The  German  government  paid 
the  cost  of  transportation  and  the  insurance  of  the  exhibit,  and  such  articles  as  are 
not  disposed  of  at  private  sale  will  be  returned  to  Germany. 

The  work  which  has  been  given  the  place  of  honor  is  the  "Eve"  by  A.  Brutt. 
It  is  an  admirable  work  technically,  and  the  conception  of  Eve  as  a  mother  carry- 
ing the  infants  Cain  and  Abel  is  one  of  marked  originality.  Two  busts  by 
Rheinhold  Begas  are  fine  examples  of  dignified  and  evidently  successful  portrait- 
ure. One  of  them  is  of  Menzel,  the  artist,  and  the  other  is  of  Von  Moltke.  Two 
examples  of  polychrome  sculpture  are  included  in  the  exhibit  in  this  room.  They  are 
bas  reliefs  by  C.  Hilgers  and  represent  "Christ  Healing  the  Sick"  and  "Christ  rais- 
ing the  daughter  of  Jarius  from  the  Dead."  There  is  an  excellent  figure  of  a  youth 
seated  on  an  antique  vase  and  pulling  a  thorn  from  his  foot  by  Eberlein.  The 
artist  has  taken  an  oft-treated  subject  and  produced  something  original  and  pleas- 
ing. The  figure  has  a  fine  "swing"  in  its  movement,  and  composes  well  from  all 
points  of  view.  By  Carl  Begas  there  are  two  finely  executed  groups  of  nude  figures 
light  and  pleasing  in  subject  but  by  no  means  trivial.  One  of  a  young  girl  holding 
a  baby  boy,  who  is  pulling  her  hair,  is  perhaps  the  stronger  work,  and  one  which 
might  easily  have  become  insipid  and  characterless  in  the  hands  of  a  sculptor  of 
less  ability. 

Another  of  the  works  particularly  worthy  of  study  in  the  German  section  is 
the  two  busts  of  young  boys  on  a  single  pedestal  by  Max  Kruse,  whose  beautiful 
figure  of  the  "Soldier  of  Marathon"  is  one  of  the  strong  works  of  those  shown  in 
the  north  court  of  the  Art  Palace. 

The  sides  of  the  room  and  the  pedestals  on  which  the  statuary  stands  have 
been  painted  in  imitation  of  marble  of  various  colors,  and  rich  draperies  and  rugs 
decorated  the  doors  and  floor. 

There  seems  to  be  considerable  good  portrait  painting  in  Denmark.  One  ex- 
ample "Morten,"  by  G.  Achen,  is  a  healthy,   pleasant-faced  coachman   with  livery, 


TT^^I^P"— 1^ 


7 


■>-. 


390  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

whip,  and  cockaded  hat.     "Morten,"  it  appears,  is  in  Denmark  the  generic  name  of 
the  coachman,  as  we  should  say  Jehu  in  America.  ' 

The  one  portrayed,  however,  is  quite  individual,  being  the  man  who  has  for 
years  driven  the  horses  of  the  painter's  friend  Petersen. 

Two  women  make  a  very  good  showing  among  their  countrymen.  Miss 
Bertha  Weggman  sends  a  landscape  and  three  portraits,  all  painted  with  firmness 
and  originality. 

Elise  Konstantin-Hansen  has  a  modest  painting  of  an  oatfield  with  a  small 
lad's  flaxen  head  just  showing  above  the  high  grain,  and  a  big,  white  bird  swooping 
down  on  the  left. 

Impressionism  has  made  little  headway  in  Sweden.      Viggo  Pedersen  seems 
its  one  adherent  with  his  "Sun  Setting  Over  the  Sea"  in  a  vivid  streak  of  paint,  and 
his  "Water  Mill,"  in  a  peculiar,  almost  Japanese,   perspective   and  a  pool  of  purple 
water  that  flows  like  oil.      Upstairs  in  the  gallery  there  is  a  strong,  almost  theatrical, 
painting  by  Pedersen,  "Isaac  Seeing  the  Arrival  of  Rebecca." 

Isaac  was  long-sighted,  for  the  average  visitor  cannot  distinguish  Rebecca  in 
the  distance,  but  Isaac  himself  towers  up  against  the  sky,  a  strong,  warm  light 
falling  on  his  head  and  shoulders,  while  the  lower  part  of  figure  is  in  shadow. 

The  upper  gallery,  which  has  usually  been  considered  a  place  of  refuge  for 
pictures  of  the  lesser  sort,  has  not  been  so  treated  by  Mr.  Matthiesen,  the  Danish 
commissioner.  A  small  but  fine  marine  of  his  own  hangs  here,  "Gale  on  the  West 
of  Jutland,"  The  large  Pedesen  already  mentioned;  "A  Storm  is  Brewing,"  an  im- 
portant work  by  Carl  Locher;  "Glacier,  on  the  Coast  of  Jutland,"  very  bold  and 
fine  in  color,  besides  many  smaller  works  which  keep  the  standard  as  high  as  the 
galleries  downstairs  in  the  annex. 

By  the  way,  there  is  apparently  another  Hans  Dahl,  or  else  the  same  man 
spells  his  name  differently,  and  paints  in  two  distinct  manners.  Coming  down  from 
the  gallery,  where  the  large  academic  "Storm"  is  one  of  the  principal  features,  one 
stumbles  upon  a  quite  different  "Evening  Picture,"  signed  Hans  Dahl.  Perhaps 
Danish  artists  have  the  trick  of  varying  styles.  Julius  Paulsen  shows  three  paintings 
which  looks  like  the  work  of  three  separate  men.  "The  Models  are  waiting"  is  a 
rather  ordinary  painting  of  three  very  ordinary  women,  partly  disrobed  and  look- 
ing bored.  "Portraits  of  Prof.  Frolich"  is  a  careful  and  honest  portrayal  of  one  of 
Denmark's  artists,  and  "View  of  a  Plain"  is  one  of  those  small,  quiet  pictures  which 
one  overlooks  at  first,  but  whose  value  appears  on  study.  It  is  just  a  stretch  of 
flat  country,  over  which  the  eye  apparently  travels  for  miles,  varied  only  by  a  line 
of  trees  and  the  shadows  of  the  floating  clouds.  The  breadth,  the  atmosphere,  the 
simplicity  of  the  whole  constitute  its  merit.  As  for  the  Prof.  Frolich,  whose  por- 
trait was  just  mentioned,  his  own  contributions  are  not  of  a  high  order.  There  is 
Cain,  shrinking  from  the  eye  of  the  Lord,  and  a  couple  of  small  pictures  of  legends 
of  Satyrs  that  do  not  deeply  impress  one.  A.  A.  Jendorff  one  imagines  to  be  also  a 
painter  of  the  old  school  from  his  semicircular  panel  of  "The  Deluge, '  convention- 
ally filled  with  writhing,  nude  figures,  all  of  the  same  brownish  complexion,  and  the 
offended  Deity  appearing  in  the  clouds  in  a  majestic  blue  mantle. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  391 

In  the  same  roof  there  is  a  large  painting  by  H.  J.  Braendekilde  which 
breathes  the  spirit  of  modern  thought.  "Worn  Out"  it  is  called,  and  it  represents  a 
wide  expanse  of  plowed  land,  a  quiet  sky,  and  a  low  line  of  farm  houses  in  the  dis- 
tance. An  old,  old  man  has  fallen  helpless,  unable  to  go  any  farther.  The  few 
things  he  was  carrying  have  slipped  from  his  hold;  a  young  peasant  girl,  his 
daughter,  presumably,  kneels  beside  him  and  shouts  for  help. 

It  is  bitterly  tragic,  the  venerable  figure  whose  life  time  of  work  has  brought 
him  only  this,  but  it  does  not  strike  the  disagreeable,  inartistic  note  touched  by  two 
other  painters.  Rassmussen,  in  his  "Shipwrecked  Sailors"  in  a  raft  on  a  skilfully 
painted  sea  which  is  alive  with  sharks;  and  still  more  Zartman,  with  a  "Job"  most 
liberally  bespotted  with  boils.  Aucher,  noted  for  his  fishermen  pictures,  has  a  big 
"Fisherman  Returning  Home"  and  a  group  of  heads  called  "Three  Old  Fellows.'' 
A  great  deal  of  space  is  taken  up  in  one  room  unworthily  by  a  portrait  group  of 
the  Danish  royal  family.  The  king  and  queen  occupy  the  sofa  in  the  center; 
on  their  right  hand  stand  the  prince  and  princess  of  Wales  (their  daughter) ,  with 
the  late  duke  of  Clarence;  on  their  left  side  is  the  czar  and  the  czarina  of  Russia, 
who  was  also  a  Danish  princess.  Those  interested  in  royalty  will  further  find  the 
king  and  queen  of  Greece,  the  crown  prince  of  Denmark  and  his  wife,  and  a 
variety  of  little  grand  dukes  and  duchesses.  Those  merely  interested  in  art  will 
have  had  enough  by  this  time. 

Swedish  painters  and  sculptors  have  a  noteworthy  exhibit  at  the  Exposition. 
It  includes  a  large  number  of  groups  and  works  in  paintings,  sculpture,  architect- 
ure, and  decorative  art,  numbering  200  subjects.  Among  those  who  contribute  to 
the  collection  of  sculpture  are  the  following:  Christian  Erikson,  Ida  Matton,  Paris; 
Alfred  Mystrom,  A.  Soderman,  Stockholm;  W.  Kennan,  Paris;  T.  Lundberg,  Stock- 
holm; John  Borjesson,  Professor  of  Royal  Academy,  Stockholm.  In  the  section  of 
oil  paintings  are  found  subjects  from:  G.  Albert,  Paris;  J.  G.  Andersen,  O.  Ox- 
borelius,  A.  Beer,  Stockholm;  Wilhelm  Behm,  Gnesta;  R.  Berg,  O.  Bjorck,  Eva 
Bondier,  Mina  Bredburg,  Baron  Cederstrom,  P.  Ekstron,  Stockholm;  his  Royal 
Highness,  Prince  Eugene,  of  Sweden  and  Norway,  who  contributes  three  subjects: 
"The  Forest,"  "Autumn  Day,"  and  "The  Temple";  H.  Feychting,  Stockholm;  A. 
Genberg,  Stockholm;  Baron  Hermlin,  Stockholm;  Augustus  Hagborg,  Paris;  Eu- 
gene Janssen,  Stockholm;  Prof.  J.  Kronberg,  Stockholm;  Carl  Larsson,  Gothen- 
berg;  A.  Lindman,  Stockholm;  Carl  Nordstom,  Stockholm;  G.  Pauli,  Stockholm; 
Count  von  Rosen,  Professor  Royal  Academy,  Stockholm;  Ida  von  Schutzenheim, 
Baroness  Emma  Sparre,  Stockholm;  Carl  Tradgardh,  Antoinette  Vallgren,  Paris; 
Alfred  Wahlberg,  Professor  Royal  Academy,  Paris;  Charlotte  Wahlstrom,  Alfred 
Wallender,  Stockholm;  A.  L.  Zorn,  Allan  Osterlind,  Paris.  In  the  water  color 
groups  there  are  found  subjects  from:  Anna  Boberg,  Stockholm;  Anna  Ericsson, 
Gothenberg;  A.  T.  Gellerstedt,  Professor  Fine  Arts  Academy;  Baron  T.  Hermelin, 
Stockholm;  Carl  Larsson,  Gothenberg;  Z.  Tiren,  Stockholm.  In  the  division  al- 
loted  to  engravings,  etchings,  and  prints  are  found  contributions  from:  F.  Boberg, 
architect,  Stockholm;  R.  Haglund,  Stockholm;  A.  H.  Haig;  Count  G.  von  Rosen, 
and  Andrew  L.  Zorn. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  393 

In  conclusion  the  author  would  say:  A  better  representation  from  a  greater 
number  of  different  nations  is  seen  than  has  ever  been  brought  together  at  any  pre- 
vious exposition.  The  responses  from  foreign  governments  and  the  enthusiasm  of 
foreign  artists  when  the  art  exhibit  was  thrown  open  to  them  has  far  exceeded  the 
most  sanguine  predictions  of  two  years  ago.  Visitors,  therefore,  see  not  only  an 
epochal  exhibit  of  American  art,  but  the  choicest  productions  of  the  world's  great 
masters  from  across  the  sea.  Space  is  assigned  to  France,  Germany,  Austria, 
Holland,  Great  Britain,  Belgium,  Sweden,  Norway,  Denmark,  Russia,  Italy,  Spain, 
Japan,  Canada  and  Mexico-  There  is  also  a  gallery  devoted  to  modern  European 
master-pieces  owned  in  private  collections  in  America.  Lovers  of  the  finesse  in  the 
French  school  may  see  masterpieces  by  acknowledged  leaders.  The  famous  Dutch 
school,  the  Russian,  the  less  known  but  powerful  Scandinavian,  the  impressionist, 
and  many  others  are  represented  by  a  selection  of  the  choicest  productions  from  the 
leaders  of  each  school.  When  it  comes  to  a  critical  study  of  American  art,  the 
patriotic  American  discovers  therein  not  only  certain  characteristics  of  each  of 
the  foreign  schools,  but  a  distinct  individuality,  just  as  the  American  character  is 
composite  and  a  reflex  of  its  varied  sources. 

The  international  fine  arts  expositions  of  the  past  may  be  said  to  have  begun 
with  Paris  in  1867.  Then  followed  Vienna  in  1873,  Philadelphia  in  1876,  Paris  in 
1878,  and  special  exhibitions  of  fine  arts  in  Berlin  and  Munich  some  years  later. 
Then  came  the  Melbourne  Exposition,  preceding  the  last  great  international  ex- 
position in  Paris  in  1889.  An  idea  of  the  scope  of  the  present  fine  arts  exposition 
may  be  gathered  from  the  fact  that  the  fine  arts  exhibit  contains  between  1,500  and 
2,000  pieces  in  the  American  section  alone.  In  round  figures  France  contributes 
800  pieces,  Germany  900,  Dutch  artists  300,  England  600,  Austria  300,  Denmark 
250,  Sweden  200,  Italy  600,  Norway  180  and  Belgium  400.  The  largest  space  is 
given  to  the  United  States  artists.  Next  comes  France  with  19,201  square  feet, 
next  Germany,  Great  Britain,  Italy,  Belgium  and  Austria  in  order,  and  so  on  rang- 
ing down  to  Mexico,  which  has  1,500  square  feet.  In  securing  a  good  representa- 
tion of  American  art,  advisory  committees  were  appointed  in  the  leading  art  cen- 
ters of  the  United  States  and  in  European  centers  where  American  art  colonies 
flourished.  By  an  interchange  of  service  these  advisory  committees  became  juries 
of  selection.  The  work  of  these  juries  and  of  the  national  jury  have  been  entirely 
satisfactory. 

The  east  and  west  pavilions  connect  with  the  central  pavilion  by  means  of 
corridors,  which  are  also  used  as  galleries.  The  east  pavilion  contains  the  French 
government  exhibit  and  also  the  French  masterpieces  owned  by  Americans.  The 
west  pavilion  contains  the  Italian  exhibit  and  the  exhibits  of  several  other  foreign 
countries  whose  space  is  limited.  The  central  pavilion  has  two  floors  for  the 
exhibit  of  paintings.  The  northeast  section,  or  one-fourth  of  the  space  for  paint- 
ings, is  devoted  to  the  works  of  United  States  artists.  The  southeast  section  is 
given  up  to  Great  Britain  and  Canada.  The  southwest  section  contains  the  works 
of  art  sent  by  Holland,  Spain,  Russia  and  Japan.  The  northwest  section  contains 
all  the  German  paintings.     In  general  terms   the  oil  paintings   are  all  hung  on  the 


STATUE  OF  THORWALDSEN,  PAVILION  OF  DENMARK,  MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


395 


ground  floor   in  the  central  pavilion,   while  water  colors  are  on  the  second   floor. 
There  is  an  overflow  exhibit  of  oil  paintings  upstairs  in  the  American  section. 

Between  these  four  quadrangles  are  four  courts  and  the  central  rotunda.  The 
north  and  south  courts  contain  the  groupings  of  statuary.  The  east  and  west 
courts  contain  the  architectural  exhibit.  Here  are  seen  structures  and  casts  illus- 
trating ancient,  mediaeval  and  modern  architecture.  Cases  of  antique  and  modern 
carvings,  and  architectural  drawings  are  hung  on  the  walls.  In  the  north  and  south 
courts  is  the  installation  of  statuary.  There  are  figures  and  groups  in  marble,  casts 
from  original  works  by  modern  artists,  models,  monumental  decorations,  figures 
and  groups  in  bronze  and  bas-reliefs  in  marble  and  bronze. 

The  central  rotunda  contains  a  heroic  figure  of  Washington  by  Thomas  Ball, 
On  the  sides  of  the  rotunda  are  twelve  spaces  for  figure  groupings  furnished  by 
different  foreign  countries.  There  are  also  rotundas  in  each  of  the  smaller  pavil- 
ions, where  statuary  and  architectural  specimens  are  grouped.  There  are  eighty 
galleries  in  all  including  the  east  and  west  pavilions.  These  range  from  30  feet 
square  to  36  by  120  feet  for  the  exhibition  of  paintings.  There  are  also  108  alcoves, 
fronting  on  the  court  of  the  central  pavilion.  Twenty-eight  of  these  are  on  the 
first  floor  and  eighty  on  the  second  floor,  and  much  additional  wall  space  is  gained 
by  their  use.  Engravings,  etchings  and  black-and-whites  are  mainly  upstairs  with 
the  water  colors,  and  pastels  are  down  stairs  with  the  oils. 

The  lighting  arrangements  are  as  faultless  as  can  be  devised.  All  the  pavil- 
ions, including  rotundas,  courts  and  galleries,  are  lighted  from  above.  The  modu- 
lation of  natural  light  in  the  daytime  is 
simple  and  effective.  The  system  of  artifi- 
cial lighting  at  night  is  in  itself  a  work  of 
art.  Myriads  of  incandescent  lamps  shed 
a  mellow  radiance  over  courts  and  galler- 
ies. The  electric  lamps  are  arranged  in 
clusters  above  each  court,  and  also  in  con- 
tinuous rows  around  the  galleries.  The  at- 
tractiveness of  the  art  galleries  at  night  is 
admitted  as  one  of  the  features  of  the  Expo- 
sition. Halsey  E.  Ives  was  born  in  Havana, 
N.  Y.,  45  years  ago.  In  1862  he  began  work 
as  a  draughtsman  and  in  1864  he  was  found 
serving  the  Union  in  the  army  in  Tennessee. 
In  1866  he  began  the  study  of  art,  and  in 
1874  he  entered  the  Polytechnic  school  in  St. 
Louis.  Subsequently  he  studied  fine  arts  in 
France  and  England,  and  upon  his  return  to 
the  United  States  he  was  made  a  member  of 
the  faculty  of  Washington  University  as  an 
instructor  in  the  fine  arts.  He  is  an  artist  himself  and  his  appointment  is  consid- 
ered as  one  of  the  best,  as  he  is  thoroughly  a  leader  and  a  teacher.  He  is  also 
one  of  the  most  affable  gentlemen  connected  with  the  Exposition. 


CHIEF  IVES. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


397 


CHAPTER  XVII. 


THE  GOVERNMENT  BUILDING. 


Marvelous  Collection  of  Exhibits  made  by  "Uncle  Sam"— Three  Thousand  Models  from  the  Patent  Office 
— Progress  of  American  Invention  Elaborately  Presented— The  Smithsonian  Display  Alone  a  Won- 
derful Educator — Bird  and  Beast  Mounted  Amid  the  Same  Surroundings  as  in  Lif.e— Each  Specimen 
so  Labeled  that  no  Observer  can  make  a  Mistake — A  First-Class  Postoffice  in  Operation — Dead 
Letter  Curiosities — Tarantulas,  Horned  Toads,  Human  Skulls,  Axes,  Dolls,  Molasses  Candy,  Stutfed 
Owls,  Alligators,  Ostrich  Eggs,  and  Thousands  of  Other  Things  that  never  Reached  their  Des- 
tination— War  Department  Novelties—  Great  Guns  and  Little  Ones — Cannons  and  Torpedoes — 
Historic  Documents  from  the  Department  of  Justice — Documents  Connected  with  the  Dred  Scott 
Decision — Great  Exhibit  by  the  Agricultural  Department — Horticulture,  Pomology  and  Forestry 
— Special  Alaskan  Exhibit— Quaint,  Curious  and  Interesting  Objects  of  Ethnological  Research — 
Peculiarities  of  Many  Birds  and  Beasts. 

OUR  Uncle  Sam's  place — the   Government    Building — is  al- 
ways crowded;  and  the  intelligent  variety  of  its  exhibit  and 
its  usefulness  as  an  educator  is  best  illustrated  by  the  many 
if    A     ijj^l^^^       thousands  who  visit  it  daily.     There  are  some  artists  and 
F'    Si     mSrm  critics  and  others  who  are  or  who  pretend  to  be  highly  dis- 

pkased  at  the  architectural  qualities  of  the  Government 
Building,  and  some  of  the  more  fastidious  among  them 
have  condemned  it  as  unsightly  and  unworthy  of  the  har- 
monious beauty  of  the  Exposition.  But  not  one  of  them 
has  found  fault  with  it  from  a  utilitarian  point  of  view.  It 
is  admirably  adapted  to  the  department  exhibits.  That  is 
a  great  deal.  It  is  situated  directly  north  of  the  big  Man- 
ufactures Building,  and  cost  the  government  $400,000.  Ex-Supervising  Architect 
Windrim  drew  the  original  plans  for  the  structure,  and  Supervising  Architect  Ed- 
brooke  finished  it. 

In  the  original  World's  Fair  legislation  a  board  of  management  for  this  ex- 
hibit was  created,  consisting  of  a  representative  from  each  of  the  eight  executive 
departments,  one  from  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and  one  from  the  United  States 
Fish  Commission.     That  board  is  as  follows: 

Edwin  Willits,  Department  of  Agriculture,  chairman;  Wm.  E.  Curtis,  De- 
partment of  State;  Fred  A.  Stocks,  Treasury  Department;  Maj.  Clifton  Comly, 
United  States  Army,  War  Department;  Commodore  R.  W.  Meade,  Navy  Depart- 
ment; A.  D.  Hazen,  Postoffice  Department;  Horace  A.  Taylor,  Department  of  the 
Interior;  Elijah  C.  Foster,  Department  of  Justice;  G.  Brown  Goode,  Smithsonian 
Institution  and  National  Museum;  Tarleton  H.  Bean,  United  States  Fish  Commis- 


398 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


sion;  F.  T.  Bickford,  Secretary  and  Executive  Officer.  The  superintendent  of  the 
exhibit  is  Capt.  Aytoun,  who  takes  pride  in  the  fact  that  the  Government  build- 
ing was  actually  complete  and  all  the  exhibits  ready  in  advance  of  the  opening  of 
the  Fair.  His  department  was  the  first  to  receive  and  the  first  toQinstal  an  exhibit. 
The  exhibits  in  the  building  occupy  a  floor  space  of  more  than  100,000  square  feet, 
to  which  the  various  annexes  and  the  battleship,  where  the  naval  display  is  made, 
add  about  as  much  more  space. 

In  the  center  of  the  Government  building  stands  a  thirty-foot  section  of  one 
of  the  giant  trees  from  Mariposa  Big  Tree  grove,  near  the  Yosemite  Valley.  It  is 
called  the  "  John  W.  Noble."  Four  wide 
corridors  connect  the  main  entrances  with 
the  rotunda.  Eight  alcoves  around  the  cen- 
tral space  are  filled  with  collections  of  Co- 
lonial relics  made  by  the  Board  of  Lady 
Managers.  Perhaps  a  great  majority  of  the 
visitors  to  the  Government  building  enter  it 
at  the  southern  portal.  When  a  sight-seer 
walks  into  the  building  at  that  door,  which 
looks  toward  the  Manufactures  and  Liberal 
Arts  building,  he  sees  upon  his  left  the 
dual  exhibit  of  the  Postoffice  and  Treasury 
Departments — a  full  working  postoffice  in 
active  operation,  receiving  and  depositing 
mail,  delivering  letters,  issuing  and  paying 
money-orders,  registering  letters,  and  trans- 
acting all  the  business  that  comes  within 
the  scope  of  an  office  of  the  first  class.  This 
model  postoffice  has  been  constructed  with 
a  glass  front  to  enable  visitors  to  watch  all 
the  processes.  Near  at  hand  is  a  complete 
model  of  a  mail  car,  in  ivory  and  gold  deco- 
rations, and  in  the  same  section  are  models  of  all  the  curious  old-time  methods  of 
carrying  the  mail — by  sleds  with  dogs,  runners,  and  men  on  horseback.  The  Dead 
Letter  Office  has  made  an  exhibit  of  curious  mail  matter  and  wonderfully  addressed 
envelopes  in  this  section;  and  everybody  who  goes  sight-seeing  through  the  building 
stops  to  look  at  it,  and  it  seems  sometimes  as  if  everybody  who  went  through  the 
building  stopped  here  at  precisely  the  same  time.  They  stand  around  the  case  from 
three  to  ten  deep  and  gaze,  first  in  silent  wonder,  then  with  a  gradually  broadening 
grin  of  comprehension,  which  in  not  a  few  cases  deepens  into  the  sheepish,  half- 
guilty  look  assumed  by  a  person  whose  conscience  has  received  a  sudden  and  un- 
expected jolt. 

For  this  department  wherein  the  unclaimed  packages  from  the  dead-letter 
office  are  exhibited  is  almost  as  bad  as  a  visible  conscience  to  many  of  the  visitors 
to  the  Government  building.    A  man  may  stand  in  front  of  it  and   merrily  jest  on 


JOHN   W.  NOBLE,  BIG  TREE  FROM  CALIFORNIA. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  399 

the  folly  ot  anyone  sending  snakes  or  chewing  tobacco  through  the  mails,  and 
underneath  all  his  blithesome  manner  may  lie  the  consciousness  that  it  was  only  last 
week  that  he  himself  sent  molasses  candy  or  cologne. 

Never  was  there  such  a  varied  collection  of  odds  and  ends  in  so  small  a  space 
before.  It  ranges  from  alligators  to  layer  raisins,  and  includes  everything  on  earth, 
in  air,  or  sea.  There  are  snakes  and  centipedes  and  tarantulas,  and  a  skull  or  two 
thrown  in  to  add  to  the  gilded  horror  of  the  thing.  There  are  pistols  of  every 
quaint  and  bygone  pattern  known  to  man,  and  daggers  and  knives  sufficient  for  an 
army  of  assassins.  There  are  axes  and  hatchets  and  sleigh  bells  jumbled  in  side  by 
side  with  stuffed  birds  and  rag  babies.  An  owl  perches  serenely  upon  a  human 
skull,  while  in  another  case  an  Indian  scalp  is  jostled  by  a  china  doll.  In  one  case 
is  the  evidence  of  a  fruitless  attempt  to  send  a  string  of  battered  Chinese  coins  by 
Uncle  Sam's  carriers.  Perhaps  it  was  a  case  of  filial  devotion  on  the  part  of  some 
almond-eyed  washerman — who  knows?  In  another  case  somebody's  pounds  of 
tobacco  wait  unclaimed  side  by  side  with  somebody  else's  bronze  medals,  and  all 
day  long  crowds  gather  and  part,  and  their  uneasy  consciences  ever  bring  them 
back  for  just  one  more  fascinated  stare  at  the  heterogenous  collection. 

In  the  Treasury  Department  exhibit  are  collections  and  views  illustrative  of 
the  work  of  the  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  of  the  Bureau  of  Engraving  and  Print- 
ing, and  of  the  Philadelphia  Mint,  which  shows  a  stamping  press  in  operation  and 
makes  a  display  of  its  noted  numismatic  collection. 

Across  the  broad  aisle  to  the  east  is  the  elaborate  exhibit  made  by  the  War 
Department.  In  its  ordnance  section  are  all  kinds  of  cannon,  from  the  fifty-two  ton 
gun  down  to  the  smallest  known  howitzer,  and  a  full  line  of  gun-working  machinery 
in  operation.  The  quartermaster's  section  occupies  considerable  space  in  the  war 
exhibit.  Figures  showing  uniforms  and  methods  for  transportation  and  sustenance 
of  troops  in  vogue  in  the  army  are  full  of  interest  to  the  student  of  military  affairs. 
There  is  a  full  collection  of  the  Civil  War  battle  flags,  and  the  Signal  Service 
exhibits  a  vivid  reproduction  of  Arctic  scenery. 

Two  years  have  been  consumed  by  the  United  States  Engineering  Corps  in 
preparing  for  the  exhibit  of  models  of  all  the  great  American  engineering  works, 
including  dams,  jetties  and  levees.  These  models  are  in  the  War  Department 
exhibit. 

The  east  entrance  to  the  building  leads  to  the  exhibits  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment and  the  Department  of  Justice.  The  former  shows  all  the  great  original  his- 
toric documents  appertaining  to  the  formation  of  the  republic,  portraits  of  distin- 
guished American  statesmen,  including  all  the  Presidents,  and  interesting  originals 
of  treaties.  On  the  right  hand  the  Department  of  Justice  has  displayed  large  oil 
portraits  of  the  seven  Chief  Justices  and  of  all  the  Attorney-Generals.  Glass  cases 
contain  some  of  the  great  legal  documents  that  have  made  the  country's  history. 
The  documents  in  the  Dred  Scott  decision  are  there. 

Around  at  the  north  end  of  the  building  Uncle  Jerry  Rusk  has  shown  what 
the  Agricultural  Department  has  done  for  cereals,  for  cotton,  silk  and  tobacco  cul- 
ture, and  for  the  promotion  of  a  knowlerge  of  entomology,  pomology,  and  forestry. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


401 


The  fish  exhibit  shows  the  method  of  taking  fish,  fish  boats  now  in  use  and  those 
of  more  primitive  forms,  and  a  collection  of  uncommon  fish  from  the  deep  sea.  A 
wonderful  group  of  casts  of  fish  made  by  a  rare  process  forms  a  part  of  the  exhibit. 
The  Interior  Department  exhibit  includes  displays  from  the  Land  Office, 
Patent  Office,  and  Geological  Survey.  The  Land  Office  has  furnished  in  its  special 
Alaskan  exhibit  one  of  the  greatest  ethnological  collections  on  the  grounds.  Orig- 
inal models  of  all  the  important  American  inventions  are  shown  in  the  Patent  Office 
section,  which  adjoins  the  geological  collection. 

The  great  Navy  Department  exhibit  is  made  in  the  United  States  coast- 
line battleship,  and  other  annexes  provide  room  for  the  model  army  hospital,  the 

Indian  school,  a  weather 
bureau  in  full  operation, 
a  life-saving  station, 
manned  and  equipped,  a 
lighthouse  no  feet  high, 
in  which  burns  a  16,000 
candle  power  lamp,  and  a 
naval  observatory.  It  is 
gratifying  to  the  superin- 
tendent that  the  present 
government  exhibit  is 
more  extensive  than  ever 
before  attempted  at  any 
of  the  expositions.  At 
the  Centennial  the  floor 
space  occupied  was  not 
more  than  half  of  that  taken  up  by  the  present  exhibits.  For  comprehensiveness 
and  perfection  the  Smithsonian's  display  comes  pretty  nearly  beating  anything  at 
the  Fair.  There  is  a  stuffed  raccoon  eating  persimmons,  and  there  is  a  fine  spec- 
imen of  the  earliest  form  of  cornstalk  fiddle.  There  is  a  special  exhibit  from 
Alaska,  and  there  is  a  fine  walrus  brought  from  Seal  island  especially  for  the  Fair 
by  Capt.  Healey  of  the  revenue  marine.  It  was  the  finest  and  biggest  walrus  the 
captain  could  find.  There  are  scores  and  scores  of  other  animals  as  carefully  se- 
lected as  these. 

Birds  too — lots  of  them — arranged  on  the  same  plans  as  the  mammals. 
There  is  an  especially  fine  display  of  humming  birds — the  best  in  the  world.  Some 
fine  birds  of  paradise.  The  birds  are  shown  at  home,  just  like  the  beasts.  There  is 
a  hornbill  family.  Mrs.  Hornbill  sits  on  her  nest  in  a  hollow  tree  and  the  hole  she 
went  in  by  has  been  walled  up  with  clay  by  the  crafty  Mr.  Hornbill,  just  a  little 
hole  left  for  the  old  lady  to  feed  through.  The  Smithsonian  does  not  know  whether 
Mr.  Hornbill  does  this  to  keep  his  wife  from  gadding  about  too  much  or  whether 
he  does  it  to  keep  enemies  from  stealing  her  eggs.  But  they  do  know  that  he  does 
it,  and  they  show  him  that  way. 


POLAR  BEAR  STATUARV  ON  BRIDGES. 


402  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Then  there  is  a  fine  display  of  that  provident  bird  the  California  woodpecker. 
In  the  summer,  when  other  birds  are  loafing  about  trilling  merry  roundelays,  this 
wise  bird  puts  in  his  time  drilling  holes  in  dead  trees.  In  the  fall,  when  the  other 
birds  are  still  trilling  and  having  a  good  time,  the  woodpecker  gathers  acorns, 
drives  them  into  his  supply  of  holes,  and  plugs  them  up.  And  in  the  winter,  when 
the  other  birds  are  shivering  and  wishing  they  had  more  tailfeathers,  this  foxy 
woodpecker  is  just  rolling  in  luxury  and  getting  fat  off  his  stores. 

Then  there  is  an  extermination  series  shown.  This  is  a  classified  array  of 
birds  and  beasts  of  species  which  are  fast  being  exterminated.  There  is  a  easeful 
of  graceful  wild  pigeons  prettily  grouped.  Not  so  ven  many  years  ago,  says  Mr. 
Earll,  men  used  to  go  out  along  the  shores  of  Lake  Michigan  within  the  present 
limits  of  Chicago  and  kill  a  bushel  of  these  pigeons  before  breakfast.  Now  the 
Smithsonian  had  a  hard  and  long  hunt  to  get  ten  of  the  pretty  birds  for  the  World's 
Fair.  Then  there  are  the  red  and  green  Carolina  paroquets.  There  were  lots  of 
them  in  Illinois  once,  and  only  a  few  years  ago  they  were  a  nuisance  in  Indian 
territory.  Now  the  institution  has  to  send  hunters  clear  down  into  the  wilderness 
of  the  everglades  to  get  Carolina  paroquets.  A  group  of  these  birds  is  shown  feed- 
ing in  the  snow.  People  to  whom  a  parrot  is  a  parrot  and  always  a  tropical  bird 
will  rail  at  this,  but  it  is  true  to  nature.  The  paroquet's  habitat  was  once  almost  as 
far  north  as  the  latitude  of  Chicago. 

And  there  is  a  protective  mimicry  series  of  birds  and  beasts  which  change 
color  and  appearance  to  be  in  accordance  with  their  surroundings.  The  ptarmigan 
of  the  north  is  a  fair  sample — white  as  the  snow  about  him  in  winter,  brown  in 
summer.  Here  is  another  novelty  in  this  department — an  exhibit  of  useful  animal 
products.  The  object  is  to  illustrate  the  uses  of  the  different  parts  of  animals  and 
to  show  that  exceedingly  few  parts  fail  to  be  used  by  man.  It  is  all  done  in  that 
relentlessly  classified  way  that  allows  no  one  to  get  muddled.  First  the  appendage 
on  the  skins  of  animals.  There  is  hair  of  all  sorts  for  brushes,  wool,  feathers  for 
decorative  purpose  and  feather  pictures,  even  feather  flys  for  fish  hooks — a  long 
array  of  most  interesting  specimens  of  articles  made  from  hair,  feathers,  and  wool. 
The  number  will  surprise  you  when  you  look.  But  that  is  not  all.  Fish  scale 
jewelry  and  all  sorts  of  things  made  of  tortoise  shell  come  within  this  class.  Then 
the  skins  of  animals  with  the  outer  appendages — furs  in  a  bewildering  variety. 
Then  skins  of  animals  without  appendages — leather.  All  imaginable  sorts  of 
leather,  250  distinct  kinds  of  it,  from  a  pair  of  boots  made  from  human  skin  to 
pouches  made  of  snake  hide.  There  is  the  back  of  an  Indian  chief's  neck  neatly 
tanned  and  some  bits  of  well  cured  skin  from  a  young  girl's  breast. 

Claws  next,  and  horns  and  hoof  jewelry,  and  trophies  of  claws,  combs,  and 
all  manner  of  trinkets  from  horns;  gelatine  and  glue,  and  fertilizers  from  horns 
and  hoofs.  Teeth — Here  comes  the  ivories,  an  exhibition  of  themselves.  There  is 
the  largest  elephant  tusk  in  America.  It  is  nearly  8  feet  long  and  weighs  137 
pounds.  Elephant  ivory,  narwhal  ivory,  alligator  ivory.  Bones — Agricultural  im- 
plements, weapons,  household  utensils,  fashioned  by  folks  who  are  savage,  poker 
chips  fashioned  by  folks  who  are  not  savage.     Flesh — An  infinite  variety  of  meats, 


404  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

from  Armour's  extract  of  beef  to  dried  shark's  flesh.  Viscera — Eskimo  waterproof 
suits  made  from  the  intestines  of  the  walrus,  catgut  made  from  the  interior  economy 
of  sheep.  Animal  Fluids — Dried  blood  fertilizers,  galls,  and  pepsins,  artists'  pig- 
ments. 

Now  for  ethnology.  The  Smithsonian  illustrates  the  different  linguistic 
stocks,  forty  in  number,  of  the  American  Indian.  Its  agents  have  within  the  last 
two  years  taken  photographs  and  sketches  of  the  chiefs  of  the  characteristic  tribes 
of  each  of  these  stocks.  They  have  bought  from  each  chief  his  best  war  toggery. 
They  have,  when  possible,  taken  plaster  casts  from  life.  They  have  reproduced 
these  chiefs  exact  in  stature,  features,  complexion,  dress.  It  is  a  work  of  the  utmost 
value,  the  last  true  records  of  a  dying  race  of  men.  There  are  groups,  too,  illus- 
trating primitive  Indian  industries. 

There  is  an  exhibition  of  representative  fishes,  insects,  and,  invertebrates, 
an  exhibit  of  physical  geology,  showing  cave  formations  in  replica,  volcanic  for- 
mations, and  the  glacial  period.  A  small  but  striking  array  of  gems  and  ornamental 
stones  of  America  is  shown. 

To  get  back  to  ethnology  again  there  is  a  display  showing  the  origin  and 
growth  of  music — 300  instruments  of  all  ages  ot'  the  world,  another  department 
illustrating  the  primitive  religions,  and  one  showing  the  development  of  the  potter's 
art  among  the  Japanese 

When  you  visit  the  northwest  corner  of  the  Government  building  you  will 
think  you  are  looking  at  the  interior  of  Machinery  Hall  through  the  big  end  of  a 
spy  glass.  On  every  hand  are  multitudes  of  glistening  machines  that  look  as  if 
they  had  been  built  for  liliputians. 

These  are  the  m^odels  sent  from  the  Patent  Ofihce.  You  have  heard  of  the 
Patent  Office;  perhaps  you  have  read  a  Patent  Office  report. 

The  exhibit  is  interesting,  very.  Chief  Special  Agent  Ewing,  who  is  at  the 
head  of  the  Interior  Department's  show,  says  he  thinks  the  Patent  Office  Bureau,  is 
the  best  of  all. 

What  an  array  of  queer  little  machines!  Some  of  them  are  built  rudely  of 
wood  and  in  ill  proportions.  These  are  few.  Some  of  them  are  of  burnished  steel , 
and  brass,  bright,  in  perfect  proportions.  Some  of  them  are  duplications  in  mina- 
ture  of  appliances  that  everybody  in  the  world  knows  about;  some  of  them  are  con- 
trivances nobody  outside  the  Patent  Office  ever  heard  of.  Every  one  of  them  is 
the  embodiment  of  an  inspiration;  every  one  shows  something  that  was  new  and 
original;  every  one  of  them  has  helped  the  world  along  a  step. 

Remember  that  your  beneficent  Uncle  Samuel,  whose  display  this  is,  never 
goes  to  a  world's  fair  just  to  amuse  people.  He  always  aims  at  instruction  when  he 
exhibits.  This  display  of  the  Patent  Office  is  aimed  to  be  instructive.  The  aim 
has  been  carried  out  right  well  by  three  special  agents,  to  whom  the  work  was  com- 
mitted. The  plan  of  the  exhibit  was  to  show  the  development  of  the  arts  and 
sciences  in  America,  and  the  influence  of  the  Patent  Office  in  promoting  that  devel- 
opment.   To  this  end  the  exhibit  has  been  rigidly  classified,  and  there  is  not  one  of 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


405 


the  2,500  models  in  the  long  array  of  glass  cases  that  was  not  placed  there  with  a 
definite  purpose. 

And  the  2,500  models  include  about  everything,  from  a  rude  Gallic  reaping 
machine,  pushed  by  a  bullock — date  A.  D.  70 — to  a  life-sized  Hotchkiss  revolving 
cannon — date  A.  D.  1893.  The  Hotchkiss  gun  stands  beside  the  desk  of  Principal 
Examiner  A.  P.  Greeley,  who  is  in  charge  of  the  exhibit.  He  can  whirl  around 
and  set  the  thing  going  whenever  he  pleases. 

This  exhibit  illustrates  admirably  the  progress  of  America  and  of  the  world 
in  the  chief  arts  and  industries.  Uncle  Sam  might  nave  picked  from  his  225,000 
specimen  inventions  a  lot  of  wonderful  contrivances  that  would  have  shown  how 

far  the  Yankee  inventive 
genius  can  go  after  it  gets 
into  crankiness.  That 
would  have  made  a  com- 
ical show,  but  Uncle  Sam 
kept  those  at  home.  He 
kept  three  of  his  best  ex- 
aminers busy  for  nearly 
two  years  picking  out  his 
best  patent  models,  and 
he  spent  $15,000  cleaning 
and  fitting  up  these  mod- 
els. 

Result:  Object  lessons 
in  progress  to  be  had  no- 
where else  on  earth — not 
even  at  the  United  States 
Patent  Office.  There  is 
the  matter  of  printing 
presses.  First,  a  model,  accurately  constructed,  of  the  original  printing  press 
that  Guttenberg  built.  Then,  models  of  several  of  the  later  types  of  hand  presses, 
then  cylinder  presses,  and  on  into  the  ramifications  of  stop  cylinders,  two-revolu- 
tion presses,  and  color  presses.  Finally,  the  Web  perfecting  press  appears,  a  fine 
series  of  models  of  every  step  in  its  development.  Last  and  most  modern,  a  full 
working  model,  exquisitely  finished,  of  Hoe's  latest  press,  that  prints  70,000  news- 
papers an  hour. 

Go  into  other  arts,  for  instance  into  the  manufacture  of  textile  fabrics,  card- 
ing and  combing  machines,  spinning  contrivances,  looms,  taken  up  at  the  very 
dawn  of  civlization  and  brought  right  down  to  this  day. 

Incidental  to  this  department  is  a  full  object  history  of  the  sewing  machine. 
There  is  the  original  model  of  the  very  first  Howe  machine  of  1846.  It  seems  to 
consist  largely  of  an  abnormal  fly  wheel  and  a  steel  plate  set  with  long  teeth,  upon 
which  the  cloth  was  hung.  Then,  in  succeeding  machines,  this  toothed  plate  dis- 
appears, and  there  are  various  devices  for  a  continuous  feed  introduced.     Every 


STATUARY    ON    BRIDGES— BUFFALO. 


4o6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

year  shows  a  big  or  little  improvement.  There  is  a  procession  of  sewing  machines 
from  the  days  of  your  grandmother  down  to  the  time  when  you  can  get  one  as  a 
gift  for  subscribing  to  a  story  paper. 

The  very  latest  of  them  all  is  a  queer-looking  concern  designed  for  the  diffi- 
cult work  of  sewing  woven  lining  upon  looped  fabric.  That  machine  is  fed  by  a 
plate  full  of  long  teeth,  almost  like  the  original  Howe  machine.  There  are  sewing 
machines  exclusively  for  buttonholes,  others  for  eyelets,  machines  that  sew  leather 
two  seams  at  a  trip,  machines  that  embroider,  sew  zigzag,  and  fasten  on  four-holed 
buttons.  There  is  one  little  one  that  you  could  put  in  your  hat.  It  was  made  by 
the  Shields  Company  in  1890.     It  will  do  5,000  stitches  a  minute. 

The  growth  of  that  other  American  product,  the  typewriter,  is  shown.  There 
is  the  first  sign  of  a  typewriter,  a  huge  and  curious  machine  invented  by  William 
Burt,  in  1829.  It  was  a  practical  machine  and  worked  well,  but  it  failed  because 
the  people  were  not  quite  ready  for  typewriters  in  1829.  Burt  sold  the  rights  to  his 
invention  in  the  New  England  States  for  $75.  There  is  on  record  a  letter  from  the 
man  who  bought  the  rights,  making  a  tremendous  kick  and  demanding  his  money 
back  because  there  v/as  no  sale  for  the  machine.  Burt's  original  model  was  burned 
in  1836.  The  present  one  was  carefully  built  from  specifications  in  the  patents 
signed  by  President  Andrew  Jackson. 

There  is  the  Thurber  machine  of  1836,  and  another  one  of  a  little  later  date 
that  looks  like  a  hemisphere  covered  with  knobs.  The  first  Remington  machine, 
made  in  1874,  is  as  big  as  a  full-grown  hand  organ,  and  its  keys  are  like  poker  chips. 

"  Farmers,"  says  Examiner  Greeley,  "  sometimes  look  upon  the  patent  office 
as  an  enemy.  We  shall  aim  to  show  them  how  much  the  patent  office  has  advanced 
the  science  of  agriculture."  So  there  is  an  exceptionally  fine  display  of  inventions 
in  agricultural  implements.  In  plows  there  is  the  original  crooked  stick  plow,  and 
the  first  plow  with  a  cast-iron  mould  board.  This  was  invented  by  Neobald  in 
1797.     It  looks  clumsy. 

A  tremendous  row  followed  its  first  introduction  in  the  market.  Farmers 
said  it  would  poison  the  soil  and  kill  all  their  crops,  stocks,  and  families.  But  the 
cast-iron  plow  kept  improving.     You  can  see  every  step  of  it  in  these  models. 

Perhaps  the  best  example  of  the  fin  de  siecle  plow  is  a  handsome  bronze 
silver  model,  on  which  Charles  Anderson  was  granted  letters  patent,  June  7,  1892. 
It  is  a  sulky  gang  plow  with  so  many  levers  and  springs  that  one  thinks  nobody  but 
a  civil  engineer  could  manage  it.  Seeders,  planters,  harrows,  and  reapers,  are  in 
endless  variety. 

The  reaper,  too,  starts  right  from  the  first.  There  is  the  rude  ox-cart,  with 
the  sickle  attachment,  that  was  used  in  Gaul  in  the  first  century.  There  is  also  the 
first  modern  reaper,  an  English  invention  of  1799;  another  of  1825  that  looks  like 
an  over-grown  lawn  mower.  The  McCormick  machine  of  1831  was  the  first  real 
reaper,  followed  by  table  rake  machines  and  self-binders. 

Steam  engines  include  the  whirling  steam  globe  of  Hero,  contrived  ages  ago, 
and  the  crude  attempts  of  James  Watt.  Hero's  machine  is  shown  in  working  model, 
and  of  Watt's  inventions  there  are  fac-simile  miniatures.     A  splendid  showing  of 


I 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  407 

detail  improvements  in  engine  building  are  shown,  as  well  as  the  gradual  perfection 
of  valves  and  eccentrics.  There  are  models  of  the  earlier  locomotive  engines  that 
are  historic,  and  an  array  of  grotesque  monsters  that  never  did  get  on  the  rails. 
The  climax  is  a  working  model  of  the  cylinders  and  drivers  of  a  mighty  compound 
locomotive,  patented  May  29,  1892,  by  Samuel  Vauclain;  air  and  gas  engines,  too, 
including  the  famous  Ericcson  models;  pumps,  boilers,  propellers,  wood  working 
machinery.  The  model  of  the  noted  Blanchard  gun-stock  lathe,  the  wonder  of  its 
day,  is  in  this  class. 

And  electrical  inventions!  There  is  the  first  attempt  at  a  magnetic  motor 
invented  by  Joseph  Henry  in  1835,  the  original  model  of  Faraday's  induction  coil, 
which  was  the  basis  of  all  later  electrical  progress,  and  the  Davenport  motor  of 
1837.  This  machine  was  practical,  worked  well,  but  was  a  failure  because  no  one 
had  discovered  how  to  produce  an  electric  current  by  dynamos.  It  is  only  in  the 
last  few  years  that  electricians  have  commenced  to  understand  the  full  value  of 
Davenport's  invention.  Page's  motor,  which  drove  a  locomotive  from  Washington 
to  Baltimore  in  1854,  is  there  too.  After  that  comes  the  work  of  Morse,  Edison, 
Thompson,  and  Houston — it  is  a  maze  of  electric  ingenuity.  Writing  telegraphs 
and  multiplex  telegraphs,  telephones  of  a  sort  you  never  saw  before,  electric  lamps, 
big  and  little,  motors,  dynamos,  and  armatures.  The  electrical  show  will  puzzle 
anybody  but  an  expert. 

So  much  for  the  arts  of  peace.  There  is  a  corner  for  bloodthirsty  ingenuity, 
though.  One  great  case  is  full  of  portable  fire  weapons.  At  one  end  is  a  wooden 
tube  wrapped  with  bamboo.  It  looks  like  a  Roman  candle.  That  is  the  first  gun. 
At  the  other  end  is  a  businesslike  little  weapon  with  a  slender  blue  barrel  and  a 
collection  of  mysterious  steel  knobs  about  the  breech;  the  Kray-Jorgensen  maga- 
zine riflle,  patented  Feb.  21,  1893.  Its  steel  pointed  bullet,  three-tenths  of  an  inch 
in  diameter,  will  find  a  man  and  slay  him  further  away  than  you  can  see  him.  The 
bullets  can  be  fired  so  fast  the  barrel  of  the  piece  gets  hot.  The  last  gun  is  an  inter- 
esting study  in  progressive  killing. 

Early  in  the  exhibit  there  is  a  quaint  hand  culverin,  the  earliest  form  of  a 
pistol.  The  man  who  fired  it  had  to  touch  it  off  with  a  slow  match.  Next  there  is 
a  match  lock  of  the  time  of  Admiral  Columbus,  of  whom  you  may  have  heard,  and 
next  is  a  wheel  lock  of  the  sixteenth  century.  This  machine  has  a  long  and  exceed- 
ingly big  barrel,  quaintly  lacquered.  Upon  its  breech  is  a  small  steel  wheel  set 
upon  a  spiral  spring.  The  musketeer  had  to  wind  up  this  wheel  with  a  big  key. 
When  he  touched  the  trigger,  wh\T  went  the  wheel,  grinding  a  brilliant  shower  of 
sparks  out  of  a  flint  set  to  bear  upon  its  circumference. 

This  particular  weapon  was  tried  by  the  Germans  in  a  little  argument  with 
the  French  in  1855.  It  is  said  to  have  impressed  the  Gallic  musketeers  with  aston- 
ishment and  disgust,  just  like  the  Teutonic,  zundnadelgewehr,  the  famed  needle 
gun,  acted  upon  their  descendants  some  centuries  later.  You  can  see  a  fine  speci- 
men of  the  zundnadelgewehr  a  little  further  along  the  case  after  you  have  passed 
the  stages  of  the  later  flint  locks  and  the  old  muzzle  loaders.  In  the  breech  loaders, 
the  magazine  guns,  and  the  hammerless  fowling  pieces,  you  have  the  handiwork 


4o8 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


here  of  Sharp,  and  Berdan,  and  Maynard.     Here  is  the  famous  and  deadly  Henry 
rifle  of  i860,  the  progenitor  of  the  Winchester,  and  all  the  magazine  guns. 

Pistols  next — some  queer  ones,  too.  There  is  the  first  Colt  model  that  was 
offered  for  a  patent.  Across  the  aisle  are  cannon  and  great  guns,  Chinese  wooden 
cannon,  and  the  big,  graceful  Dahlgren  gun,  that  amazed  the  world  in  the  '6o's. 
Freaks  in  the  shape  of  cannon  include  Lyman's  accelerating  cannon  of  1857,  which 
has  three  little  brass  barrels  that  run  into  one,  one  by  one.  The  model  of  the  first 
Gatling  is  here  too,  a  clumsy,  squatty  machine,  and  so  on — why,  one  may  stay  in 
the  Government  building  a  week  and  then  not  see  all  it  contains. 


« 


BREECH  OF  A  RAPID  FIRING  GUN. 


i 


PART  VIII. 

OTHER  MAIN  FEATURES 

CHAPTER  I. 
THE  SHRINE  OF  THE  WHITE  CITY, 

Reproduction  of  the  Convent  Where  Columbus  and  His  Son  Once  Took  Refuge— Court,  Cloister  and 
Corridor— The  First  Cross  Erected  in  America— Coins  Made  From  the  First  Gold  Found  in 
America— Letters  Patent  and  Autographs  From  Ferdinand  and  Isabella— Collection  of  Paintings 
on  Wood  and  Rare  Mosaics  Loaned  by  the  Vatican— Two  Bells  With  a  History— One  of  the  Can- 
nons  of  the  Santa  Maria— More  than  a  Thousand  Paintings  in  All— Model  of  the  Norse  Ship- 
Books  Written  by  Marco  Polo  and  Americus  Vespucci— The  Sepulcher  Room— Many  Pictures  and 
Relics  of  the  Last  Days  of  Columbus— La  Rabida,  the  Mecca  of  Many  Pilgrims— The  Remains 
of  the  Great  Navigator— The  Battle  Ship  Illinois— A  Superb  Counterfeit  Man-of-War— A  Vessef 
That  Has  Never  Tossed  on  Billows— The  Lighthouse  and  Life-Saving  Station— Hospital  Service. 

HE  convent  of  La  Rabida  stands  on  a  little  promontory  jutting 
into  Lake  Michigan,  at  the  southern  end  of  the  Park.  It  is 
an  exact  reproduction  of  the  monastry  of  that  name,  near 
Palos,  Spain,  where  Columbus  and  his  son  Diego  took  refuge 
over  four  hundred  years  ago.  As  this  building  seemed  to 
be  more  closely  associated  with  the  career  of  Columbus  than 
any  other  known,  the  directors  of  the  Exposition  thought  a 
fac-simile  of  that  structure  would  be  the  most  fitting  shelter 
for  all  the  relics  of  the  great  navigator  that  had  been  secured 
for  exhibition  at  the  Fair.  It  is  a  low,  rambling  building 
with  red  tile  roof  and  resembles  very  much  many  of  the 
adobe  churches  to  be  seen  in  Old  Mexico  and  In  our  own  States  and  Territories. 
The  court-yard,  cloister  and  corridors  are  singularly  beautiful  with  their  arches, 
crumbling  pillars,  grated  windows  and  quaint  architecture  throughout. 

The  chapel  is  a  long,  low  room,  roughly  plastered,  with  great  black  beams 
that  stand  out  conspicuously  In  contrast  with  the  universal  whiteness.  The  altar, 
which  Is  in  charge  of  the  Franciscan  monks,  has  been  fitted  up  by  them  to  reproduce 
the  altar  of  the  original  monastery.  Two  of  the  most  conspicuous  objects  In  It  are 
a  battered  wooden  cross  about  ten  feet  high,  that  was  erected  by  Columbus  on  his 
arrival  in  America,  and  a  little  worm-eaten  door  taken  from  the  convent. 

In  old  cases  about  the  room  are  valuable  documents  dating  back  to  the  close 
of  the  fifteen  century.     The  curious  cipher  signature  of  Columbus,  the  royal  letters 

4U9 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


411 


patent  from  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  to  the  great  discoverer  when  he  sailed  on  his 
first  voyage  and  making  him  admiral  of  the  fleet,  an  autograph  letter  from  Queen 
Isabella  returning  a  book  which  Columbus  had  loaned  her  and  urging  him  not 
to  delay  his  voyage,  and  many  letters  written  to  his  son  Diego  in  1504,  are  espe- 
lly  interesting.    In  another  case  are  some  old  coins  made  from  the  first  gold 


cia 


found  in  America.  They  are  larger  than  a  silver  dollar  of  to-day  and  are  cov- 
ered with  quaint  designs  very  roughly  made.  Portraits  of  Columbus,  together 
with  a  large  collection  of  old  paintings  on  wood,  and  rare  mosaics,  loaned  from 
the  Vatican,  are  hung  about  the  wall.     Several  of  the  oil  paintings  representing 

incidents  in  the 
career  of  the  navi- 
gator are  also  in 
this  sanctuary,  one 
of  the  most  famous 
being  by  J.  C.  Ama- 
soffsky,  professor 
of  fine  arts,  St. 
Petersburg,  depict- 
ing Columbus  as  a 
young  man  ship 
wrecked  and  cling- 
ing to  a  spar  in  the 
vater.  Then  there 
are  two  bells  with 
a  history.  One  was 
given  to  Columbus 
by  King  Ferdi- 
nand ,  and  was  hung 
tn  the  church  in 
Isabella  and  was 
the  first  church 
bell  in  the  western 
hemisphere.  It  is  badly  broken  and  weighs  only  about  ten  pounds,  but  it  bears 
on  one  side  Ferdinand's  initial,  and  when  struck  gives  out  a  faint  sound  in  a  minor 
key.  The  other  bell  is  almost  twice  as  large,  and  was  given  by  Pope  Alexander  11. 
to  the  church  in  Carthagena,  in  Colombo,  in  1516,  and  was  the  first  bell  heard 
on  the  main  land.  On  either  side  of  the  altar  are  two  anchors  used  by  Columbus. 
They  are  badly  rusteaten.  One  of  them  was  lost  from  the  flagship  Santa  Maria 
at  La  Natividad,  and  Washington  Irving,  in  his  life  of  Columbus,  mentions  in  a  foot 
note  that  he  had  heard  that  it  had  been  found.  Research  was  made  by  Mr. 
Curtis,  and  the  anchor  was  found  in  possession  of  the  Indians  who  held  it  with 
reverential  care.  It  is  q  feet  6  inches  high  and  has  lost  its  two  flukes  through  the 
action  of  the  water  in  which  it  lay  nearly  three  hundred  years.  One  of  the  four 
cannons  which  were  on  the  Santa  Maria  are  also  shown.     It  is  a  queer  little  thing, 


CONVENT  OF  LA   RABIDA. 


412 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


only  about  four  feet  long  roughly  made  of  iron  and  very  rusty.  If  it  were 
melted  down  and  made  into  a  solid  shot  there  would  not  be  enough  of  it 
to  fill  the  breech  of  one  of  the  smallest  siege  guns  of  to-day. 

In  the  main  part  of  the  monastery  the 
several  rooms  are  turned  into  art  galleries. 
Here  are  nearly  a  thousand  pictures,  includ- 
ing portraits  in  many  styles  of  Ferdinand 
and  Isabella,  Lief  Erickson,  Marco  Polo, 
and  an  oil  painting  of  Americus  Vespucci, 
which  is  said  to  be  painted  from  life.  One 
of  these  rooms  is  known  as  the  Columbus 
room.  Here  are  the  seventy-four  pictures 
of  the  discoverer,  by  as  many  different 
artists,  which  have  created  so  much  com- 
ment, as  no  two  bear  the  slightest  resem- 
blance, and  by  a  rather  singular  coincidence 
there  are  seventy-four  different  statues  of 
him  erected  in  different  parks  in  the  world 
and  a  model  of  each  placed  under  each 
picture.  The  curio-room  contains  a  model  of 
the  Norse  ship  said  to  have  been  used  by 
Lief  Erickson  and  a  chart  of  his  course;  the 
old  mill  in  the  park  at  Newport,  the  origin 
of  which  no  one  knows,  truly,  and  the  in- 
scriptions on  the  Dighton  rock,  near  Taun- 
ton, Mass.,  which  are  said  to  have  been  made 
by  Norsemen  in  the  tenth  century. 

In  another  room  are  a  number  of  relics 
from  Columbus'  home  at  Funchal,  Madeira, 
which  was  built  for  him  by  his  father-in-law, 
Bartholomew  Perestrello.  These  include 
the  double  doors  of  the  house,  the  shutters 
from  a  window,  a  small  scantling,  a  piece  of 
barbosana  wood  and  a  cane  made  from  one 
of  the  joists  which  was  sent  to  the  late  James 
G.  Blaine  and  which  has  been  loaned.  In  a 
glass  case  is  a  copy  of  Marco  Polo's  book, 
"De  Reglonibus  Orientalibus,"  which  Col- 
umbus carried  on  his  first   voyage   to   the 

west.  Another  book  of  interest  is  one  written  by  Americus  Vespucci  in  the  monas- 
tery of  Saint  Die,  France,  the  book  that  gave  America  its  name.  It  was  written 
while  he  was  under  the  patronage  of  King  Rene  II.,  of  Lorraine.  In  this  are  also 
shown  the  breviary  carried  by  Columbus  on  his  voyages  of  discovery. 

In  what  is  known  as  the  "  sepulcher  room"  are  many  pictures  and  articles 


LIGHT  HOUSE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  413 

relating  to  the  last  days  and  death  of  Columbus.  Three  paintings  by  Ortego,  Baron 
Wappers  and  Robert  Fleury  are  on  the  same  subject,  "The  Death  of  Columbus." 
There  are  also  views  of  the  City  of  Seville  and  the  house  in  which  Columbus  died, 
which  is  still  standing  at  Valladolid,  Spain. 

At  one  end  of  the  sepulcher  room  is  a  little  inclosure  within  which  are  placed 
photographs  of  the  Cathedral  of  Santo  Domingo,  cathedral  at  Havana,  showing  the 
places  where  the  bones  of  Columbus  are  said  to  be  deposited.  The  fac-simile  of 
the  box  in  which  the  remains  of  Columbus  were  found  is  also  shown,  together  with 
a  fac-simile  of  the  casket  in  which  his  dust  now  rests. 

A  replica  of  the  doors  that  guard  the  cell  in  which  are  held  the  alleged 
remains  of  Columbus  at  Santo  Domingo,  a  piece  of  altar  rail,  and  the  fac-simile  of 
the  urn  inclosing  the  casket  of  Columbus,  complete  the  list  of  relics  connected  with 
his  burial. 

This  monastery  is  called  the  "shrine  of  the  White  City"  and  here  many  vis- 
itors go  on  a  pilgrimage  before  viewing  the  other  features  of  the  Fair.  There  are 
many  hundreds  of  objects  that  cannot  be  mentioned,  as  it  would  take  a  small  vol- 
ume to  briefly  enumerate  all  that  may  be  seen  at  La  Rabida.  The  author  calls  to 
mind  no  more  delightful  place,  or  one  that  created  a  more  lasting  and  profound 
impression. 

Not  far  from  the  English  building  is  the  battleship  Illinois.  It  is  a  counter- 
feit man-of-war,  but  it  looks  for  all  the  world  like  one  of  the  grieat  white  liners.  It 
appears  as  if  made  of  iron,  but  it  is  only  brick.  It  might  seem  as  if  it  had  tossed 
on  Sicilian  and  Indian  seas,  but  it  has  never  sailed  an  inch.  It  has  real  guns,  but 
the  concussion  of  the  discharge  of  any  one  of  them  would  knock  the  vessel  into  a 
heap.  It  is  one  of  the  most  magnificent  and  interesting  object  lessons  of  the  Fair, 
nevertheless,  and  has  been  visited  by  four  million  of  people.  It  is  erected  on  piling 
by  the  Navy  Department.  The  structure  is,  to  all  outward  appearances,  a  full- 
sized  model  of  one  of  the  new  coast-line  battleships.  It  is  surrounded  by  water  and 
appears  as  if  moored  to  a  wharf.  It  has  all  the  fittings  that  belong  to  the  actual 
ship,  such  as  guns,  turrets,  torpedo  tubes,  torpedo  nets  and  booms,  with  boats, 
anchors,  chains,  cables,  davits,  awnings  and  deck  apparatus,  together  with  all  the 
appliances  for  working  the  same.  Officers,  seamen,  mechanics^  and  marines  are 
detailed  by  the  Navy  Department  during  the  Fair,  and  the  discipline  and  mode  of 
life  on  naval  vessels  are  completely  shown,  although  possibly  the  detail  of  men  is  not 
quite  so  great  as  the  complement  of  the  actual  ship.  The  dimensions  of  the  boat 
are  those  of  the  actual  battleship:  length,  384  feet;  width  amidships,  69  feet  3  inches, 
and  from  the  water-line  to  the  top  of  the  main  deck,  12  feet.  Centrally  placed  on 
the  main  deck  is  a  superstructure  8  feet  high,  with  a  hammock  birthing  on  the  same 
7  feet  high.  Above  these  are  the  bridge,  chart-house  and  the  boats.  At  the  for- 
ward end  of  the  superstructure  is  a  cone-shaped  tower  called  the  "  military  mast," 
near  the  top  of  which  are  placed  two  circular  "tops"  as  receptacles  for  sharpshooters. 
Rapid-firing  guns  are  also  mounted  in  each  of  these  tops.  The  height  from  the 
water  line  to  the  summit  of  this  military  mast  is  76  feet,  and  above  is  placed  a  flag- 
ship for  signaling.     The  battery  comprises  four  13-inch  breech-loading  rifle  cannon 


PEN  AND  INK  SKETCH— LANDSCAPE.    BY  THE  PRINCESS  IMIRETINSKY,  RUSSIA. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR,  415 

four  6-inch  breech-loading  rifle-cannon,  eight  8-inch  breech-loading  rifle-cannon, 
six  i-pound  rapid-firing  guns,  twenty  6-pound  rapid-firing  guns,  two  Gatling  guns 
and  six  torpedo  tubes.  All  these  are  placed  and  mounted  as  in  a  genuine  battleship. 
On  the  starboard  side  of  the  ship  is  shown  the  torpedo  protection  net,  stretching 
ihe  entire  length  of  the  vessel.  Steam  launches  and  cutters  ride  at  the  booms  and 
all  the  outward  appearances  of  a  real  ship  of  war  are  imitated.  Frank  W.  Grogan 
was  the  designer  and  the  cost  was  about  $100,000. 

Near  by  the  United  States  Government  exhibits  a  lighthouse  and  service,  a 
naval  observatory,  a  life-saving  station  and  apparatus,  and  other  appurtenances 
that  are  of  benefit  to  young  and  old.  The  lighthouse  is  an  exact  reproduction  of 
an  American  government  lighthouse,  with  powerful  search  lights  and  all  the 
belongings  of  such  an  exhibit.  In  the  life-saving  station  the  launching  and 
handling  of  surf-boats  are  shown,  with  all  sorts  of  wrecking  appliances.  This 
station  will  probably  remain  as  a  permanent  one.  The  military  hospital  shows  the 
latest  approved  methods  of  caring  for  the  sick  and  wounded  boys  in  the  employ 
of  Uncle  Sam  on  land  or  water.  This  hospital  is  on  the  large  parade  ground  in  front 
of  the  Government  building,  where  exhibition  drills  are  given  daily  by  the  regulars 
and  by  visiting  militia.    The  naval  observatory  attracts  thousands  daily. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


417 


CHAPTER  II. 
THE  WHITE  HORSE  INN  AND  KRUPP'S  GUNS. 

Reproduction  of  a  Famous  English  Hostelry — Coffee  and  Cakes  a  la  Francaise— Great  Guns  as  Peace- 
makers— A  Gun  Weighing  121  Tons  That  Will  Send  a  Shell  Fifteen  Miles —Opinions  of 
Major-General  Schofield— Shoe  and '  eather  Building— Merchant  Tailor's  Building — Choral  Hall — 
The  Teiminal  Station— Intramural  Railroad— Service  Building— Bureau  of  Admissions— Puck 
Building— White  Star  Line  Pavilion— Windmills,  Hospitals,  Restaurants  and  New  England  Clam 
Bakes. 


HITE  HORSE  INN  stands  in  the  south  end  of  Jack- 
son Park,  close  to  Agricultural  Hall.  This  is  an 
exact  reproduction  of  the  English  hostelry  made 
famous  by  Dickens  in  the  "Pickwick  Papers."  Over 
the  main  entrance  is  the  old  sign  of  the  original  house 
— a  life-size  figure  of  a  white  horse.  A  wide  hall  leads 
into  a  square  court  around  which,  at  the  second  story, 
runs  a  rustic  balcony.  On  the  left  is  a  bar,  on  the 
right  the  restaurant  and  directly  back  is  the  kitchen. 
In  the  court  are  rustic  tables,  chairs  and  railings 
covered  with  trailing  ivy.  Here  genuine  English 
maids  serve  genuine  substantials  and  drinkables  sup- 
posed to  be  peculiarly  British.  The  interior  is  finished 
in  the  quaint  old  English  decorations,  the  woodwork 
being  stained  a  very  dark  color  in  imitation  of  oak. 
In  both  bar  and  restaurant  are  large  brick  fireplaces,  adorned  by  portraits  of 
Dickens,  Pickwick,  Sam  Weller  and  other  characters  taken  from  the  work. 

Aside  from  the  figures  over  the  mantlepieces,  there  is  but  little  decoration. 
The  second  floor,  is  occupied  by  the  World's  Fair  Auxiliary  Pickwick  Club  and  is 
cut  up  into  small  rooms  for  private  parties,  and  tables  are  also  found  around  in  the 
balcony,  which,  with  the  inner  court,  extends  to  the  top  of  the  building  and  are 
used  as  outdoor  refectories. 

The  inn  is  the  terminal  point  of  a  stage  line  from  the  city  to  the  Exposition. 
The  coaches,  of  English  pattern,  drawn  by  four-horse  teams,  land  their  passengers 
along  the  boulevards  and  through  Washington  Park  to  the  grounds,  where  English 
patrons  and  others  find  a  regular  "chop  house." 

Near  the  White  Horse  Inn  is  a  French  bakery,  where  all  kinds  of  French 
bread  and  cakes  are  made  in  great  ovens,  bigger  than  any  in  France,  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  patron.  These  cakes  and  bread,  and  coffee  at  five  cents  per  cup,  are 
served  by  French  maids. 


4x8 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


SHOE  AND  LEATHER  BUILDING. 


One  of  the  most  attractive  and  impressive  exhibits  at  the  south  end  is  that  of 
the  Krupps,  who  show,  among  many  others,  the  largest  gun  in  the  world.  The 
Krupp  pavilion  is  east  of  the  south  pond,  and  consists  of  a  large  iron  hall  196  feet 
in  length,  82  feet  in  width  and  42  feet  in  height,  and  was  constructed  and  erected 
by  the  Gutehoffnungshuette  of  Oberhausen.     On  the  land  side  there  are  two  small 

towers  on  the  front  ex- 
tensions, two  large  ves- 
tibule entrances  and  a 
high  square  tower  in 
the  center.  The  panels 
on  the  front  are  dec- 
orated with  coat-of- 
arms  of  Westphalia  and 
'  Rhineland  and  on  the 
cornice  are  shields  bearing  the  coats-of-arms  of  the  different  states  in  Germany. 

Sixteen  monster  guns  line  the  west  side  of  the  interior,  facing  the  lake,  and. 
from  the  center  of  the  line  protrudes  the  gigantic  barrel  of  the  thunderer,  17  feet  in 
diameter.  The  barrel  is  a  jacketed,  built-up  tube.  It  has  Krupp's  rounded-wedge 
breech  closure.  Its  total  length  is  46  feet  and  it  has  120  grooves  in  rifling.  The 
barrel,  which  has  the  immense  weight  of  121  tons,  including  the  breech-closure,  is- 
supported  by  a  front  pivot  carriage  with  a  weight  of  projectile  of  2,205  pounds. 
This  gun  was  made  in  1886  and  has  since  been  fired  with  sixteen  rounds  with  full 
charges.  A  steel-armor  shell  with  the  above-mentioned  initial  velocity  can  per- 
forate, when  striking  at  right  angles,  a  wrought-iron  plate  2,/i  feetin  thickness  at  a 
range  of  two-thirds  of  a  mile.  It  can  also  send  a  ball  or  an  explosive  shell  15  miles. 
There  are  five  quick-firing  guns,  from  3  to  5 
feet  in  caliber.  The  five-foot  gun  has  a  speed 
of  over  eight  shots  a  minui:e.  The  four-foot 
gun  has  a  speed  for  firing  thirteen  shots  aimed 
fire  a  minute  and  the  three-foot  gun  of  over 
nineteen  shots.  There  are  also  two  small  field 
guns,  one  with  a  barrel  680  pounds  in  weight, 
besides  a  great  variety  of  smaller  guns  and 
other  implements  of  war.  It  costs  $1,250  to 
discharge  the  big  gun.  Gishert  Gillhausen, 
the  engineer  who  represents  Krupp  here,  sug- 
gests that  even  though  the  cost  was  large  the 
directors  of  the  Exposition  might  save  money 
after  the  show  closed  by  firing  the  gun,  as  the 
concussion  would  undoubtedly  knock  down  all  the  great  buildings  in  Jackson  Park 
and  thus  save  a  lot  of  labor  in  their  removal.  The  big  Krupp  gun  exhibit  cost 
nearly  $1,000,000. 

According  to  the  census  of  1893,  the  total  number  of  persons  employed  at  the 
Krupp  works  were  25,301;   of  these  16,956  were  at  the  cast  steel  works  at  Essen. 


MERCHANT  TAILORS'  BUILDING. 


420 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


The  cast  steel  works  at  Essen  consists  oi  more  than  loo  departments.  Some  of 
them,  for  example  the  hydraulic  presses  and  armor  plate  mill  and  many  other 
works,  were  built  recently.  At  the  cast  steel  works  at  Essen  are  about  1,500  fur- 
naces, twenty-two  trains  of  rolls,  1 1 1  steam  hammers,  and  four  hydraulic  presses  of 
enormous  power,  and  about  3,000  machine  tools.  The  total  length  of  driving-shafts 
amounts  to  five  and  one-half  miles;  the  total  length  of  driving  belts  to  thirty  miles. 
There  is  a  branch  steel  work  at  Annen.  The  iron  ore  is  blasted  at  four  iron 
works  situated  along  the  shore  of  the  Rhine,  and  547  ore  mines  in  Germany,  as  well 

as  several  mines  at  Bilbao 
in  the  north  of  Spain,  fur- 
nish ore  for  these  works. 
The  quantity  of  coal  used 
in  the  works  is  4,200  tons  a 
day,  and  the  coal  mines  be- 
longing to  the  firm  supply 
the  works  with  the  greater 
part  of  this  quantity,  the  out- 
put of  the  firm's  own  collier- 
ies average  3,300  tons  per 
working  day.  The  analyses, 
as  well  as  a  great  number  of 
assays,  are  made  in  test 
houses  and  in  chemical  lab- 
oratories, while  the  war  ma- 
terial is  tested  on  the  large 
practice  grounds  at  Meppen. 
One  day  in  June  Maj.  Gen. 
John  M.  Scofield,  command- 
ing the  armies  of  the  United 
States,  looked  into  the  yawn- 
ing mouths  of  what  he  calls 
"the  greatest  peacemakers 
in  the  world."  These  peace- 
makers are  the  huge  guns 
which  are  housed  in  the  pavilion  of  Herr  Krupp.  "  The  cannon  of  Herr  Krupp," 
says  Gen.  Schofield,  "  makes  a  fit  addition  to  an  exhibition  of  the  arts  of  peace. 
People  who  look  at  them  can  realize,  to  some  degree  at  least,  the  horrors  of  war, 
and  they  teach  a  lesson  more  forcible  than  almost  any  other  advocate  of  the 
universal  brotherhood  of  men.  The  people  of  the  United  States  are  a  peace-lov- 
ing people,  and  as  such  they  should  learn  that  the  only  way  to  preserve  peace  is  to 
prepare  for  war.  If  other  people  see  that  we  are  ready  and  able  to  protect  our- 
selves and  that  they  cannot  attack  us  without  danger  of  severe  consequences  they 
will  be  apt  to  let  us  alone." 


OLD  WINDMILL  — HOLLAND  EXHIBIT. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


421 


"  But  the  government  has  none  of  the  Krupp  guns  in  use  nor  does  it  need 
any.  Our  own  manufacturers  can  supply  us.  At  the  armory  in  Troy,  N.  Y.,  the 
machinery  is  now  being  built  for  a  16-inch  gun  which  will  be  practically  the  same 
as  the  largest  of  the  Krupp  kind.  Possibly  next  year,  and  certainly  the  year  after, 
a  type  of  these  immense  weapons  will  be  built  and  tested.  For  one  thing,  no 
nation  needs  any  of  these  enormous  cannon.  They  are  useful  only  where  there  is 
room  for  but  few  guns.  The  experience  of  the  English  and  Italian  navies  has 
already  shown  that  they  are  too  large  for  service  on  board  ship.  The  difificulty  is 
to  float  such  an  immense  mass  of  metal  and  at  the  same  time  to  carry  sufficient  ar- 
mor to  protect  the  vessel  from  the  attacks  of  land  batteries.  On  land,  however, 
no  such  difficulty  is  encountered,  and  consequently  the  advantage  is  all  with  the 
defense.  In  this  way,  also,  the  invention  and  construction  of  larger  cannon  con- 
stantly tends  to  promote  peace. 

"  But  while  in  the  interest  of  peace  we  should  have  ready  a  supply  of  the  most 
improved  weapons  of  modern  warfare,  it  does  not  follow  that  a  large  standing 
army  should  be  main-  ^--r-. 

tained.  In  this  patriotic 
country  it  is  easy  to 
raise  an  army,  but  great 
cannon  and  other  ap- 
paratus cannot  be  man- 
ufactured in  a  month. 
Men  who  are  able  to 
handle  the  delicate  ma- 
chinery by  which  they 
are  sighted  and  fired 
must  also  be  kept  in  ser- 
vice." Quite  an  interesting  place  is  the  Leather  and  Shoe  Trades  building,  situated 
on  the  shore  of  the  lake,  south  of  the  great  central  basin,  southeast  of  the  Agricul- 
tural building,  and  between  the  Krupp  gun  exhibit  and  the  Forestry  building.  It 
is  575  feet  long  and  150  wide;  its  greatest  length  being  from  north  to  south.  In  the 
center  of  the  building  is  a  hall,  64  feet  wide  by  480  feet  long  and  50  feet  high; 
around  the  hall  are  the  galleries,  42  feet  wide,  18  feet  high  on  the  first  floor,  and  22 
feet  high  on  the  second  floor.  The  building  is  well  lighted  by  520  windows  and 
skylights,  and  is  built  entirely  of  wood.  The  exterior  covering  is  of  staff  and 
plaster.  Two  large  stairways  at  the  end  of  the  hall  lead  to  the  galleries  or  second 
story;  two  small  ones,  in  the  center  of  the  building,  lead  directly  to  the  offices  and 
restaurant.  A  bridge  at  the  height  of  the  first  floor  crosses  the  main  hall.  The 
building  was  erected  by  the  subscribers  to  the  stock  of  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition,  on  account  of  the  Leather  and  Shoe  Trades  building.  Work  upon  this 
building  was  commenced  December  5,  1892,  and  completed  and  ready  for  the 
reception  of  exhibits  on  April  i,  1893.  It  contains  all  the  domestic  exhibits  of 
leather,  boots  and  shoes,  rubber  boots  and  shoes,  and  of  the  allied  trades;  also  the 
exhibits  of  leather  in  all  forms,  from  all   the   foreign   countries   exhibiting  at   the 


TERMINAL  STATION. 


422 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLDS  FAIR. 


Exposition.  Fine  exhibits  were  prepared  by  the  following  countries,  and  were 
shown  in  the  building,  erected  exclusively  for  leather,  viz:  France,  Germany,  Rus- 
sia, Austria,  Spain,  Japan,  Mexico,  Brazil,  Venezuela  and  the  Argentine  Republic. 
There  is  also  shown  in  the  building  leather  curios  from  the  different  foreign  coun- 
tries, such  as  the  native  foot-gear,  clothing,  harness,  saddles,  bags,  and  such  articles 
from  museums  and  private  collections  as  have  been  made  famous  by  age  and  asso- 
ciation. A  model  shoe  factory  is  in  operation  in  this  building,  and  more  than  one 
thousand  pairs  of  shoes  were  manufactured  daily  during  the  Exposition.  The 
entire  second  floor  is  devoted  to  machinery,  which  includes  the  model  factory,  shoe, 

leather  and  rubber  ma- 
chinery. The  Merchant 
Tailors'  building  at  the 
northern  end  was  erect- 
ed under  the  supervis- 
ion of  the  Chicago  Mer- 
chant Tailors'  World's. 
Fair  Committee  of  the 
Merchant  Tailors'  Na- 
tional Exchange  of  the 
United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, at  a  cost   of  $30,- 
000,  the  money  having 
been    raised  by  volun- 
tary contributions  from 
the   merchant  tailors 
and  woolen   and   trim- 
ming merchantsof  the 
United    States.    The 
building  is  94  feet  each, 
way  over  all.     It  is  55, 
fee-  6  inches  square,  inside  measurement,  and  is  in  the  form   of  a  Greek  temple,  a 
reproduction  of  the    Erectheum,  at  Athens,  finished  about  410  B.  C,  planned  by 
Pericles,  and  erected  under  the  supervision   of   Phidias,  the  great  Greek  sculptor. 
The  interior  of  the  main  room  is  octagonal  in  shape,  which  forms  a  small  room  in 
each  corner.     Upon  the  north  and  south  sides  is  a  semi-circular  room,  14x22  feet. 
The  toilet  and  semi-circular  rooms,  also  the  portico  fronting  upon  the  lagoon,  are 
strictly  private  for  the  exclusive  use  of  subscribers  to   the    Building  Fund.    The 
walls  are  finished  in  cream  and  gold  and   decorated   with    mural  paintings,  repre- 
senting the  eight  great  historical  periods  of  dress.     First,  Adam  and    Eve   making 
aprons   of  leaves;    second,   a  Barbarian  scene;  third,    Egyptian;    fourth,  classical 
Greek;    fifth,  mediaeval;    sixth,  renaissance;    seventh,   Louis   the   XIV.  to   XVI.; 
eighth,  modern.     There  are  also  other  frescoes  emblematic  of  the  trade.   The  floor 
leading  from  the  entrance  to  under  the  dome,  and  all  of  the  space  under  the  dome 
(circle,  33  feet  in  diameter),  is  covered  by  ceramic  mosaic  from  Shropshire,  Eng- 


HYGEIA  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  423 

Jand,  which,  with  tne  rich  drapei  '  of  the  entrances  to  the  private  reception  rooms 
make  the  merchant  tailors'  exhibit  hall  most  attractive. 

Festival  (Choral)  Hall  building  stands  upon  the  shore  of  the  lagoon  at  a 
point  where  the  two  great  promenades  meet.  Its  location  enables  it  to  be  seen 
from  distant  parts  of  the  grounds  across  the  lagoon  with  its  beautiful  wooded  island 
and  green  shores.  To  the  one  side  stands  Horticultural  building,  while  Transpor- 
tation building  stands  on  the  Other.  The  style  of  the  building,  which  is  Doric, 
makes  it  simple  and  severe  in  treatment;  its  form,  which  resembles  an  amphitheater 
surmounted  by  a  dome,  gives  the  building,  both  externally  and  internally,  a  rounded 
form,  from  which  project  on  the  four  sides  porticoes,  the  one  facing  the  lagoon  being 
the  principal  entrance,  and  enriched  by  fluted  Doric  colums  six  feet  and  a  half  in 
diameter.  From  the  portico  leads  a  flight  of  spacious  steps,  at  the  foot  of  which  stand 
twostatues,beingreproductionsof  celebrated  marblesof  Handel  and  Bach.  On  either 
side  of  the  portico  are  panels  in  relief  work  representing  the  progress  of  music,  and 
in  the  panels  over  the  doors  are  relief  portraits  o  f  Gluck,  Berlioz,  Wagner,  Schu- 
mann, Schubert,  Mozart,  Mendelssohn,  Bach,  Handel  and  Beethoven.  The  interior 
has  the  form  of  a  Greek  theater,  except  that  the  chorus  of  2,500  voices  occupies  the 
part  assigned  by  the  Greeks  to  the  stage,  and  thus  it  becomes  amphitheatrical  in 
form.  There  are  no  galleries  of  any  kind  to  obstruct  the  view  or  sound.  The 
building  seats  6,500  persons.  The  decoration  of  the  interior  is  in  the  same  order 
as  the  exterior  in  relief  work  and  color.  A  large  foyer  extends  around  the  building, 
giving  ample  room  for  promenade. 

One  of  the  noblest  structures  of  all  is  the  Terminal  Station  which  cost  nearly 
$400,000.  This  station  would  do  credit  to  any  city  in  the  country.  Its  interior  is 
even  more  attractive  than  its  exterior.  It  was  cool  and  inviting  even  during  the 
hottest  days  and  nights  in  July  and  August,  and  its  waiting  room  for  ladies  was  as 
extravagantly  furnished  as  any  hotel  parlor  in  the  land.  Not  far  away  was  the 
Cold  Storage  building,  which  was  destroyed  on  the  loth  of  July,  21  people,  mostly 
firemen,  having  perished. 

Other  features  at  the  south  end  not  heretofore  alluded  to  are  the  Philadelphia 
cafe,  Hygiea  Water  building.  Bonded  warehouse,  Color  building.  Stables,  Car- 
penter shop,  and  others.  The  main  station  of  the  Intramural  railroad  is  located 
between  the  southern  ends  of  the  Agricultural  building  and  the  Palace  of  Mechanic 
Arts.  The  Intramural  was  an  elevated  electric  railway,  nearly  four  miles  in  length 
Avhich  ran  trains  every  ten  minutes  each  way  at  ten  cents  a  trip,  and  carried  as 
many  as  70,000  people  in  one  day.  Its  car  house  and  power  house  are  east  of  the 
dairy  barns. 

Adjacent  is  a  Vermont  maple  sugar  and  maple  syrup  stand  and  a  restaurant, 
where  coffee  and  edibles  are  served  from  a  big  log,  12  feet  in  diameter  and  40  feet 
in  length,  from  the  State  of  Washington.  Close  by  is  a  cluster  of  a  hundred  windmills, 
representing  as  many  makers  throughout  the  United  States.  The  old  Dutch  wind- 
mill is  an  exact  copy  of  one  which  has  stood  in  Amsterdam  since  1806.  The  heavy 
timbers  which  cap  the  round  tower  are  parts  of  the  original  mill.  The  sail  shaft  is  of 
heavy  wood  through  which  the  arms  of  the  sail  are  mortised  at  right  angles  to  each 


:-;i!V,  ■'>•■- 3^-5>^-* 


,  jti. :;%.;  1^  I 


i^'*-'#^|*l»r^Hi!?««|^^ 


|l«#-<>«ir*#<Nr#*«i 


H4^ 


iir<|»^.44»4^ 


■^l«>-^ 


J'   ^, 


-^'IPfe>5.- 


fl^ 


It 


N>-;| 


l''^^>^-%- 

k  1  •'K-*?^, 


EGYPTIAN  WATER  CARRIERS— MIDWAY  PLAISANCE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  425 

other.  A  series  of  cog  wheels  made  of  wood  run  into  each  other  at  various  angles, 
and  on  one  of  these  is  fixed  the  crank  pin  operating  the  pumping  rod.  The  largest 
of  these  wheels  is  5  feet  in  diameter.  A  balcony  surrounds  the  tower  about  fifteen 
feet  below  the  top.  The  living  rooms  of  the  family  in  such  a  mill  consist  of  a  parlor, 
a  sitting-room  and  a  kitchen.  The  walls  of  these  rooms  are  covered  with  woven 
cloth,  after  the  manner  of  the  eighteenth  century,  and  the  furniture  of  the  rooms 
follow  the  Dutch  styles  of  the  same  time. 

Not  far  off  is  the  wonderful  sewage  system,  pumping  works,  and  Indian 
School  building.  A  short  distance  away  is  an  old  whale  ship,  which  is  an  attractive 
feature. 

There  are  other  structures  elsewhere  that  deserve  mention:  The  Service 
building.  Bureau  of  Admission's  building,  Merck  Pharmacy,  Illinois  Women's  Hos- 
pital, Emergency  Hospital,  Puck  building,  White  Star  Line  pavilion,  Department 
of  Public  Comfort,  Cafe  de  la  Marine,  New  England  Clam  Bake,  Swedish,  Polish 
and  other  restaurants,  and  more  than  six  hundred  places  where  water,  flowers  and 
other  things  are  for  sale,  all  of  which  dotted  the  landscape  o'er  and  undoubtedly 
imparted  relief  to  everlasting  greatness. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  427 


CHAPTER  III. 

ONE  OF  THE  GEMS  OF  THE  FAIR. 

Tiie  Wooded  Island — More  than  a  Million  Trees  and  Plants— Fifty  Thousand  Roses— Hardy  Herbaceous 
Plants  from  All  Over  the  World— The  Hunter's  Cabin  and  Japanese  Building— Timothy  Hopkin's 
Sweet  Peas— John  Thoroe's  Church— A  Spot  Blessed  by  Heaven  and  Rivaling  the  Rainbow. 

many  respects  the  Wooded  Island  (or  islands),  including  the 
lagoons  that  surround  it,  is  the  gem  of  the  Exposition — and 
the  credit  belongs  to  Olmstead,  the  landscape  gardner; 
Ulrich,  the  landscape  beautifier,  and  Thorpe,  the  floricult- 
urist. This  trio  made  from  an  uninviting  marsh  a  thing  of 
beauty.  When  this  trio  took  hold  of  the  park  to  put  it  in 
shape  for  the  reception  of  the  buildings,  they  deepened  the 
hollows,  made  silvery  lagoons  of  the  mud  puddles,  and  created 
an  island  which  to  many  is  the  prettiest  thing  of  all.  Walks, 
roads  and  avenues  of  trees  followed,  and  the  lake  was 
hemmed  in  by  a  stone  embankment,  along  which  there  is  a 
magnificent  promenade.  The  islands  are  fringed  with 
shrubbery  and  great  stretches  of  wild  flowers  growing  in  colonies,  as  they  do  on  the 
prairies  and  borders  of  woodlawns  and  in  marshes  all  through  North  Illinois. 
Semi-aquatic  plants  troop  down  to  the  brink;  tall  reeds  and  other  water  plants  rise 
from  the  lagoon  itself,  and  on  its  quiet  surface  lily  leaves  float  dreamily,  while  the 
low  outlying  isles  are  tinged  a  living  green  by  the  sedgy  things  that  creep  to  the 
water's  edge. 

There  have  been  planted  on  the  islands  and  near  thern  12,618  trees,  50,644 
shrubs,  151,394  hardy  perennial,  herbaceous,  and  miscellaneous  plants,  136,678 
aquatic  and  semi-aquatic  plants,  3,300  ferns,  9,582  vines,  climbers  and  ornamental 
grasses;  60,000  willow  cuttings,  114,920  bulbs  and  similar  plants,  and  a  great  col- 
lection of  native  plants,  which  were  used  by  the  carload.  The  trees  used  were 
principally  willows,  poplars,  water  maples,  cherries,  elms  and  lindens.  The  shrub- 
bery consists  of  various  kinds  of  low-growing  willows,  cornuses,  spiraeas,  loniceras, 
lilacs,  snowballs  and  barberries.  These  form  the  basis  of  the  groups,  but  to  give 
variety  and  test  their  adaptability  to  the  climate  many  rare  shrubs  were  added. 

The  inner,  higher  part  of  the  wooded  island,  reserved  for  the  use  of  the 
Floricultural  Department,  was  laid  out  in  lawns,  flower  beds  and  a  rose  garden, 
while  the  extreme  north  end  space  was  set  apart  for  the  Japanese  temple  and 
garden,  which  are  to  remain  as  a  premanent  reminder  of  the  patience,  ingenuity, 
gentleness,  good  will  and  love  of  beauty  of  that  nation  of  artists.  The  flower  ex- 
hibits on  the  island  form  a  long  and  charming  procession.     The  Wooded  Island  is 


428 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


LOG   CABIN. 


notably  on  the  grounds  of  the  Newport  home  of  the  late  M 
Wolfe,  consisting  of  azaleas  and  rhododendrons,  and  in  the 
shrubs  great 
clumps  of  lilies  in 
many  varieties  are 
to  be  seen.  The 
bulbs  and  shrubs 
bloom  at  different 
seasons,  and  thus 
the  arrangement 
affords  double 
pleasure.  Over  the 
lawns  north  from 
this  fine  exhibit  is 
seen  a  green  and 
flowery  wall,  the 
first  hint  of  the 
rose  garden — the 
glory  of  the  island. 
This  is  a  plot  of 
one  and  one- 
quarter  acres,  ob- 
long in  shape,  and 
inclosed  by  a  wire 
fence  supported  by  JAPANESE  BUILDING. 


about  sixteen  acres 
in  extent,  ten  of 
which  are  devoted 
to  the  plantations  of 
trees,  shrubs  and 
native  plants  already 
described.  Through 
the  middle  is  the  long 
sweep  of  lawns  and 
flower  garden,  about 
six  acres  in  all.  At 
the  south  end  of  this 
space  is  shown  for 
the  first  time  in  the 
west,  it  is  believed,  a 
combination  of  plants 
and  style  of  grouping 
that  is  seen  on  large 
places  in  the  east, 
iss  Catharine  Lorillard 
partial  shade  of  these 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


429 


posts  nine  feet  high  set  at  intervals  of  eight  feet.  Between  the  posts  the  wire 
netting  droops  in  curves,  the  lowest  point  of  each  curve  being  six  feet  above  the 
ground.  The  fence  is  lined  with  climbing  roses  and  draped  on  the  outside  with 
many  kinds  of  light-growing  creepers,  and  the  whole  inclosed  by  a  row  of  22 
varieties  of  sweet  peas,  contributed  by  Timothy  Hopkins,  of  San  Francisco.  This 
gracefully-shaped,  vine-covered,  flower-starred  wall  is  In  itself  a  thing  of  beauty. 
Access  to  the  interior  is  at  four  points  only — in  the  middle  of  each  side  and  at  the 
middle  of  each  end — so  the  garden  possesses  the  first  requisite  of  a  garden — seclu- 
tion.     It  also  possesses  the  second — flowers. 

Fifty  thousand  roses  were  in  flower  in  June  and  July.  Thirty  thousand  of 
them  belonged  to  the  taller-growing  hardy  class;  then  there  were  twenty  thou- 
sand tea  and  other  tender 
roses  of  the  low-growing 
kinds.  North  of  the  garden 
may  be  seen  a  great  nursery 
exhibit,  where  the  foremost 
growers  of  nursery  stock 
show  ornamental  trees  and 
shrubs  such  as  home  makers 
should  know  and  use.  West 
of  the  nursery  exhibit  a 
number  of  florists  and 
planters  have  a  great  show 
of  hardy  herbaceous  plants, 
one  firm  alone  sending 
10,000  plants.  Still  west  of 
these,  England  justifies  her- 
self for  clinging  to  fine  old 
herbaceous  perennials,  such 
as  peonies,  phloxes,  etc.,  a  class  of  plants  grown  to  perfection  by  the  English. 
Just  south  of  the  approaches  to  the  Japanese  garden  Germany  displays  her  formal 
favorities,  such  as  stocks,  asters,  zinnias  and  dahlias.  Thus  the  whole  sweep  of  the 
lawns  from  end  to  end  is  utilized  by  the  best  known  plantsmen  of  Europe  and 
America  for  their  large  and  attractive  exhibits. 

There  are  35  specimens  of  sunflowers,  32  that  are  natives  of  America;  two  of 
Japan  and  one  (the  big  sunflower)  whose  nativity  is  known  to  no  botanist. 

The  rhododendron  exhibit  on  the  Wooded  Island  during  June  was  one  of 
the  most  gorgeous  and  luxuriant  ever  seen  anywhere,  as  there  were  special  selec- 
tions of  this  famous  flowering  plant  sent  from  Germany,  Belgium  and  France,  and 
from  a  number  of  American  florists.  Conspicuous  over  all  other  exhibits  was  that 
of  Frederick  W.  Kelsey,  of  New  York,  who  had  at  the  south  end  of  the  island  and 
just  off  from  the  broad  path  that  leads  along  the  eastern  water  front,  erected  a  large 
white  tent.  On  both  sides  of  the  entrance  stood  a  couple  of  immense  rhododen- 
drons.    These  were   fully  ten  feet   high   and,  when   set   in   the  ground   ten   day 


OLD  VIENNA.— MIDWAY  PLAISANCE. 


430 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


before,  a  hundred  delicate  blossoms  had  given  evidence  of  their  being  in  full 
bloom.  Through  the  wide  opening  were  revealed  glimpses  of  a  perfect  mass  of 
bright  colored  blossom.->  chat  tempted  alike,  with  irresistible  impartiality,  the  soft 
zephyrs,  the  warm  sunlight  and  the  eager  gaze  of  every  lover  of  flowers  who  passed 
the  tent.  Several  hundred  plants  were  arranged  in  a  solid  mound  that  rose  from 
a  low  height  at  the  sides  of  the  tent  nearly  to  the  top  of  the  pole  in  the  middle. 
The  dark  green  color  of  the  glossy,  smooth  leaves  formed  a  striking  contrast  to 
the  brilliant  colors  of  the  flowers.  Each  flower  is  composed  of  twenty  or  thirty 
separate  and  smaller  flowerets.  Each  of  these  tiny  flowerets  is  as  big  as  a  pink  and 
perfectly  formed.  The  effect  of  one  of  these  many-flowered  clusters  is  very  pretty. 
Each  floweret  is  striped  with  a  different  color — the  pink  flowerets  with  deep  red, 
the  white  ones  with  purple,  yellow  and  every  imaginable  hue.  Each  cluster,  though 
only  a  single  rhododendron  flower,  looks  like  a  whole  bouquet. 


ELECTRIC    LAUNCH. 

Imagine  about  500  of  these  clusters,  of  varying  shades  and  colors,  all  grouped 
in  an  oval  mound,  against  a  background  of  deep  green — truly  this  mound  of  floral 
beauty  surpassed  in  quiet  elegance  the  more  startling  but  less  beautiful  tower  of 
light  in  the  electricity  building  near  by.  Over  a  hundred  different  varieties  were 
mingled  in  this  enormous  mass  of  rhododendrons.  Only  florists  would  appreciate 
the  album  grandiflorum,  the  bandyanium,the  delicatissimum.the  everestianum  and 
the  coriaceum;  it  is  a  peculiar  coincidence  that  almost  without  exception  the  names 
of  the  different  varieties  of  the  rhododendron  are  almost  as  voluminous  and  unpro- 
nounceable as  the  title  of  the  flower  itself.  But  ali  can  easily  imagine  the  beauti- 
ful sight  of  crimson,  pink,  red,  silver,  lilac  and  rich  purplish  crimson  flowers,  tinted 
with  variegated  hues  and  indiscriminately  heaped  together  in  a  wonderful  profusion 
of  floral  color  and  beauty.  Outside  the  tent  there  were  several  choice  specimens  of 
conifers,  Japanese  Maples,  and  other  strange  and  rare  shrubs,  plants  and  trees. 

The  Wooded  Island  is  reached  by  three  bridges.  At  the  southern  end  is 
seen  the  Hunter's  Cabin,  a  novelty  to  many.  At  the  northern  end  is  the  Hoodo, 
or  Japanese  building,  which   consists   of   three   pavilions,   connected   by  corridors, 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


431 


each  representative  of  the  decorative  and  architectural  features  of  tfiree  prominent 
epochs  in  the  history  of  Japanese  art.  The  general  ground  plan  follows  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  Hoodo  Temple  (hence  its  name),  an  interesting  monument  of  Fuju- 
wara  art,  erected  by  Yorimichi  when  at  the  height  of  his  power,  but  is  modified  for 
the  benefit  of  the  main  architectural  unity  and  to  suit  the  want  of  the  present  ex- 
hibition. The  left  wing  is  intended  to  represent  the  Fujuwara  style,  ranging  from 
the  tenth  to  the  thirteenth  century,  when  the  pure  Yamato  school  broke  through 
the  traditions  of  the  Konin  era.  The  interior  decoration  shows  a  room  in  the 
palace  of  the  court  nobles,  who  spent  their  refined  leisure  amid  poetry  and  music. 

The  right  wing  shows  the 
building  in  the  Ashikaga 
period,  just  about  the 
Columbian  epoch,  when 
Japan,  emerging  from  the 
war  of  the  two  dynasties, 
started  into  a  new  art-life 
•under  the  influence  of 
Zen-Buddhism  and  Lung- 
philosophy.  Purity  and 
Simplicity  was  the  motto, 
and  most  of  the  rich 
colored  decoration  of  feu- 
dal palaces  was  given  up 
for  plain  ink  landscapes, 
in  the  style  of  Sesshin  and 
Soami.  The  interior  is 
reproduced  from  the  Gin- 
kakuji,  a  villa  of  an  Ashi- 
kaga Shogun.  The  cen- 
tral pavilion  is  in  the  style 
of  Tokuga was  in  the  eight- 
eenth century,  a  part  of 
a  daimio's  palace.  It  represents  a  sitting-room  of  a  feudal  lord.  The  central  wall  is 
covered  with  a  huge  pine  emblem  of  strength  and  endless  glory,  with  phoenixes. 
The  adjoining  chamber  is  decorated  with  fans  of  different  designs.  The  ceiling 
consists  of  nearly  270  phoenixes  in  gold  and  color,  encased  between  frames  of  gold 
lacquer  and  gilt  metal  work.  Each  of  the  rooms  is  furnished  exactly  in  the  styles  of 
the  periods. 

Wooded  Island  was  so  crowded  with  bloom  and  fragrance  during  the  warm 
months  that  great  swarms  of  honeybees  invaded  the  fairyland  and  made  each  flash- 
ing poppy  or  sweet-tipped  columbine  nod  under  the  weight  of  its  nectar-sipping 
burden.  So  varied  were  the  colors  that  a  hundred  prisms  seemed  to  have  been 
hung  in  the  clouds  to  reflect  the  glories  of  a  hundred  rainbows.  So  luxuriant  was 
the  foliage  that  even  the   maples   and   elders   and   oaks  seemed  to  have  forgotten 


GONDOLAS. 


432  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

their  rules  and  built  their  leaves  on  special  lines,  bending  their  boughs  to  the  very 
earth.  Nursed  and  petted  for  twelve  months,  the  bog  and  sand  and  swamp 
blossomed  like  a  royal  garden  and  it  is  no  wonder  that  the  shaded  nook  about  the 
hunter's  cabin  and  the  jungle  of  the  tropical  hut  and  all  the  other  bowers  of  the 
island  were  daily  and  nightly  thronged  with  people. 

Well,  John  Thorpe  made  the  most  of  it.  And  when  the  gates  are  closed  and 
great  piles  carted  out  to  the  bonfires  and  melting  pots  and  the  history  of  the  great 
event  shall  be  more  voluminously  written,  your  Uncle  John  will  have  a  golden  page 
in  the  record  which  will  tell  of  him  grandiloquently  as  a  florist,  a  botanist,  a  genius, 
a  man  whose  whole  heart  shines  in  an  honest  face  and  whose  rough  dress  covers  a 
disposition  as  tender  and  sympathetic  as  a  maiden's  love.  With  the  gentleness  of 
a  mother  he  has  nursed  the  birds  and  blossoms  and  taught  the  pansies  and  dahlias 
and  poppies  how  best  to  bloom  and  brought  out  two  flowers  where  nature  put  a 
single  blade. 

His  worship,  his  religion  and  his  whole  existence  are  his  flower  pets,  and  no 
man  was  ever  more  consecrated  to  his  lot  or  more  happy  in  his  work  than  this  one. 
He  has  always  been  at  it  and  desires  nothing  else,  and,  as  he  sat  with  his  legs 
stretched  on  the  grass  one  afternoon  he  told  the  tale  of  how  it  all  happened. 

He  was  always  talking  with  the  blossoms,  as  he  puts  it,  and  when  a  wee  boy 
he  wondered  why  the  violets  were  always  blue,  why  the  grass  never  grew  any  way 
but  green  and  whj'  nature  never  missed  by  accident  the  lesson  and  way  taught  it 
when  the  world  began.  Under  the  wide  oaks  of  his  English  home  he  lay  flat  upon 
his  back  and  wondered  why  no  clouds  were  square.  He  had  never  seen  any  water 
that  wasn't  blue  and  sparkling,  nor  any  rill  that  didn't  laugh  and  chatter  and  dance 
and  glisten  like  a  coronet  under  the  sunbeams.  He  grew  up  in  the  woods  and 
among  the  hedges  and  primroses  and  toddled  with  his  father  about  the  meadows  of 
a  gentleman's  home.  From  the  very  start  the  trees  and  shrubs  and  vines  were 
his  associates  and  what  the  boy  loved  the  man  adored.  Thus  he  came  near  to  nat- 
ure's heart  and  nature  to  him  was  all. 

Wooded  Island  is  his  church,  and  as  long  as  he  draws  this  fleeting  breath 
some  such  spot,  blessed  by  heaven  and  rivaling  the  rainbow,  will  be  his  altar.  He 
wants  no  vaulted  domes,  nor  pointed  minarets,  nor  tinseled  spire,  nor  velvet  aisles, 
nor  carved  pew,  nor  quarelling  choir,  nor  finical  pastor.  These  be  right,  so  he  says, 
and  he  who  wants  them  is  as  good  as  himself,  but  he  prefers  the  cool,  clear  air  as 
his  nave  and  transept,  the  blue  circle  of  sky  as  his  high  roof  and  the  gentle  rush 
of  the  breeze  through  the  sighing  poplars  as  his  choir.  This  is  why  he  spends 
many  a  Sunday  in  a  reverie  in  his  splendid  bower  and  makes  the  Wooded  Island 
his  church. 

There  are  others  who  worship  at  this  shrine  while  the  morning  star  flings  its 
splendor  over  a  sleeping  world,  for  some  writer  has  expressed  himself  thus: 

When  tremulous  morning  lights  waver  and  burn  like  the  enchanting 
glance  of  eyes  lovelit  and  surprised,  when  flakes  of  summer  glory  melt  in  a  sun- 
shine dusky  with  golden  promise  and  full  of  tender  preference,  that  is  the  time  to 
rest  and  dream  in  the  Wooded  Island.     Not  in  the  courting  hour  of  shadows,  when 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  433 

brisk  winds  stir  the  flowers  and  plighted  evening  leans  towards  the  night,  nor  at 
high,  cruel  noon,  that  bruises  sentiment  and  withers  violets,  but  in  the  morning, 
sweet  with  disappearing  dew,  when  tears  of  dawn  lie  only  where  cool  silence  waits, 
and  when  white  roses  faint  against  the  rich  brown  earth  or  bleeding  heart  droops 
in  scarlet  thirst,  plaintive  as  a  hopeless  sigh.  Then  the  young  trees  scatter  a  maze 
of  lace-work  about  the  gardens,  the  prettiest  blossoms  grow  almost  visibly  and 
fragile  things  too  delicate  to  bear  the  touch  of  sunbeams  die  in  a  wave  of  perfume 
There  is  a  stillness  that  is  enchaining  and  that  poetry  of  loneliness  which  weds  the 
soul  to  flowers  and  the  melody  of  birds.  The  dripping  grasses  are  so  wondrous 
fresh  and  the  leaves  so  restless.  Where  the  sun  blazes  hungrily  tendrils  curl  and 
petals  fade  as  purity  beneath  the  unkind  torture  of  passion  or  hardily  gather 
strength  like  the  martyr's  halo  rising  out  of  fire.  That  very  few  can  know  the 
lovely  island  in  this  early  glory  is  one  of  the  selfish  delights  of  the  Fair.  "Myself  and 
misery"  and  the  man  who  works  a  fiendish  garden-hose  in  relentless  spurts  of  mercy 
to  the  flowers  seem  to  about  constitute  the  visiting  list  of  the  morning.  At  night 
it  is  not  safe  for  sympathetic  ardor  to  be  adrift  within  gunshot  of  the  hallowed  spot. 
There  is  more  undiluted  adoration  afloat  in  the  secluded  atmosphere  than  ever  a 
lover's  laiie  discovered  to  the  rude  eyes  of  bachelors  and  earthy  scoffers.  There 
is  a  teeming  simoon  of  endearments  on  tap  from  8  p.  m.  till  the  guards  are  called  in 
and  the  lovers  and  lights  put  out.  The  swift  splash  of  a  night-bird's  wing  in  the 
black  lagoon  startles  more  timid  embraces  out  of  plumb  than  can  ever  be  braved 
again  and  the  inhuman  search-light  is  a  distressing  tattler,  dreaded  as  a  kodak. 
Out  of  the  tangled  meshes  of  malaria  and  amorous  glances  it  is  difficult  for  a  rank 
outsider  to  gleam  much  evening  consolation  in  the  island,  but  in  the  beautiful  morn- 
ing there  is  a  glimpse  of  heaven  for  tired  eyes  and  a  touch  of  gold  to  aching  hearts 
.and  weary  lives. 


COLUMBIAN  STAMPS   AND   COINS. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  435 


CHAPTER  IV. 
FIFTY  CENTS  FOR  A  CUP  OF  TEA. 

Maria  and  Her  Mother  on  a  Stroll— Tea  from  Ten  Cents  to  Fifty  Cents  a  Cup— And  Tea  for  Nothing- 
Bread  Known  as  the  Light  of  Asia— Where  One  May  Feel  at  Home — That  Which  Stimulates 
But  Does  Not  Intoxicate — None  Should  Miss  These  Tea  Gardens. 

UT  in  a  northeastly  direction,  beyond  the  Fish  and  Fish- 
eries building,  is  a  Japanese  tea  garden.  "Fifty  cents 
for  a  cup  of  tea?"  said  a  scandalized  old  lady  who  was 
hesitating  before  the  gate  of  this  Japanese  tea  garden. 
"My  sakes  alive,  I  don't  spend  that  much  in  a  month  to 
home,  but  I  reckon  we'd  ought  to  see  what  it's  like  now 
we're  here.  Come  on,  Maria!"  And  they  went  in.  The 
tea  drinkers  at  the  Fair  are  having  such  a  chance  to  revel 
in  their  favorite  beverage  as  has  never  come  to  them  before, 
and  very  likely  will  never  come  again.  This  tiny  Japanese 
tea  garden,  that  is  like  a  bit  out  of  another  world,  is  thronged 
all  day  long  with  curious  people  who  have  drunk  tea  all  their  lives,  just  as  they  have 
eaten  steak  and  pie,  and  have  regarded  it  perhaps  as  a  necessary  filling  for  their  de- 
pleted interiors,  but  certainly  as  nothing  more. 

To  them  the  dainty  ceremony  and  grave,  decorous  formalities  with  which 
the  Japanese  invest  the  operation  come  with  something  of  the  force  of  a  revela- 
tion. 

When  the  visitor  walks  through  the  bamboo  gate  of  the  little  tea  garden  he 
steps  in  one  stride  from  dirty,  dun  colored  Chicago,  with  its  sordid  mercantile  at- 
mosphere, to  Yeddo,  basking  in  the  shimmering  sunlight  of  a  perfect  afternoon. 
It  always  is  afternoon  in  that  little  tea  garden,  nestling  down  by  the  water's  edge 
so  lovingly,  and  the  sun  always  shines  there. 

It  may  be  raining  torrents  on  the  rest  of  the  Fair,  but  the  visitor  feels  con- 
fident that  it  never  does  here.     Nature  wouldn't  have  the  heart  to. 

The  skies  are  always  blue  and  the  sunny  light  is  ever  gleaming  on  porcelain 
dragons  and  antique  bronzes,  and  the  little  rippling  waves  are  always  lapping  the 
sedges  along  the  shore  with  a  happy  sound,  suggesting  distant  merrymaking,  and 
over  there  on  the  hillside,  dappled  and  flecked  with  the  yellow  sunshine,  the  little 
gardener  is  always  at  work  with  his  exaggerated  shears,  apparently  clipping  one 
blade  of  grass  at  a  time  and  never  in  the  least  hurrying,  for  he  knows  deep  in  his 
heart  that  there  is  plenty  of  grass  to  cut  and  an  endless  succession  of  sunny  days 
to  cut  it  in. 

28 


436  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Over  on  the  porch  of  the  ceremonial  tea  house  they  are  always  making  tea, 
and  such  strong,  rich,  fragrant  tea  it  is,  too.  It  goes  to  the  head  of  the  visitor,  who 
sits  on  a  gay  fat  cushion  and  sips  and  sips  and  nibbles  the  while  on  the  sugar  cakes 
which  accompany  it,  and  afterward  goes  peering  around  in  the  tiny  rooms  of  the 
doll  house  that  the  tea  people  call  home,  and  finally  his  ideas  get  perverted,  and 
everything  seems  perfectly  natural  and  worthy  of  imitation.  He  begins  to  see  the 
folly  of  chairs  and  tables  and  longs  to  go  hopping  around  on  the  matted  floors. 
And  stockings  with  thumbs  on  them  like  mittens  look  sensible  and  cool,  and  as  he 
looks  down  on  his  own  hot  patent  leathers  he  no  longer  takes  any  joy  or  comfort 
in  them. 

There  are  two  tea  houses  in  the  little  garden,  a  big,  cool,  shady  retreat, 
where  the  common  herd  who  just  drink  tea  may  resort,  and  the  ceremonial  tea 
house,  where  those  to  whom  tea  is  a  religious  conviction  may  observe  their  rites. 

The  floor  of  this  latter  house  is  raised  some  two  feet  from  the  ground,  and 
visitors  sit  along  the  edge  of  the  open  porch  and  put  their  teacups  on  its  shining 
cedar  boards  and  watch  the  little  tea-makers  hopping  about  like  a  bevy  of  amiable 
and  highly  intelligent  hoptoads. 

First,  the  soft-spoken  attendant  hops  down  with  a  dish  of  candy.  There  are 
two  of  them,  looking  like  bricks  of  ice  cream  for  a  doll's  party.  They  rest  on  a 
transparent  square  of  some  shining  material  that  might  be  a  very  delicate  kind  of 
paper,  but  it  is  not;  it's  a  shaving. 

Following  the  candy  comes  a  rough-looking  cup  filled  an  inch  deep  with 
liquid  so  startling  green  that  the  visitor  is  almost  afraid  of  it.  This  is  the  ieucha, 
powdered  tea — the  very  best  leaf  grown  carefully  ground  in  a  little  bronze  mill  and 
steeped  in  the  cup,  and  stirred  with  a  bamboo-whisk  broom.  The  rough  yellow 
cup  which  the  visitor  looks  at  so  slightingly  is  antique  satsuma,  more  costly  than 
the  finest  egg-shell  china. 

The  attendant  brings  the  cup  on  a  silken  mat,  from  whxh  the  drinker  lifts 
iL.  This  being  disposed  of,  a  rather  more  decorative  cup  follows,  containing  tea 
made  from  the  natural  leaves  and  steeped  in  a  pot.  This  is  called  sees-cha,  and  is 
pale  yellow.  A  sample  package  of  the  tea  and  a  little  fan  accompany  the  second 
cup  as  a  souvenir,  and  usually  cause  consternation  to  the  visitor,  who  does  not  know 
how  to  transport  them  from  the  grounds. 

In  the  ceremonial  tea  house  is  a  tiny,  paneled  room,  a  fac-simile  of  the  room 
where  State  teas  are  held  in  a  Japanese  house.  There  are  some  beautiful  bronzes 
here  and  an  iron  raven  to  be  used  as  an  incense  burner. 

By  the  door  is  a  bronze  lavatory,  where  guests  wash  before  entering.  The 
tiny  room  is  so  spotlessly  clean  and  sweet  with  its  cedar  and  bamboo  and  matting 
that  a  lady  visitor  suggested  the  feasibility  of  a  Turkish  bath  before  allowing  the 
guest  to  enter. 

After  the  tea  drinker  has  exhausted  the  possibilities  of  the  Japanese  garden 
if  he  or  she  still  feels  a  craving  for  the  seductive  stimulant  a  few  paces  further  on 
beyond  the  intramural  is  the  temple-like  structure  of  the  India  Tea  Association  of 
Calcutta. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  437 

There  is  no  charge  for  the  tea  here.  The  weary  guest  may  bring  his  lunch 
and  drink  the  companies'  tea  to  his  heart's  content.  If  the  guest  is  male  he  sits 
out  in  the  big  galleried  room,  hung  with  rich  rugs  and  resplendant  with  gleaming 
weapons,  and  under  the  beneficent  eyes  of  some  fat  gilt  god  he  drinks  of  the  "Star 
of  India." 

The  feminine  guest  is  treated  to  more  seclusion  and  is  fed  a  brand  known 
as  the  Light  of  Asia.  The  attendants  are  suggestive  of  anything  but  tea  drinking 
— great  swarthy  fellows  clad  ir.  crimson  and  gold.  Their  uniform  is  adapted  from 
that  of  the  viceroyal  bodyguard.  Most  of  them  are  fiercely  bewhiskered,  and  it 
gives  the  feminine  .tea  drinker  rather  a  shock  to  receive  the  soothing  draught 
from  such  piratical  parties. 

At  the  door  sits  a  pirate  in  white,  with  enough  silverware  in  the  shape  of 
weapons  on  to  furnish  the  service  for  a  State  dinner. 

The  Indian  tea  is  a  rich  amber  color  and  smells  like  a  hay  field  in  July.  The 
repiesentatives  of  the  company  are  very  hospitable. 

"We  like,"  said  one  of  them,  "to  have  people  come  and  try  our  tea,  and  we 
like  to  have  them  bring  their  lunches  and  feel  at  home." 


"THE  REPUBLIC.  "—STATUE  AT  THE  EAST  END  OF  THE  GRAND  BASIN. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


439 


CHAPTER  V. 
THE  PERISTYLE  AND  COURT  OF  HONOR. 

Columned  Splendor  Indeed — The  Impressive  Beauties  of  the  Greek  Peristyle — Nothing  Like  It  Has 
Ever  Been  Seen  or  Attempted — Music  Hall  and  Casino — The  Pier  and  Moveable  Sidewalk — The 
Court  of  Honor  by  Day  and  by  Night — Statue  of  the  Republic  and  MacMonnies  Shin  of  State — 
The  Illuminated  Fountains. 


OLUMNED  splendor  indeed.  The  portals  of  the  World's  Co- 
lumbian   Exposition   look  out  on   the  blue   waters  of   Lake 
Michigan.     A  Greek  peristyle,  white  and  colossal,  faces  the 
waves  which  less  than  a  century  ago  bore  the  canoe  of  the 
Indian,   the  boat  of  the  adventurous   trader.     What  if  this 
stately  portico  had  flashed  on  the  vision  of  Marquette  or  La 
Salle  when  they  sailed  along  these  shores  in  the  seventeenth 
century,   each   the   Columbus  of  our   inland   seas?     Either 
would  have  thought  that  solitude  had  made  him  mad.  What 
if  this  columned   splendor  had  broken  on  the  dying  gaze  of 
those  first  settlers  of  Chicago  who  only  four  score  years  ago 
were  massacred  on  these  very  sands  by  savages?     Those  mar- 
tyrs of  civilization  would  have  accepted  such  a  glimpse  as  the 
threshold  of  the  mystical  City  of  the  Soul. 

On  a  ruder  and  a  wider  sea  than  this  tossed  the  caravels  of  the  Genoan 
sailor  400  years  ago.  In  the  dreams  that  mocked  this  world-finder  in  his  hours  of 
sleep,  was  there  not  a  forecast  of  the  great  white  temple  of  humanity  which  the  dis- 
tant future  would  erect  to  the  glory  of  his  name?  Surely  this  vision  of  the  future 
was  given  to  encourage  him  in  the  dark  hours  of  his  voyage,  or  at  least  to  solace 
him  in  chains. 

Let  us  look  at  this  peristyle  and  its  surroundings.  Nothing  like  it  has  ever 
b)een  seen  or  attempted.  It  is  grand  and  impressive,  commanding  and  beautiful. 
The  Peristyle  is  600  feet  long,  60  feet  wide  and  60  feet  high.  At  its  center  is  a 
grand  archway,  forming  a  portal  from  Lake  Michigan  to  the  Grand  Central  Court. 
This  portal  is  dedicated  to  Columbus,  and  is  inscribed  with  the  names  of  the  world's 
great  explorers.  Crowning  it  is  a  group  of  statuary,  emblematic  of  the  progress 
of  the  world.  The  Peristyle  bears  forty-eight  columns,  representing  the  states  and 
territories.  Each  state's  column  bears  its  coat  of  arms.  The  cost  of  the  Peristyle, 
-with  the  Casino  and  Music  Hall  was  $300,000. 

The  latter,  which  is  located  at  the  northerly  end  of  the  great  Peristyle,  is  140 
feet  wide  by  246  feet  long,  and  about  65  feet  high.     The  main  audience  room  is  in 


440 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


the  center  of  the  building,  and  is  126  feet  long  by  the  full  width  of  the  same,  and 
occupies  the  full  height  of  the  structure.  The  space  for  the  orchestra  and  chorus 
is  at  the  east  end,  and  it  is  in  the  form  of  a  great  hemicycle  or  recess,  which  opens 
into  the  main  hall  by  an  arch  66  feet  wide  and  54  feet  high.  The  recess  is  semi- 
circular in  plan  at  the  rear  and  50  feet  deep  from  the  front  of  the  arch  to  the  back  of 
the  circle.  The  ceiling  of  this  recess  or  hemicycle  is  shaped  like  a  quarter  section 
of  a  sphere,  so  that  the  sound  of  the  music  is  projected  forward  into  the  audience 
room  just  outside  of  the  arch  on  the  main  floor  is  the  platform  for  the  orchestra 
with  the  chorus  rising  behind  on  a  series  of  wide  steps.  To  the  west  of  the  orchestra 

is  the  parquette,. 
which  seats  from  800 
to  1,000  persons. 
These  seats  are  also 
arrangf:d  on  wide 
steps  or  platforms 
which  rise  gradually 
to  the  rear  end,  thus 
giving  an  uninter- 
rupted view  of  the 
stage  and  conductor 
to  every  person.  All 
around  this  par- 
quette,  except  on  the 
side  occupied  by  the 
stage,  is  a  loggia  or 
passage  about  20  feet 
wide,  connecting  with 
the  main  hall  by 
many  wide  doorways,, 
thus  giving  ample 
space  for  the  entrance 
and  exit  of  the  au- 
dience with  comfort  and  celerity.  Above  this  loggia,  which  is  about  20  feet  high  at 
the  exterior  wall  and  14  feet  high  at  the  inner  wall  next  the  parquette,  is  the  great 
balcony,  which  seats  about  1,200  persons.  The  seats  here  are  also  arranged  on  rising: 
steps,  so  that  every  one  has  a  perfect  view  of  the  stage  and  of  the  audience  in  the 
parquette  below.  The  seats  of  the  balcony  sweep  round  in  a  semi-circle  at  the  west- 
end  opposite  the  stage,  thus  giving  the  audience  room  and  the  stage  combined  the 
form  of  a  great  oval.  Around  the  front  of  the  balcony  are  Corinthian  columns  which 
support  the  roof,  and  over  the  inner  space  is  a  large  skylight  which  gives  ample  light 
by  day.  Around  the  rear  of  the  balcony  are  also  a  series  of  large  windows  command- 
ing a  view  of  the  great  court  on  the  south  and  the  lake  on  the  north.  The  main  en- 
trance is  at  the  west  end  through  three  wide  archways  into  a  great  vestibule  60x80 
feet,  and  thence  through  three  great  openings  into  the  loggia  about  the  parquette. 


EAST  SIDE  OF  PERISTYLE,  LOOKING  NORTH. 


!#■ 


f 


442 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


MOVING  SIDEWALK. 


On  each  side  of  this  vesti- 
bule are  wide  and  easy  stair- 
ways, giving  access  to  the 
balcony  and  second  story 
of  the  building,  and  over 
the  vestibule  is  a  smaller 
hall6ox8ofeet  in  size, which 
is  for  a  recital  hall,  etc. 
Opening  off  this  hall  are 
several  rooms,  suitable  for 
offices  or  dressing  rooms 
about  25x40  feet  each. 
Opening  upon  the  vestibule, 
loggia  and  the  balcony 
above  are  large  and  nu- 
merous dressing  and  cloak 
rooms  of  about  the  same 
size  as  above.  At  the  other 
end  and  opening  from  each 
end  of  the  orchestral  plat- 
form are  rooms  for  the  ac- 
commodation of  the  Di- 
rector of  Music  and  the 
principal  singers  and  per- 
formers, with  ample  toilet 
rooms  connected  therewith. 
At  the  rear  of  the  hem- 
icycle  are  large  rooms  for 
the  chorus,  and  reached  by 
private  entrance  directly 
from  the  seats.  Above  these 
rooms  are  others  of  the 
same  size  which  are  used 
for  meetings  and  as  offices 
for  the  Bureau  of  Music. 
There  is  a  third  floor,  which 
also  contains  several  large 
rooms  for  general  purposes. 
On  this  floor  and  over  the 
balcony  is  a  large  standing 
place  of  the  same  size  as 
the  balcony  below,  which 
opens  upon  the  main  hall, 
through  a  series  of  arched 
openings  in  the  coved  ceil- 


ESQUIMAUX  VILLAGE  AT  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


444  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

ing  of  the  audience  room,  which  will  hold  a  great  many  people  in  case  of  an  extra 
occasion,  and  is  reached  by  ample  stairways.  The  interior  of  the  hall  is  richly 
decorated  in  color,  with  emblematic  paintings  on  the  face  of  the  east  wall  above 
the  great  arch,  and  in  the  panels  of  the  ceiling.  It  has  been  specially  planned 
for  acoustic  effect.  The  great  arch  of  the  hemicycle  is  richly  ornamented 
with  architectural  detail,  and  the  whole  can  be  brilliantly  lighted  by  electricity 
in  the  most  novel  effects.  The  architecture  of  the  exterior  is  like  that  of  the  Casino^ 
and  Peristyle — Roman  Corinthian — and  richly  ornamented  in  detail.  Around 
the  entablature  above  the  columns  are  inscribed  the  names  of  the  greatest  com- 
posers and  on  the  pedestals  of  the  balustrade  surmounting  the  cornice  are  placed 
many  statues,  12  feet  high,  emblematic  of  the  art  of  music. 

The  Casino,  one  of  the  most  popular  structures  on  the  grounds,  is  located  at 
the  south  end  of  the  Peristyle,  and  its  dimensions  are  the  same  as  the  Music  Hall 
at  the  north  end,  140x260  feet.  It  contains  restaurants  and  resting  rooms  as  a  part 
of  the  Bureau  of  Public  Comfort,  and  is  a  favorite  resort  for  visitors. 

Reaching  out  into  the  lake  is  an  immense  pier,  half  a  mile  in  length,  contain- 
ing the  movable  sidewalk. 

Immediately  west  of  the  noble  Peristyle  and  connected  with  it  is  the  famous 
Cour  d'Honneur,  the  most  attractive  and  spectacular  part  of  the  grounds.  There 
is  not  a  prettier  stretch  of  landscape  at  Jackson  Park  than  this,  and  to  fully  appre- 
ciate its  grandeur,  one  must  take  a  somber  bodied  and  brilliantly  canopied  Vene- 
tian gondola  and  gently  traverse  the  grand  basin — which  is  the  central  star'  in  the 
terrestrial  Pleiades.  Lining  the  water's  edge  appear  the  tall,  straight  rostral 
columns  supporting  the  figure  of  Neptune,  who  stands  grasping  his  trident,  with 
disheveled  hair  falling  about  his  shoulders,  and  eyes  fixed  seaward,  while  Tritons 
sport  all  around.  To  the  west  is  the  Columbus  memorial,  whose  grand  conception, 
has  already  made  Sculptor  MacMonnies  famous.  The  idea  of  the  fountain  is  that 
of  an  apotheosis  of  modern  liberty — Columbia — and  takes  the  shape  of  a  triumphal 
barge,  guided  by  Time,  heralded  by  Fame,  and  rowed  by  eight  young  female  stand- 
ing figures,  representing  the  arts  and  industries. 

Between  these  two  groups  of  rowers  rises  a  massive  pedestal  with  E  Pluribus 
Unum  enscrolled  across  the  forward  panel.  On  this  pedestal  rests  a  smaller,  sup- 
ported by  four  kneeling  children,  while  seated  aloft  is  Columbia,  the  principal  figure 
of  the  fountain.  Dignified  of  bearing,  her  right  arm  placed  lightly  on  the  back  of 
her  chair,  her  left  supporting  a  flaming  torch,  her  feet  upon  the  globe,  she  fittingly 
personifies  the  proud  young  nation  she  represents.  Erect,  alert,  with  head  held 
high,  she  seems  to  go  serenely  where  time  and  fame  conduct.  Around  the  basin  ia 
which  the  fountain  plays  are  columns  50  feet  high,  surmounted  with  eagles,  and 
about  the  edge  are  groups  of  fantastical  marine  monsters,  half  horse,  half  fish,  rear- 
ing as  though  about  to  plunge,  and  spouting  heavy  streams  of  water  from  their  nos- 
trils. The  smallest  figures  are  over  12  feet,  while  the  highest  are  over  20,  and  it  is 
the  largest  and  most  beautiful  fountain  thus  far  ever  produced. 

By  a  deft  movement  of  his  single  oar  the  gondolier  has  turned  his  slender 
craft  about  and  the  shimmering  waters  of   the  lake  are  seen  through  the  graceful 


I 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


445 


columns  of  the  Peristyle.  These  columns  remind  one  very  much  of  the  Bernini  at 
Rome  in  the  court  of  St.  Peter's.  Between  the  Peristyle  and  the  head  of  the  basin 
towers  the  majestic  "Statue  of  the  Republic."  Though  75  feet  high  and  the  largest 
effigy  in  the  world,  Sculptor  French  has  embodied  it  with  such  ease  of  pose,  dignity 
and  commanding  presence,  that,  gigantic  as  it  is,  it  seems  perfectly  in  unison  with 
its  noble  surroundings.  The  statue  grasps  in  her  left  hand  a  pole  draped  with  a 
pennant  and  surmounted  with  a  liberty  cap,  while  the  right  arm  is  stretched  upward 
to  its  utmost  length,  the  hand  upholding  a  globe  on  which  an  eagle  rests  with  out- 
spread wings.     The  drapery  lays  in  heavy  fold  on  the  arms  and  shoulders  and  falls 


in  graceful  lines  on  the  sides. 


A  sword  is  pendant  from  the  right  side  and  the 

features  wear  a  look, 
of  proud  contentment 
and  happiness.  The 
head  is  very  similar  tO' 
the  profile  on  the  Amer- 
ican silver  dollar,  and 
the  statue  strikingly 
resembles  Bartholdi's 
"Liberty"  in  the  New- 
York  harbor.  Marble 
stairs  lead  up  from  the 
waterway  on  every 
side;  stone  and  iron 
balustrades  adorned 
with  urns  over-running- 
mth  trailing  vines  and 
brilliant  blossoms,  put 
an  abrupt  termination 
to  the  velvet  and  ver- 
dant lawns  that  are 
gently  terraced  to  the 
stone  wall  that  rises 
from  the  water  and  confines  its  banks,  as  the  Seine  is  confined  through  Paris. 
Wonderfully  beautiful  is  all  this,  and  creates  a  sort  of  bewildering  admiration; 
to  think  that  with  canal,  gondola  and  the  plaintive  love  song  of  the  gondolier,  one 
is  after  all  not  in  Venice.  Then  rising  all  about  are  the  wonderful  structures — 
seeming  marble  palaces — the  Agricultural,  Machinery  Mines  and  Mining,  Elec- 
trical and  the  leviathan  Manufactures  buildings,  while  the  Administration  building- 
fills  a  like  position  to  the  Kohinoor  in  the  British  crown.  And  this  is  the  Court 
of  Honor  seen  by  sunlight,  the  tiny  dancing  waves  caressing  the  sides  of  the 
diminutive  craft,  with  snowy  swans  and  ducks  gliding  about  in  stately  beauty.  The 
brilliant  colorings  and  creamy  whiteness  of  the  buildings  almost  dazzle  the  eye  in 
the  noonday  heat. 


CASINO. 


448 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


But  fancy  one's  self  on  the  scene,  gondola  included,  after  dark,  the  cooling 
Tareezes  from  the  lake  ruffling  the  water  and  fanning  the  cheek  and  the  gorgeous 
fete  de  nuit  in  full  progress!  All  the  surrounding  buildings  are  ablaze  with  opales- 
cent light.  The  basin  is  necklaced  with  a  double  string  of  brilliants,  and  the 
domes,  the  arches,  the  pinnacles,  the  turrets,  the  pavilion  roofs  and  angles  stand 
out  against  the  sable  mantel  of  night  in  golden  chains  of  luminous  glory.  The 
gilded  dome  of  the  Administration  building  at  first  seems  a  floating  crown  of  a 
myriad  of  diamonds,  then  rests  upon  an  iridescent  pillow  fringed  with  strung 
jewels  and  beads  of  fire.  The  MacMonnies  ship  of  state  sails  majestically  in  a 
sea  of  flame.  The  magical  effect  of  the  prismatic  rays  cast  from  the  concealed 
heights  upon  each  arching  jet'  is  most    enchanting,  and    every  change   of   the  color 

scheme    proves    more 
C  charming.  One  is  carried 

back  to  the  Paris  of  i88q, 
and  again  sits  in  the 
Champs  de  Mars  in  wrapt 
admiration  of  the  electri- 
cal fountain  of  that  day, 
and  wonders  if  all  the  new 
revelations  can  be  more 
enjoyed,  or  if  the  cup  of 
pleasure  was  full  at  that 
time.  That  was  the  first 
thing  of  the  kind  attempt- 
ed, and  this  far  eclipses 
it!  All  the  while  the 
search  lights  have  been 
traversing  the  heavens; 
now  shooting  far  across 
the  lake  and  picking  out 
a  tiny  sailboat;  now  light- 
ing upon  the  airy  Diana;  emblazoning  the  statue  of  the  Republic  and  adding  glory 
to  the  fountain.  Bits  of  daylight  pluck  the  gems  of  the  court  out  of  the  grasp 
of  night  and  bathe  them  in  midday  splendor. 

A  writer  in  the  Los  Angeles  Herald  \s  in  ecstacy  over  the  Court  of  Honor, 
the  Peristyle,  and  the  Lagoons,  as  follows: 

Perhaps  the  most  attractive  part  of  the  World's  Fair  grounds  is  that  section 
known  as  the  Cour  d  'Honneur  or  Grand  Plaza.  In  the  center  lies  the  basin,  while 
all  about,  above  the  velvety  and  terraced  lawns,  are  ranged  the  greatest  structures 
of  Jackson  Park.  Agricultural  Hall  and  the  Palace  of  Mechanic  Arts  to  the  south, 
the  Manufactures,  Mining  and  Electrical  to  the  north,  the  stately  golden  domed 
Administration  building  to  the  west,  while  the  Music  Hall,  Casino  and  Peristyle  en- 
close the  square.  Broad  brick  and  concrete  walks  run  all  around  the  water's  edge, 
which  is  protected  by  heavy  balustrades  surmounted  with  urns  over-running  with 


PUBLIC    COMFORT    BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  449 

(trailing  vines  and  brilliant  blossoms.  At  the  end  of  the  Grand  Basin  in  front  of 
the  Administration  building  is  the  MacMonnies  "Barge  of  State,"  the  largest  fount- 
ain in  the  world.  Heralded  by  Fame,  guided  by  Time  and  rowed  by  eight  young 
female  figures  in  allegory,  with  Columbia  representing  this  proud  young  nation, 
seated  far  aloft,  the  whole  idea  is  meant  as  an  apotheosis  to  modern  liberty.  Rising 
from  the  lagoon  at  the  other  extreme  end  is  the  golden  statue  of  the  Republic. 
Though  75  feet  high  and  the  largest  effigy  in  the  world.  Sculptor  French  has  em- 
bodied it  with  such  ease  of  pose,  dignity  and  commanding  presence,  that,  gigantic 
as  it  is,  it  seems  perfectly  in  unison  with  its  noble  surroundings.  Just  back  are  seen 
the  graceful  columns  of  the  Peristyle.  This  colonnade  connects  the  Music  Hall 
and  Casino,  uniting  in  the  center  in  the  Columbus  Memorial  Arch  surmounted  with 
the  masterful  Quadriga,  while  way  below  is  one  of  the  water  entrances  to  the  lake, 
under-spanning  bridges  and  the  arch.  Each  Corinthian  column  represents  one  of 
the  states  of  the  Union,  while  the  whole  is  capped  with  a  hundred  statues  of  heroic 
size. 

The  lagoon  system  at  the  Exposition  is  a  grand  success.  There  is  nothing 
so  delightful  and  romantic  as  to  take  one  of  the  many  electric  or  steam  launches 
or  better  still  a  gondola,  and  traverse  its  many  miles  of  canals,  past  marble  palaces 
and  magnificent  flower  gardens,  under  arching  bridges,  skirting  landscape,  forests 
and  stately  villas.  The  musical  dip,  dip,  of  the  quill  like  oars,  the  plash  of  crystal 
fountains,  the  squawking  and  bleating  of  many  water  fowls,  and  the  moving  panorama 
of  international  scenes  makes  this  ride  one  of  the  features  of  the  Fair. 

More  than  a  dozen  of  these  slender  craft  have  been  brought  from  Venice 
with  their  sturdy  gondoliers.  Those  who  have  seen  the  beautiful  "Bride  of  the 
Sea"  will  hardly  recognize  in  these  swift  flying  flashes  of  the  rainbow  and  rowers 
in  fantastic  garb,  the  black  bodied  gondola  of  the  native  canals  and  their  propellers 
in  blue  jeans,  white  blouse  and  scarlet  sash,  which  the  Chicago  boats  are  supposed 
to  represent.  But  be  their  hue  correct  or  no,  the  traveling  in  one  is  none  the  less 
•enchanting.  They  are  about  thirty-five  feet  long,  the  improved  style  having  fierce 
dragons  rampant  upon  the  prow,  the  blue,  yellow,  green  and  purple  bodies  orna- 
mented with  silver  and  gold  scrolls  and  strange  looking  fishes,  serpents  and  sea 
monsters.  The  awnings  are  of  a  corresponding  color  and  decoration.  A  few  are 
more  sombre  in  tone,  having  the  genuine  steel  prow  curving  comb-like  high  to  fore 
and^aft,  and  shining  in  the  sunlight  like  a  burnished  blade  of  a  sword.  On  the  oc- 
•casion  of  the  fete  de  nuit,  there  is  no  better  way  of  enjoying  its  splendor  than  to 
charter  one  of  these  and  gently  glide  from  place  to  place..  Many  of  the  gondoliers 
have  fine  voices,  and  the  mellow  cadence  of  their  dulcet  love  songs,  accompanied 
by  the  melodious  twang  of  the  guitar  or  mandolin  fill  the  air  with  sweet  melody. 
On  a  moonlight  night  or  in  the  luminious  glow  of  electric  illumination,  one  seems 
to  be  gliding  on  to  an  enchanted  land  on  the  rhythmical  flow  of  song. 


THE  FOUR  RACES.    STATUARY  ON  AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


451 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  EXPOSITION  STATUARY. 

All  Is  Not  Gold  that  Glitters — Venice  in  the  Zenith  of  Her  Achievements  was  Never  so  Statuesque — 
Neither  Rome  nor  Athens  Could  Point  to  So  Many  Inspiring  Effigies — A  Wonderful  Thing  is 
"Staff"— "Distance  Lends  Enchantment  to  the  View  "—Massive  Statues  that  Resemble  Marble 
Made  from  Scantling  and  Plaster. 

N  the  zenith  of  its  achievements  Venice  was  never  so  statuesque 
as  Jackson  Park.  Nor  Rome,  nor  Athens  in  their  haughtiest 
epochs,  could  point  to  so  many  inspiring  effigies.  The  author 
has  taken  some  pains  to  group  them  rather  than  to  intersperse 
them  in  his  general  descriptions  of  the  buildings  thus:  Ad- 
ministration Building — Gro'ip  around  the  Dome:  Commerce, 
Industry,  Justice,  Religion,  War,  Peace,  Science,  Art.  Groups 
on  the  corner  pavilions:  Charity,  Truth,  Strength,  Abundance, 
Tradition,  Liberty,  Joy,  Diligence,  Education,  Unity,  Patriot- 
ism, Theology.  Single  figures:  Fisher  Maid,  Bather,  Air, 
Diana,  Harvesting,  Electricity,  Blacksmith,  Chemistry.  Groups 
at  sides  of  the  four  entrances:  Water  Uncontrolled;  Water, 
Controlled;  Fire,  Uncontrolled;  Fire,  Controlled;  Air,  Uncontrolled;  Air,  Con- 
trolled; Earth,  No.  i;  Earth  No.  2.  Interior  figures:  "Victory."  Karl  Bitter,  sculptor. 
Agricultural  Building — Bronze  statue  of  Diana.  August  St.  Gaudens,  sculp- 
tor. Two  "Ceres"  groups.  Eight  "Four  Seasons"  groups.  Four  Horoscope  groups. 
Four  Cattle  groups.  Four  Horse  groups.  Four  "Pilia,"  for  the  corner  pediments. 
Twenty  figures  of  "Zodiac."  Sixty-eight  figures  "Abundance."  Philip  Martiny, 
sculptor.  The  "Glorification  of  Ceres"  in  the  main  pediment.  Larkin  G.  Mead, 
Florence,  Italy,  sculptor. 

Machinery  Hall — Ten  figures  of  "Sciences."  The  east  pediment.  Figure  of 
"Victory,"  of  which  thirteen  casts  were  made  in  copper,  by  W.  H.  Mullins.  of  Sa- 
lem, Ohio.  M.  A.  Waagen,  sculptor.  Six  figures  of  Inventors.  Figure  of  "Victory," 
of  which  four  casts  were  made  in  copper,  by  W.  H.  Mullins,  Salem,  Ohio.  Robert 
Kraus,  sculptor. 

Colonnade — One  Cattle  group.  One  Horse  group.  Four  large  Lions,  at  the 
base  of  the  obelisk.    M.  A.  Waagen,  sculptor. 

Music   Hall,  Casino  and   Colonnade — "Quadriga,"  Bull  and  Horse.     French 

&   Potter,    sculptors.     Figures:     "Orator,"    "Indian,"  "Navigation,"    "Fisherboy," 

"Music."     Theo.  Baur,  sculptor.    Four  groups  on  water  gates.    Bela  Pratt,  sculptor. 

Transportation    Building — Sixteen  figures  of   Inventiors.     Eight  groups  five 

bas  reliefs,  representmg  progress  in  transportation  methods.    John  J.  Boyle,  sculptor. 


452  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Horticultural  Building — Two  groups  Battle  of  Flowers,  Sleep  of  Flowers, 
"  Flora."  Six  single  figures.  Lorado  Taft  sculptor.  Cupid  frieze,  extending  all 
around  the  building. 

Galleries  of  Fine  Arts — Eight  caryatides,  and  twelve  figures  of  Angels.  Philip 
Martiny,  sculptor.  One  "Renommee"  (Victory.)  Eight  figures  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  Olin  L.  Warner,  sculptor.  Five  busts  of  celebrated  artists,  by  Warner, 
Angelo,  Titian,  Raphael,  Rembrandt,  Velasquez. 

Animals  for  the  Bridges. — Six  native  animals  of  America,  modeled  by  Ed- 
ward Kemeys.    A.  P.  Proctor,  sculptor. 

Woman's  Building — Pediment.  "  Glorification  o'  Woman's  Work."  Twelve 
groups,  six  casts  each,  of  "  Hope"  and  "Charity."     Miss  Alice  Rideout,  sculptor. 

Statute  of  "  Neptune  "  duplicated  six  times,  on  rostral  columns.  Johannes 
Gelert,  sculptor. 

Statute  of  the  Republic.     By  Daniel  C.  French. 

Statute  of  Benjamin  Franklin  in  the  south  hemicycle  (entrance)  of  Elec- 
tricity building.     Carl  Rohl-Smith,  sculptor. 

The  grand  electric  fountain  in  front  of  Administration  Building.  Frederick 
MacMonnies,  sculptor. 

Wisconsin  Building — "  Genius  of  Wisconsin,"  in  marble.  Miss  Mears,  sculp- 
tor.    "  Forward,"  a  ship.     Miss  Miner,  sculptor. 

Kentucky  Building — Statute  of  "  Daniel  Boone."     Miss  Yandell,  sculptor. 

Volcano  Building — Statute  of  "  Goddess  of  Fire."     Mrs.  Copp,  sculptor. 

Never  before  did  distance  lend  so  much  enchantment  to  the  view.  The 
above  seem  like  marble,  but  are  only  plaster  and  scantling.  Indeed,  so  exquisite 
and  matchless  has  been  the  handiwork,  that  were  the  groups  marble  instead  of 
imitation  they  would  far  surpass  in  originality,  conception  of  symmetry  and  grace, 
Dclsartean  principles,  strength,  beauty  and  character,  many  of  the  recognized  mas- 
terpieces of  the  chiseler's  skill  found  in  European  collections.  Now  that  the  Venus 
de  Medici  has  been  pulled  from  the  pinnacle  of  perfection  by  the  modern  artists, 
literally  been  told  to  "  come  off  her  pedestal,"  all  the  others  are  open  to  criticism 
and  many  also  suffer  a  downfall. 

The  four  symbolic  groups  of  Asia,  Africa,  Europe  and  America  at  the 
extreme  corners  of  the  Albert  Memorial,  in  Kensington  Garden,  London,  are  looked 
upon  as  splendid  typifications  of  each  subject,  but  upon  almost  every  building  here 
can  be  found  groups  just  as  emblematic  of  the  arts,  electricity,  sciences,  agriculture, 
transportation,  etc.,  as  those  of  the  London  monument.  But  these  do  not  come 
within  the  line  of  exhibits  at  the  Fair,  and  their  beauty  is  merely  used  as  an  embel- 
lishment to  the  buildings  upon  and  with  which  they  are  classified. 

But  here  it  might  be  well  to  say  something  of  the  material  of  which  they  are 
constructed,  the  new  and  wonderful  "  staff."  This,  I  believe,  was  first  used  in  facing 
the  buildings  of  the  last  Paris  Exposition,  and  was  considered  at  that  time  particu- 
larly beautiful.  It  has  the  properties  of  both  common  plaster  and  cement,  and  can 
be  worked  into  any  required  design;  in  hardening  it  shows  an  ivory-like  surface, 
which,  however,  can  be  colored  in  any  desired  tint.     Thus  the  most  ornate  archi- 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  453 

tectural  effects  are  produced,  and  all  the  buildings,  being  covered  with  this  deco- 
rative substance,  present  the  appearance  of  veritable  marble  palaces.  For  the  de- 
signs, etc.,  it  is  modeled  into  plates  the  required  size  and  joined  invisibly,  and  it  is 
estimated  that  about  500,000  of  these  pieces  have  been  used  on  the  large  buildings 
alone. 

The  Administration  building,  with  its  proud  golden  dome,  being  the  "show 
house"  of  the  Fair,  is  the  most  enriched  with  statuary,  bas-reliefs,  embossments, 
panels,  pediments,  etc.  There  are  nearly  30  groups  alone,  each  group  consisting  of 
a  seated  male  or  female  form  and  a  child.  The  smallest  child  of  all  stands  nearly 
12  feet,  so  that  the  relative  size  may  be  imagined.  They  are  none  too  large  though, 
as  half  are  placed  on  the  second  stage  and  must  be  seen  from  a  great  distance.  Of 
the  thirty  odd.  Patriotism,  Tradition,  Liberty,  Joy,  Commerce,  Art,  Industry,  Re- 
flection and  Abundance  are  particularly  striking  in  pose  and  commanding  in  atti- 
tude. The  facial  expression  is  simply  wonderful  in  many  of  the  groups,  and  nearly 
all  are  so  modeled  as  to  readily  express  their  titles.  There  are  also  numerous 
single  figures  here  and  there  about  this  building. 

The  statuary  at  Machinery  hall  is  all  in  single  figures.  Over  the  north  portal 
six  sixteen-foot  female  figures  are  seen  holding  shields  cameoed  with  heads  of  men 
famous  as  inventors  or  machinists,  while  just  above  are  five  similar  forms  repre- 
senting the  various  arts  and  sciences  required  in  machinery.  On  the  center  pinna- 
cle, the  spires,  and  along  the  uppermost  truss  are  statutes  of  Winged  Victory  hold- 
ing a  wreath  in  each  outstretched  hand.  In  fact,  wreaths  seem  to  be  the  chief  theme 
in  the  decoration  of  the  whole  building.  The  arcade  is  richly  embellished  with 
sJtucco  and  bas  relief. 

Near  by  on  the  dome  of  Agricultural  hall,  St.Gauden's  gilded  Diana  perches, 
tjwirls  and  pirouettes  as  much  at  home  as  of  yore  on  the  clock  tower  of  Madison 
Square  Gardens,  New  York.  The  sixty  female  statutes  known  as  the  zodiac  figures, 
■  are  placed  about  the  exterior.  Of  heroic  size,  each  holds  aloft  a  square  on  which 
is  displayed  one  of  the  12  constellations  of  the  almanac.  Above  the  cornice  are 
stationed  groups  of  bronze  oxen  and  noble  steeds,  while  bold  husbandmen,  in  com- 
manding and  masterful  attitudes,  follow  the  plow,  sow  and  plant.  The  bucranium, 
pediments,  capitals  and  caryatides  are  most  appropriate  to  this  building,  as  is  also 
the  mural  painting. 

Many  of  the  State  buildings  are  of  "staff"  and  ornamented  with  sculpture  of 
the  highest  order.  Horticultural  building.  Mines  and  Mining,  Transportation, 
Woman's  building  and  Fisheries  are  all  much  enlivened  with  splendid  "  staff  "  stat- 
uary, and  also  the  MacMonnies  fountain,  the  statue  of  the  republic,  the  Neptune 
columns,  the  Peristyle,  the  statue  of  Franklin,  and  the  bears,  lions,  etc.,  that  guard 
the  16  bridges  spanning  the  lagoons. 


PART  IX. 

AMONG  THE  STATE  BUILDINGS. 

ILLINOIS  BUILDING  FIRST  AND  FOREMOST. 


It  Cost  $230,000  and  is  the  Largest  State  Structure  on  the  Grounds— Its  Admirable  and  Commanding 
Site — Its  Exhibits  Tell  the  Story  of  the  History  of  Illinois  in  a  Pictorial  Way — All  the  Depart- 
ments of  the  State  Repres^iited— Reception  and  Office  Rooms  for  the  Governor— Work  Rooms  of 
the  Agricultural  and  Horticultural  Departments — Functions  of  State  Government  Admirably 
Shown — Kindergarten  Interests  Liberally  Provided  For — Bureau  of  Information — Two  Laige 
Exhibition  Rooms — Archasobgy  and  Geographical  Survey — Grain  Commission,  Forestry  and 
Fish  Commission — Laboratory  of  Natural  History — One-Tenth  of  the  Building  Occupied  by  the 
Illinois  Woman's  Exposition  Board. 
_.^  .^^ 

ROUPED  at  the  northern  end  of  the  grounds  are  the  State 
Buildings,  a  number  of  which  are  pretentious  and  all  in- 
viting. First  and  foremost  among  the  State  Buildings  is  that 
of  Illinois;  which  is  very  proper  in  more  ways  than  one — Illi- 
nois being  in  a  sense,  the  host  of  our  own  nation  and  of  all 
other  countries.  It  was  largely  on  this  account  that  the  Illi- 
nois Legislature,  out  of  its  appropriation  of  $800,000,  directed 
that  $230,000  should  be  expended  on  its  State  Building.  The 
site  chosen  could  not  possibly  have  been  improved  upon  as 
the  view  is  unquestionably  the  finest  in  the  Park,  not  excepting 
that  from  the  eastern  windows  of  the  Administration  Build- 
ing. It  stands  up  majestically  on  the  northern  side  of  the 
north  pond,  and  is  seen  from  more  distinguishable  points  than  any  other  structure. 
It  is  built  of  wood  and  staff,  in  the  style  of  the  Italian  renaissance  and  cost  $230,000. 
It  has  the  form  of  a  Greek  cross,  the  main  axis  being  450  by  160  feet  in  size,  and 
running  east  and  west.  The  transverse  axis  is  175  feet  wide,  the  southern  end  of  it 
forming  the  main  entrance.  At  the  juncture  of  the  two  axes  is  a  dome  72  feet  in 
diameter  and  235  feet  in  height.  The  walls  are  from  47  to  72  feet  in  height.  The 
building  is  embellished  with  carving  and  statuary,  and  in  front  of  its  various  en. 
trances  are  terraces,  balustrades,  fountains,  and  flowers.  The  architects  were  W. 
W.  Boyington  &  Co.  The  south  projection  is  on  the  inside,  three  stories  high,  and 
is  for  the  administration.  Here  are  the  ofifices  and  meeting  rooms  of  the  Illinois 
Commission  and  of  the  Illinois  Woman's  Exposition  Board,  and  the  offices  and  re- 
ception-rooms of  the  Governor  and  other  State  officials.     The  corresponding  pro- 

iection  on  the  north  side  is  thrown  into  one  story,  with  galleries,  and  is  occupied  as 

455 


\1--/ 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


457 


a  memorial  hall  of  the  soldiers  and  sailors  of  Illinois.  This  exhibit  consists  largely 
of  relics  of  the  War  of  the  Rebellion,  such  as  arms,  accoutrements,  flags,  and  like- 
nesses pertaining  to  the  Illinois  troops.  The  center  of  the  building,  between  these 
projections,  is  inclosed  by  walls  and  arches,  and  forms  a  rotunda  and  promenade, 
with  a  magnificient  fountain  built  right  under  the  central  dome.  It  is  a  massive 
construction  of  grotesque  rock-work,  and  it  is  forty  feet  high.  This  fountain  glows 
with  electric  lights,  and  moreover  its  water  is  good  to  drink. 

The  last  thirty  feet  at  the  east  and  west  ends  of  the  main  building,  bein^ 
somewhat  higher  and  broader  than  the  rest  of  it  and  separated  from  it  by  walls  and 
arches,  may  be  called  pavilions,  and  are,  in  the  interior,  three  stories  high.  In  the 
west  pavilion  the  third  floor  is  devoted  to  dormitories,  the  second  floor  to  offices 
including  that  of  a  bureau  of  information,  and  the  first  to  the  offices  and  work- 
rooms of  the  Horticultural  Department,  the  offices  and  work-rooms  of  the  Agri- 
cultural Department,  and  the  headquarters  of  the  soldiers  and  sailors  of  Illinois. 

In  the  east  pavilion  is  installed  a  number  of 
interesting  exhibits.  The  third  floor  is  de- 
voted to  dormitories,  like  the  west  pavilion. 
On  the  second  floor  are  the  exhibits  of  the 
deaf  and  dumb  institutions,  the  institutions 
for  the  feeble-minded,  and  the  institutions 
for  the  blind.  On  the  first  floor  at  the  south 
end  is  a  model  kindergarten,  and  at  the  north 
end  a  model  common  school.  These  two 
rooms  are  probably  the  most  beautiful  in 
the  building.  Between  the  rotunda  in  the 
center  and  the  pavilions  at  each  end  there 
are  two  large  exhibition  halls,  each  of  which 
is  about  1 60  feet  square  and  magnificently 
lighted,  both  from  the  roof  and  the  sides.  They  are  one-storied,  but  are  traversed 
by  two  gallery  aisles  sixteen  feet  wide  running  east  and  west  at  a  distance  from  the 
walls  and  connecting  with  the  second  story  of  the  pavilions.  They  are  devoted  to 
maps,  charts,  drawings  and  pictures.  The  main  floors  of  the  great  halls  are  bisected 
by  a  broad  aisle  connecting  the  east  and  west  entrances.  The  contents  of  both  of 
them  are  of  the  most  interesting  description. 

The  north  half  of  the  west  hall  is  equally  divided  between  State  Grain  In- 
spection, Forestry  and  the  Fish  Commission;  and  the  south  half  between  Horti- 
culture and  Floriculture,  Archeeology,  and  the  Geographical  Survey.  The  aisle  is 
enlarged  about  midway  to  receive  the  great  relic  map  of  the  State,  on  which  four- 
teen engineers  have  been  engaged  for  the  last  year.  It  is  made  on  a  scale  of  two 
miles  to  the  horizontal  inch  and  500  feet  to  the  vertical  inch,  which  gives  it  a 
length  of  seventeen  feet  and  a  breadth  of  nine  feet.  In  preparing  it  no  less  than 
1,382  important  errors  in  the  current  maps  of  Illinois  were  discovered.  In  one  case 
it  was  discovered  that  a  man  had  been  paying  the  State  taxes  for  twenty  years  on 
land  that  was  over  the  Wisconsin  border. 


STATUARY  IN  FRONT  OF  ILLINOIS  BUILDING. 


458  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

The  north  half  of  the  east  hall  is  devoted  to  the  common  school  exhibit,  the 
University  of  Illinois,  and  the  State  Laboratory  of  Natural  History.  The  south  half 
is  divided  by  an  aisle  running  east  and  west,  and  the  southern  half  of  it,  on  the 
front  of  the  building,  is  given  up  to  the  Illinois  Woman's  Exposition  Board,  which, 
therefore,  enjoys  one-tenth  of  the  space,  the  commission  having  allowed  them 
one-tenth  of  the  appropriation. 

Their  ladies'  reception  room  is  in  itself  an  exhibit  of  a  remarkable  nature. 
The  crowds  that  pass  through  it  as  soon  as  its  existence  and  location  is  known 
almost  preclude  the  possibility  of  using  it  for  its  proper  functions.  A  moulded  and 
decorated  ceiling,  a  frieze  instinct  with  life  and  color,  hangings  of  silk,  a  richly 
carpeted  floor,  carved  wood  transoms,  and  chairs  and  lounges  upholstered  in  gold, 
are  included  in  the  furnishings  of  the  room. 

Then  hanging  on  the  south  wall  are  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  canvases 
representing  the  women  artists  of  the  Chicago  Palette  Club.  Rare  laces,  embroider- 
ies, photographic  work,  women's  inventions,  carvings,  inlaid  articles  and  an  inter- 
esting collection  ^i  relics  of  the  Bonapartes,  and  scores  of  little  treasures  which  all 
women  love  to  see. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  aisle  are  the  exhibits  of  the  State  Experiment 
Station  in  Rural  Husbandry,  the  Agricultural  Department  of  the  University  of  Illi- 
nois, and  the  two  Normal  Universities. 

Secretary  Reynolds  of  the  State  Commission  is  very  proud  of  the  character 
of  the  Illinois  exhibit  and  the  principles  on  which  it  is  made  up.  The  object  which 
the  commission  kept  constantly  in  view,  he  says,  was  to  furnish  a  "collective  de- 
partmental exhibit  for  the  State,  which  should  illustrate  its  natural  resources,  to- 
gether with  the  methods  employed  and  results  accomplished  by  the  State,  through 
its  several  departments,  boards,  commissions,  and  other  agencies  in  the  work  of 
promoting  the  moral,  educational,  and  material  welfare  of  its  inhabitants,  so  far  as 
such  methods  and  results  are  susceptible  of  exhibition." 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


459 


CHAPTER  II. 

AWAY  DOWN  EAST. 

The  Good  Old  State  of  Maine— Its  Latchstring  Always  Out— The  Granite  State  Modestly  On  Top— Old 
John  Hutchinson  Still  Sings — The  Commonwealth  that  Gave  Us  the  Hero  of  Ticonderoga — 
Massachusetts  and  Its  Colonial  Structure— Many  Historic  Treasures — Relics  Innumerable — Little 
Rhody  to  the  Front — Clams,  Spindles,  Prints  and  Corliss  Engines  Represented — The  Connecticut 
State  Building — Dutch  Mantels,  Colonial  Architecture  and  Dormer  Windows — An  Abundance  of 
Pretty  Girls  But  No  Wooden  Nutmegs. 

AINE  spent  $20,000  on  its  building,  and  there  was  no 
time  during  the  Fair  that  the  latchstring  of  the  sturdy 
old  woodchoppers  and  shipbuilders  did  not  hang  out. 
The  Maine  State  Building  is  octagonal  in  form,  with  a 
ground  area  of  65  feet  square.  It  is  two  stories  in 
height,  the  roof  surmounted  by  a  lantern  in  the  center 
and  four  corner  towers.  Thefirst  story  is  of  granite.  The 
exterior  finish  of  the  rest  of  the  building  is  in  wood  and 
staff.  The  roof  is  of  slate.  The  central  tower  or  lan- 
tern is  86  feet  to  its  highest  point.  While  the  first 
story  is  octagonal  in  form,  the  second  story  presents  but 
-four  sides,  each  with  a  loggia  opening  to  the  rooms  with- 
in. The  second-story  floor  overhangs  the  first  story  one 
foot.  The  main  entrance  of  these  arched  doorways 
faces  the  southeast.  Over  it  projects  a  boat's  bow,  in  staff.  Within  the  entrance 
is  an  octagonal  rotunda  open  to  the  roof  line,  its  ceiling  being  an  ornamental 
colored  skylight.  On  the  first  floor  entrance  is  had  to  the  fine  parlors  and  recep- 
tion rooms,  designed  for  men  and  women,  toilet  rooms  and  two  commissioners' 
rooms.  A  railed  gallery  extends  entirely  around  the  rotunda,  which  gives  a  com- 
plete view  of  the  building  to  the  visitors.  The  interior  finishing  is  very  handsome, 
being  done  in  hardwood.  The  granite  and  roof  slate  used  in  construction,  the  sky- 
light in  the  rotunda,  and  the  mantels  over  the  fireplaces  are  all  the  products  of  the 
State  of  Maine,  and  are  donated  by  manufacturers. 

New  Hampshire,  the  birthplace  of  Webster,  Cass,  Pierce  and  a  host  of  other 
great  men,  has  an  imitation  Swiss  cottage,  which  only  cost  $9,000.  Its  dimensions 
were  53x84  feet  and  was  two-stories  in  height.  The  pitched,  shingle  roof  is  broken 
by  five  gables.  The  exterior  is  weatherboarded  in  stained  Georgia  pine  above  a 
line  seven  feet  from  the  ground.  This  first  seven-foot  course  is  in  New  Hamp- 
shire granite.  Each  of  the  two  stories  is  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  a  wide  piazza. 
The  rooms  on  the  second  floor  open  to  the  piazza  through  hinged  windows  open- 


46o 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


MAINE  BUILDING. 


ing  to  the  floor.  The  entrance  is  on  the  east,  facing  the  drive  on  Lake  Michigan. 
On  the  first  floor  is  a  reception  hall,  22x36  feet.  It  has  two  unique  fireplaces  in  pressed 
granite  brick.  To  the  rear  of  the  hall  is  a  wing  of  the  main  building,  two  stories 
high,  the  second  story  being  a  wide  balcony  or  gallery  to  the  main  floor.     The  roof 

is  a  glass  skylight.  A  State  ex- 
hibit, a  picture  collection,  and  a 
large  State  map  are  shown  here. 
Beside  the  reception  hall  on  the 
first  floor  there  are  parlors  for  men 
and  women.  These  rooms  are 
ceiled,  while  the  reception  hall 
opens  to  the  roof  and  is  covered 
with  a  skylight.  The  second  floor 
has  a  reception  room  and  six  board 
and  committee  rooms.  At  the  ded- 
ication of  its  building  on  June  26 
Governor  Smith,  by  virtue  of  the 
transfer  of  a  key  all  tied  up  with 
white  and  yellow  ribbons,  was  given 
control  of  the  building,  and  by  giv- 
ing the  key  back  again  to  the  State 
Commissioners  he  put  them  in  charge  until  the  Fair  is  over.  The  dedication  cere- 
monies began  at  2  o'clock.  The  chief  retainers  were  the  Amoskeag  veterans,  ico 
strong.  They  were  gay  in  continental  uniforms  of  blue  and  white  with  gold  epau- 
lets, white-topped  boots  and  swords. 
They  were  under  command  of  Major 
Henry  E.  Burnham.  These,  along 
with  the  other  invited  guests,  crowded 
into  the  assembly  room  of  the  build- 
ing. The  inevitable  Iowa  State  Band, 
on  the  green  outside,  made  music  and 
entertained  the  thousand  or  more 
people  who  could  not  get  in.  The 
Rev.  Franklin  M.  Fiske  opened  the 
dedicatory  exercises  with  prayer,  after 
which  Captain  E.  M.  Shaw,  Execu- 
tive Commissioner,  introduced  G.  F. 
Page,  the  Commission's  Vice-Presi- 
dent, who  read  the  address  of  wel- 
come of  President  Amsden,  that  official  having  been  unable  to  be  present.  Then 
Commissioner  Rolhns  presented  the  building  to  the  Governor.  Old  John  Hutch- 
inson then  sang  "The  Old  Granite  State,"  and  Chief  Justice  Wallace  responded 
to  the  address  of  welcome.  Other  speeches  were  made  by  John  McLane,  President 
of  the  State  Senate;   Robert  Chamberlain,  Speaker  of  the  House-  Congressman  H. 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


461 


VERMONT   BUILDING. 


W.  Blair,  Col.  Frank  Noyes,  of  the  New  Hampshire  Columbian  League;  John  W. 
Ela,  Frederick  Douglas  and  Isabella  Beecher  Hooker. 

The  picturesque  State  that  gave  us  the  hero  of  Ticonderoga,  and  that  pro- 
duces the  best  maple  syrup  and  sugar  in  the  world,  spent  $8,000  on  one  of  the  most 

unique  and  original  buildings  on 
the  grounds.  On  the  right  and  left 
of  the  steps  on  the  facade  rise  two 
shafts,  on  which  are  allegorical  fig- 
ures representing  the  industries  of 
agriculture  and  quarrying — the  two 
principal  industrial  activities  of  the 
State.  One  enters  through  a  col- 
umned portico  into  a  courtyard, 
on  the  right  and  left  of  which  are 
covered  porches  with  broad  seats. 
Just  off  of  these  are  the  reception 
rooms  in  front  and  committee 
rooms,  postofifice,  etc.,  in  the  rear. 
In  the  center  of  the  court  is  a  hand- 
some marble  fountain.  Marble 
from  the  quarries  of  the  State  is  used  all  through  the  interior  of  the  building. 
Facing  the  end  of  the  court  is  a  porch,  supported  by  four  carytids,  over  which  is 
a  semi-circular  Greek  window  with  bas-relief  around  it  representing  "Freedom 
and  Unity."  The  coat-of-arms  is  in  the  center.  The  reception  hall,  which  is  located 
in  the  rear,  is  circular  in  form,  with 
a  colonnade  around,  and  a  wooden 
dome  surmounts  the  structure.  All 
is  colored  accordingto a  Pompeiian 
scheme.  The  building  is  Pom- 
peiian in  style  and  of  classic  detail, 
and  furnishes  a  most  unique  con- 
trast to  the  other  buildings.  The 
commonwealth  of  Massachusetts, 
at  an  expense  of  $50,000,  has  copied 
for  its  State  buildings  the  old  John 
Hancock  residence  of  Boston. 
This  historical  structure  is  really 
the  only  one  on  the  grounds  which 
can  be  called  strictly  Colonial  in  all 
its  aspects.    The  building  is  three 

stories  high,  with  gable  roof,  surmounted  in  the  center  by  a  cupola.  The  exterior 
is  of  staff,  in  imitation  of  cut  granite,  and  it  follows  the  lines  of  the  old  house  suffi- 
ciently faithfully  to  recall  the  original  to  the  minds  of  those  who  have  seen  it. 
Like  the  original,   it   is  surrounded   by  a  terrace,  raised  above   the  street,    and 


MASSACHUSETTS    BUILDING. 


462 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


CONNECTICUT  BUILDING. 


has  in  front  and  on  one  side  a  fore-court,  filled  with  old-fashioned  flowers  and 
foliage,  in  keeping  with  the  character  of  the  building.  It  is  approached  by  two 
flights  of  steps — one  leading  from  the  street  to  the  terrace,  the  other  from  the  court 
to  the  house     The  main  entrance  opens  to  a  spacious,  well-studded  hallway  with  a 

tiled  floor.  Facing  the  entrance  is 
a  broad  Colonial  staircase,  leading 
to  the  second  floor.  An  old-fash- 
ioned, bull's-eye  window  gives  light 
to  the  stairway,  which  is  guarded 
by  a  grandfather's  clock.  On  the 
right  of  the  hall  is  a  large  room, 
constituting  a  registration  room, 
postoffice  and  general  reception 
room.  The  fittings  and  furnishings 
of  this  room  are  unique.  Its  mar- 
ble floor,  its  tiled  walls,  its  uncov- 
ered beams,  its  encircling  wooden 
seats  and  its  high  mantel  recall  the 
old  Dutch  rooms  found  in  western 
Massachusetts,  as  well  as  in  New 
York  and  Pennsylvania.  On  the 
left  of  the  front  door  or  main  entrance  are  two  large  parlors,  which,  when  thrown 
together,  form  a  room  80x25  feet  in  size.  The  front  parlor  is  furnished  by  the 
Essex  Institute  of  Salem,  an  old 
historical  society.  The  back  par- 
lor is  more  especially  a  reading 
room  for  men.  The  second  floor 
is  given  over  almost  entirely  to  the 
use  of  women.  There  is  a  large 
and  a  smaller  parlor,  and  two  bed- 
rooms for  the  use  of  the  Woman's 
Board.  The  entire  floor  is  fur- 
nished in  old-fashioned  furniture, 
and  in  the  bedrooms  are  four-post 
bedsteads.  On  the  third  floor  are 
rooms  for  servants.  A  liberty  pole 
85  feet  high  stands  in  the  fore- 
court and  a  gilded  cod  fish  serves 
as  a  vane  on  the  top  of  the  cupola. 
Many  relics  are  to  be  found  in  the 

Massasschusetts  building  which  possess  great  historical  interest.  Among  the  most 
valuable  of  these  relics  is  a  fragment  of  the  original  "Liberty"  tree  flag,  looped  in 
the   center  by  General  Brooks'  revolutionary  hat,  with  crossed  guns  below,  quaint 


KriODE  ISLAND  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  463 

long-stocked  old  weapons,  one  the  gun  that  shot  May  Pitcairn,  and  beneath,  a 
pontoon  that  was  used  in  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill. 

Among  the  historic  treasures  is  the  Governor  Wolcott  tankard  loanea  by- 
Lieutenant  Governor  Wolcott;  also  portraits  of  ancestors  of  the  Wolcotts;  a  paint- 
ing by  Copley  of  members  of  Governor  Gore's  family,  loaned  by  the  Misses  Robins, 
of  Boston;  an  old  mirror  with  beautifuUy  carved  frame;  a  quaint  little  book  pub- 
lished and  sold  in  1740  in  Philadelphia  by  "B.  Franklin;"  a  sword  worn  by  Judge 
Hatton,  of  Salem;  a  bed-quilt  made  of  pieces  of  Lady  Washington's  dresses,  and 
many  quaint  articles  of  dress,  big  bonnets,  high-heeled  shoes,  shawls  and  broidered 
gowns. 

Then  there  is  a  cradle  in  which  has  been  rocked  five  generations  of  the 
Adams  family,  which  furnished  the  second  and  sixth  Presidents  of  the  United 
States;  aii  old  piano  and  rare  china;  a  mirror  in  which  Governor  Hutchinson  sur- 
veyed himself  more  than  150  years  ago;  a  desk  used  by  George  Washington  when, 
he  made  his  headquarters  at  Cambridge,  and  the  portraits  of  sixty  men  and  women 
who  aided  in  making  Massachusetts  famous  in  its  earliest  days.  Everything  goes 
to  tell  the  history  of  the  old  bay  State. 

Noted  for  its  spindles  and  prints,  and  for  its  clams  and  fish  dinners,  and  for  its 
educational  facilities  and  two  capitals  (on  account  of  its  size)  little  Rhode  Island 
came  early  to  the  front  with  a  $7,000  building.  The  State  that  gave  us  Roger 
Williams,  Tristam  Burgess,  Senator  Anthony,  the  Corliss  engine,  the  Arcade,  and 
the  Queen  of  American  Watering  Places,  saw  to  it  that  it  should  be  embosomed 
among  other  pretentious  commonwealths.  It  may  be  possible  to  walk  around  the 
State  before  breakfast,  but  it  is  always  to  the  front  in  peace  or  war.  There  is 
Greek  manner,  Ionic  columns  and  entablature,  and  American  breeziness  in  the 
Rhode  Island  building.  It  has  ground  area  of  32x59  feet;  it  is  two  stories  high, 
in  wood  and  staff,  in  imitation  of  granite.  Entrance  is  had  to  the  building  from 
all  sides  through  French  windows  opening  to  the  floor.  The  main  hall  is  18x25 
feet,  and  is  open  in  the  roof.  The  parlor  for  women  and  the  secretary's  office 
are  on  the  first  floor.  On  the  second  floor  are  two  committee  rooms  and  a  gal- 
lery around  the  main  hall.  The  Governor's  room  occupies  what  may  be  called 
the  second  story  of  the  porch  on  the  west  front.  All  the  floors  are  hard  wood, 
and  the  interior  is  furnished  in  cypress. 

The  Connecticut  State  building,  which  cost  $12,500,  is  in  the  Colonial  style, 
being  a  type  of  the  Connecticut  residence,  with  the  addition  of  circular  windows 
on  the  north  and  south,  and  a  circular  piazza  on  the  rear.  It  has  a  ground  area  of 
72x73  feet,  including  the  piazza,  and  is  two  stories  high.  The  exterior  is  weather- 
boarded  and  painted  white.  The  roof  contains  five  dormer  windows  and  is  decked 
on  top.  The  deck  is  surrounded  by  a  balustrade,  and  from  its  center  rises  a  flag- 
staff. The  main  entrance  is  off  a  square  porch,  covered  by  the  projecting  pedi- 
ment, which  is  supported  by  heavy  columns.  The  interior  is  finished  in  Colonial 
style,  with  tiled  floors,  paneled  walls  and  Dutch  mantels.  The  plumbing  and  car- 
penter's hardware  in  the  building  are  in  special  designs,  and  are  donated  as  ex- 
hibits by  Connecticut  manufacturers.     On  the  first  floor  is  a  reception  hall,  21x48 


464 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


feet,  with  a  light-well  in  the  center.  In  the  rear  of  the  hall  is  a  stairway  with  a 
landing  half-way  up.  Flanking  the  hall  are  parlors  for  men  and  women.  The 
second  floor  is  divided  up  into  living  rooms,  and  is  occupied  by  the  Executive  World's 
Fair  officer  of  Connecticut,  and  his  family  during  the  Fair.  There  are  many  fine 
paintings  and  revolutionary  relics  on  exhibit,  and  pretty  girls  were  abundant  during 
the  whole  Fair.     There  seemed  to  be  everything  but  wooden  nutmegs. 


THE  OLD  FARM  HOUSE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  465 


CHAPTER  III. 
A  GALAXY  OF  STATES. 

New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware— Stateliness  of  the  Building  of  the  Empire  State — 
Money  Liberally  Expended  on  Wall,  Ceiling,  Floor,  Vestibule,  Arch,  Column  and  Balustrade— 
The  Pennsylvania  Building— Many  Prefer  It  To  Any  in  the  Group— A  Very  Beautiful  Structure 
Throughout— New  Jersey  Reproduces  the  Washington  Headquarters  at  Morristown- A  Revo- 
lutionary Flavor  and  No  Mistake— Delaware,  Which  Raised  the  First  Money  for  the  Exposition, 
Has  a  Picturesque  Building. 

EW  York  is  fully  justified  in  the  pride  she  takes  in  her 
building.  Not  only  is  it  the  third  in  size — ranking 
next  to  California — but  the  Knickerbockers  claim  it 
occupies  the  finest  location  in  the  group,  being  on  two 
main  boulevards  and  just  north  of  the  Art  Palace.  The 
architectural  idea  in  this  building  is  that  of  a  huge  sum- 
mer house,  or  villa  in  character,  rectangular  in  form  and 
in  the  style  of  the  Italian  renaissance.  It  is  three  stories 
high,  being  fifty-seven  feet  from  the  ground  to  the  cor- 
nice. The  g'",neral  dimensions  are  160  feet  front  by  105  deep. 
The  exterior  is  in  staff,  in  imitation  of  marble,  and  in  keeping 
with  the  style  of  the  main  exposition  buildings.  Its  decked  roof 
is  surmounted  and  confined  by  a  heavy  balustrade.  Each  pedestal  of  the  balus- 
trade supports  a  large  Italian  vase,  in  which  grows  a  bay  tree,  giving  the  building, 
together  with  its  blue  and  white  awnings  and  other  characteristics,  the  air  of  a 
Pompeiian  house. 

The  flat-decked  roof  furnishes  a  promenade  and  summer  garden.     From  its 

center  rises  a   clerestory  over  the  banquet   hall,  and  above  the  clerestory  are  two 

belvideres  from  which  a  magnificient  view  of  the  lake  and  surroundings  is  obtained, 

On  the  east  and  west  are  semi-circular  porticos   having  a  diameter  of  fifty 

feet;  here  twin  fountains  add  their  music  to  the  band  within. 

A  broad  flight  of  steps,  on  the  south,  guarded  by  Barbarini,  which  were  cast 
in  Rome,  leads  to  the  main  entrance.  About  this  entrance  is  concentrated  all  the 
exterior  ornamentation  of  the  building.  In  the  circular  niches,  on  either  side  of 
the  arch  of  the  entrance,  are  busts  of  Hudson  and  Columbus.  Above  the  keystone 
of  the  arch  is  the  American  eagle,  and  dependent  from  a  staff,  projecting  above  the 
bird,  is  a  flag  bearing  the  State's  arms. 

The  barreled  arched  vestibule,  forming  the  entrance  to  the  building,  opens  to 
a  columned  hall,   56x80  feet  in  size,  with  a  domed  ceiling  45  feet  from  the   floor. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


467 


NEW   JERSEY  BUILDING. 


From  this  reception  room  entrance  is  had  to  all  the  rooms  on  the  floor.  In  the 
rear  a  grand  ten-foot  staircase  leads  to  the  second  floor.  Along  the  walls  are 
pictures  in  Pompeiian  colorings  and  stately  mimic  jonquils  rise  from  each  step. 
Here  is  the  banquet  hall  46x80  feet,  highly  ornamented  in  staff,  its  groined    ceiling 

45  feet  from  the  floor.  It  is  most 
sumptuous  in  style,  far  surpassing 
many  of  the  famous  banqueting 
rooms  famous  in  history.  Depending 
from  the  ceiling  are  two  crystal  elec- 
troliers, 18  feet  long,  forming  great 
clusters  of  incandescent  lights.  The 
electric  lighting  throughout  the  build- 
ing is  such  as  to  cause  much  com- 
ment; the  seal  of  the  State  is  even 
shown  in  electric  splendor.  Three 
balconied  boxes  extend  along  the 
southern  length  of  the  hall,  for  the 
use  of  the  governor  or  any  other 
distinguished  guest  who  might  prefer 
to  look  on  rather  than  participate. 
It  is  upholstered,  draped  and  furnished  in  a  rich  red  tone,  harmonizing  exquisitely 
with  the  soft  cream  and  gold  of  the  splendid  salon.  On  the  first  floor  are  parlors  and 
toilet  rooms  for  men  and  women,  post-office,  information  and  baggage  rooms.  On 
either  end  of  the  banquet  hall,  on  the 
second  floor,  are  the  committee,  re- 
ception and  tea  rooms.  The  third 
floor  is  devoted  to  bedroom^,  kitchens, 
and  servants'  rooms.  In  this  temple, 
builded  by  the  Empire  State,  which 
cost  $150,000,  her  loyal  citizens  re- 
ceive and  entertain  distinguished 
foreign  guests  in  lavish  style  and  dis- 
pense hospitality  after  the  principles 
maintained  as  being  "  royally  correct." 
A  plain  little  house  painted  white, 
with  vines  trailing  down  the  front  of 
it  and  a  patch  of  ground  broken  here 
and  there  by  picturesque  flower  beds 
in   front  of  it,  may  be   seen  at  the 

southern  part  of  the  grounds.  The  house,  which  was  erected  under  the  auspices 
of  the  New  York  State  Board  of  Commissioners,  is  intended  to  illustrate  a  model 
abode  for  the  average  workingman.  It  was  first  projected  by  Professor  Lucy 
Salmon,  of  Vassar  College,  whose  ideas  have  been  carried  out  by  Miss  Katherine 
B.  Davis,  of  Rochester.  Miss  Davis  is  a  graduate  of  Vassar,  and  has  taken  a 
so 


DELAWARE  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


469 


great  deal  of  interest  in  the  welfare  of  the  workingman.  The  model  house  is 
a  frame  building  on  piles,  with  an  elevation  of  a  story  and  a  half  and  covering 
a  lot  26  by  28  feet.  On  the  first  floor  is  a  kitchen,  a  living-room  and  a 
bath  room.  The  second  floor  has  two  large  rooms  and  one  small  one.  The  in- 
terior walls  are  all  painted  and  the  ceilings  can  be  washed  with  cold  water.  Wall 
papers  are  eschewed  as  possibly  dangerous  to  health.  The  house  cost  $1,000,  and 
the  furnishings  $300.     Pennsylvania  has  erected  a  building  which  takes  the  mind 

back  to  the  times  when  Phil- 
adelphia was  the  center  of 
American  struggle  for  liberty. 
Barring  the  two  balconies 
which  run  completely  around 
the  building,  it  is  an  exact  re- 
production of  old  Indepen- 
dence hall,  having  its  entrances, 
bell  tower  and  spire.  The 
building  is  rectangular  in  form, 
two  stories  high,  with  a  ground 
area  of  no  by  166  feet.  The 
corners  of  the  front  are 
quarter-circled  in.  Piazzas 
twenty  feet  wide  surround  the 
building,  and  over  them  are 
verandas  with  protecting  bal- 
ustrade. Outside  stair-cases 
right  and  left  to  the  rear,  lead 
to  the  garden  on  the  roof. 
This  roof  is  covered  with 
American  made  tin  produced 
in  Philadelphia.  The  outer 
walls  to  the  roof-line  are  of 
Philadelphia  pressed  brick. 
Above  the  main  entrance  is 
the  coat-of-arms  of  the  State, 
in  bas-relief,  the  horses  on 
either  side  of  it  being  life-size;  and  to  right  and  left  heroic  statues  of  Penn  and 
Franklin.  The  front  is  further  ornamented  with  two  allegorical  groups  of  statuary, 
one  emblematic  of  the  arts  and  sciences,  the  other  of  mines  and  manufacture. 

The  rotunda  is  finished  in  tile  and  slate,  like  the  old  hall,  and  runs  through 
the  building  and  far  up  into  the  clock  tower,  where  it  ends  in  a  dome,  richly  fres- 
coed and  brilliantly  lighted  by  electric  lamps  sunk  in  the  ceiling.  Under  this  dome 
the  famous  Liberty  bell  may  be  seen,  on  a  platform  on  wheels,  so  that  in  case  of 
fire  the  valuable  relic  can  be  run  out  of  harm's  way  at  once. 


STATUARY  ON  DOME   OF   PENNSYLVANIA   BUILDING. 


47° 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


About  the  rotunda  on  the  first  floor  are  post  office,  package  rooms,  bureau 
of  information,  exhibit  rooms  and  reception  rooms  for  both  men  and  women;  the 
men's  sanctuary  is  finished  in  maple,  while  the  woman's  is  in  oak,  the  others  being 
of  native  marble  and  hardwoods  from  the  Keystone  State  with  wainscoted  walls, 
heavy  cornices  and  handsome  frescoes.  The  woman's  parlor  is  covered  with  a  cloth 
of  gold  carpet  made  in  Paris  especially  for  this  triangular-shaped  room.  The 
frescoes  are  of  pale  Nile  green  and  the  walls  are  covered  with  large  paintings 
of  a  character  in  keeping 
with  the  purpose  of  the 
room.  Someof  the  paintings 
have  taken  honors  in  com- 
petition, and  all  save  one 
have  been  painted  by  Penn- 
sylvania women.  The  ex- 
ception is  a  rare  curio.  It 
is  a  portrait  in  oil  of  William 
Penn,  painted  by  Joshua 
Richardson  some  time  dur- 
ing the  period  from  1684  to 
i6q9,  while  the  famous 
Quaker  was  on  a  visit  to 
England.  On  the  second 
floor  are  rooms  for  the 
governor,  the  press  corres- 
pondents, the  treasurer  of 
the  commission  and  the 
board  of  commissioners. 
The  apartment  designed  for 
Governor  Pattison's  use  is 
very  plainly  but  richly  fur- 
nished, the  prevailing  color 
being  a  deep  maroon.  It  is 
triangular  in  shape  and  the 
walls  are  unadorned  except 
for   the    bright    red    frieze 

which  gives  it  color.  There  are  also  three  bedrooms  in  the  tower.  In  a  glass 
case  in  the  rotunda  are  shown  some  very  interesting  relics.  Besides  many 
revolutionary  relics,  there  is  the  original  charter  granted  to  Penn  and  his  treaty 
with  the  Indians,  which  is  signed  by  the  aborigines  in  their  peculiar  sign  manuals. 
The  signatures  are  made  by  dipping  the  thumb  in  some  highly  colored  fluid 
and  spreading  the  impression  on  the  treaty.  The  building  is  supplied  with  800 
electric  lights;  the  staircases  are  of  quartered  oak,  all  the  ceilings  of  stamped 
metal,  and  the  whole  structure  cost  the  Pennsylvania  Legislature  $90,000. 


STATUARY  ON   DOME   OF  PENNSYLVANIA   BUILDING, 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  47- 

The  general  style  of  the  New  Jersey  building  is  colonial,  and  it  cost  $19,000. 
The  building  is  principally  of  frame  construction,  covered  with  clapboards  and  with 
some  of  the  ornamental  portions  in  staff.  The  roof  is  shingled.  The  dimensions 
of  the  main  building  are  51  feet  long,  31  feet  deep  and  37  feet  high  to  the  ridge. 
Each  wing  is  16  feet  front,  21  feet  deep  and  30  feet  high.  The  piazzas,  in  front  and 
rear,  are  each  68  feet  long  by  16  feet  wide  (at  the  widest  part).  The  area  covered, 
including  piazzas,  is  3,949  square  feet.  The  site  of  the  building  is  centrally  located 
among  those  of  the  States  of  New  York,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island  and  Con- 
necticut. It  is  not  intended  for  exhibition  purposes,  but  is  more  in  the  nature  of  a 
club-house  for  the  use  and  convenience  of  all  Jersey  people.  There  are  large  and 
inviting  piazzas  on  the  front  and  rear.  The  main  entrance  opens  into  a  large 
general  assembly  hall,  two  stories  high  with  a  circular  balcony  looking  down  from 
the  second  story.  This  hall  contains  the  postofifice  and  the  hat  and  cloak  counters 
a  large  open  fire-place,  nearly  ten  feet  across,  and  the  main  staircase,  this  latter 
being  made  a  feature  of  the  design.  On  the  right  hand  side  of  the  building  are 
located  the  rooms  set  apart  especially  for  the  ladies;  these  consist  of  the  general 
meeting  room  of  the  Ladies'  Board  of  Managers,  two  parlors  on  the  second  floor, 
with  lavatories  and  bath-rooms.  On  the  left  hand  side  of  the  building  are  the 
rooms  set  apart  for  gentlemen,  the  secretary's  office,  board  room,  president's  room, 
committee  rooms  and  lavatories.  In  the  third  story  are  the  care-takers'  apartment, 
and  store-rooms  for  documents,  etc. 

Those  familiar  with  the  appearance  of  the  Washington  headquarters  in 
Morristown,  N.  J.,  will  recognize  in  New  Jersey's  building  the  nucleus  of  the  general 
lines  and  details  of  that  historic  structure.  The  interest  of  the  Morristown  build- 
ing is  no  doubt  somewhat  shared .  in  by  the  New  Jersey  building,  and  it  seems  that 
the  State  has  done  well  in  selecting  the  old  headquarters  as  a  starting' point  for  the 
design,  when  it  is  remembered  that  under  the  roof  of  the  old  Morristown  house 
more  of  the  noted  characters  of  the  Revolution  have  gathered  than  under  any  roof 
in  America.  General  Washington  made  the  building  his  headquarters  during  the 
winter  of  1779  and  '80,  and  Alexander  Hamilton  lived  there  during  the  same  long 
winter,  and  there  "  he  met  and  courted  the  lady  he  afterward  married,  the  daughter 
of  General  Schuyler."  Celebrated  men,  including  Green,  Knox,  Lafayette, 
Steuben,  Kosciusko,  Schuyler,  "  Light  Horse"  Harry  Lee,  old  Israel  Putnam,  "Mad 
Anthony"  Wayne,  and  "that  brave  soldier  but  rank  traitor,  Benedict  Arnold," 
have  all  been  beneath  its  roof.  This  building  is  used  as  the  headquarters  of  New 
Jersey  commissioners,  and  is  a  place  where  every  New  Jerseyman  and  his  family  is 
made  to  feel  at  home,  where  he  can  meet  his  friends,  can  register  his  address  and 
receive  his  letters.  It  is,  in  fact,  a  part  of  his  own  State  transported  to  the  Expos- 
ition grounds. 

It  may  not  be  generally  known  that  the  little  Southern  State  of  Deleware, 
beyond  being  the  producer  of  many  distinguished  statesmen  and  the  best  peaches 
and  the  best  war  vessels  in  the  world,  sent  more  Union  soldiers  to  the  field  than 
any  other  state  according  to  its  population.  It  was  the  first  state  to  raise  money 
for  the  Exposition,  and  it  spent  $7,500  on  its  building,  which  is  constructed  wholly 


472 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


of  native  woods  and  materials  from  the  State,  is  58x60  feet,  extremely  picturesque 
and  elaborately  furnished.  One  room  in  the  building  is  finished  in  Colonial  style, 
with  hangings  and  furnitute  representing  the  Colonial  days.  It  is  very  interesting, 
there  being  figures  in  clay  of  the  old  Swedes'  Church  at  Wilmington,  Barratt's 
Chapel,  and  Christ  Church.  Christ  Church  was  built  more  than  100  years  ago  of 
heart  pine.  It  is  without  a  particle  of  paint  and  has  the  high  backed  pews,  the 
chancel  at  one  end,  the  servants'  gallery  at  the  opposite  end,  midway  on  the  east 
side  the  lofty  pulpit,  and  immediately  below  the  reading  desk  ard  the  clerk's  desk. 


ON  THE  JERSEY  SHORE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  473 


CHAPTER  IV. 
VIRGINIA.  THE    MOTHER    OF  PRESIDENTS. 

Mount  Vernon  Reproauced— One  of  the  Most  Interesting  Collections  of  Choice  Relics  on  the  Grounds — 
West  Virginia  and  Maryland  Near  By — Much  That  Is  Colonial  Seen  in  These  Buildings — Old 
Portraits,  Flint  Guns,  Cockades  and  Continentals — West  Virginia. 

HE  State  of  Virginia  is  the  mother  of  Presidents — so  every 
school-child  is  taught.  To  be  sure,  Massachusetts  has  given 
the  country  two,  the  Adamses;  Tennessee  three,  the  hero  of 
New  Orleans  being  among  them;  New  York  four,  Van 
Buren,  Fillmore,  Arthur  and  Cleveland;  Ohio  has  given  us 
two  good  soldiers  and  statesmen,  Garfield  and  Hayes;  Indi- 
ana two,  the  hero  of  Tippecanoe  and  his  grandson,  a  noble 
soldier  of  the  civil  war,  and  one  of  the  most  eloquent  orators 
rhat  has  ever  lived;  Illinois  two — mention  their  names  pro- 
foundly— Lincoln  and  Grant — great  in  peace  and  great  in 
war;  Louisiana  and  New  Hampshire  one  each.  But  Virginia 
has  given  us  five — Washington,  Jefferson,  Madison,  Monroe 
and  Tyler.  This  State  is  not  only  the  mother  of  Presidents — Randolph,  Scott, 
Preston,  the  Lees,  Custis,  Thomas,  Stonewall  Jackson  and  a  hundred  other 
illustrious  Americans  were  Virginians.  At  a  cost  of  about  $19,000  this  grand  old 
State  reproduced  Mount  Vernon  as  its  building.  It  covers  an  area  of  175x185  feet, 
and  lies  near  the  lake  and  opposite  the  Maryland  building.  The  structure  is  an 
exact  representation  of  the  Mount  Vernon  mansion  in  Fairfax  county,  Virginia, 
near  Washington  city,  the  building  in  which  George  Washington  lived  and  died. 
It  got  into  his  hands  from  his  brother,  Lawrence  Washington,  and  was  built  in  the 
early  part  of  the  last  century  by  his  father.  The  main  building  is  94x32  feet,  two 
stories  and  an  attic  and  a  two-story  portico,  with  large  columns  extending  along 
the  whole  front,  being  94  feet  long,  13  feet  high  and  14  feet  wide.  The  portico  ex- 
tends up  to  the  cornice  of  the  roof,  has  an  ornamental  railing  around  the  top  and  is 
furnished  with  settees  alorig  the  whole  length  next  the  wall.  There  are  two 
colonnades  running  back  from  each  wing  of  the  building  to  the  rear  about  20  feet 
long,  9 >^  feet  wide  and  11  feet  high,  connected  each  with  a  one-and-a-half  story 
structure,  40x20  feet.  These  are  called  the  dependencies.  Altogether  there  are 
twenty-five  rooms  in  the  structure.  On  the  first  and  second  floors  of  the  main 
building  there  are  eleven  rooms,  in  the  attic  six,  and  in  each  of  the  dependencies 
four  rooms.  The  largest  rooms  in  the  house  are  the  banquet  hall,  31x23  feet, 
and  the  library  16x19  feet,  the  main  entrance  hall,  Washington's  chamber,  in  which 
he  died,  upon   the   second  floor,   and    Mrs.  Washington's  chamber  in  the  attic,  to 


474 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


VIRGINIA  BUILDING. 


which  she  removed  after  her  husband's  death,  and  which  she  occupied  during  the 
remainder  of  her  life  on  account  of  its  being  the  only  room  in  the  house  which 
looked  out  upon  his  tomb.  The  apartments  average  upon  the  first  floor  17x17 
feet,  upon  the  second  17x13  feet.     The  height  of  the   first  story  is  10  feet  g  inches; 

of  the  second,  7  feet  11  inches; 
of  the  attic,  6  feet  9  inches.  The 
distance  from  the  ground  to  the 
top  of  the  cupola  is  50  feet.  In 
the  main  hall  is  a  large  stair- 
way four  feet  wide,  ascending  by 
platforms  to  the  floors  above. 
On  the  first  platform  of  the 
stairway  there  is  an  old  Wash- 
ington family  clock,  a  very  in- 
teresting historical  relic.  This 
hall  is  furnished  with  antique 
sofas  and  pictures  of  the  last 
century.  The  rooms  upon  the 
first  floor  are  ornamented  by 
heavy  carved  and  molded  wood 
trimmings  and  handsome  man- 
tels, very  antique.  This  Virginia  building  is  not  only  an  exact  representation  in 
every  particular  of  the  old  Mount  Vernon  structure,  but  everything  within  it  is 
also  of  the  same  character.  Nothing  modern  is  seen  in  the  building,  except  the 
people  and  the  library  of  books  by  exclusively  Virginia  authors.  As  far  as  could 
be  done  the  building  was  furnished 
with  articles  which  were  collected 
from  all  over  the  State,  the  heir- 
looms of  old  Virginia  families,  and 
with  portraits  of  the  same  character. 
Whatever  may  be  lacking  in  furnish- 
ing the  building  with  articles  of  this 
character  is  supplied  with  furniture 
made  after  the  same  old  fashion. 
The  building  is  presided  over  by  the 
Lady  Assistant  of  the  Virginia  Board, 
Mrs.  Lucy  Preston  Beale,  a  daughter 
of  Hon.  Ballard  Preston  and  a  grand- 
daughter to  General  Preston,  a  form- 
er Governor  of  Virginia.  She  has  for 
the   attendants  in   the    building  old 

Virginia  negroes,  and  undertakes  to  represent  in  every  particular  an  old  Virginia 
liomc  of  the  Colonial  period.  There  is  a  very  rare  collection  of  relics  of  Colonial 
times  and  of  the  Revolutionary  War, and  everything  which  is  antique,  amongwhich 


WEST  VIRGINIA  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


475 


is  exhibited  a  copy  of  the  original  will  of  George  Washington.  The  library  is  fur- 
nished entirely  with  books  written  by  Virginians  or  relating  to  Virginia,  quite  a 
large  collection  of  which  has  been  made,  and  ornamented  with  old  Virginia  por- 
traits, views  and  other  relics  of  the  Colonial  period  and  the  last  century.  Alto- 
gether the  building  with  its  furnishings  is  unequaled  in  its  character  and  appoint- 
ments, and  nothing  like  it  will  be  found  elsewhere  except  at  Mount  Vernon  itself. 
West  Virginia,  which  many  old  Virginians  still  claim  as  part  of  the  old  State, 


RELICS  OF  GEORGE  WASHINGTON. 


and  which  slid  away  from  the  more  southern  element  in  1862,  has  an  attractive 
building  in  a  strictly  Colonial  style,  which  cost  $20,000.  It  is  two  stories  high,  with 
a  pitched  roof,  the  outer  walls  being  weatherboarded  and  painted.  The  roof  is 
shingled.  The  interior  is  finished  in  hard  wood,  the  walls  are  plastered,  and  the 
ceilings  are  of  ornamental  iron  work  from  Wheeling.  All  of  the  exposed  material 
in  the  building  is  the  product  of  the  State.  The  main  entrance  is  on  the  west,  on  a 
platform  porch.  Above  the  entrance  is  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  State  in  bas-relief. 
Within  the  entrance  is  a  vestibule,  with  rooms  for  the  boards  of  commissioners 
on  either  side.     Beyond  the  vestibule   is   a   large  reception  hall  flanked  by  parlors 


47'3  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

for  women  and  men.  Back  of  these  parlors  are  toilet  and  retiring  rooms.  On  the 
second  floor  front  are  two  committee  rooms,  and  the  balance  of  the  floor  consti- 
tutes an  assembly  room  and  reception  hall  34x76  feet  in  size.  There  are  four  large- 
fireplaces  in  the  building,  two  on  each  floor,  with  very  handsome  carved  wood 
mantels.     The  building  has  a  ground  area  of  58x123  feet. 

West  Virginia  to  the  schoolboy  is  a  pale  blue  triangle  lying  on  the  eastern 
portion  of  the  map  of  the  United  States,  and  often  causing  him  extraordinary  and 
acute  anguish  to  define  its  boundaries.  To  the  average  man,  "grown  and  bearded," 
it  is  a  place  that  coal  comes  from,  or  a  winter  health  resort,  or  sometimes  a  bit  of 
rough  country  which  the  cars  whirl  him  through.  But  to  the  West  Virgianian  it  is. 
the  noblest  work  of  nature. 

Some  hundreds  of  West  Virginians  got  together  at  their  beautiful  State, 
building  on  the  20th  of  June  and  explained  this  to  each  other  at  some  length.  In- 
cidentally they  dedicated  the  building,  but  the  bulk  of  the  time  was  spent  in  the 
enjoyment  of  wood  pictures  descriptive  of  their  Virginian  elisium,  and  an  occasional 
friendly  lament  that  Chicago,  with  all  its  other  glories,  could  not  have  had  the 
added  advantage  of  being  located  in  West  Virginia. 

The  felicitations — exercises  seems  too  cold  a  word — were  held  in  the  large 
assembly  room  on  the  second  floor,  a  spacious,  cool  apartment  with  big  windows 
opening  to  the  floor,  with  splendid  hardwood  wainscoting  running  about  its  walls 
and  a  magnificent  carved  mantel  at  one  end.  It  was  handsomely  decorated  with, 
bannerettes  and  palms,  and  presented  a  most  attractive  appearance. 

As  one  of  the  speakers  said,  the  West  Virginia  building  is  typical  of  the  State, 
and  all  the  wood  and  metal  work  used  so  profusely  in  decorating,  the  interior  are 
its  own  products,  and  nowhere  outside  the  Forestry  building  is  there  such  a  superb 
and  comprehensive  display  of  American  hard  woods.  State  Commissioner  Chan- 
cellor made  the  opening  address  welcoming  the  guests  and  presenting  the  regrets 
of  the  Governor  of  West  Virginia  that  he  was  unable  to  be  present.  Commissioner 
Chancellor  read  a  telegram  from  tne  Governor  requesting  him  to  call  upon  some 
typical  West  Virginian  to  act  as  substitute  for  him.  In  obedience  to  which  request 
Mr.  Chancellor  summoned  United  States  Commissioner  St.  Clair  to  take  the  place 
of  the  absent  Governor. 

General  St.  Clair  arose  and  in  his  easy,  self-possessed  manner  announced 
that  it  was  with  deep  embarrassment  that  he  responded  to  such  a  call.  His  re- 
marks were  crisp  and  pointed,  and  often  almost  startling — as  for  instance,  when  he 
said  that  the  people  of  West  Virginia  and  the  people  of  the  United  States  were  in- 
debted largely  to  West  Virginia  for  the  success  (>f  the  Fair,  which  he  explained  by 
stating  that  it  was  the  second  coal-producing  State  and  the  seventh  hardwood 
State  in  the  Union. 

He  dwelt  long  on  the  various  natural  resources  of  his  native  State,  and  gave 
numerous  figures  showing  the  remarkable  progress  it  had  made  since  the  war.  la 
conclusion  he  pointed  to  the  fact  that  the  State  building  was  not  intended  as  a 
place  for  exhibits,  but  as  a  resting  place  and   home  not   only   for  West  Virginians 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


477 


but  for  everybody  who  cared  to  accept  its  hospitality.     And  to  the  use  and  benefit 
of  everybody  he,  therefore,  dedicated  it. 

The  Maryland  building,  which  cost  about  $12,000,  is  near  the  lake  and  very 
properly  opposite  the  Virginia  building.  It  is  a  handsome  structure  and  is  divided 
into  reception  hall,  ladies'  toilet,  ladies'  parlor,  exhibition  hall,  woman's  depart- 
ment, bureau  of  information  and  main  exhibition  hall,  beside  spacious  porches  on 
the  first  floor.  Gentlemen's  toilet,  office,  smoking  room,  reading  room  and  three 
parlors  which  communicate,  constitute  the  second  floor,  and  a  gallery  overlook- 
ing the  main  exhibition  hall,  is  entered  from  this  floor.  The  flat  deck  roofs  of 
porches  and  buildings  offer  fine  points  of  vantage  for  overlooking  the  grounds  of 
the  World's  Fair. 


MARYLAND  BUILDING. 


GROUP  OF  PRESIDENTS  OF  STATE  BOARDS. 


1.  La  Fayette  Funk, 

Illinois. 
i.  3.  B.  Smith, 

Delaware. 
7.  H.  B.  Andrews, 

10.  W.  W.  Peabody, 

Ohio. 
13.  D.  B.  Smalley, 

^'ermont. 


2.  S.  P.  Behan, 

Arizona. 

5.   D.  O.  MONFOET, 

Minnesota. 
8.  Pkof.  Andrews, 

Rhode  Island. 
11.  C.  H.  Amsden, 

New  Hampshire. 
U.  Jno.  S.  Harper, 

Wyoming. 


8.  J.  O.  Crosby, 

Iowa. 
6.  A.  J.  Seay, 

Oklahoma 

9.  M.  W.  CoBUN, 

Kansas. 
12.  Chahncey  M.  Depew, 

New  York. 
15.  I.  M.  Scott, 

California. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  479 


CHAPTER  V. 
'WAY    DOWN  SOUF  'MONO  DE  FIELDS  OF  COTTON. 

The  Governors  of  North  and  South  CaroHna  Are  Not  In  It — Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi  and  Teimes- 
see  Also  Have  No  State  Buildings — Rorida  Reproduces  Fort  Marion — Louisiana  has  a  Beautiful 
Building— All  its  Governors  for  One  Hundred  Years  Present — The  Woman's  World's  Fair 
Exhibit  Association  of  Texas  Erect  a  Handsome  Building  for  the  Lone  Star  State. 

ORTH  Carolina  has  no  building,  but  the  State  makes 
collective  exhibits  in  the  Agricultural,  Horticultural, 
Mines,  Fisheries  and  Forestry  departments.  The  South 
Carolina  Legislature  voted  adversely  on  the  question 
of  making  an  appropriation,  therefore  that  State  has  no 
building  nor  State  Board  of  Commissioners.  The  same 
may  be  said  of  Georgia.  Alabama  has  no  State  Board 
of  Commissioners  nor  a  building,  the  Legislature  hav- 
ing failed  to  make  an  appropriation.  Some  funds  were 
raised  in  the  State,  however,  pending  the  action  of  the  Legisla- 
ture on  the  World's  Fair  Bill,  but  it  was  not  a  sufficient  amount 
with  which  to  erect  a  creditable  building  and  the  movement 
was  abandoned.  The  Mississippi  Legislature  refused  to  pass  an  appropriation  bill, 
hence  that  State  has  no  building  nor  State  Board  of  Commissioners. 

The  Tennessee  Legislature  failed  to  make  an  appropriation,  hence  there  is 
no  State  Board  of  Commissioners  nor  State  building.  The  mining  town  of  Harri- 
man  makes  an  exhibit  in  the  Mines  building,  but  otherwise  there   is  no   collective 

exhibit  shown. 

At  a  cost  of  $20,000,  Florida  reproduces  Fort  Marion,  St.  Augustine,  which  has 
been  a  great  attraction.  The  original  fort  covers  an  area  of  one  acre,  and  is,  per 
haps,'the  oldest  structure  in  North  America,  the  most  interesting  specimen  of  Spanish 
supremacy  in  this  country,  and  the  only  example  of  mediaeval  fortification  on  the 
continent.  Its  erection  was  begun  in  1620,  and  continued  for  100  years.  To  equip 
it  as  a  garrison,  required  100  guns  and  1,000  men.  It  was  never  taken  by  a  besieg- 
ing force.  The  State  building  occupies  one-fifth  of  the  space  of  Fort  Marion.  It 
is  in  the  form  of  a  four-bastioned  fortress.  Including  the  moat,  the  site  is  155  feet 
square.  The  building  proper  is  137  feet  square.  The  frame  is  of  pine,  covered 
with  plasture  and  coquina  shells,  in  imitation  of  the  original.  The  interior  is  di- 
vided into  parlors  for  men  and  women,  committee  and  exhibit  rooms,  and  is  furn- 
ished in  Florida's  native  woods.  The  interior  court  is  planted  in  bamboo,  orange, 
lemon  and  other  tropical  trees.     The  ramparts  furnish  space  for  proijienades   and 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


481 


LOUISIANA   BUILDING. 


hanging  gardens.  In  the  moat  Is  a  sunken  garden,  where  are  produced  miniature 
fields  of  cotton,  sugar,  rice,  tobacco,  etc.;  showing  the  natural  resources  of  the  state. 
In  visiting  this  building  one  feels  that  he  is  in  St.  Augustine,  or  Palatka,  or  Magno- 
lia, among  oranges  and  cocoanuts  and  alligators  and  pelicans,  and  among  trees  and 

mosses  many  hundreds  of  years 
old.  The  Louisiana  structure  is 
an  exact' counterpart  of  the  well- 
to-do  Creole  buildings  that  may 
be  seen  anywhere  from  Baton 
Rouge  down.  It  is  built  with  an 
eye  to  crevasses  and  high  tem- 
peratures, is  two  stories  high, 
with  piazzas,  and  has  a  decidedly 
Southern  air.  It  is  truly  Southern, 
and  there  are  latchstrings  on 
every  door.  Pictures  of  all  the 
governors  for  a  hundred  years 
are  on  all  the  walls,  and  there 
are  plants  without  and  within 
that  suggest  the  prodigality  of 
the  soil.  An  hour  in  the  Louisiana  building  gives  one  a  lasting  idea  of  Andrew 
Jackson  and  Louis  Phillipe,  and  he  learns  much  of  one  of  the  most  celebrated 
chess  players,  one  of  the  most  eminent  pianists,  and  one  of  the  most  enjoyable 
novelists  of  modern  times.  The 
building  cost  less  than  $18,000  and 
shows  off  well  for  the  amount  ex- 
pended. It  has  a  frontage  of  66 
feet  and  a  depth  of  56  feet.  The 
first  story  is  14  feet  in  the  clear, 
second  story  13  feet.  The  building 
is  finished  in  natural  vifoods — princi- 
pally cypress  and  white  pine.  The 
interior  contains  on  the  ground 
floor  a  large  hall,  off  which  is  ranged 
reception  rooms,  dining  room  and 
smoking  room.  The  second  story 
contains  a  large  exhibition  room 
which  communicates  with  smaller 
exhibition  rooms  and  ladies'  parlor. 

Retiring  rooms  and  lavatories  have  been  provided  on  both  floors.  In  connection 
with  the  State  building  is  a  Creole  kitchen  where  the  famous  palatable  cookery  pre- 
pared in  Creole  fashion  is  served.  The  loth  of  August  was  a  famous  day  for 
Louisianians — the  Director-General  was  present  of  course,  as  he  married  one  of 
the  belles  of  New  Orleans. 


TEXAS   BUILDING. 


482  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

At  a  cost  of  raising  $30,000  Texas  has  erected  a  handsome  building  on  the 
right  of  the  north  entrance  to  the  Exposition  grounds,  and  this  notwithstanding  the 
failure  of  the  State  Legislature  to  make  an  appropriation  on  account  of  constitu- 
tional prohibition.  The  money  for  the  structure  was  raised  by  the  Women's  Fair 
Exhibit  Association  of  Texas,  with  headquarters  at  Austin,  the  State  capital.  In 
the  treatment  of  the  design  of  the  Texas  building  the  architect  has  not  deflected 
from  the  history  of  the  Lone  Star  State,  which,  from  its  foundation,  has  been 
marked  by  a  Spanish  tinge,  whose  architectural  inclination  and  handsome  botanical 
effects  lay  down  a  chain  of  thought  far  too  beautiful  to  be  forsaken  for  that  of  the 
present  day;  therefore,  the  building  was  designed  for  colonnades,  grounds,  fountains 
foliage,  etc.  It  contains  an  assembly  room  56  feet  square,  28  feet  high,  provided 
with  art  glass  skylight  in  the  ceiling,  with  a  mosaic  Texas  star  in  the  center.  The 
rostrum,  ante-room,  etc.,  are  furnished  in  the  natural  woods  of  Texas.  One  wing 
contains  rooms  k)r  bureau  of  information,  register,  messenger,  telephone,  telegraph, 
directors,  Texas  Press  Association  headquarters,  commissioners,  historical  museum 
and  library,  toilet  rooms,  county  collective  exhibits,  etc.  The  main  entrances  are 
through  vestibules,  flanked  on  either  side  by  niches  and  colonnades.  The  main 
vestibules  terminate  in  a  large  auditorium,  connecting  with  the  rooms  mentioned. 
Great  credit  is  due  to  Mrs.  Benedette  B.  Tobin,  the  leading  spirit  in  all  that  per- 
tains to  the  Texas  building. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  483 


CHAPTER  VI. 
THE  NOTED   BLUE  GRASS  STATE. 

A  Glance  at  Its  Pretty  Women — Fleet  Horses  and  Fine  Grasses  of  Kentucky — Kentuckians  are  Boastful, 
but  They  Never  "  Talk  Through  Their  Hats  "—Arkansas  and  Its  Building — A  Fountain  of  Hot 
Springs  Crystals  Illuminated  by  Incandescents — The  Forty-five  Thousand  Dollar  Building  of 
Missouri — A  Territorial  Trio. 

NOTED  Virginian  once  stated  that  the  greatest  boasters  ir> 
the  world  were  Virginians,  always  excepting  Kentuckians 
Well,  Kentucky  has  a  good  deal  to  boast  of — great  men. 
pretty  women,  fine  grass,  and  some  other  thing  that  are 
thought  to  be  the  best  of  their  kind.  It  is  generally  admitted 
that  Kentuckians  are  boastful,  but  they  never  "talk  through 
their  hats."  There  are  hens  that  make  a  great  deal  of  noise, 
but  they  never  cackle  until  after  they  have  led  their  eggs. 
The  Kentucky  State  building  is  typical  of  the  southern  Colonial 
style,  as  distinguished  from  the  New  England,  and  suggests  the 
better  class  of  old  Kentucky  homesteads.  The  size  of  the  building,  ex- 
clusive of  porches,  is  75x90  feet  and  cost  $20,000,  and  in  the  center  of 
the  principal  facade,  under  the  covered  porch,  is  the  main  entrance.  To 
the  left-hand  side  of  the  entrance,  communicating  with  the  lobby,  is  the  parcel  and 
check  room  and  postofifice,  while  directly  opposite  is  the  ofifice  of  the  secretary,  in 
connection  with  which  is  a  smaller  room  used  as  an  information  bereau.  The  lobbjr 
opens  on  the  great  hall  35x40  feet  in  size,  at  the  end  of  which  is  a  wide  stairway 
leading  up  to  the  second-story  gallery.  Under  the  wide  platform  in  the  center  of 
the  hall  in  the  entrance  to  the  dining-room.  This  platform  is  located  midway  be-  , 
tween  the  two  stories,  and  the  greater  part  of  this  hall  extends  to  the  roof,  with 
galleries  around  the  second-story  overlooking  the  first.  On  the  left-hand  side  of 
the  hall  in  a  recess  is  placed  the  great  hall  fireplace.  The  mantel  is  14  feet  wide 
and  the  fireplace  opening  itself  8  feet,  where  great  yule  logs  may  be  burnt.  The 
ladies'  parlors  are  on  the  left  hand  side  of  the  building  opening  into  the  reception 
hall.  The  principal  parlor  is  20x36  feet,  and  communicates  with  the  check-room 
and  postoffice.  On  the  right-hand  side  of  the  hall  opposite  the  ladies'  quarters  are 
the  gentlemen's  parlors,  the  same  size  as  the  ladies'  parlors,  with  a  smoking-room 
attached.  Adjoining  the  main  hall  and  smoking-room  is  a  side  entrance  hall,  upon 
which  the  men's  toilet  room  opens.  The  dining  hall  is  20x40  feet,  abundantly 
lighted  and  with  a  deeply  recessed  alcove  for  the  fireplace,  immediately  opposite 
the  entrance  to  the  hall.     This  dining-room  communicates  with  the  necessary  serv- 

Sl 


484 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLDS  FAIR. 


KENTUCKY    BUILDING. 


ing-rooms,  store-room,  kitchen  and  servants'  bed-rooms.  The  second  floor  si  a 
gallery  8  feet  wide,  around  three  sides  of  the  open  light-well,  which  extends  from 
tthe  first  floor  to  the  top  of  the  building,  where  it  is  roofed  over  with  an  obscured 
glass  ceiling  or  sky-light.      Extending  across  the  entire  front  of  the  building,  and 

opening  on  the  wide  gallery,  are 
M  arranged  three  exhibition  rooms,  two 
of  which  are  20x27  feet,  and  the  third 
20x23  feet.  On  the  right  hand  side, 
on  this  floor,  is  the  commissioners' 
room  communicating  with  the  main 
gallery,  and  also  a  private  hall  and 
stairway  leading  to  the  first  floor. 
With  this  hall  are  connected  two 
sleeping  rooms  and  bath-rooms  for  the 
use  of  the  commissioners.  On  the 
opposite  side  of  the  building  is  the 
lady  commissioners'  committee  room, 
and  also  a  store-room,  where  pack- 
ing cases,  chairs,  etc.,  can  be  stored. 
The  three  exhibition  rooms  are  ar- 
ranged so  that  they  can  be  thrown  together  and  form  an  assembly  room.  The 
interior  is  furnished  in  white  or  old  ivory. 

The  State  of  Arkansas  makes  a  very  good  showing;  its  building  was  designed 
by  a  woman,  Mrs.  Jean  Douglas  of 
Little  Rock,  and  cost  $15,000.  It 
follows  classic  models,  being  in  the 
French  "rococo"  style  of  architec- 
ture, as  Arkansas  was  first  settled 
by  the  French.  The  exterior  is  in 
plaster  and  ornamental  staff  work, 
tinted  in  light  color.  It  covers  a 
ground  area  66x92  feet  and  has 
an  elliptical  entrance  from  a  large 
circular  veranda  on  the  first  floor. 
Besides  the  entrance  lobby  16x29 
feet,  the  first  floor  contains  a  ro- 
tunda 30x30  lighted  by  a  central 
dome,  eight  rooms  15x15  on  each 
side  of  the  rotunda,  five  of  which 
are  used  as  exhibit  rooms,  and  the 

registry  room  on  the  right  of  the  entrance  lobby.  Opening  from  the  rotunda  by 
triple  arches  is  the  hallway,  11x55,  with  stairs  at  each  end.  The  interior  is  tinted 
and  the  ornamental  work  is  brought  out  in  gold.  There  is  an  Assembly  Hall  25x66 
feet,  with  ten-foot  mantel  of  Arkansas  white  onyz.     On  the  second  floor  are   the 


MISSOURI   BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


485 


ARKANSAS    BUILDING. 


parlors,   library   and   clubrooms.      The  chief   attraction  is   the    fountain   of    Hot 

Springs  crystals  illuminated  by  electricity. 

The  ground   plan  of  the  Missouri  building   is   square,  with  a   quarter  circle 

taken  out  of  the  southeast  corner,  to  correspond  with  the  form  of  the  juncture  of  the 

two  avenues  on  which  it  faces.  To 
the  south  is  the  Art  building,  and 
to  the  east,  across  the  avenue,  is 
Pennsylvania's  building.  The 
building  is  86x86  feet,  two  stories 
high,  and  cost  $45,000.  In  the 
front,  and  over  the  main  entrance, 
is  an  elliptical  dome,  70  feet  high, 
flanked  by  smaller  octagonal 
domes,  48  feet  high.  The  main 
entrance,  which  is  in  the  southeast 
corner  of  the  building,  facing  both 
avenues,  is  of  cut  brown  stone  from 
the  quarries  of  Warrensburg,  Mo. 
The  balance  of  the  structure  is 
frame,  covered  with  staff,  and  the 

columns  and  pilasters  are  of  the  same  material.     Within  the  same  entrance  is  a 

rotunda,  with  a  mosaic  tile  floor.     On  either  side  of  the  main  entrance  are  minor 

entrances,  the  one  on  the  left  leading  to  the  headquarters  of  Western  Missouri 

and  Kansas  City,  and  the  one  on  the  right  leading  to  the  headquarters  of  Eastern 

Missouri  and  St.  Louis.     Within  the 

rotunda  are  the  telegraph  office  and 

the   postofifice,    occupying  the  space 

under  the  octagonal  dome.   On  either 

side   of   the   rotunda   is   a   fountain. 

On  the  left  of  the  rotunda  are  two 

exhibit  rooms  30x20  feet  and  28x17 

feet.    On  the  right   is  a  journalists' 

room,  a  reading-room,  a  library,  and 

a  bureau  of  information.     Entrance 

is  had  to  the  rotunda  from  all  of  these 

rooms  by  tilted  halls.     Two  flights  of 

stairs,  very   handsome,    in    red    and 

white  oak,  lead  to  the  second  floor. 

A  promenade  balcony  with  a  marble 

floor  overhangs  the  main  entrance.  A 

large  auditorium  room,  irregular  in  shape,  occupies  the  center  and  large  portion 

of  the  second  floor.     The  southeast  bay  is  occupied  by  a  parlor  and  reading  room. 

for  women,  the  southwest  bay  by  a  similar  room  for  men.     There  are  toilet  rooms, 

and  a  committee  room,  and  a  special  room  for  the  Governor  of  Missouri.      On  the 


JOINT   TERRITORIAL  BUILDING. 


486  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

balcony  floor  are  six  bed-rooms,  three  in  each  bay,  and  a  kitchen.  The  building 
contains  thirty-two  rooms.  It  is  very  handsome,  and  richly  ornamented.  The  glass 
is  all  plate  and  was  donated  by  Missouri  manuafcturers. 

The  joint  buildings  of  the  territories  of  Arizona,  New  Mexico  and  Oklahoma 
occupies  an  advantageous  location  among  the  other  States  and  Territorial  build- 
ings in  the  north  end  of  the  grounds.  It  is  two  stories  in  height,  28  feet  over  all, 
and  has  a  frontage  of  go  feet.  It  is  ornamental  in  design  and  of  a  composite 
character,  the  lower  story  being  supported  by  Doric  columns.  The  main  building  is 
divided  into  three  departments,  one  floor  for  each  territory,  each  department  hav- 
ing a  grand  reception  room  in  the  center,  flanked  on  each  side  by  parlors.  The 
offices  of  the  commissioners  are  grouped  around  the  main  reception  rooms,  dividing 
them  from  the  parlors  on  each  side.  It  is  a  frame  building,  finished  in  acme  cement 
plaster,  and  is  used  for  various  exhibits  as  well  as  for  the  general  headquarters. 
There  is  no  more  interesting  place  to  spend  half  an  hour  than  m  this  building,  which 
may  be  considered  the  home  of  the  Territories  (Utah  excepted),  as  neither  i\laska 
or  the  Indian  Territory  has  a  building,  and  we  haven't  annexed  Hawaii  yet. 


II 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  487 


CHAPTER  VII. 
THE  STATES  BY  THE  LAKES. 

The  Beautiful  Building  of  Ohio — A  Great  R:sort  Afternoons — Indiana's  Superb  Sixty-Five  Thousand 
Dollar  Edifice—  Michigan's  Attractive  Building  -Nothing  to  Excel  It  in  All  Round  Beauties — The 
Wolverines  in  Their  Glory — The  Badger  State  Spends  $3o,000  to  Make  Its  Denizens  Com- 
fortable. 


^     HIO,  one  of  the  greatest  states  in  the  Union,  and  80  years 


ago  the  "  far  west,"  is  represented  by  a  $30,000  building 
on  the  North  Pond,  between  the  Art  Palace  and  Illinois 
building.  It  is  a  type  of  the  Italian  renaissance; — called 
in  America,  colonial — and  is  100x80  feet,  two  stories  high, 
of  wood  and  staff  with  tile  roof.  The  main  entrance  on 
the  east  is  within  a  semi-circular  colonial  portico,  thirty- 
three  feet  high,  the  roof  supported  by  eight  great  col- 
umns. The  tile  roof,  mantels,  finishing  woods,  and 
much  of  the  visible  material  are  the  gift  of  Ohio  producers. 
The  main  entrance  opens  on  a  lobby,  on  the  left  of  which 
is  the  women's  parlor,  and  on  the  right  a  committee-room.  Occupying  the  central 
portion  of  the  building  is  the  reception  hall,  23  by  36  feet,  and  28  feet  high,  extend- 
ing through  to  the  roof.  The  coved  ceiling  of  the  hall  is  ornamented.  A  broad 
terrace  extends  the  entire  length  of  the  main  facade,  and  back  of  the  reception 
hall  is  an  open  court,  36  feet  square,  inclosed  on  three  sides,  the  north  and  south 
sides  being  formed  by  the  wings  of  the  building.  All  of  the  north  wing  is  occupied 
by  the  information  bureau.  The  room  is  30  by  59  feet,  and  is  divided  into  offices  by 
wire  railings.  In  the  south  wing  is  the  parlor  for  men,  a  writing-room,  a  smoking- 
room,  and  toilet  rooms.  On  the  second  floor  of  the  north  wing  is  the  assembly- 
room,  30  by  42  feet.  The  second  floor  of  the  south  wing  has  a  press  correspond- 
ents' room,  servants'  rooms,  bed  and  bath  rooms. 

Buckeyes  molded  in  stucco  form  the  motif  of  decoration  in  the  main  hall,  and 
the  coat  of  arms  of  the  State  appears  in  an  ornamental  stained  window.  The  glass 
is  an  amber  hue  and  the  room  bathed  in  a  mellow  radiance  enhanced  by  soft  brown 
axminste*"  and  cream  tinted  columns.  The  names  of  prominent  Ohio  men  appear 
in  other  golden  panes.  The  ladies'  parlor  is  furnished  in  azure,  ivory  and  gold,  and  in  all 
its  appointments  denotes  elegance  and  comfort.  The  grounds  are  in  keeping  with 
the  building,  and  the  eastern  lawns  are  a  great  resort  afternoons. 

Indiana  looms  up  appropriately,  its  building  costing  $65,000.  It  is  situated 
north  of  the  Woman's  building  and  next  to  the  building  of  Wisconsin.     From  the 


488 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


I 


OHIO  BUILDING. 


western  veranda  the  hoosier  visitors  may  enjoj'  a  beautiful  view  of  the  wooded 
islands,  the  lagoon,  the  Illinois  building  and  nearly  all  the  main  structures.  It  is 
French  Gothic  in  design  with  cathedral  windows,  turrets  and  towers.  Two  large 
towers  with  spires,  one  at  either  side,  rising  above  the  roof  of  the  extreme  point, 

are  about  150  feet  from  the  ground. 
The  dimensions,  including  a  ve- 
randa 20  feet  wide  with  two  floors 
extending  entirely  around  the  build- 
ing, are  53x152  feet;  height  three 
stories  and  general  appearance 
very  massive.  The  towers  are 
constructed  of  Colitic  limestone 
brought  from  the  Indiana  quarries. 
The  building  is  covered  with  staff. 
The  entrance  steps,  balustrade  and 
doorways  are  of  handsome  carved 
patterns  of  stone  and  make  a  fine 
display.  The  lower  story  floor  is 
encaustic  tile  of  handsome  pattern 
Broad  carved  oak  stairways  lead 
from  the  lower  floor  into  the  towers  of  the  building.  The  entire  finish  and  the 
doors  are  of  native  quartered  oak,  carved  and  highly  polished.  On  the  first  and 
second  floors  a  wide  hall  extends  through  from  one  tower  to  the  other,  separating 
the  office,  parlors,  reception  and  toilet  rooms  from  the  assembly  room  on  the  first 
floor,  and  the  reading  and  writing 
room  on  the  second  floor,  from  the 
ladies'  parlor,  reception  and  toilet 
rooms  in  the  north  part  of  the  build- 
ing. On  the  ground  floor  is  a  par- 
lor for  women,  with  check  and 
toilet  rooms;  a  parlor  for  men, 
with  check  and  toilet  rooms.  The 
assembly  room  on  the  lower  floor 
is  in  the  form  of  a  hah  circle,  or 
an  immense  bay  window,  and  is 
used  for  the  general  reception 
room.  On  the  second  floor  is  a 
reading  and  writing  room  for  the 
use  of  the  general  public,  the 
women's  private  office  and  recep- 
tion room,  the  oflice  of  the  president,  the  State  board  and  the  executive  com- 
missioner. On  the  third  story,  over  the  main  assembly  room,  is  a  large  room  suit- 
able for  a  lunch  room. 

Michigan  spends  about  $50,cxx)  on  its  splendid  building,  which  is  one  of  the 


INDIANA  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THB,  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


489 


MICHIGAN  BUILDING. 


most  showy  home-like  and  convenient  on  the  grounds.  It  occupies  a  beautiful  site 
near  the  west  end  of  the  Art  gallery,  fronting  on  two  boulevards  and  near  the  Ohio, 
Colorado  and  Wisconsin  buildings.  It  is  100x140  feet  and  is  constructed  after  the 
style  of  the  renaissance  and  is  three  stories  in  height.     It  is  surrounded   on   three 

sides  by  an  elevated  piazza  twelve 
feet  wide,  with  high  red  shingled 
roofs  sloping  overdormerwindows, 
and  rising  majestically  above  the 
front  entrance,  a  balconied  tower 
131  feet  high.  In  this  are  two  large 
illuminated  clocks  with  six  foot 
dials  which  maybe  seen  a  long  dis- 
tance. The  rotunda  has  balconies, 
and  is  painted  a  light  granite  gray 
with  the  soft  red  shingles,  the 
whole  having  a  harmonious  and 
homelike  effect.  The  main  en- 
trance is  by  way  of  the  west  front, 
and  one  steps  into  a  great  tiled 
reception  hall  that  extends  the  full 
depth  of  the  structure  and  is  sixty- 
two  feet  wide.  Opening  from  this  hall  and  near  the  entrance  are  the  secretary's 
offices,  check  rooms,  post  office,  and  barbershop.  The  reception,  reading  and  toilet 
rooms  for  men  and  for  women  are  on  either  side  of  the  hall  way,  and  each  apart- 
ment is  spacious  and  handsomely 
finished.  There  are  wood  fire  places 
inallof  these  rooms,  with  high  oak 
mantels  over  which  are  heads  of 
Michigan  deer.  On  the  second 
floor  is  an  assembly  room,  32x60, 
in  which  a  fine  pipe  organ,  built 
in  Detroit,  is  placed,  and  an'  ex- 
hibit room  room,  31x100  feet.  In 
this  exhibit  hall  is  a  collection  of 
Michigan  birds,  beasts,  and  reptiles, 
woods,  grains,  Indian  relics  and 
minerals — everything  that  lives  or 
has  a  being  in  Michigan.  On  the 
second  floor  is  also  the  newspaper 
exhibit.  Here  are  cabinets  in  which 

are  shown  the  first  page  of  every  newspaper  printed  in  Michigan.  The  directors 
and  commission's  rooms  are  also  on  this  floor.  On  the  third  floor  twelve  chambers, 
with  bath  and  toilet  rooms,  for  members  of  the  commission  and  employes  of  the 


WISCONSIN  BUILDING. 


490 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


building.     Five  hundred  incandescent  lamps  are  used  in  and  about  the  building. 
Many  of  these  shine  in  clusters  along  the  balcony  rails. 

The  most  of  the  important  rooms  in  the  building  were  furnished  by  the 
women  of  the  various  cities  of  the  state.  The  men's  reading  and  reception  rooms 
were  furnished  at  a  cost  of  $4,500  by  the  citizens  of  Muskegon.  The  women's  rooms 
were  fitted  up  by  the  women  of  Grand  Rapids.  The  walls  of  these  rooms  are  done 
in  ivory  and  gold,  with  plastic  dado,  and  the  curtains  hanging  in  harmonious  tints, 

are  of  the  heaviest  and 
finest  materials.  The  wo- 
men's toilet  rooms  are  fin- 
ished entirely  in  bamboo. 
Probably  the  finest  apart- 
ment in  the  building  is  the 
Saginaw  room.  The  con- 
tractor left  this  room  un- 
floored,  unceiled,  and  with 
bare  studding,  and  the  lum- 
bermen of  Saginaw  stepped 
in  and  finished  it  up,  floor, 
walls,  and  ceiling,  with  the 
best  pick  of  all  the  different 
kinds  of  hard  wood  that 
come  into  the  Saginaw  mar- 
ket. A  life  like  bust  of  Gen. 
Cass  is  placed  upon  the 
half-way  landingof  the  main 
staircase,  while  throughout 
the  building  are  pictures  of 
noted  Michigan  men,  "Badg- 
er State  "  scenery,  etc.  On 
the  west  front  is  a  handsome 
stone  parapet  from  the  quar- 
ries at  Bay  Port,  and  sur- 
rounding the  tower  is  a  bal- 
cony capable  of  holding  200 
Wolverines,  should  they  care  to  afford  themselves  of  the  splendid  view  of  the  Ex- 
position, to  be  obtained  from  this  point. 

Wisconsin's  building,  which  cost  $30,000,  starts  out  with  brown  sto.,^-  from 
the  shores  of  Lake  Superior,  follows  that  up  with  pressed  brick  from  Menomenee, 
and  finishes  with  shingles  that  grew  in  the  state's  northern  forests.  It  is  a  repro- 
duction of  a  Wisconsin  home  and  designed  in  no  special  style,  yet  unlike  many 
other  structures,  not  being  built  of  evanescent  stuff,  it  looks  like  it  was  constructed 
for  a  family  residence  to  be  passed  from  father  to  son.     It  is  enclosed  on  all  sides 


SOLDIERS'  MONUMENT  IN  FRONT  OF  OHIO  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  491 

by  spacious  varandas,  while  the  upper  stories  are  all  provided  with  cosy  porches  of 
their  own,  giving  the  building  a  particularly  home-like  appearance. 

The  structure  is  ii§x92  feet  in  area,  with  high  hipped  roof,  stained  to  an 
olive  tint.  The  walls  of  the  first  story  are  of  red  brick;  above  are  stained  shingles. 
The  main  entrance  faces  the  lake  and  is  19  feet  wide,  the  columns  and  walls  of  the 
broad  veranda  which  covers  the  portal  are  of  brownstone  and  polished  granite. 
Within  the  lobby — which  runs  the  full  depth  of  the  building — opens  the  adjacent 
rooms  by  arches  finished  in  red  oak  panel  work,  and  carved  with  the  Wisconsin 
coat-of-arms.  ^  The  lobby  itself  is  in  white  oak.  There  is  a  broad  oaken  stairway 
leading  to  the  second  floor,  and  midway  up,  set  in  front  of  the  building,  the  good 
people  of  Superior  have  put  a  big  stained-glass  window.  This  window  shows  two 
views  of  Superior,  one  when  it  was  a  solitary  Indian  wigwam,  the  other  the  Superior 
of  to-day.  Pine  boughs,  skillfully  wrought  in  glass,  encircle  these  pictures.  There 
is  a  view,  too,  of  a  whaleback  steamer  under  full  headway.  The  legend  underneath 
informs  him  who  looks  that  Superior  is  "  the  home  of  the  whaleback." 

The  first  floor  of  the  Wisconsin  building  is  divided  in  about  the  same  fashion 
as  has  been  followed  in  all  of  the  state  buildings.  The  southwest  corner  of  the 
main  floor  is  reserved  for  women's  headquarters.  This  part  of  the  building  is  done 
in  curly  maple,  birch,  butternut,  and  oak,  all  the  woods  coming  from  Chippewa 
county.  There  is  a  parquetry  floor  which  was  made  in  Racine.  The  men's  rooms 
are  across  the  hallway  and  are  similar  in  size  and  appointments  to  those  reserved 
for  women.  The  rest  of  the  main  floor  is  taken  up  by  the  information  bureau, 
package  rooms  and  post  oflice,  which  occupy  the  northwest  corner.  On  the  second 
floor  are  rooms  and  exhibit  hall  for  the  state  historical  society,  a  large  assembly 
room,  the  office  of  the  board,  and  the  board's  secretary,  and  reading  and  smoking 
rooms.  The  rooms  of  this  floor  are  finished  in  birch  and  ash.  They  all  open  upon 
broad  balconies  in  the  east  and  west  fronts  of  the  building.  On  the  third  floor  are 
chambers  and  bath  rooms  for  commissioners  and  employes. 


GROUP  OF  PRESIDENTS  OF  STATE  BOARDS, 
world's  fair  managers. 


I.    Gen.  John  W.  Corcoran, 

Massac  h  usetts. 
Gov.  R.  E.  Pattison, 

Pennsylvania. 
7.    Stephen  J.  Meeker, 

New  Jersey, 
io,    W.  H.  Dulaney, 

Kentucky, 
13.    W.  N.  Chancellor, 

West  Vifsinia.. 


2.    Hall  C.  Burleigh, 

Maine. 
5.    Gov.  Frank  Brown, 

Alary  land. 
8.    Capt.  A.  A.  Woods, 

Louisiana, 
II.    N.  G.  Blalock,  M.  D.. 

VVaskingtottt 
4.    James  Mitchell, 

Arkansas. 


3.    Clem.  Studebaker, 

Indiana, 
6.    August  L.  Smith, 

vVisconsin, 
9.    A.  S.  Bufordj 

Virginia. 
12.    James  W.  Wells, 

Idaho. 
15.    W.  T.  Thornton, 

NsTv  Mexico- 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


493 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
WHEAT  AND  CORN  PRODUCING   STATES. 

Four  Great  States — How  They  Were  Represented  in  Congress  Thirty  Years  Ago — Unsurpassed  Display 
of  Iowa — Grandeur  of  Minnesota — Minnehaha  and  Hiawatha — What  the  Women  of  Minnesota 
Have  Done  for  Their  State — Bleeding  Kansas  and  Its  Inviting  Display — The  Twenty  Thousand 
Dollar  Building  of  Nebraska. 

HEN  the  Civil  War  broke  out  more  than  thirty  years. 
ago  Minnesota,  Iowa,  Kansas  and  Nebraska  each  had 
only  one  representative  in  Congress.  Iowa  now  has 
twelve  and  the  others  are  catching  up.  ^  All  are  great 
States  of  the  Union,  and  each  is  particularly  repre- 
sented at  the  Exposition.  In  the  extreme  north-east 
corner  of  the  park,  rising  almost  abruptly  from  the 
lake,  stands  the  Iowa  building.  At  first  sight  it  seems 
to  be  mostly  high  roof  and  rounding  towers,  very 
pleasing  to  the  eye.  The  total  frontage  is  about  250- 
feet  while  the  depth  is  g2  feet.  The  main  entrance, 
which  is  from  the  south,  is  between  two  round  towers, 
the  space  being  spanned  by  a  triple  arch.  Iowa  is 
written  all  over  this  front.  One  of  the  to'vers,  the  western  one,  is 
belted  with  the  names  of  all  the  chief  cities  of  the  state.  The 
other  bears  medallions  illustrating  the  state's  history  and  growth.  On  the  dormer 
windows  of  the  towers  are  bas  reliefs  illustrative  of  agriculture  and  mining. 
Perched  beside  the  finial  of  the  highest  peak  on  the  roof  is  the  figure  of  a  farmer 
who  looks  as  prosperous  as  if  he  really  lived  in  Iowa.  There  is  a  broad  reception 
hall  with  a  hard  wood  stairway  leading  to  the  second  floor.  Opposite  the  landing 
of  this  stairway  is  a  huge  fireplace.    On  the  mantel  of  this  fireplace  are  these  words:^ 

Iowa. 
The  affections  of  her  people,  like  the  rivers 
of  her  borders,  flow  to  an  inseparable  union. 

From  the  main  hall  to  the  left  the  women's  parlors  open. 
them — one  is  circular  and  gives  fine  views  west,  south,  and  east 
retiring  and  check  rooms  are  connected  with  these  parlors.  At  the  rear  of  the 
main  hall  are  big  lounging  and  smoking  rooms  for  the  men.  All  of  these  apart- 
ments have  big  open  fireplaces.  There  are  rooms,  too,  on  the  first  floor — the  post 
'jffice,  check  stands,  information  bureau,  headquarters  of  the  state  board,  and  super- 


There  are  two  of 
Well-appointed 


494 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


IOWA   BUILDING. 


intendent's  otfice.  The  whole  of  the  eastern  wing  of  the  building  is  occupied  by 
the  exhibit  hall.  The  stairway  from  the  main  hall  leads  to  the  assembly  room 
which  occupies  most  of  the  second  floor.  This  room  is  about  40x60  feet  in  area,  but 
it  is  hard  to  tell  about  that,  for  it  is.  about  as  irregular  in  outline  as  the  rest  of  the 
building.     It  is  an  altogether  pleasant  place  though,  to  assemble.      Here  is  the 

state's  art  exhibit  and  the  exhibit 
of  women's  work.  Connecting  with 
the  assembly  room  is  the  large 
apartment  of  the  state  historical 
society,  and  in  the  north-east  corner 
of  the  second  floor  are  the  rooms 
for  newspaper  men,  and,  by  the 
way,  these  Iowa  newspaper  men 
are  pretty  well  treated,  for  they 
have  two  fine  rooms  overlooking 
the  lake,  one  for  loitering,  the 
other  for  working  purposes.  The 
lounging  room  has  a  newspaper 
man's  mantlepiece  in  it.  The  cen- 
tral figures  on  either  side  are  news- 
boys in  full  chase.  Then  there  are 
bas  reliefs  of  pastepots,  and  shears,  "  shooting-sticks  "  and  composing  sticks,  and 
whatever  spaces  are  left  the  designer  has  filled  up  with  pleasant  representations  of 
that  important  personage,  the  printer's  devil.  This  room  is  further  bedecked 
with  a  frieze  of  newspaper  headings.  Perhaps  the  most  interesting  part  of  the 
building  is  the  exhibit  hall,  and  people  who  think  corn  is  nothing  but  horse  feed 
have  here  a  fine  chance  to  study  its  effects  as  a  decorative  material.  Corn  ears, 
some  of  them  split  lengthwise  and  some  of  them  sawed  up  into  circles,  are 
-worked  into  all  sorts  of  fancy  designs.  There  are  festoons  of  corn  and  corn  pictures. 
The  capitals  of  the  columns  are  trimmed  with  small  grains,  and  there  are  festoons 
•of  grasses  here  and  there,  but  mostly  it  is  just  corn.  About  the  walls  are  series  of 
big  pictures,  done  in  corn,  illustrating  Iowa's  resources,  her  mines,  her  clay  beds, 
dairying,  stock-raising  and  grain-growing  industries  and  the  work  of  her  schools. 

There  have  been  used  in  decorating  this  room  1,200  bushels  of  corn  and  three 
and  one-half  car-loads  of  cereals.  The  work  is  a  new  phase  of  the  polychrome  house 
decorative  art,  except  that  the  raised  colors  are  given  by  different  cereals  and  corns. 
The  capitals  of  the  columns  are  worked  out  in  corn  shucks  and  millet  heads.  From 
the  roof-tree  to  the  walls  the  ceiling  is  divided  into  three  sections,  the  top  one  being 
general  in  design  and  made  of  all  the  field  products  of  the  state.  The.  next  section 
has  fourteen  panels,  those  on  the  side  ceiling  containing  figures  illustrating  the 
different  industries  of  the  state.  These  panels,  in  an  interesting  way,  demonstrate 
the  worth  of  grains  as  a  decorative  auxiliary.  At  each  end  of  the  ceilings  are  pan- 
els containing  the  American  eagle  and  shields  worked  out  in  grains,  and  in  the  four 
corners  of  the  ceiling  are  shields  with  the  device,  "  Iowa,  1846-1893,"  worked  out  on 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


495 


MINNESOTA   BUILDING. 


a  blue  field  in  white  corn  and  shucks.  Where  the  pillars  join  the  roof  is  a  frieze,  an 
elaborate  scroll-work  made  of  festoons  of  corn  and  wheat  and  millet  seeds.  The 
spandrels  between  the  windows  are  done  in  tessallated  panels  of  many  colored 
corns.  In  one  corner  is  a  round  band  stand  reached  by  a  short  stairway  and  decor- 
ated in  much  the  same  manner  as 
the  main  hall  except  that  the  frieze 
represents  a  grape  vine,  the  leaves 
being  made  of  corn  shucks  and  the 
fruit  of  purple-colored  popcorn. 
There  is  not  a  piece  of  wood  shown 
in  the  entire  hall,  which  cost 
$12,000  to  decorate.  Throughout  it 
is  one  blaze  of  color  and  nothing 
but  the  natural  products  of  Iowa 
were  used  and  not  a  kernel  was 
dipped  in  paint  or  dyed.  In  the 
center  of  the  hall  is  a  model  of 
the  state  capital  made  entirely  of 
glass  and  filled  with  grain.  It  is  21 
feet  high,  23  feet  long  and  13  feet 

wide.  Facing  the  eastern  entrance  is  a  heroic  group,  the  center  figure  being  a 
woman.  It  represents  Iowa  fostering  her  industries.  Grouped  around  by  the  pil- 
lars are  small  pavilions  and  pagodas,  on  which  are  displayed  the  different  prod- 
ucts of  the  farm  and  mine.  The  State  spent  $35,000  on  this  building.  The  peo- 
ple of  Iowa  have  won  conquests 
ixp^—      •'--  ^_-^--    ->^^^-<r3>^-j      before.     Their  corn  palaces  have 

attracted  the  country's  attention, 
and  their  coal  palaces  have  been  a 
revelation.  In  the  Iowa  building 
these  ideas  have  produced  some 
marvelous  effects.  To  the  farmer 
visitor  nothing  has  been  more  in- 
teresting and  striking.  To  every- 
one the  Iowa  building  is  worth  an 
extended  visit.  Minnesota  is  the 
greatest  flour  producing  State  in 
the  Union,  and  when  the  civil  war 
commenced  it  had  only  one  rep- 
resentative in  the  lower  hall  of 
Congress.  Its  building,  which  cost 
$30,000,  is  designed  in  the  Italian  renaissance  style,  two  stories  high,  with  a  mez- 
zanin  story  in  the  rear.  The  frame  is  of  wood,  covered  with  staff.  The  roof  is 
of  Spanish  tile.  The  ground  dimensions  are  78x91  feet.  The  main  entrance  is  on 
the  south.     In  the  recess  within  the  entrance  is  a  sculptural  group,  symbolizing  the 


KANSAS  BUILDING. 


496 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR 


legend  of  Minnehaha  and  Hiawatha.  On  the  first  floor  is  the  exhibition  hall,  52x78 
feet,  apostoffice,  baggage  and  ticket  rooms,  and  superintendent's  room.  The  main 
stairway  Is  in  the  rear,  opposite  the  entrance,  and  on  the  landing,  half-way  up,  is  a 
semi-circular  bay  alcove,  lighted  with  large  glass  windows.  On  the  second  floor  is 
a  reception  hall,  30x33  feet,  parlors  and  retiring  rooms  for  men  and  women,  and  a 
committee  room.  In  the  mezzanin  stor}^  are  four  bed  rooms  and  two  bath  rooms. 
The  interior  walls  are  plastered,  decorated  in  fresco,  in  plain  tints,  and  finished  in 
pine.     The  woman's  rooms  have  color  decorations  done  by  women  of  the  State. 

Bleeding  Kansas  spent  $25,000  On  its  building.  Its  ground  plan  is  irregular. 
It  approaches  a  square,  one  side  being  straight,  and  the  other  three  forming  irreg- 
ular angles.  It  has  a  ground  area 
of  135x138  feet.  It  is  two  stories 
high,  built  of  frame  and  staff,  and 
is  surmounted  by  an  elliptical 
glass  dome.  The  main  exhibi- 
tion hall  occupies  nearly  all  of  the 
first  floor,  and  extends  through  to 
the  glass  dome.  A  balcony,  from 
the  second  storj^  overhangs  the 
main  entrance  on  the  south,  and  a 
second  balcony  extends  around  the 
base  of  the  dome.  The  north  end 
of  the  main  floor  is  occupied  by  a 
natural  history  collection.  There 
are  also  offices  for  the  boards  of 
commissioners    on    the  first  floor. 

Four  flights  of  stairs  lead  to  the   second  floor,  where  are  rooms  for  the  women's 
exhibits,  a  school  exhibit,  and   parlors  for  men  and  women. 

Nebraska  spent  $20,000.  Its  style  of  architecture  is  classical  and  of  the  Cor- 
inthian order.  The  building  has  a  ground  area  of  60x100  feet,  and  is  two  stories 
high.  The  exterior  is  of  staff.  On  the  east  and  west  fronts  are  wide  porticos, 
approached  by  flights  of  steps.  Over  the  porticos  are  projecting  gables,  supported 
by  six  columns,  twenty-five  feet  high,  the  full  distance  from  the  cornice  to  the  floor. 
In  each  pediment  is  the  State  seal,  in  bas-relief,  five  feet  in  diameter.  From  each 
portico  three  large  double  doors  of  oak  give  entrance  to  the  exhibit  hall.  The 
room  is  60x70  feet  and  in  it  an  agricultural  display  is  made.  On  the  first  floor,  also, 
are  a  reception  room,  commissioners'  office,  baggage  room  andpostoffice.  A  double 
stairway,  nine  feet  wide,  leads  from  the  center  of  the  exhibit  hall  to  the  second 
floor.  Here  is  an  exhibit  room,  60x70  feet,  used  for  an  art  exhibit.  On  this  floor 
are  a  women's  parlor,  reading  room,  smoking  room  and  toilet  rooms. 


NEBRASKA  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


497 


CHAPTER  IX. 


BUILDINGS  OF  THE  STATES  OF  THE  GREAT  INTERIOR. 


Horace  Greeley's  Advice  Abundantly  Taken — Many  Millions  Go  West — The  Noble  Structure  of  the 
Centennial  State — The  Wyoming  and  Montana  Buildings— Headquarters  of  the  Young  State  of 
Idaho — The  Two  Dakotas  Pretentiously  Represented— Utah  Takes  a  Place  Among  Its  Full-Grown 
Sisters. 

ORACE  GREELEYgotridof  many  a  young  man  by  advising 
him  to  "Go  west."  But  neither  that  philosopher,  nor  Fre- 
mont, nor  Marcy,  nor  Kit  Carson,  nor  Brigham  Young, 
dreamed  the  hundredth  part.  Why,  there  are  geographies 
now  that  have  the  words  "The  Great  American  Desert" 
inscribed  across  the  delineation  that  contain  the  bound- 
aries of  the  great  States  of  Montana,  Wyoming,  Colorado 
and  others.  Colorado  is  the  oldest  of  the  interior  States, 
and  was  admitted  into  the  Union  just  one  hundred  years 
after  the  Independence  Bell  sounded  its  notes  of  freedom 
to  a  listening  world.  Its  building  is  in  the  Spanish  renais- 
sance, and  cost  $35,000.  The  exterior  of  the  building  is  in 
staff  of  an  ivory  color,  and  in  the  salient  features  of  the 
design  profusely  ornamented,  the  ornamentation  comparing  to  fine  advantage 
with  the  broad,  plain  surfaces  of  the  building.  The  striking  feature  of  the  design 
is  two  slender  Spanish  towers,  98  feet  high,  rising  from  either  side  of  the  main  en- 
trance, on  the  east.  The  tower  roofs  and  the  broad,  overhanging  roof  of  the  build- 
ing are  covered  with  red  Spanish  tiles.  The  building  is  125  feet  long,  including 
the  end  porticos,  with  a  depth  of  45  feet,  and  26  feet  to  the  cornice  line.  The 
front  vestibule  opens  to  the  main  hall  of  the  building.  On  either  side  of  the  en- 
trance are  stairways  to  the  floor  above.  At  the  rear  of  the  hall  is  a  large  onyx 
mantel,  flanked  by  glass  doors,  leading  to  offices.  At  the  ends  of  the  hall  are  a 
men's  smoking  room  and  a  women's  reception  room,  each  opening  into  an  un- 
covered terrace,  surrounded  by  a  balustrade.  On  the  second  floor  is  the  assembly 
room,  extending  the  entire  length  of  the  building  in  the  center.  This  room  has  a 
high  vaulted  ceiling,  rising  above  an  ornamented  cornice.  Over  this  cornice  are 
rows  of  electric  lights,  giving  a  diffused  light,  by  reflection  from  the  vault  above. 
On  the  ends  of  this  assembly  room  are  a  reading  and  a  writing  room,  which  open 
to  the  hanging  balconies  on  the  ends  of  the  building,  forming  one  of  the  most  at- 
tractive exterior  features.  Broad,  low  casement  windows  open  from  the  assembly 
xooms  to  the  front  and  rear  balconies,  the  front  one  extending  between  the  towers, 


498 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


COLORADO  BUILDING. 


24  feet,  ana  over  the  main  entrance.  The  rear  balcony  extends  along  the  entire 
length  of  the  building.  Staircases  lead  to  the  lanterns  in  the  tower,  where  a  fine 
view  of  the  grounds  is  had. 

The  Wyoming  building,  which  cost  $2o,(X)0,  is  in  style  a   modern  club  house. 

The  dimensions  are  70  feet  in 
length,  by  60  feet  in  width.  It 
is  located  in  the  extreme  north 
end  of  the  grounds,  command- 
ing an  interesting  view  across 
the  parklike  portions  of  the 
grounds  reserved  for  State 
buildings.  It  is  also  convenient 
to  the  steamboat  landing.  The 
interior  arrangement  consists  of 
a  main  hall  24x40  feet,  with  two 
offices  on  the  first  floor,  which  are 
used  for  the  reception  and  enter- 
tainment of  visitors,  while  the 
collective  exhibit  is  placed  in  the 
main  hall.  From  here  a  circular 
stairway  ascends  to  the  second 
story,  where  the  toilet  rooms  are  located.  The  gallery  around  the  hall  and 
doors  leads  out  upon  the  balconies  on  each  of  the  four  sides.  The  building  is  in 
the  French  chateau  style,  and  the  panels  of  the  main  frieze  exterior  contain 
elaborately  wrought  hunting  and 

pastoral  scenes.  The  people  of  ^^»^^»>wk».-=-^ — — -r^^v^?*'^*«' 
Wyoming  realize  that  the  Ex- 
position offers  an  unusual  oppor- 
tunity to  make  known  to  the 
world  the  varied  material  re- 
sources of  their  State;  her  coal 
lands,  wells  of  oil,  soda  deposits 
and  rich  mines  of  iron  and 
precious  metals.  The  exhibit  is 
arranged  with  the  object  of  show- 
ing forth  the  advantages  of  the 
State,  both  to  home-seekers  of 
limited  means  and  capitalists 
seekingfields  of  investment.  To 
this  end  the  classification  in- 
cludes Wyoming's  best  specimens  of  wheat,  corn,  oats,  barley,  rye,  buckwheat, 
native  and  cultivated  grasses  and  forage  plants.  Irrigation  methods  are  illus- 
trated with  maps  and  diagrams.  The  live  stock  exhibit  includes  the  best  speci- 
mens of  blooded  horses  and  cattle,   and    illustrations   of   methods    of    handling; 


J^JJ^^^WWK*.- 


WYOMING   BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


499 


MONTANA  BUILDING. 


range  horses,  cattle  and  sheep.  The  committee  on  horticulture  and  floriculture 
have  made  their  departments  as  complete  as  possible,  representing  all  perishable 
articles  by  fac-similes  in  wax  or  plaster.  Specimens  of  the  present  and  extinct 
animal  life    of  the   State    petrefactions,    Indian    implements,    dress   and  ornaments 

have  been  carefully  collected  by 
the  committee  on  scenic  exhibits, 
and  form  a  most  interesting  feature 
of  the  State's  contribution.  The 
committee  also  endeavors  by 
means  of  paintings,  photographs 
and  models,  to  illustrate  other 
striking  features  of  Wyoming  and 
its  leading  industries. 

The  Montana  building  is  in  the 
Romanesque  style  of  architecture, 
one  story  in  height,  and  cost 
$16,000.  It  has  a  ground  area  of 
62  feet  front  by  113  deep.  The 
structure  is  frame,  covered  with 
staff,  the  interior  being  ornamented 
with  heavy,  projecting  pilasters,  with  Roman  caps  and  bases  and  Roman  arches. 
The  roof  is  of  tin  and  canvas,  and  the  building  is  surmounted  by  a  glass  dome  22  feet 
in  diameter  and  38  feet  high.  The  front  of  the  building,  facing  the  south,  pre- 
sents two  side  wings,  with  a  large 
arched  entrance  in  the  center. 
The  fronts  of  the  wings  are 
ornamented  with  heavy,  scrolled 
pediments.  The  entrance  arch 
is  12x12  feet,  supported  by  heavy 
columns.  Within  is  the  vesti- 
bule, with  marble  floor  and 
ceiling  paneled  in  staff.  It  pre- 
sents a  series  of  three  arched 
doorways,  the  center  one  opening 
into  the  rotunda  under  the  dome, 
the  side  doors  leading  to  the 
men's  and  women's  parlors.  On 
either  side  of  the  entrance  arch 
are  balustrades,  enclosing  the 
vestibule.  Flanking  the  arch  are 
two  panels,  4x5  feet  in  size,  one  bearing  the  State  motto,  "Oro  y  Plata" — gold  and 
silver — and  the  other,  "1893,"  ^^  Roman  figures.  These  panels  are  in  pure  sheet 
gold.  Above  the  entrance  arch,  and  practically  on  the  roof  of  the  building,  is  the 
figure  of  an  elk,  of  heroic  size,  cast  in  staff.    The  interior  is  finished  in  Georgia 

S2 


IDAHO  BUILDING. 


500 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


■p  —■ 


NORTH  DAKOTA  BUILDING. 


pine.  The  walls  are  tinted  in  oil.  All  the  main  rooms  open  on  to  the  rotunda, 
under  the  central  dome.'  In  the  rear  is  a  banquet  hall,  40x50  feet,  covered  by  a 
large  skylight.  In  the  center  of  this  floor  stands  a  group  of  three  mounted  elks. 
A  wide  gallery  extends  around  the  hall,  and  in  the  gallery  the  State  exhibit  is  made. 

The  territory  embraced  within  the 
limits  of  the  young  State  of  Idaho, 
though  traversed  by  many  beauti- 
ful and  fertile  valleys,  is  in  the 
main  a  mountainous  region,  its 
mean  elevation  being  about  4,700 
feet.  In  fact,  from  the  beauty  and 
grandeur  of  its  mountain  scenery 
it  was  named,  quite  appropriately, 
Idaho,  "The  Gem  of  the  Mount- 
ains." Its  numerous  streams  are 
bordered  by  dense  forests  of  valu- 
able timber,  and  the  developments 
of  recent  years  have  discovered 
that  its  mountains  are  rich  in 
precious  metals.  Though  the  State 
has  made  rapid  strides  in  recent  years  in  the  matter  of  general  improvement,  the 
log  cabin  of  the  pioneer  is  still  a  familiar  scene,  and  the  forests  and  hills  still 
abound  in  wild  game.  In  designing  and  decorating  Idaho's  building  for  the  Colum- 
bian Exposition,  an  effort  was  made 
to  give  some  expression  to  the 
characteristics  above  referred  to,  to 
exemplify  in  a  measure  some  of  the 
chief  products  of  the  State,  and  to 
suggest  some  of  its  interesting 
features.  All  of  the  materials  used 
in  the  construction  of  the  building 
are  products  of  Idaho,  and  nearly  all 
of  the  decorations  were  there  ob- 
tained. The  general  style  of  archi- 
tecture is  Swiss,  modified  in  so  far  as 
was  necessary  to  adapt  it  to  the 
materials  to  be  used  in  the  construc- 
tion and  to  illustrate  local  conditions 
and  cost  $40,000. 

The  headquarters  for  North  Dakota  visitors  is  a  pretty,  hospitable-looking 
building  adjacent  to  that  of  Kansas  and  cost  $18,000.  The  building  is  70x50  feet. 
A  space  46x21  feet  in  front  of  the  main  assembly  hall,  between  the  two  committee 
rooms,  is  used  as  a  court-yard.  From  this  court-yard  the  main  assembly  room  is  en- 
tered through  a  large  stone  arch, above  which  on  the  exterior  is  an  elaborately  carved 


SOUTH   DAKOTA   BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


501 


panel  containing  the  coat-of-arms  of  North  Dakota.  The  main  feature  of  the  in- 
terior  is  the  assembly  hall,  which  includes  a  space  24x56  feet.  The  room  is  spanned 
by  four  broad  arched  beams  between  each  of  which  is  a  wide  window  reaching  from 
near  the  floor  to  the  roof.  At  either  end  of  the  room  is  a  broad  fire-place.  Com- 
mittee and  toilet  rooms  are  provided  throughout  the  building.  The  structure  is  two 
stories  high,  and  on  the  exterior  the  walls  of  the  main  gable  ends  are  built  of  brick. 
The  remainder  of  the  walls  are  of  timber,  filled  in  between  with  plaster  panels. 
North  Dakota  pays  great  attention  to  the  exhibit  of  her  principal  product,  wheat, 
but  also  making  a  good  showing  in  several  other  departments.  The  educational 
advantages  of  the  State  are  fully  presented,  and  her  exhibit  is  among  the  best. 

The  South  Dakota  State  building  has  a  ground  area  of  70x126  feet,  and  is 
two  stories  high  and  cost   $15,000.      The  structure    is   frame,    the   exterior  being 

covered  with  Yankton  cement,  in 
imitation  of  stone  work.  The 
roof  is  corrugated  iron  and  the  cor- 
nice and  brackets  are  pressed  zinc. 
The  main  entrance  is  on  the  east, 
along  which  front  extends  a  wide 
porch  with  heavy  columns  support- 
ing a  balcony  from  the  second 
story.  On  the  left  of  the  main 
entrance  is  a  women's  parlor,  on 
the  right  a  men^  reception  room. 
In  the  main  body  of  the  building  is 
the  exhibition  hall,  44x58  feet.  Six 
feet  above  the  main  floor  is  an 
entresol,  having  committee  rooms 
for  the  boards  of  commissioners. 
In  the  northwest  corner  of  the  main  floor  is  a  room  for  press  correspondents.  The 
rotunda  in  the  center  of  the  building  extends  through  to  the  roof  and  is  covered 
with  a  skylight.  The  second  floor  is  devoted  to  rooms  for  the  women's  exhibit 
and  special  State  exhibits. 

Among  the  great  interior  states  is  the  Territory  of  Utah,  which  has  a  building 
that  cost  $10,000  to  erect.  It  is  two  stories  high,  and  has  an  area  of  46x82  feet.  In 
style  the  facade  is  modern  renaissance.  The  foundation,  columns,  pilasters,  cornice 
and  other  ornamental  parts  are  made  in  imitation  of  the  different  kinds  of  stone  in 
Utah.  The  walls  are  lined  off  in  imitation  of  adobes.  On  the  first  floor  is  an  ex- 
hibit hall,  41x45  feet,  open  to  the  roof  and  covered  with  a  skylight.  In  the  rear  of 
this  hall  is  a  circular  bay,  and  in  this  is  the  main  stairway.  This  building  has  chaste 
and  simple  outlines,  and  is  an  ornament  to  the  grounds,  standing  as  it  does  among 
the  other  state  edifices,  and  lending  its  handsome  exterior  to  the  group.  It  is  a 
worthy  illustration  of  the  taste  of  the  people  of  that  territory,  and  will  attract  the 
visitor  by  its  novelty.  Its  interior  is  planned  with  a  special  view  to  the  comfort  of 
chose  who  make  it  their  headquarters.      The  two  stories  are  laid  out  in  nearly  the 


UTAH   BUILDING. 


502 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


same  fashion,  comprising  on  the  first  floor  several  rooms  for  the  use  of  the  commis- 
sioners. A  reception  room  is  placed  here,  as  also  the  secretary's  office,  and  women's 
parlor.  The  second  floor  is  similar  in  arrangement  to  the  first,  there  being  an  ex- 
hibition room,  41x45  feet,  and  various  office  rooms. 


SERVING  COFFEE  IN  THE  KIOSK  OF  THE  BRAZILIAN  GOVERNMENT  BUILDINa 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


503 


CHAPTER  X. 


A  PEEP  AT  THE  PACIFIC  SLOPE. 


California's  Reproduction  of  Some  of  its  Old  Mission  Churches — A  Unique  Blending  of  San  Antonio  of 
Padua,  San  Juan  Capistrano,  San  Diego  and  Santa  Barbara — 100,000  Square  Feet  of  Space 
Occupied  by  266  Exhibitors  from  the  Golden  State — Great  Columns  and  Pyramids  of  Fruits — 
Pavilion  of  Redwood  and  Laurel — Samples  of  Gold,  Silver,  Copper,  Tin,  Quicksilver,  Iron,  Coal 
Borax  and  Many  Other  Minerals — Orange,  Lemon,  Pomegranate,  Fig,  Lime  and  Apricot  Trees 
In  Bearing — Towers  of  Walnuts  and  Almonds — Masses  of  Dried,  Preserved  and  Crystalized 
Fruits — A  Live  Palm  Tree  From  San  Diego  County  127  Years  Old,  50  Feet  in  Height,  and 
Weighing  47,000  Pounds — Beautiful  Display  of  Spanish  Silk  and  Silver  Work — The  State  of 
Washington— A  Wonderful  Exhibit — Woods,  Metals,  Cereals,  and  Fruits  in  Amazing  Abund- 
ance— A  Great  Display  of  Taxidermy — The  Biggest  Flagstaff  in  the  World. 

ALIFORNIA,  glorious  state  of  the  Golden  Gate,  Yosemite,  and 
semi-tropical  climate,  has  given  to  Jackson  Park  the  second 
largest  state  building  in  its  combination  of  old  Spanish  mission 
architecture.  It  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  grounds^ 
north  of  the  Woman's  building,  and  just  at  the  entrance,  and 
is,  perhaps,  more  picturesque  than  any,  save  the  Fisheries. 
It  is  144x500  feet;  the  main  cornice  line  is  fifty  feet  from  the 
ground,  while  the  top  of  the  central  dome  is  some  eighty  feet. 
The  exterior  is  of  plain  plaster,  artificially  seamed  and  cracked, 
giving  it  the  appearance  of  the  old  mission  buildings,  while 
recessed  entrances  give  the  walls  that  appearance  of  depth 
and  solidity  characteristic  of  those  old  structures.  The  south 
front  of  the  building,  is  formed  of  an  Ionic  colonnade  with  three 
arched  openings,  which'with  the  south  towers,  is  reproduced  from  Mission  Santa 
Barbara.  The  northwest  belfry  is  taken  from  Mission  San  Luis  Rey,  and  the  east 
towers  and  the  towers  around  the  dome  from  Carmel  Mission.  The  entire  east 
front  of  the  building  is  a  reproduction  of  Mission  San  Antonio  of  Padua  and  the 
north  front,  of  Mission  San  Juan  Capistrano.  Some  of  these  have  old  Spanish 
bells  brought  over  by  the  Franciscan  friars,  more  than  a  hundred  years  ago.  The 
roof  is  finished  with  red  earthenware  tiles,  while  surrounding  the  central  dome  is  a 
roof  garden  of  tropical  vines,  plants  and  palms.  Two  elevators  run  up  to  the  garden ; 
these  elevators  are  placed  as  exhibits,  being  a  California  product;  the  power  being 
a  combination  of  steam  and  water. 

This  building  is  not  of  the  clubhouse  character  of  most  of  the  other  state 
buildings.     The  entire  first  floor  is  open,  and  is  devoted  to  California  state  displays, 


i 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  505 

principally  of  fruits  and  canned  goods.  There  are  three  fountains  on  the  ground 
floor,  one  in  the  center,  and  one  on  either  end.  The  central  hall  is  surrounded  by 
a  wide  galler}',  and  on  the  gallery  floor  in  the  north  end  of  the  building  is  the  ban- 
quet hall,  a  kitchen  and  an  assembly  room.  In  the  south  end  are  four  servant's  rooms, 
and  there  is  a  cafe  on  the  roof.  In  the  north  end  of  the  gallery  there  is  also  a 
council  chamber.  On  the  east  side  are  the  offices  of  the  commissioners  and  their 
secretaries.  The  whole  of  the  interior  is  devoted  to  California  products,  most  of 
them  exhibited  bj^  individuals.  The  100,000  square  feet  of  space  is  occupied  by  266 
individual  exhibitors.  Southern  California  takes  the  south  half  of  the  building  and 
the  northern  section  the  north  half.  A  great  many  exhibits  are  made  by  counties. 
San  Mateo  county  has  erected  a  pavilion  built  of  redwood.  It  is  circular  in  form  with 
large  Corinthian  pillars,  the  roof  of  which  is  covered  with  brilliant-colored  pebbles. 
In  it  are  shown  the  wines  and  grapes  and  other  products  of  this  particular  county. 
In  the  center  of  the  building  is  a  huge  relief  map  of  San  Francisco.  It  is  twenty- 
five  feet  in  diameter  and  four  feet  high,  showing  the  topography  of  the  site  and  the 
architecture  of  the  city  from  the  seal  rocks  at  the  Cliff  house,  and  from  the  Golden 
Gate  to  the  hills  of  Alameda.  So  complete  is  the  model  that  each  visitor  from  San 
Francisco  can  pick  out  his  home.  Of  all  the  states,  California  is  the  only  one 
where  the  celebrated  pampas  grass  thrives,  and  as  this  is  something  of  a  curiosity, 
there  has  been  erected  a  pampas  palace  by  Mrs.  Harriet  Strong,  of  Los  Angeles 
county  at  an  expense  of  $4,500.  It  is  Moorish  or  Arabic  in  design,  and  is  made 
entirely  of  the  plumes  and  stalks. 

Another  remarkable  exhibit  is  the  obelisk  of  sweet  oil  made  by  Mr.  Lloyd,  of 
Santa  Barbara  county. 

Visitors  from  Boston  have  a  chance  to  gaze  on  and  admire  a  bean  pagoda 
forty  feet  high.     California  raises  more  beans  than  any  other  state  in  the  Union. 

In  the  rotunda  of  the  building  is  a  palace  of  plenty.  It  is  erected  by  the  six 
southern  counties  of  the  state.  They  are  all  semi-tropical  in  nature  and  contribute 
rare  plants  and  ferns  for  the  palace.  It  is  covered  with  flowers  and  made  entirely 
of  products  from  the  southern  sections.  In  it  are  shown  the  various  fruits  grown  in 
the  South,  and  just  beside  it,  stands  a  tower  made  of  walnuts.  Fresno  county  is 
represented  by  a  pyramid  of  raisin  and  wine  exhibits.  A  model  of  the  great  irri- 
gation system  that  has  reclaimed  the  desert  is  shown  in  the  center.  Obelisk  ex- 
hibits of  olive  oil,  pyramids  of  marmalade,  towers  of  dried  fruit  and  many  other 
things  are  shown  in  abundance. 

Just  under  the  big  dome  stands  a  palm  tree,  127  years  old.  The  tree  is  fifty 
feet  high,  and  has  been  one  of  the  attractions  for  tourists  as  they  drove  up  the  bay 
of  San  Diego  to  the  ruins  of  the  old  mission,  which  is  up  San  Diego  river,  several 
miles  from  the  bay.  The  removal  of  the  huge  plant  was  something  of  a  problem. 
A  box  was  sunk  around  its  roots  in  an  excavation  made  for  the  purpose,  and  the 
tree  thus  inclosed  was  lifted  by  a  derrick  with  the  heart  about  the  roots  bound  to 
the  tree  by  the  protecting  box. 

California  women  occupy  three  large  rooms  decorated  by  their  women 
artists.     The  scheme  of  interior  decoration  for  the  rooms  is  an  illustration  of  the 


506  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

wonderful  v/ild  flowers  that  cover  the  mesas  and  valleys  of  the  golden  state. 
Travelers  in  the  region  about  San  Diego,  Los  Angeles  and  Santa  Barbara  are  im- 
pressed by  the  unusual  beauty  of  the  state  flower — the  garden  poppy,  or,  as  it  is 
called  there,  the  eschscholtzia.  In  every  valley  and  on  the  mesas  where  there  is 
suitable  soil  and  moisture  it  grows  in  bewildering  profusion,  sometimes  so  abundant 
as  ,to  predominate  the  landscape  with  its  rich  hues  of  gold  and  orange.  This  is 
used  altogether  in  the  decoration  of  the  main  room  in  the  gallery.  The 
center  of  the  ceiling  contains  an  allegorical  panel,  the  picture  of  a  young  girl 
scattering  poppies.  Below  the  central  panel,  encircling  the  sloping  sides  of  the 
ceiling,  are  wreaths  of  wild  flowers,  the  poppy  conspicuous  among  them.  In  the 
center  of  each  wreath  is  the  name  of  a  county  of  the  state.  Great  credit  is  due 
Frank  Wiggins  for  what  he  has  done  for  Southern  California,  and  also  to  the  great 
lemon  producer,  Mr.  Garcelon,  of  Riverside. 

On  opposite  sides  of  the  room  are  two  white  woven  grilles  carrying  out  the 
general  design  in  conventional  form.  Between  the  poppy-room  and  the  one  next 
to  it,  which  contains  the  wild-flower  collection  of  the  state,  are  portieres  of  sixteenth 
century  cloth,  bordered  with  poppies  and  gold  fringe.  Women  throughout  the 
state  have  joined  in  the  effort  to  make  their  apartments  at  the  Exposition  a  striking 
feature  of  the  state's  display.  Monterey  has  sent  portieres  of  yellow  silk,  emblaz- 
oned with  eschscholtzias  in  Spanish  drawn  work,  valued  at  $500.  The  jewelers  and 
other  firms  of  San  Francisco  have  had  special  silverware,  furniture,  lamps  and  wood 
carvings  made  with  the  same  flower  as  the  principal  designs.  A  white  and  gold 
carpet  to  complete  the  furnishing,  and  the  effect  of  the  assembled  decorations  is 
extraordinarily  rich. 

The  visitor  will  be  struck  by  the  splendid  exhibits  of  Los  Angeles,  Orange, 
San  Diego,  Ventura  and  San  Bernardino  counties,  which  have  been  particularly 
mentioned,  and  the  exhibit  made  by  Frank  Kimball. 

Oregon  and  Nevada  have  no  state  buildings,  although  the  latter  spent  $10,000 
in  the  Mines  and  Mining  building,  and  the  former  makes  one  of  the  finest  of  all 
the  pomological  displays  to  be  seen  in  the  Horticultural  building,  although  the 
state  made  no  appropriation. 

The  newly  made  State  of  Washington  decided  to  erect  a  building  entirely 
unlike  anything  else  at  Jackson  Park.  With  its  quaint  towers  it  reminds  one  some- 
what of  a  Holland  residence  and  wind-mill.  The  first  floor,  to  a  height  of  eight 
feet,  is  of  rough  hewn  Puget  Sound  logs,  and  from  this  height,  for  twenty-two  feet 
more,  upright  timbers  form  the  superstructure.  It  is  further  distinguished  by  a 
tall  flag-pole,  which  raises  its  lofty  crown,  sentinel  like,  208  feet  from  the  mound. 
In  architectural  design  it  is  sui  generis,  but  it  is  likewise  picturesque.  Briefly  de- 
scribed the  building  is  composed  of  a  main  structure,  flanked  on  either  side  by  two 
wings,  and  for  sole  exterior  adornments  has  just  four  towers,  each  96  feet  high,  at 
the  east  and  west  fronts  of  the  main  building.  The  building,  with  the  two  wings, 
covers  a  space  204  feet  frontage  by  126  feet  deep.  The  wings  are  connected  by 
passages.  The  main  entrance  is  an  important  decorative  feature,  of  grinite  mar- 
ble and  ore  from  the  State,  forming  a  broad  vestibule  built  of  native  stone,  23  feet 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


507 


high  and  18x21  feet  in  area.     All  of  this  stone  was  donated  to  the  commissioners, 
and  came  from  the  Chuckanutt,  Tanino  and  Pittsburg  quarries. 

The  interior  arrangement  is  as  roomy  as  it  is  elaborately  finished.     The 
entire  space  of  the  main  building  is  a  grand  hall,  70x126  feet.     At  each  end,  east 

and  west,  is  a  balcony.  The  east 
''^'''""^  space  is  fitted  up  for  the  commission- 
ers' rooms,  and  elaborately  decorated 
and  frescoed.  l"he  interior  roof  ar- 
rangement is  suggestive  of  church 
ceilings.  Immense  Swiss  trusses  ex- 
tend clear  through  the  seventy  feet 
of  space.  Roman  arches  span  the 
aisles  and  passage-ways  leading  to  the 
wings  on  either  side.  The  ceiling 
here  shows  also  the  beams  in  the 
rough,  and  the  space  between  has 
been  arranged  as  panels,  with  fres- 
coes painted  by  Washington  artists; 
each  panel  reproduces  a  landscape  of 
Washington.  The  interior  arrange- 
ments of  the  wings  are  exactly  the  same.  Throughout  the  entire  building  Wash- 
ington's natural  products  are  displayed.  For  this  purpose  lofty  shelves  and  cases 
are  erected  against  the  walls  and  in  the  center  of  thehalls.  In  thevery center  of  the 
main  hall  a  minature  Washington  farm  is  exhibited.  The  west  end  is  devoted  to 
fisheries  and  taxidermy.  In  this  latter  branch  every  wild  beast  found  in  the  Wash- 
ington forests  and  on  its  mountains  is  shown  true  to  life.  These  include  elk,  moose, 
bears,  mountain  lions,  cayotes,  foxes,  deer,  mountain  sheep,  and  others  of  the 
smaller  animals.  In  the  passageways  the  horticultural  and  agricultural  products 
of  the  State  are  carefully  displayed  as  well  as  at  the  east  end.  The  right  wing  is 
given  up  wholly  to  the  woman's  exhibit,  and  the  left  wing  to  forestry,  botany,  min- 
erals, coal,  stone  and  iron.  The  building  and  exhibit  is  estimated  to  have  cost 
about  $100,000. 


WASHINGTON  BUILDING. 


COMMISSIONERS  FROM  FOREIGN  COUNTRIES. 


1.  Sir  Henky  Wood, 

Great  Britain.  2.  Hon.  Adolph  Weemtjth, 

i.  H.  E.    Imperial    Chamberlain  Germany. 

P.  DE  Gloukhovskov,  5.  Ibrahim  Hakky  Bey, 

Russia.  Turkey. 

7.  H.  E.  Senoe  don  Enrique  Dnpur        8.  Hon.  S.  Tegima, 

DE  Lome,  Japan. 

Spain.  11.  Arthur  Lefflee, 

10.  Chr.  Ravn,  Sweden. 

Norway.  14.  J.  J.  QuELCH, 

13.  Hon.  J.  J.  Geinlinton,  British  Guiana. 

Ceulon. 


3.  AsTERE  Vercruysse, 

Belgium. 
6.  H.  E.  Marshal  Jose  Simeao  db. 
Oliveeia, 

Brazil. 
9.  Hon.   Anton   ton   Palitschek- 
Palmfoest, 

Austria. 
12.  Hon.  De.  Aethdr  Renwick, 

New  South  Wales- 
lb.  Hon.  Feedeeiok  Douglas, 

Haitti. 


PART  X. 


AMONG  THE  FOREIGN  BUILDINGS. 


CHAPTER  I. 


The  German  Building — A  Combination  of  Numerous  Styles  of  Architecture — Nearly  a  Quarter  of  a 
Million  Expended — A  Home  of  Many  Gables,  Balconies  and  Towers — Reproduction  of  a  RuraJ 
Chapel — Collection  of  Bismarck  Souvenirs — Historical  Documents  and  Copies  of  Treaties — 
Tapestry,  Furniture,  Bronze,  Statuary  and  Paintings  from  German  Factories  and  Studios — Some 
Beautiful  Work  in  Carved  Oak — Handsome  Carpets  and  Rugs — The  Pavilion  of  the  Norwegians — 
A  Type  of  Architecture  which  Originated  Eight  Hundred  Years  Ago — Timbers  from  Christiana — 
The  Swedish  Building — Modern  Brick  and  Terra  Cotta  from  Prominent  Manufacturers  of 
Sweden — The  "  Venice  of  the  North  " — Many  of  the  Products  of  Sweden  Represented— Exquisite 
Embroideries  and  Needle  Work — Panorama  of  Swedish  Landscape. 

ESIDES  being  the  largest  of  all  foreign  buildings,  the  German 
Government  building  is  the  most  substantial  and  much  the 
handsomest  on  the  lake  shore.  Next  to  the  Spanish  build- 
ing and  near  the  British,  its  variegated  roof,  airy  bell  tower, 
minarets,  pinnacles  and  solid  brick  walls  contrasting  strangely 
with  its  neighbors,  it  is  yet  the  richest,  largest  and  most  pre- 
tentious building  in  the  group.  Occupying  a  frontage  of  15a 
feet  and  a  depth  of  175  its  main  height  is  78  feet,  while  the 
overtopping  tower  is  150  feet  from  the  ground.  The  building 
is  a  combination  of  several  styles  of  architecture,  being  a 
transition  from  the  renaissance  to  the  Columbian  period, 
embodying  in  the  whole  a  composite  of  the  Gothic,  Nurem- 
berg and  German  school  of  to-day.  The  outer  walls  are  deco- 
rated after  the  manner  of  the  old  German  houses  with  the  imperial  eagles  and 
allegorical  figures.  At  three  different  corners  of  the  structure  are  three  lesser 
towers,  in  which  are  hung  three  bells  which  were  presented  to  the  commission  by 
the  ten-year-old  Crown  Prince  of  Germany.  After  the  Exposition  these  bells  are 
to  be  sent  back  to  Europe,  and  placed  in  a  church  which  is  to  be  erected  as  a 
memorial  to  the  old  Emperor  William,  and  called  the  Church  of  Peace.  The 
rather  steep  roof  is  covered  with  shining  glazed  tiles.  The  roof  corners,  water 
spouts,  etc.,  down  to  the  large  lantern  in  front  of  the  tower,  are  of  shining  brass  or 
mellow-hued  bronze.  The  center  is  in  the  form  of  a  chapel,  rich  in  decorations. 
Bay  windows,  projecting  balconies,  turrets,  etc.,  lend  the  structure  a  most  pict- 
uresque appearance,  one  closely  resembling  that  of  an  old  German  "Rathhaus"  or 

50U 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  511 

city  hall,  such  as  may  be  seen  even  at  this  day  in  Nuremberg  or  some  other  ancient 
town.    The  massive  walls  are  decorated  and  frescoed  in  South  German  style. 

Over  the  main  entrance,  in  Gothic  lettering,  the  following  characteristic  Ger' 
man  motto  in  ancient  rhyme  appears: 

Nahrhaft  und  wehrhaft, 

Voll  Korn  and  vol!  Wein, 

Voll  Kraft  und  Eisen. 

Klangreich,  gedankenreich. 

Ich  will  dich  preisen,  Vaterland  mein. 

Which  in  English  would  be: 
I 

Fruitful  and  powerful, 

And  full  of  grain  and  wine, 

Full  of  strength  and  iron, 

Tuneful  and  thoughtful, 

I  will  praise  thee.  Fatherland  mine. 

But  the  interior  is  even  more  impressive  and  finer  than  the  exterior.  After 
passing  through  the  magnificently  decorated  rotunda,  a  second  hall  is  reached. 
This,  in  fact,  is  a  separate  wing,  some  forty  feet  high  and  divided  by  an  arched 
passage  of  considerable  width  and  height.  This  inner  wing,  with  the  exceptions 
noted,  extends  over  the  entire  space  in  the  building,  covering  an  area  of  about  2,000 
square  feet.  The  pillars  everywhere  are  heavy,  short  and  solid  throughout,  and 
the  arches  are  semicircular,  the  style  being  early  German  renaissance.  Balconies 
rise  in  tiers  on  all  four  sides  of  this  vast  interior  space,  and  heavy  timber  and  cast- 
ings used  in  their  construction  being  richly  painted  and  decorated.  Subdued  color 
effects,  such  as  dull  reds  and  blues  and  yellows,  are  every  where  visible,  and  the 
niches  and  corners  show  poetic  paintings  made  by  Max  Seliger,  a  talented  artist 
sent  by  the  German  government. 

The  chapel  is  a  reproduction  of  a  private  chapel  in  one  of  the  German  castles- 
It  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  building,  the  nave  being  a  large  bow-window  of  stained 
glass.  It  is  eighteen  feet  wide  by  thirty  feet  long  and  around  the  sides  are  placed 
images  carved  in  wood  and  stone  illustrative  of  church  decorations.  The  walls  are 
painted  a  subdued  tint  and  many  texts  are  illuminated  and  placed  around.  Here 
a  large  collective  exhibit  is  placed,  some  fifty  firms  in  Munich,  Berlin,  Heidelberg, 
Crefeld,  Carlsruhe,  Aix-la-Chapelle,  Cologne,  Wuerzburg,  etc.,  being  represented 
in  it.  Appropriately  enough  this  exhibit  is  one  of  modern  church  art — or  rather  art 
applied  to  churches.  Some  very  fine  stained  and  painted  windows  and  oriels; 
magnificent  church  vestments  of  silks,  velvets,  linens,  brocades,  etc.,  embroidered 
or  embossed;  costly  and  artistic  vessels  for  sacred  use,  fashioned  of  gold  or  silver; 
handsomely  illuminated  missals  and  prayer  books  and  Bibles;  and,  lastly,  plastic 
church  art,  such  as  statues  and  statuettes  of  saints,  etc.,  crucifixes,  etc.,  all  form 
part  of  this  highly  interesting  exhibit.  On  the  altar  is  placed  the  silver  communion 
service.  It  is  very  massive  and  hand  carved.  This  service  is  destined  for  the  same 
church  as  the  bells  donated  by  the  young  crown  prince. 


512 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


The  German  publishers  have  arranged  a  comprehensive  general  exhibit  of 
their  wares — the  art  of  printing  being  above  all  well  illustrated  by  a  large  assort" 
ment  of  magnificently  bound  volumes  of  every  kind — rare  scientific  works  especially' 
But  in  cartography,  lithography,  photography,  chromography,  engraving,  etc.,  and 
all  their  cognate  branches,  the  art  is  thoroughly  represented  in  thousands  of  beauti" 
ful  specimens.  And  this  fine  collection — which  ultimately  is  destined  to  enrich  some 
American  institution,  perhaps  a  public  library  or  a  university — is  placed  on  the 
upper  galleries  or  balconies  of  the  building,  arranged  so  as  to  easily  afford  instruc- 
tion and  an  intelligent  ap- 
7  preciation  of  its  treasures. 

A  reading  room  for  the 
public  is  also  provided,  in 
which  students  may  in- 
dulge the  privilege  of 
feasting  their  minds  on 
some  particular  tome  that 
has  engrossed  their  fancy. 
Adjoining  the  library  is  a 
large  room  decorated  in 
imitation  of  an  old  castle 
hall.  It  is  used  as  ar  ex- 
hibit room  for  the  pres- 
ents which  have  been 
given  to  the  different 
members  of  the  KoyaJ 
house.  The  collection  of 
Bismarck  souvenirs  is 
very  large.  It  consists  of 
addresses  paid  him  by  dif- 
ferent localities,  many  ar- 
tistic silver  and  gold  cases 
holding  the  freedom  of 
various  cities,  a  drinking 
cup  from  the  residents  of 
Frankfort  and  the  spurs  he  had  when  at  the  head  of  the  German  army.  The 
Von  Moltke  heirs  have  also  sent  many  relics  of  the  stern  old  warrior,  includ- 
ing his  baton,  decorations  and  various  addresses.  The  exhibits  made  by  the  royal 
house  are  much  the  same  in  character,  embracing  many  historical  documents  and 
copies  of  treaties  which  have  figured  prominently  in  changing  the  geography  of 
Europe. 

The  front  part  of  the  building  is  devoted  to  offices  and  Commissioner 
Wermuth's  reception  room,  which  is  quite  as  artistic  as  any  in  the  palaces  of  his 
king.  It  is  twenty  feet  square,  with  three  broad  plate  glass  windows  looking  out  on 
Lake  Michigan  and   the  broad  shore  promenade.      The   ceiling  is  covered   with 


NORWEGIAN  BUILDING. 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiljiiiiiilii 


I 


514  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

carved  oak  made  in  two-feet  squares,  and  from  each  corner  of  each  square  depends 
an  ornament  which  is  gilded  to  relieve  the  dark  color  of  the  wood. 

In  the  center  is  a  painting  representing  a  sunrise  which  was  done  in  Germany 
for  this  special  room  by  a  member  of  the  Royal  Academy,  who  denoted  it  on  the  con- 
dition that  the  painter's  name  should  be  kept  a  secret.  Around  the  walls  runs  a 
wainscoting  of  carved  oak,  seven  feet  high.  It  is  surmounted  by  a  hand-carved 
panel,  with  figures  representing  the  history  of  the  empire.  From  the  wainscoting 
to  the  ceiling  the  walls  are  frescoed  in  floral  designs  in  bright  colors,  which  offset 
the  dark  color  of  the  oak.  On  the  north  side  of  the  room  is  a  porcelain  fireplace 
which  runs  to  the  ceiling.  The  color  is  dark  blue,  and  over  the  grate  is  a  single  tile 
four  feet  long  by  one  broad,  representing  a  wedding  party  in  winter  in  the  olden 
times. 

The  furnishing  of  the  room  is  old  style.  The  carpet  is  made  in  keeping  witb 
the  woodwork  by  one  of  the  famous  German  factories,  and  the  upholstered  furni- 
ture is  of  the  style  now  long  out  of  vogue.  Scattered  about  are  several  desks  made- 
to  correspond  with  the  same  period  as  the  furniture. 

Between  the  windows  is  a  gilt  hall  clock,  ten  feet  high.  It  is  one  of  the  most 
artistic  bits  of  furnishing  in  the  room.  Four  feet  above  the  base  rams'  heads  are 
set  in  each  corner,  and  from  that  point  to  the  top,  the  design  is  after  one  of  the 
spires  of  the  Strasburg  cathedral.  The  dial  is  unique,  in  that  each  of  the 
numerals  is  painted  on  an  oval  piece  of  ivory  cut  in  a  triangular  shape,  the  point  at 
the  center. 

Right  here  it  may  be  mentioned  that  a  portion  of  the  material  used  in  the- 
construction  and  in  the  inner  decoration  of  the  German  building  itself  has  been  fur- 
nished by  German  firms  for  purposes  of  exhibition.  Thus,  the  tiles  on  the  roof — 
quite  new  of  their  kind  in  this  country — of  which  there  were  used  fifteen  car  loads 
alone,  are  an  exhibit  in  themselves.  So  are  the  beautiful  windows,  the  antique 
furniture  and  the  ornate  wooden  ceilings  in  the  reception-room  of  the  commissioner 
and  in  the  anti-chamber.  So,  too,  are  the  handsome  carpets  and  rugs  that  are 
spread  on  every  floor  and  staircase  in  the  huge  structure — all  contributed  by  large 
manufacturers  in  Wurzen,  Saxony,  in  Schmiedeberg  and  Dueren,  Prussia. 

The  top  floor  is  cut  up  into  a  score  of  small  rooms  of  all  sorts  of  shapes  by  the 
many  gabled  roof.  They  are  all  utilized  though  as  living  rooms  by  members  of  the 
commissioner's  staff,  royal  guards  care  takers  and  others  whose  constant  presence 
is  required  about  the  building. 

Costly  as  is  the  building — $150,000 — it  is  by  no  means  out  of  proportion  to  the 
appropriation,  as  the  German  Government  has  furnished  the  munificent  sum  of 
$750,000  for  her  display  at  the  Columbian  Exposition. 

The  land  of  the  fiord  and  the  Norsemen  erected  a  curious  structure,  dis- 
tinctly Norwegian  in  its  idiosyncrasies.  The  pavilion  is  what  is  known  as  the  Stav- 
kirke'  style  and  is  copied  after  the  church  houses  they  have  been  building  in  that 
country  ever  since  the  twelfth  century. 

There  is  a  high  lower  story  and  a  low  upper  story  ana,  over  all,  a  high 
gabled  roof  picturesquely  irregular  in  design.     A  fine  flagstaff  tops  the  whole.     But. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  515 

what  most  gives  a  Norse  aspect  to  this  little  building,  which  is  but  26x40  feet  in 
size,  are  the  decorative  figures  projecting  over  the  gables,  heavy  beams  that  curve 
upward  and  which  are  graven  in  grotesque  shapes  like  the  heads  of  dragons  or 
serpents.  These  resemble  more  than  anything  else,  the  ancient  prows  of  battle 
ships. 

That  is  exactly  what  they  are  intended  to  be  like.  When  the  "Stav-kirke" 
type  of  architecture  was  originated,  the  Norse  were  the  boldest  navigators  in  the 
world.  Their  high  penned  galleys,  with  hideous  figure-heads,  ventured  where 
none  others  dared  to  go.  Those  were  the  days  of  the  vikings.  So  the  Norsemen, 
being  more  at  home  in  ships  than  in  houses, patterned  their  houses  after  their  ships. 
In  effect  the  edifice  portrays  a  quaint  old  church,  a  maze  of  gables,  on  which  decora- 
tive figures  represent  the  defiant  ornamentations  of  the  bows  of  viking  ships.  The 
whole  composition  is  most  romantic  in  its  conception.  The  material  used  in  the 
Norwegian  pine  wood,  and  the  cost  in  the  neighborhood  of  $10,000. 

The  timbers  were  all  prepared  at  Christiana  and  brought  to  Chic?.go  in  framed 
cases.  The  building  is  chiefly  used  for  the  offices  of  the  commissioners  and  as  a 
rendezvous  for  Norwegian  folks.  All  of  the  exhibits  are  in  the  main  buildings  and 
if  it  had  not  been  that  they  were  stirred  up  by  all  this  Columbus  hubbub  to  the  re- 
membrance that  America  was  discovered  by  their  own  Leif  Ericksen  more  than  800 
years  ago,  they  would  probably  have  had  no  headquarters  at  the  Fair  at  all. 

The  Swedish  Government  building  is  located  to  the  northeast  of  the 
Fisheries  not  far  from  the  Brazilian  structure  and  between  the  lake  and  the  lagoon. 
The  space  alloted  to  Sweden  was  triangular  in  shape  and  the  building  was  made  to 
conform  to  the  space  in  order  to  utilize  it  to  the  utmost.  A  hexagon  was  inscribed 
at_the  center  of  the  space  and  there  the  main  hall  was  located. 

The  design  of  the  building  is  partly  the  product  of  the  architect's  personal 
taste  and  fancy,  but  in  working  out  the  drawings  he  has  to  a  great  extent  allowed 
himself  to  be  guided  by  the  style  of  Swedish  churches  and  gentlemen's  houses  of  the 
sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries.  As  far  as  possible  the  characteristics  of  old 
Swedish  architecture  have  been  retained. 

The  building  was  constructed  in  Sweden,  where  it  was  temporarily  put  to- 
gether. Afterwards  it  was  taken  apart  and  brought  to  Chicago,  making  twenty-one 
carloads  of  material.  It  cost  $40,000  of  the  $ioo,(X)0  appropriated  by  the  Govern- 
ment. In  the  three  corners  are  rooms  of  considerable  size.  Galleries  run  around 
the  building.  The  main  hall  is  sixty-five  feet  across,  and  the  pitch  of  the  cupola, 
which  rises  above  it,  is  seventy  feet,  and  above  the  cupola  is  the  spire.  The  Swedish 
flag  flies  from  the  flagstaff  above  the  spire,  150  feet  from  the  ground.  The  entire 
area  of  the  floor  is  11,000  square  feet.  The  lower  part  of  the  front  wall  of  the 
building  forms  an  exhibit  of  its  own,  consisting  of  modern  brick,  terra-cotta,  and 
cement  work  from  the  most  prominent  manufacturers  of  Sweden.  Exhibits  of  steel, 
iron,  clay,  cement,  wood  pulp,  porcelain  and  wick  are  shown  in  the  building  also. 
The  remainder  of  the  building  is  entirely  of  wood,  all  the  work  being  done  by  the 
Eskelstuna  Iraforadlingsaktiebolag  in  Sweden.  Following  the  old  Swedish  fashion, 


5i6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

the  whole  of  the  roof  and  the  walls  are  covered  with  shingles.  The  outside  of  the 
woodwork  is  impregnated  with  a  preserving  liquid  to  prevent  decay. 

The  inside  of  the  pavilion  is  painted  in  light  colors  and  richly  decorated 
with  bunting,  coat-of-arms  and  crests.  A  fine  exhibit  of  the  world-famed  Swedish 
iron  ore  is  made.  A  display  of  the  manufactured  products  of  iron,  china  goods, 
and  glass  products  are  well  represented  in  the  pavilion.  There  is  also  a  liberal 
space  for  gold  and  silverware  and  wood  pulp  products.  A  further  attraction  is  the 
excellent  representation  of  a  genuine  Swedish  home  with  beautiful  suites  of  fur- 
niture and  highly  artistic  drapery. 

Exactly  opposite  the  main  entrance  of  the  building  is  a  large  picture  of  the 
capital  of  Sweden,  "The  Venice  of  the  North,"  with  its  famous  royal  castle.  Wax 
figures  stand  in  front  of  this  picture  dressed  in  the  picturesque  garb  of  the  Swedes, 
and  to  one  side  is  a  panorama  of  Swedish  landscapes,  while  the  other  side  is  oc- 
cupied by  a  Swedish  peasant's  cottage. 

The  outdoor  sports-exhibits  are  skates,  snowshoes,  sleighs,  canoes  and  yachts. 
A  carefully  executed  bust  of  Gustavus  Adolphus  II.  has  also  been  placed  in  this  room. 
In  the  galleries  are  gathered  exhibits  illustrative  of  the  school  system,  which  are 
admittedly  of  the  first  rank.  Embroideries  and  needle  work  displays  attract  lady 
visitors,  who  also  have  seen  the  Swedish  women's  work  in  the  Woman's  building 
.u'.ier  the  patronage  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  Sweden  and  Norway. 

The  Swedish  cafe  people  have  brought  with  them  a  pleasant  old-world  cus- 
•com  of  setting  tables  for  their  guests  around  under  the  trees  on  the  green  turf, 
where  the  cool  winds  of  heaven  may  fan  their  fevered  brows  and  frappe  their  soup 
ibefore  the  waiter  gets  around  with  a  spoon  to  eat  it  with — for  of  all  leisurely 
^creatures  under  the  sun  the  Swedish  waiter  takes  the  lead.  A  couple  sat  down  at 
one  of  these  out-of-door  tables  one  day,  and  after  due  deliberation  a  waiter  ap- 
peared and  took  their  order;  then  he  disappeared.  Just  as  the  two  were  giving  up 
all  hope  he  came  back  with  part  of  the  order  and  set  it  down.  After  an  inter- 
minable wait  his  nature  prompted  him  to  bring  bread.  The  knives  and  forks  ap- 
peared next,  the  order  of  procession  impressing  his  charges  with  the  idea  that  eat- 
ing a  Swedish  meal  was  like  reading  Hebrew,  and  it  was  necessary  to  begin  at  the 
end  and  work  forward.  When  everything  was  on  the  table,  and  in  response  to  re- 
peated tearful  entreaties  he  had  even  brought  beer,  he  made  another  disappear- 
ance that  threatened  to  be  final.  The  couple  finished  their  meal,  chatted  pleasantly 
for  awhile,  had  a  quarrel  and  made  it  up,  talked  in  a  desultory  fashion  about  the 
Fair  and  the  weather,  and  looked  for  the  waiter  high  and  low.  Finally  the  man 
caught  another  waiter  and  tried  to  send  him  after  the  first.  After  the  man  had 
minutely  explained  what  he  wanted  the  waiter  said  he  didn't  speak  English.  Then 
the  woman  came  to  the  rescue.  "Let's  just  get  up  and  walk  off,  then  they'll  chase  us, 
and  you  can  pay,"  she  suggested.  "All  right,"  said  tne  man,  who  was  becoming 
desperate.  They  walked  off  a  few  hundred  feet  and  not  a  soul  moved.  Then  the 
man  came  back,  and  as  he  was  returning  caught  sight  of  his  waiter  around  a  corner 
of  the  cafe.     "Ah,"  said  the  waiter  with   a  beaming  smile,  after  the   man  had  in- 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


517 


formed  him  in  a  vindictive  manner  that  he  wished  to  pay  his  bill.  "Ah,  I  thought 
you  had  gone;  I  thought  you  would  come  back  to-morrow,  eh?"  "Well,  you've 
got  a  heap  of  confidence  in  human  nature,"  said  the  man  as  he  fished  around  his 
pockets  for  an  extra  dime.  "I  want  to  give  you  that,"  he  said,  "and  I  want  to  im- 
press it  on  your  mind  what  it's  for;  it's  for  your  inattention." 


LEARNING— BY   IDA  J.  BURGESS. 
Decoration  of  Reception  Room  of  Illinois  Building. 


VICTORIA  HOUSE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


519 


CHAPTER  II. 


GREAT  BRITAIN'S  VICTORIA  HOUSE. 


V„  -J 


The  More  You  See  It  the  More  You  Like  It— A  Majestic  but  Not  Gaudy  Interior — Double  Sweeps  ot 
Staircase — A  Fine  but  Subdued  Collection  of  Furniture— Carved  Oak  that  Reminds  One  of  the 
Times  of  Good  Queen  Bess— Associations  that  are  Halos — The  East  Indian  Building — Tantalizing 
Shawls  and  Carpets— Brocades  from  Madras  and  Benares — A  Great  Collection  of  Tapestries  and 
Embroideries. 

REAT  BRITAIN  has  put  $125,000  into  an  insignificant-look- 
ing structure,  which  is  located  on  a  little  peninsula  quite 
isolated  from  the  other  "  courts."  The  big  guns  of  Uncle 
Sam's  war  ship  point  directly  towards  John  Bull's  bandbox, 
yet-the-  Englishmen  seem  content  with  their  headquarters. 
.  ..The  building  is  called  Victoria  House,  and  at  a  distance  looks 
inferior  to  the  other  foreign  buildings.  But  as  soon  as  one 
enters  and  inspects  it  he  finds  that  it  is  quite  English  in  its 
quiet  but  splendid  elegance  and  comfort.  From  the  outside 
one  would  wonder  where  all  those  golden  guineas  were  put; 
and  so  he  might  from  the  inside,  if  he  were  a  superficial 
observer.  But  a  careful  inspection  will  easily  account  for  the 
expenditure  of  that  liberal  sum.  Victoria  House  is  said  to  be 
an  ordinary  half-timber  country  house  in  England  of  the 
The  entire  interior,  including  woodwork,  ceilings,  wall-paper, 
and  carpets,  was  brought  from  England,  and  its  different  parts  are  copied  after  a 
number  of  famous  English  country  seats.  The  hall  and  staircase  are  from  Haddon 
Hall,  the  residence  of  Lord  Hardwicke,  in  Cheshire;  the  ceilings  are  from  Queen 
Elizabeth's  palace  at  Plas  Mawe,  in  Wales;  the  reception-room  is  from  Crewe  Hall, 
in  Staffordshire;  the  library  is  from  Eton  Hall,  near  Chester;  and  the  dining-room 
is  from  Campden  House,  Kensington,  the  residence  of  the  Duke  of  Argyll.  It 
would  be  useless  to  describe  its  grand  fireplace  and  its  $2,500  sideboard,  for  these 
and  all  of  its  superb  appointments  must  be  seen  to  be  appreciated. 

Probably  never  was  so  perfect  a  collection  of  furniture  inclosed  within 
four  walls  as  forms  the  embellishment  of  Victoria  House.  Histories  and  associa- 
tions float  around  the  carvings  like  a  halo.  In  almost  every  case  the  furniture  is 
a  reproduction  of  the  contents  of  a  mansion  with  a  tale  to  tell.  The  gargoylelike 
heads  that  peer  from  the  corners  of  tables,  the  friezes  of  carved  oak  leaf,  the  quaint, 
fantastic  figures  with  their  wooden  smiles  and  frowns  recall  each  and  all  a  bygone 
time  before  men  were  too  busy  to  find  comfort  in  the  art  of  their  everyday  life. 


a  good   sample   of 
Elizabethan  period. 


520 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


The  grand  hall,  with  its  double  sweep  of  staircase,  has  almost  reached  its 
maturity.  Three  centuries  ago  good  Queen  Bess,  with  her  courtiers  choked  in  their 
ruffs  and  her  dames  in  the  stern  discomfort  of  the  Elizabethan  corset,  swept  up  just 
such  a  staircase  as  that  at  Plas  Mawe  in  north  Wales.  All  around  are  chairs  and 
tables  with  a  pedigree.  In  the  center  of  the  hall  is  a  table  to  be  venerated,  for 
Queen  Victoria  possesses  just  such  an  article  of  furniture  in  her  castle  of  Windsor. 
Her  majesty,  like  one  of  her  predecessors  on  the  throne,  has  a  penchant  for  round 
tables.  By  a  novel  device  the  table  is  as  expansive  as  a  piece  of  chewing-gum^ 
Her  majesty  can  entertain  a  few  relatives  at  her  traditional  mutton  and  rice 
pudding,  or  she  can  preside  over  a  court  banquet  at  the  same  table.  And  still  it 
will  retain  its  sociable  rotundity. 

Everywhere  through  the  building  the  monogram  V.  R.  indicates  the  rever- 
ence shown  the  monarch.  Wherever  Queen  Bess  is  not  recognized  in  the  pattern 
of  the  chairs,  Queen  Vic- 
toria's monogram  is  writ- 
ten large.  On  either  side 
of  the  hall  V.  R.  is  set 
upon  the  two  big  fend- 
ers. The  mantels  are 
of  dark  oak  elaborately 
carved.  Victoria  House 
is  designed  mainly  for  the 
headquarters  of  Sir 
Henry  Trueman  Wood, 
the  Secretary  of  the  Royal 
British  Commission,  and 
Edmund  H.  Lloyd,  its 
Assistant  Secretary  and 
General    Superintendent. 

But,  incidentally,  it  dispenses  hospitality  to  distinguished  subjects  of  Queen  Vic- 
toria who  visit  the  Exposition,  though  Mr.  Lloyd  is  authority  for  the  statement 
that  no  dignitaries  are  expected. 

The  East  Indian  building  is  situated  just  north  of  the  Fisheries  building, 
near  Sweden's  brick-front  building  and  the  Haytian  exhibit.  While  it  is  called  the 
Indian  Court,  it  was  really  erected  through  the  public  spirit  of  a  few  wealthy  tea 
merchants  of  Calcutta,  who  were  unwilling  to  see  Hindoostan  unrepresented  this 
way.  It  Is  a  one  story  pavilion  of  staff,  of  generous  dimensions,  and  in  the  character- 
istic East  Indian  style  of  architecture,  and  is  easily  recognized  by  the  gold-canopied 
entrance  and  its  quaint  beauty.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  buildings  of  Great 
Britain  and  her  colonies  are  appropriately  placed  near  to  and  In  line  with  one  an- 
other. The  building  is  literally  packed  with  beautiful  exhibits,  and  every  foot  of 
available  space  holds  something  rare  and  interesting.  It  is  also  claimed  that  every 
exhibit  there  was  made  by  hand.  The  exquisite  wood  and  ivory  carvings  and  ar- 
tistic repousse  brass  and  copper  ware  show  In  themseves  that  no  machine  had  ever 


EAST  INDIA  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  521 

touched  thern,  but  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  the  heavy  carpets,  woven  in  the  most 
intricate  designs,  are  from  hand  looms  instead  of  Jacquards.  An  astonishing  vari- 
ety of  fabrics  are  shown  in  silk  and  cottons,  as  well  as  mixed  silk  and  cotton,  botK 
printed  and  embroidered.  Wax-printed  cloths  of  Peshawur  and  Delsa,  and  tinsel 
and  glass  decorated  stuffs  of  Poona  and  Satara,  are  exhibited  for  the  first  time  in 
this  country.  The  wax-printed  cloths  are  made  by  applying  a  mixture  of  melted 
lac  and  beeswax  with  a  wooden  stick.  The  designing  is  done  free-hand,  and  after 
the  mixture  has  been  applied,  finely  powdered  mica  is  sifted  over  the  design  and 
left  to  dry. 

Many  Cashmir  shawls  which  are  not  embroidered,  but  made  on  the  loom,  are 
piled  in  cases  with  silk  sarees  from  Surat  and  Madras,  with  silk  and  brocade  edg- 
ings, worn  by  Hindoo  women  of  the  upper  classes  as  dresses.  Phulkaries  or  silk 
embroideries  made  in  the  Punjab  and  on  the  Hazara  frontier,  Rampore  chodders 
or  ring  shawls,  so  fine  and  soft  that  one  measuring  two  yards  wide  can  be  passed 
through  an  ordinary  finger  ring,  and  brocades  or  kinkabs  are  other  fabrics  which 
are  heaped  up  as  though  they  were  job  lots  in  a  country  store  instead  of  the  costly 
productions  of  artists. 

On  the  floor  is  a  breech  loading  cannon  which  is  400  years  old,  and  there  is 
leaning  against  the  wall  a  matchlock  rifteen  feet  long,  made  a  couple  of  centuries 
ago.  Beside  the  general  exhibits  there  are  native  state  exhibits  made  at  the  per- 
sonal request  of  the  nizam  of  Hyderabad,  the  maharajah  of  Mysore,  the  maharajah 
of  Jeypore,  the  maharajah  of  Patiola,  the  maharajah  of  Kapurthala,  the  maharajah 
of  Karauli,  the  rajah  of  Jhina,  the  maharajah  of  Travancore,  the  Sawantwadi  chief 
and  the  rao  of  Kutch.  It  is  not  used  as  the  headquarters  of  government  officials, 
but  rather  as  an  exhibit  of  teas  and  a  sort  of  tea  exchange. 

The  whole  floor  is  filled  with  dainty  little  tea  tables,  with  two  or  three  chairs 
around  each.  There  any  one  who  has  a  tired  feeling  can  sit  down  and  order  a 
cup  of  tea,  with  cream  and  loaf  sugar  to  boot,  without  a  cent  to  pay  as  has  been 
mentioned  heretofore. 

These  tea  men  themselves  are  an  attraction,  as  they  are  natives  of  India,  of 
the  servant  or  lowest  caste,  and  are  dressed  in  brilliant  scarlet  robes,  with  gold  em- 
broidery. Still  more  interesting,  however,  are  the  bazaar  assistants,  who  occupy 
the  upper  floor  of  the  building  with  a  most  wonderful  exhibit  of  the  art  manufac- 
tures of  India.  Beginning  at  the  bottom,  socially,  one  of  these  is  a  Hindoostanee, 
of  the  servant  class,  who  is  a  convert  to  Christianity  and  bears  the  Christian  name 
of  Sam.  One  of  them  is  a  Mohammedan  from  Bombay.  Then  there  is  a  hand- 
some fellow,  of  the  writing  caste,  from  Benares,  the  Rome  of  India,  whose  name  is 
Rameshwar  Dial. 

Coming  higher  up  there  Is  a  rajpoot  of  the  warrior  caste  from  Rajpootana, 
who  is  wrapped  from  head  to  foot  in  variegated  silks,  and  nurses  all  the  while  an 
old  rifle,  ten  feet  long,  that  would  probably  burst  the  first  time  it  was  fired.  Then 
there  are  two  others  of  the  warrior  cast  called  Kahatrees,  from  the  Punjaub  or 
Five   Rivers.     Finally,   there   has  been  brought  nothing  less  than  a  live  Brahmin 


522 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


and  Pundit  from  Delhi,  said  to  be  the  only  Brahmin  that  ever  came  to  America. 
Kis  name  is  Gobindpurshad  Shookul. 

The  building  was  dedicated  with  the  peculiar  rites  of  the  land  of  Brahma 
and  Buddha,  performed  by  the  turbaned  natives,  who  came  with  silks,  rugs,  burn- 
ing incense,  carved  woods  and  other  marvelous  things  that  are  crowded  in  the 
building,  and  with  the  hideous  Hindoo  Gods  and  grotesque  images  of  minor  deities 
leering  down  upon  them,  the  jovial  crowd  of  Americans  who  participated  in  the 
ceremonies  experienced  a  new  sensation. 


rl 


INDUSTRY— BY  PAULINE   A.  DOHN. 
Reception  Room  Illinois  Building. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


523 


CHAPTER  III. 


PAVILIONS  OF  FRANCE  AND  SPAIN. 


The  Sword  of  Lafayette— A  Reproduction  of  the  Room  in  the  Palace  at  Versailles  in  which  Franklin  was 
Received— A  Large  Number  of  Contributions  from  the  Duke  of  Veragua — Letters  Patent  to 
Columbus  from  Isabella— Commission  from  the  King  and  Queen— Many  Interesting  State 
Papers. 


HE  pavilion  of  France,  at  the  north  end  of  Jackson  Park,  is 
one  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  many  foreign  buildings  in 
the  group.  It  is  not  so  stately  nor  so  pretentious  as  some  of 
its  neighbors,  but  it  is  never  passed  by  by  sightseers.  All 
around  it  are  floral  beauties  placed  there  in  May  by  one  of 
the  young  republic's  most  eminent  florists — IVi .  Jules  Lemoine- 
Upon  the  opening  of  the  French  pavilion,  Camille  Kranz,the 
Commissioner-General  of  France,  Consul  Edmund  Bruweart, 
Morris  Monthiers,  the  Assistant  Commissioner-General,  and 
August  Masur,  attache,  received  the :  guests  in  the  room 
which  is  used  as  the  museum  for  souvenirs  of  the  American 
War  of  Inaependence  now  owned  in  France.  The  room  itself  is  one  of  the  attrac- 
tions of  the  French  pavilion.  It  is  an  exact  reproduction  of  the  famous  salon  in 
the  palace  of  Versailles  where  Louis  XVI.  received  Ben  Franklin,  the  special 
ambassador  from  the  American  colonies,  and  with  him  signed  the  treaty  which 
secured  for  the  United  States  the  active  aid  and  cooperation  of  France.  Director- 
General  Davis,  President  Higinbotham,  the  various  chiefs  of  departments,  nearly 
all  of  the  foreign  commissioners,  the  World's  Fair  Directors  and  National  Commis- 
sioners who  had  remained  in  the  city,  members  of  the  Commercial  club,  and  many 
society  people  of  Chicago  were  included  in  the  guests  present.  Chief  among  the 
treasures  in  the  room  is  the  sword  presented  by  the  Colonial  Congress  to  Lafayette 
in  1778.  It  has  a  hilt  of  solid  gold,  beautifully  engraved,  and  a  scabbard  of  the 
same  with  medallions,  each  one  representing  some  scene  of  the  Revolutionary  War 
in  which  Lafayette  had  been  engaged.  The  Damascene  blade,  which  was  in  the 
sword  at  the  time  it  was  given  Lafayette,  was  ruined  by  rust  while  the  sword  was 
buried  during  the  reign  of  terror  in  1793,  and  the  blade  which  took  its  place  is  made 
from  steel  taken  from  the  old  Bastile,  inlaid  with  gold,  a  present  from  the  City  of 
Paris  to  Lafayette  in  recognition  of  his  services  during  that  time.  Another  sword, 
equally  handsome,  a  present  from  the  City  of  New  York  to  Lafayette  on  the  occa- 
sion of  his  visit  to  the  United  States  in  1824,   occupies   a   place   beside   the   other. 


524 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


Two  crystal  urns,  the  first  cut  glass  made  in  the  United  States;  a  large  vase,  pre- 
sented to  Lafayette  by  the  midshipmen  of  the  Kearsarge;  two  rings,  each  of  which 
contains  locks  of  hair  from  the  heads  of  Gen.  Washington  and  Martha  Washing- 
ton; two  pistols  left  to  Lafayette  by  Washington  in  his  will,  epaulets  worn  by 
Lafayette  during  the  war,  and  the  decoration  of  the  order  of  Cincinnatus  given 
Lafayette  by  Washington,  are  among  the  other  interesting  objects  in  the  center 
case.  There  are  books,  original  autograph  letters  from  Washington,  Jef¥erson, 
Madison,  John  Adams  and  John  Quincy  Adams,  and  many  other  articles  of  price- 
less value. 

The  Spanish  Building  which  is  modeled  after  the  Casa  Lonja  of  Valencia, 
shows  only  parts  of 
the  original  building, 
the  column  hall  and 
the  tower  having 
been  reduced  in  pro- 
portion to  three- 
fourths  of  the  origin- 
al, which  was  erected 
before  the  date  of  the 
discovery  of  America. 
The  structure  has  a 
frontage  of  84  feet  6 
inches.  There  are 
three  floors,  two  of 
which  are  occupied 
by  the  Royal  Com- 
mission. The  space 
is  distributed  in  three 
naves  longitudinally 
and  five  naves  trans- 
versely, correspond- 
ing to  eight  pillars  in 
the     center,      with 

quarters  and  halves  in  the  lateral  walls  and  corners,  forming  in  all  fifteen  vaults. 
The  ornaments  represent  the  church,  magistracy,  military,  and  the  arts;  also  the 
agricultural,  commercial  and  industrial  pursuits  of  the  kingdom.  The  material  is 
wood  and  staff. 

The  Spanish  building  was  formally  opened  by  Eulalia  in  June.  The  Duke 
of  Veragua  contributed  the  following,  most  of  which  may  be  seen  in  the  Spanish 
Building: 

I.  The  commission  of  Columbus.  The  original  commission  given  to  Col- 
umbus by  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  upon  his  departure  for  the  first  voyage,  dated 
Granada,  April  30,  1492,  appointing  him  Grand  Admiral  of  the  ocean  seas,  Vice- 
King  and  Governor-General  of  all  the  lands  that  he  should  discover. 


FRENCH  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


525 


2.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  granting  licenses  to 
the  persons  accompanying  Columbus  on  his  first  voyage.  Dated  Grenada,  April 
30,  1492. 

3.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereign  of  Spain  commanding  the  inhab- 
itants of  Palos  to  furnish  Christopher  Columbus  with  two  caravels  for  his  first  voyage. 
Dated  Granada,  April  30,  1492. 

4.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  commanding  the  inhab- 
itants of  Palos  to  furnish  Christopher  Columbus  everything  necessary  to  equip  the 
caravels  for  his  first  voyage.     Dated  Granada,  April  30,  1492. 

5.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  exempting  from  taxes 
supplies  needed  for  the  fleet  of  Columbus  on  his  first  voyage.    Dated  April  30,  1492- 

6.  Royal  letters  pat- 
ent from  the  sovereigns 
of  Spain  ordering  that 
Christopher  Columbus 
may  take  without 
charge  anythingneeded 
for  his  first  voyage. 
Dated  May  15,  1492. 

7.  Royal  letters  pat- 
ent from  the  sovereigns 
of  Spain  granting 
power  to  Christopher 
Columbus  to  seal  and 
deliver  stores  of  provis- 
ions in  their  names. 
Dated  May  15,  1492. 

8.  Royal  letters  pat- 
ent from  the  sovereigns 
of  Spain   commanding 
that   Christopher    Col- 
umbus be  allowed  to  pass  freely  through  ports,  cities,  towns  and  villages.     Dated 
Barce'ona,  May  20,  1492. 

9.  Certificate  of  Roderigo  Perez,  notary  public  in  the  City  of  Isabella,  oanto 
Domingo,  Dec.  16,  1495,  concerning  the  contract  made  by  the  sovereigns  of  Spain 
with  Christopher  Columbus  in  the  Town  of  Santa  Fe  de  las  Vegas  de  Granada, 
April  17,  1492. 

10.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  authorizing  300  persons 
to  be  taken  by  Columbus  on  his  second  voyage.     Dated  Burgos,  April  23,  1493. 

11.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  commanding  Columbus 
to  prepare  a  fleet  for  his  second  vovage.     Dated  May  23,  1493. 

12.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  commanding  captains 
and  masters  of  vessels  to  recognize  Admiral  Christopher  Columbus  as  Captain- 
General,  and  to  obey  him  in  every  particular.     Dated  Barcelona,  May  28,  1493. 


SPANISH  BUILDING. 


526  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

13.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  authorizing  Chris- 
topner  Columbus  to  appoint  three  persons  for  the  offices  of  government  in  the 
lands  he  should  discover.     Dated  Barcelona,  May  28,  1493. 

14.  Instructions  for  his  second  voyage  given  to  Columbus  by  Ferdinand  and 
Isabella,  May  29,  1493. 

15.  Original  memoranda  written  by  Christopher  Columbus  to  the  sovereigns 
of  Spain  concerning  the  money  required  for  the  compensation  and  subsistence  for 
six  months  of  the  300  people  who  were  to  accompany  him  on  his  second  voyage. 

16.  Bull  of  Pope  Alexander  VI  granting  to  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  all  lands 
discovered  by  Christopher  Columbus.     Dated  at  Rome,  May  4,  1493. 

17.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Columbus  assuring  him  of  the 
peaceful  intentions  of  the  King  of  Portugal.     Dated  June  12,  1493. 

18.  Letter  from  Queen  Isabella  to  Columbus  recommending  Juan  Aguado 
to  a  good  position  in  his  fleet.     Dated  June  30,  1493. 

19.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus  recom- 
mending the  appointment  of  Sebastian  de  Olano  as  Collector  in  Indies.  Dated 
August  4,  1493. 

20.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  to  Christopher  Columbus  urging  him  to 
hasten  his  departure  to  the  Indies,  Aug  18,  1493. 

21.  Letter  from  Queen  Isabella  to  Columbus  inclosing  a  copy  of  a  book  he 
nad  left  with  her,  asking  him  to  send  her  a  certain  sailing  chart,  and  urging  him 
not  to  delay  his  departure.      Dated  Sept.  5,  1493. 

22.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus  asking 
his  opinion  in  regard  to  a  certain  document  which  had  been  prepared  in  reply  to 
the  King  of  Portugal.     Dated  Barcelona,  Sept.  5,  1493. 

23.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus  concern- 
ing certain  expeditions  of  the  King  of  Portugal  and  informing  him  that  the  book 
which  he  had  left  with  them  would  be  forwarded  to  him  by  Don  Juan  de  Fonseca, 
June  I,  1493. 

24.  Royal  letters  patent  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  directing  Christopher 
Columbus  to  return  to  the  Indies.     Dated  Modina  del  Campo,  June  22,  1493. 

25.  Decree  of  King  Ferdinand  and  Queen  Isabella  granting  to  Columbus  an 
annuity  of  10,000  maradevis,  to  be  paid  from  the  tax  upon  the  butcher  shops  of 
Cordova  during  his  lifetime.     Dated  at  Valladolid,  Nov.  18,  1493. 

26.  Books  which  contain  certified  copies  of  royal  letters  patent  from  the 
sovereigns  of  Spain  granting  to  Christopher  Columbus  all  the  rights,  titles,  dignities 
and  regalias  enjoyed  by  the  Admirals  of  Castile.  Copies  of  royal  letters  patent  in 
towns  established  in  Santo  Domingo.  Contracts  of  Columbus  with  the  sovereigns 
of  Spain. 

27.  Instructions  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Columbus  concerning  his 
second  voyage,  dated  Barcelona,  March  30  and  September  15,  1493;  Medina  del 
Campo,  April  19,  1494;  and  Sergovia,  Aug.  16,  1494. 

28.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus  acknowl- 
edging with  great  gratification  the  receipt  of  letters  by  the  hands  of  Antonio  de 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  527 

Torres,  and  requesting  him  to  send  Bernal  Diaz  de  Pisa,  accountant  of  the  expedi- 
tion, to  Spain.     Dated  Medina  del  Campo,  April  13,  1494. 

2Q.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus,  dated 
Sergovia,  August  15,  1494,  asking  certain  information  and  informing  him  of  an 
agreement  with  the  Kingdom  of  Portugal. 

30.  Decree  of  King  Ferdinand  and  Queen  Isabella  granting  a  coat  of  arms 
to  Columbus.     Dated  June,  1494. 

31.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus  congratu- 
lating him  upon  his  return  from  his  second  voyage  and  requesting  him  to  report  to 
the  court  at  once.     Dated  July  12,  1496. 

32.  Commission  as  Adelantado  Mayor  granted  to  Christopher  Columbus  by 
the  sovereigns  of  Spain.     Dated  at  Medina  del  Campo,  July  22,  1497. 

33.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus  about 
gold,  pearls  and  other  treasure  obtained  in  the  Indies.     Dated  March  30,  1497. 

34.  Will  of  Christopher  Columbus  conferring  the  right  of  succession  upon 
his  son,  Diego.     Dated  Feb.  22,  1498. 

35.  Memorandum  submitted  by  Christopher  Columbus  to  the  Council  of 
the  Indies  concerning  his  arrest  and  imprisonment,  and  declaring  his  innocence  of 
the  charges  made  against  him. 

36.  Letter  from  the  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus  containing 
instructions  concerning  his  fourth  voyage.  Dated  Valencia  de  la  Torro,  March  19, 1502. 

37.  Letter  from  Christopher  Columbus  to  his  Holiness  the  Pope  of  Rome. 
February,  1502. 

38.  Letters  of  Christopher  Columbus  to  his  son,  Diego,  dated  Nov.  21,  1504; 
Nov.  28,  1504;  Dec,  1504;  Dec.  3,  1504;  Dec.  13,  1504;  Dec.  21,  1504;  Dec.  29,  1504; 
Jan.  8,  1505;  Feb.  25,  1505;  Dec.  5,  1505.  Memorial  of  Christopher  Columbus  to  the 
sovereigns  of  Spain  in  behalf  of  his  son  Diego. 

39.  Letters  from  Christopher  Columbus  to  the  Rev.  Father  Don  Caspar 
Gorricio  de  las  Cuevas,  dated  April  4,  1502;  Sept.  4,  1505;  July  7,  1503;  Jan.  4,  1505. 

40.  Letter  from  King  Ferdinand  V.  to  Diego  Columbus,  dated  Naples, 
Nov.  26,  1506. 

41.  Commission  as  Adelantado  Mayor  of  the  Indies.  Granted  by  the  sov- 
ereigns of  Spain  to  Diego  Columbus.     Dated  Valladolid,  June  16,  15 15. 

42.  Authenticated  copy  of  the  will  of  Diego  Hernandes,  who  accompanied 
Christopher  Columbus  on  several  voyages.  Dated  1536.  Thiswill  was  important  evi- 
dence to  sustain  the  claims  made  by  the  family  of  Columbus  upon  the  crown  of  Spain. 

43.  Commission  as  Admiral  of  the  Indies.  Granted  to  Don  Luis,  the  grand- 
son of  Christopher  Columbus.     Dated  May  24,  1536. 

44.  Letter  from  the  King  of  Portugal  to  Christopher  Columbus.  Dated 
Avis,  May  29,  1488. 

45.  Ordinances  issued  by  sovereigns  of  Spain  to  Christopher  Columbus  and 
the  Court  of  Santo  Domingo  for  the  clearance  of  certain  materials,  1497. 

All  of  these  documents  are  either  written  by  Columbus  himself  or  signed  by 
Ferdinand  and  Isabella. 


GOMMISSIONERS  FROM  FOREIGN  COUNTRIES. 


1.  Prof.  Vulks  I.  Shopoff, 

Bulgaria. 
4.  Dr.  Francisco  Bustamante, 

Venezuela. 
7.  Wm.  E.  Rothert, 

Liberia. 
10.  T.  Pakedes, 

ColuTnbia. 
13.  J.  S.  Lakke. 

Canada, 


2.  L.  Weiner, 

Cape  Colony. 
5.  E.  Spencer  Pratt, 

Persia. 
8.  Col.  M.  N.Arizaga, 

Ecuador. 
11.  Se.  D.  Manuel  M.  de  Peralta, 

Costa  Rica, 
14.  Arnold  Hollinger. 

Switzerland. 


3.  Phra.  Suriya  NuvAxa, 

Siantt 
6.  George  Birkoff, 

Netherlands, 
9.  Milton  O.  Higgins, 

Curacao, 
12.  Dr.  Emil  Hassleb, 

Paraguay. 
15.  SiGNOR  V.  Zeggto, 
Italy. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


529 


CHAPTER  IV. 
CANADA  AND  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

The  Provinces  of  Ontario  and  Quebec  Handsomely  Represented— Native  Canadian  Shrubbery  Abundant — 
Highly  Polished  Canadian  Woods — Various  Commercial,  Scientific,  Agricultural  and  Educational 
Articles  Shown— The  Classical  Pavilion  of  New  South  Wales— A  Credit  to  that  Far-Off 
Country. 

jTANDING  upon  a  site  of  nearly  6,000  square  feet  is  the 
Candian  Pavilion,  only  a  short  distance  from  the  United 
States  Battleship,  opposite  Victoria  House.  The  view^ 
from  the  "look-out"  on  the  tower  of  the  pavilion  is  perfect. 
It  extends  on  one  side  to  where  the  restless  waters  of  the 
great  lake  seem  to  kiss  the  distant  horizon;  and  on  the 
other  side  takes  in  ttie  magnificent  pier,  the  architecturally 
beautiful  Peristyle  and  Music  Hall,  with  glimpses  of  the 
historic  Convent  of  La  Rabida,  the  great  Manufactures 
Building,  the  United  States  Government  Building,  the 
Fisheries  Building,  and  many  of  the  fine  and  expensive 
edifices  erected  by.  foreign  nations.  The  pavilion  has  three 
entrances:  a  main  or  front  entrance,  facing  the  southeast,  and  two 
end  entrances  on  the  east  and  west,  respectively.  The  front  entrance  is  through 
the  tower,  and  has  three  doorways.  Opposite  this  main  entrance  is  the  grand 
stairway,  beneath  and  in  the  rear  of  which  are  numerous  lavatories.  In  the  entrance 
hall  are  located  the  postoffice,  the  telephone  office  and  an  intelligence  office.  In 
the  latter  are  kept  registers  giving  all  possible  information  to  visiting  Canadians 
as  to  lodgings,  board,  the  whereabouts  of  friends  in  Chicago,  and  other  information 
that  may  be  useful  to  Canadian  visitors.  Off  the  entrance  hall  is  the  reception 
room.  Over  five  hundred  Canadian  newspapers  are  on  file  here.  To  the  left  of 
the  main  entrance  are  two  handsome  offices  for  the  Dominion  Commission,  while 
the  other  four  offices  on  this  floor  are  occupied  by  the  commissioners  from  the 
provinces  of  Ontario  and  Quebec. 

On  the  first  floor  are  two  more  offices  for  the  Dominion  Commission,  four 
for  commissioners  from  different  provinces  of  Canada,  a  committee  room  and  a 
large  parlor  for  the  use  of  the  whole  staff. 

On  the  second  floor  are  the  tower  room  and  the  smoking  room,  and  in  the 
attic  above  is  the  dormitory  for  the  guardian  of  the  pavilion. 

As  the  sum  appropriated  for  the  erection  of  the  pavilion  was  lirnited,  a  plain 
style  of  architecture  had  to  be  adopted.  Running  around  all  sides  of  the  building 
is  a  veranda  ten  feet  wide,  with  a  balcony  above  of  the  same  width.     The  balcony 


CANADIAN  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


5JI 


Is  supported  by  twenty-eight  Tuscan  columns.  The  walls  at  the  eaves  of  the  roof 
are  finished  with  a  bold  dental  cornice.  The  pavilion  is  covered  with  a  low  pitched 
roof,  partly  hidden  by  a  wall.  The  tower,  as  it  issues  through'the  roof  is  circular^ 
and  is  divided  into  twelve  panels;  beneath  these  are  detached  pilasters.  The  walls- 
are  finished  with  a  dental  cornice,  over  which  is  an  open  balustrade.  Over  this  is- 
the  "lookout,"  whence  rises  the  flagpole,  from  which,  from  sunset  to  sunrise,  proudly 
floats  the  Canadian  flag. 

The  walls  and  ceilings  are  finished  with  native  Canadian  woods,  highly  pol- 
ished and  showing  the  natural  grain.  Each  province  of  Canada  has  furnished  the 
native  woods  required  to  finish  its  individual  rooms.  Around  the  pavilion  is  a  neat 
plot  of  ground  covered 

with  green  turf,  dotted        1^^^""  ^     '  --j-.--— -  ■-  -       ^ 

here  and  there  with 
native  Canadian  shrub- 
bery and  conveniently 
and  artistically  divided 
with  serpentine  road- 
ways and  walks.  This 
building,  with  its  fur- 
nishings and  surround- 
ings cost  over  $30,000. 
Various  commercial, 
agricultural,  scientific 
and  educational  articles 
are  shown  in  the  several 
departments  from  the 
provincial  governments 
of  Ontario,  Quebec, 
Ottawa,  British  Col- 
umbia, Manitoba,  Hali- 
fax, New  Brunswick, 
Prince  Edward  Island, 
Northwest  Territories. 

The  New  South  Wales  Building  is  classical  in  design  and  ornamentation. 
It  covers  an  area  of  4,320  square  feet,  being  60x60  feet  in  exterior  dimensions,  with 
a  portico  12  feet  wide  extending  across  the  front.  There  is  a  flight  of  three  steps; 
leading  to  this  portico  and  extending  across  the  front  and  ends  of  the  same.  The 
roof  of  this  portico  is  supported  by  six  Doric  columns,  two  feet  and  six  inches  irt 
diameter,  and  twenty  feet  high,  with  a  cornice,  frieze  and  balustrade  extending 
round  the  entire  building.  At  each  of  the  corners  is  a  large  Doric  pilaster  corres- 
ponding to  the  columns  of  the  portico.  The  entrance  is  in  the  center  of  the  portico- 
front.  All  openings  have  molded  architraves  and  cornices,  and  each  window  has  a 
pair  of  molded  modillions  under  it.  The  exterior  of  the  building  is  staff.  The  cen- 
tral portion  is  occupied  by  a  hall,  thirty  feet  in  width,  and  extending  the  entire 


NEW  SOUTH    WALES   BUILDING- 


M 


532 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


depth  of  the  building.  In  the  center  is  a  polygonal  dome  thirty  feet  in  diameter, 
the  top  being  forty  feet  from  the  floor.  This  dome  adds  to  the  effect,  light  and 
ventilation  of  the  whole,  and  is  covered  on  the  interior  with  ornamental  staff. 
Arranged  on  three  sides  of  the  main  hall  are  the  various  offices  of  the  legation, 
eight  in  number. 


QUAKER  CITY  GRINDING  MILL— A.  W.  STRAUB  &  CO.,  PHILADELPHIA,  PA. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


533 


CHAPTER  V. 


THE  ATTRACTIVE  CEYLON  BUILDING. 

A  Mixed  Architecture  of  Many  Native  Woods — Designs  from  Ancient  Buildings — Figures  of  Sacred 
Birds  and  Animals — Ornamental  Facades  and  Pillars — Fancy  Designs  in  Ceilings  and  Walls — 
Carvings  that  Take  One  Back  543  Years  B.  C— The  Sacred  Tooth  of  Buddha— Sun  and  Moon 
Symbols. 

ANY  thousands  visit  "  the  Ceylon  building  daily — the 
principal  court  of  which  alone  contains  18,706  square  feet, 
for  exhibits.  This  large  court  stands  to  the  north  of  the 
German  building,  fronting  the  lake.  It  is  162  feet  in 
length.  The  pillars  and  such  parts  of  the  ends  of  the 
beams  as  are  in  view,  and  the  four  entrance  doors,  as  al- 
so the  central  octagon,  are  beautifully  carved  in  imita- 
tion of  the  carving  found  on  the  stone  pillars  and  objects 
of  art  in  the  ancient  city  of  Anuradhapura  and  other 
places  of  great  antiquity.  This  court  is  a  fine  exhibit 
in  itself.  The  minor  courts  are  also  made  of  the  woods 
of  the  island,  beautifully  carved,  and  acknowledged  by  all  who 
have  seen  them  to  be  works  of  art.  The  main  building  of  the 
court  comprises  a  central  octagonal  hall  with  two  wings  facing, 
respectively  north  and  south.  The  court  partakes  largely  of  the  Dravidian  style  of 
architecture  in  the  design  of  its  columns  and  adopted  by  the  Cinghalese  in  their  an' 
cient  temples  throughout  Ceylon.  The  details  of  this  mixed  architecture  may  be 
studied  with  advantage  in  the^  numerous  temples  and  ruins  scattered  over  Ceylon 
of  which  views  are  shown  in  photographs  exhibited  in  the  court.  The  court  is  con- 
structed entirely  of  the  beautiful  native  woods  of  the  island.  Some  twenty  thou- 
sand cubic  feet  of  timber  was  felled  for  the  purpose.  The  whole  court  is  raised  on 
a  projecting  basement  some  four  feet  above  ground  level,  and  is  reached  by  four 
stairways  highly  carved,  two  leading  into  the  central  octagon  and  one  into  each  of 
the  wings.  These  flights  of  steps  (of  which  an  illustration  is  given)  are  adapted 
designs  from  the  well-known  stairs  of  many  fine  ruined  temples  to  be  seen  at  Anura- 
dhapura and  Polonnaruwa,  the  successive  ancient  capitals  of  Ceylon  between  543 
B.C.  and  1235  A.  D.  The  cobra-shrouded  figures  carved  in  bas-relief  on  the  ter- 
minal stones,  guarding  either  side  of  the  approach,  are  termed  doratu-palayas,  or 
janitors.  These  guard-stones  are  always  found  at  the  foot  of  steps  to  vihares  (shrines), 
etc.,  in  the  older  ruins,  to  ward  off  evil..  The  conventional  lines  on  attached  pillars 
at  the  side  of  the  terminals  are  found  equally  with   elephants  and  bulls  on   these 


534 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


guard-stones  at  Anuradhapura  and  elsewhere.  The  figures  on  the  face  of  and  sup- 
porting the  steps,  the  front  edges  of  which  have  a  small  conventional  pattern  of  the 
water-leaf  ornaments,  ox  padma,  carved  upon  them,  have  been  supposed  to  repre- 
sent j/ay§y^fl5,  a  class  of  evil  spirits,  also  placed  here  to  avert  ill.  At  the  bottom  of 
the  steps  is  a  large  carved  slab,  semi-circular  in  form,  termed  a  sandakadapahana, 
or  moonstone,  carved  in  bas-relief,  to  represent  a  lotus  flower  open  in  the  center, 
and  concentric  bands  of  sacred  geese,  foliage,  and  figures  of  lions,  elephants, horses 
and   bulls   in   the  outer  ring.     The  carved  balustrade  on   either  side  represents  a 

makara,  a  fabulous 
beast,  half  lion, 
half  crocodile.  Ar- 
riving at  the  top  of 
the  stairs,  the  en- 
trance to  the  build- 
ing is  through  a 
handsome  door- 
way having  carved 
jambs  of  similar 
pattern  to  those  of 
the  Dalada  Mali- 
gawa  (the  temple 
in  which  the  sacred 
tooth  of  Buddha  is 
deposited)  at  Kan- 
dy,  and  at  the  Am- 
bulugala  and  Dip- 
pitiya  vihares  in 
the  Four  Korales 
of  the  Kegalla  Dis- 
trict of  Ceylon. 
The  continuous 
scroll  ornament  should  be  particularly  noticed,  also  the  intersecting  double-foliaged 
scroll.  The  fancy  design  of  leaf  ornament  spreading  downward  from  the  trunk  of 
a  woman's  body,  is  here  particularly  handsome,  and  follows  the  line  of  the  arch. 
The  ceiling  of  the  central  hall  is  supported  by  twenty-four  elaborately  carved  pil- 
lars, which  are  in  two  stages;  the  lower  story  supporting  cross  beams  terminating  in 
a  carved  bracket.  Between  the  cross  beams,  and  forming  a  capital  to  each  pillar,  are 
carved  cross-bracket-capitals  termed  pushpa-bandha;  they  are  carved  to  represent 
conventional  drooping  lotuses.  The  upper  tier  of  these  pillars,  with  their  attached 
bracket-capitals,  are  carved  in  the  form  of  a  plantain  flower,  and  the  ornamentation 
on  the  face  of  the  pillars  is  that  of  the  padama,  lotus  ornament. 

On  either  side  of  the  central  hall  are  colossal,  figures  of  a  sedent  Buddha  and 
Vishnu.    The  hands  of  the  seated  Buddha,  are  as  usual,  placed  in  the  lap,  the  back 


CEYLON  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  535 

of  the  right  hand  resting  on  the  left  palm,  and  the  crossed  teet  showing  the  sacred 
marks  on  the  soles. 

The  figure  of  Vishnu,  usually  ranked  as  the  second  of  the  Hindu  triad,  is  rep- 
resented four-armed,  the  back  pair  of  hands  holding  his  discus  and  chank,  with  his 
vehicle,  the  winged  ^aruda  behind,  and  standing  on  a  pedestal.  The  "lotus-god"  is 
as  usual,  painted  blue. 

The  whole  building  is  enclosed  with  an  ornamental  facade,  there  being  eight 
windows  to  each  annex  and  four  of  double  width  to  the  central  hall.  The  windows 
have  architraves  carved  with  the  water-leaf  superficial  ornamentation,  and  under 
each  window  is  a  panel  containing  conventional  and  other  designs  in  bas-relief. 
The  upper  part  of  the  window  is  formed  of  an  ornamental  arch,  carved  with  the 
same  pattern  as  the  architrave.  The  carved  architrave  terminates  with  a  shoulder 
enriched  with  the  creeper-knot  ornament. 

The  whole  exterior  of  the  building  is  framed  with  satinwood,  ornamented 
with  Randyan  scroll-work,  and  the  roofs,  which  have  large  projecting  eaves,  are 
terminated  at  the  eaves-line  with  valance  tiles  of  a  pattern  found  in  frequent  use  in 
Kandyan  buildings.  All  the  roofs,  which  are  covered  with  imitation  pan-tiles,  are 
framed  with  a  break  of  line  a  little  more  than  half  way  up  the  slope,  which  is  espec- 
ially characteristic  of  Kandyan  architecture.  The  roofs  over  the  central  hall  and 
tea  room  rise  in  three  tiers,  and  the  whole  is  surmounted  by  a  kota,  or  spire,  termi- 
nating in  a  hammered  brass  finial  exactly  similar  to  the  one  surmounting  the  Temple 
of  the  Sacred  Tooth  of  Buddha  at  Kandy.  All  the  ends  of  projecting  beams,  or 
gones,  are  highly  carved,  and  the  terminations  of  the  rafters  are  cut  in  the  manner 
and  form  peculiar  to  the  architecture  of  the  building. 

Of  the  panels  under  the  windows,  that  under  the  third  window  from  the  south- 
east corner  is  a  representation  of  the  Ira-handa,  the  sun-and-moon  symbol  of  the 
Four  Korales,  with  the  lion  holding  two  daggers. 

The  exhibits  are  ranged  round  the  hall  and  annexes  in  handsome  cases  made 
of  satinwood  and  ebony,  the  lower  panels  having  the  form  of  the  torana,  or  Cing- 
halese  arch.    Other  exhibits  are  disposed  round  the  walls  and  pillars  of  the  building. 

Close  to  the  court  and  immediately  to  the  northwest  is  a  building  in  the  form 
of  a  dagaba,  set  apart  for  the  use  of  the  Ceylon  court  staff.  It  is  an  exact  repre- 
sentation of  the  Ruwanveli  dagaba  at  Anuradhapura,  as  taken  from  a  model 
carved  in  stone  which  stands  w\th.m  th.&  pradakshina,  or  "procession  path."  Ruwan- 
veli dagaba  was  commenced  by  King  Dutugamunu  in  the  year  161  B.  C,  and  com- 
pleted 137  B.  C.  It  is  constructed  of  solid  brickwork,  rising  to  a  height  of  150  feet, 
with  a  diameter  at  the  base  of  379  feet.  Xhe  original  outline  of  the  dagaba  was 
destroyed  by  the  Malabars  in  12 14  A.  D, 

A  writer  for  the  London  Times  has  truly  said:  "A  pretty  and  attractive  thing 
is  the  Ceylon  building  and  especially  its  grand  court.  The  main  room  of  the  grand 
court  is  160  feet  in  length  and  above  it,  reached  by  a  spiral  stairway  of  handsomely 
carved  woodwork,  is  the  tea-room,  where  nearly  a  hundred  varieties  of  tea  are 
shown,  together  with  the  processes  of  culture  and  classifying.  The  exhibits  con- 
sist of  work  of  arts,  manufactures,   the  products  of  the   island,  jewelry  and   curios. 


536 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


with  an  interesting  exhibit  presented  by  the  sultan  of  the  Maldives.  The  interior 
of  the  court  is  in  the  Dravidian  style  of  architecture  adopted  by  the  Cinghalese  in 
their  ancient  temples.  Twenty-five  varieties  of  brilliantly  colored  wood  are  used  in 
the  decorations.  The  carvings  are  after  designs  in  the  ruined  temples  of  Anurad- 
hapura  and  Polonnaruwa,  which  were  capitals  of  Ceylon  between  543  B.  C.  and  235 
A.  D.  Scenes  from  the  life  of  Buddha  are  portrayed  on  panels  and  frescoes.  A 
carving  of  exceptional  interest  shows  Buddha  overshadowed  and  seated  on  the 
coils  of  the  seven-hooded  cobra.  On  either  side  of  the  north  wing  are  colossal 
figures  of  Buddha  and  Vishnu.  The  hands  of  the  figure  of  Buddha  are  crossed  in 
the  lap  and  the  feet  show  the  sacred  marks.  The  figure  of  Vishnu,  second  in  rank 
in  the  Hindoo  triad,  is  represented  four-armed,  the  back  pair  of  hands  holding  his 
discus  and  chank  with  the  winged  garuda  behind.  The  'lotus  god'  is  painted  blue. 
The  whole  building  suggests  the  Hindoo  religion." 


THE  GREAT  BUDDHIST  GOD. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  537 


CHAPTER  VI. 
THE  OTTOMAN  PAVILION. 

¥he  Resources  of  Turkey  Shown  in  Twelve  Sections— Textile  Fabrics— Gold  and  Silver  and  Other 
Minerals — Munitions  of  War,  Electrical  Appliances  and  Many  Antiquities— Agricultural  Products — 
Silks  and  Dye  Stuffs— An  Imitation  of  the  Hunkhar  Casque — Damascian  Carved  Woods — The 
Ottoman  Coat  of  Arms— Damascus  Rugs  and  Other  Oriental  Manufactures. 

N  the  Turk'sh  building,  which  adjoins  that  of  Brazil  on  the 
east  and  lii^s  between  the  Fine  Arts  and  Fisheries  buildings, 
is  the  principal  exhibit  of  the  Turkish  Empire.  In  this 
structure  a  miniature  exhibit  is  made  of  the  resources  of  the 
Ottoman  Empire,  consisting  of  twelve  sections,  in  which  are 
shown  textile  fabrics,  gold,  silver  and  other  minerals,  muni- 
tions of  war,  electrical  applicances,  antiquites,  all  the  natural 
agricultural  products,  silks,  dye-stuffs,  and,  in  brief,  small 
samples  of  nearly  every  industry  of  the  country.  Exhibits 
are  also  made  in  the  department  of  manufactures,  consisting 
principally  of  Oriental  rugs  and  filigree  jewelry;  in  the  de- 
partment of  transportation  exhibits,  in  which  caiques,  sedan  chairs,  bullock  carts, 
etc.,  are  shown,  and  in  the  Woman's  department,  where  embroideries  made  by  the 
women  of  Turkey  are  an  interesting  feature 

The  Turkish  building  is  in  the  Moresque  style  and  is  in  imitation  ot  the 
Hunkhar  Casque  (or  fountain)  of  Sultan  Ahmed  III.  which  is  opposite  the  Babi 
Humayon  in  Constantinople,  and  which  corresponds  with  the  capital  at  Washing- 
ton, the  seat  of  government.  The  structure  is  eighty  by  one  hundred  feet  in 
dimensions  and  is  surrounded  in  the  center  by  a  dome.  There  are  also  smaller 
domes  at  each  of  the  four  corners.  The  exterior  is  covered  in  Damascian  carved 
wood,  made  especially  in  Damascus  and  brought  here  for  the  purpose.  The  in- 
tefior  is  a  large  exhibition  hall,  decorated  with  tapestries.  There  are  small  ex- 
hibition rooms  in  each  of  the  four  corners,  and  the  office  of  the  commissioners  is 
in  a  separate  building  to  the  rear  of  the  main  building. 

On  June  26th  his  eminence,  Ibrahim  Hakky  Bey,  a  handsome  Armenian 
noble,  and  the  Imperial  Ottoman  Commissioner-General  to  the  Columbian  Ex- 
position, and  Ahmed  Fahri  Bey,  Imperial  Ottoman  Commissioner,  gave  a  recep- 
tion from  3  to  5  in  the  office  building,  and  during  the  same  hours  the  exhibits  in 
*he  pavilion  were  thrown  open  for  private  view.  A  full  uniformed  orchestra  dis- 
eoursed  popular  music,  with  interspersed  classical  numbers,  and  attracted  a  large 
•rowd  to  the  pavilion.     Visitors  were  bowed  to  the  door  of  the  pavilion  by  a  double 


S38 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


line  of  soldiers  from  the  desert  in  the  flowing  and  glaring  garb  of  the  Arab,  while 
at  the  door  stood  two  American  giants  in  the  uniform  of  the  Sultan's  Guard,  a 
bright  red,  bedecked  with  gold  and  silver  filigree  ornaments. 

Refreshments  were  served  in  the  area  between  the  pavilion  and  office 
ibuilding,  and  in  the  latter  Hakky  Bey  made  a  characteristic  and  patriotic  speech. 
The  Turkish  exhibits  are  a  revelation  in  the  line  of  scientific  instruments  and  naval 
structure.  The  implements  of  navigation  and  electrical  appliances  are  crude  com- 
pared with  those  of  American  make,  but  they  show  that   the   Ottoman  is  trying  to 


TURKEY  BUILDING. 

keep  abreast  of  the  times.  In  gold  and  silver  filigree  work  and  in  jewels  some 
very  handsome  exhibits  are  made  by  the  Sultan's  jeweler,  Tchaiboukdjian.  One 
especially  handsome  piece  shows  the  Ottoman  royal  coat-of-arms,  and  another  the 
monogram  of  the  Sultan,  Hamidie.  The  famous  tower  of  Galata  is  shown  in 
miniature,  and  several  series  of  magnificent  photographs  of  scenes  in  Constan- 
tinople, and  on  the  Bosphorus  and  of  royal  palaces  are  exhibited.  Antiques,  fine 
Oriental  silks,  and  examples  of  fine  needlework  and  embroideries  on  the  finest  of 
fabrics,  palm-oil  soaps,  Yemen  coffee,  wools  from  Caucasus,  silks  in  all  grades  from 
the  cocoon  to  the  finished  product,  Damascus  cloth  rugs,  and  other  samples  of 
Oriental  manufacture  make  up  the  interesting  exhibit. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


539 


CHAPTER  VII. 


THE  TWO  CENTRAL  AMERICAN  REPUBLICS. 


The  Pavilion  of  Costa  Rica — A  Modest  but  Pretty  Building— Diminutive  Monkey  with  Lots  of  Hair — 
Silks  and  Fibres  That  Fairly  Dazzle  the  Eye — Coffee  and  Waffles  Servec  Free — A  Glance  at 
Guatemala— Gardens  that  Represent  Coffee  Plantations. 

OSTA  Rica's  building  is  situated  at  the  east  end  of  the  north 
pond  facing  vilest,  and  the  location  is  one  of  the  best  in  the 
confines  of  the  grounds.  Across  the  north  pond,  and  within  a 
distance  to  be  fully  appreciated,  are  the  Illinois,  Washington. 
Indiana,  Ohio  and  Wisconsin  buildings.  To  the  right  are  the 
Galleries  of  Fine  Arts,  and  on  the  left  stand  Guatemala  and 
Spain,  while  as  a  background  and  not  far  distant.  Lake 
Michigan  murmurs  praise  to  the  efforts  of  mortal  man.  The 
building  is  Doric  in  style;  is  103  feet  long  by  60  feet  wide,  two 
stories  and  clearstory,  making  the  full  height  50  feet.  On 
each  side  is  a  Doric  portico  22  feet  wide,  supported  by  four 
large  pilasters.  Three  easy  steps  lead  up  to  the  main  floor,  and 
opposite  this  front  entrance  broad  double  stairways  lead  to  the 
second,  or  gallery  floor,  supported  by  eighteen  columns  rising  to  the  full  eighth  of 
the  clearstory.  The  cornices,  frieze  moulding,  caps  and  bases,  window  casements, 
etc.,  are  made  of  iron.  The  main  walls  are  cemented,  and  all  is  painted  in  effective 
colors.  The  inside  walls  are  plastered,  and  the  walls  and  timber  work  are  frescoed 
in  a  modest  and  becoming  manner.  The  building  is  lighted  by  twenty  large  double 
casement  windows  in  the  first  story,  and  ten  large  skylights  in  the  roof  of  the  clear- 
story, while  on  all  sides  of  the  latter  the  windows  are  pivoted  so  that  when  opened 
they  will  afford  perfect  ventilation.  Ample  toilet  rooms  have  been  provided  on 
each  floor.  Over  each  main  entrance  to  the  building  is  placed  the  National  shield 
of  the  central  American  republic  in  bold  relief,  making*  a  striking  addition  to  the 
decorative  part  of  the  work.     The  building  cost  $20,000. 

An  airy,  pleasant  place  it  is,  with  its  wide  windows  opening  out  over  the 
waters  of  the  lagoon,  upon  the  very  brink  of  which  it  stands,  and  its  broad  porch 
across  the  water  front,  where  visitors  loiter  and  watch  the  nimble  craft  darting  like 
agitated  water  spiders  over  the  still  waters.  The  trees  comes  down  close  about  the 
little  building,  and  on  the  landward  side  each  open  door  and  window  is  masked 
with  a  brilliant  curtain  of  vivid  living  green.  The  interior  is  not  divided  by  any 
partitions,  but  forms  a  single  wide  room  with  an  airy  gallery  running  about  its  walls. 
Everywhere  about  the  big  room  are  disposed  the  products  to  which  Costa  Rica 


540 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


wishes  to  call  the  attention  of  the  world.  There  are  cases  of  rich  silks,  where  rain- 
bow hues  fairly  dazzle  the  eye  with  their  shimmering  brilliancy  and  miniature  moun- 
tains displaying  the  mineral  wealth  of  the  little  republic,  and  there  are  textile 
fibers  and  raw  silk  and  all  the  natural  products  of  the  soil  in  the  way  of  roots  and 
gums  and  rezins,  and  the  sea  has  been  levied  on  to  furnish  bottled  specimens  of  the 
coast  fish  and  huge  turtles,  whose  shells  have  been  polished  to  render  them  more 
attractive  to  the  casual  visitor.  Then  there  are  samples  of  manufactured  goods, 
hardware  and  jewelry  and  curious  and  intricate  designs  in  tortoise  and  sea  shells 
and  whole  cases  full  of  bottled  native  wines  and  even  ale  and  beer. 

Most  of  the  contents  of  the  numerous  cases  suggest  a  country  rich  in  the  raw 
materials,  which 
older  countries  are 
better  able  to  util- 
ize, but  not  all. 
Many  of  the  manu- 
factured articles 
are  very  nearly 
perfect  in  their 
way.  At  one  end 
of  the  floor  is  a 
coffee  stand  and  in 
front  of  the  wide 
windows  are  little 
tables  at  which 
tired  people  may 
sit  and  for  a  trifling 
sum  regale  them- 
selves with  a  pot  ot 
coffee  of  whose 
genuineness  there 
can  be  no  possible 
doubt.  A  sort  of 
thin,  flaky  waffle  is 
served  with  the  coffee 
jaded  appetite 


COSTA   RICA   BUILDING. 


It  is  a  most  delicate  refection,  calculated  to  tempt  even  a 
People  sit  about  the  tables  and  enjoy  the  cool  breeze  which  always 
seems  to  blow  in  through  the  big  windows,  and  chatter  about  the  view  outside  or  the 
curious  things  within,  and  order  more  coffee  and  get  other  waffles  and  seem 
positively  wedded  to  the  spot.  The  gallery  is  given  up  largely  to  an  exhibit  of 
pictures  showing  features  of  the  scenery,  portraits  of  people  connected  with  the 
history  of  the  republic,  and  views  of  noted  places.  These  are  interspersed  with 
cases  of  stuffed  animals  and  birds  which  are  distinctly  local  in  character.  There  is 
one  cage  of  diminutive  monkeys  with  enormous  tufts  of  hair  crowning  their  queer, 
wrinkled  little  heads,  and  their  postures  and  antics  keep  an  interested,  laughing 
group  in  front  of  the  cage  all  day  long.      There  is  much  that  is  interesting  from  its 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


541 


very  strangeness  and  unfamiliarity  in  the  little  Costa  Rica  building,  and  even  if 
there  were  less  it  would  amply  repay  a  visit  simply  from  the  standpoint  of  a  cool, 
little  rest  house  set  in  the  midst  of  a  charming  scene. 

The  Guatemala  building  is  square,  with  1 1 1  feet  at  each  side,  and  occupies  a 
total  area  of  12,500  feet.  The  architecture  is  original,  but  in  no  way  classical.  It 
is  kept  in  Spanish  style  and  corresponds  well  with  the  country  it  represents.  The 
height  of  the  first  floor  is  24  feet.  In  the  center  of  the  building  a  large  court  is 
arranged,  33x33  feet,  with  a  gallery  built  upon  colonnades  of  two  floors.  This  court 
resembles  the  old  patios  in  a  Spanish  house,  and  gives  freshness  and  ventilation  in 
the  entire  structure.      In  the  center  of  the  court  there  is  a  fountain  from  which  the 

water  plays  as  from 
a  big  rock.  On 
each  of  the  four 
corners  of  the 
building  there  is  a 
big  tower  23x23 
feet,  surmounted 
by  a  beautifully 
decorated  dome. 
The  entire  height 
of  each  tower  is  65 
feet.  In  two  of  the 
towers  there  are 
two  large  stair- 
cases, giving  access 
to  the  gallery 
above,  which  ex- 
tends as  a  terrace 
around  the  entire 
building.  The  con- 
struction  is  in 
wood,  iron  and 
staff,  and  the  orna- 
ments represent  fruits  and  flowers,  all  in  an  original  and  light  character.  There 
are  four  large  rooms  on  the  first  floor,  and  on  the  second  floor  a  large  reception 
room,  with  two  ofifices  and  toilet  rooms.  All  the  exhibits  from  Guatemala  will  be 
found  in  this  building,  the  most  interesting  of  which  is  coffee,  and  how  it  is  culti- 
vated and  marketed. 

At  a  distance  of  about  thirty-five  feet  from  the  main  building  is  a  rustic  hut, 
70x25  feet,  and  at  the  end  of  the  same  is  a  small  kiosk,  adapted  for  testing  the 
coffee.  The  entire  space  around  the  building  is  converted  into  a  large  garden 
representing  a  coffee  plantation,  banana  trees  and  other  plants.  Indian 
tents  are  placed  in  a  corner  of  the  grounds,  and  a  landing  place  has  been  con- 
structed opposite  the  principal-  entrance  on  the  lagoon.     The  building  cost  $40,000. 


GUATEMALA   BUILDING. 


: 


FAC-SIMILE  OF  BIBLE  BELONGING  TO  QUEEN  ELIZABETH. 
Royal  Society  of  Art  Needlework,  England. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


543 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


BRAZIL  AND  VENEZUELA. 


The  Beautiful  Buildings  of  the  Two  South  American  Republics— Brazil  Has  One  of  the  Most  Attractive 
Pavilions  on  the  Grounds— Coffee  Served  Free  to  Thousands  Daily — Venezuelans  Do  Their  Level 
Best  with  Coffee  and  Beans — They  Show  Many  Swords  and  Other  Trophies  of  General  Simoa 
Bolivar. 

NE  of  the  most  pretentious  and  one  of  the  most  beautful 
of  all  the  foreign  structures  is  Brazil's  handsome  building, 
which  stands  across  the  lagoon  east  of  that  of  the  State  of 
Illinois.  It  is  built  after  the  French  renaissance  style  of 
architecture.  It  is  covered  with  delicate  detail  work.  The 
large  dome  is  surrounded  by  four  smaller  ones  and  the 
walls  of  the  building  are  covered  with  sculptured  work  in 
staff.  On  the  outer  walls  of  the  building  are  twenty  me- 
dallions, each  of  which  bears  the  name  of  one  of  the 
twenty  states  which  comprise  the  Brazilian  republic.  The 
upper  panes  of  the  large  windows  are  of  stained  glass  and 
the  interior  woodwork  is  most  artistic.  The  entire  first  floor  is  devoted  to  coffee. 
Every  kind  of  coffee  from  the  cheapest  to  the  highest  in  price  is  on  exhibition. 
There  are  half  a  dozen  large  stands  covered  with  the  glass  jars  holding  the  berries. 
In  the  rear  portion  of  the  room  a  large  plantation  in  St.  Paulo  serve  cups  of  its  best 
coffee  free  to  all  visitors  to  the  South  American  building  who  indulge  in  the  bever- 
age. Rio  Janeiro  and  Minas  Zereas  also  have  large  displays  in  this  department. 
The  entire  second  floor,  which  is  reached  by  a  broad  stairway,  is  given  up  to  recep- 
tion-rooms and  parlors.  In  the  large  reception-room  is  an  extensive  collection  of 
paintings  by  the  famous  artists  of  Brazil.  The  entire  floor  is  carpeted  and  furnished 
with  luxurious  chairs  and  lounges,  while  in  the  eastern  portion  of  the  floor  private 
apartments  are  furnished  for  men  and  women.  The  officers  of  the  commission  are 
also  located  on  this  floor.  Four  spiral  stairways  run  from  the  main  reception-room 
to  the  roof,  which  is  the  feature  of  the  Brazilian  building.  On  the  roof  are  settees 
and  benches.  Palms  are  placed  about  the  eaves,  and  visitors  are  always  welcome 
to  climb  the  steep  stairway  of  iron  and  enjoy  the  view  from  the  Brazilian  summer 
garden. 

The  Venezuela  building  is  an  extremely  pretty  bit  of  architecture,  a  delicate 
gray  in  color,  relieved  with  green  and  gilt.  The  main  portion  of  the  structure,  the 
front  of  which  is  ornamented  with  rows  of  square  fluted  columns,  is  flanked  by  a 
wing  on  either  side,  the  domei-shaped  roofs  of  which  are  surmounted  by  two  bronze 


544 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


statues,  one  of  Columbus,  the  other  of  General  Bolivar,  the  liberator  of  the  South 
American  Latin  republics.  They  are  both  from  the  studio  of  Sig.  Turini,  an  Italian 
sculptor,  who  at  present  resides  on  Staten  Island.  And  the  sculptor  has  every  rea- 
son to  felicitate  himself  upon  the  merit  of  his  work.  Both  figures  are  admirable 
pieces  of  work,  instinct  with  dignity  and  vitality.  Sig.  Turini's  Columbus  particu- 
larly merits  attention,  as  it  has  been  pronounced  by  many  good  judges  to  be  one  of 
the  most  satisfactory  statues  of  the  great  admiral  which  has  been  exhibited  in  con- 
nection with  the  Columbian  exposition.  Certainly  it  seems  to  almost  defy  criticism. 
The  pose  is  spirited,  the  face  strong  and  characteristic,  and  from  whichever  side  it 
is  viewed,  it  gives  the  impression  of  a  powerful,  well-balanced  figure. 


BRAZIL  BUILDING. 

The  main  part  of  the  interior  of  the  building  is  given  up  to  the  uses  c  f  a 
reception  room.  It  is  handsomely  decorated,  and  the  walls  are  hung  with  soine 
really  superb  paintings.  Venezuela  was  unable  on  account  of  its  revolution  to  secure 
space  in  the  Art  building,  consequently  it  was  necessary  to  hang  such  paintings  as 
th^  republic  wished  to  exhibit  in  its  own  building.  Arturo  Michelena  and  Christo- 
bal  Rojas  have  each  some  beautiful  specimens  of  work.  The  "  Fight  of  the  Ama- 
zons" of  the  former,  and  the  "  Purgatory"  of  the  latter  are  each  wonderful  paint- 
ings, and  it  is  a  pity  that  they  as  well  as  some  of  the  others  could  not  have  been 
hung  in  the  gallery  where  they  would  have  appeared  to  better  advantage.  The 
principal  part  of  the  exhibit  is  made  up  of  natural  products,  coffee  and  cocoa  being 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


545 


the  staples.    There  are  also  rich  displays  of  minerals,  some  beautiful  woods,  and  a 
variety  of  textile  fibers  in  the  raw  state. 

When  it  comes  to  beans,  Venezuela  appears  to  lead  the  world.  There  are 
shelf  after  shelf  of  beans  of  all  shapes,  sizes  and  colors;  enough  in  quantity  to  feed 
an  army,  and  diverse  enough  in  kind  to  suit  the  most  whimsical  or  exacting  taste. 
Venezuela  isn't  far  behind  in  the  matter  of  snakes,  either.  The  dignified 
commissioners  do  not  waste  their  time  swapping  snake  stories,  but  on  the  wall  of 
one  of  the  side  rooms  are  hung  a  snake  skin  or  two  that  measure  something  like 
twenty-five  feet  in  length  and  are  big  enough  to  completely  envelop  a  man.  The 
visitor  may  just  go  in  and  look  at  them  and  then  go  out   and  sit  on  the  doorstep 

and  tell  himself  or  his 
friend  any  kind  of  a 
story  he  wants  to  fit  the 
skins.  But  the  trophies 
in  which  the  Venezue- 
lans take  the  most  pride 
are  those  which  have  a 
historical  interest,  and 
hanging  on  the  wall  are 
the  gorgeous  standard 
of  Pizarro  and  the  bul- 
lion-crusted saddle- 
cloth of  Gen.  Bolivar. 
These  are  regarded  as 
almost  sacred,  as  is  also 
the  sword  of  the  gen- 
eral, which  is  kept  in 
the  safe.  This  weapon 
is  set  with  1,380  dia- 
monds and  is  generally 
acknowledged  to  be  one 
of  the  most  magnificent 
specimens  of  jeweler's 
work  in  the  way  of  weapons  extant.  There  is  another  object  which  the  gentle- 
men from  Venezuela  cherish  with  particular  pride  and  care.  It  is  a  medalion 
painting  of  Washington,  the  gift  of  the  revolutionary  hero  to  the  liberator  of  Ven- 
ezuela, Gen.  Bolivar. 

Many  of  the  articles  on  exhibition  show  not  only  the  love  of  liberty,  which 
is  the  birthright  of  the  Latin  American  republics,  but  also  a  strong  and  friendly  tie 
which  binds  the  great  republic  of  North  America  to  its  southern  sisters.  It  is  not 
generally  known,  but  in  Central  Park,  New  York,  there  stands  a  statue  of  Gen. 
Bolivar,  while  in  the  Venezuelan  capitol  is  a  corresponding  one  of  George  Wash- 
ington. 


VENEZUELA  BUILDING. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


547 


CHAPTER  XI. 


THE  WEST  INDIES  REPRESENTED. 


Hayti  Has  a  Roomy  Building — An  Interesting  Place  Throughout — A  Comprehensive  Exhibit  of  Hayti's 
Natural  Resources  and  Arts— Many  Historical  Relics — Metals,  Minerals,  Agricultural  Products 
Woven  Textiles  and  Fibres— Saddlery  and  Other  Horse  Equipments — How  Men,  Women  and 
Children  Were  Driven  Into  the  Mines — The  Introduction  of  African  Slavery — How  Hayti  Moves 
With  the  Rest  of  the  World— Great  Credit  Due  to  Fred  Douglass. 

AYTI  has  no  typical  architecture,  so  its  commissioners  selected 
a  design  having  the  suggestion  of  colonial  style.  It  is  very 
roomy,  and  represents  the  first  separate  building  ever  erect- 
ed by  the  republic  in  an  exposition.  Besides  being  the 
home  of  the  Haytien  commissioners  it  is  a  comprehensive 
exhibit  of  Hayti's  natural  resources  and  industrial  arts. 
,  One  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  historical  relics  shown  is 
the  anchor  of  the  Santa  Maria,  which  was  wrecked  off  the 
north  coast  of  the  island  Dec.  14,  1493,  on  Columbus'  second 
voyage.  Its  mate  is  in  the  convent  La  Rabida.  A  pre-Col- 
umbian relic  is  an  odd  piece  of  sculpture  which  was  used  by 
the  French  for  a  baptismal  font.  It  was  made  bj'^  an  extinct  race, 
the  people  found  by  Columbus.  They  numbered  3,000,000  when 
he  landed,  but  fifteen  years  of  Spanish  rule  reduced  the  race  to 
16,000.  Men,  women  and  children  were  driven  like  dogs  to  the  gold  mines.  This 
introduced  African  slavery  into  Hayti,  a  fact  which  adds  great  interest  to  the  first 
sword  drawn  for  the  freedom  of  the  slaves,  which  occupies  a  prominent  place  in 
the  Hayti  building.  It  is  the  rapier  of  Toussainte  I'Ouverture,  held  in  fond 
memory  by  his  countrymen. 

In  the  center  of  the  main  room  is  a  marble  statue  called  "  Reverie,"  by  La 
Forrestry,  a  native  of  the  island.  It  secured  a  gold  medal  in  the  Paris  salon  of 
1873.  One  section  of  this  room  looks  as  if  part  of  the  forestry  department  had  been 
moved  into  the  building.  All  the  native  woods,  well  mounted  and  handsomely  dis- 
played, are  grouped  together.  On  the  other  side  of  the  room  is  a  fine  block  of  ma- 
hogany which  weighs  three  tons,  rough  on  one  side  and  highly  polished  on  the 
other. 

Hayti  show  thirty-four  different  kinds  of  coffee,  various  qualities  of  cotton, 
cocoa,  and  all  the  cereals.  In  the  industrial  section  is  a  fine  display  of  saddlery 
and  horse  equipments,  and  raw  and  tanned  leathers,  from  the  roughest  shoe  leather 
to  the  finest  Russian.     Several  large  showcases  are  filled  with  the  women's  exhibit 


548 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


of  fine  embroideries  and  dresses.  The  metals,  minerals,  woven  textiles  and  fibres 
displayed  show  that  Hayti  is  rich  in  natural  resources,  and  the  finished  product 
demonstrates  a  decided  advance  in  the  industrial  arts  during  the  last  decade. 

The  Hayti  building  lies  to  the  southwest  of  the  German  building  and  adjoin- 
ing that  of  New  South  Wales.  It  is  in  the  Greco  Colonial  style,  surmounted  by  a 
gilded  dome  which  is  copied  after  the  state  capitol  of  Massachusetts.  The  struc- 
ture has  a  frontage  of  126  feet,  including  piazzas  12  feet  wide  which  surround  three 
sides  of  the  building.  In  the  center  of  the  fa9ade  is  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  Repub- 
lic of  Hayti  in  a  medallion  surrounded  by  a  scroll  bearing  the  following  inscription: 
" Repudlique  Hatiunne,"  and  the  dates  1492   (the  discovery),  1804  (date  of  Haytien 


HAYTI  BUI1.DING. 


national  independence)  and  1893  (the  present  anniversary).  On  entering  the 
building  one  comes  into  an  exhibition  hall  50x50  feet,  in  the  center  of  which  are 
eight  Doric  fluted  columns  supporting  the  dome.  The  decorations  consist  princi- 
pally of  red  and  blue  bunting,  the  national  colors,  with  flags  and  escutcheons.  The 
exhibits  in  the  pavilion  consist  principally  of  agricultural  and  forestry  products, 
with  some  specimens  of  native  industry  in  a  general  way.  There  is  also  displayed 
some  pre-Columbian  relics  and  the  authentic  anchor  of  the  Carevel  Santa  Maria, 
the  mate  to  which  was  loaned  by  the  Haytiens  to  the  Columbus  collection  in  the 
Convent  of  La  Rabida.  The  sword  of  Toussaint  L'Ouverture  is  also  shown  among 
other  relics  of  the  struggle  for  independence.  Opening  from  the  main  hall  through 
a  ten-foot  archway  is  another  exposition  hall,  at  the  rear  of  which  Haytian  coffee, 
prepared  by  native  hands,  is  served.  The  entire  left  wing  is  given  up  for  reception 
rooms  and  executive  offices. 


PART  XI. 

THE  MIDWAY  PLAISANCE. 

CHAPTER  I. 
CAIRO  STREET  AND  TURKISH  VILLAGE. 

A  General  Combination  of  the  Architectural  Features  of  the  City  of  Cairo— Mosques,  Minarets,  Danc- 
ing Girls,  Shopkeepers,  Musicians,  Cr\niels,  Donkeys  and  Dogs — The  Temple  of  Luxor  Repro- 
duced— Tomb  of  the  Sacred  Bull- -Nubians  and  Soudanese — Reproduction  of  Temples  Four 
Thousand  Years  Old — A  Ro  m  Full  ^f  Mummies — Egyptii.n  Shops  and  Shopkeepers— No  Such 
Sight  Ever  Seen  Before  in  Europe  or  America— Laplanders  and  Their  Reindeers — Wonders  of  the 
Turkish  Village — Counterparts  of  Objects  in  Constantinople — Turkish  Theaters  and  Bazaars — 
The  Five  Million  Dollar  Tent  of  the  Shah  of  Persia  Which  Took  One  Hundred  Years  to  Make 
— Marvels  of  Oriental  Tapestry  and  Embroidery— Sword  and  Handkerchief  Dances. 

AIN  or  shine,  hot  or  cold,  day  or  night,  there  is  one  place  at 
the  Fair  that  is  aWays  crov^rded.  That  is  Midway  Plaisance 
There  never  has  been  seen  such  a  mosaic,  and  there  may 
never  be  again — not  for  many  years,  surely.  The  Plaisance 
is  just  a  mile  in  length,  and  about  an  eighth  of  a  mile  in 
width.  Along  this  mile  there  are  (or  were)  representa- 
tives of  48  nations,  including  South  Sea  Islanders,  Javanese, 
Soudanese,  Chinese,  Laplanders,  Japanese,  Dahomeyans, 
Moors,  Arabians,  Persians,  Bedouins,  Turks,  and  nearly 
all  the  Europeans.  According  to  the  best  authorities 
there  are  2,754  known  languages  and  dialects  spoken  by 
the  various  nations  and  tribes  of  the  world.  After  a  brief  visit  to  Midway  Plaisance 
the  visitor  comes  to  the  conclusion  that  all  these  and  a  handful  of  extra  ones  are 
spoken  in  this  paradise  of  Babel.  A  short  time  ago  a  journalist  of  ordinary 
linguistic  attainments  could  get  along  very  well  indeed.  All  he  then  needed 
during  a  day's  ^amble  was  half  a  dozen  Indian  and  cowboy  dialects,  little  pict- 
uresque Algerian-French,  a  good  supply  of  strong  English  adjectives  for  the  bom- 
bardment of  the  Columbian  Guards,  some  hard-boiled  German  sentences  inter- 
larded by  Platt-Deutsch  for  the  Hamburgers  and  an  assortment  of  choice  Greek 
roots  for  the  Hellenic  gentlemen.  But  day  after  day  the  reporter's  proficiency  in 
languages  began  to  be  taxed.  He  had  been  called  upon  to  lubricate  his  larynx 
by  blubbering  in  choice  Eskimo,  when  trying  to  console  the  discontented  denizens 

of  Labrador.     He  blistered   his  tongue  with   peppery  hieroglyphic  sentences  In 

Me 


55°  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Turkish,  while  explaining  the  custom-house  red  tape  to  an  irate  pasha  of  many 
woeful  tales.  He  had  his  hands  full  of  explanatory  gestures  and  his  mouth  full  of 
tangled  and  spluttering  consonants  while  affirming  in  scrap-iron  Russian  that  Count 
Taffyoff  was  right  in  his  assertions  that  all  American  girls  were  charming. 

But  there  is  a  limit  to  almost  everything.  It  becomes  tiresome  to  have  to 
sharpen  your  pencil  in  thirty  odd  different  languages,  and  eat  your  lunch  in  as 
many  more.  When  Midway  Plaisance,  this  fantastically  picturesque  mosaic  of 
odd  bits  of  tribes  and  nationalities  from  every  quarter  of  the  globe,  became  popu- 
lated by  rakish  crews  who  utterly  ignored  an  OUendrof  or  a  Meisterschaft  system 
it  was  time  to  call  a  halt.  Thus  it  happened  that  the  man  who  formerly  was  wont 
to  dumbfound  his  friends  and  everybody  else  with  his  linguistic  abilities  suddenly 
remembered  that  there  was  one  language  which  he  might  use.  He  then  began  to 
speak  English,  and  lo!  the  strangers  were  dumb  no  longer,  but  beamed  with  sat- 
isfaction and  made  intelligent  replies  in  the  same  language. 

Most  of  the  denizens  of  Midway  Plaisance  care  little  for  the  formalities  or 
niceties  of  speech.  They  "size"  you  up  for  what  amount  of  "dust"  you  may  be 
good  for  and  act  accordingly.  Here  is  a  blandly  smiling  Chinese  confidence  man 
who  comes  out  of  his  blue  and  white  pagoda  and  asks  you  to  walk  in  and  have  "a 
clup  of  velly  nice  tlea."  Being  tired  you  are  likely  to  accept  the  invitation,  think- 
ing that  you  simply  accept  a  gracious  offer  of  Chinese  hospitality.  You  are  treated 
to  a  nicely  served  cup  of  tea;  you  drink  it  for  fear  of  being  thought  rude  if  you 
should  refuse.  Nodding  a  careless  "thank  you"  to  your  host  in  leaving,  you  are 
suddenly  taken  out  of  your  dream  of  being  entertained  by  the  shrill  demand  of 
"fliftly  clents."  To  expostulate  is  of  no  use.  You  had  drunk  the  tea,  and  the 
bland  Ah  Sin  says  that  is  the  "plice  for  velly  fline  tlea."  This  is  only  a  trifling  in- 
cident, but  serves  the  purpose  of  illustrating  the  all-absorbing  aim  of  the  Midway 
Plaisance  people — to  get  all  the  money  they  can. 

They  have  not  come  thousands  of  miles  merely  to  add  a  picturesque  feature 
to  this  wonderful  exhibit.  Almost  all  of  them  are  professional  traveling  showmen, 
who  pitch  their  tents  in  whatever  portion  of  the  globe  offers  the  greatest  induce- 
ments in  hard  cash.  All  the  profuse  explanations  that  they  are  here  by  the  special 
permission  of  Sultan  this  and  Emperor  that  is  bosh.  As  a  consequence  they  do 
not  propose  to  let  any  opportunity  slip  by  which  they  may  pocket  a  coin,  be  it 
small  or  large.  The  visitor  is  free  to  admire  and  take  his  pick  of  any  of  the  mani- 
fold entertainments  offered  on  all  sides.  You  may  drift  into  a  Soudanese  theater 
and  witness  a  dance  that  will  deprive  you  of  a  peaceful  night's  rest  for  months  to 
come.  The  Algerian  village  offers  equally  great  temptations  in  the  way  of  dances 
with  and  without  names. 

In  sharp  contrast  to  these  exhibits  of  the  voluptuousness  of  southern  climes 
is  the  exhibit  of  the  Lapland  village.  From  the  sun-scorched  sands  of  the  African 
desert  to  the  snow-swept  crags  of  the  Arctic  regions  is  a  great  step.  Yet  the 
visitor  to  the  World's  Fair  may  see  some  of  the  home  life  of  the  children  of  the 
desert    side    by    side    with    that    of    the    children    from  the  home  of    eternal 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  55. 

snow.  Some  enterprising  Swedish  American  concluded  that  a  Lapland 
settlement  would  be  as  powerful  an  attraction  as  any  of  the  more  pretentious 
rivals  and  certainly  more  unique,  so  brought  some  twenty  or  thirty  Lapps  and  a 
herd  of  reindeer.  One  of  the  latter  surprised  its  owners  by  presenting  them  with 
an  addition  in  the  shape  of  a  baby  reindeer.  This  happened  in  the  village  one 
June  afternoon  and  caused  great  rejoicing.  The  happy  mother  received  an  extra 
share  of  luscious  moss,  of  which  the  Lapps- brought  a  great  supply.  She  celebrated 
the  event  by  shedding  one  of  her  horns,  which  is  considered  the  correct  thing  in 
well  regulated  reindeer  families  on  an- occasion  like  this.  The  colony  has  a  very 
■complete  outfit  of  tents,  huts,  dogs,  sledges  and  snowshoes,  as  well  as  a  large 
assortment  of  articles  made  from  the  various  parts  of  the  reindeer.  The  reindeer 
is  the  Lapps,  all  in  all  and  it  is  truly  wonderful  to  see  the  ingenuity  which  they 
exercise  in  bringing  it  to  the  best  possible  use,  both  while  alive  and  after  its  death. 

The  Lapps  with  all  their  rugged  surroundings,  are  very  fond  of  finery.  In  the 
village  at  the  Fair  here  they  dress  to  their  hearts'  content.  The  women  wear  richly 
ornamented  gowns  of  reindeer  skin  reaching  to  the  knees,  with  pantalets  and  shoes 
of  the  same  material.  Their  head  covering  is  a  queer  little  bonnet  of  bright  colors 
made  of  pieces  of  wool  and  silk.  They  also  sport  belts  ornamented  with  huge 
silver  or  brass  buckles  of  quaint  design  and  workmanship.  The  women  have  a 
special  weakness  for  large  vari-colored  glass  beads,  which  they  wear  around  their 
necks  and  wrists.  Oddly  shaped  rings  are  also  much  in  vogue,  which,  with  the 
addition  of  three  or  four  very  bright  silk  handkerchiefs  about  their  neck,  complete 
a  fashionable  Lapland  belle's  cossume.  The  men  are  not  so  eager  for  bright  colors, 
but  dress  in  other  respects  pretty  much  after  the  same  fashion,  except  that  they 
wear  peculiar  square  caps  and  have  shorter  gowns.  The  most  enthusiastic  friend 
of  the  Lapps  could  never  accuse  them  of  being  a  handsome  race.  The  girls,  from 
their  laborious  and  wandering  life,  mature  early.  You  will  search  in  vain  for  any 
starry-eyed  Venuses  among  them.  With  few  exceptions  the  Lapps  have  very  broad 
faces  with  prominent  cheekbones  and  very  short  chins.  Their  eyes  are  quite  small 
and  beadlike  and  their  noses  are  flat  with  a  retrousse  terminus.  With  their  quaint 
trappings  in  the  way  of  reindeer,  arms  and  curious  tents  they  formed  an  attractive 
feature  in  the  resplendent  aggregation  at  Midway  Plaisance. 

But  one  can  observe  for  five  dollars  in  the  Plaisance  what  it  would  cost 
twenty  thousand  dollars  to  see  if  he  traveled  purposely  to  see  it,  and  no  one  com- 
plains. The  greatest  attraction  of  all,  undoubtedly,  is  the  "Street  of  Cairo,"  with 
its  180  men,  women  and  children,  theatres,  camels,  donkeys  and  dogs.  It  is  about 
midway  between  the  two  parks,  on  the  north  side.  It  is  not  an  exact  reproduc- 
tion of  any  particular  section  of  Cairo,  but  a  general  combination  of  some  of  the 
chief  architectural  features  of  the  old  city.  The  plan  for  it  was  prepared  bj^  Max 
Herz,  the  architect  of  the  Khedive,  who  was  allowed  to  come  to  America  to  assist 
in  the  construction  of  the  street.  There  is  nothing  artistic  about  the  exterior  ap- 
pearance of  Cairo  street.  The  passer-by  on  Midway  Plaisance  looks  on  plastered 
walls  and  quite  modern  windows.  The  minaret  which  rises  skyward  in  fantastic 
and  graceful  outlines,  the  obelisks,  and  the  strange  decorations,  however,  offer  a 


552  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

suggestion  of  something  of  interest  within,  and  the  weird  music  which  issues  forth 
is  inviting.  Through  the  main  portal  of  the  east  end  of  the  street  the  visitor  lands 
in  a  brick  court,  and  until  he  emerges  from  an  exit,  a  block  away,  he  is  in  the  Cairo 
of  old  Egypt. 

It  takes  a  pretty  heartless  individual  to  get  by  the  cafe,  but  if  he  succeeds  in 
dodging  all  solicitations  he  leaves  the  court  and  gazes  down  the  street  paved  with, 
brick  and  faced  on  either  side  by  buildings  modeled  after  those  said  to  be  the  most 
interesting  in  all  Cairo.  The  mosque  which  stands  on  the  right  of  the  street  is  a 
reproduction  of  that  of  the  Sultan  Kait  Bey,  although  the  graceful  minaret  which 
is  its  crowning  beauty  is  copied  from  the  mosque  of  that  of  Abou  Bake  Mazhar. 
The  muezzin.  Sheik  Ali,  who  has  the  care  of  the  spiritual  welfare  of  the  Moham- 
medans, who  are  in  the  majority  on  the  street,  is  faithful  in  the  discharge  of  his 
duties,  and  in  the  mosque  may  generally  be  found  a  number  of  worshipers  at  their 
devotion — a  picture  of  interest  to  the  visitors  who  are  allowed  in  the  gallen^ 

A  notable  building  stands  across  the  way  from  the  mosque.  Gamal  el  Din 
el  Yahbi,  who  was  a  wealthy  Arab,  took  up  his  residence  in  Cairo  300  hundred 
years  ago  and  built  for  himself  a  palace  which  was  the  envy  of  the  rest  of  the  400 
of  those  times.  This  house  has  been  reproduced  and  furnished  with  some  of  the 
trappings  that  were  used  in  those  days,  rugs,  drapery,  and  furniture,  all  suggesting 
the  fact  that  Mr.  Yahbi  surrounded  himself  with  the  best  that  money  could  buy. 

From  the  mosque  to  the  turn  in  the  street — for  it  is  just  as  crooked  as  one 
has  a  right  to  expect  in  a  Cairo  thoroughfare — each  side  is  given  up  to  the  business 
purposes  as  to  the  lower  floors,  while  the  upper  floors  are  dwellings.  Beautiful 
balconies  and  bow  windows  are  seen,  while  here  and  there  relief  is  given  by  a 
carved  balcony.  All  the  windows  are  protected  by  graceful  woodwork  and  many 
of  them  are  made  of  stained  glass.  The  shades  in  the  window  are  attractive.  No 
paint  covers  the  closely-woven  Meshrebieh  screens  which  protect  them.  Long 
service  in  the  Egyptian  climate,  however,  has  given  to  many  of  these  ornaments  a 
polish  and  color  that  only  age  could  bring. 

At  the  turn  in  the  street  is  a  pavilion,  such  as  is  used  for  a  kuttab  or  mosque 
school  in  Cairo,  which  is  devoted  here  to  the  use  of  visitors  as  a  place  of  rest. 
Behind  it  is  the  door  to  the  theatre  devoted  to  the  sword  dances,  candle  dances, 
and  the  other  gymnastics  indulged  in  by  Cairo  dancers,  which  are  weird  and  in- 
describable. The  auditorium  has  a  lofty  ceiling,  is  decorated  with  rich  draperies, 
glassware,  and  curious  pendent  chandeliers.  The  stage,  which  is  semi-circular, 
is  lined  with  rich  divans,  on  which  the  dancing  girls  repose  in  ease  when  not 
dancing,  and  which  also  furnish  accommodations  for  the  orchestra.  On  either  side 
of  the  stage  are  richly  curtained  dressing-rooms,  one  for  the  use  of  the  musicians, 
who  are  not  quite  in  keeping  with  the  appearance  of  general  picturesqueness  of 
affairs.  To  the  other  rooms  the  dancing  girls  adjourn  to  smoke  cigarettes  or  to 
take  a  leisurely  pull  at  nargileh,  of  which  form  of  smoking  the  Egyptian  dancing 
girl  is  a  devotee. 

Passing  from  the  theatre  and  on  to  the  street  again  the  portals  of  the  open 
court,  which  constitutes  a  sort   of  side   thoroughfare,   are   enticing  to  visitors  who 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


553 


wander  in  to  be  besiged  by  shopmen  who  solicit   trade  under  the  shadow  of  some 
of  the  most  attractive  balconies  and  overhanging  windows  in  the  street. 

In  the  Soudanese  Siwan  a  couple  of  generations  of  a  family  do  a  dance. 
The  Nubians  in  the  next  hut  have  a  dance  which  is  rather  more  of  a  contortion 
act.  Zenab,  a  young  woman  with  her  lower  lip  dyed  a  purple  color,  is  the  chief 
artist,  but  the  leading  attraction  is  a  Nubian  boy  sixteen  years  old,  black  as  ebony 
but  with  beautiful  features.     The  Nubians  wear  their  hair  in  a  peculiar  style,  such 

as  has  obtained  in  their  country  for  the 
last  4000  years,  and  keep  it  copiously  greased 
with  perfumed  oil. 

The  donkeys  and  the  camels  also  have 
their  quarters  in  this  courtyard,  and  Toby, 
who  enjoys  the  distinction  of  being  the 
shrewdest  donkey-driver  in  Cairo,  there  se- 
cures a  voluntary  collection  of  backsheesh 
by  putting  his  donkey  through  its  antics. 
The  donkey  the  aforesaid  Toby  was  wise 
enough  in  his  generation  to  decorate  with 
the  name  "  Yankee  Doodle."  The  con- 
jurer, a  grizzled  old  Egyptian,  has  a  magni- 
ficent tent  in  the  courtyard.  He  does  his 
own  sideshow  talking  while  balancing  an 
egg  on  his  nose  or  hanging  a  lemon  under 
his  ear,  and  when  he  gets  his  tent  full  goes 
inside  and  performs  marvelous  feats  in 
sleight-of-hand. 

But  after  all,  the  shops  and  booths  in  the 
street  proper  hold  the  most  attractions,  filled 
as  they  are  with  everything  produced  in 
the  valley  and  the  country  of  the  Nile,  every 
quarter  of  which  contributes  artisans  and 
their  works.  G.  Lekegian,  who  enjoys  the 
distinction  of  being  photographer  to  his 
Royal  Highness,  the  Khedive,  has  a  large 
o-alleryin  which  he  prepares  and  sells  scenes 
in  the  street.  Next  door  to  this  studio  three 
Cairo  barbers  have  a  little  shop  from  the  door  of  which  they  solicit  all  bearded 
men.  They  cause  their  patrons  to  squat  on  narrow  counters,  haul  down  a  fresh 
towel  from  a  pole  in  front  of  the  establishment,  put  a  few  daubs  of  soap  on  the 
face  of  the  subject,  and  with  a  curious  razor  and  a  few  twists  of  the  wrist  deftly 
remove  the  soap,  the  beard,  and  as  much  of  the  epidermis  a-s  happens  to  get  in 
the  way  of  the  razor. 

Quaint   affairs  are   the   shops   on   the  Egyptian  streets.     None  of  them  are 
-much  over  six  feet  by  six  in- dimensions,  and  are  merely  rectangular  holes  cut-in 


THE  ALGERIAN. 


554  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

the  walls  of  the  buildings.  The  proprietors  squat  in  one  corner  and  smoke  and 
talk  business  at  the  same  time,  allowing  would-be  purchasers  to  handle  their  own 
goods.  There  are  fifty  booths  in  all,  controlled  by  Raphael  &  Benyakar  of  Cairo, 
whose  manager  is  Arthur  H.  Smythe,  of  Columbus,  Ohio.  Weavers  from  the  val- 
ley of  the  Nile,  slipper  makers,  tent  makers,  fez  makers,  carvers  of  ostrich  eggs, 
candy  pullers,  jewelers,  potters,  brass  workers,  tailors,  and  other  varieties  of  artis- 
ans are  to  be  seen  actively  engaged  in  their  little  shops.  In  those  in  which  wares 
are  on  sale  pretty  American  girls  have  been  engaged  to  help  along  business,  and 
some  of  them  have  been  induced  to  keep  up  the  appearance  of  the  general  fitness 
of  things  by  attiring  themselves  in  real  Egyptian  garb. 

There  are  numerous  other  things  to  amuse  and  entertain  visitors  on  the 
street  itself.  A  street  fight  is  an  everyday  occurence  in  Cairo,  and  is  just  about  the 
same  way  in  the  street  on  the  Midway  Plaisance.  The  presence  of  visitors  has  not 
the  least  effect  in  deterring  the  strange  inhabitants  of  the  place  from  settling  their 
personal  differences  by  fisticuffs,  and  it  keeps  half  a  dozen  Columbian  Guards 
busy  preventing  corner  fights.  Then  there  are  jesters  who  make  wry  faces  and 
get  off  Egyptian  jokes  which  are  said  to  be  as  old  as  Rameses  himself;  wrestlers, 
their  swarthy  bodies  naked  except  as  to  leathern  pantaloons,  who  throw  each  other 
on  the  hard  bricks;  savage-looking  chaps  who  try  to  welt  each  other  over  the  head 
and  often  succeed  in  fencing  matches  conducted  with  big  clubs;  musicians  who 
send  hideous  music  squeaking  along  the  thoroughfare;  and  acrobatic  boys  who 
turn  limber  somersets  and  do  other  gymnastics. 

Of  course  all  these  people  are  not  going  through  their  acts  for  fun,  for  each 
of  them  is  to  the  Cairo  street  what  the  Italian  organ-grinder  is  I.0  the  street  of  an 
American  city.  They  are  after  the  fleeting  penny  for  which  everybody  in  the  Mid- 
wsLy  Cairo  has  a  great  respect  and  desire.  The  cafe,  theater,  temples  and  shops 
are  more  attractive  by  night  than  by  day,  for,  although  electric  light  is  employed 
to  some  extent,  dependence  is  placed  for  proper  effect  in  illumination  on  nature's 
light  and  that  from  the  myriad  of  quaint  Egyptian  lamps  employed  for  the  purpose 
suspended  from  amid  gold  and  silver  globes  and  silken  flags  and  banners. 

Just  west  of  the  Street  of  Cairo  is  a  reproduction  of  the  temple  of  Luxor,  near 
Thebes,  built  by  Amenoph  III.  and  made  the  leading  place  of  ancient  worship  by 
Rameses  II.  Over  the  door  is  the  winged  disk,  illustrating  the  flight  of  life.  At 
each  corner  of  the  frontare  two  monolithic  obelisks  made  in  fac-simile  of  the  origi- 
nals. They  are  seventy-five  feet  high.  On  one  is  sculptured  in  hieroglyphic  lan- 
guage a  dedication  to  Rameses  II.  and  the  other  to  Grover  Cleveland.  Beside  the 
obelisks  are  two  colossal  statues  of  Rameses  II.  and  on  each  side  of  the  doorway 
are  two  sphinxes.  The  front  wall  of  the  temple  is  covered  with  sculptured  battle 
scenes  and  scenes  of  worship. 

A  double  row  of  mammoth  pillars  lead  from  the  entrance  to  the  altar.  The 
pillars  are  eight  feet  in  diameter  and  all  except  .the  two  next  to  the  altar  are  cov- 
ered with  hieroglyphics.  The  two  exceptions  are  gilded  and  represent  the  worship 
of  the  sun.  The  altar  itself  is  made  in  exact  reproduction  of  the  altars  of  Isis.  At 
either  side  are  two  Egyptian  women  playing  ancient   music   on   harps  of  the  olden 


CAIRO  STREET     MIDWAY  PLAISANCE. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


555 


time,  and  in  the  center  is  another  dressed  in  the  robes  and  illustrating  the  Junctions 
of  the  high  priestess  of  1500  B.  C.  The  walls  are  covered  with  the  illustrations  pe- 
culiarly Egyptian.  To  the  left  is  shown  Rameses  II.  and  his  wife,  Nofertari,  ador- 
ing the  God  Amon-Ra.  Next  comes  the  Ra,  or  the  sun,  supported  by  two  uraei 
symbolizing  the  protection  of  Isis  and  the  stability  of  the  creation  and  resurrection. 
Then  follow  the  cartouches  of  the  Pharaohs  from  Mena  down  to  Amenoph  III. 
seated  on  a  throne  and  receiving  gifts  from  Syrians  and  Ethiopians. 

On  the  north  wall  is  shown  the  shrine  with  the  Theban  triad.  There  is  also 
a  judgment  scene  representing  two  justified  souls  led  by  Horus  into  the  presence  of 
Osiris,  his  father  who  is  seated  on  the  throne  of  justice  with  the  sisters  of  Isis  and 


ARAB   WORKMEN  AT  THE   WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Nephthis  in  the  attitude  of  intercession  standing  behind  the  tnrone.  Beside  this 
there  is  a  judgment  scene  of  a  soul  condemned  to  a  second  probation  on  earth  af- 
ter living  a  lifetime  in  the  body  of  some  unclean  animal.  The  ceiling  is  beautifully 
decorated  with  stars  on  a  sky-blue  ground  and  in  the  center  is  the  sign  of  Scara- 
beus,  the  symbol  of  eternity  or  life. 

"  We  have  here  fac-similes  of  the  most  famous  of  the  Egyptian  mummies," 
said  Demetrius  Mosconas,  the  Egyptologist  who  has  charge  of  the  temple.  "They 
run  from  1800  B.  C.  to  1400  B.  C.  It  includes  the  mummies  of  Huhor,  Pinozeme, 
Rameses  II.  and  his  father,  Seti  I.,  Thothmes  III.  and  Ahrons.  Each  is  placed  in 
an  exact  reproduction  of  the  sarcophagus  in  which  the  ancient  remains  were  found. 
You  must  not  imagine  that  this  temple  represents  a  place  of  public  worship.  These 
old  temples  are  misnamed  to  a  certain  extent.  They  are  little  more  than  monu- 
ments to  the  kings  who  built  them.  These  kings  used  them  for  worship,  but  no 
one  ever  went  with  them  except  the  priests.     Back  of  the  altar  are  reproduced  the 


556  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

tombs  of  Thi  and  of  Apis,  the  sacred  bull.  Around  the  walls  of  these  tombs  are 
reproduced,  as  in  the  temple  proper,  the  story  of  the  lives  of  the  inmates. 

"  In  the  Apis  tomb  is  the  sarcophagus,  which  contained  the  object  of 
worship  after  it  died.  It  is  g  feet  high,  8  feet  broad  and  lo  feet  long.  This 
is  all  of  stone  and  the  cover  is  a  stone  2  feet  thick  and  10  by  12  feet  long. 
The  larger  stone  was  hollowed  out  to  make  the  tomb  and  the  capstone 
put  on  and  sealed.  The  years  which  famous  scholars  have  given  to  the 
subject  of  Egyptology  have  never  shown  any  way  in  which  the  ancients 
moved  these  monstrous  blocks  of  granite.  With  the  latest  appliances  to-day 
the  task  is  extremely  difficult,  and  what  it  was  in  those  days  we  can  only  won- 
der. Some  of  the  monolithic  monuments  weigh  nearly  a  thousand  tons,  and  yet 
they  were  transported  much  the  same  as  we  transport  lumber.  Another  thing  of 
which  we  know  nothing  is  the  smokeless  light,  by  means  of  which  they  lighted  their 
temples  and  the  dark  recesses  of  their  rock-cut  tombs.  I  have  spared  no  pains  to 
make  these  copies  fac-similes.  My  labors  have  stretched  over  two  years  and  in 
every  detail  I  hope  that  it  is  all  exact." 

The  Turkish  village  stretches  along  the  Plaisance  to  the  south.  Here  one 
finds  himself  in  a  city  on  the  Bosphorus — the  renowned  Constantinople.  In  the 
square  approaching  the  street  stands  an  obelisk,  a  counterpart  of  one  erected  in 
Constantinople  by  the  Romans  before  the  time  of  Emperor  Constantine.  To  a 
casual  observer  it  appears  like  highly  polished  stone,  but  in  reality  it  is  of  wood, 
carved  in  Turkey  and  shipped  in  sections.  Plaster  casts  were  made  of  the  Turkish 
characters  and  Roman  lettering  on  the  base  and  so  deftly  did  these  artisans  of  the 
Ottoman  empire  do  their  work  that  the  entire  obelisk  and  base  appear  as  a  mono- 
lith like  the  original. 

Within  the  main  building  is  the  tent  of  the  Shah  of  Persia.  Just  which  shah 
is  not  stated,  but  there  is  no  doubt  of  the  genuineness  of  the  fabric,  which,  it  is  esti- 
mated, was  more  than  a  century  in  making.  The  money  value  placed  on  this  ex- 
hibit is  rather  startling,  but  all  callers  are  informed  that  the  tent  is  worth  $5,000,000. 
Viewed  from  the  exterior  this  relic  of  Persian  magnificence  is  rather  gaudy  and 
commonplace  in  appearance.  The  red  ground-work  of  the  fabric  appears  to  be  in- 
terwoven with  other  coarse  material  of  faded  colors.  A  casual  glance  in  the  dark- 
ened interior  fails  to  reveal  the  beauties  of  the  fabric,  but  lift  one  of  the  folds  and 
how  heavy  it  is,  and  how  thick.  Look  more  carefully  and  every  figure,  character, 
flower,  and  leaf  stands  out  like  a  cameo  cutting.  Each  figure  and  character  has 
been  traced  in  gold  thread  so  delicately  that  the  closest  scrutiny  is  necessary  to  re- 
veal its  true  beauties.  One  is  inclined  to  doubt  that  such  work  could  have  been 
accomplished  by  hand.  Hundreds  of  patient  needle  workers  gave  their  lives 
to  the  production  of  this  royal  resting  place,  and  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars 
were  expended  for  the  precious  threads  that  are  so  daintily  and  perfectly  traced 
on  the  groundwork.  A  similar  tent  could  not  be  reproduced  with  less  expenditure 
of  labor  and  money.     Small  wonder  the  Persian  monarch  places  such  value  upon  it- 

The  mosque  dedicated  to  Allah  and  which  no  Christian  can  enter  is,  with  its 
dome-like  roof  and   graceful    minarets,  a   striking   feature   in   this   section  of  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


557 


Plaisance.  It  is  almost  square  in  form  and  pure  wliite  as  to  the  walls  and  domed 
ceiling.  Under  the  center  of  the  dome  eight  pillars  support  an  equal  number  of 
mauresque  arches  reaching  to  the  roof.  The  essential  structure  of  the  edifice  is 
sternly  plain  and  contradicts  all  preconceived  ideas  as  to  the  wealth  of  color  proper 
to  oriental  architecture.  In  the  matter  of  hangings  and  woodwork,  however,  the 
mosque  is  ornate  in  a  high  degree. 

Around  the  walls  runs  a  dado  of  dark-hued  wood,  carved  in  a  multitude  of 
mtricate  lines  that  must  have  tested  the  perseverance  of  the  cunning  artificer  who 
designed  them.  Verses  from  the  Koran  are  everywhere,  carved  in  the  straggly 
lines  that  represent  the  Turkish  conception  of  lettering.  Marvelous  gilding  is 
interspersed  here  and  there  in  the  tracery,  and  the  effect  of  the  whole  is  enhanced 


T  ir:-:  -"  ?^- .  <  i^  a  jk-/ V  i 


\'-^ 


r 

1 


\r  \ 


4?; 


*-/  -    *  * 


^1   r! 


i/f'.-'^"":       .1 : 


VU..v^\^ 


AN  ORIENTAL  TURNER. 


by  panels  composed  of  oark  and  light  colored  beads  of  wood  arranged  alternately 
in  strings. 

The  central  object  in  the  mosque  is  the  shrine,  and  here  the  tapestry  worker 
has  expended  the  utmost  of  his  powers.  The  shrine  consists  of  a  mystic  collection 
of  devices  in  blue  and  gold  worked  on  a  green  ground,  hung  in  a  recess  of  the  east 
wall. 

Plants  in  leaf,  grotesque  patterns,  and  an  indescribable  variety  of  adornments 
are  encircled  by  lengthy  quotations  from  the  Koran  worked  with  exquisite  skill. 
The  border  of  the  recess  is  a  collection  of  similar  devices  worked  in  black  and  gold 
en  a  groundwork  of  red. 

On  either  side  of  the  shrine  are  two  huge  candlesticks,  containing  the  largest 
tallow  candles  ever  put  upon  the  Chicago  market,  with  a  broad  band  of  green 
ribbon  around  each.  In  a  corner  of  the  mosque  is  the  pulpit,  ten  feet  in  height  and 
of  the  same  material,  approached  by  a  carpeted  staircase.  Turkish  rugs  covered  the 


558  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

floor  to  defend  the  unshod  feet  of  the  faithful  from  splinters  as  they  pray.  Four 
curiously  shaped  lamps  of  bronze,  with  facets  of  cut  glass  inserted  in  the  metal, 
afford  light  for  the  services. 

The  street  is  lined  with  bazars  and  booths  where  rich  oriental  silks,  Turkish 
ornaments,  sandalwood  boxes  and  all  sorts  of  quaint  and  curious  things  are  found 
for  sale.  The  living  room  of  the  embroidery  weaver  is  a  marvel  of  Turkish  in- 
genuity, the  walls,  floor  and  even  the  ceiling  being  decorated  with  tapestries  and 
rugs.  In  the  center  of  the  room  is  a  low  table  on  which  is  placed  a  brass  water 
bowl  and  urn  of  undoubted  antiquity  and  curious  outline.  A  coffee  urn  on  a 
brass  tray  with  half  a  dozen  tiny  china  cups  filigreed  with  gold  stand  hospitably 
near  on  a  stand,  the  top  of  which  is  a  mosaic  of  ebony  and  mother  of  pearl.  The 
rugs  are  many  in  number,  quaint  in  design,  and  undeniably  Turkish,  while  the 
tapestry  of  wall  and  ceiling  is  of  an  intricate  pattern  and  so  old  as  to  be  almost 
priceless.  The  bay  window,  overhanging  the  street,  is  filled  with  a  divan  of  ample 
dimensions,  and  here  the  worthy  proprietor,  his  day's  work  ended,  smothers 
himself  in  rugs  and  smokes  his  long-stemmed  pipe  while  gazing  at  the  scenes  in  the 
street  below. 

The  Turkish  theater  is  the  great  ^.ttraction  in  this  little  community,  how- 
ever. Eighteen  houris  of  the  Orient  and  sixty-five  men  have  been  picked  from 
the  companies  of  Constantinople,  who  dance,  play  and  sing  and  form  an  orchestra, 
a  stock  company  and  a  chorus.  The  complement  is  fully  made  up,  and  there  are 
soubrettes  in  baggy  trousers,  heavy  tragedy  in  a  fez  and  low  comedy  in  a  turban. 
The  dancers  are  culled  from  all  quarters  of  the  Orient,  and  include  Damascene,  Turk- 
ish, Zebecion,  Bedouin,  Albanian  and  Palestinian  twirlings  of  the  light  fantastic. 
Both  men  and  women  take  part  in  the  evolutions,  premieres  performing  the  Turk- 
ish dance,  which  is  rendered  by  the  aid  of  a  silk  shawl.,  waved  above  the  head  to 
the  accompaniment  of  rhythmical  finger  snappings,  while  premieres  alone  execute 
the  Albanian  dance. 

As  for  the  orchestra,  it  is  largely  manjereh  with  a  daoul  obligato.  The  daoul 
is  a  colossal  kettle  drum,  pounded  by  brawny  Turkish  arms — the  manjereh  being 
a  long-drawn-out  flageolet  numerously  connected  with  eastern  dancing.  The  music 
is  mournful,  weird,  plantive  and  funereal  by  turns — never  lively  nor  rhythmical; 
yet,  when  floating  out  from  a  latticed  casement  or  portlered  doorway,  is  not  en- 
tirely unenchanting. 

One  of  the  greatest  attractions  of  all  is  the  Moorish  Palace,  filled  with  ex- 
cellent wax  figures,  mirrored  labyrinths,  cafes  and  "La  Dijonnaise."  In  a  dark 
room  in  the  museum  of  the  Moorish  Palace  several  American  workmen  erected 
a  platform  of  old  timbers.  They  reprehended  the  wood  for  its  general 
toughness  and  wondered  why  anybody  wanted  to  bring  such  truck  clear  over 
from  Paris.  After  the  platform  was  down  they  set  up  in  its  center  two  sturdy 
uprights,  with  grooves  on  the  side,  which  faced  each  other.  A  nimble  French- 
man climbed  to  the  top  of  the  uprights,  nailed  a  cross-piece  containing  a  pul- 
ley on  top  of  them.  Through  the  pulley  he  ran  an  old  rope  with  ugly  stains  on 
it.     He  climbed   down   again,  and   from  a  box  he  carefully  lifted  a  rusty,  oblique 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


559 


bladed  piece  of  iron,  which  he  adjusted  in  the  grooves  of  the  uprights.  To  the  top 
of  the  iron  he  tied  the  rope,  and  then  hauled  the  blade  to  the  top  of  the  uprights. 
"La  Dijonnaise"  was  set  up  ready  for  inspection  of  visitors.  "La  Dijonnaise"  has 
a  great  history.  It  is  the  guillotine  that  did  such  bloody  work  in  the  days  of  the 
first  French  revolution.     Its  blade   fell   and   ended  the  life  of  Marie  Antoinette  in 


TURKS  AT  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


October,  1793.     After  that  great  quantities  of  less   royal   blood   trickled  down  the 
sides  and  over  the  platform  of  *'La  Dijonnaise." 

After  France  had  recovered  tranquility  the  old  guillotine  was  stored 
away.  After  King  Wilhelm  entered  Paris  at  the  head  of  his  victorious  troops  the 
last  Commune  began  its  work  of  bloodshed.  The  same  day  that  the  column  of  the 
Vendome  was  upset  and  shattered  by  the  red  caps  they  broke  into  the  storehouse 
where  "La  Dijonnaise"  was  kept  and  carried  it  out  on  the  street.  Afterwards  the 
bits  of  the  Column  Vendome,  the  guillotine,  and  other  historical  articles  were  sold 
at  auction,  and  M.  Dubois,  a  wealthy  merchant  of  Brussels,  bid  in  the  shattered 
column  and  the  old  guillotine  is  now  in  Midway  Plaisance. 


56o 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


At  the  time  of  the  last  named  Commune  M.  Roch,  the  famous  executioner 
of  Paris,  who  had  charge  of  all  relics  of  that  nature,  delivered  to  M.  Dubois,  over 
his  own  signature,  a  document  vouching  that  the  guillotine  purchased  was  the  one 
on  which  Marie  Antoinette  had  met  her  fate.  Another  document  of  a  similar 
nature  is  signed  by  the  auctioneer  to  deliver  the  bloody  machine  to  M.  Dubois. 
The  latter  vouches  for  the  authenticity  of  "La  Dijonnaise"  in  a  letter  accompany- 
ing that  of  Executioner  Roch. 


SINGALESE  CHIEF. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  561 


CHAPTER  II. 
THE  TWO  IRISH  VILLAGES. 

Lady  Aberdeen's  Work — Blarney  Castle  and  the  Village  of  Irish  Industries — A  Piece  of  the  Genuine 
Blarney  Stone — Carter  Harrison's  Speech  to  the  Girls  From  Belfast  and  Cork — Lace-Makers  and 
Weavers  and  Butter  and  Cheese  Makers  From  the  Land  of  No  Snakes— Mrs.  Peter  White— Mrs. 
Ernest  Hart  and  Her  Village — A  Reproduction  of  Donegal  Castle — Eighteen  Celtic  Lasses — Good 
Irish  Buttermilk  —Irish  Airs  on  Irish  Pipes. 

HERE  were  two  sets  of  Hibernians  with  long-tailed  coats  at 
the  Donnebrook  Fair,  which  accounts,  we  will  say,  for  two 
Irish  villages  on  the  Plaisance — Lady  Aberdeen's  and  Mrs. 
Hart's.  The  former  is  known  as  the  "Village  of  Industries," 
or  "Blarney  Castle,"  and  is  very  typical,  for  there  are 
weavers,  lace-makers-,  butter  and  cheese  makers,  and  a  piece 
of  the  Blarney  stone  and  lots  of  pretty  Irish  girls,  more  kiss- 
able,  really,  than  the  lucky  stone  in  the  castle,  say  what  you 
will.  Lady  Aberdeen's  Irish  village  is  situated  on  the  south 
side  of  the  driveway,  near  the  Jackson  Park  entrance.  The 
■iijr^  — -a^^  buildings  form  a  hollow  square;  the  low   sloping    thatched 

roofs  and  the  towering  castle  make  a  most  interesting  picture  in  themselves. 

Many  persons  a  day  climb  the  long,  winding  stairway  to  see  the  Blarney 
stone  and  not  a  few  to  kiss  it-  It  is  set  in  a  block  of  black  marble,  and  is  reached 
by  an  iron  balcony  and  over  it  is  this  verse: 

This  is  the  stone  that  whoever  kisses 
He  never  misses  to  grow  eloquent; 
A  clever  spouter  he'll  turn  out  or 
An  out-an- outer  in  parliament. 

Blarney  Castle  is  an  exact  reproduction  of  the  massive  donjon  tower  near 
Cork,  Ireland,  built  in  the  fifteenth  century.  It  is  said  that  the  stone  had  not  reached 
the  full  zenith  of  talisimanic  power  until  1799,  when  Milliken  wrote  his  well-known 
song  of  "The  Groves  of  Blarney."  The  tower  is  120  feet  high,  and  is  well  worth 
the  climb  for  the  view  alone.  Then  there  are  the  cloisters  of  Muckross  Abbey  and 
Tara  Hall,  which  Tom  Moore  has  immortalized.  The  cottages  are  so  arranged 
that  one  can  pass  from  room  to  room  throughout  the  whole  village.  In  the  long, 
low  apartments  one  sees  the  pretty  Irish  girls  lace-making,  knitting,  embroidering 
and  darning,  and  carding  and  spinning  with  the  old-fashioned  wheel  and  looms. 
High  railings  keep  the  crowd  from  the  Avorkers,  who  all  dress  in  the  picturesque 
peasant  costume  of  their .  home-life.  The  dairy  maids  in  bewitching  caps  and 
aprons  are  the  personification   of  cleanliness  and   neatness.    The  interiors  are 


562 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


typical  of  Ireland;  low  rooms,  with  great  high  benches  ranged  against  the  wall. 
odd  fireplaces  and  curious  windows.  At  certain  hours  the  pipers  play  in  the  court- 
yard and  the  villagers  dance,  while  a  number  of  concerts  are  given  daily  in  the 
music  hall  by  skilled  harpists  and  vocalists  brought  over  by  Lady  Aberdeen  for 
the  express  purpose.  There  are  many  souvenirs  on  sale,  of  course,  in  the  shape  of 
Limerick  and  other  laces,  shillalehs,  black-thorn  articles,  wood  carving,  bog  or- 
naments, Connemara  marble,  pressed  shamrock  and  squares  of  real  peat  tied  up 
with  green  ribbons.  There  is  also  a  genuine  Irish  jaunting  car  in  connection  with 
the  village,  driven  by  a  rollicking  Hiberian  with  an  "  ilegant  brogue,"  the  whole  for 
hire  to  whoever  cares  to  experience  the  novelty  of  a  ride  in  such  a  vehicle.     In  the 


BLARNEY  CASTLE. 


absence  of  Lady  Aberdeen,  who  only  remained  for  a  short  time,  Mrs.  Peter  White, 
a  beautiful  and  lovely  Irish  woman,  presided  over  Blarney  Castle,  and  made  many 
friends  by  her  womanly  and  bewitching  manners. 

The  Blarney  stone  did  not  arrive  until  June,  and  was  not  placed  in  position 
until  the  17th  of  that  month.  The  stone  in  the  Midway  is  not  in  the  same  position 
in  the  reproduced  castle  as  the  stone  is  in  the  real  structure.  Instead  of  being  out- 
side and  below  the  coping  it  is  inside  and  on  the  roof  where  people  who  want  to 
kiss  it  are  not  in  danger  of  breaking  their  neck. 

"We  want  to  make  the  kissing  easy,"  said  one  of  the  Irish  girls  about  the 
village.  "Over  in  the  real  castle  the  stone  is  outside  and  down  below  the  coping. 
People  who  kiss  the  stone  over  there  have  to  be  hung  out  by  the  heels  or  let  down 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  563 

a  rope.  Some  of  them  break  their  necks  doing  it,  too.  We  don't  want  any  of 
that  here,  so  we  have  the  stone  inside.  We  want  to  give  people  some  easy  reward 
for  climbing  up  those  stairs." 

This  stone  is  a  piece  of  the  old  Blarney  stone.  It  is  about  a  foot  square  and 
Mayor  Carter  Harrison  was  the  first  to  kiss  the  stone  in  this  country,  and  the  effect 
was  magical.  His  honor  talked  with  volubility  and  pleased  the  Irish  lasses  im- 
mensely with  his   frequent  compliments. 

Mrs.  Ernest  Hart's  Irish  Village,  or  Donegal  Castle,  is  on  the  north  side  of 
the  Plaisance.  This  village  is  not  so  elaborate  or  so  striking  as  Lady  Aberdeen's, 
but  there  are  lots  of  Irish  industries,  Irish  cooking  and  Irish  girls. 

John  Bright  once  said:  "Ireland  is  idle,  therefore  she  starves;  Ireland  starves, 
therefore  she  rebels."  Mrs.  Hart's  whole  aim,  as  she  declares,  is  that  at  least  her 
part  of  Ireland  shall  not  be  idle.  Armed  only  with  her  untiring  energies  and  a 
warm  letter  to  all  from  the  archbishop  of  Armagh,  primate  of  all  Ireland,  she  left 
her  English  home  of  luxury  to  help  the  poor. 

Any  one  who  has  ever  climbed  the  steep  pass  of  Glen  Esh  and  crossed  the 
seemingly  endless  bogs  of  Donegal  into  Carrick  will  have  no  difficulty  in  recogniz- 
ing the  buildings  which  Mrs.  Hart  has  erected  in  the  Plaisance.  Entrance  is  had 
through  the  far-famed  gates  of  St.  Lawrence,  built  in  the  thirteenth  century.  The 
interior  is  a  large  court  formed  by  cottages  on  each  side  and  an  exact  reproduction 
of  old  Donegal  castle  at  the  back.  In  the  center  all  that  landscape  gardening  can  do 
has  been  done  to  produce  a  unique  effect.  Around  the  edge  of  the  walls  runs  a  moat, 
and  on  its  edge  is  reared  a  tower  100  feet  high  copied  after  one  of  the  famous 
towers  of  the  Emerald  isle,  the  history  of  which  is  only  a  speculation  of  the  anti- 
quaries. Around  these  are  planted  old  vines  and  clinging  mosses  which  closely  re- 
semble the  original  article.  In  this  court-yard  are  placed  a  number  of  old  stones, 
such  as  the  pillar  stone,  Ogham  hole  stone  and  others  closely  connected  with  Ire- 
land's  early  history. 

"The  first  cottage,"  said  Mrs.  Hart,  in  describing  the  place,  "is  occupied  by  a 
Gweedore  girl  who  makes  kell  embroideries.  This  industry  I  found,  and  called  it 
so  because  many  of  the  designs  are  taken  of  the  old  Celtic  folk  of  'Kells'  and  other 
early  manuscripts.  This  cottage,  like  all  the  others,  is  an  exact  reproduction  of  the 
regular  Donegal  cottage  where  these  home  industries  are  daily  carried  on.  The 
visitor  may  see  the  villagers  in  their  native  dress,  living  in  cottages,  the  pot  hang- 
ing on  the  fireplace,  the  cooking  and  the  housewife  work  going  on.  All  of  my  girls, 
who  number  eighteen,  are  pure  Celtic  lassies.  The  next  cottage  is  a  carpenter-shop, 
where  the  finer  trades  are  shown,  and  I  have  a  boy  there  who  carves  in  wood  the 
drinking  cups,  or  mether,  as  they  are  called.  Here  also  are  made  the  designs  for  the 
Celtic  crosses,  and  out  there  in  the  court-yard  is  a  stone-mason  who  reproduces  the 
designs  in  stone  which  has  been  brought  from  Ireland  for  that  purpose. 

'In  that  cottage  over  the  way  more  girls  are  at  work  on  the  famous  Donegal 
homespun.  There  whoever  cares  to  may  see  the  wool  as  it  comes  from  the  sheep's 
back,  see  it  washed,  carded,  dyed,  spun  into  tjie  threads  for  weaving  by  an 
old-fashioned  spinning  wheel  and  woven  into  the  cloth.      I  call  it  an  old-fashioned 

K 


564 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


spinning  wheel  because  they  know  no  other  in  the  Irish  homes  and  I  sometimes 
doubt  if  such  fabric  could  be  made  on  any  other.  In  every  one  of  these  cottages  I 
reproduce  exactly  the  same  state  of  affairs  that  exist  in  Donegal,  and  if  any  one 
imagines  that  they  are  too  primative  they  have  only  to  remember  that  the  girls 
and  the  work  come  from  a  place  thirty-six  miles  from  a  railway  in  the  very  heart  of 
Ireland  and  show  the  work  that  is  now  going  on  in  hundreds  of  cottages  where  a  few 
years  ago  all  was  idleness  and  poverty.  If  in  my  endeavor  to  show  what  good 
"work  these  struggling  people  can  accomplish  and  extend  the  horizon  of  their  com- 
mercial sky  I  shall  feel  entirely  satisfied  with  my  task." 

No  attempt  has  been  made  to  reproduce  the  interior  of  the  castle,  now  a 
ruin.  The  large  space  has  been  divided  into  two  rooms.  One  is  a  lecture  and  concert 
room,  where  during  the  summer  Irish  music  is  often  given,  and  at  stated  times  Mrs. 
Hart  and  others  lecture  on  the  subject  of  fostering  by  benevolence  home  in- 
dustries among  the  poor.  In  the  larger  room  is  displayed  the  work  done  by  the 
people.  In  none  of  the  cottages  are  articles  offered  for  sale.  In  the  center  of  the 
large  room  in  the  castle  is  the  huge  statue  of  Gladstone  by  Bruce  Joy,  the  famous 
sculptor  and  around  the  walls  are  hung  portraits  of  famous  Irishmen  by  well-known 
Irish  artists. 

Adjoining  the  castle  is  the  village  smithy.  All  of  the  tools  and  the  fittings  of  the 
shop  vrere  brought  over  for  the  especial  exhibit,  showing  just  how  the  work  is  done 
at  home,  A  very  interesting  feature  is  the  Irish  piper.  He  is  a  direct  descendant 
of  the  MacSweenies  of  Donegal,  at  one  time  the  most  powerful  of  all  the  Celtic 
clans,  and  at  regular  times  he  plays  old  native  airs  on  the  pipes. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  565 


CHAPTER  III. 
THE  JAVANESE  AND  SOUTH  SEA  ISLANDERS. 

The  Quaint  Buildings  of  the  Javanese  a  Great  Resort— Everything  as  Neat  as  a  Pin — More  Than  One 
Hundred  People — And  Such  Tea  and  Coffee — Personal  Appearance  of  the  Javanese — Their  Bam- 
boo Dwellings — The  Javanese  Theater  and  Orchestra — Ten  Attractive  Dancing  Girls  From  Solo 
— "Klass"  and  His  Peculiarities — The  South  Sea  Islanders — A  Great  Exhibit — Cannibal  and  War 
Dances. 

HE  Javanese  village  in  the  Midway  Plaisance  with  its  many 
quaint  buildings  of  bamboo  and  still  quainter  natives,  is  one  of 
the  most  genuine  exhibits  at  the  World's  Fair.  In  its  entire 
conception  and  down  to  the  most  minute  detail,  it  has  a  fidel- 
ity to  nature  that  makes  many  a  traveler  think  himself  in  a  far- 
off  tropical  island.  This  is  undoubtedly  due  to  the  fact  that  it 
is  the  exhibit  of  the  Java  planters  association  and  was  entirely 
built  by  Javanese  workmen  of  Javanese  material.  The  plant 
being  Dutch,  they  owning  the  entire  commercial  interests  of 
Java,  everything  was  done  with  the  thoroughness  that  charac- 
terizes them  in  all  they  do.  Famed  the  world  over  for  its  cof- 
fees, little  is  known  here  of  Java  teas,  though  they  have  already  a  high  reputation 
in  Europe  because  of  their  purity,  strength  and  flavor,  the  soil  and  climate  of  Java 
laeing  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  tea  plant.  There  are  forty  grades  of  Javanese  tea 
exhibited,  the  difference  being  in  curing.  The  choicest  is  of  young  leaves  picked  in 
the  early  morning  while  the  dew  is  still  on  them,  and  is  very  expensive.  The  high 
medium  grade  consists  of  these  choice  leaves  and  the  next  lower  grade,  is  what  they 
are  serving  at  the  tea  house.  This  tea,  which  the  Planters'  Association  is  introduc- 
ing here,  is,  like  all  Javanese  teas,  uncolored,  for  though  they  can  easily  make  the 
green  teas  they  will  not  do  it  because  of  their  unhealthfulness,  and  it  takes  but  two- 
thirds  as  much  for  a  drawing  as  Chinese  tea,  more  spoiling  the  fine  flavor. 

The  tea  served  is  from  Sinajar,  the  largest  plantation  in  Java,  consisting  of 
5,000  acres,  owned  by  E.  J.  Kerkhoven,  who  alone  exported  1,000,000  pounds  last 
year,  and  "Parakansolak,"  the  plantation  of  G.  Mundt  who,  with  Mr.  Kerkhoven, 
controls  almost  the  entire  tea  product  of  Java. 

Few  people  visit  the  Plaisance  that  do  not  inspect  the  Javanese  village.  It 
is  as  neat  as  a  pin  and  its  tea  and  coffee  houses  and  theatre  are  the  choicest  on  the 
Plaisance.  It  needs  but  a  stroll  through  the  village,  to  realize  what  beauties  are  to  be 
seen.  Nothing  can  be  more  perfectly  entrancing  to  the  female  mind  than  to  see  a 
•characteristic  little  family  group  seated  upon  the  veranda  of  a  bamboo  house,  in  the 


566  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

cool  of  the  evening,  enjoying  the  common  meal.  "How  perfectly  cute!"  they  say, 
as  they  watch  a  little  brown-skinned  mite  of  a  child  poking  its  tiny  fingers  into  the 
common  bowl  of  rice,  and  "cooing"  with  all  the  pleasure  of  an  infant  as  it  succeeds 
in  catching  a  morsel  of  the  toothsome  food.  It  is  a  source  of  infinite  pleasure,  too, 
to  some  women  visitors  to  watch  the  mothers  playing  with  their  children  in  all  the 
abandon  of  a  free  and  untrammeled  race. 

Bright  red  prevailed  for  the  women's  shoulder  coverings.  All  wore  the  re- 
markable garment  of  the  Javanese,  which  is  made  of  a  single  piece  of  cloth  wrapped 
around  the  body,  and  extending  from  the  waist  to  their  feet.  Under  the  hot  sun  of 
Java  this  would  have  completed  their  attire,  but  protection  against  the  March  winds 
of  the  temperate  zone  required  more  covering.  For  the  men  this  consisted  of  an 
old  stock  of  trousers  picked  up  somewhere  at  a  bargain  sale.  They  belonged  to 
various  pantaloon  eras,  ranging  ftom  the  one  when  that  garment  was  skin  tight  to 
the  other  extreme  when  flour  sacks  were  the  model.  Coats  of  the  same  wide  range 
of  fashion  had  been  found  somewhere.  But  native  instinct  was  superior  to  the  garb 
of  the  more  civilized  races,  for  while  the  clothing  of  the  latter  had  been  put  on  the 
indefinable  garment  or  sheet  was  wrapped  around  them  still. 

The  Javanese  women  resemble  the  Japanese  to  an  extent,  except  that  the 
latter  have  lighter  complexions.     The  expression,  however,  was  alike  in  both. 

Not  so  with  the  men.  They  had  a  far  more  stolid  look  than  have  the  Japan- 
ese. They  were  darker  and  their  lips  were  thicker.  The  keen  intelligence  which 
shows  itself  in  the  face  of  the  Yankee  of  the  East  when  in  conversation,  was  absent 
from  the  countenances  of  the  Javanese. 

A  man  taller  than  his  companions,  with  a  much  stronger  cast  of  features, 
came  last  in  the  curious  procession  from  the  train.  His  hat  was  broad  enough  to 
shed  an  April  shower  and  sloped  down  from  the  crown  like  the  roof  of  his  bamboo 
home.  He  walked  with  a  stride  and  never  glanced  at  the  gaping  throng.  Twice 
had  this  man  been  to  the  shrine  at  Mecca.  He  bore  the  proud  title  of  Hadji  among 
the  heathen  Christian  dogs.  This  man  thought  himself  a  pretty  big  fellow — any 
one  could  see  that.  He  was  brought  along  to  attend  to  the  religious  welfare  of  his 
people. 

When  they  become  tired  of  work — which  is  about  three  times  a  week — he  has 
a  vision.  Translated  to  the  followers  of  the  Prophet  this  vision  is  that  unless  they 
work  and  do  what  the  officers  of  the  Oceanic  Trading  company  tell  them  to  do  some 
frightful  calamity  will  befall  their  friends  and  relatives  left  in  Java. 

Of  the  125,  thirty-six  are  women.  The  dancing  girls  number  ten.  In  their 
native  tongue  they  are  called  serimpis,  which  means  they  are  dancers  who  appear 
only  before  the  Sultan  at  the  Court  of  Solo. 

At  the  Exposition  they  appear  in  their  court  dress.  What  they  do  is  really 
more  posing  than  dancing.  The  men  are  divided  among  the  various  crafts  of  the 
Javanese,  and  in  their  village  during  the  Fair  they  are  engaged  in  many  curious 
occupations.  There  is  one  native  chief  among  them  whose  name  is  Raden  Adnin. 
He  is  distinguished  by  a  large  white  hat  of  about  the  same  size  as  that  worn  by  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  567 

priest.     It  is  so  large  that  when  he  enters  the  door  he  has  to  take  it  off   for  fear  of 
breaking  it  against  the  casings. 

The  Dutch  East  Indies  exhibit,  of  which  the  Javanese  village  forms  a  part 
occupies  five  and  one-half  acres  on  the  Flaisance. 

This  is  not  the  first  time  that  the  Javanese  have  visited  world's  fairs. 
A  number  of  dancing  girls  from  the  Emperor's  court  at  Solo  were  taken  in  the 
village  which  was  sent  to  Paris  in  1889.  The  girls  became  so  giddy  among  the  gay 
Parisians  that  the  Emperor  was  highly  displeased  when  they  returned,  and  it  was 
only  with  the  utmost  difficulty  that  he  gave  his  consent  to  having  any  brought  to 
Chicago-     None  of  those  who  went  to  Paris  were  allowed  to  come  to  Chicago. 

All  the  houses  of  the  village  were  built  in  Java,  and  left  standing  until  the 
ship  was  ready  to  sail.  There  were  not  less  than  twenty-five  of  them  built  for 
the  Exposition. 

The  imagery  of  Oriental  poetry  has  given  to  Java  the  name  of  "The  Pearl 
of  the  East."  The  village  is  a  little  Java  in  itself.  There  is  the  same  tropical 
vegetation,  broad-leaved  palms  and  willowy  bamboos,  the  same  curious  huts,  stand- 
ing above  the  ground  on  stilt-like  legs;  and  the  people  themselves,  with  all  their 
peculiarities  of  language  and  dress,  strange  habits  and  customs. 

The  Javanese  village  is  populated  by  a  crowd  of  pretty  dames  and  stalwart 
men,  who  amuse,  instruct  and  edify  the  American,  and  load  him  with  souvenirs  of 
the  Fair,  certainly  at  some  cost  to  his  pocket,  but  also  greatly  to  the  benefit  of  his 
knowledge  of  his  fellow  men. 

,  Nominally    Java's    22,000,000  people  are   ruled  by  native  sovereigns,  but 

practically  it  is  a  depen  dency  of  Holland,  the  Dutch  having  held  a  master-hand  in 
the  island  for  two  centuries. 

The  personal  appearance  of  the  Javanese,  as  befits  a  peaceful,  agricultural 
people,  is  pleasing.  They  are  small  in  stature,  well-shaped,  gracefully  slender  and 
erect  in  figure.  Fashion  demands  long  hair,  and  among  the  upper  classes  a  bright 
brown  complexion,  bordering  on  golden  yellow,  is  the  lule.  The  women  are  pretty 
and  at  all  times  gentle  and  obliging.  In  a  country  where  the  earth  poduces  freely 
almost  all  the  necessaries  of  life  the  people  are  naturally  an  easy-going,  good- 
natured  race,  and  inclined  a  little  to  indolence.  When  a  Java  villager  grows  more 
than  unusally  lazy  a  tornado  lifts  his  house  off  the  ground,  or  a  volcano  bursts  like 
a  boiler,  and  sets  him  to  work  repairing  damages.  When  the  volcanic  isle  of 
Krakatoa  suffered  an  upheaval  in  August,  1883,  some  30,000  Javanese  were  placed 
beyond  the  possibilities  either  of  repair  or  reformation. 

The  majority  of  the  huts  in  which  the  World's  Fair  villagers  live  consist  of 
simple  bamboo  structures,  containing  two  or  three  rooms  and  surrounded  by  a 
verandah.   They  are  windowless  and  thatched  with  sago  palm  trees. 

Within,  the  furniture  is  simple.  A  springy  bamboo  bed  and  a  few  mats  and 
pillows  are  sufficient  for  the  lower  classes,  but  the  chiefs  find  place  for  a  few  articles 
of  European  make.  The  houses  are  surrounded  by  a  fence  and  generally  half-con- 
cealed by  masses  of  vegetation.  A  man  who  desires  to  eat  in  a  Java  hut  will  take 
his  food  from  a  wooden  tray  kt  the  expense   of  his   fingers,  squatting  the  while  on 


568  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

the  floor.    He  may  get  dried  ox,  deer,  goat,  or  buffalo  meat,  but  rice  with  curry  and 
cayenne  pepper  must  be  the  principal  dish,  with  white  tree-grubs  as  a  relish. 

The  first  object  of  the  men  who  introduce  Java  to  Jackson  Park  is  to  improve 
the  commercial  relations  between  the  two  countries  and  induce  trade, which  has 
hitherto  taken  a  circuitous  route  through  Holland  and  England  to  follow  a  more 
natural  and  direct  course.  The  coffee  plantations  of  Java  are  their  most  pro- 
lific source  of  trade  with  foreign  countries.  The  land,  however,  yields  excellent 
crops  of  rice,  tobacco,  sugar  and  some  cotton.  The  manufactures  of  the  country 
are  few  and  simple.  The  natives  are  very  skilful  in  weaving  and  dyeing  cloth  for 
their  own  use.  The  man  who  can  forge  and  temper  the  blade  of  the  deadly  "kri," 
the  weapon  universally  carried  by  the  natives,  is  sure  of  a  good  living.  On  the 
coast,  fishing  and  curing  occupy  the  time  of  a  large  proportion  of  the  population. 
The  weavers,  goldsmiths  and  silversmiths  are  all  seen  at  work  at  the  Fair. 

The  Javanese  theater  is  built  entirely  of  bamboo,  with  a  flat  floor,  and  is 
thatched  like  the  cottages.  On  each  side  is  a  curtain  which  is  roofed  lower  than 
the  main  ceiling.  It  seats  i, coo  people,  and  from  each  corner  on  the  outside  ex- 
tends long  curved  palm  poles  which  look  like  the  tentacles  on  the  butterfly's  head. 
The  walls  inside  and  out  are  covered  with  split  bamboo  matting  painted  in  squares. 
The  stage  is  a  four-decked  affair.  That  part  which  is  used  by  the  performers  is 
three  feet  from  the  floor,  extends  entirely  across  the  building  and  is  nine  feet  deep 
Back  of  this  are  three  smaller  stages,  each  three  feet  higher  than  the  other,  and  are 
occupied  by  the  musicians.  There  are  no  wings  to  the  stage.  The  performers, 
enter  from  the  back,  the  three  smaller  stages  being  cut  off  at  one  end  to  make  a 
narrow  passageway. 

A  Javenese  orchestra  is  a  thing  to  be  wondered  at.  Nothing  like  it  can 
be  seen  in  the  Midway  Plaisance.  It  consists  of  twenty-four  pieces  and  the  names 
by  which  some  of  them  are  called  would  tax  the  powers  of  a  loquacious  American 
commercial  traveler  for  a  music  instrument  house.  Here  are  some  of  them, 
Djenglonglentik,  bonanggedch,  sarongpekinlentik  and  kenongpaninga. 

The  peculiar  thing  about  the  orchestra  is  that  it  has  only  one  wind  instru- 
ment and  one  string  instrument.  The  string  instrument  is  a  two-stringed  violin 
and  is  played  by  the  leader,  who  sits  in  the  center  of  the  first  stage.  The  violin 
sits  upright  in  a  frame  and  is  played  like  a  cello.  The  wind  instrument  is  a  small 
bamboo  pipe,  which  makes  a  sound  not  unlike  a  flute.  The  other  pieces  are  gongs 
and  metal  and  wood  exonophones.  The  gongs  range  from  huge  copper  disks, 
four  feet  in  diameter,  down  to  brass  affairs  the  size  of  a  saucer.  They  are  placed 
on  blue  and  gilt  frames  and  are  struck  with  soft  hammers. 

After  running  the  gauntlet  of  barbaric  discord  that  passes  for  music  in  most 
of  the  Plaisance  theaters,  it  is  a  pleasure  to  hear  the  harmony  of  the  Javanese  band 
with  its  suggestion  of  soft  chimes.  The  deeper-toned  gongs,  the  purling  notes  of 
the  instruments  that  carry  the  upper  notes,  produce  a  combination  of 
unexpected  sweetness.  Even  the  ardent  worshiper  of  Wagner  would 
enjoy  the  grave-faced  musicians  and  their  productions.  The  author 
was  present  at  the  first  performance.    The  first  piece  on  the  rehearsal  program 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  569 

bore  an  unpronounceable  title  and  a  strange  resemblance  to  the  German  master's 
"Die  Walkure-"  It  has  been  played  in  Java  for  nearly  400  years,  and  it  is  one  of 
the  best  compositions  by  native  composers. 

The  advent  of  the  dancing  girls  was  heralded  by  a  long  roll  on  the  gongs, 
which  increased  in  tone  until  the  center  of  the  stage  was  reached.  Then  the  music 
changed  to  a  strain  as  graceful  as  a  Strauss  waltz.  The  girls  were  barefooted  and 
bareheaded  and  dressed  in  bright  colors.  Each  carried  a  sash,  which  she  waved 
about  as  the  dance  progressed. 

There  is  something  poetic  about  the  movement,  which  is  not  unlike  the 
Spanish  dances.  One  after  another  danced,  and  they  entered  into  it  with  a  zest 
which  showed  that  they  enjoyed   the   rehearsal. 

After  the  dancing  several  of  the  actors  rehearsed  one  of  the  regular  dramas 
which  is  played  daily.  It  is  a  historical  piece.  None  of  the  actors  speaks  a  word- 
It  is  all  spoken  by  one  man  who  stands  at  one  side  while  the  actors  pantomime  his 
words.  The  dresses  are  very  singular  and  some  of  them  are  grotesque.  All  wear 
leather  helmets  of  red  and  gold.  The  lower  dress  is  the  ordinary  street  costume. 
Wings  of  leather,  gaily  decorated,  are  worn  and  the  face  is  covered  with  a  wooden 
mask.  The  masks  are  not  tied  on  but  are  held  in  place  by  a  bit  of  leather  fastened 
to  the  inside  and  held  in  the  teeth.  If  an  actor  opened  his  mouth  to  articulate  the 
mask  would  drop  off. 

Mr.  Mundt  said  one  day:  "All  of  the  native  clothing  of  Java  is  made  in  this 
fashion.  If  you  will  but  notice  the  cloth  and  see  how  delicately  the  colors  and  tints 
are  blended  you  can  form  some  idea  of  the  care  required  in  placing  the  cloth  on  the 
matrix,  for  it  is  all  gauged  by  the  hand  and  eye.  It  is  little  wonder  that  the  women 
become  rather  aged  before  they  are  expert. 

"Our  exhibits  include  all  the  products  of  the  entire  Malayan  archipelago,  as 
well  as  the  manufactured  goods.  We  show  brass  and  reed  musical  instruments,  na- 
tive weapons,  palm  leaves  for  cigarette  wrappers,  rice  spoons,  insects,  all  of  our 
spices,  silver  and  gold  filigree  work  and  large  quantities  of  our  tea  and  coffee.  We 
also  show  how  we  make  fires  without  matches,  and  many  other  things." 

Perhaps  the  greatest  attraction  at  the  Javanese  village  is  "Klaas."  Klaas  is 
an  orang-outang  and  the  only  one  in  captivity.  He  is  owned  by  Mr.  Mundt  of  the 
Java  exhibit  and  is  the  pet  of  the  entire  village.  He  is  2>^  years  old  and  weighs 
140  pounds.  He  was  born  in  the  Bataak  district  of  Sumatra,  where  the  natives  still 
indulge  in  holiday  feasts  off  white  strangers,  and,  when  that  source  fails,  eat  each 
other  with  an  occasional  flavoring  of  orang-outang.  The  impressions  Klaas  re- 
ceived in  early  life  s'till  remain  with  him,  and,  once  in  awhile,  when  some  particularly 
choice  little  boy  comes  near  him,  he  shows  his  teeth  and  smacks  his  lips.  Klaas' 
lips  take  up  the  best  part  of  his  face.  His  eyes,  nose,  ears  and  forehead  are  very 
small  and  lips  predominate. 

The  first  thing  he  did  when  he  got  into  the  cage  prepared  for  him  was  to 
stand  still  and  look  around.  It  pleased  him  and  he  laughed  heartily,  stuck  his  arm 
through  the  bars  and  shook  hands  with  Mr.  Kirkhooven.  Klaas'  laugh  is  a  study 
in  noise.  First  he  throws  his  head  back  until  it  touches  his  spine;  the  chin  is  dropped 


570  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

to  the  breast  bone  and  the  sound  emitted  is  enough  to  make  the  steam  siren 
on  Machinery  hall  feel  like  going  out  of  the  business.  There  are  two  crossbars  in 
the  big  cage  and  a  branched  section  of  a  tree.  Klaas  started  in  to  inpect  these  while 
the  Javanese  watched  him.  He  climbed  to  the  top,  hung  on  to  the  bars,  put  a  long 
arm  out  and  got  hold  of  a  branch  from  a  neighboring  tree.  He  broke  off  a  small 
limb  before  he  could  be  stopped  and  dragged  it  into  the  cage.  An  unavailing  at- 
tempt was  made  to  get  it  away  from  him.  Klaas  knew  his  business  and  was  not 
going  to  be  interfered  with.  He  stripped  the  leaves  from  the  branch,  bent  it  over 
the  trapeze  and  caught  the  two  ends  in  his  mouth.  One  foot  grasped  the  trapeze, 
the  arms  were  folded  and  the  orang-outang  enjoyed  a  swing  such  as  his  father  en- 
joyed on  the  tree  tops  in  Sumatra  before  the  cannibals  got  him. 

While  the  orang-outang  was  enjoying  himself  a  blonde  young  man  with  a  pad 
and  pencil  made  a  sketch  of  him.  Feeling  sure  that  his  artistic  excellence  would 
call  forth  some  recognition  even  from  an  orang-outang  the  artist  handed  the  sketch 
through  the  bars.  Klaas  received  it,  put  it  on  the  floor  of  his  cage,  spread  it  out 
with  his  hands  and  gazed  first  at  the  picture,  then  at  the  artist.  Finally  he  put  the 
top  of  his  head  on  the  paper  and  when  he  lifted  his  face  it  was  covered  with  a  piti- 
ful smile.  He  handed  the  paper  back  to  the  sketch  artist  with  a  get-a-camera  look. 
The  condemnation  of  the  work  would  have  pleased  a  believer  in  the  Darwinian 
theory  of  evolution.  The  artist  took  it  to  heart  and  went  away  and  the  Javanese 
looked  sorrowful  and  scolded  Klaas  for  his  discourtesy  and  lack  of  artistic  appreci- 
ation. 

The  scolding  put  his  orang-outang  highness  in  a  bad  humor  and  Mr.  Mundt 
gave  him  some  apples  to  pacify  him.  He  could  have  easily  have  put  the  whole  of  a 
pomological  specimen  in  his  mouth  at  once,  but  he  took  small  bites  at  a  time  and 
after  each  bite  wiped  off  his  expansive  lips  with  the  back  of  his  hairy  hand.  The 
apples  disposed  of,  a  basin  of  water  was  put  in  the  cage  and  a  piece  of  soap  handed 
between  the  bars.  Down  he  sat  before  the  basin  like  an  Egyptian  drummer  before 
his  tomtom.  After  wetting  his  hands  he  took  the  soap  and  scrubbed  them.  The 
same  performance  was  repeated  on  his  face.  He  got  some  of  the  soap  in  his  eye  and 
hopped  around  like  an  Irish  cottager  at  a  cross-roads  dance  and  emitted  an  Alge- 
rian yell.  A  towel  was  handed  him.  He  tore  it  in  two  and  with  a  piece  in  each 
hand  dried  his  face  and  smiled. 

Civilization  has  given  Klaas  the  cigarette  habit.  He  would  rather  smoke 
cigarettes  than  eat  terrapin  a  la  Maryland.  A  cigarette  was  handed  him  after  his 
bath.  It  was  not  one  of  the  ordinary  wheeze-producing,  death-dealing  kind  in 
white  paper.  Klaas  draws  the  line  against  those.  It  was  a  Javanese  affair  made 
out  of  a  great  deal  of  palm  bark  and  very  little  tobacco.  He  took  it  between  his 
thumb  and  finger  daintily  and  held  out  the  other  hand  for  a  light.  A  lighted 
American  cigarette  was  reached  out  to  him,  but  he  would  have  none  of  it.  Match 
or  nothing  with  Klaas.  He  got  one,  turned  so  the  wind  would  be  on  his  back, 
and  lighted  the  cigarette.  The  end  of  the  cigarette  is  very  small,  and  it  took 
up  about  as  much  space  on  his  lips  as  the  whaleback  steamer  does  in  Lake  Mich- 
igan, but  he  managed  to  blow  smoke  deliberately   into   the   face   of    the   artist. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  571 

who  had  been  induced  to  come  back  and  try  again.  Except  when  he  is  smok- 
ing Klaas  is  never  quiet  for  a  moment,  and  as  a  contortionist  is  entitled  to  a  gold 
medal.  As  a  rule  his  hold  on  the  bars  is  sure,  but  when  he  does  slip  and  fall  he  has 
a  way  of  lighting  on  his  shoulders  perfectly  limp,  and  after  his  tumble  he  invariably 
laughs  at  his  own  awkwardness.  A  railing  has  been  put  around  the  cage  to  keep 
visitors  from  getting  to  near.  Klaas  has  a  mania  for  shaking  hands,  and  with  a 
never-let-go  grip.  By  nature  the  feet  can  be  used  for  the  same  purpose  and  when 
Klaas  gets  hold  of  a  visitor's  hands  the  odds  are  two  to  one  in  favor  of  the  orang- 
outang. 

Across  the  street  from  the  bamboo  fence  of  the  little  people  from  Java  is  the 
colony  of  South  Sea  Islanders.  Mo  more  unlike  people  than  these  near  neigh- 
bors are  to  be  seen  in  the  Midway.  The  Samoans  are  big  fellows,  of  stout  build, 
yellow  in  color.  The  Javanese  are  small,  angular,  and  of  bronze  color.  They  build 
houses,  have  wares  of  their  own  manufacture  to  sell,  and  are  sociable.  The  Samo- 
ans do  nothing  but  sing  and  dance  about  war.  They  dress  for  the  stage  in  breech- 
clouts  of  cocoanut  cloth  with  bunches  of  the  same  and  of  sea  grass  fastened  about 
the  loins  and  standing  out  like  short  and  stiffly  starched  skirts.  For  lazy-looking 
people  the  Samoans  get  a  great  deal  of  life  into  their  dances.  Their  plump  limbs 
and  bodies  glisten  with  perspiration  as  they  jump  and  stamp.  Their  naked  feet 
come  down  upon  the  stage  in  perfect  time  with  tremendous  slaps.  Their  "ailann," 
an  old  Samoan  war  dance,  is  done  with  war  clubs  which  look  like  short  paddles. 
They  swing  these  first  to  the  right,  and  then  to  the  left,  and  bring  them  down  on 
the  soles  of  the  feet  with  a  resounding  thwack.  The  "pater"  is  another  Samoan 
dance.  A  song  goes  with  it,  and  the  words  are  so  old  that  the  present  singers  do 
not  know  what  they  mean.  Each  stanza  ends  with  a  cheer.  The  Samoans  dance 
to  their  singing.  The  rest  of  the  music  is  simply  drumming  on  logs  of  wood.  In 
one  of  the  dances  the  islanders  accompany  the  feet  movements  with  hand  clapping. 
In  another  they  sit  cross-legged  on  the  floor  and  raise  themselves  half-way  and 
lower  themselves  again  in  time  with  the  chant. 

Next  to  the  Javanese,  the  Samoans  are  the  best-looking  people  on  the  Mid- 
way. They  introduce  more  variety  than  any  of  the  others  into  their  dancing. 
Their  pantomime  is  wonderfully  good. 

The  Samoans  boast  of  being  the  oldest  inhabitants  of  the  South  Seas.  The 
dances  they  give  are  so  many  chapters  of  their  ancient  life.  A  thousand  years  ago 
their  Fijian  ancestors  danced  in  just  this  way.  The  chants  recite  the  various 
phases  of  life  and  war.  The  dancing  is  the  pantomime  which  naturally  goes  with 
it.  The  most  notable  dance  tells  of  the  departure  from  home  of  an  expedition. 
The  movement  of  the  boats,  the  throwing  of  lances,  the  rush  through  the  waves, 
the  clash  of  battle,  the  mourning  for  the  dead,  are  all  told  in  the  song  and  the 
dancing. 

The  Samoans  may  be  seen  six  times  daily  in  imitations  of  war  dances  and 
drills.  The  author  visited  the  Samoans  upon  one  of  their  gala  days  in  June,  and 
saw  about  as  happy  a  crowd  of  South  Sea  Islanders  as  has  ever  existed.  They 
had  plenty  of  kava  to  drink;  they  were  permitted  the  luxury  of  greasing  themselves 


572  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

from  head  to  foot,  until  they  shone  as  bright  as  so  many  burnished  copper  statuesp 
they  shed  American  clothing  and  got  down  to  the  simple  but  comfortable  toggery 
of  Samoa,  all  but  the  women,  who  modestly  wore  waists  of  colored  cloth  made 
from  bark;  and  then  they  danced  and  sang  as  they  do  on  starry  nights  under  the 
beautiful  cross  of  the  southern  skies. 

It  was  plain  to  be  seen  early  in  the  day  that  something  of  more  than  or- 
dinary import  was  stirring  the  inhabitants  of  the  Samoan  village.  The  big  mus- 
cular fellows  were  in  the  buff  to  the  waist,  and  they  dodged  from  building  to  build- 
ing in  a  mysterious  manner.  The  women  were  squatted  on  the  ground  in  Mataafi's 
thatched  palace  grinding  kava  and  making  the  great  national  drink  as  though  for 
an  important  ceremonial.  Everywhere  there  was  an  excited  jabber  in  the  village 
like  the  chattering  of  a  lot  of  magpies. 

Kava  is  made  from  the  root  of  a  pepper  tree.  It  is  ground  by  the  women 
on  a  rude  grater  into  a  flour,  which  is  thrown  into  an  iron  dish  filled  with  water. 
It  is  allowed  to  stand  long  enough  for  the  root  to  impart  its  flavor  to  the  water. 
Then  the  pulpy  mass  is  put  into  a  piece  of  bark,  which  acts  as  a  strainer,  and  the 
maker  twists  it  as  though  wringing  a  towel.  All  the  water  is  thus  squeezed  out» 
and  the  solid  substance  remains.  Kava  is  about  as  intoxicating  as  mild  beer.  The 
Samoans  love  it  dearly,  and  think  it  quite  as  indispensable  as  the  German  does  his 
beer.     It  is  particularly  abundant  during  their  pagan  ceremonies. 

In  the  afternoon  the  South  Sea  Islanders  gave  some  of  their  dances.  The 
men  wore  rude  kilts  made  of  the  bark  of  the  paper  mulberry  tree.  The  bark  is  . 
beaten  out  until  it  looks  like  sheets  of  paper,  when  it  is  dyed  in  bright  colors. 
From  the  waist  hung  grasses  and  fuzzy  garnitures  of  cloth.  From  the  loins  up,  and 
from  the  knees  down  the  men  were  naked  and  greasy.  The  women  were  similarly 
attired,  except  that  they  made  the  one  concession  to  American  taste  of  wearing  red 
bodices  to  their  bark  paper  gowns.  Many  of  the  performers  wore  high  paper  caps, 
which  may  have  escaped  from  the  bonbon  favors  of  a  fashionable  Chicago  German. 

Their  first  effort  was  a  mild  war  dance  in  which  they  used  a  la-au.  The  la-au 
is  a  wooden  affair  that  might  be  taken  for  a  paddle  or  a  broken  spear.  It  is  neither, 
because  it  is  simply  a  dancing  club.  The  dancers  sing  a  wild  chant,  slap  theblades 
of  their  la-aus,  jump  on  the  floor  with  a  thud  that  shakes  the  building,  look  fierce, 
and  send  yells  of  defiance  after  an  imaginary  enemy.  Their  second  effort  was  a 
drill  and  the  company  responded  by  jabbing  holes  into  the  air  and  whirling  the 
la-aus  after  the  manner  of  white  men  who  give  bayonet  drills. 

In  the  cannibal  dance,  which  the  Samoans  borrowed  from  the  Fiji  Islanders, 
the  big  blacks  sat  on  their  haunches  with  their  backs  to  the  audience.  They  set  up 
a  weird  droning,  and  marked  the  time  by  clapping  their  hands.  They  hopped  high 
into  the  air  and  swayed  backward  nearly  to  the  floor.  They  faced  the  audience 
with  a  nervous  jump  and  twisted  their  countenances  into  ferocious  contortions. 
They  went  into  convulsions  that  threatened  to  unjoint  their  bodies,  but  through  it 
all  they  kept  up  the  droning,  which  was  a  song  recounting  the  incidents  of  the'" 
supposed  fight. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  575 

Men  and  women  joined  in  a  Samoan  dance  of  rejoicing.  They  sat  cross- 
legged,  slapped  their  knees  and  clapped  their  hands.  One  of  the  women  sang  an 
air  in  a  not  displeasing  soprano,  the  others  sang  in  concert,  little  wooden  drums 
beat  the  time,  and  the  knees  went  flippity-flop  in  sympathy  with  the  rhythm.  The 
whole  troupe  jumped  to  its  feet,  hopped  about  in  a  circle,  clapped  its  hands  and 
engaged  in  what  sounded  very  much  like  a  responsive  song  service.  Then  every- 
body strolled  out  to  Mataafi's  house,  squatted  on  the  mats,  and  drank  kava. 

In  front  of  the  entrance  is  erected  a  Samoan  house.  It  is  the  property  of 
Mataafa,  the  deposed  ruler.  It  was  brought  from  the  little  settlement  of  Malie, 
several  miles  from  Apia,  and  is  most  wonderfully  constructed.  In  shape  it  is  cir- 
cular. It  is  upright  to  the  height  of  five  feet  and  then  slopes  to  a  tent-like  point 
thirty  feet  above  the  ground.  It  is  made  entirely  of  bread-fruit  wood,  the  only 
wood  that  the  white  ants,  which  overrun  the  island,  will  not  eat.  A  house  built  by 
any  other  material  would  be  eaten  up  in  a  month  by  the  pests.  The  uprights  are 
made  of  pieces  about  four  inches  in  diameter.  At  intervals  of  four  feet  a  circle 
is  made  of  the  same  material.  The  pieces  of  wood  are  all  short  and  are  jointed 
and  bound  together  by  thongs.  The  roofing  is  made  of  twigs  and  covered  with 
thatch.     The  house  was  used  by  Mataafa  and  his  father  and  is  said  to  be  very  old. 

The  home  dress  of  these  people  is  very  scanty.  It  consists  of  nothing  more 
than  a  wide  strip  of  tapa  cloth  about  the  loins.  Tapa  is  made  by  the  natives  and  is 
a  product  of  the  bark  of  the  mulberry  tree.  Strips  of  the  bark  i>^  inches  thich,  2 
feet  long  and  4  inches  wide  are  stripped  from  the  tree.  These  are  taken  to  the 
river,  where  women  and  girls  subject  them  to  a  crude  process  of  tanning  by  soaking 
the  bark  in  water.  It  is  then  placed  on  a  malili  wood  board  and  the  surface  scraped 
by  a  rough  shell,  leaving  the  inner  bark.  This  leaves  It  a  pulpy  substance.  The 
small  strips  are  overlapped  and  the  edges  pounded  together  until  a  piece  is  made 
the  required  size.  To  color  the  cloth  in  designs  a  die  is  made  of  a  half-oval  board 
of  pau  wood,  over  which  colors  made  of  native  barks  and  roots  have  been  smeared. 
The  prepared  cloth  is  spread  over  this  and  the  print  is  made.  All  kinds  of  designs 
are  used  and  the  drawing  is  very  crude,  but  the  printing  is  done  with  geometric  ac- 
curacy, although  the  eye  only  is  used. 

The  village  is  under  the  control  of  H.  J.  Moores  of  Apia,  who  ,  is  the  con- 
fidant of  Mataafa  and  who  will  in  all  probability  be  his  prime  minister  if  he  returns 
to  power  at  the  next  election. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


575 


CHAPTER  IV. 
THE  GERMANS  AND  AUSTRIANS. 

Cottages  From  the  Black  Forest— The  Town  Hall  of  Hesse— Westphalia  and  the  Banks  of  the  Rhine- 
Glimpses  of  Berlin  and  Bavaria— A  Reproduction  of  One  of  the  Streets  of  Old  Vienna— Forty- 
Eight  Stores— The  Emperor's  Own  Band— The  Cost  of  the  Village  Nearly  $130,000— It  Opened 
With  a  Banquet. 

O  display  in  the  whole  great  exhibition  at  Jackson  Park 
combines  in  itself  so  much  calculated  to  awaken  Amer- 
ican curiosity  and  German  interest  as  the'German  village 
on  the  Midway  plaisance.  Cottages  from  the  Black 
forest  and  Westphalia  cluster  round  a  typical  town  hall 
of  Hesse,  and  homes  from  Bavaria  and  the  Rhine  add 
a  quaint,  old  world  flavor  to  the  grouping.  Dominating 
all  a  mediaeval  keep  of  the  sixteenth  century  casts  its 
broad,  protecting  shadow  across  the  picture  which  has 
been  worked  out  into  a  veritable  cameo  of  the  Fatherland. 
Every  architectural  detail  has  been  lovingly  reproduced  with 
such  care  and  truth  that  one  passes  out  of  the  Chicago  street 
into  Deutschland  at  a  step.  Nor  is  the  setting  all.  The  German  village  has  its 
origin  in  "the  patriotism  and  public  spirit  of  two  of  the  great  banks  of  Berlin,  the 
Deutsche  bank  and  the  National  Bank  fuer  Deutschland,  and  in  the  fertile  brain  and 
energetic  conduct  of  Dr.  Ulrich  Jahn  of  Berlin.  In  its  present  shape  the  display  is 
the  result  of  the  best  thought  of  such  men  as  Prof.  Virchow,  rector  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Berlin;  Baurath  Wallot,  the  famous  architect;  Prof.  Eugene  Bracht  and  Prof, 
von  Heyden;  A.  Voss,  the  ethnographer,  and  Meyer  Cohn;  and  certainly  the  village 
is  a  credit  in  every  way  to  its  designers.  The  ethnographic  museum  is  especially 
good,  and  the  costumes  and  armor  make  the  finest  collection  of  the  sort  ever  gath- 
ered together  for  exhibition  in  America. 

Besides  the  museum  and  the  cottages  the  village  offers  many  other  attrac- 
tions, not  the  least  of  which  is  the  magnificent  music  of  two  uniformed  bands  organ- 
ized by  Herman  Wolff  of  the  Philharmonic  at  Berlin  and  by  Rossberg,  who  is  the 
final  authority  on  all  musical  matters  in  the  German  army.  These  bands  play  in 
two  pavilions  in  a  beautiful  summer  garden  which  has  in  it  tables  and  chairs  enough 
to  accommodate  several  thousand  guests.  In  connection  with  this  part  of  the  dis- 
play is  the  restaurant,  which  carries  out  strictly  Berlin  ideas  and  Berlin  methods, 
and  to  make  the  resemblance  to  the  old  country  lustgarten  all  the  more  striking  the 
beer  of  Bavaria,  the  Wuczburg  Hofbrau,  and  the  wines  of  the  palatinate  are  not 
altoget?  er  inaccessible. 


576  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

The  German  village  in  all  of  its  departments  is  under  the  management  of  C. 
B.  Schmidt,  and  to  this  fact  its  practical  success  will  be  largely  due.  Mr.  Schmidt 
as  immigration  commissioner  of  the  Santa  Fe  railway  has  probably  more  friends  on 
both  sides  of  the  Atlantic  than  any  other  gentleman  in  Chicago,  while  his  tact, 
courtesy,  and  proved  executive  ability  combine  to  make  the  display  one  of  the  most 
popular  as  well  as  one  of  the  most  valuable  and  instructive  and  pleasant  at  the 
World's  Fair.  One  feels  that  he  is  in  Germany  every  time  he  visits  the  German 
village. 

A  center  of  attraction  for  all  passers-by  on  the  Midway  Plaisance  is  the  beauti- 
ful Vienna  cafe,  or  Old  Vienna,  with  its  40  shops.which  reproduces  not  alone  the  fine 
architecture  but  the  delightful  cookery  of  the  imperial  city  of  Austria.  And  it  is 
the  cookery  which  appeals  most  strongly  to  the  wayfarer.  Charles  Earnest,  the 
manager  of  the  cafe,  who  came  from  Delmonico's  of  New  York  to  take  charge  of 
this  enterprise,  is  known  to  gourmets  the  world  over  as  a  past  master  of  the  art  of 
dining.  Equipped  with  unlimited  means  and  gifted  with  a  genius  for  catering,  Mr. 
Earnest  brings  a  cosmopolitan  experience  to  a  cosmoplitan  task.  He  has  managed 
restaurants  in  Paris  and  Vienna,  as  well  as  in  Rome  and  London,  and  he  can 
sympathize  in  half  a  dozen  languages  with  the  artistic  appetite  that  has  been  edu- 
cated on  the  Boulevard  des  Italiens  and  given  its  doctor's  degree  on  the  Ring 
strasse. 

Messrs.  Koenig  and  Griesser,  the  proprietors  of  the  cafe,  deserve  the  con- 
gratulations of  Chicago  for  the  admirable  manner  in  which  they  have  carried  out 
every  detail  of  their  excellent  idea.  Mr.  Koenig  came  to  America  with  the 
prestige  of  having  successfully  conducted  one  of  the  largest  cafes  in  Vienna.  The 
cafe  is  one  of  the  most  attractive  parts  of  the  whole  World's  Fair  and  neither 
money  nor  brains  has  been  spared  in  completing  it.  A  magnificent  orchestra  under 
the  direction  of  Prof.  Julius  Schiller  is  a  component  part  of  the  attractions  provided, 
and  the  quick  and  experienced  service,  the  elegant  cookery,  and  yet  thoroughly 
Viennese,  economical  scale  of  prices,  and  the  whole  foreign,  old  world  flavor  of  the 
cafe  bring  to  it  the  success  it  so  well  deserves. 

There  have  been  as  many  as  4,000  people  at  one  time  in  Old  Vienna.  The 
village  occupies  the  largest  space  in  the  Plaisance.  Its  charm  lies  in  its  antiquity. 
The  reproductions  are  of  Garben  and  Bogner  streets,  Vienna.  These  are  the  old- 
est and  best-preserved  streets  of  the  Austrian  capital.  They  were  built  200  years 
ago.  under  the  protection  of  the  Archduke  Ludwig  Victor  and  the  Imperial  and 
Royal  Lander  Bank  of  Vienna.  The  buildings,  which  form  a  large  court,  are  ex- 
act reproductions  of  the  old  streets.  Even  the  cracks  in  the  ancient  walls  are  fac- 
simile. 

The  design  creates  the  impression  of  a  part  of  an  ancient  city  built  up  with 
great  irregularity,  and  presents  old,  gable-end  houses  with  frescoes  and  shields, 
and  these  open  up  a  prospective  to  small,  narrow  streets.  The  council  house,  with 
outside  staircase  and  covered  way,  stretches  along  the  entire  distance  of  the  square, 
in  the  middle  of  which  stands  an  ancient  well.  The  shops  are  built  after  the  fashion 
of  forfner  times,  and  there  only  special  Viennese  products  are  sold. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


577 


It  is  not  necessary  to  draw  on  the  imagination  in  the  Vienna  village  to  be- 
come imbued  with  a  foreign  influence.  There  is  nothing  modern  to  meet  the  eye 
except  the  Columbian  Guards.  The  first  floors  o£  all  the  buildings  are  fitted  up  as 
shops.  Viennese  women  are  on  guard  in  nearly  all  of  them,  and  the  bank,  under 
whose  assistance  the  street  was  built,  has  a  branch  in  the  village,  and  the  office 
is  fitted  up  in  the  same  style  as  the  original  institution,  founded  300  years  ago. 

In  the  center  of  the  court  is  the  bandstand,  where  the  emperor's  own  or- 
chestra gives  daily  concerts.  In  the  garden  the  tables  are  ancient  and  the  barmaids 
are  dressed  in  the  black  and  yellow  of  Austria.  All  were  brought  over  from 
Vienna.  The  village  cost  $125,000.  Early  in  June  the  managers  gave  a  banquet 
to  the  Columbian  officials  and  others.  The  guests  were  given  many  an  Austrian 
toast,  which  in  plain  English  was  "Drink  and  be  merry." 


THE  ABOVE   IS   A   VIEW   OF   PHELPS,  DODGE  &  PALMER   COMPANY'S    EXHIBIT   AT  THE  WORLD'S    FAIR. 


HISIORY  OF.  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


579 


CHAPTER  V. 
AMONG  OTHER  NATIONS. 


The  Village  of  the  Almond-Eyed  Mong 
Ferris  Wheel  the  Greatest  Piece  of 
— Carl  Hagenbeck's  Menagerie — The  Big  Black  Dahomeyans 


n— The  Electric  Theater— The  Libbey  Glass  Works— The 
.Viachinery  in  the  World— Pretty  Imitation  of  La  Tour  Eiflfel 


MONG  the  other  villages  is  that  of  China.  The  peculiar 
bell-shaped  minarets  and  pagodas  stamp  the  architecture 
distinctive  of  far  away  Cathay.  Here  the  almond  eyed  Mon- 
golian is  seen  as  at  home  and  not  as  "Ah  Sing,  laundry- 
man."  The  main  building  in  the  group  is  100x150  feet  and 
80  feet  high,  exceeding  large  for  a  house  in  the  native  coun- 
try. The  coloring  is  most  unique.  Beginning  at  the  bottom 
1     ^Vl'-»-^  the  successive  panels  are  painted  the  prismatic  colors  in  reg- 

'^jw  ular  order,-'' starting  with  the  violet  edge  of  the  rainbow.  In  the 
center  of  the  building  is  a  splendid  garden  filled  with  rare  shrubbery 
from  the  "Flowery  Kingdom."  A  little  further  along  is  the  tea  garden^ 
showing  the  methods  of  raising,  drying  and  packing  of  tea;  here  one 
can  secure  a  taste  of  this  beverage,  minus  sugar  and  cream  in  most  ap- 
proved style.  On  the  second  floor  are  shown  samples  of  the  Chinese  literature 
from  time  immemorial.  Beautiful  works  of  art,  painting,  pottery  and  bronze,  in 
whose  workmanship  they  are  so  renowned,  are  exhibited  extensively.  One  gallery 
is  devoted  to  a  temple  with  priests  and  attendants  revealing  the  methods  of  wor- 
ship and  the  display  of  idols  and  brass  and  ivory  gods,  Joss  occupying  the  post  of 
honor  on  a  high  pedestal.  Gay  lanterns  swing  from  every  projecting  beam,  bal- 
cony and  gallery,  while  every  door  and  wall  is  emblazoned  with  their  gaudy  signs 
in  black,  red  and  gold.  A  museum' with  artistic  wax  figures  and  designs  from  hu- 
man models  and  relics  of  the  time  of  Confucius.  There  are  also  bazaars  and  shops 
innumerable  where  silks,  curious,  trinkets,  ornaments,  and  samples  of  native  teas, 
can  be  procured  as  souvenirs. 

But  while  every  phase  of  the  life  of  the  people  is  represented,  perhaps  the 
the  most  interesting  is  the  Chinese  theatre.  The  music  which  seems  to  be  the  prin- 
ciple part  of  the  performance  is  simply  horrible;  the  orchestra  plays  upon  a  variety 
of  instruments  unknown  to  the  English  dictionary  but  somewhat  resembling  violins, 
guitars,  drums  and  gongs.  The  musicians  work  like  blacksmiths  and  the  loud  cym- 
bals, triangles  and  braying  wind  instruments  keep  up  a  constant  din;  their  concert, 
a  succession  of  squeaks,  rattles  and  bangs,  ludicrous  in  its  quieter  intervals,  and  hid- 
eous in  its  more  violent  fits,  provokes  wonder  at  the  taste  of  the  nation  which  could 


87 


ill  iiifc»'iBa>»- 

~  ""■" in) 


SNAKE  CHARMER,  MIDWAY  PLAISANCE. 


^'■,v%lZ 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


581 


invent,  tolerate  and  enjoy  such  discord.  The  acting  is  all  done  in  front  of  the  mu- 
sicians and  no  women  ever  appear  upon  the  stage,  their  characters  being  taken  by 
men  who  talk  in  a  sing-song  tone  and  falsetto  voice,  completely  deceiving  the  list- 
ener. The  play  is  usually  of  some  alleged  classic  drama  or  scenes  in  the  life  of 
some  military  hero  and  usually  runs  through  several  days.  There  are  no  stage  cur- 
tains or  shifting  scenes  and  if  they  wish  to  convey  the  idea  that  the  scene  is  in  a 
forest,  a  bush  on  top  of  a  chair  is  brought  to  the  front  of  the  stage,  while  the  seashore, 
a  field,  the  street,  interior  of  apalace  or  a  hut  are  all  suggested  by  similar  devices  or 
symbols.  When  an  actor  falls  in  war  or  passion,  instead  of  being  carried  off  or 
hidden  behind  a  drop,  he  usually  gets  up  and  trots   off.     The  costumes  are  a  mar- 


KENT  LABORATORY,  CHICAGO   UNIVERSITY. 
Near  Entrance  to  the  World's  Fair. 

vel  of  gaudiness  but  devoid  of  all  elegance.  The  troupe  here  \.3  considered  by  the 
celestials  to  be  a  representative  one  and  great  crowds  throng  to  experience  the 
pleasure  of  an  unintelligible  Chinese  show. 

One  of  the  most  charming  places  for  a  stay  of  fifteen  minutes  is  the  Electric 
Theatre.  The  theater  itself  is  one  of  the  unique  things  of  the  Plaisance  and  of  the 
Fair.  The  seating  capacity  is  100.  It  is  lighted  by  electricity,  cooled  by  electric- 
ity, and  the  performance  is  purely  electrical.  It  is  called  "A  Day  in  the  Alps."  The 
stage  is  an  opening  of  about  six  feet,  which  shows  a  most  perfect  Swiss  scene.  In 
the  distance  are  the  snow-covered  peaks  and  the  valleys,  and  in  the  foreground  the 
foliage  and  pleasant  homes,  and  everywhere  the  clear  blue  atmosphere  character- 
istic of  Switzerland.  The  opening  scene  is  just  before  daybreak.  There  is  a  faint 
glimmering  of  stars  before  the  sun  commences  to  touch  up  the  snow-topped  moun- 


582 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


tains.  As  the  light  of  day  dispels  the  mist  of  darkness,  you  can  hear  in  the  dis- 
tance the  peasants  singing  the  "Jodel."  Then  a  storm  comes  up  and  the  flashes  of 
lightning  and  the  thunder  make  the  audience  instinctively  gather  themselves  a  little 
closer  in  the  dark  theater  to  get  out  of  the  rain.  The  sunset  comes  with  the  "Al- 
pine glowing,"  then  darkness  and  starlight,  with  the  singing  again  of  the  peasants 
somewhere  in  the  background.  The  moon  comes  creeping  up  behind  Mount  Blanc. 
The  white  snow  glistens  and  the  whole  scene  is  so  perfect  that,  as  the  curtain  falls 
and  the  lights  are  turned  on  again  one  feels  as  if  one  had  just  returned  from  Chau- 
monix  and  no  mistake. 

Just  the  handsomest  thing  in  the  Plaisance  is  the  Libby  Glass  Works,  Here 
swarthy  Arabians,  Egyptians,  Turks,  and  Persians,  and  the  blue-eyed,   light  haired 

children  of  the  land  of  the 
Norse  meet  together  on 
a  common  level  and  vie 
with  each  other  in  the 
keen  enjoyment  extracted 
from  the  wonderful  hand- 
icraft of  the  glass  blow- 
ers. A  common  medium 
of  enjoyment  is  Charles 
A.  Barry,  the  well-known 
linguist,  who  in  addition 
to  being  a  graduate  of 
Michigan  university, 
speaks,  reads,  and  writes 
fifteen  foreign  languages 
with  extraordinary  ease, 
and  the  pleasure  a  com- 
posite group  of  foreign- 
ers takes  in  meeting  with  him  is  shown  in  the  brightening  faces  when  he  speaks 
the  tongue  each  loves  so  well  to  hear  spoken  in  this  strange  land. 

The  factory  is  a  model  of  completeness  and  has  never  been  equalled  in  any 
previous  exposition. 

Early  in  July  a  new  feature  was  added  to  the  exhibit  which  delighted  the  vis- 
itors greatly.     Spectators  for  a  small  sum  each  were   allowed  to   "blow,"  and  the 
funny  results  of  many  attempts  to  do  the  act  with  neatness  and  dispatch   kept  the 
,  great  crowds  in  excellent  humor. 

The  cutters  and  weavers  attract  most  general  attention.  The  cutter  per- 
forms the  most  important  part  in  the  production  of  modern  glassware,  and  his  skill 
is  of  the  highest  order.  The  work  of  cutting  is  regulated  entirely  by  the  eye  and 
an  intricate  pattern  requires  many  days  of  constant  manipulation.  The  cutting  is 
done  on  a  Bessemer  steel  wheel,  upon  which  drops  from  a  hopper  fine  moist  sand 
that  forms  a  cutting  surface.  The  sand-coated  wheel  cuts  deeply  into  the  glass, 
leaving  a  miter  which  represents  the  first  part  of  the  cutting  process.     Then   the 


JAPANESE  UMBRELLA  MAKERS. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


583 


glass  is  carefully  smoothed  by  contact  with  a  fine  sandstone  wheel,  after  which  it  is 
polished  upon  a  rapidly  revolving  wooden  wheel,  sprinkled  with  putty  powder. 
Then  the  article  is  ready  for  market.  Some  of  the  cut-glass  articles  made  by  the 
Libby  company  demand  prices  which  reach   away  up  into  the  hundreds  of   dollars. 

Glass  weaving  or  glass  cloth  making  is  a  process  in  which  the  rug-making 
Persian  takes  especial  delight,  and  never  fails  to  attract  a  crowd.  The  blower 
takes  a  glass  cane,  which  may  be  white  or  colored,  as  is  desired,  and  places  it  in  a 
powerful  gas  flame,  which  quickly  melts  it.  When  it  reaches  the  proper  consis- 
tency he  takes  a  thread  from  the  mass  and  carries  it  over  to  the  periphery  of  3 
wheel  six  feet  in  diameter  making  200  revolutions  a  minute.  The  wheel  draws  out 
the  thread,  and  its  fine  silken  strands  encircle  it.  At  the  end  of  each  minute  the 
operator  pushes  his  working  table  forward  and  a  new  band  appears  upon  the  peri- 
phery of  the  wheel.  When  the  wheel  is  covered  with  these  bands,  each  containing 
say  200  threads,  the  wheel  is 
stopped,  the  glass  bands  are 
pulled  off,  horizontally,  and 
stretched  on  long  tables.  Here 
they  are  cut  into  desired 
lengths  for  weaving.  They 
are  passed  to  a  girl  at  the 
loom,  where  it  is  deftly  woven 
with  silk — one  thread  of  silk 
to  200  threads  of  glass— and 
then  the  glass  cloth  is  ready  to 
be  put  to  its  myriad  uses.  So 
soft  and  delicate  is  it  that 
beautiful  garments  are  made 
from  it,  and  the  company  in  its 
display  department  has  some 
marvels  of  beauty  in  the  form 
of  lamp  shades,  screens,  pin 
cushions,    doll     dresses,    etc., 

made  from  it.  A  beautiful  dress  was  made  for  Eulalia,  by  Mr.  Libby,  the  infanta 
paying  $2,500  for  it. 

What  La  Tour  Eiffel  was  to  the  last  Paris  Exposition  the  great  Ferris 
wheel  is  to  this.  It  is  250  feet  in  diameter,  and  from  the  ground  to  the  apex  it  is 
270  feet.  It  cost  $400,000,  and  commenced  to  revolve  on  the  first  day  of  June. 
It  is  the  biggest  piece  of  revolving  machinery  in  the  world.  Much  has  been  written 
of  the  Ferris  wheel,  and  the  world  is  now  realizing  that  Chicago  has  given  birth 
to  one  of  the  wonders  of  the  age.  Cynical  doubters  have  changed  their  tune; 
obstructionists,  who  said  that  if  built  it  would  never  revolve,  and  at  best  would  be  a 
monstrosity,  have  had  perforce  to  render  homage  to  the  ponderous  yet  graceful 
creation  of  the  brain  of  Mr  G.  W.  G.  Ferris,  of  Pittsburg. 


JOHN  BROWN'S  FORT. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


585 


Apart  from  the  criticisms  of  laymen,  many  engineers  of  skill  asserted  that 
it  was  a  question  if  a  hanging  wheel,  consisting  of  1,700  tons  of  steel  could  be  con- 
structed to  revolve,  and  certainly  no  man  had  ever  attempted  to  put  such  an  enor- 
mous mass  in  motion  before.  However,  Mr.  Ferris  said  that  it  could  be  done,  and 
he  found  men  who  believed  in  him  and  his  assertion,  and  who  were  ready  to  back 
their  belief  with  good  hard  cash,  and  now  as  the  turnstiles  keep  up  a  steady  click 
all  day,  they  feel  that  the  financial  prospect  is  rose-colored,  and  that  their  confi- 
dence was  well  founded. 

Comparisons,  they  say,  are  odious,  yet  one  cannot  help  comparing  this  wheel 
with  the  tower  of  the  Paris  Exposition.  As  the  Ferris  wheel  is  to  our  World's  Fair 
we  will  repeat  so  the  Eieffel  tower  was  to  the  Frenchman's.  As  a  mechanical 
achievement  there  can  be  little  doubt 
that  the  palm  belongs  to  us,  for,  won- 
derful as  the  Eieffel  tower  is,  it  was 
constructed  on  well  tried  scientific  prin- 
ciples;'but  the  Ferris  wheel  is  a  venture 
on  unknown  grounds.  Twenty-five  thou- 
sand dollars'  worth  of  hard  work  and 
calculations  lay  in  the  building  plans  of 
this  wonderful  invention  before  a  dollar 
had  been  put  into  construction,  and  the 
accuracy  of  the  figuring  is  shown  by 
.  the  perfect  safety  with  which  it  is  oper- 
ated. 

The  difficulties  contended  with  in 
building  this  immense  structure  in  such 
a  short  time  were  tremendous.  It  was 
not  until  the  i6th  day  of  December, 
1892,  that  final  arrangements  could  be 
effected  with  the  World's  Fair  com- 
mittee, some  of  whom  thought  the  idea 
impossible  of  realization.  In  an  in- 
credible   short    time    Mr.  Ferris   had 

some  of  the  largest  iron  plants  in  the  East  entirely  devoted  to  his  enter- 
prise. The  Detroit  Bridge  Company,  of  Detroit;  the  Carbon  Steel  Company,  Jones 
&  Laughlin.  H.  Lloyds  &  Sons,  Cambria  Iron  Company,  Wilson  Snyder  Manufact- 
uring Company,  Kepp  Gear  Wheel  Company,  of  Pittsburg;  the  Walker  Manu- 
facturing Company,  of  Cleveland,  and  the  Bethlehem  Iron  Company,  of  South 
Bethlehem,  Pa.,  all  did  their  share  of  work,  as  it  was  impossible  for  any  one  or  two 
firms  to  turn  out  the  material  so  that  the  wheel  could  be  built  for  1893,  and  it  was  a 
wonderful  thing  to  see  how  castings  made  in  so  many  different  places  were  put  to- 
gether as  if  turned  out  from  one  plant. 

The  foundations,  which  extend  for  forty  feet  under  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
had  to  be  laid  during  the  coldest  weather  of  winter,  and  it  was  necessary  to  use  live 


JAPANESE  BASKET  MAKERS. 


586 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


steam  freely  in  mixing  the  concrete  to  keep  it  from  freezing.  By  the  time  they 
were  completed  the  iron  began  arriving,  long  trains  of  it;  and  the  work  of  erection 
began  about  the  25th  day  of  February  1893.  The  lumber  for  the  false  work  alone 
cost  $12,000,  and  many  wondered  what  was  going  to  be  built  among  that  vast  web 
of  beams,  reaching  nearly  300  feet  in  the  air. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  feature  of  the  construction  was  the  raising  of 
the  main  axle,  the  largest  ever  forged.  This  was  turned  out  by  the  Bethlehem  iron 
works  and  weighs  seventy  tons,  but  with  the  machinery  in  use  was  raised  without 
any  difficulty  and  dropped  into  its  resting  place  as  if  it  had  always  been  there. 
Then  came  the  work  of  hanging  the  wheel  upon  it.      Beginning  at  the  bottom,  the 

heavy  castings  which  form  the  outer  crown 
or  periphery  of  the  wheel  were  hung  one  by 
one  on  to  the  rods  which  carry  the  weight  of 
the  wheel.  Slowly  the  circle  was  completed 
and  the  last  of  the  sections,  each  of  which 
weighs  five  tons,  was  raised  to  the  height  of 
270  feet  to  drop  into  its  place.  Meanwhile  the 
machinery  below  was  completed,  and  when 
the  time  came  for  the  trial  trip  to  be  made  the 
excitement  was  immense. 

The  model  of  the  Eiffel  tower,  the  attrac- 
tion of  the  Paris  Exhibition  which  seems  to 
have  left  the  strongest  impression,  is  one  of  the 
quiet  things  of  the  Plaisancei  This  model  is 
an  exact  reproduction  of  the  original,  even  to 
the  number  of  pieces  of  metal  used  in  its  con- 
struction, 650,000.  It  is  twenty  feet  high,  set  in 
a  miniature  representation  of  a  Paris  garden 
about  eighteen  feet  square. 

In  exhibiting  the  tower  the  room  is  darkened 
and  the  lights  in  the  model  are  turned  on  grad- 
ually. A  revolving  glass  lamp  on  the  top  of  the  tower  first  becomes  luminous 
and  sheds  colored  lights.  Then  the  incandescent  lamps  in  the  elevators  are 
turned  on  and  the  cars  are  seen  gliding  up  and  down  their  long  shafts.  There 
is  a  bright  twinkle  and  the  suspended  lamps  on  the  lower  two  balconies  flash  into 
beaded  rows,  to  be  followed  an  instant  later  by  a  square  line  of  fire  about  the  top 
balcony.  The  lamps  in  the  streets,  in  the  park,  and  in  the  newspaper  kiosks  are 
finally  turned  on  and  the  whole  exhibit  stands  out  from  darkness  a  beautiful  minia- 
ture of  the  famous  tower.  In  the  center  of  the  space  covered  by  the  latticed  iron- 
structure  is  a  small  fountain,  which  becomes  luminous  with  the  colors  of  the  rainbow 
under  the  effect  of  electric  lamps.  One  obtains  a  good  idea  of  La  Tour  Eiffel  by 
this  exquisite  counterfeit. 

Carl  Hagenbeck,  who  built  a  one  hundred  thousand  dollar  arena  for  his  wild 
animals,  and  sped  back  to  Europe  before  the  hot  weather  set  in,  had  a  great  show 


BRONZE  VASE— GERMAN  SECTION. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


587 


— something  never  before  seen  in  America: — Lions,  tigers,  leopards,  bears,  dogs, 
and  horses  all  living  and  acting  harmoniously  together.  The  menagerie  consists  of 
two  elephants,  seventeen  lions,  five  tigers,  five  leopards,  twelve  bears,  three  dogs, 
four  pigs,  three  goats,  four  sheep,  one  hyena,  three  horses,  four  ponies,  two  zebras, 
sixteen  cases   of   monkeys,  twenty-nine   cases  of  parrots  and  five  cases  of  storks. 

There  are  also  several  thousand  ethno- 
graphical specimens  from  Africa,  China, 
India  and  Australia.  There  are  two 
women  of  the  troupe  whose  specialty  is  to 
cow  the  tigers  and  lions  of  the  menagerie 
by  the  power  of  the  eye.  There  is  also 
one  man  who  can  do  more  with  wild  ani- 
mals than  has  ever  been  known  in  Amer- 
ica. Hagenbeck's  is  generally  conceded 
as  the  greatest  show  in  the  Plaisance,  and 
nothing  like  it  has  been  seen  in  this  coun- 
try. Hagenbeck's  pride  rests  with  his 
trained  animals.  Bears  walk  the  tight 
rope  and  do  the  William  Tell  act,  and 
ermine-mantled  and  crowned  lions  drive 
triumphal  chariots  around  the  arena 
drawn  by  royal  tigers.  Camels  hump 
themselves  on  roller  skates.  The  hippo- 
potamus is  not  at  sea  on  the  trapeze,  while 
the  smiling  rhinoceros  offers  a  horn  to  any 
one  willing  to  take  it.  Professor  Garner 
has  a  dozen  of  hypnotized  monkeys  ready 
to  converse  with  any  intelligent  visitors  in 
their  own  language.  Parrots  that  play 
progressive  euchre  and  "differ"  about 
tne  prizes  in  sixty-five  different  languages  are  also  seen  and  heard.  A  superbly 
trained  baseball  team  of  mules  provides  great  sport.  Their  "  kicking "  may  not 
equal  that  of  their  human  brethren,  but  in  other  points  they  are  equal. 

The  world's  most  celebrated  animal  tamer.  Miss  Leibemich,  creates  a  great 
sensation.  She  not  only  succeeds  in  subjugating  the  most  ferocious  beasts  in  the 
animal  kingdom,  but  has  taught  them  any  number  of  tricks.  It  is  always  a  great 
source  of  amusement  to  see  the  animals  fed.  The  small  boy  is  made  glad  while  he 
watches  the  pensive  goat  dine  on  fricaseed  scrap  iron,  with  door-knob  sauce,  but 
that  kind  of  amusement  is  really  passe.  Instead  of  this,  Miss  Liebemich  shows  to 
what  degree  of  enjoyment  of  the  pleasures  of  the  toilet  she  has  brought  her  pets. 
To  watch  the  noble  lion  smiling  at  its  image  in  the  hand  glass  while  its  mane  is 
being  dressed  is  worth  going  far  to  see.  The  beautiful  expression  of  contentment 
that  illumines  "  hippo's"  broad  face  while  he  is  being  shaved  is  in  sharp  contrast  to 
that  of  the  sulky  tiger's,  who  evidently  does  not  like  the  tooth  powder  used.     The 


ORIENTAL    PADLOCK. 


588  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

huge  boaconstrictor,  according  to  reports,  always  enjoys  his  corncob  pipe  while 
he  is  flirting  a  little  with  his  mistress. 

Mr.  Hagenbeck's  particular  treasure  is  the  dwarf  elephant  Lili.  This  is  the 
only  specimen  in  the  world  of  its  kind.  The  little  animal  is  about  ten  years  old  and' 
was  purchased  by  its  present  owner  from  a  trader  in  Sumatra.  It  is  only  about 
three  feet  high,  and  not  three  and  a  half  feet  long.  It  weighs  but  io8  pounds, 
which  is  phenomenally  light  when  qne  remembers  that  a  full-grown  elephant  from 
that  part  of  the  world  weighs  up  to  7,400  pounds.  The  little  beast  is  of  a  very 
affectionate  disposition  and  has  been  taught  a  number  of  fine  tricks. 

The  Dahomeyans  are  big,  and  black-charcoal  certainly  would  make  white 
marks  on  their  skins.  The  village  is  on  the  south  side  of  the  Plaisance,  just  beyond 
"  Old  Vienna."  It  is  modeled  something  after  Abomey,  the  capital  of  that  country. 
The  men  are  uglier  than  chimpanzees,  and  every  one  bears  three  cuts  on  each 
cheek,  just  like  the  women,  who  are  scarred  with  the  wounds  of  many  battles. 

At  the  woman's  quarters,  sights  unusual  to  American  eyes  may  be  witnessed. 
The  women  lie  around  doing  nothing,  and  wrapped  up  in  dozens  of  blankets.  Some 
speak  a  few  words  of  English  or  French,  but  only  words.  Their  own  language  is 
soft  in  the  extreme,  but  they  do  not  learn  easily  like  the  men,  who  pick  up  a  lan- 
guage with  singular  facility.  These  women  are  all  greasy,  for  they  bathe  them- 
selves in  oil,  and  paint  their  faces  red  with  a  powder  formed  from  a  kind  of  wood. 
The  amazons  are  all  unmarried,  having  taken  vows  of  celibacy.  A  few  of  the 
women  are  wives,  and  are  considered  the  property  of  the  husband. 

The  men  are  strictly  polite  and  salute  each  other  and  strangers  with  great 
punctiliousness.  Big  Tom  guards  the  gate  of  the  village.  He  is  very  polite,  but 
no  one  can  get  past  him  without  the  personal  permission  of  the  manager,  and  as  he 
is  big  and  strong  people  don't  try  to. 

One  of  the  long,  low  houses  is  set  off  for  a  museum  and  contains  all  kinds  of 
arms  and  trophies  of  Dahomey.  Another  is  set  off  to  represent  the  harem  of  the 
king,  while  there  is  still  another  called  the  "hell  of  serpents,"  where  many  kinds  of 
snakes  are  tame  and  free.  It  looks  grewsome  to  enter.  The  fetishes  of  the  people 
are  crowded  in  a  house  by  themselves,  though  each  house  has  its  own  peculiar 
fetish. 

.  A  more  horrible-looking  set  of  men  and  women  it  would  be  hard  to  find  than 
these  Dahomeyans  and  every  effort  has  been  made  to  illustrate  their  customs  and 
peculiarities.  War  dances  are  given  in  a  wide  and  roomy  pavilion  erected  for  that 
purpose  and  some  of  the  cruel  ceremonies  of  the  country  are  represented. 

The  married  women  keep  themselves  warm  stamping  the  ground  with  heavy 
stampers,  singing  all  the  time  a  monotonous  "Ha-wha-wha-o-hoo."  The  married 
women  do  all  kinds  of  heavy  work,  but  the  men  do  nothing  except  to  make  clothes. 

All  who  saw  these  Dahomeyans  may  boast  unpretentiously  that  he  has  seen 
two-score  savage  women,  who  are  the  equals  in  fighting  capacity  of  the  same  num- 
ber of  picked  French  soldiers.  These  amazons  are  well-proportioned,  clean-featured, 
muscular  creatures,  unusually  intelligent  for  savages  and  possessed  of  phenomenal 
powers  of  endurance.   They  form  the  mainstay  of  the  bloodthirsty  King  Behansin's 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


589 


army,  and  before  the  French  occupation  of  his  capital  they  were  the  only  part  of 
the  soldiery  who  were  thought  equal  to  the  responsibility  of  properly  guarding  the 
palace.  In  the  skirmishing  about  the  sacred  city  Kana  these  women  gave  the  Frenfh 
soldiers  a  practical  example  of  their  prowess  by  worsting  the  invaders  in  a  number 
of  instances  where  the  forces  pitted  were  equal  in  numbers.  Incidentally  it  may  be 
mentioned  that  the  king  reposed  such  implicit  confidence  in  the  intelligence  of  his 
women  fighters  that  he  supplied  them  with  breechloading  guns,  while  he  left  the 
men  to  fight  with  the  ordinary  native  arms,  fearing  they  could  not  learn  to  handle 
the  European  arms  with  sufficient  skill  to  make  effective  riflemen  in  a  short  space 
of  time. 

There  are  many  other  places  besides  these  more  conspicuous  ones  on  the 
Plaisance.  There  are  Hindoo  and  Persian  jugglers  that  throw  all  Hermanns  and 
other  renowned  prestidigitators  in  the  shade.  New  England  Dinner  cabins, 
Colorado  Mining  exhibit,  several  tribes  of  Indian,  Parisian,  Persian,  Algerian  and 
Soudanese  dancing  girls,  a  Miniature  St.  Peter's,  Arabian  horses  and  riders,  cyclo- 
ramas,  many  theaters,  cafes,  restaurants  and  gardens,  etc.,  that  can  never  be  for- 
gotten by  any  who  saw  them.  Altogether  there  has  never  been  in  the  world  such  a 
combination  of  so  many  kinds  of  peoples  and  their  modes  of  living,  warfare  and 
industries,  and  which  perhaps  may  never  be  repeated  on  the  same  scale  of  reality, 
picturesqueness,  grotesqueness  and  attractiveness  again.  It  is  a  harliquinade  of 
the  deepest  and  most  lasting  significance  and  a  highway  of  savage  and  beauti- 
ful surprises,  all  sanctioned  by  the  lavv'  of  the  land  and  the  lights  of  the  century. 


LIBBY  GLASS  WORKS,  MIDWAY  PLAISANCE. 


590 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


THE  LIVE-STOCK  EXHIBIT. 


HERE  has  never  been  a  live  stock  exhibit  on  the  American 
continent  equal  to  that  which  opened  in  the  Big  Pavilion  at  the 
end  of  the  Fairgrounds  on  the  21st  of  August.  The  barns 
on  that  day  were  filled  with  fine  representatives  of  the 
leading  breeds  of  horses  and  cattle.  This  great  exhibit 
embraced  over  twelve  hundred  head  of  horses  and  i ,000  head  of 
cattle.  Many  visitors  who  were  interested  in  this  department 
of  the  Exposition  filed  through  the  barns  on  the  21st  looking 
at  the  fine  animals  in  the  long  rows  of  stalls  which  were  to  be 
entered  in  the  contests  in  the  arena. 
Hon.  R.  B.  Ogilvie,  ofMadison,  Wis.,  one  of  the  leading  exhibit- 
ors of  Clydesdale  horses,  said:  "I  will  say  that  the  exhibit  of  Clydesdales  has 
never  been  approached  on  this  continent  and  rarely,  if  ever,  equaled  in  Great 
Britain,  either  in  point  of  numbers  or  excellence  of  animals,  I  have  been  told  by 
Mr.  Sarby,  of  Guelph,  Ontario,  after  he  had  looked  over  the  stables  here,  that  he 
felt  more  like  crossing  the  Detroit  river  than  the  Atlantic  ocean  to  find  the  finest 
Clydesdales.  I  also  have  it  from  Andrew  Montgomery,  of  'Nether  Farm,'  Castle 
Douglas,  Scotland,  unquestionably  the  leading  authority  on  Clydesdales  in  the 
world,  that  some  studs  can  now  be  found  in  this  country  which  are  not  equaled  in 
Great  Britain." 

Among  the  Clydesdale  exhibitors  here  were  N.  P.  Clark,  of  St.  Cloud,  Minn., 
president  of  the  American  Clydesdale  association;  R.  B.  Ogilvie,  of  Madison,  Wis., 
L.  B.  Goodrich,  of  State  Center,  Iowa;  the  Live  Stock  association  of  Fort 
Wayne,  Ind.;  Colonel  Holloway,  of  Alexis,  111.;  and  the  Canadian  Government.  M. 
W.  Dunham,  of  Wayne,  111.,  exhibited  fine  stables  of  Percherons,  French  trotters 
and  coach  horses. 

Of  special  interest  to  Americans  were  the  great  exhibits  of  the  Russian  and 
the  German  governments,  the  former  showing  Orloff  trotters  and  the  latter  the 
celebrated  coach  horses  of  that  country.  The  imperial  stud  of  his  majesty  the  Czar 
was  well  represented.  There  were  also  fine  specimens  of  English  hackneys  and 
Cleveland  bays,  the  latter  being  the  celebrated  coach  horses  of  Yorkshire. 

In  short,  the  best  representatives  of  all  the  equine  families  were  here  at  this 
Columbian  show  in  such  numbers  as  were  never  before  witnessed.  The  opportun- 
ities for  studying  and  comparing  the  different  breeds  here  have  never  been  equaled, 
and  the  exhibit  was  a  great  object  lesson  or  school  of  instruction  to  students  in  this 
department  of  the  Exposition. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  591 

Will  T.  Potts,  of  the  firm  of  J.  H.  Potts  &  Son,  of  Jacksonville,  111.,  spoke  in 
enthusiastic  terms  of  the  cattle  exhibit.  He  was  confident  that  it  far  surpassed 
everything  of  the  kind  that  has  gone  before.  The  cattle  exhibit  was  opened  on 
the  2 2d  of  August.  The  arena  was  divided,  and  horses  and  cattle  were  shown 
simultaneously,  and  the  judging  was  done  at  the  same  time.  The  exhibits  in  the 
pavilion  opened  at  nine  o'clock  in  the  morning  and  continued  till  evening.  Of 
beef  cattle  there  were  more  shorthorns  than  any  other  breeds  shown.  Among 
the  large  exhibitors  of  this  strain  were  J.  H.  Potts  &  Son,  Jacksonville,  III;  Colonel 
Moberly,  Kentucky;  Robbins  &  Son,  Indiana;  Mr.  Fisher,  Illinois;  H.  F.  Brown, 
Minnesota;  L.  W.  Brown  &  Son,  and  Mr.  Varner,  of  Illinois.  There  were  fine 
displays  of  Jersey  milch  cows,  and  herds  of  Herefords,  Polled  Angus,  etc.  In  a 
word,  Mr.  Potts  and  others  declared  it  was  the  greatest  cattle  exhibit  ever  seen  in 
the  United  States  or  Canada.  Colonel  Charles  F.  Mills,  who  was  in  charge  of  the 
live  stock  department,  was  a  very  busy  man.  He  was  constantly  surrounded  by 
farmers  and  stock-raisers  seeking  information  on  all  conceivable  topics,  from 
exhibitors,  passes  to  the  price  of  baled  hay.  But  the  colonel  was  equal  to  the 
occasion,  and  took  care  of  everyone  in  the  most  affable  manner.  Many  people  from 
the  agricultural  districts  were  in  attendance  the  last  two  weeks  of  August  on 
account  of  the  live  stock  exhibit. 

On  the  20th  of  September  the  exhibit  of  sheep  and  swine  was  opened,  slid 
no  greater  has  ever  been  seen  in  any  country.  The  finest  breeds  of  French  and 
Spanish  merinoes  from  various  parts  of  America  were  to  be  seen,  and  also  extraor- 
dinary specimens  of  well-bred  hogs.  To  farmers  in  particular,  and  many  others, 
all  these  live-stock  exhibits  have  been  highly  entertaining  and  instructive. 


592 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


WORLD'S  CONGRESS  AUXILIARY 


HE  great  Exposition  brought  out  some  features  that,  while 
none  of  them  took  place  within  the  grounds,  were  more  or 
less  connected  with  the  Fair — we  mean  the  Congresses.  The 
women  led  off  at  the  Art  Institute  in  June,  and  eminent  ladies 
from  all  over  the  world  spoke  on  such  subjects  as  women  in 
journalism,  typewriting,  cashiers,  etc.,  three  times  a  day  for 
two  weeks.  Many  papers  were  read  which  showed  that 
much  sedentary  and  some  other  work  performed  by  men 
could  be  as  well  done  by  women,  and  the  gist  of  claims  was 
that  the  latter  should  be  paid  quite  as  well  or  nearly  as  well  as 
men. '  It  was  shown  that  women,  as  a  general  thing,  were  as 
faithful,  more  regu  ar,  and,  of  course,  a  great  deal  more  temperate,  than  men.  All 
this  was  carried  out  in  a  spirit  of  cleverness,  goodness  and  skill,  as  well  as  of 
moderation,  charity  and  justice.  The  speakers  manifested  no  ill-will  or  exclu- 
siveness,  but  their  remarks  and  arguments  were  characterized  by  good  sense  and 
firmness  throughout. 

The  Congress  of  Peace  occupied  a  week  at  Washington  Hall,  ending  on  Sun- 
day, August  21.  Probably  the  best  speech  made  was  the  closing  one,  by  Rev.  Dr. 
Moxom,  of  Boston,  himself  an  old  soldier.  The  speaker  at  the  outset  called  atten- 
tion to  the  fact  that  the  nations  of  the  earth  are  to-day  armed  to  the  teeth;  that  in 
Europe,  owing  to  the  system  of  conscription,  almost  every  man  is  a  soldier,  and  that 
never  before  was  the  machinery  for  destroying  life  so  perfect  as  it  is  to-day.  This 
he  said  looked  as  if  the  ideal  state  of  national  and  international  peace  were  a  long 
way  off.  Yet  never  was  the  outlook  for  peace  so  hopeful  as  it  was  to-day.  The  very 
perfection  of  the  implements  of  war  was  in  itself  one  of  the  greatest  arguments  in 
behalf  of  peace.  He  referred  to  the  recent  attitude  of  England  and  America  to- 
ward arbitration  as  a  hopeful  sign  of  the  times,  and  said  the  recent  debate  in  the 
British  House  of  Commons  on  the  question  of  international  arbitration  showed  the 
recent  development  of  the  peace  spirit  perhaps  better  than  anything  else.  So  pro- 
nounced was  this  peace  sentiment  that  not  a  single  vote  was  recorded  against 
the  motion  of  Mr.  Cremar  in  favor  of  arbitration.  Even  the  prestige  of  an 
emperor  was  hardly  sufficient  to  get  through  an  army  bill  in  Germany.  Dr. 
Moxom  then  went  on  to  deal  with  some  of  the  objections  raised  against  the 
peace  crusade.  The  first  was  that  it  is  human  nature  to  perpetuate  war.  The 
lust  of  power  will  predominate  in  the  end.  In  reply,  he  said,  such  a  statement 
ignored  the  moral  progress  of  the  species.  Strong  as  selfishness  might  be  it  was 
weaker  than  love.  "What  is  the  gain  of  one  nation  is  the  gain  of  all  nations,"  said 
Dr.  Moxom,  "Men  are  bound  together  by  commerce,  by  social  and  religious  ties, 
by  friendship,  and  by  love.  The  higher  qualities  of  human  nature  are  bound  to  rule." 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  593 

Dr.  Moxom  went  onto  speak  on  the  social  and  moral  aspects  of  war.  He 
pointed  out  the  economical  waste  of  life  and  treasure  that  follows  in  its  train,  and 
quoted  that  inimitable  piece  of  sarcasm  from  Carlyle,  where,  in  "Sartor  Resartos," 
the  sage  of  Chelsea  depicts  the  training  and  feeding  of  thirty  strapping  young  men 
in  the  town  of  Dumbdrudge,  and  in  due  time  they  were  accoutred  as  soldiers  and 
shipped  off  to  the  south  of  Spain,  where,  as  fate  would  have  it,  they  met  over  thirty 
similar  men  from  a  Dumbdrudge  in  France  and  straightway  the  two  squads  com- 
menced to  blow  the  souls  out  of  each  other,  and  the  end  of  it  was  that  instead  of 
sixty  fine  soldiers  being  left  there  was  nothing  left  but  sixty  carcasses. 

Dr.  Julius  E.  Grammar,  of  Baltimore  ,also  gave  an  eloquent  address.  He  said 
the  mission  of  Christ  in  the  world  was  peace.  The  age  of  war,  he  said,  had  passed, 
and  the  time  had  come  to  put  the  true  spirit  of  Christianity  into  practice.  War,  he 
said,  belonged  to  the  savage,  while  peace  was  an  attribute  of  civilized  and  Christian 
nations. 

The  colored  people  had  a  day  or  two  atthe  Art  Institute,  with  Fred  Douglass 
at  their  head.  The  origin  of  the  African  and  of  African  slavery  was  touched  upon 
in  a  superior  way,  and  also  the  emancipation  of  the  black  slave  in  our  own  and 
other  countries. 

The  Congress  of  Science  and  Philosophy  convened  in  the  Art  Institute  Mon- 
day morning  at  10  o'clock,  August  21,  and  was  divided  into  fifteen  sections, 
embracing  such  subjects  as  astronomy,  chemistry,  pharmacy,  electricity,  mete- 
orology, geology,  philosophy,  physical  science,  and  anthropology,  zoology,  social  and 
economic  science,  statistics,  revenue,  taxation,  profit  sharing;  and  in  the  knotty 
problems  sought  to  be  unraveled  some  of  the  acutest  thinkers  of  the  day  took  part. 
The  department  of  electricity,  whose  chairman.  Dr.  Elisha  Gray,  had  prepared  an 
excellent  program,  was  represented  by  such  giants  as  Thomas  A.  Edison  and  Dr. 
von  Helmholtz,  of  Germany.  This  section  was  composed  of  two  chambers,  one  of 
them  representing  the  delegates  sent  by  the  different  countries  of  the  world,  the 
other  divided  into  three  sub-sections,  which  discussed  respectively  pure  science, 
science  and  practice,  and  practice. 

In  the  other  congresses  in  this  department  the  best  talent  of  both  hemispheres 
participated.  Eminent  scientists  from  England,  Germany,  Italy,  Sweden,  Russia, 
France,  Scotland,  and  nearly  every  State  in  America  had  been  secured,  and  they 
either  were  present  in  person  or  their  papers  were  read  by  others. 

One  of  the  pleasantest  of  all  these  congresses,  although  the  mercury  reached 
93  at  noon,  was  that  of  the  geographers,  at  which  Paul  du  Chaillu,  the  distinguished 
traveler  and  writer,  was  present. 

Ensign  Roger  Welles,  Jr.,  U.  S.  N.,  read  a  paper  on  the  Orinoco  River,  and 
Dr.  Emil  Hassler,  Paraguayan  Commissioner,  told  some  geographical  facts  about 
his  country. 

Other  geographers  talked  about  Columbus  and  other  folks  who  are  supposed 
to  have  discovered  America  before  Columbus  got  ready  to  start.  Capt.  John 
Bourke,  U.  S,  A.,  who  had  helped  guide  the  visitors  through  the  model  of  La  Rabida 


594  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

in  the  morning,  told  them  all  about  the  real  La  Rabida  and  made  many  merry  little 
jests  which  much  relieved  the  heat  of  recital  hall.  Captain  Bourke  related  also 
much  of  the  early  history  of  Spain,  told  the  congress  that  the  word  infantry  took  its 
origin  from  the  first  force  of  Spanish  foot  soldiers  having  been  commanded  by  the 
Spanish  infanta,  whereat  all  the  women  looked  interested  and  thought  of  Eulalia. 

Paul  du  Chaillu  then  came  forward — the  man  who  has  made  personal  studies 
of  geography  all  the  way  from  Norway  to  central  Africa,  a  short,  swart,  little  man 
with  a  bald  head  and  a  neat  white  vest.  He  looked  like  a  reduced  copy  of  Bis- 
marck. He  said  he  would  not  talk  about  Africa  but  would  tell  of  his  studies  of  the 
early  Vikings.  This  in  a  funny  foreign  accent  and  in  a  way  that  made  everybody 
feel  that  du  Chaillu  must  be  a  pretty  nice  man.  He  told  of  his  work  in  the  islands 
of  the  Baltic,  where  are  the  graves  of  250,000  Vikings,  and  said  that  from  the  exam- 
ination of  these  mounds  it  was  evident  that  the  Vikings  had  been  making  voyages 
before  the  Christian  era  and  that  they  had  settled  in  England  before  the  time  of 
Christ.  Then  he  recited  in  Latin  the  description  of  the  Vikings'  ships  written  by 
Tacitus. 

All  of  this  seemed  to  please  Capt.  Magnus  Andersen,  the  last  of  the  Vikings, 
who  sat  in  the  back  of  the  hall,  but  Capt.  Victor  Maria  Concas,  who  sat  in  the  full 
uniform  of  a  Spanish  naval  officer  on  the  rostrum,  did  not  seem  to  be  so  sure  about 
these  Vikings. 

After  which  Mr.  du  Chaillu  returned  to  talk  of  explorations.  "Two  hundred 
years  ago,"  he  said,  "nobody  cared  who  discovered  America.  That  is  a  new  fad. 
The  Norsemen  were  ahead  of  their  time  and  their  story  is  lost  now.  It  is  only 
twenty-five  years  since  I  came  back  from  Africa  with  my  story  of  the  great  forests, 
the  cannibals  and  the  dwarfs.  Everybody  said:  'Oh,  what  a  liar  Paul  is.'  I  was 
ahead  of  my  time,  but  they  believe  it  now.  I  have  to  explore  this  Fair,  this  fairy 
land,  yet.  I  just  discovered  it  the  other  day.  I  think  it  will  be  my  most  glorious 
exploration." 

And  then  Paul  du  Chaillu  grasped  his  hat  and  departed.  Following  his 
paper  Captain  Concas  told  of  the  caravels  of  Columbus,  as  well  as  the  reproductions 
of  them  which  he  commands.  He  exhibited  many  relics  which  he  had  brought 
from  his  three  little  ships. 

The  Parliament  of  Religion  commenced  early  in  September,  and  lasted  three 
weeks,  and  was  attended  by  eminent  Catholics,  Lutherans,  Congregationalists,  Uni- 
tarians, Presbyterians,  Hebrews,  and  Hindoos.  Preachers  there  were  who  spared 
neither  Judaism,  Buddhism  or  Christianity.  There  were  those  who  believed  in 
heaven,  hell,  and  resurrection,  and  a  number  who  denied  all  three.  There  were 
some  murmurings  at  times,  and  much  squirming,  too.  There  were  startling  con- 
trasts, each  day  of  the  Parliament,  and,  on  the  whole,  it  may  be  stated  that,  of 
all  the  Congresses,  the  Parliament  of  Religions  brought  out  by  far  the  greatest 
resources  and  grandest  speakers  of  all.  Nothing  like  it  has  ever  been  known  before 
and  it  may  be  safe  to  say  that  many  years  will  roll  by  before  there  will  be  a  repeti- 
tion of  this  extraordinary  "Parliament." 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  595 


CHIC  A  GO'S   O  WN  DAY  AT  THE  PAIR. 


T  took  place  on  Monday,  October  9,  1893 — J^^t  22  years  after 
Mrs.  O'Leary's  cow  kicked  over  the  light  that  set  Chicago  on 
fire  and  burned  the  greater  part  of  it  to  the  ground.  No  fairer 
day  has  ever  been  seen  in  any  land.  The  sun  came  up  and 
shone  throughout  against  a  perfectly  cloudless  sky,  and  the 
evening  was  just  as  fair  and  beautiful. 

Fifty  thousand  people  remained  up  all  the  night  pre- 
ceding, and  were  at  the  gates  at  daylight.  At  8  a.  m.,  60,000  had 
entered,  and  at  9,  90,000  more.  At  10  a.  m.  75,000  additional 
paying  tickets  had  been  taken,  and  at  11,80,000  more.  At 
noon  350,000  paying  people  had  entered.  At  i  p.  m.,  70,000 
more;  at  2,  80,000;  at  3,  60,000;  at  4,  35,000,  and  at  5,  40,000;  making  a  total  up  to 
the  later  hour  of  660,000.  This  was  swelled  by  56,881  during  the  evening,  making 
the  total  paying  admissions  716,881 ! — to  which  may  be  added  37,380  free  admissions, 
making  the  total  attendance  754,261! 

This  exceeds  anything  of  the  kind  known  in  ancient  or  modern  history,  as  no 
such  multitude  has  ever  before  congregated  at  one  time  in  one  place,  (even  a 
hundred  times  larger  than  Jackson  Park).  The  armies  of  old,  fabulously  written 
of,  could  not  have  been  assembled  in  an  area  no  bigger  than  Jackson  Park,  while 
those  at  Waterloo  and  Gettysburg  occupied  more  than  three  times  as  much  space. 
As  some  one  has  truly  said,  to  speak  of  a  "big  crowd"  is  to  convey  an  idea  of 
extreme  vagueness.  For  instance:  The  day  President  Cleveland  visited  the  fair 
in  St.  Louis  in  1889  130,000  people  paid  to  get  within  the  inclosure  and  this  was  con- 
sidered something  phenomenal  in  the  Missouri  City.  Seventeen  years  ago  the 
American  idea  of  a  great  crowd  was  much  more  modest  than  now.  The  greatest 
attendance  at  the  Centennial  Exposition  in  one  day,  257,590,  was  looked  upon  as 
extraordinary.  On  the  big  day  at  the  Paris  Exposition  397,150  persons  passed 
through  the  gates.  The  average  attendance  Sundays  was  200,000  and  week  days 
100,000.  On  the  opening  day  the  attendance  was  110,000,  the  last  day,  370,000,  the 
day  the  Shah  of  Persia  visited  the  fair  330,000,  and  the  day  Edison  was  the  distin- 
guished visitor,  254,000  persons  passed  the  turnstiles. 

Next  to  an  international  exposition  in  drawing  power  may  be  placed  the  Ox- 
ford-Cambridge boat  race,  which  once  brought  together  a  concourse  estimated  to 
number  300,000,  but  this  crowd,  it  must  be  remembered,  was  scattered  along  more 
than  three  miles  of  river  front  and  paid  nothing  for  the  privilege  of  witnessing  the 


596  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'51  FAIR. 

event.     There  was  absolutely  no  means  of    o;omputing  the  crowd  with  any  degree 
of  accuracy. 

That  great  British  carnival  which  for  1 1  years  has  been  held  on  the  Wednes- 
day following  Trinity  Sunday,  drew  to  Epsom  Downs  150,000  people  May  31.  Again 
this  is  a  mere  estimate,  since  the  greater  part  of  the  crowd  was  in  an  open  field  and 
paid  no  admission.  Perhaps  the  greatest  horse  race  in  point  of  attendance  was 
the  Melbourne  cup  race  of  July,  1892,  at  Melbourne,  Australia,  which  was  witnessed, 
it  was  estimated,  by  225,000  persons. 

A  day  for  crowds  which  the  London  Times  gravely  avers  "  broke  the  record  " 
was  the  bank  holiday  of  1890,  in  which  230,000  holiday-makers  were  abroad.  But 
these  were  widely  scattered;  in  fact,  the  crowd  could  scarcely  be  spoken  of  in  the 
singular  number,  for  a  division  of  100,000  visited  Kew  Gardens,  60,000  passed  the 
turnstiles  of  the  Zoological  Gardens,  and  70,000  spread  themselves  over  Hampstead 
Heath.  One  railway,  the  Great  Eastern,  handled  135,000  passengers,  and  the  peri- 
odicals declare  the  railway  employes  were  worn  out  with  excitement  and  fatigue. 
Compare  this  with  the  work  of  the  transportation  lines  leading  to  Jackson  Park. 

It  is  claimed  that  500,000  persons  have  attended  labor  meetings  in  Hyde  Park, 
London,  but  those  familiar  with  the  capacity  of  Hyde  Park  say  the  statement 
should  be  taken  with  several  adult  grains  of  salt. 

To  return  to  America,  it  was  generally  agreed  that  a  vast  crowd  witnessed 
the  last  inauguration  of  President  Cleveland.  A  liberal  estimate  placed  the  num- 
ber at  275,000.  On  the  occasion  of  the  Grand  Army  Encampment  in  1892  some 
325,000  persons  were  congregated  in  the  National  Capital.  Probably  the-  largest 
crowd  ever  gathered  there  was  when  the  grand  review  of  the  Union  armies  took 
place  in  1865,  when  it  was  figured  that  500,000  people  were  present. 

It  was  estimated  that  the  procession  at  the  Washington  Centennial  celebra- 
tion in  New  York  April  30,  1889,  was  seen  by  1,000,000  persons,  but  it  must  be  borne 
in  mind  that  not  only  were  the  spectators  scattered  along  the  entire  six  miles  of  the 
route,  but  that  the  estimate  also  includes  the  number,  by  no  means  inconsiderable, 
which  viewed  the  parade  from  the  windows  of  houses,  so  that  it  is  hardly  fair  to  in- 
clude this  occasion  in  a  comparison  of  crowds.  Newspaper  estimates  of  the  num- 
ber of  people  who  witnessed  the  naval  review  at  New  York  April  28  placed  the  fig- 
ure at  350,000.  This  was  calculating  that  there  were  200,000  people  on  the  river 
banks  and  150,000  aboard  the  various  crafts  on  the  river.  The  estimate  as  to  the 
number  of  people  on  the  excursion  boats  and  yachts  is  substantially  correct. 

So  far  as  Chicago  is  concerned,  one  of  the  largest  crowds  seen  here  previous 
to  1893,  was  gathered  in  and  near  Lincoln  Park,  Oct.  7,  1891,  to  witness  the  unveil- 
ing of  the  Grant  Monument.  That  day  it  was  estimated  that  150,000  spectators 
saw  the  ceremonies,  while  20,000  others  took  part  in  the  parade. 

A  glance  at  the  following  will  give  in  comprehensive  form  an  idea  of  the 
comparative  size  of  great  gatherings  in  the  past. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  597 

Greatest  day  at  Paris  Exposition 397,150 

Greatest  day  at  Centennial 257,590 

Bank  Holiday  in  London,  1890  (estimated) '. 230,000 

Cleveland  day,   St.  Louis  Fair,  1889 130,000 

Melbourne  cup  day,  Melbourne,  1893  (estimated) 225,000 

Shah  of  Persia  day,  Paris  Exposition 330,000 

Closing  day,   Paris  Exposition 370,000 

Cleveland's  inauguration,  1893  (estimated) 275,000 

Grand  Army  Encampment,  Washington,  1892s(estimated) 325.000 

Review  otUnion   armies,  Washington,  1865  (etimated) 500,000 

English  Derby  day,  1893   (estimated) 150,000 

Oxford-Cambridge  boat  race,  1893  (estimated) 300,000 

Unveiling  Grant  monument,  Chicago,  1891  (estimated) 170,000 

Edison  day  at  Paris  Exposition 254,000 

American  Derby  day,  1892 41,000 

Naval  Revievy,  New  York,  April  28,  1893  (estimated) 350,000 

This  three-quarters  of  a  million  of  men,  women  and  children  moved  at  will 
throughout  Jackson  Park  and  its  grand  buildings,  and  up  and  down  Midway  Plais- 
ance,  and  no  one  was  seriously  hurt  within  the  Exposition  inclosures — and  all  were 
safely  gotten  out  by  midnight,  and  na  hour  or  two  later  all  had  reached  their  abid- 
ing-places, so  perfect  were  the  methods  of  transportation  by  the  various  steam,  ele- 
vated, electric  and  cable  roads.  Besides  the  general  sights  of  the  White  City,  there 
were  parades  by  military  and  other  organizations  during  the  day,  and  processions 
of  floats  and  fire-works  at  night — the  latter  surpassing  anything  ever  before  at- 
tempted in  the  way  of  pyrotechnic  effect. 

One  of  the  herculean  tasks  of  Chicago  Day  was  to  feed  the  multitude  assem- 
bled in  Jackson  Park.  Fully  300,000  people  ate  their  midday  meal  inside  the 
grounds.  One-third  of  this  number  went  supplied  with  boxes  and  baskets  contain- 
ing sandwiches,  pickles,  pie,  cake,  and  otherarticles  of  food  generally  contained  in 
a  well  supplied  picnic  repast.  The  rest  fou  nd  an  abundance  in  restaurants  and  at 
lunch  counters  to  alleviate  their  wants.  Thousands  more  ate  at  the  neighboring 
hotels,  cafes,  and  lunch  counters  outside  the  grounds  before  they  purchased  their 
tickets  of  admission. 

One  of  the  unique  and  most  interesting  features  of  the  day  was  the  sight 
presented  in  every  part  of  the  park,  in  the  restaurants,  and  about  the  lunch  coun- 
ters from  II  a.  m.  to  3  p.  m.,  when  the  multitude  was  scrambling  to  get  something 
to  relieve  the  inner  man.  Those  who  took  their  luncheons  with  them,  of  course, 
enjoyed  them  without  any  further  effort  than  to  seek  out  some  quiet  spot  where 
they  could  settle  down,  either  on  benches,  chairs,  ledges,  or  the  greensward  and 
quietly  refresh  themselves.  All  through  the  Wooded  Island  and  among  the  State 
buildings,  on  the  Stock  Pavilion  verandas  and  grassy  lawns,  and  under  clusters  of 
shade  trees  could  be  seen  thousands  of  men,  women,  and  children  enjoying  them- 
selves in  genuine  picnic  style.  It  was  the  thousands  who  depended  on  getting 
something  to  eat  at  the  various  restaurants  in  the  World's  Fair  grounds  that  had 
to  endure  long  waits  and  take  what  they  could  get. 

However,  the  restaurants  were  well  prepared  and  they  handled  the  crowd  in 


598  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

good  shape.  They  had  been  anticipating  a  multitude  and  with  the  experience  of 
former  big  days  to  work  upon  had  sufficient  quantities  of  provisions  in  store  to  ac- 
commodate all. 

The  one  concession  that  fed  more  people  than  all  others  combined  had 
laid  in  a  stock  of  bread,  meat,  milk,  coffee,  pie,  cakes,  and  other  eatables  sufficient 
to  allay  the  wants  of  300,000  persons.  And  before  midnight  that  enormous  stock 
had  been  reduced  to  an  exceedingly  small  minimum.  This  company  had  eight 
restaurants  and  forty  lunch  counters  in  operation.  It  commenced  business  in  the 
morning  with  40,000  pounds  of  meat,  12,000  loaves  of  bread,  200,000  ham  sand- 
wiches, 400,000  cups  of  coffee,  15,000  gallons  of  cream,  and  pies  and  cakes  by  the 
wagon-load.  It  also  had  two  carloads  of  potatoes  and  4,000  half  barrels  and  3,600 
dozen  bottles  of  beer.  It  was  prepared  to  serve  22,000  people  at  one  time.  This 
number  was  duplicated  as  often  and  as  rapidly  as  they  could  be  waited  on,  eat,  and 
get  out. 

At  the  restaurants  in  Electricity,  Horticultural,  and  Administration  buildings 
there  were  crowds  constantly  in  waiting  large  enough  to  keep  every  seat  continu- 
ously occupied  from  the  time  the  doors  were  opened  until  past  the  middle  of  the 
afternoon.  At  the  lunch  counters  long  strings  of  men  and  women  stood  in  line 
ready  to  take  their  places  on  the  stools  or  at  the  tables  as  quickly  as  they  could. 
The  same  condition  of  things  prevailed  at  other  places.  The  Casino,  the  White 
Horse  Inn,  the  California,  the  French  Bakery,  the  Philadelphia,  the  Swedish  and 
Polish,  the  Banquet  Hall,  and  New  England  Restaurants,  the  Woman's  Building 
and  the  Public  Comfort  cafes  had  all  they  could  accommodate  and  more  too. 

Great  as  was  the  Chicago  crowd  it  must  be  conceded  that  the  crowd  of 
strangers  was  as  great,  if  not  greater.  Their  attendance  in  such  numbers  was  a 
graceful  tribute  to  the  new  Chicago  and  the  White  City.  It  showed  that  the  heart 
of  the  people  of  this  country  is  with  Chicago  and  Its  incomparable  Exposition.  It 
demonstrated  that  they  appreciate  what  Chicago  has  done  and  that  they  are  proud 
of  its  position  as  the  great  Western  metropolis.  And  Chicago  has  every  reason  to 
be  grateful  to  them.  It  was  a  day  all  concerned  will  remember  with  the  liveliest  of 
pleasure  as  the  consummation  of  the  success  of  the  Fair  and  as  a  celebration  of  the 
remarkable  prosperity  during  the  years  which  have  passed  since  the  ever  memora 
ble  Oct.  9,  1871. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S   FAIR.  599 


RED-LETTER  DAYS. 

In  the  way  of  statistics  of  attendance,  what  are  known  as  the  "  Red-Letter 
Days"  are  of  much  interest,  the  figures  that  follow  representing  paid  admissions: 

May  1  (Opening  day) 128,965 

May  30  (Decoration  day) 115,578 

June  8  (Infanta  day) 135,281 

June  15  (German  day) 165,069 

June  17  (Massachusetts  day) 148,994 

July  4  (United  States  day) 283,273 

July  20  (Swedish  day) 129,873 

August  12  (Bohemian  day) 151,971 

August  15  (Rajah  day) 123,530 

August  18  (Austrian  day) ". 123,428 

August  19  (British  day) 168,861 

August  24  (Illinois  day) 243,951 

August  26  (Machinery  day) 168,036 

September  2  (Roman  Catholic  day) 148,560 

September  4  (New  York  day) 160,382 

September  6  (Wisconsin  day) 175,409 

September  7  (Pennsylvania  and  Brazil  days) 203,460 

September  8  (Cymrodoriou  day) 180,746 

September  9  (California,  G.  A.  R.,  Utah,  Stationary  Engineers',  and  Transportation  day). ..231,522 

September  11  (Kansas,  Silver,  and  French  Engineers'  day) 160,128 

September  12  (Maryland  and  Kansas  day) .167,108 

September  13  (Michigan  and  Kansas  day) 160,221 

September  14  (Ohio  and  Kansas  day) 198,770 

September  15  (Costa  Rica,  Vermont,  Kansas  and  Keeley  day) 157,737 

September  16  (Texas,  Railway,  and  New  Mexico  day) 202,376 

September  19  (Fishermen's  day) 174,905 

September  20  (Iowa,  Fishermen's,  and  Patriotic  Sons  of  America  day) 180,552 

September  21  (Iowa  and  Sportsmen's  day) 199,174 

September  23  (Knights  of  Honor  day) 215,643 

September  26  (Odd  Fellows'  day) 195,210 

September  27  (Indiana  day) 196,423 

September  30  (Irish  day).... 108,885 

October  5  (Rhode  Island  day) 180,404 

October  7  (Polish  day) 222,176 

October  9  (Chicago  day) 716,881 

October  10  (North  Dakota  and  Firemen's  day) 309,294 

October  11  (Connecticut  day) ;309,277 

October  12  (Italian  and  Trainmen's  day) 278,878 

October  13  (Minnesota  and  Trainmen's  day) 221,607 

October  21  (Manhattan  day) 290,317 

October  24  (Martha  Washington  day) 243,178 

October  25  (Marine  Transportation  day) 252,618 

October  27  (Coal,  Grain,  and  Lumber  Dealers'  day) 250,583 

October  28  (Reunion  of  Cities  day) 240,732 

October  30  (Closing  day) 208,173 


CARTER  H.  HARRISON, 

WORLD'S  Fair  Mayor, 

Assassinated   OCTOBEn   28th.    1893. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 


5oi 


CHAPTER  VI. 
END  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 

Official  Closing  Day  of  the  Great  Fair — Impressive  Termination  of  the  Most  Magnificent  Creation  of 
Any  Age  —A  Vast  Throng  Present — The  Illuminated  Fountains  Play  for  the  Last  Time — The 
Great  Search  Lights  Blaze  Out  the  Close — Electric  Switches  Turn  Off  Their  Tens  of  Thousands 
of  Arcs  and  Incandescents  Forever — The  Terrible  Death  of  Carter  H.  Harrison,  the  World's  Fair 
Mayor,  by  the  Bullet  of  an  Assassin,  Precludes  the  Possibility  of  Carrying  Out  a  Program  of 
Oratory,  Music  and  Pyrotechnics — The  Mayor's  Day — Mayor  Harrison's  Last  Speech — His  Last 
Signature  was  at  the  Tiffany  Pavilion — Symposium  of  Reports  and  Addresses  in  the  Woman's 
Building — Lady  Managers  Kiss  and  Say  Good  Bye — Destruction  of  the  Exposition  Commences 
on  Wooded  Island— Some  Interesting  Facts  and  Figures — Paid  Aamissions  Reach  Nearly  22,000,- 
000!— The  Exposition  Pays  All  Its  Bills  and  Has  Nearly  ^3,000,000  in 'Bank. 

HE  official  closing  of  the  great  Exposition  took  place  on 
Monday,  October  30,  1893,  and  the  most  magnificent  event  of 
any  time  ceased  to  exist.  The  day  and  evening  were  radiant 
and  beautiful,  and  the  White  City  was  as  fair  to  look  upon  as 
ever,  except  that  severe  frosts  during  preceding  nights  had 
dealt  unkindly  with  the  dahlias  and  cannas,  and  some  other 
plants,  and  the  beauty  of  their  foliage  and  blossom  had  been 
extinguished  forever.  The  Wooded  Island,  which  has  been 
the  home  of  so  many  millions  of  shrubs  and  flowers,  had  not 
only  lost  its  most  infinitesimal  charm  and  sweetness,  but  the 
hand  of  destruction  had  been  raised  against  it  by  Colum- 
bian workmen  on  the  26th  of  the  closing  month,  and  enough  was  done  to  impress 
itself  sadly  upon  one  that  it  was  the  forerunner  of  the  mighty  spirit  of  devastation 
that  already  overwhelms  Jackson  Park.  Yes;  it  was  on  that  fairest  and  most  peace- 
ful spot  in  the  Exposition  that  the  first  shadow  of  death  fell.  A  little  group  of 
workmen  entered  the  Wooded  Island  early  in  the  afternoon.  They  carried  ham- 
mers, saws  and  baskets.  Their  work  was  to  tear  away  all  the  gay  trappings  that 
have  made  the  long  festival  so  bright  and  attractive.  The  men  went  about  their  work 
listlessly,  slowly,  as  if  it  grieved  them  to  mar  the  beautiful  picture  they  had  helped  to 
make.  Little  groups  of  people  gathered  along  the  paths  to  watch  them.  Those  who 
noticed  the  workmen  and  thought  of  the  meaning  of  the  work  seemed  fascinated. 
They  stood  for  several  minutes  watching  them  and  made  many  comments.  "Too 
bad,  too  bad,"  said  one  man,  and  the  people  around  him  echoed  his  words. 

The  workmen  began  with  the  band  stand  in  the  center  of  the  Wooded  Island. 
First  they  removed  the  long  strings  of  glass  lamps  that  have  been  used  in  the  night 
decoration  of  the  groves.     Hundreds  of  the  lamps  were  removed  from  the  wooden 


6o2  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

framework  and  wires,  the  water  and  burned  tapers  being  thrown  out,  and  the 
pretty  bits  of  glass  packed  in  boxes  and  baskets.  Then  a  few  planks  were  knocked 
away  from  the  band-stand,  some;  of  ,the  faded,  tattered  flags  were  torn  down,  and 
the  great  work  of  destruction  had  begun.  It  was  a  fitting  day  for  the  beginning  of  the 
end.  The  sun  was  hidden  all  day.  The  dawn  came  amid  rain  and  fog  that  shed 
their  chill  over  the  whole  throng.  The  clouds  hung  low,  the  wind  was  cold,  and 
the  air  full  of  dreariness  of  approaching  winter.  The  removal  of  the  faded  decora- 
tions and  the  e  mpty  lamps  was  even  more  impressive  than  if  some  massive  pillar 
or  statue  had  been  the  first  to  suffer.  It  dispelled  all  the  happy  illusions  that  have 
made  the  place  so  pleasant  and  left  only  the  somber  and  unclad  grandeur  of  heroic 
architecture  in  which,  under  the  cloudy  autumn  sky,  there  was  nothing  bright  nor 
cheerful. 

On  the  28th  there  took  place  in  the  Woman's  Building  the  last  meeting  of 
the  World's  Fair  ladies  and  others  who  have  been  identified  with  woman's  work. 

The  women  who  in  the  past  have  made  the  plaint  that  they  have  not  been 
allowed  to  talk  can,  in  justice,  do  so  no  longer,  as  this  day  was  given  over  to  them.  In 
the  assembly-room  of  the  Woman's  Building  every  known  organization  of  woman 
was  represented,  and  through  its  representatives  spoke  of  its  aim  and  work. 

Long  before  11  o'clock  the  assembly-room  was  crowded  and  people  were 
standing  on  the  seats  to  catch  a  glimpse  of  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer  and  the  Board  of 
Lady  Managers  and  around  them  the  representative  women  from  every  State  in 
the  Union  and  every  country  on  t  he  globe  all  gathered  on  the  platform.  A  solemn 
organ  prelude  by  Miss  Henry  prece  ded  the  opening  prayer,  made  by  Mrs.  Adams. 

Mrs.  Palmer  made  an  impromptu  opening  address,  in  which  she  stated  the 
object  of  the  meeting  and  gracefully  welcomed  the  organizations.  She  referred  to 
the  work  of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  at  the  Fair  in  the  interest  of  women  and 
women's  work.  The  different  organizations,  she  said,  set  the  pace,  but  if  the  board 
had  not  been  represented  in  the  different  societies  muchlesswould  have  been  done. 

Through  this  board  efficient  government  representation  was  secured  from 
foreign  governments.  Mrs.  Palmer  concluded  by  expressing  her  pleasure  in  wel- 
coming the  different  organizations. 

Miss  Susan  B.  Anthony  followed  as  the  representative  of  the  Woman's  Na- 
tional Suffrage  association,  which  she  characterized  as  the  center  around  which  all 
the  others  are  floating.  She  related  the  trials  of  the  last  forty-five  years,  since  a 
small  band  of  women  first  demanded  the  right  of  suffrage.  The  woman  suffragists 
have  been  reviled  and  despised,  she  said,  but  the  association's  exhibit  has  done 
much  good,  and  in  a  few  years  allwomen  will  march  into  its  headquarters  for  shelter. 

The  Woman's  Christian  Temperance  union  was  represented  by  Mrs  J.  E. 
Nichols  and  Mme.  Demorest,  of  New  York,  who  briefly  outlined  the  work  of  the 
organization  which  has  "belted  the  earth  with  its  white  ribbon  and  done  its  work 
not  alone  in  the  cause  of  temperance,  but  social  purity." 

Mrs.  Laura  de  Force  Gordon,  one  of  the  brightest  lawyers  on  the  Pacific 
coast,  read  a  paper  written  by  Clara  B.  Colby  relative  to  the  women's  tribune.  The 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  603 

speakers  immediately  following  her  were  Mrs.  Leander  Stone,  of  the  International 
Board  of  Women  and  Young  Woman's  Christian  association;  Miss  Blaney,  of  the 
Ladies'  Catholic  Benevolent  association,  and  Mrs.  John  B.  Fowler,  Jr.,  represent- 
ing the  Young  Woman's  Christian  association.  For  the  general  federation  of 
women's  clubs,  Mrs.  Linden  Bates  spoke,  showing  the  ideals  of  women's  clubs  in 
literature  and  art. 

"Man,"  she  said,  "in  leaving  to  woman  the  control  of  the  heart,  left  to  her 
the  destiny  of  the  nations;  for  so  long  as  woman  rules  the  homes  she  rules  the 
world.  The  federation  of  clubs,  recognizing  this,  has  drawn  its  membership  from 
the  home.  Of  the  American  home,  its  beauty  and  its  love,  we  would  make  the  fed- 
eration a  symbol." 

Dr.  Sarah  Hackett  Stevenson  spoke  for  the  Woman's  club  of  Chicago,  tell- 
ing of  its  hospitality  during  the  past  summer  and  mentioning  with  pride  the  nume- 
rous visitors  who  have  pulled  the  latch-string  always  hanging  out.  Of  one  visitor, 
"beautiful  Lucy  Stone,"  she  spoke  with  love  as  well  as  pride. 

To  the  Fortnightly  club  was  left  the  pleasant  task  of  paying  to  Mrs.  Palmer 
eulogy  greater  than  any  woman  ever  received  before.  It  was  in  the  form  of  a  res- 
olution signed  by  officers  of  the  club  and  read  by  Dr.  Julia  Holmes  Smith. 
Mrs.  Palmer  responded  briefly. 

Mrs.  Mary  Lowe  Dickinson,  representing  the  King's  Daughters,  wished  for 
more  time,  longing  with  infinite  longing  for  the  happy  land  wherein  a  day  is  as  a 
thousand  years  and  where  minutes  allowed  for  women's  speeches  will  be  twenty- 
seven  years.  Though  her  time  fell  far  short  of  that  limit,  Mrs.  Dickinson  managed 
to  give  a  fine  resume  of  the  work  of  her  order. 

Mrs.  Becker  spoke  in  behalf  of  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution. 
Miss  Dennis,  of  New  York,  outlined  the  work  of  the  Women's  Industrial  and 
Educational  Union.  The  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic  Women's  Relief  Corps  was 
represented  by  Mrs.  Frank  L.  Hubbard. 

The  National  Council  of  Women,  through  Mrs.  May  Wright  Sewall  made 
itself  gloriously  heard  as  became  an  organization  composed  of  over  a  million 
women.  The  present  important  work  of  the  council  was  outlined  as  being  an  ef- 
fort to  get  through  Congress  two  bills,  one  to  insure  to  women  workers  for  Uncle 
Sam  equal  pay,  and  the  other  to  secure  in  all  States  uniform  marriage  and  divorce 
laws. 

The  Woman's  Press  clubs  were  represented  by  Mrs.  Laura  de  Force  Gordon 
and  Miss  Mary  H.  Krout.  Both  ladies  made  speeches  to  the  point,  Miss  Krout  in 
particular  taking  up  the  gauntlet  for  the  sisters,  who  have  borne  the  burden 
through  the  heat  of  the  day,  and  to  whom  no  reward  has  come.  Other  speakers 
were: 

Mrs.  Lucy  Rider  Meyer,  of  the  Home  and  Foreign  Missionary  Society 
of  the  M.  E.  Church;  Mrs.  L.  Dickinson  of  the  South  End  Flower  Missions;  Miss 
Cole,  the  Girl's  Friendly  society;  Mrs.  H.  M.  Ingram,  Non-Partisan  W.  C.  T.  U.; 
Loraine  J.  Pitkin,  Eastern  Star;  Mrs.  Isabella-King   Lake,  Women's  Work;   Mrs. 


6o4  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

E.  W.  Adams,  Philanthropic  Organizations  of  Oregon;  Mrs.  Mary  Newbury- 
Adams,  Emma  Willard  Association;  Miss  Cobb,  Shut-in  Society;  Miss  Katherine 
Hodges,  Protective  American  Society  of  Authors;  Mrs.  Eugene  Bank,  Keeley 
Rescue  Cure;  Mrs.  Francis  Ten  Eycke,  Folklore;  Miss  Frantz,  Loyal  Women  of 
America;  Mrs.  H.  M.  Wilmarth,  Mrs.  Mary  C.  Reynolds,  Ethel  Baker  and  Mrs. 
Sallie  M.  Moses. 

Mrs.  Palmer  closed  the  meeting  with  some  words  of  farewell,  half  pathetic, 
half  humorous.  After  the  meeting  Paul  du  Chaillu  delivered  a  lecture  on  women 
in  foreign  lands. 

The  closing  ceremonyjof  the  day  was  a  grand  public  reception  given  in  the  Court 
of  Honor,  beautifully  decorated  for  the  occasion  with  flags  of  all  nations.  Then 
Mrs.  Palmer,  assisted  by  the  board,  received  the  thousands  who  flocked  within  the 
doors  to  catch  a  farewell  glance  of  her.  Later  a  recital  was  given  by  Miss  Ade- 
laide Detchno,  assisted  by  Mr.W.  C.  E.  Seeboeck,  Mr.  Karleton  Hackett,  and  Miss 
Marschall. 

There  occurred  on  the  28th  a  remarkable  gathering  of  the  mayors  of  many 
cities,  whose  presence  made  the  grounds  as  sunshiny  as  the  prettiest  day  in  June. 
They  came  from  all  points  of  the  compass,  and  represented  nearly  all  the  States  of 
the  Union. 

There  also  occurred  on  the  28th  a  tragedy  so  unexpected  and  so  dreadful  as 
not  only  to  fatally  mar  much  of  the  pleasure  and  the  glory  of  that  day,  and  the 
closing  one,  but  to  shock  the  world — for  Hon.  Carter  Henry  Harrison,  the  Chief 
Magistrate  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  a  short  time  after  he  had  addressed  his  col- 
leagues from  all  over  the  United  States,  was  shot  three  times  in  his  own  house  by  an 
assassin  named  Eugene  Patrick  Prendergast,  and  died  in  twenty  minutes. 

In  welcoming  the  visiting  mayors  Mr.  Harrison  made  his  last  public  speech 
in  Music  Hall,  at  Jackson  Park,  as  follows.  He  was  in  the  best  of  humor,  and  after 
rising,  stood  dramatically  for  a  moment  and  bowed  to  the  audience,  which  greeted 
him  tumultuously.  Then  he  smiled  and,  being  formallyintroduced  by  Aid.  Madden, 
began  to  speak.  His  voice  was  strong  and  resonant,  his  delivery  brilliant,  and  his 
manner  enthusiastic,  at  times  witty.  He  gloried  in  the  Columbian  Exposition. 
He  praised  the  greatness  of  Chicago  and  made  the  following  prophecy  regarding 
himself: 

"I,  myself,  have  taken  a  new  lease  of  life  and  I  believe  I  shall  see  the  day 
when  Chicago  will  be  the  biggest  city  in  America,  and  the  third  city  on  the  face  of 
the  globe."     Then  he  said: 

Mayors  of  the  Various  Cities  Who  are  our  Guests,  and  You,  Officials  of  Chi- 
cago, and  of  Other  Cities:  It  is  my  pleasing  duty  to  welcome  you  to  Chicago  to  wit- 
ness the  dying  scene  of  this  magnificent  Exposition.  It  is  a  little  chilly  in  weather, 
but  the  sun  is  coming  out,  and  you  have  a  warm  beat  from  the  heart  of  our  people. 
Thus  it  is  that  at  the  dying  scene,  while  these  beauties  are  passing  away,  this  World's 
Fair  is  showing  itself  in  its  most  majestic  proportions,  as  the  moment  approaches 
for  it  to  pass  away  forever.     Mr.  Madden  has  said  to  you  words  of  praise  of  the 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  605 

efforts  of  our  sister  cities  in  helping  to  make  this  thing  a  success.  All  who  have 
visited  the  World's  Fair  are  glad  of  the  opportunity  they  have  had  to  see  such  a 
scene  of  grandeur,  and  I  myself  deeply  pity  any  American  who  has  lost  the  oppor- 
tunity of  coming  here. 

I  have  sometimes  said  what  I  would  do  if  I  were  President  of  the  United  States. 
If  I  were  to-day  Grover  Cleveland  I  would  send  a  message  to  Congress  and  would 
say  in  that  message  that  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  has  been  a  success, 
aye,  beyond  the  expectation  of  any  man  living.  It  was  fitting  for  us  to  celebrate 
the  greatest  event  of  the  world,  the  discovery  of  two  continents.  Six  months  has 
been  altogether  too  short  a  time  for  this  greatest  of  all  world's  fairs.  The  Presi- 
dent should  say  that  it  has  beaten  itself,  and  the  American  people  should  to-day 
make  an  appropriation  through  its  Congress  to  preserve  these  buildings  until  next 
year  and  notify  all  the  world  to  come  here.  At  the  end  of  this  week  we  shall  have 
had  22,000,000  admissions  to  these  grounds.  No  doubt  many  of  them  have  been 
duplicated  many  times.  There  have  probably  been  10,000,000  or  12,000,000  of 
Americans  inside  these  grounds.  We  have  in  the  United  States  65,000,000,  aye, 
nearly  70,000,000  inhabitants,  and  the  Congress  should  declare  that  another  year  be 
given  us  that  all  Americans  could  have  an  opportunity  to  come  here.  The  Expo- 
sition, the  directory,  has  not  the  means  to  continue  it.  It  is  a  national  enterprise 
and  the  Nation  should  breathe  new  life  into  it  and  let  us  have  the  Fair  for  another 
year,  and  next  year  we  would  have  an  average  attendance  of  250,000  a  day. 

This  World's  Fair  has  been  the  greatest  educator  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
the  greatest  this  century  has  seen.  It  has  been  the  greatest  educator  the  world  has 
ever  known.  Come  out  and  look  upon  these  grounds,  upon  this  beautiful  White 
City.  The  past  has  nothing  for  its  model;  the  future  will  be  utterly  incapable  of 
competing  with  it,  aye,  for  hundreds  of  years  to  come.  This  great  White  City  has 
sprung  from  the  morass.  Only  two  years  ago  this  was  the  home  of  the  muskrat. 
Two  years  ago  this  thousand  acres,  which  is  now  covered  by  these  palaces,  lay  but 
a  little  above  water  and  much  beneath  it.  Look  at  it  now!  These  buildings,  this 
hall,  this  dream  of  poets  of  centuries  is  the  wild  aspiration  of  crazy  architects  alone. 
None  but  a  crazy  architect  could  have  supposed  that  this  scene  could  be  created. 
In  two  years  it  has  sprung  up  from  the  morass  and  has  risen,  all  that  you  see  here, 
crystallized  in  staff,  looking  like  marble.  It  has  been  my  good  fortune  to  have  seen 
all  the  cities  of  the  world,  or  nearly  all.  It  has  been  my  good  fortune  to  have  been 
among  the  ruins  of  the  great  cities  of  the  Old  World.  I  have  stood  upon  the  seven 
hills  of  Rome;  from  Capitoline  1  have  looked  over  and  tried  to  repeopleold  Rome. 
I  have  been  in  Athens.  Around  me  were  ruins.  I  had  enough  imagination  to  re- 
habilitate them.  I  have  stood  among  the  ruins  of  all  the  old  cities,  but  no  imagin- 
ation could  recall  any  of  those  ruins  and  make  them  compare  with  this  White  City. 
A  man  said  to  me  yesterday  in  walking  around  these  grounds:  "  Who  could  have 
conceived  this?  What  brain  brought  it  forth?  What  genius  instigated  the  idea  of 
these  magnificent  buildings  and  their  groupings?"  I. said  to  him:  "There  is  an  old 
adage:  '  Fools  enter  where  angels  dare  not  tread.'     Our  people  were  wild,  crazy,  if 


6o6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

you  choose.  They  conceived  all  that  the  madness  of  genius  could  conceive.  There 
have  been  great  men  who  have  said  that  genius  was  insanity.  Genius  is  but  au- 
dacity, and  the  audacity  of  the  '  wild  and  woolly  West '  and  of  Chicago  has  chosen 
a  star  and  has  looked  upward  to  it  and  knows  nothing  that  it  will  not  attempt,  and 
thus  far  has  found  nothing  that  it  cannot  accomplish.  It  was  the  audacity  of  genius 
that  imagined  this  thing.  It  was  the  pluck  of  the  people  congregrated  from  all  the 
cities  of  this  Union,  from  all  the  nationalities  of  the  world,  speaking  all  languages, 
drawing  their  inspiration  from  3,000  miles  of  territory  from  east  to  west,  from 
yonder  green  lake  on  the  north  to  the  gulf  on  the  south,  our  people  who  have  never 
yet  found  failure.' 

When  the  fire  swept  over  our  city  and  laid  it  in  ashes  in  twenty-four  hours, 
then  the  world  said:  "Chicago  and  its  boasting  is  now  gone  forever."  But  Chicago 
said:  "We  will  rebuild  the  city  better  than  ever,"  and  Chicago  has  done  it.  The 
World's  Fair  is  a  mighty,  object  lesson,  but,  my  friends,  come  out  of  this  White  City, 
come  out  of  these  walls  into  our  black  city.  When  we  get  there  we  will  find  that  there 
is  an  object  lesson  even  greater  than  is  the  World's  Fair  itself.  There  is  a  city  that 
was  a  morass  when  I  came  into  the  world  sixty-eight  and  one-half  years  ago.  It 
was  a  village  of  but  a  few  hundreds  when  I  had  attained  the  age  of  12  years  in  1837. 
What  is  it  now?  The  second  city  in  America!  And  you  people  of  the  East  look 
well  to  your  laurels.  I  told  Mayor  Gilroy  the  other  day:  "Look  well  to  your 
laurels."  For  the  man  is  now  born,  and  I  myself  have  taken  a  new  lease  of  life, 
and  I  believe  I  shall  see  the  day  when  Chicago  will  be  the  biggest  city  in  America, 
and  the  third  city  on  the  face  of  the  globe.  I  once  heard  Tom  Corwin  tell  a  story 
of  a  man  who  was  on  the  witness  stand,  over  near  the  eastern  shores  of  Maryland, 
They  asked  him  his  age.     He  said  he  was  36. 

"  Why,"  said  Mr.  Corwin,  "you  look  50." 

"  Well,"  the  witness  answered,  "  during  fourteen  years  of  my  life  I  lived  in 
Maryland,  and  I  don't  count  that." 

I  don't  count  the  past  from  the  year  1892,  the  four  hundredth  anniversary  of 
the  discovery  of  America.  I  intend  to  live  for  more  than  half  a  century,  and  at  the 
end  of  that  half  century  London  will  be  trembling  lest  Chicago  shall  surpass  it,  and 
New  York  will  say,  "  Let  it  go  to  the  metropolis  of  America."  It  is  but  a  little 
while  when  I  expect  to  get  on  a  magnificent  steamer  at  Chicago's  wharf  and  go  to 
a  suburb.  New  Orleans,  the  Crescent  City  of  the  globe.  Mr.  Mayor,  of  Omaha,  we 
will  take  you  in  as  a  suburb.  We  are  not  narrow-minded.  Our  heart  is  as  broad 
as  the  prairies  that  surround  us. 

But  we  are  here,  gentlemen,  to  receive  the  mayors  and  the  ofificials  of  our 
American  cities.  The  day  is  propitious.  I  hope  Congress  will  see  this  day  and 
continue  the  Columbian  Exposition  for  another  year.  The  people  of  the  world 
did  not  know  what  we  had  here.  Some  envious  newspapers  have  misrepresented 
us.  Philadelphia  has  always  been  kind  to  us.  I  recollect  the  maiden  speech  I 
made  in  Congress.  It  was  for  the  Centennial  appropriation  at  Philadelphia.  We 
Democrats  were  always  for  the  appropriation,  and  I,  as  a  Chicagoan,  was  for  Phila- 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  607 

delphia  and  the  appropriation.  If,  however,  Congress  should  fail  in  its  duty,  then 
what  is  our  position?  The  birth  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  was  a  mar- 
velous one.  Its  building  was  also  marvelous.  But  in  a  few  days  something  more 
marvelous  sprang  up.  These  buildings  were  filled  with  marvelous  exhibits.  Look 
at  this  hall.  There  are  but  few  in  the  wide  world  that  equal  it.  The  New  York 
building  has  a  hall  that  should  be  crystallized  and  covered  over  with  glass.  Brazil 
has  a  building — -one  that  we  would  not  think  could  emanate  from  South  American 
1  genius.  Japan,  Sweden,  Germany,  England,  Siam,  and  far-off  Ceylon  have  -build- 
ings which  are  marvels  of  beauty,  but  in  a  few  days  they  will  be  gone  forever. 

It  almost  sickens  me  when  I  look  at  this  great  Exposition  to  think  that  it  will 
be  allowed  to  crumble  into  dust.  In  a  few  days  the  building  wrecker  will  take 
hold  of  it  and  it  will  be  torn  down,  and  all  of  this  wonderful  beauty  will  be  scattered 
to  the  winds  of  heaven.  Mr.  Burnham,  the  architect  and  partner  of  Mr.  Root,  who 
is  really  the  designer  of  this  thing — poor  Root  is  dead,  gone  forever;  but  it  is  a 
pleasing  thought  that  probably  at  the  yonder  side  he  may  look  down  and  see  what 
has  been  done;  it  must  be  with  a  feeling  of  great  pleasure  and  great  pride  when  he 
looks  down  on  what  he  has  designed.     Mr.  Burnham  said  the  other  day: 

"  Let  it  go;  it  has  to  go,  so  let  it  go.  Let  us  put  the  torch  to  it  and  burn  it 
down." 

I  believe  with  him.  If  we  cannot  preserve  it  for  another  year  I  would  be  in 
favor  of  putting  a  torch  to  it  and  burning  it  down  and  let  it  go  up  into  the  bright 
sky  to  eternal  heaven. 

But  I  am  detaining  you  too  long.  I  did  not  expect  to  make  a  speech  of  any 
length.  But  when  I  speak  I  never  know  what  I  shall  say.  There  is  an  inspiration 
at  this  place  and  I  could  go  on  talking  from  now  until  nightfall  about  the  glories  of 
the  Fair.  We  welcome  you  here  and  tell  you  no  statistics.  We  Chicagoans  have 
put  millions  in  these  buildings.  Chicago  has  $5,000,000  in  them.  It  will  get  nothing 
back,  but  you  won't  find  a  Chicagoan  that  has  come  here  that  regrets  the  expendi- 
ture of  that  $5,000,000.  The  man  that  says  Chicago  has  wasted  money  is  a  lunatic. 
It  has  not  been  wasted.  This  Fair  need  not  have  a  history  to  record  it.  Its  beauty 
has  gone  forth  among  the  people,  the  men,  the  women,  aye,  the  child  has  looked 
upon  it  and  they  have  all  been  well  repaid  for  this  wonderful  education. 

No  royal  King  ordered  it,  but  the  American  people,  with  the  greatest  of 
pluck,  with  the  pluck  born  under  the  freedom  of  those  Stars  and  Stripes,  made 
this  thing  possible — possible  to  a  free  people.  It  is  an  educator  of  the  world.  The 
world  will  be  wiser  for  it.  No  King  can  ever  rule  the  American  heart.  We  have 
the  Monroe  doctrine.  America  extends  an  invitation  to  the  best  of  the  world,  and 
its  Stars  and  Stripes  will  wave  from  now  on  to  eternity.  That  is  one  of  the  lessons 
we  have  taught. 

But  I  must  stop.  If  I  go  on  another  moment  I  will  get  on  to  some  new  idea. 
I  thank  you  all  for  coming  to  us.  I  welcome  you  all  here,  in  the  name  of  Chicago. 
I  welcome  you  to  see  this  dying  effort  of  Chicago — Chicago  that  never  could  con- 


6o8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

ceive  what  it  wouldn't  attempt,  and  yet  has  found  nothing  that  it  could  not  achieve. 
I  thank  you  all." 

Carter  Henry  Harrison  had  been  in  active  political  life  for  twenty-three 
years,  and  was  one  of  the  most  widely  known  public  characters  in  the  country.  Mr. 
Harrison  was  born  in  Fayette  County,  Ky.,  Feb.  25,  1825.  Richard  A.  Harrison, 
Cromwell's  Lieutenant-General,  who  led  Charles  I.  to  the  block,  is  his  earliest  an- 
cestor of  whom  a  record  is  preserved  in  the  family  archives.  The  name  was  con- 
spicuous in  Virginia  during  the  colonial  period,  and  Carter  H.  Harrison,  his  great- 
grandfather, and  his  brother,  Benjamin  Harrison,  the  signer  of  the  Declaration  of 
Independence  and  father  of  President  William  Henry  Harrison,  are  enrolled  in  the 
annals  of  the  infancy  of  the  United  States  of  America.  Early  intermarriages  linked 
the  Harrison  family  with  the  Randolphs,  Cabells  and  Carters — three  prominent 
Virginia  families.  Through  the  former  Thomas  Jefferson  and  John  Randolph  were 
near  of  kin;  through  the  latter,  the  Reeves  of  Virginia  and  the  Breckinridges  of 
Kentucky.  Robert  Carter  Harrison,  grandfather  of  the  dead  Mayor,  located  in 
Kentucky  in  1812.  His  father  and  grandfather  were  graduates  of  William  and 
Mary  College,  and  he  himself  a  graduate  of  Yale. 

The  social  duties  of  the  Mayor  in  connection  with  the  World's  Fair  during 
the  entire  summer  had  been  many  and  exacting,  but  through  them  all  Mr.  Harrison 
carried  himself  with  a  dignity  and  frankness  of  spirit  and'  action  which  won  him 
the  respect  of  Chicago's  guests  from  abroad  and  the  approval  of  her  citizens.  One 
of  the  first  of  these  was  the  reception  of  and  entertainment  for  some  days  of  the 
Duke  of  Veragua  and  his  suite.  At  public  functions  as  well  as  in  the  privacy  of 
his  own  beautiful  home  on  Ashland  boulevard  Mayor  Harrison  did  his  share  to 
make  the  visit  of  the  descendant  of  Columbus  at  the  World's  Fair  a  pleasant  one. 

On  another  notable  occasion  the  Mayor  also  did  the  honors  as  the  head  of  a 
great  city  in  a  way  which  left  no  cause  for  complaint.  This  was  on  the  occasion  of 
the  reception  and  entertainment  of  the  Spanish  Infanta.  Mayor  Harrison's  gal- 
lantry was  given  full  expression  on  all  of  the  public  and  private  functions  at  which 
he  appeared  as  the  representative  of  the  city  which  was  entertaining  the  Princess. 

In  connection  with  the  receptions  of  prominent  people  and  special  days  at 
the  World's  Fair,  Mayor  Harrison  was  called  upon  to  make  some  forty  speeches, 
and  was  always  in  the  best  of  humor,  and  his  speeches  were  uniformly  well  received. 

Monday,  October  30,  1993,  the  official  closing  day  of  the  Exposition,  notwith- 
standing the  dreadful  tragedy  and  the  announcement  that  much  of  the  program, 
including  all  music,  oratory  and  pyrotechnical  displays,  would  be  abandoned  out  of 
respect  to  the  deceased  Mayor,  there  were  208,173  paying  people  on  the  grounds 
who  saw  the  great  Fair  come  to  an  official  close.  These  saw  the  flags  hauled  down 
and  they  also  beheld  the  fountains  play  for  the  last  time  and  the  monster  search 
lights  go  out  forever. 

The  following  shows  the  total  admissions,  paid  admissions  and  best  days  of 
paid  admissions  at  the  Centennial,  Paris  of  1889,  and  Columbian  Exposition: 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR.  609 

1876— Total  admissions,  Philadelphia 9,010,966 

1889— Total  admissions,  Paris 28,149,353 

1893— Total  admissions,  Chicago 27,529,400 

Best  month  of  paid  admissions,  Philadelphia 2,334,530 

Best  month  of  paid  admissions,  Paris 5,246,704 

Best  month  of  paid  admissions,  Chicago 6,816,435 

Best  day  of  paid  admissions,  Philadelphia 274,919 

Best  day  of  paid  admissions,  Paris 397,000 

Best  day  of  paid  admissions,  Chicago 716,881 

By  the  error  of  a  Congressional  engrossing  clerk  the  Exposition  was  robbed 
of  one  day  of  official  existence,  as  the  act  of  Congress  cut  short  its  life  at  midnight, 
Oct.  30, 1893.  Had  the  official  period  extended  until  Nov.  i,  and  had  an  overwhelm- 
ing sorrow  not  caused  the  canceling  of  the  elaborate  program  prepared  for  Colum- 
bus day,  the  Chicago  Exposition  would  have  been  a  record-breaker  in  aggregate 
attendance,  as  it  had  been  in  everything  else.  With  a  50-cent  admission  fee  for 
adults  at  the  Chicago  Exposition,  as  against  a  franc  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  Chi- 
cago falls  less  than  a  million  behind  in  total  attendance.  The  record  at  the  Cen- 
tennial at  Philadelphia  is  totally  eclipsed. 

On  the  opening  day  of  the  Exposition,  May  i,  there  was  a  paid  attendance  of 
128,965.  The  paid  attendance  did  not  again  approach  the  100,000  mark  until  May  30, 
when  it  reached  1 1 5,578.  By  months  there  were  two  days  in  May,  eight  days  in  June, 
eight  days  in  July,  twenty-one  days  in  August,  twenty-six  days  in  September,  and 
twenty-seven  days  in  October  when  paid  admissions  numbered  over  100,000.  The 
200,000  limit  was  reached  for  the  first  time  July  4,  and  was  again  scored  once  in 
August,  four  times  in  September,  and  eighteen  times  in  October.  The  paid  admis- 
sions exceeded  300,000  on  four  days  only,  Chicago  day,  Monday,  Oct.  9;  Tuesday, 
Oct.  10;  Wednesday,  Oct.  11;  and  Thursday,  Oct.  19.  The  greatest  week  in  Expo- 
sition history  appears  as  follows: 

Paid  attendance. 

Sunday,  Oct.  8 88,050 

Monday,  Oct.  9 716,88] 

Tuesday,  Oct.  10 309,294 

Wednesday.  Oct.  11 309,277 

Thursday,  Oct.  12 275,217 

Friday,  Oct.  13 ..216,343 

Saturday,  Oct.  14 200,891 

Total 2,114,953 

In  contrast  with  the  above  appears  the  best  week  of  attendance  at  the  Centen- 
nial Exposition,  the  week  ending  Saturday,  Sept.  30,  when  679,498  paid  admissions 
were  recorded.  At  the  Centennial  Exposition  seven  Saturdays  were  set  apart  on 
which  the  price  of  admission  was  reduced  from  50  to  25  cents.  At  the  World's 
Columbian  Exposition  the  only  cut  rate  was  for  the  week  ending  Saturday,  Oct.  21, 
when  Chicago  public  school  children  were  given  a  holiday  week  and  the  price  of 
admission  for  all  children  under  18  years  old  was  reduced  to  10  cents.  The  average 
children's  attendance  had,  immediately  before,  not  averaged  over  8,000  to  10,000 
a  day,  but  for  children's  week  they  attained  to  the  following  proportions: 


6io  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD'S  FAIR. 

Sunday,  Oct.  15 5,622 

Monday,  Oct.  16 39,260 

Tuesday,  Oct.  17 48,869 

Wednesday,  Oct.  18 57,357 

Thursday,  Oct.  19 65,199 

Friday,  Oct.  20 50,972 

Saturday,  Oct.  21 48,787 

With  -the  exception  of  the  paid  admissions  above  noted,  which  are  to  be 
counted  at  lo  cents  each,  all  other  adult  admissions  were  at  the  rate  of  50  cents 
each,  and  all  children's  admissions  at  the  rate  of  25  cents  each. 

The  Exposition  paid  admission  gates  since  May  i  were  closed  four  Sundays 
and  open  twenty-two  Sundays  and  157  week  days.  The  smallest  Sunday  paid  attend- 
ance was  Aug.  6, 16,181,  and  the  largest  Sunday  Oct.  29,  153,238.  The  total  Sunday 
paid  attendance  was  1,216,861,  an  average  of  55,312.  The  average  paid  attendance 
for  157  week  days  was  127,712.  It  is  a  curious  coincidence  that  on  May  17  and  18 
there  was  a  difference  of  only  two  adults  in  the  number  of  tickets  sold. 

It  is  almost  impossible  to  make  comparisons  with  the  Paris  Exposition  on 
anything  like  an  equitable  basis,  for  the  reason  that  at  Paris  the  prices  of  admission 
varied  with  the  days  of  the  week  and  other  conditions.  On  Sundays  and 
evenings  an  extra  ticket  of  admission  was  required.  By  buying  a  quantity  of  tickets 
or  investing  in  a  lottery  scheme,  tickets  of  admission  could  be  secured  for  as  little  as 
10  cents  in  United  States  money.  The  highest  price  of  admission  was  one  franc. 
A  comparative  statement  by  months  is  as  follows: 

Chicago.  *Paris. 

May 1,531,984  2,610,813 

June ...3,577,834  4,338,869 

July 3,977,502  4,544,196 

August 4,687,708  4,977,092 

September 5,808,942  5,246,705 

October 7,945,430  4,820,869 

November 1,610,810 

*Tlie  Paris  Exposition  opened  May  10,  and  continued  until  Nov.  10.     The  figures  given  are  scheduled 
in  the  report  as  visitors,  whether  paid  or  total  is  not  known. 

An  interesting  feature  is  the  table  of  all  passes,  which  is  as  follows,  from  and 
including  May  t,  to  and  including  October  30: 

Complimentary  cards 244,988 

Full-term  photographic  passes 1,950,885 

Monthly  "  "      1,679,931 

Special  press  " 66,060 

Workingmen's  "       347,811 

Trip  "       7,068 

Return  (checks)  "      1,703,448 

Musical  Bureau  " 59,189 

Total 6,059,380 

Thus  endeth  the  most  brilliant  and  joyous  educational  entertainment  of  any 
age — and  the  glory  and  magnificence  of  the  "White  City"  has  passed  away. 


HON.  THOMAS  W.  PALMER, 


PKESIDENT  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  COMMISSION. 


D''* 


BOSTON  COLLEGE  LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  HEIGHTS 
CHESTNUT  HILL,  MASS. 

Books  may  be  kept  for  two  weeks  and  may  be 
renewed  for  the  same  period,  unless  reserved. 

Two  cents  a  day  is  charged  for  each  book  kept 
overtime. 

If  you   cannot   find    what   you    want,  ask    the 
Librarian  who  will  be  glad  to  help  you. 

The  borrower  is  responsible  for  books  drawn  on 
his  card  and  for  all  fines  accruing  on  the  same. 


^^^> 


°STON  COLLEGE 


^9031'"01513294  7 


^^^^NOTCIRCOUTB 


m 


n 


i 


^sS^  ^:Jii£^^z 


\' ) 


t\ 


